2023

Sri Lanka Standards

Catalogue

Documentation & Information Division

No. 17 ,Victoria Place Elvitigala Mawatha Colombo 08.
[email protected]
http://www.slsi.lk
CONTENTS
Page | 1

How to use the catalogue 3

Abbreviations 4
Prices 5
Numerical list of Sri Lanka Standards
Sri Lanka standards 6
ASTM standards adopted as Sri Lanka standards 322
EN standards adopted as Sri Lanka standards 368
IEC standards adopted as Sri Lanka standards 393
ISO standards adopted as Sri Lanka standards 411
Other standards adopted as Sri Lanka standards 569
List of Codes of Hygienic Practice 571
List of Codes of Practice 574
How to use the catalogue

Page | 2

2
 Abbreviations
AMD Amendments

ASTM American Socioety For Testing And Materials Page | 3

CS Ceylon Standards

EN European

Gr Price Group

IEC International Electro Technical Commission

ISBN Internation Standards Book Nymber

ISO International Organization For Stadnatrdization

IWA International Workshop Agreements

OHSAS Occupational Health And Safety Assessments Series

SA Social Accountability

SLS Sri Lanka Standards

TR Technicale Report

S Sinhala

T English

3
 Prices- January 2024
SRI LANKA STANDARDS
Price Group LKR Price Group LKR Price Group LKR
01 500.00 10 750.00 19 1300.00
02 500.00 11 800.00 20 1500.00
03 500.00 12 800.00 21 1600.00
04 550.00 13 1000.00 22 1700.00
05 550.00 14 1100.00 23 2000.00
06 600.00 15 1100.00 24 2300.00
07 650.00 16 1200.00 25 2800.00
08 700.00 17 1200.00 26 3200.00
09 700.00 18 1300.00
IEC ADOPTIONS
ISO ADOPTIONS Price LKR Price LKR Price LKR
Price Group LKR Group Group Group
A, B, C 7000 IA 1800 IL 7000 IW 34700
. D, E, F 10600 IB 1800 IM 12200 IX 41700
G, H, J 16000 IC 1800 IN 12200 IY 46900
ID 1800 IP 12200 IZ 52100
K, L, M 21600
IE 3500 IQ 17400 IAA 52100
N, P, Q 25200 IF 3500 IR 17400 IAB 55600
R, S, T 28800 IG 3500 IS 24300 IAC 55600
U, V, W 32500 IH 3500 IT 24300 IAD 57300
X, Y, Z, & IJ 7000 IU 29500 IAE 57300
36100
AA IK 7000 IV 34700 IAF 60800
AC 3500
DF 5300 EN ADOPTIONS
ASTM ADOPTIONS
GJ 8000 (CENELEC)
Price Group LKR Price Group LKR
KM 10800
EA 3900
NQ 12600 A1 5400
EB 5800
RT 14400 A2 6100
EC 8800
UW 16300 A3 7000
ED 11800
XAA 18100 A4 8700
EE 13900
A5 9700
EF 15800
A6 10500
EG 17900
A7 11600
EH 19900
A8 12600
EN ADOPTIONS (CEN- CENELEC)
Price Group LKR Price Group LKR Price Group LKR Price Group LKR
E1 2700 E12 7800 E23 14900 E34 27500
E2 3100 E13 8200 E24 15800 E35 28500
E3 3500 E14 8700 E25 16800 E36 29500
E4 4000 E15 9200 E26 17700 E37 30600
E5 4500 E16 9700 E27 18700 E38 31700
E6 5000 E17 10200 E28 19900 E39 33200
E7 5500 E18 10800 E29 21400 E40 34600
E8 5900 E19 11400 E30 22800 E41 36200
E9 6300 E20 12100 E31 24200 E42 37700
E10 6800 E21 12900 E32 25300 E43 39300
E11 7300 E22 13900 E33 26400
* Note : The price does not include postage.
 Page | 5

Sri Lanka Standards

SLS O:2013 CS 4:1967
Standard for standards - the development of Papai
Sri Lanka Standards and other normative (Withdrawn)
documents
Describes the underlying principles and the CS 5:1970
processes of the preparation of Sri Lanka Double-edged carbon steel (untreated) safety
Standards and other normative documents by the Page | 6
razor blades
SLSI. This is intended to guide Committee (First revision)
members, Chairpersons and staff of the SLSI, and Relates to double edged carbon steel (untreated)
provides background information for standards safety razor blades to fit razors of the three pin,
development organizations, interested bar and end located types. Blades of two
organizations and members of the public. thicknesses are provided.
21 pages, Gr.10 AMD No. 1 (AMD 39:1981)
AMD No. 2 (AMD 40:1981)
CS 1:1967 AMD No. 3 (AMD 81:1986)
Primary cells and batteries for flash lights A5, 15 pages, Gr. 4
(Superseded by SLS 319 which has been further
superseded by SLS 1198) SLS 6:1984
Wood screws
SLS 1:2020 (First revision)
National flag of the democratic socialist Covers slotted head wood screws with
republic of Sri Lanka countersunk, round and raised countersunk
(First revision) heads, used in buildings and furniture and for
Prescribes the design, colours and the dimensions other general purposes.
of different sizes of the National Flag of the 17 pages, Gr. 9
Democratic Socialist Republic of Sri Lanka.
(Supersedes SLS 693:1985) SLS 7:1991
Gr.7 Cold drawn mild steel wire for the
manufacture of wire nails
SLS 2:2016 (First revision)
Clay roofing tiles Covers the requirements for cold drawn mild
(Second revision) steel wire used for the manufacture of wire nails
Covers clay tiles intended for use as roof covering with diameters from 0.09 mm to 8.00 mm.
where strength, durability and appearance are AMD No. 1 (AMD 156:1993)
required to provide a weather-resistant surface. It 9 pages, Gr. 5
pertains to three categories of tiles based on water
absorption. SLS 8:1991
Amd No 1(Amd 515:2018) Wire nails
33 pages, Gr. 14 (First revision)
Specifies requirements for mild steel round wire
SLS 3:2012 nails of nine types.
Paper sizes 13 pages, Gr. 7
(First revision)
Specifies the sizes of trimmed (finished) paper SLS 9 Part 1:2001
for administrative, commercial and technical Asbestos cement products - Flat sheets
purposes and for any printed materials. (Second revision)
8 pages, Gr.4 Specifies the requirements, methods of sampling
and test for asbestos cement flat sheets intended
for both interior and exterior uses in building
construction.
18 pages, Gr.10

6
SLS 9 Part 2:2001 CS 15: 1968
Asbestos cement products - Corrugated sheets Mild steel for general engineering purposes
(Second revision) (Superseded by SLS 1006/2)
Specifies the requirements, methods of sampling
and test for straight asbestos cement corrugated SLS 16:2006
sheets to be used mainly for roofing and cladding. Standard atmospheres for conditioning and
22 pages, Gr.11 Page | 7
testing of textiles
(Second revision)
SLS 10:1991 Defines the characteristics and use of standard
Quick frozen prawns or shrimps atmospheres for conditioning, for determining the
(Second revision) physical and mechanical properties of textiles and
Covers the requirements, methods of sampling a standard alternative atmosphere that may be
and test for raw and cooked quick frozen prawns used if agreed between parties.
or shrimps. It does not apply to speciality packs (=ISO 139:2005)
where the prawns or shrimps constitute only a Gr.C
portion of the edible contents.
18 pages, Gr.10 SLS 17 Part 1:1998
Method for determination of commercial mass
SLS 11:1990(2003) (2017) (S) (Reaffirmed) of consignments of textiles - Vocabulary
Safety matches in boxes (First revision)
(Second revision) Defines the principal terms relating to the
Prescribes the requirements and methods of quantification of the mass of water and
sampling and test for safety matches in boxes, to extractable matter contained in a textile material.
be sold to the general public. However, it could (=ISO 6348:1980)
be applied to safety matches manufactured for Gr.A
special orders which are not intended to be sold
to the general public. SLS 17 Part 2:1998
AMD No.1 (AMD 383:2009) Method for determination of commercial mass
AMD No.2(AMD 407:2010) of consignments of textiles - Mass
AMD No.3(AMD 512:2018) determination and calculations
20 pages, Gr.10 (First revision)
Specifies methods for the determination of the
CS 12:1968 commercial mass of homogenous consignments
Method of tensile testing of steel products of those textile fibres and yarns composed of a
other than sheet, strip, wire and tube single generic species.
(Superseded by SLS 978) (=ISO 6741-1:1989)
Gr.E
CS 13:1968 (S)
Method of bend testing of steel products other SLS 17 Part 3:1998
than sheet, strip, wire and tube Method for determination of commercial mass
Prescribes the method of conducting bend test on of consignments of textiles - Methods for
steel products. obtaining laboratory samples
7 pages, Gr. 4 (First revision)
Specifies methods for obtaining laboratory
SLS 14:1977 samples for mass determination by one of the
Mild steel for general structural purposes methods given in part 2 of SLS 17.
(Superseded by SLS 1006/1) (=ISO 6741-2:1987)
Gr.C

7
SLS 17 Part 4:1998 SLS 20:1996
Method for determination of commercial mass Method for the determination of linear density
of consignments of textiles - Specimen cleaning (mass per unit length) of yarn from packages
procedures(First revision) by the skein method
Specifies specimen cleaning procedures to be (Second revision)
used when the commercial mass is to be Specifies a method for the determination of the
determined in accordance with SLS 17-2 on a linear density of all types of yarn in package Page | 8
clean and dry basis.(=ISO 6741-3:1987) form, with the exception of any yarn that may be
Gr.B the subject of a separate Standard.
(=ISO 2060:1994)
SLS 18:2018 18 pages, Gr. 9
Designating linear density of textiles - tex
system CS 21:1968
(Second Revision) Methods for determination of irregularity of
Gives the principles and recommended units of yarn by variability of one-inch weights
the Tex System for the expression of linear (Withdrawn)
density and includes conversion tables for
calculating the tex values of numbers or counts in SLS 22:1995
other systems together with a statement of the Determination of single-end breaking force
procedure for the implementation of the Tex and elongation at break of yarn from packages
System in trade and industry.The Tex System is (Superseded by SLS 1429)
applicable to all kinds of textile fibres,
intermediate products (for example tops, slivers SLS 23:2018
and rovings), yarns and similar structures. Determination of twist in yarns direct
(=ISO 1144: 2016) counting method
Gr. F (Fourth revision)
Specifies a method for the determination of the
SLS 19 Part 1:1981 direction of twist in yarns, the amount of twist, in
Method for the designation of the structure of terms of turns per unit length, and the change in
yarns - Designation of the direction of twist in length on untwisting, by the direct counting
yarns and related products(First revision) method. This Standard is applicable to a) single
Specifies the method of designating the direction yarns (spun and filament), b) plied yarns, and c)
of twist in textile yarns. It is applicable to yarn cabled yarns. (=ISO 2061: 2015)
intermediates, such as slivers, slubbings or Gr. G
rovings; to single yarns, plied yarns, cabled
yarns; and to threads, twine, cordage and rope. CS 24:1968
Method for determination of Lea strength and
SLS 19 Part 2:1981 Lea count of spun yarns (mean and
Method for the designation of the structure of variability)(Superseded by SLS 560)
yarns - Designation of yarn
(First revision) SLS 25:1981
Specifies two methods of indicating the Method for the removal of non-fibrous matter
composition of yarns, whether single, folder, prior to quantitative analysis of fibre mixtures
cabled or multiple wound. The notation (Second revision)
comprises linear density indicated in the Text Describes procedures for the removal of certain
System,number of filaments in filament yarns, commonly found types of non-fibrous substances
direction and amount of twist, and number of from fibres. Fibres to which the procedures are
folds.(=ISO 2:1973, ISO 1139:1973) applicable and those to which they are not
(Both Part 1 & Part 2 are incorporated in one applicable are listed in relation to the non-fibrous
publication) substances to be removed.
11 pages, Gr. 6 13 pages, Gr. 7

8
SLS 26:2020 SLS 28 Part 4:2008
Plain steel bars for the reinforcement of Methods for the analysis of Tea -
concrete Determination of water - soluble ash and
(Second revision) water - insoluble ash
Specifies technical requirements for plain steel (First revision)
bars intended for use as reinforcement in ordinary Specifies a method for the determination of the
concrete structures and as non prestressed water - soluble ash and the water - insoluble ash Page | 9
reinforcement in prestressed concrete structures. of tea.
15 pages, Gr.8 (=ISO 1576:1988)
Gr.A
CS 27:1968
Methods of analysis of soaps SLS 28 Part 5:2008
Describes methods of analysis of soaps and soap Methods for the analysis of Tea -
products of the types: laundry soaps, toilet soaps, Determination of acid - insoluble ash
carbolic soaps, soap chips and flakes and soap (First revision)
powders. Specifies a method for the determination of the
AMD No. 1 (AMD 36:1981) acid - insoluble ash from tea.
AMD No. 2 (AMD 290:2002) (=ISO 1577:1987)
(Some clauses of this standard are superseded by Gr.A
SLS 1391 - Methods of test for soap parts 1-8)
A5, 42 pages, Gr. 11 SLS 28 Part 6:2008
Methods for the analysis of Tea -
SLS 28 Part 1:2008 Determination of alkalinity of water - soluble
Methods for the analysis of Tea - Preparation ash
of ground sample of known dry matter content (First revision)
(First revision) Specifies a method for the determination of the
Specifies a method of preparing a ground sample alkalinity of water - soluble ash of tea.
of tea and of determining its dry matter content, (=ISO 1578:1975)
for use in analytical determinations which require Gr.A
the results to be expressed on the dry basis.
(=ISO 1572:1980) Gr.A SLS 28 Part 7:2008
Methods for the analysis of Tea -
SLS 28 Part 2:2008 Determination of alkalinity of water extract
Methods for the analysis of Tea - (First revision)
Determination of loss in mass at 103 0C Specifies a method for the determination of the
(First revision) water extract from tea.
Specifies a method for the determination of the (=ISO 9768:1994)
loss in mass when tea is heated in air at 103 0C. Gr.B
(=ISO 1573:1980)
Gr.A SLS 28 Part 8:2008
Methods for the analysis of Tea -
SLS 28 Part 3:2008 Determination of crude fibre content
Methods for the analysis of Tea - (First revision)
Determination of total ash Specifies a method for the determination of crude
(First revision) fibre content in tea.
Specifies a method for the determination of the (=ISO 15598:1999)
total ash from tea. Gr.D
(=ISO 1575:1987)
Gr.A

9
SLS 28 Part 9 Section 1:2011 SLS 31:1988
Methods for the analysis of Tea - Galvanized mild steel barbed wire
Determination of substances characteristic of (Second revision)
green and blackTea - Content of total Covers barbed wire with two strands,
polyphenols in tea – colorimetric method using manufactured from galvanized soft mild steel
folin ciocalteu reagent wire and provides for two gauges of barbed wire,
Specifies a method for the determination of the viz. heavy and light. Page | 10
total polyphenol content of leaf tea and instant tea AMD No. 1 (AMD 381:2008)
by a colorimetric assay using Folin-Ciocalteu LKR.150.00
phenol reagent. It is applicable to both green and
black tea products. SLS 32:2017
(=ISO 14502-1:2005) Coconut oil
Gr.E (Third revision)
Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling
SLS 28 Part 9 Section 2:2011 and test for coconut oil used for edible and non-
Methods for the analysis of Tea - edible purposes.
Determination of substances characteristic of AMD No. 1 (AMD 505:2018)
green and blackTea - Content of catechins in 11 pages, Gr.6
green tea-method using high-performance
liquid chromatography CS 33:1968
Specifies a high-performance liquid Laundry soaps
chromatographic (HPLC) method for the (Superseded by SLS 554)
determination of the total catechin content of tea
from the summation of the individual catechins. SLS 34:2009 (S)
It is applicable to both leaf and instant green tea, Toilet soap
and with precision limitations to black tea. Gallic (Second revision)
acid and caffeine can also be determined by this Prescribes requirements and the methods of
method, as can theogallin and theaflavins. sampling and test for toilet soap tablets or cakes
(=ISO 14502 -2:2005) with TFM not less than 76.5 per cent by mass. It
Gr.L does not cover carbolic soap, transparent soap,
toilet soap with detergent and non soapy
SLS 29: 1983(2009) (Reaffirmed) detergent based products.
Envelopes, postcards and picture postcards AMD No 01 (AMD 446:2013)
(First revision) 11 pages, Gr.5
Prescribes the requirements and methods of
sampling and tests for envelopes, postcards and SLS 35: 2009
picture postcards, intended for postal purposes. It Carbolic soap
does not cover aerogrammes and self-adhesive (Second revision)
envelopes. Prescribes the requirements and methods of
AMD No. 1 (AMD 113:1988) sampling and test for carbolic soap used for toilet
AMD No. 2 (AMD 189:1995) and laundry purposes. It does not apply to
16 pages, Gr.8 specific medicated soaps.
AMD No.1 (AMD 551:2021)
CS 30:1968 (S) 11 pages, Gr. 6
Steel hinges
Covers steel butt and cabinet hinges which may
be of the cranked or uncranked types.
AMD No. 1 (AMD 42:1981 Inc.)
15 pages, Gr.8

10
SLS 36:2009 SLS 42:1982 (2001) (2011) (S) (Reaffirmed)
Shaving soap Methods for the determination of mass per
(Second revision) unit length and per unit area of woven or
Prescribes the requirements and methods of knitted fabrics
sampling and test for shaving soaps manufactured (First revision)
as sticks, cakes or tablets in small containers. Specifies methods for the determination of mass
AMD No.1 (AMD 552:2021) per unit length and mass per unit area of woven Page | 11
9 pages, Gr. 5 or knitted fabrics made up full width or folded
down the middle.
SLS 37:2009 10 pages, Gr.5
Soft soap
(Second revision) SLS 43 Part 1: 2014
Prescribes the requirements and methods of Methods for the determination of tensile
sampling and test for soft soap with a potassium properties of fabrics - Determination of
or sodium base or a mixture of these base for maximum force using the strip method
toilet purposes. (Second revision)
AMD No.1 (AMD 544:2021) Specifies a procedure to determine the maximum
8 pages, Gr. 4 force and elongation at maximum force of textile
fabrics using a strip method. The method is
SLS 38:2009 mainly applicable to woven textile fabrics,
Laundry soap powders, flakes and chips including fabrics which exhibit stretch
(Second revision) characteristics imparted by the presence of an
Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling elastomeric fiber, mechanical, or chemical
and method of test for laundry soap powders, treatment. It can be applicable to fabrics produced
flakes and chips used for laundry, hand washing by other techniques. It is not normally applicable
or washing machines. to geotextiles, nonwovens, coated fabrics, textile-
10 pages, Gr.5 glass woven fabrics, and fabrics made from
carbon fibres or polyolefin tape yarns. The
SLS 39:1978 (2008) (S) (Reaffirmed) method specifies the determination of the
Common burnt clay building bricks maximum force and elongation at maximum
(First revision) force of test specimens in equilibrium with the
Specifies the dimensions, quality and strength standard atmosphere for testing, and of test
requirements of common burnt clay bricks used specimens in the wet state. The method is
in building work. restricted to the use of constant rate of extension
AMD No. 1 (AMD 37:1981) (CRE) testing machines.
11 pages, Gr. 6 (=ISO 13934-1:2013)
Gr.F
SLS 40:1981
PVC insulated electric cables and flexible SLS 43 Part 2:2014
cords with copper conductors (for voltages Methods for the determination of tensile
upto 1 100 Volts) properties of fabrics - Determination of
(Superseded by SLS 733 & SLS 1143) maximum force using the grab method
(Second revision)
SLS 41:2002 Specifies a procedure for the determination of the
Methods for the determination of the number maximum force of textile fabrics known as the
of threads per centimeter in woven fabrics grab test. The method is mainly applicable to
(Second revision) woven textile fabrics including fabrics which
Specifies three methods for determining the exhibit stretch characteristics imparted by the
number of threads per centimetre in woven presence of an elastomeric fiber and mechanical
fabrics.(=ISO 7211/2:1984) or chemical treatment. It can be applicable to
Gr.C fabrics produced by other techniques. It is not

11
normally applicable to geotextiles, nonwovens, SLS 48:1999 (2010)
coated fabrics, textile-glass woven fabrics, and Method for determination of certain water or
fabrics made from carbon fibres or polyolefin alkali soluble additives in cellulose or synthetic
tape yarns. The method specifies the fibres, yarns and fabrics or yarns and fabrics
determination of the maximum force of test made from blends of such fibres
specimens in equilibrium with the standard (First revision)
atmosphere for testing and of test specimens in Describes a procedure for the quantitative Page | 12
the wet state. The method is restricted to the use removal and determination of fatty matter, size
of constant-rate-of-extension (CRE) testing and filling from cotton, viscose and synthetic
machines. fibres, yarns and fabrics in which the adhesive is
(=ISO 13934-2:2014) starch, a chemically degraded starch, vegetable
Gr. E gum or some other water or alkali soluble
polymer.
SLS 44:1987 7 pages, Gr. 6
Method for the determination of linear density
of yarn removed from fabrics CS 49:1969
(First revision) Notes on the identification of warp and weft
Specifies requirements for the determination of directions in fabrics
the count of yarn from fabric, free from added (Superseded by SLS 1366)
matter. It relates to yarns of nominally uniform
count. It describes the method of removing SLS 50:1987
threads from fabrics, specifies the numbers of Method for the determination of crimp of yarn
threads whose straightened length is to be in fabrics
determined and the method of determining the (First revision)
weight of all the threads after the removal of Specifies a method for the determination of crimp
added matter. of yarn in fabric. The method is applicable to
(=ISO 7211/5:1984) most woven fabrics but is unsuitable for fabrics
Gr.B manufactured in such a way as to render removal
of the crimp from the yarns impossible or
SLS 45:1980 impractical under the specified straightening
Method for measurement of length of woven tension.
fabric (=ISO 7211/3:1984)
(Superseded by SLS 1356) Gr.B

SLS 46:1980 SLS 51:1987

Method for measurement of width of woven Methods for the determination of the mass of
fabric warp and weft per unit area of fabrics
(Superseded by SLS 1356) (First revision)
Specifies methods for determining the mass of
SLS 47:1996 (2010) the warp and weft threads per unit area of fabric
Method for determination of dimensional after the removal of any non-fibrous matter.
changes of fabrics induced by cold - water (=ISO 7211/6:1984)
immersion Gr.A
(First revision)
Prescribes a method for determination of SLS 52:1998
dimensional changes that occur when a fabric is Method for the determination of colour
subjected to immersion in cold water without fastness of textile materials to washing at 400
agitation and dried. C (Test 1)
8 pages, Gr. 4 (Superseded by SLS 1357)

12
SLS 53:1998 SLS 62 Part 1:1997
Method for the determination of colour Method for determination of colour fastness of
fastness of textile materials to washing at 500 textile materials - Colour fastness to daylight
C (Test 2) (Superseded by 1387-51)
(Superseded by SLS 1357)
SLS 62 Part 2:1998
SLS 54:1998 Page | 13
Method for determination of colour fastness of
Method for the determination of colour textile materials - Colour fastness to artificial
fastness of textile materials to washing at 600 light xenon arc fading lamp test
C (Test 3) (Superseded by 1387-50)
(Superseded by SLS 1357)
SLS 63:2020
SLS 55:1998 Method for the determination of colour
Method for the determination of colour fastness of textile materials to rubbing
fastness of textile materials to washing at 950 (Third revision)
C for 30 minutes Specifies a method for determining the resistance
(Superseded by SLS 1357) of the colour of textiles of all kinds, including
textile floor coverings and other pile fabrics, to
SLS 56:1998 rubbing off and staining other materials. The
Method for the determination of colour method is applicable to textiles made from all
fastness of textile materials to washing at 950 fibres in the form of yarn of fabric including
for 4 hours (Test 5) (Superseded by SLS 1357) textile floor coverings, whether dyed or printed.
(=ISO 105-X12:2016)
CS 57:1969 (2016) (Reaffirmed) Gr.C
Permanent blue black ink for fountain pens
(First revision) SLS 64:1999
Prescribes the requirements and methods of test. Method for determination of colour fastness of
A5, 12 pages, Gr. 3 textile materials to sea water
(Superseded by SLS 1387-49)
CS 58:1969
Permanent blue-black writing ink for dip-pens SLS 65:1999
(Withdrawn) Method for determination of colour fastness of
textile material to soda boiling
CS 59:1969 (2008) (2016) (Reaffirmed) (First revision)
Washable blue-ink for fountain pens Specifies a method for determining the resistance
Prescribes the requirements and methods of test. of the colour of textiles of all kinds and in all
AMD No. 1 (AMD 261:2000) forms to the action of boiling dilute sodium
A5, 11 pages, Gr. 3 carbonate solution.
(=ISO 105-X06:1994)
CS 60:1969 (2000) (2008) (Reaffirmed) Gr.B
Record ink
Prescribes the requirements and methods of test SLS 66:1999
for blue-black record inks to be used for archival Method for determination of colour fastness of
and documentary purposes. textile materials to water
AMD No.1 (AMD 260:2000) (Superseded by SLS 1387-45)
A5, 12 pages, Gr. 3
SLS 67:1998
CS 61:1969 Method for determination of colour fastness of
Tungsten filament general service electric textile materials to perspiration
lamps (Superseded by SLS 1387-48)
(Superseded by SLS 984)

13
CS 68:1969 CS 76:1969
Wrought aluminium sheet and strip used in Method for tensile testing of steel wire
the manufacture of utensils (Superseded by SLS 978)
Covers the chemical composition and mechanical SLS 77:1997
properties of wrought aluminium sheet and strip Tea-sampling
to be used for the manufacture of aluminium (First revision)
utensils.AMD No. 1 (AMD 43:1981) Page | 14
Specifies methods for the sampling of tea from
A5, 13 pages, Gr. 4 containers of all sizes.(=ISO 1839:1980)
Gr.B
CS 69:1969 (2006) (Reaffirmed)
Wrought aluminium utensils SLS 78: 2023
Covers the requirements, quality of material and Tea – method for preparation of liquor for
the wall thickness of some wrought aluminium use in sensory tests
utensils commonly used for domestic purposes. (Third Revision)
AMD No. 1 (AMD 44:1981) This document specifies a method for the
A5, 20 pages, Gr. 5 preparation of a liquor of tea for use in sensory
tests, by means of infusing the leaf.
CS 70:1969 (ISO 3103:2019)
Methods of test for paints Gr. D
(Superseded by SLS 535)
SLS 79:2019
SLS 71:1981 Edible iodized/non- iodized salt (granular
Glossary of tea terms form)
(First revision) (Third revision)
Covers tea tasting terms relating to the Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling
manufacture and those used in the trade. and test for edible salt in granular form used as an
14 pages, Gr. 7 ingredient of food, both for direct sale to the
consumer and for food manufacture.
SLS 72:1985 20 pages, Gr.11
Technically specified raw natural rubber
(Third revision) SLS 80:2019
Specifies minimum quality requirements, method Edible iodized salt (powdered form)
of sampling and criteria for conformity. (Second revision)
AMD No.1 (AMD 136:1990) prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling
16 pages, Gr. 8 and testing for edible iodized salt in powdered
form used as an ingredient of food, both for direct
CS 73:1969 sale to the consumer and for food manufacture.
Dimensions and properties for steel channels, 23 pages, Gr. 11
angles and tee bars
(Superseded by SLS 907) SLS 81:2021
Ceylon Cinnamon
CS 74:1969 (fifth revision)
Dimensions of round and square steel bars for Prescribes the requirements and methods of
structural and general engineering purposes sampling and testing for the processed dried bark
(Superseded by SLS 949) of ceylon cinnamon, Cinnamomum zeylanicum
Blume supplied in the form of quills. Also
CS 75:1969 prescribes the requirements for quillings,
Dimensions of steel flats for structural and featherings and chips which are different forms of
general engineering purposes the processed dried bark of Ceylon cinnamon,
(Superseded by SLS 949) (Supersedes SLS 81 Parts 1&2)
17 pages, Gr. 8

14
SLS 82:1979 (2009) (Reaffirmed) CS 84 Part 4:1969
Carbon paper (Typewriter & Pencil) Quantities and units of heat
(First revision) This standard is part of a series on quantities and
Covers the requirements and methods of units in various fields of science and technology.
sampling and test for carbon paper for use with A5, 18 pages, Gr. 5
typewriters, excluding carbon papers meant to be
used once. CS 84 Part 5:1969 Page | 15
AMD No. 1 (AMD 59:1982) Basic quantities and units of the SI - Quantities
AMD No. 2 (AMD 65:1984) and units of electricity and magnetism
AMD No. 3 (AMD 153:1993) This standard is part of a series on quantities and
A5, 22 pages, Gr. 6 units in various fields of science and technology.
(=ISO 31-5:1965)
SLS 83:1975 22 pages, Gr. 11
SI units and recommendations for use of their
multiples and of certain other units CS 84 Part 7:1969
(First revision) Quantities and units of acoustics
Consists of two parts: The International system of This standard is part of a series on quantities and
units and selected decimal multiples and sub- units in various fields of science and technology.
multiples of the SI units. A5, 20 pages, Gr. 5
A5, 34 pages, Gr. 9
CS 85:1970
CS 84 Part 0:1980 Lead-acid starter batteries for motor vehicles
Basic quantities and units of the SI - General (Superseded by SLS 1126)
principles concerning quantities, units and
symbols SLS 86:2021
This standard is a general introduction to CS 84 Method for the determination of pH value of
which consists of several parts. aqueous extracts of textile materials
(=ISO 31/0:1974) (Third revision)
19 pages, Gr. 10 Specifies a method for determining the pH of the
aqueous extract of textiles. The method is
CS 84 Part 1:1969 Applicable to textiles in any form (e.g. fibres,
Basic quantities and units of the SI and yarns, fabrics).
quantities and units of space and time (=ISO 3071:2020)
Gives recommendations for standardization. Gr. C
(=ISO 31/1:1965)
SLS 87:1999 (2011)
CS 84 Part 2:1969 Method for determination of scouring loss in
Quantities and units of periodic and related grey and finished cotton textile material
phenomena (First revision)
This standard is part of a series on quantities and Prescribes two methods for determining scouring
units in various fields of science and technology. loss (loss in mass on scouring) of grey and
Gr.3 finished cotton textile material.
6 pages, Gr.2
CS 84 Part 3:1969
Quantities and units of mechanics SLS 88 Part 1:1997
This standard is part of a series on quantities and Method for the determination of colour
units in various fields of science and technology. fastness of textile materials to bleaching -
A5, 40 pages, Gr. 10 Bleaching with hypochlorite
(First revision)
Specifies a method for determining the resistance
of the colour of textiles of all kinds and in all

15
forms to the action of bleaching baths containing SLS 95:1970
sodium or lithium hypochlorite in concentratios Welded hard drawn steel wire fabric for
normally used in commercial bleaching. It is concrete reinforcement
applicable mainly to natural and regenerated Covers the requirements of welded hard drawn
cellulose materials. steel fabric for the reinforcement of concrete.
(=ISO 105-N01:1993) 11 pages, Gr. 4
Gr.A Page | 16
CS 96:1970
SLS 89:2006 (2016) (Reaffirmed) Dimensions of parallel coarse screw threads of
Method for the determination of bow, skew Whitworth form
and lenghthway distortion in woven and Relates to parallel coarse screw threads of
knitted fabrics Whitworth form used for general engineering
(First revision) purposes and provides for screw thread diameters
Specifies the requirements for determining bow from 1/8 in to 6 inches.
and skewness in woven fabric. A5, 19 pages, Gr. 5
9 pages, Gr.5
CS 97:1970
SLS 90:1986 (2002) (Reaffirmed) Mild steel hexagon and square black bolts
Cotton poplin (powerloom) screws and nuts with Whitworth threads
(First revision) Relates to ferrous bolts, screws and nuts with
Prescribes constructional details and other Whitworth coarse pitch. The fit shall be medium
requirements of bleached mercerized and dyed class and free class for bolts and screws and
cotton poplin suitable for shirting. It does not normal class for nuts.
specify the general appearance, feel etc. of the A5, 24 pages, Gr. 6
cloth.
11 pages, Gr.6 SLS 98: 2021
Desiccated coconut
CS 91:1970 (Third Revision)
Method for tensile testing of steel sheet and strip prescribes the requirements and methods of
(Superseded by SLS 978) sampling and test for desiccated coconut.
Gr. 8
CS 92:1970
Method of tensile testing of steel tube SLS 99:1975
(Superseded by SLS 978) Conversion factors and tables
Contains factors and tables for conversion from
CS 93:1970 British System to the Metric System and vice
Method for simple bend testing of steel sheet versa.
and strip 179 pages, Rs. 100.00
Prescribes the method of conducting simple bend
test on steel sheet and strip less than 3mm (0.12 CS 100:1971(2004) (Reaffirmed)
inch) thick. Cotton sarees and saree materials (handloom
A5, 10 pages, Gr.3 and powerloom)
Prescribes the constructional details and other
CS 94:1970 particulars of cotton sarees and saree materials
Method of reverse bend testing of steel sheet (handloom and powerloom). It does not cover
and strip borders and headings.
Prescribes the method of conducting the reverse A5, 18 pages, Gr. 5
bend test on steel sheet and strip less than 3 mm
(0.12 inch) thick.
A5, 9 pages, Gr.3

16
SLS 101:1986 (2004) (2012) (Reaffirmed) SLS 106:1977 (S)
Cotton sarongs (handloom) Cocoa beans
(First revision) (First revision)
Prescribes requirements, methods of sampling Prescribes requirements and methods of sampling
and tests for handloom cotton sarongs. and test for various grades of cocoa beans.
10 pages, Gr. 5 AMD No. 1 (AMD 92:1987)
AMD No. 2 (AMD 103:1987) Page | 17
SLS 102:2008 11 pages, Gr. 6
Rules for rounding off numerical values
(First revision) SLS 107:2015
Lays down the principles to be used in expressing Ordinary Portland Cement
numerical values and the rules for rounding off of (Fifth revision)
numerical values. Covers the requirements for constituents,
AMD No 01 (AMD 460:2013) composition, mechanical properties, physical
10 pages, Gr. 5 properties, chemical properties, packaging,
marking and delivery of Ordinary Portland
CS 103:1971 Cement (OPC). It pertains to four strength classes
Preferred numbers of OPC.
Gives a series of preferred numbers and AMD No.1 (AMD 481:2016)
recommendations as to its use. Details of R 5, R 18 Pages, Gr. 8
10, R 20, R 40 and R 80 are covered.
A5, 28 pages, Gr. 7 CS 108:1971
Components for plywood tea chests
CS 104:1971 (Superseded by SLS 751 and 763)
Writing of calendar dates in all numeric form
Specifies the writing of dates of the Gregorian SLS 109:1981
Calendar in all numeric form signified by the Metal fittings for plywood tea chests
elements year, month and the day. (First revision)
A5, 7 pages, Gr. 2 Covers the requirements for metal fittings used in
the assembly of plywood tea chests specified in
SLS 105 PART 1: 2022 SLS 378.
Pepper, whole and ground - black pepper 9 pages, Gr. 5
(Third Revision)
Prescribes the requirements and methods of CS 110:1971
sampling and test for black pepper (Piper nigrum Thicknesses of sheets and diameters of wires
L.), whole and ground. Provides a basic set of sizes (in millimetres) for
(Superseding SLS 1372) thickness of sheet and diameters of wire, to
Gr. 10 replace existing gauge systems.
A5, 11 pages, Gr. 3
SLS 105 Part 2: 2022
Pepper, whole and ground White Pepper SLS 111:2009
(Third Revision) Sanitary towels
Prescribes the requirements and methods of (Third revision)
sampling and test for white pepper (Piper nigrum Prescribes the requirements and methods of
L.), whole and ground sampling and test for press-on and loop type
(Superseding SLS 1372) sanitary towels.
Gr. 9 18 pages, Gr. 9

17
SLS 112:2012 SLS 117:1988
Cotton sewing threads Ground chillies
(Second revision) (Superseded by SLS 1563)
Prescribes the requirements and methods of test
and sampling for bleached or dyed cotton sewing CS 118:1971
threads. Calcium plumbate priming paints
12 pages, Gr.6 (Withdrawn) Page | 18

SLS 113:2019 CS 119:1971 (1995)

Nutmeg and mace, whole, pieces or ground Lead based priming paints
(Second revision) (Withdrawn)
Specifies the requirements of shelled and
unshelled nutmeg, Myristica fragrance, Houtt
(family Myristicacea) and for mace. It does not CS 120:1971
cover ground nutmeg or ground mace. Aluminium foils and linings
12 pages, Gr.6 Specifies chemical and physical requirements for
aluminium foils and linings of thickness not
SLS 114:1987 (2001) (S) (Reaffirmed) exceeding 0.1 mm.
School chalk A5, 22 pages, Gr. 6
(First revision)
Prescribes requirements and methods of sampling CS 121:1971
and test for moulded chalks made from calcium Methods of testing mass, thickness and
sulphate, commonly used for educational uniformity of coating on hot dipped galvanized
purposes. articles
(Errata slip) Covers test methods for determination of mass,
13 pages, Gr.7 thickness and uniformity of zinc coating on hot-
dipped galvanized articles.
SLS 115 Part 1:2009 A5, 13 pages, Gr.4
Coconut fibre (Coir fibre) - Brown fibre and
mixed fibre SLS 122 Part 1:2008
(Second revision) Metallic materials - Vickers hardness test -
Prescribes the requirements and methods of Test Method
sampling and test for brown coir fibre and mixed Specifies the Vickers hardness test method, for
coir fibre. the three defferent ranges of test force for metallic
17 pages, Gr .8 materials.
(=ISO 6507-1:2005)
SLS 115 Part 4:1975 (2001) (S)(Reaffirmed) Gr.K
Coconut fibre (Coir fibre) - Retted white fibre
Prescribes the requirements and methods of test SLS 122 Part 2:2008
for retted white fibre. Metallic materials - Vickers hardness test -
A5,14 pages, Gr .4 Verification of testing machines
Specifies a method of verification of testing
SLS 116:1971 machines for determining Vickers hardness in
Principles of conversion accordance with SLS 122-1.
Intended to serve as a guide in converting (=ISO 6507-2:2005)
numerical values of physical quantities from one Gr.H
system of units of measurement to another system
of units.
20 pages, Gr. 10

18
SLS 122 Part 3:2008 SLS 127:1982 (S)
Metallic materials - Vickers hardness test - Bicycle tubes
Calibration of reference blocks (First revision)
Specifies a method for the calibration of reference Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling
blocks to be used for the indirect verification of and test for bicycle tubes intended for use with
Vickers hardness testing machines, as specified light and heavy duty tyres prescribed in SLS 224.
in SLS 122 part 2.(=ISO 6507-3:2005) 12 pages, Gr. 6 Page | 19
Gr.E
SLS 128:2002
SLS 122 Part 4:2008 Galvanized steel buckets
Metallic materials - Vickers hardness test - (First revision)
Tables of hardness values Prescribes requirements for material, dimensions,
Gives tables of Vickers hardness for use in tests manufacture, workmanship and performance of
made on flat surfaces. hot dipped galvanized steel buckets for general
(=ISO 6507-4:2005) Gr.X use.
12 pages, Gr. 7
CS 123:1971
Numbering of weeks CS 129:1972
Specifies a system for the numbering of the Basic module to be used in the building
weeks of a year of the Gregorian Calendar. For industry
this purpose it designates the day on which a Covers the definition, symbol and value of the
week begins and defines week number one of a basic module.
year. A5, 6 pages, Gr.2
A5, 8 pages, Gr. 2
CS 130:1972
CS 124:1971 Horizontal multi - modules to be used in the
Test sieves (Metric Units) building industry
Specifies requirements for test sieves to be used Recommends the values of multi-modules to be
for determining the size distribution of granular used in designing of the overall structure of all
material in the particle size range from 125 mm buildings.
down to 38 µm. It covers both woven wire cloth A5, 7 pages, Gr. 2
and perforated plate sieving media.
A5, 30 pages, Gr. 8 CS 131:1972 (S)
Glossary of terms used in modular co-
CS 125:1971 ordination in the building industry
Recommended scales for architectural, Defines terms used in the building industry with
engineering and survey drawings special reference to modular co-ordination.
Prescribes the scales recommended for use in all A5, 11 pages, Gr.3
architectural, engineering and survey drawings
based on the metric system. CS 132:1972
A5, 8 pages, Gr. 2 Classification of building components for
dimensional co-ordination
SLS 126:1986 (2023) (Reaffirmed) Components commonly met in the building
Shoe polish, paste industry are classified into a number of functional
(First revision) element groups. Each group is graded into three
Covers requirements and methods of sampling categories in the decreasing order of priority for
and test for paste wax polishes suitable for dimensional co-ordination.
general application to leather footwear. A5, 9 pages, Gr.3
AMD No. 1 (AMD 212:1996)
12 pages, Gr. 6

19
SLS 133:2015 SLS 137 Part 3:1981 (2010) (Reaffirmed)
Botanical nomenclature of spices and culinary Grey cotton yarn - Hosiery
herbs(First revision) (First revision)
Prescribes the list of botanical names of the plants Covers requirements of grey cotton yarns
classified under spices and culinary herbs. Gives intended for use in hosiery.
plants or parts of the plant used, family and the 12 pages, Gr.6
common English, Sinhala and Tamil (vernacular) Page | 20
names of spices and culinary herbs known and SLS 138:2021
grown in the country. Bayonet lampholders
7 Pages, Gr. 4 (Fourth revision)
Aapplies to bayonet lampholders B15d and B22d
SLS 134:2017 for connection of lamps and semi-luminaires to a
Curry powder supply voltage of 250 V.This document also
(Second revision) covers lampholders which are integral with a
Prescribes the requirements and methods of luminaire or intended to be built into
sampling and test for curry powder. appliances. It covers the requirements for the
(incorporating Erratum No 01:2018) lampholder only.For all other requirements,
11 pages, Gr.6 such as protection against electric shock in
the area of the terminals, the requirements of
SLS 135:2009 the relevant appliance standard are observed and
Black tea tested after building into the appropriate
(Second revision) equipment, when that equipment is tested
Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling according to its own standard. Lampholders for
and test for black tea. This is not applicable to use by luminaire manufacturers only are not for
decaffeinated black tea. retail sale.Where lampholders are used in
AMD No. 1 (AMD 421:2011) luminaires, their maximum operating
7 pages, Gr. 3 temperatures are specified in IEC 6 0598-1.B15d
denotes the cap/holder fit as defined by IEC 6
SLS 136:1989 0061-1, sheet 7004-11 and IEC 6 0061-2, sheet
Cotton towels and towelling 7005-16 with the corresponding gauges.B22d
(Superseded by SLS 1486-1) denotes the cap/holder fit as defined by IEC 6
0061-1, sheet 7004-10 and IEC 6 0061-2, sheet
SLS 137 Part 1:2000 (2010) (Reaffirmed) 7005-10 with the corresponding gauges.
Grey cotton yarn -powerloom (=IEC 61184:2019)
(Second revision) Gr. V
Prescribes the requirements and methods of test
for grey cotton yarns (single and double) intended SLS 139:2003
for use in powerlooms. Mild steel wire for general engineering
13 pages, Gr. 6 purposes
(First revision)
SLS 137 Part 2:1981 (2004) (Reaffirmed) Covers the requirements materials, sizes,
Grey cotton yarn - Handloom finishes, mechanical properties and marking for
(First revision) drawn mild steel wire for general engineering
Covers the requirements of grey cotton yarns purposes.
intended for use in handlooms. AMD No. 1 (AMD 405:2010)
14 pages, Gr. 7 16 pages, Gr. 8

20
CS 140:1972 SLS 145 Part 1:2008
Crude glycerine (glycerol) Metallic materials - Rockwell hardness test -
Prescribes requirements and method of test for Test method (scales A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, K,
crude glycerine. N, T)
A5, 57 pages, Gr. 13 Specifies the method for Rockwell and Rockwell
superficial hardness tests for metallic materials.
SLS 141:1992 (S) (=ISO 6508-1:2005) Page | 21
White bread Gr. M
(Second revision)
Prescribes the requirements and methods of test SLS 145 Part 2:2008
for white bread. It does not cover brown bread, Metallic materials - Rockwell hardness test -
fancy bread, fruit bread, rolls etc. Verification and calibration of testing
17 pages, Gr. 9 machines
(scales A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, K, N, T)
CS 142:1972 Specifies a method of verification of testing
Code of hygienic practice for desiccated machines for determining Rockwell hardness in
coconut accordance with SLS 145-1.
(Withdrawn) (Superseded by SLS 1590) (=ISO 6508-2:2005)
Gr. J
SLS 143:2022
Code of practice for general principles of food SLS 145 Part 3:2008
hygiene Metallic materials - Rockwell hardness test -
(Third revision) Calibration of reference blocks
Provides a framework of general principles for (scales A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, K, N, T)
producing safe and suitable food for consumption Specifies a method for the calibration of reference
by outlining necessary hygiene and food safety blocks to be used for the indirect verification of
controls to be implemented in production Rockwell hardness testing machines as specified
(including primary production), processing, in SLS 145-2.
manufacturing, preparation, packaging, storage, (=ISO 6508-3:2005)
distribution, retail, food service operation and Gr. F
transport of food, and where appropriate, specific
food safety control measures at certain steps SLS 146 Part 1:2008
throughout the food chain. Metallic materials - Brinell hardness test - Test
Gr.12 method
Specifies the method for Brinell hardness test for
SLS 144:2019 metallic materials and is applicable up to the limit
Wheat flour of 650 HBW.
(Second revision) (=ISO 6506-1:2005)
Prescribes the requirements and methods of test Gr.H
for wheat flour. It applies to wheat flour for direct
human consumption prepared from common SLS 146 Part 2:2008
wheat Triticum aestivum L., or club wheat, Metallic materials - Brinell hardness test -
Triticum cimpactum Host., or mixture thereof, Verification and calibration of testing
which is prepackaged ready for sale to the machines
consumer or destined for use in other food Specifies a method of verification and calibration
products. of testing machines used for determining Brinell
17 pages, Gr.9 hardness in accordance with SLS 146-1.
(=ISO 6506-2:2005)
Gr.G

21
SLS 146 Part 3:2008 SLS 150:1998
Metallic materials - Brinell hardness test - Method for quantitative chemical analysis of
Calibration of reference blocks binary mixtures of nylon 6 or nylon 6.6 and
Specifies a method for the calibration of reference certain other fibres
blocks to be used in the indirect verification of (Superseded by SLS 1388 Pt.7)
Brinell hardness testing machines as described in
SLS 146-2.(=ISO 6506-3:2005) SLS 151:1997 Page | 22
Gr.E Method for quantitative chemical analysis of
binary mixtures of polyester fibres with cotton
SLS 146 Part 4:2008 or viscose rayon
Metallic materials - Brinell hardness test - (Superseded by SLS 1388 Pt.11)
Table of hardness values
Gives a table of the Briness hardness values for SLS 152:1998
use in tests on flat surfaces. Method for quantitative chemical analysis of
(=ISO 6506-4:2005) binary mixtures of acrylics, certain
Gr.F modacrylics or certain chlorofibres and
certain other fibres
SLS 147:2013 (Superseded by SLS 1388 Pt.12)
Unplasticized poly (vinyl chloride) pipes for
water supply and for buried and above ground SLS 153:2001
drainage and sewerage under pressure Method for quantitative chemical analysis of
(Third revision) binary mixtures of protein fibre (wool, animal
specifies the characteristics of solid-wall pipes hair, silk or protein) and certain other fibres
made from unplasticized polyvinyl chlorides (Superseded by SLS 1388 pt.4)
(PVC-U) for piping systems, intended for water
supply for human consumption and for general SLS 154:2001
purposes as well as for sewerage under pressure.It Method for quantitative chemical analysis of
specifies a range of pipe sizes and pressure ternary mixtures of protein fibres, polyamides
classes and specifies requirements concerning and certain other fibres
colour and methods of test. It is applicable to (Superseded by SLS 1388 Pt.2)
extruded pipes with or without a socket (integral
or not) intended to be used for conveyance of SLS 155:2002
water and waste water up to and including 45 Designation of netting yarns
0C for water mains and services buried in the (First revision)
ground, conveyance of water above ground for Specifies a method for the designation of netting
both outside and inside buildings and buried and yarns for fishing nets by the use of the nominal
above-ground drainage and sewerage under linear densities of the single yarn components or
pressure.(Corrigendum No.1:2013) of their resultant linear density, expressed in tex.
25 pages, Gr. 11 (=ISO 858:1973)
Gr. A
SLS 148:2020
Cocoa powder SLS 156:2018
(Second revision) Glossary of basic terms for fishing nets
Prescribes the requirements and methods of (Second Revision)
sampling and tests for cocoa powder. Gives the principal terms relating to netting for
15 pages, Gr. 8 fishing nets, together with their definitions or, in
some cases, the method of expressing
SLS 149:1984 (2004) (2008) dimensions.
Typewriter ribbons (=ISO 1107:2017)
(Withdrawn) Gr. C

22
CS 157:1972
Drawing boards (Metric Units)
Specifies the sizes, materials and constructional CS 165:1972
details of drawing boards, intended to be used by Soft solders (SI Units)
engineers and students. Covers the requirements of 19 grades of soft
A5, 12 pages, Gr. 3 solder.
AMD No. 1 (AMD 46:1981) Page | 23
CS 158:1972 A5, 9 Pages, Gr.3
Tee squares
Specifies the dimensions, materials and SLS 166:2019
constructional details. Cardamom pods (capsules) or seeds
A5, 10 pages, Gr. 3 (Second revision)
prescribes the requirements and methods of
CS 159:1972 sampling and test for cardamom, Elettaria
Code of practice for seasoning of timber cardamomum (L.) Maton var, miniscula Burkhill
The code covers methods of seasoning of timber. and Elettaria ensal Gaerth Abeywick in the forms
AMD No. 1 (AMD 214:1996) of whole pods (capsules) and seeds.
A5, 25 pages, Gr. 7 12 pages, Gr.6

CS 160:1972 SLS 167:1988

Ball clay for ceramic industry Meat sausages
Prescribes requirements and method of test and (Superseded by SLS 1218)
sampling for ball clays used in ceramic industry.
A5, 29 pages, Gr.8 SLS 168:1999
Coconut vinegar
CS 161:1972 (Second revision)
China clay for ceramic industry Prescribes the requirements and methods of test
Presribes requirements and methods of sampling for coconut vinegar of two types viz. Coconut
and test for china clay used in ceramic industry. toddy vinegar and coconut water vinegar.
A5, 24 pages, AMD No. 1 (AMD 359:2007)
Gr.6 AMD No.2 (AMD 391:2009)
12 pages, Gr.5
CS 162:1972
PVC insulated cables for motor vehicles SLS 169:1983 (2008)
(Superseded by SLS 412) Duplicating ink for single drum rotary
machines
CS 163:1972 Prescribes requirements and methods of sampling
Electric ceiling type fans and regulators and test for duplicating ink for use on drum-type,
(Superseded by SLS 814) single cylinder rotary duplicating machine.
13 pages, Gr.7
SLS 164:2017
Bayonet cap adaptors (lampholder plugs) SLS 170:1988 (S)
(First Revision) Oil of Ceylon citronella
Covers the materials, dimensions and tests for (First revision)
bayonet cap adaptors (lampholder plugs) Prescribes the requirements and methods of
intended for use with Bayonet lampholders, on a sampling and test for oil of Ceylon citronella.
nominal voltage not exceeding 250 V and load 8 pages, Gr.4
current not exceeding 5 A.
8 Pages, Gr. 4

23
SLS 171:1972 Covers the requirements for grey iron castings
Measurements for men’s shirts where the carbon component present as graphite
Prescribes the critical dimensions of different is mainly in the lamellar form.
parts of men’s shirts (long sleeves and short A5, 24 pages, Gr.6
sleeves) made from preshrunk materials essential
for good fitting. SLS 179:2012
A5, 10 pages, Gr. 3 Page | 24
Sweetened condensed milks
(Second revision)
SLS 172:1999 Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling
Bandage and testing for sweetened condensed milks,
(First revision) intended for direct consumption or further
Prescribes the requirements and methods of test processing.
for bandage to be used for surgical dressings or to 15 pages, Gr.9
protect dressings.
8 pages, Gr. 4 CS 180:1972
Methods of microbiological analysis of milk
SLS 173:2001 (Withdrawn)
Method for quantitative analysis of binary
mixtures of acetate and certain other fibres SLS 181:1983 (S)
(Superseded by SLS 1388:Pt 3) Raw and processed milk
(First revision)
SLS 174:1972 (2002) (Reaffirmed) Prescribes the requirements and methods of
Method for the determination of gelatin and sampling and tests for raw and processed milk.
oil size in viscose rayon, acetate yarn and AMD No. 1 (AMD 77:1986)(Corrigendum No 01)
fabric. 35 pages, Gr.15
Describes a method for the removal of size from
viscose rayon and acetate yarn and fabric in SLS 182:1983 (2001) (S) (Reaffirmed)
which the size is based on gelatin and a non- Sealing wax
volatile non drying oil. (First revision)
8 pages, Gr. 2 Prescribes the requirements and the methods of
sampling and tests for sealing wax intended for
SLS 175:1999 application of seals on joints of material such as
Method for quantitative chemical analysis of paper, canvas, jute hessian, wood, cork, glass and
mixtures of viscose rayon and cotton metals where embossed inscriptions are made
(Superseded by SLS 1388:Pt 5) while compositions are hot.
11 pages, Gr. 6
SLS 176:2001
Method for the quantitative chemical analysis SLS 183:2013
of binary mixtures of acetate and triacetate Carbonated beverages
(Superseded by SLS 1388:Pt 8) (Third revision)
prescribes the requirements and methods of
SLS 177:2001 sampling and testing for carbonated beverages,
Method for the quantitative chemical analysis which are intended for consumption without
of binary mixtures of tri-acetate and certain dilution.
other fibres AMD No 1(AMD 502:2017)
(Superseded by SLS 1388:Pt 10) AMD No 2(AMD 599:2023)
20 Pages, Gr.12
CS 178:1972
Grey iron castings

24
SLS 184:2012 (S) SLS 186 Part 4:2008
Oil of Ceylon cinnamon leaf Methods of test for spices and condiments -
(First revision) Determination of acid - insoluble ash
Specifies the requirements and the methods of (Second revision)
sampling and testing for oil of Ceylon cinnamon Specifies a method for the determination of acid
leaf obtained from cinnamomum zeylanicum - insoluble ash from spices and condiments.
Blume. (=ISO 930:1997) Page | 25
10 pages, Gr.6 Gr.B

SLS 185:2012 (S) SLS 186: Part 5:2021

Oil of Ceylon cinnamon bark Methods of test for spices and condiments –
(First revision) Determination of moisture content –
Specifies the requirements and the methods of entrainment method
sampling and testing for oil of Ceylon cinnamon (Third revision)
bark obtained from cinnamomum zeylanicum Specifies an entrainment method for the
Blume. determination of the moisture content of spices
12 pages, Gr.6 and condiments.
(=ISO 939:2021)
SLS 186 Part 1:2008 Gr.C
Methods of test for spices and condiments -
Preparation of a ground sample for analysis SLS 186 Part 6:2008
(Second revision) Methods of test for spices and condiments -
Specifies a method of preparing a ground sample Determination of cold water - soluble extract
of spice or condiment for analysis, from a (Second revision)
laboratory sample obtained by the method Specifies a method for the determination of cold
specified in ISO 948. water - soluble extract in spices and condiments.
(=ISO 2825:1981) (=ISO 941:1980)
Gr.A Gr.A

SLS 186 Part 2:2011 SLS 186 Part 7:2008

Methods of test for spices and condiments - Methods of test for spices and condiments -
Determination of extraneous matter and Determination of non - volatile ether extract
foreign matter content (Second revision)
(Third revision) Secifies a method for the determination of the non
Specifies a general procedure for visual - volatile ether extract in spices and condiments.
examination, or with magnification not exceeding (=ISO 1108:1992)
10 times, of whole spices for the determination of Gr.A
macro filth. This Standard is applicable to
dehydrated herbs and spices. SLS 186 Part 8:2008
(=ISO 927:2009) Methods of test for spices and condiments -
Gr.C Determination of filth
(Second revision)
SLS 186 Part 3:2008 Specifies a method for the quantitative
Methods of test for spices and condiments - determination of filth in spices and condiments.
Determination of total ash (=ISO 1208:1982)
(Second revision) Gr.C
Specifies a method for the determination of total
ash from spices and condiments.
(=ISO 928:1997)
Gr. B

25
SLS 186 Part 9:2008 SLS 186 Part 13:2016
Methods of test for spices and condiments - Methods of test for spices and condiments -
Determination of piperline content of black Turmeric-determination of colouring power -
pepper and white pepper - spectrophotometric spectrophotometric method
method Specifies a spectrophotometric method for the
(Second revision) determination of the colouring power of turmeric.
Specifies a spectrophotometric method for the (=ISO 5566:1982) Page | 26
determination of the piperine content of black or Gr.A
white pepper (Pipernigrum L.), in whole or in
ground form. SLS 187:2013
(=ISO 5564:1982) Skin powder for babies
Gr.A (Second revision)
Prescribes the quality and safety requirements
SLS 186 Part 10:2008 and method of sampling and test for skin powder
Methods of test for spices and condiments - with or without herbs/ herbal extracts and
Determination of piperine content of pepper medicated skin powder for babies including
and pepper oleoresins - high-performance infants. It does not prescribe methods of test for
liquid chromatographic method therapeutic/ medicinal claims of skin powders for
Specifies a method for the determination by high- babies.
performance liquid chromatography, of the AMD No.1 (AMD 546:2021)
piperine content of peppers (Pipernigrum 10 Pages Gr.5
linnaeus), whole or powdered, as well as their
extracts (oleoresins). SLS 188:1987 (S)
(=ISO 11027:1993) Quick frozen lobsters
Gr. C (First revision)
Prescribes the requirements and methods of
SLS 186 Part 11:2008 sampling and test for quick frozen raw lobsters
Methods of test for spices and condiments - and quick frozen cooked lobsters. It does not
Determination of volatile oil content - apply to speciality packs where the flesh of the
hydrodistillation method lobsters constitute only a portion of the edible
(Second revision) contents.
Specifies a method for the determination of the 19 pages, Gr.10
volatile oil content of spices, condiments and
herbs. SLS 189:1983 (2008) (S)
(=ISO 6571:2008) Illuminating paraffin wax candles
Gr.E (First revision)
Prescribes the requirements and methods of
SLS 186 Part 12:2016 sampling and test for illuminating paraffin wax
Methods of test for spices and condiments - candles. It does not apply to ornamental candles.
Determination of degree of fineness of AMD No. 1 (AMD 250:1999)
grinding - hand sieving method (reference 12 pages, Gr.7
method)
Specifies a reference method for the SLS 190:2011
determination of the degree of fineness of Methods for sampling of cereals, pulses and
grinding of spices and condiments, by hand milled products
sieving to obtain the distribution of particle sizes (Third revision)
in the sample. Specifies requirements for the dynamic or static
(=ISO 3588:1977) sampling, by manual or mechanical means, of
Gr. A cereals and cereal products, for assessment of
their quality and condition. It is applicable to
sampling for the determination of

26
heterogeneously distributed contaminants, SLS 197:2002
undesirable substances, and parameters usually Methods for quantitative chemical analysis of
homogeneously distributed like those used to ternarymixtures of viscose rayon, cotton and
assess quality or compliance with specification. It protein fibres
can be used to determine insects in a grain lot. (Superseded by SLS 1388:Pt 2)
(=ISO 24333:2009)
Gr.N SLS 198:2001 Page | 27
Method for the determination of colour
SLS 191:2017 fastness of textile materials to hot pressing
White sugar (First revision)
(Second revision) Specifies a method for determining the resistance
Prescribes requirements and methods of sampling of the colour of textiles of all kinds and in all
and test for white sugar. forms to ironing and to processing on hot
(Corrigendum No 1) & (Corrigendum No 2) cylinders. (=ISO 105-X11:1994)
34 pages, Gr.14 Gr.B

SLS 192:2019 SLS 199:2008

Lemongrass oil Method for determination of dimensional
(First revision) change in washing and drying of textiles
Prescribes the requirements and methods of (Second revision)
sampling and test for lemongrass oil Specifies a method for determination of the
(Cymbopogon flexuosus and Cymbopogon dimensional change of fabrics, garments or other
citratus) obtained from the leaves by steam textile articles when subjected to an appropriate
distillation. combination of specified washing and drying
11 pages, Gr.6 procedures. I
(=ISO 5077:2007)
CS 193:1973 Gr.A
Round tins for paints, varnishes and allied
products (packed by volume) (Metric units) SLS 200:1996
Specifies tin containers suitable for packing of Method for the determination of recovery of
paints and other allied products. It covers the fabrics from creasing
dimensions, the gross lidded volumes of round (First revision)
tins, the construction of the tin and methods of Specifies a method for determining the angle of
test. recovery of fabrics from creasing. The results
A5, 21pages, Gr.6 obtained by this method for textile fabrics of very
different kinds cannot be compared directly.
CS 194:1973 (=ISO 2313:1972)
Rulers for general purposes (Metric units) 9 pages, Gr.5
Prescribes the requirements of rulers used for
general purposes (trade and commerce) including CS 201:1973
rulers for use in schools. Identification of fibres blended with wool in
A5, 15 pages, Gr.4 textiles
(Withdrawn)
CS 195:1973
Cotton umbrella cloth (water proofed) CS 202:1973
(Superseded by SLS 1307) Method for the determination of the recovery
of wool fabrics from creasing
CS 196:1973 Applicable to wool and wool mixture fabrics of
Cotton table napkins thickness ranging from about 0.13 mm to about 1
(Superseded by SLS 1393:Part 1) mm.
A5, 12 pages, Gr.3

27
SLS 203:1997 SLS 208:1988
Method for the determination of colour Code of hygienic practice for the processing of
fastness of textile materials to organic solvents lobsters and prawns
(First revision) (Second revision)
Specifies a method for determining the resistance Recommends a code of hygienic practice to be
of the colour of textiles of all kinds and in all adopted for the processing of lobsters and
forms to organic solvents. prawns. Page | 28
(=ISO 105-X05:1994) 82 pages, Gr.22
Gr.A
SLS 209:1973
CS 204:1973 (2004) (2012)(Reaffirmed) Code of hygienic practice for the manufacture
Determination of dimensional stability of of fruit and vegetable products (processed)
warp-knitted and woven fabrics made from Provides a code of hygienic practice that should
nylon 6.6(boiling water test) (Metric units) be adopted in the manufacture of processed fruit
Describes a method of test for the determination and vegetable products.
of the dimensional stability of warp knitted and 8 pages, Gr. 4
woven fabrics made from continuous filament
nylon 6.6 yarn. It is not suitable for the SLS 210:2009
determination of the dimensional stability of Method for the preparation of test sample for
these fabrics on washing. essential oils
A5, 9 pages, Gr.3 (First revision)
Prescribes general guidelines for the preparation
SLS 205:2002 of samples of essential oils submitted to a
Method for the determination of length and laboratory for analysis. It is applicable, in
length distribution of staple fibre particular, to those essential oils that cannot be
(First revision) analysed directly; that is those which are solid or
Specifies three methods for determination of the partially solid at room temperature or those which
length of staple fibres by measuring individual are cloudy due to the presence to water or
fibres and different methods of expressing the suspended particles. This method cannot be used
length distribution from values obtained by for samples for determination of water.
measurement of individul fibres. It applies to all 5 pages, Gr. 4
discontinuous textile fibres, except those in
which strong inherent crimp would render the SLS 211:2007
procedure inapplicable. It does not apply to Method for labelling and marking of
fibrous bundles of bast fibres. containers for essential oils
(=ISO 6989:1981) (First revision)
Gr.C Prescribes the general guidelines for labelling
and marking of containers for essential oils to
SLS 206:1973 enable identification of the contents.
Code of packaging in plastic containers 5 pages, Gr. 3
(Superseded by SLS 1443 and SLS 1444)
SLS 212:1973
SLS 207:1973 (S) Methods for packing of essential oils
Definitions for use in mechanical engineering Prescribes the general guidelines for the packing
It gives definitions relating to construction, of essential oils.
drawing practice, size and tolerance, limits and A5, 7 pages, Gr. 3
fits, screw threads surface textures and gauges.
A5, 102 pages, Gr.19

28
SLS 213:2007 A5, 11pages, Gr. 3
Methods for sampling of essential oils SLS 219:1973
(First revision) Crockery
Lays down general guidelines for the sampling of Covers the essential requirements, methods of
essential oils. test and sampling of crockery. It does not cover
6 pages, Gr. 4 the shapes and sizes of crockery.
A5, 16 pages, Gr. 4 Page | 29
SLS 214:2010
Fruit squashes, fruit syrups and fruit cordials SLS 220:1973
(Second revision) Electric table type fans and regulators
Prescribes the requirements and methods of (Superseded by SLS 814)
sampling and testing for fruit squashes, fruit
cordials and fruit syrups, intended for SLS 221:2010 (S)
consumption after dilution. It does not cover Non-carbonated artificial/flavoured cordials
fruit juices and fruit nectars; It does not cover and beverage
artificial / flavoured cordials or syrups intended (Second revision)
for consumption after dilution. Prescribes the requirements and methods of
Amd No 1 ( Amd 492:2017) sampling and testing for artificial/flavoured
Amd No 2(Amd 567:2022) cordials or syrups intended for consumption after
Amd No 3 (Amd 597 :2023) dilution. Also prescribes requirements and
13 pages, Gr. 7 methods of sampling and testing for non-
carbonated artificial / flavoured drinks or
SLS 215:1973 beverages intended for direct consumption.
Oil of ginger Amd No 1 (AMD 493:2017)
Prescribes requirements and methods of tests. Amd No 2 (AMD 524:2019)
A5, 19 pages, Amd No 3 (AMD 530:2020
Gr. 5 11 pages, Gr.7

SLS 216:1973 SLS 222:1973 (2000) (Reaffirmed)

Naphtha Glass bottles for pasteurized milk and
Prescribes the requirements for different grades sterilized milk
of solvent and chemical naphtha. Specifies the requirements and methods of test of
AMD No.1 (AMD 292:2002) cylindrical glass bottles used for packing
A5, 10 pages, Gr. 3 pasteurizedmilk and sterilized milk.
A5,23 pages, Gr. 6
SLS 217:1995
Reinforced concrete fence posts SLS 223:2017
(First revision) Ice cream
Covers the requirements and methods of test for (Second revision)
reinforced concrete fence posts for general Prescribes the requirements and methods of
purposes. It does not cover reinforced concrete sampling and test for ice cream.Ihis standard is
fence posts using light weight aggregates and pre- not applicablefor fat free ice cream.
stressed concrete fence posts. 17 pages, Gr. 9
23 pages, Gr.11
SLS 224:2007
SLS 218:1973 Bicycle tyres
Handicraft items (ebonyware) (Second revision)
Covers the type of timber, the corresponding Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling
seasoning procedure and finish for handicraft and test for bicycle tyres intended for light and
items made out of ebony. It does not cover the heavy dutypurposes.
mode of manufacture. 13 pages, Gr. 7

29
SLS 225:1973 (2000) (Reaffirmed) SLS 231:2013 (S)
Sizes and substances for folders and files Sesame seed oil
(MetricUnits) (First revision)
Applies to folders made of board, intended to Prescribes the requirements and methods of
receive sheets of the A4 Size (210 mm x 297 mm) sampling and testing for sesameseed oil (Syn.
and for filesintended to receive either sheets of gingellyseed oil)
the A4 size (210mm x 297 mm) or folders (with AMD No.1 (AMD 476:2016) Page | 30
or without back) or whenpossible files with a very 7 pages, Gr. 4
small back.
AMD No. 1(AMD 152:1993) SLS 232:1973
A5, 15 pages, Gr. 4 Coriander powder
(Superseded by SLS 1565)
SLS 226:1973
Hasps and staples SLS 233:1994
Specifies mild steel and cast brass hasps and Steel filing cabinets
staples and covers the requirements for materials, (First revision)
dimensions, manufacture and finish. Specifies the requirements for materials,
A5, 16 pages, Gr. 4 dimensions, construction, finish and methods of
test of steel filing cabinets of the two, three and
SLS 227:1973 four drawer types.
Graduation of levelling staves (Metric Units) LKR 250.00
Lays down dimensional requirements, graduation
and figuring of levelling to provide height control SLS 234:2016
for topographical or engineering survey. Beer
A5, 10 pages, Gr.3 (Second revision)
Prescribes the requirements and methods of
SLS 228:1973(2010) (Reaffirmed) sampling and test for beer types which includes
Glass bottles with crown finish (650 ml and ale, lager, stout and flavoured beer. It does not
325 ml) include requirements for draught beer.
Specifies the requirements and methods of test 11 Pages, Gr.6
for glass bottles with crown cork finish and
nominal capacities 650 ml (22.9 fl.oz) and 325 ml SLS 235:1999
(11.4 fl.oz). Paper and paper board – untrimmed sizes
AMD No. 1 (AMD 75:1986) designation and tolerances for primary and
A5, 23 pages, Gr. 6 supplementary ranges, and indication of
machine direction
SLS 229: 2022 (Withdrawn)
Specification for sanitary appliances (vitreous
china) SLS 236 Part 1:1973
(First Revision) Radio receivers - Minimum requirements of
Covers the general requirements for materials, domestic solid state radio receivers
manufacture, methods of test, inspection and Covers general requirements applicable to all
marking of all vitreous sanitary appliances types of domestic solid state radio receivers
Gr. 8 including portable receivers intended for
reception of amplitude-modulated (AM)
SLS 230:1973 broadcast transmissions except miniaturized
Baking powder receivers such as camera size and pocket size
Prescribes the requirements and methods of tests. receivers. Car radios are also not covered.
AMD No. 1 (AMD 125:1989) A5, 24 pages, Gr.6
A5, 13 pages, Gr. 4

30
SLS 237:1993 SLS 244:1999
Bicycle cotter pins, washers and nuts Compound poultry feeds
(First revision) (Second revision)
Covers the requirements for bicycle cotter pins, Prescribes the requirements and methods of test
their washers (spring or plain), and nuts for for poultry feeds in mash, crumb or pellet form.
bicycles. 24 pages, Gr.11
Page | 31
SLS 238:1973 SLS 245:1973
Metal washers for general engineering Cashew nuts
purposes (Superseded by SLS 938) Prescribes the requirements for cashew nuts
obtained from the cashew tree, Anacardium
SLS 239:1973 occidentale L.
Steel spring washers for general engineering 7 pages, Gr.4
purposes (Metric Units)
Specifies the dimensions, tolerances and general SLS 246:1973
requirements for metric series spring washers of Coriander whole
helical construction, suitable for use with metric (Superseded by SLS 1565)
threaded fasteners within the range 2 mm (M2) to
52 mm (M52) diameter. Dimensions and SLS 247:1973
tolerances are specified for three types. Oil of clove bud
A5, 16 pages, Gr.4 Defines certain characteristics of oil of clove bud.
A5, 14 pages, Gr.4
SLS 240:1973 (S)
School slates SLS 248:1973
Covers the requirements, methods of tests and Oil of clove stem
sampling of school slates. Defines certain characteristics of oil of clove
A5, 12 pages, Gr.3 stem.A5, 13 pages,
Gr. 4
SLS 241:2019 (S)
Clove, whole or ground SLS 249
(Second revision) Cinnamon Products
Prescribes requirements and methods of test for (Replaced by SLS 81)
cloves whole.
11 pages, Gr.6 SLS 250:1995 (2003)
Liquid soap
SLS 242:1973 (Superseded by SLS 1390)
Methods for the destruction of organic matter
Prescribes methods for the destruction of organic SLS 251:2010
matter for the purpose of preparing test solutions Biscuits
for analysis. (Second revision)
A5, 10 pages, Gr.3 Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling
and test for biscuits. It does not cover wafers.
SLS 243:1973 (Errata sheet incorporated)19 pages, Gr.10
Handicraft items (woodware other than
ebonyware) SLS 252:1973
Covers the type of timber, the seasoning Moulded solid rubber soles and heels
procedure and finish for handicraft items made Prescribes the requirements and methods of
out of timber other than ebony. It does not cover sampling and test for rubber full-soles with or
the mode of manufacture. It also does not include without heels, half soles and heels sold as finished
pigmented woodware. products.A5, 11 pages,
A5, 10 pages, Gr.3 Gr.3

31
SLS 253:1973 notcover designs of handicrafts, the methods of
Rubber teats and valves for feeding bottles application of lacquer and pigments and the mode
and soothers of manufacture. This standard also covers
Prescribes the requirements, sampling and pigmented lacquered items.
methods of tests. A5, 9 pages, Gr.3
A5, 16 pages, Gr. 4
SLS 260:2008 (2022) (Reaffirmed) Page | 32
SLS 254:1989 Tomato sauce
Code of practice for retreading pneumatic (Second revision)
tyres Prescribes the requirements and methods of
(First revision) samplingand testing for tomato sauce.
Specifies the minimum requirements for (AMD No 1, (AMD 494:2017)
retreading and relugging of pneumatic Radial-ply AMD No 2(AMD 569:2022)
and Cross-ply rubber tyres for road vehicles. 16 pages, Gr.8
21 pages, Gr.11
SLS 261 Part 1:1991
SLS 255:1973 (2007) (Reaffirmed) Plywood for general purposes - Terminology
Cotton furnishing fabric (First revision)
Prescribes the constructional details and other Deals with terminology applicable to plywood
requirements for cotton furnishing fabric used for general purposes.
intended for use in upholstery and curtains. LKR 150.00
A5, 15pages, Gr.4
SLS 261 Part 2:1991
SLS 256:1973 Plywood for general purposes - Specification
Size measurements for school uniforms for manufacture
(boys’ and girls’) (First revision)
(Withdrawn) Covers requirements for plywood for general
purposes and does not deal with plywood panels
SLS 257:1973 for tea chests.LKR 250.00
Method for determination of commercial mass
(weight) of continuous filament rayon yarn SLS 261 Part 3:1991
and acetate yarnand their mixture Plywood for general purposes - Methods of
Generally applicable to continuous filament tests
rayon yarn and acetate yarns or their mixture (First revision)
which have beentreated with readily removable Specifies test methods for the determination of
lubricants and sizes. The method is inapplicable glue shear strength in dry state, resistance to
if the yarns have receiveda special treatment such micro-organisms, resistance to water, moisture
as synthetic resin or antiswelling treatment. A5, content, dimensions and durability.
14 pages, Gr.4 LKR 200.00

SLS 258:2020 SLS 262 Part 1:1974 (S)

Ground coffee Methods of sampling, analysis and testing of
(Second revision) concrete - Methods of sampling fresh concrete
Prescribes the requirements and methods of tests and making test specimens
forground coffee. Specifies methods to be used on site to obtain
15 pages, Gr.8 representation- samples of required size from a
batch of fresh concrete. The number of
SLS 259:1974 increments to form a sample under normal
Handicrafts (pigmented woodware) conditions and where necessary to check the
Covers the seasoning procedure and finish for accuracy of regular sampling is also given.
pigmented handicrafts and woodware. It does A5, 34 pages, Gr.9

32
SLS 262 Part 3:1975 (S) SLS 267:1974
Methods of sampling, analysis and testing of Flue cured Virginia tobacco
concrete - Analysis of hardened concrete Prescribes the requirements, and the permitted
Specifies the tests to be used on a sample of grades of unmanufactured flue-cured Virginia
hardened concrete to provide some of the tobacco and also includes the requirements for
following: tobacco exported.
Cement aggregate content, original water A5, 13 pages, Gr.4 Page | 33
content, bulk density, type of cement, type of
aggregate and chloride content, sulphate content SLS 268 Part 1:1974
and sulpho aluminate content. ISO metric screw threads - Basic and design
A5, 29 pages, Gr.8 profiles
Deals with basic and design profiles for ISO
SLS 263 Part 1 & Part 2:1974 (S) metric screw threads.
Building timber - Recommendation on sizes - A5, 16 pages, Gr.4
Specification for permissible defects
(Part 1 and 2 are incorporated in the same SLS 268 Part 2:1974
publication) ISO metric screw threads - Pitch/Diameter
Recommends sizes of timber to be used in the combinations
building industry and deals with permissible and Specifies a series of diameter and pitch
non-permissible defects in building timber. combinations for ISO metric screw threads in the
18 pages, Gr.9 diameter range 1 to 300 mm.
A5, 11pages, Gr.3
SLS 264:1974 (2016) (S) (Reaffirmed)
Kaolin for cosmetic industry (Metric Units) SLS 268 Part 3:1974
Prescribes requirements and methods of sampling ISO metric screw threads - Basic dimensions
and test for kaolin (China-clay) for use in Tabulates the basic dimensions for ISO metric
cosmetic industry. screw threads. The values refer to the basic
A5, 17 pages, Gr.5 profile as given in Part 1 of this specification.
A5, 17 pages, Gr.5
SLS 265:2011
Jams, jellies and marmalades SLS 268 Part 4:1974
(Second revision) ISO metric screw threads - Tolerancing
Prescribes the requirements and methods of system
sampling and testing for jams, jellies and Specifies a tolerance system for ISO metric screw
marmalades offered for direct consumption, threads for the diameter range 1 to 300 mm. The
including for catering purposes or for repacking. tolerance values have been tabulated for the
AMD No.1 (AMD 477:2016) normal length of engagement only.
AMD No 2, (AMD 495:2017) A5, 26 pages, Gr.7
AMD No 3 (AMD 572:2022)
17 pages, Gr.9 SLS 268 Part 5:1974
ISO metric screw threads - Tolerances
SLS 266:1990 (S) Tabulates tolerances for ISO metric screw threads
Canned pineapple for the tolerance classes covered in Part 4 of the
(First revision) standard in the diameter range 1 to 300 mm. The
Prescribes the requirements and methods of tolerances have been arrived at based on the
sampling and test for pineapple, Ananas comosus tolerancing system specified in Part 4 of this
(L.) Merr. (Ananas sativus (L.) Lindl). standard.
13 pages, Gr. 7 A5, 46 pages, Gr.11

33
SLS 268 Part 6:1974 elastomeric threads. It does not cover those
ISO metric screw threads - Limits of sizes for which are intended for mechanical purposes.
commercial bolts and nuts 16 pages, Gr.8
Specifies the limits of sizes for ISO metric coarse
pitch series threads in the diameter range 1 to 39 SLS 272 Part 2:1995
mm for commercial bolts and nuts. Elastic narrow fabrics - Webbings and crochet
Page | 34
A5, 13 pages, Gr.4 fabrics for waist bands of gent’s sportswear
and underwear
SLS 269:1974 (First revision)
Synthetic plastic spectacle frames (Metric Prescribes the requirements and methods of test
Units) for elastic webbings and crochet fabrics
Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling containing natural rubber as the elastomer, for use
and testing for plastic spectacle frames. It does as waist bands in gents’ sportswear and
not cover frames meant for spectacles or underwear.
appliances worn before the eyes designed for 10 pages, Gr.6
protection from injury caused by external agency.
A5, 18 pages, Gr.5 SLS 273:1974
Cotton mosquito netting
SLS 270:2005 (Withdrawan)
Determination of mesh breaking force of
netting for fishing SLS 274:1974
(First revision) Fruit juices
Specifies a method of determining the mesh (Superseded by SLS1328)
breaking force of fishing. Tests may be carried
out in both the dry and wet states, but test in the SLS 275:2014
wet state are concerded to be particularly Toothpaste
appropriate in indicating the behaviour of the (Third revision)
netting in use. Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling
(=ISO 1806:2002) and test for toothpaste in the form of paste, cream
Gr.C or gel, with or without herbs/ herbal extracts
including medicated toothpastes. It does not
SLS 271:1974 (2003) (Reaffirmed) prescribe requirements related to therapeutic/
Method for the Determination of breaking medicinal claims of toothpastes.
load and knot breaking load of netting yarn AMD No. 1(AMD 532:2020)
for fishing nets AMD No 2 (AMD 591:2023)
Deals with the determination of breaking load 28 Pages, Gr.12
and knot breaking load of netting yarns for
fishing nets. Tests may be carried out in both the SLS 276:2013
dry and wet state, but tests in the wet state on the Toothbrushes
knotted yarn are considered to be particularly (Third revision)
appropriate in indicating the behaviour of the Prescribes the requirements, methods of
yarn in use. sampling and tests for toothbrushes having tufts
A5, 12 pages, Gr.3 of synthetic filaments and intended to be used
manually for oral hygiene as a general cleaning
SLS 272 Part 1:1988 device. It does not cover toothbrushes with
Elastic narow fabrics - Elastic flat braids natural bristle tufts or electrically operated
(First revision) toothbrushes. Specialized tooth cleaning devices
Prescribes the requirements and methods of designed for specific oral conditions are also
sampling and test for elastic flat braids outside the scope of this specification.
manufactured from cotton, rayon or synthetic AMD No.1 (AMD 474:2016)
textile yarns and containing natural rubber as the AMD No.2(AMD 513:2019)

34
AMD No.3(AMD 536:2020) with the method of designating each type of
17 pages, Gr.8 thread.
A5, 29 pages, Gr.9
SLS 277:1987
Margarine SLS 283 Part 1:1996
(Superseded by SLS 1427) Knitted vests - Knitted vests for males
(First revision) Page | 35
SLS 278:1974 Prescribes the requirements and methods of test
Standard test fingers and other accessibility for bleached or dyed knitted vests of round neck
test probes or V-neck with or without sleeves for males. It
(Superseded by SLS 841) does not specify the general appearance, feel,
lustre, nor does it specify the degree of whiteness
SLS 279:2020 of vests.
Butter 12 pages, Gr. 9
(Second revision)
Prescribes the requirements and methods of SLS 283 Part 2:1996
sampling and tests for butter. Knitted vests - Knitted vests for females
14 pages, Gr.6 Specifies the requirements and methods of test
for bleached or dyed knitted vests for females. It
SLS 280:2009 does not specify the general appearance, feel,
Papadam lustre, nor does it specify the whiteness of fabric
(First revision) of the vests.
Prescribes the requirements and the methods of 13 pages, Gr.7
sampling and testing for papadam.
14 pages, Gr.7 SLS 284:1974 (2002) (Reaffirmed)
Plain woven handloom cotton pyjama cloth
SLS 281:1981(2010) (Reaffirmed) Prescribe constructional details and other
Tooth powder requirements pertaining to plain woven
(First revision) handloom cotton pyjama cloth with stripes. It
Prescribes the minimum requirements and does not specify the general appearance feel etc.
methods of sampling and tests for both foaming of the cloth.
and non-foaming tooth powder for general use. A5, 13 pages, Gr.4
12 pages, Gr.6
SLS 285:1998
SLS 282 Part 1 & Part 2:1974 Absorbent cotton
Pipe threads for tubes and fittings where (First revision)
pressure tight joints are made on the threads - Prescribes the requirements and methods of test
Jointing threads - Longscrew threads for absorbent cotton.
(Parts 1 & 2 are incorporated in same 21 pages, Gr.9
publication)
Relates to pipe threads for joints made pressure SLS 286:1974
tight by the mating of the threads; they include Methods for determination of dry and wet
taper external threads for assembly with either single strand strength and elognation of
taper or parallel internal threads. continuous filament rayon yarn and acetate
Relates to parallel external pipe threads used for yarn
long screws, where a pressure-tight joint is (Withdrawn)
achieved by the compression of a soft material on
to the external thread by tightening a back nut
against a socket. Details of thread forms,
dimensions and tolerances are given, together

35
SLS 287 Part 1:2014 SLS 289:1974
Method for determination of water repellency Code of practice for writing the time with
and resistance to water penetration of fabrics reference to the 24hour time - keeping system
- Resistance to surface wetting (spray test) Specifies a system of writing the time of a day
(First revision) with reference to the 24hour time keeping system
Specifies a spray test method for determining the signified by the element hour, minute and second
resistance of any fabric, which might or might not or by hour and minute only, when precision is not Page | 36
have been given a water resistant or water required.
repellent finish, to surface wetting by water. It is A5, 9 pages, Gr.3
not intended for use in predicting the rain-
penetration resistance of fabrics, since it does not SLS 290:2006
measure penetration of water through the fabric. Glass liquor bottles
(=ISO 4920:2012) (First revision)
Gr.D Specifies the nominal capacities, methods of test
and other requirements for glass bottles used to
SLS 287 Part 2:1996 pack potable spirits, wines and liquors.
Method for determination of water repellency 14 pages, Gr.7
and resistance to water penetration of fabrics
- Resistance to water penetration (Hydrostatic SLS 291:1974 (2010) (Reaffirmed)
pressure test)(First revision) Glass bottles for aerated water
Specifies a hydrostatic pressure method for Specifies the nominal capacities, methods of test
determining the resistance of fabrics to and other requirements of glass bottles used to
penetration by water. The method is primarily pack aerated water.
intended for dense fabrics. AMD No. 1 (AMD 76:1986)
(=ISO 811:1981) AMD No. 2 (AMD 203:1995)
Gr.B 12 pages, Gr.6

SLS 287 Part 3:1996 SLS 292:1974

Method for determination of water repellency Microcellular rubber sheets for soles and heels
and resistance to water penetration of fabrics Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling
- Determination of water repellency of fabrics and tests for microcellular sheet produced by
by the Bundensmann rain-shower test moulding process from general purpose
Describes a method for the determination of the elastomers and intended for use in footwear.
water repellency of textile fabrics by a rain- A5, 12 pages,
shower test known as the Bundesmann method. Gr.3
The test may be used to assess the effectiveness
of finishing procedures for rendering textile SLS 293:2018
fabrics water - repellent.(=ISO 9865:1991) Soya bean oil
Gr. B (Second revision)
Prescribes the requirements and methods of
SLS 288:2000 (2011) (Reaffirmed) sampling and test for soya bean (synonym:
Method for determination of the fluidity of soybean) oil derived from the seeds of soya bean
cotton, rayons and cellulose acetate in (Glycine max L. Merr.) by the process of
cuprammonium hydroxide solution expression and/ or extraction.
(First revision) 8 pages, Gr.4
Specifies a method for the determination of the
cuprammonium fluidity of cotton, viscose, cupro,
modal, deacerylated acetate, acetate or triacetate,
and blends of cotton with cellulose man -made
fibres, in cuprammonium hydroxide solution.
16 pages, Gr.8

36
SLS 294:2009 yield applies only to some thermoplastic rubbers
Method of test for meat and meat products - and certain other compounds.
determination of moisture content (=ISO 37:2017)
(First revision) Gr.P
Specifies a reference method for the
determination of the moisture content of meat and SLS 297 Part 3 Section 1:2019
meat products. Method of testing vulcanized rubber - Page | 37
(= ISO 1442:1997) Determination of tear strength - Trouser,
Gr.B angle and crescent test pieces
(Third revision)
SLS 295:2010 specifies three test methods for the determination
Method of test for meat and meat products - of the tear strength of vulcanized or thermoplastic
determination of nitrogen content rubber, namely the following:
(First revision) — method A, using a trouser test piece;
Specifies a reference method for determination of — method B, using an angle test piece, with or
the nitrogen content of meat and meat products. without a nick of specified depth;
(= ISO 937:1978) — method C, using a crescent test piece with a
Gr.B nick.
The value of tear strength obtained depends on
SLS 296:1974 the shape of the test piece, speed of stretching,
Method of test for meat and meat products - and
determination of total fat content temperature of test. It can also be susceptible to
(Superseded by SLS 779) grain effects in rubber.
(=ISO 34-1:2015)
SLS 297 Part 1:2008 Gr.H
Method of testing vulcanized rubber -
Determination of density SLS 297 Part 3 Section 2:2019
(Second revision) Method of testing vulcanized rubber -
Specifies two methods of test for the Determination of tear strength - Small (delt)
determination of the density of solid vulcanized test pieces
and thermoplastic rubbers. This specification specifies a method for the determination of the
does not cover the determination of the relative tear strength of small test pieces (Delft test
density of rubber, which is the ratio of the mass pieces) of vulcanized or thermoplastic rubber.
of a given volume of rubber to the mass of an NOTE The method does not necessarily give
equel volume of pure water at a give temperature. results agreeing with those given by the method
(=ISO 2781:2008) described in ISO 34-1, which uses trouser, angle
Gr.C and crescent test pieces. It is used in preference to
ISO 34-1 when the amount of material available
SLS 297 Part 2:2019 is limited, and might be particularly suitable for
Method of testing vulcanized rubber - testing small finished products.
Determination of tensile stress strain (=ISO 34-2:2015)
properties Gr.F
(Fourth revision)
Describes a method for the determination of the SLS 297 Part 4 Section 1:2019
tensile stress-strain properties of vulcanized and Method of testing vulcanized rubber -
thermoplastic rubbers. The properties which can Determination of hardness - Introduction and
be determined are tensile strength, elongation at guidance
break, stress at a given elongation, elongation at (Third revision)
a given stress, stress at yield and elongation at Guidance on the determination of the hardness of
yield. The measurement of stress and strain at vulcanized and thermoplastic rubbers.It is
intended to provide an understanding of the

37
significance of hardness as a material property SLS 297 Part 7:1976
and to assist in the selection of an appropriate test Method of testing vulcanized rubber -
method. Determination of resistance to cut growth
(=ISO 48-1:2018) (Withdrawn & incorporated into SLS 297 Part 6)
Gr.C
SLS 298:1974 (S)
SLS 297 Part 4 Section 2:2019 Page | 38
White distilled coconut fatty acids
Method of testing vulcanized rubber - Prescribes the requirements for fatty acids.
Determination of hardness - Hardness A5, 8 pages, Gr.2
between 10 IRHD and 100 IRHD
(Third revision) SLS 299:2020
Specifies four methods for the determination of Cocoa butter
the hardness of vulcanized or thermoplastic prescribes requirements, methods of sampling
rubbers on flat surfaces (standard-hardness and tests for cocoa butter obtained by a process of
methods) and four methods for the determination expression.
of the apparent hardness of curved surfaces 11 pages, Gr.5
(apparent-hardness methods). The hardness is
expressed in international rubber hardness SLS 300:1986
degrees (IRHD). Caustic soda (technical Grades)
(=ISO 48-2:2018) (First revision)
Gr.L Specifies the requirements and the methods of
sampling and test for caustic soda, (technical)
SLS 297 Part 5:2019 used in the soap, textile, paper and other
Method of testing vulcanized rubber - industries not requiring a special grade of the
Accelerated ageing and heat resistance tests material. It covers the material in the solid form
(Third revision) and solution.
specifies accelerated ageing or heat resistance AMD No. 1 (AMD 141:1992)
tests on vulcanized or thermoplastic rubbers. Two 16 pages, Gr. 8
methods are given: Method A: air-oven method
using a cell-type oven or cabinet oven with low SLS 301:1974 (2010) (Reaffirmed)
air speed and a ventilation of 3 to 10 changes per Method for the determination of copper
hour; Method B: air-oven method using a cabinet Prescribes methods for the determination of
oven with forced air circulation by means of a fan copper.
and a ventilation of 3 to 10 changes per hour. A5, 10 pages, Gr.3
(=ISO 188:2011)
Gr.K SLS 302:1974 (2010) (Reaffirmed)
Method for the determination of zinc
SLS 297 Part 6:2019 Prescribes methods for the determination of zinc.
Method of testing vulcanized rubber - A5, 13 pages, Gr.4
Determination of flex cracking and crack
growth (DE MATTIA) SLS 303:1974 (2010) (Reaffirmed)
(Third revision) Method for the determination of cadmium
specifies a method of test intended for use in Prescribes methods for the determination of
comparing the resistance of vulcanized or cadmium.A5, 9 pages, Gr.3
thermoplastic rubbers to the formation and
growth of cracks, when subjected to repeated SLS 304:1974
flexing on the De Mattia type machine. For Double - ended open jaw spanners (forged)
determination of crack growth, an artificial cut is Prescribes requirements for forged, open jaw
made in the test piece to initiate cut growth. spanners of double - ended type for general
(=ISO 132:2017) purposes, and the double-ended higher torque
Gr.H spanners used in the automobile industry, which

38
are suitable for the hexagon sizes specified in Sri SLS 310:2007
Lanka Standard specification for hexagon bolts, Method for the sampling of spices and
screws and nuts with ISO metric threads. condiments
A5, 17 pages, Gr.5 (First revision)
Prescribes a method for the sampling of spices
SLS 305:2002 and condiments.
7 pages, Gr.4 Page | 39
Mammoty blades
(Second revision)
Covers the requirements and test methods for SLS 311:1975 (2013) (Reaffirmed)
mammoty blades which are of the types Method for the determination of lead
rectangular and square. Prescribes a method for the determination of lead.
13 pages, Gr.7 AMD No. 1 (Amd 411:2010)
A5, 15 pages, Gr.4
SLS 306:1974
Hot-dipped galvanized steel sheets (plain and SLS 312:1976 (2013) (Reaffirmed)
corrugated) Method for the determination of arsenic
Describes the materials, profiles, dimensions, Prescribes methods of test for the determination
tolerances on dimensions, test methods, and of arsenic.
method of sampling of hot dipped galvanized A5, 21 pages, Gr.6
sheets-plain and corrugated.
A5, 15 pages, Gr.4 SLS 313 Part 1 Section 1:2009
Methods for analysis of animal and vegetable
SLS 307:1974 fats and oils - Determination of physical
Slotted sections characteristics - Preparation of test sample
Covers the specifications for materials and (Second revision)
strength requirements of slotted sections. Specifies procedures for the preparation of a test
A5, 16 pages, Gr. 4 sample from a laboratory sample of animal or
vegetable fats and oils for the purpose of analysis.
SLS 308:1974 (=ISO 661:2003)
Double edged stainless steel safety razor Gr.A
blades (Metric Units)
Relates to double edged stainless steel safety SLS 313 Part 1 Section 2:2009
razor blades to fit safety razors of the three-pin, Methods for analysis of animal and vegetable
bar and end-located types.AMD No. 1 (AMD fats and oils -Determination of physical
82:1985)11 pages, characteristics -Determination of the relative
Gr.6 density at t °C / t 0°C in air
(Second revision)
SLS 309 Part 1:1974 Prescribes a method for the determination of
Test methods for tobacco in tobacco products relative density of fats at t °C / t 0°C in air.
- Loss on heating, freedom from mould and 6 pages, Gr.3
weevil attack, total alkaloids, total nitrogen,
total ash, acid insoluble ash, total chlorine, SLS 313 Part 1 Section 3:2017
total and reducing sugars Methods for analysis of animal and vegetable
Prescribes the test methods commonly used for fats and oils - Determination of physical
testing of tobacco in tobacco products. characteristics - Determination of
A5, 23 pages, Gr.6 conventional mass per volume (litre wieght in
air)(Third revision)
Specifies a method for the determination of the
conventional mass per volume of animal and
vegetable fats and oils in order to convert volume
to mass or mass to volume. Procedure is

39
applicable to fats only when they are in a liquid SLS 313 Part 1/ Section 7: 2023
state. Milk and milk products (or fat coming from Methods for analysis of animal and vegetable
milk and milk products) are excluded from the fats and oils – determination of physical
scope of this document. characteristics : determination of melting
(=ISO 6883:2017) point in open capillary tubes - slip point
Gr.F (Third Revision)
This document specifies two methods for the Page | 40
SLS 313 Part 1 Section 4:2009 determination of the melting point in open
Methods for analysis of animal and vegetable capillary tubes, commonly known as the slip
fats and oils - Determination of physical melting point, of animal and vegetable fats and
characteristics - Determination of Lovibond oils (referred to as fats hereinafter). — Method A
colour is only applicable to animal and vegetable fats
(Second revision) which are solid at ambient temperature and which
Specifies a method for the determination of the do not exhibit pronounced polymorphism. —
Lovibond colour of animal and vegetable fats and Method B is applicable to all animal and
oils. vegetable fats which are solid at ambient
(=ISO 15305:1998) temperature and is the method to be used for fats
Gr.C whose polymorphic behaviour is unknown. For
the determination of the slip melting point of
SLS 313 Part 1 Section 5:2017 palm oil samples the method given in Annex A
Methods for analysis of animal and vegetable shall be used. (ISO 6321:2021)
fats and oils - Determination of physical Gr. F
characteristics - Determination of refractive
index SLS 313 Part 1 Section 8:2011
(Third revision) Methods for analysis of animal and vegetable
Specifies a method for the determination of the fats and oils - Determination of physical
refractive index of animal and vegetable fats and characteristics - Determination of ultraviolet
oils. absorbance expressed as specific UV
(=ISO 6320:2017) extinction
Gr.C (Third revision)
Specifies a method for the determination of the
SLS 313 Part 1 Section 6:2009 absorbance at ultraviolet wavelengths of animal
Methods for analysis of animal and vegetable and vegetable fats and oils.
fats and oils - Determination of physical (=ISO 3656:2011)
characteristics - Determination of titre Gr.D
(Second revision)
Specifies a method for the preparation of the SLS 313 Part 2 Section 1:2014
water-insoluble fatty acids of animal and Methods for analysis of animal and vegetable
vegetable fats and oils and the determination of fats and oils - Determination of chemical
their solidification temperature, called characteristics - Determination of
conventionally the titre of the fat or oil. The saponification value
method is not applicable to fats and oils the titre (Third revision)
of which is below 30°C. Specifies a method for the determination of the
(=ISO 935:1988) saponification value of animal and vegetable fats
Gr.B and oils. The method is applicable to refined and
crude vegetable and animal fats.
(=ISO 3657:2013)
Gr.E

40
SLS 313 Part 2 Section 2:2019 SLS 313: PART 2/ Section 6: 2022
Methods for analysis of animal and vegetable Methods for analysis of animal and vegetable
fats and oils - Determination of chemical fats and oils determination of chemical
characteristics - Determination of Iodine value characteristics -determination of acid value
(Fourth revision) and acidity
Specifies a reference method for the (Third Revision)
determination of the iodine value (commonly specifies three methods (two titrimetric and one Page | 41
known in the industry as IV) of animal and potentiometric) for the determination of acidity in
vegetable fats and oils, hereinafter referred to as animal and vegetable fats and oils, hereinafter
fats. (=ISO 3961:2018) referred to as “fats”. The acidity is expressed
Gr.F preferably as acid value or, alternatively, as
acidity calculated conventionally. This document
SLS 313 Part 2 Section 3:2009 is applicable to refined and crude vegetable or
Methods for analysis of animal and vegetable animal fats and oils, soap stock fatty acids or
fats and oils - Determination of chemical technical fatty acids. It does not apply to
characteristics - Determination of hydroxyl waxes.Since the methods are completely non-
value specific, they do not apply to differentiating
(Second revision) between mineralacids, free fatty acids and other
Prescribes a method for the determination of the organic acids. The acid value, therefore, includes
hydroxyl value of fats and oils. This method is any mineral acids thatare present. Milk and milk
applicable to fats and oils containing primary products (or fat coming from milk and milk
alcohol groups and secondary alcohol groups, products) are excluded from the Scope of
such as castor oil and monoglycerides. This thisdocument.
method is applicable only for fats and oils with an (=ISO 660:2020)
hydroxyl value greater than 10. Gr. F
6 pages, Gr.3
SLS 313 Part 2 Section 7:2009
SLS 313 Part 2 Section 4:2009 Methods for analysis of animal and vegetable
Methods for analysis of animal and vegetable fats and oils - Determination of chemical
fats and oils - Determination of chemical characteristics - Determination of the
characteristics - Determination of ester value composition of fatty acids in the 2-position of
(Second revision) the triglyceride molecules
Prescribes a method for the determination of ester (Second revision)
in fats and oils. This method is applicable to the Specifies a method for the determination of the
animal and vegetable fats and oils. It is not composition of fatty acids which are esterified in
applicable to waxes. the 2-position (ß or internal position) of the
4 pages, Gr.3 triglyceride molecules in animal and vegetable
fats and oils.
SLS 313 Part 2 Section 5:2009 (=ISO 6800:1997)
Methods for analysis of animal and vegetable Gr.F
fats and oils - Determination of chemical
characteristics - Determination of volatile SLS 313 Part 2 Section 8:2009
acids (Reichert-Meissl, Polenske and Methods for analysis of animal and vegetable
Kirschner values) fats and oils - Determination of chemical
(Second revision) characteristics - Determination of
Prescribes the determination of values to polyunsaturated fatty acids with a cis, cis 1, 4-
characterize the volatile low molecular weight diene structure(Second revision)
fatty acids. This method is applicable for animal Specifies an enzymic method for the
and vegetable fats and oils. It is not applicable to determination in animal and vegetable fats and
waxes. oils of polyunsaturated fatty acids with a cis, cis
9 pages, Gr.4 1-4-diene struchure, in practice those of the

41
linoleic and linolenic acid series having ù3 and ù6 values from 0 meq to 30 meq of active oxygen per
unsaturation. It is not applicable to fats and oils kilogram. It is also applicable to margarines and
containing polyunsaturated fatty acids of the ù8 fat spreads with varying water content. The
and ù9 series or containing branched chain fatty method is not applicable to milk fats or lecithins.
acids. (=ISO 7847:1987) (=ISO 27107:2008)
Gr.C Gr.E
Page | 42
SLS 313 Part 3 Section 1:2009 SLS 313 Part 3 Section 4:2017
Methods for analysis of animal and vegetable Methods for analysis of animal and vegetable
fats and oils - Determination of foreign fats and oils - Determination of foreign
substances and parameters affecting quality substances and parameters affecting quality
and stability - Determination of water content- and stability - Determination of insoluble
entrainment method impurities content
(Second revision) (Third revision)
Specifies a method for the determination, by Specifies a method for the determination of the
entrainment of the water content of animal or insoluble impurities content of animal and
vegetable fats or oils. The method is applicable vegetable fats and oils. Milk and milk products
to products having water contents greater than or are excluded from the scope of this document.
equal to 0.5% (m /m) Specifies a method for the determination of the
(=ISO 934:1980) insoluble impurities content of animal and
Gr.A vegetable fats and oils. Milk and milk products
are excluded from the scope of this document.
SLS 313 Part 3 Section 2:2017 (=ISO 663:2017)
Methods for analysis of animal and vegetable Gr.C
fats and oils - Determination of foreign
substances and parameters affecting quality SLS 313 Part 3 Section 5:2016
and stability - Determination of water content- Methods for analysis of animal and vegetable
Karl Fischer method (pyridine free) fats and oils - Determination of foreign
(Third revision) substances and parameters affecting quality
Specifies a method for the determination of the and stability - Determination of moisture and
water content of animal and vegerable fats and volatile matter content
oils using Karl Fischer apparatus and a reagent (Third revision)
which is free pyridine. Milk and milk products (or Specifies two methods for the determination, by
fat coming from milk and milk products) are drying, of the moisture and volatile matter
excluded from the scope of this document. content of animal or vegetable fats and oils.
(=ISO 8534:2017) (=ISO 662:2016)
Gr.E Gr.D

SLS 313 Part 3 Section 3:2009 SLS 313 Part 3 Section 6:2009
Methods for analysis of animal and vegetable Methods for analysis of animal and vegetable
fats and oils - Determination of foreign fats and oils - Determination of foreign
substances and parameters affecting quality substances and parameters affecting quality
and stability - Determination of peroxide and stability - Determination of ash
value-potentiometric end-point determination (Second revision)
(Second revision) Specifies a method for the determination of ash,
Specifies a method for the potentiomeric end- applicable to all animal and vegetable fats and
point determination of the peroxide value, in oils, including acid oils.
milliequivalents of acive oxygen per kilogram, of (=ISO 6884:2008)
animal and vegetable fats and oils. The method Gr.B
is applicable to all animal and vegetable fats and
oils, fatty acids and their mixtures with peroxide

42
SLS 313 Part 3 Section 7:2017 SLS 313 Part 3 Section 9:2009
Methods for analysis of animal and vegetable Methods for analysis of animal and vegetable
fats and oils - Determination of foreign fats and oils - Determination of foreign
substances and parameters affecting quality substances and parameters affecting quality
and stability - Determination of peroxide value and stability - Detection and identification of
- Iodometric (visual) end point determination antioxidants - Thin-layer chromatographic
(Third revision) Page | 43
method
Specifies a method for the iodometric (Second revision)
determination of the peroxide value of animal and Specifies a thin-layer chromatographic method
vegetable fats and oils with a visual endpoint for the detection and identification of eight
detection. The method is applicable to all animal antioxidants in animal and vegetable fats and oils
and vegetable fats and oils, fatty acids and their (=ISO 5558:1982)
mixtures with peroxide values from 0 meq to 30 Gr.B
meq of active oxygen per kilogram. It is also
applicable to margarines and fat spreads with SLS 313 Part 3 Section 10:2009
varying water content. The method is not suitable Methods for analysis of animal and vegetable
for milk fats and is not applicable to lecithins. fats and oils - Determination of foreign
Specifies a method for the iodometric substances and parameters affecting quality
determination of the peroxide value of animal and and stability - Determination of
vegetable fats and oils with a visual endpoint butylhydroxyanisole (BHA) and
detection. The method is applicable to all animal butylhydroxytoluene(BHT)-Gas-liquid
and vegetable fats and oils, fatty acids and their chromatographic method
mixtures with peroxide values from 0 meq to 30 (Second revision)
meq of active oxygen per kilogram. It is also Specifies a gas-liquid chromatographic method
applicable to margarines and fat spreads with for the determination of butylhydroxyanisole
varying water content. The method is not suitable (BHA) and butylhydroxytoluene (BHT), used as
for milk fats and is not applicable to lecithins. antioxidants, in animal and vegetable fats and
(= ISO 3960 :2017) oils.
Gr.E (=ISO 6463:1982)
Gr.C
SLS 313 Part 3 Section 8:2016
Methods for analysis of animal and vegetable SLS 313 Part 3 Section 11:2009
fats and oils - Determination of foreign Methods for analysis of animal and vegetable
substances and parameters affecting quality fats and oils - Determination of foreign
and stability - Determination of anisidine substances and parameters affecting quality
value and stability - Determination of polyethylene
(Third revision) type polymers
Specifies a method for the determination of the (Second revision)
anisidine value in animal and vegetable fats and Specifies the reference method for the
oils. Milk and milk products are excluded from determination of polyethylene-type polymers in
the scope of this Standard. animal and vegetable fats and oils.
(=ISO 6885:2016) (=ISO 6656:2002)
Gr.D Gr.C

43
SLS 313 Part 3 Section 12:2009 (or fat coming from milk and milk products) are
Methods for analysis of animal and vegetable excluded from the scope of this document.
fats and oils - Determination of foreign (=ISO 15302:2017)
substances and parameters affecting quality Gr.E
and stability - Determination of copper, iron,
lead and nickel contents - Graphite furnace SLS 313 Part 3 Section 16:2017
atomic absorption method(Second revision) Page | 44
Methods for analysis of animal and vegetable
Specifies a method for the determination of trace fats and oils - Determination of foreign
amounts of copper, iron and nickel in animal and substances and parameters affecting quality
vegetable fats and oils. and stability - Determination of polycyclic
(=ISO 8294:1994) aromatic hydrocarbons by on-line donor-
Gr.C acceptor complex chromatography and HPLC
with fluorescence detection
SLS 313 Part 3 Section 13:2009 Specifies a high performance liquid
Methods for analysis of animal and vegetable chromatographic (HPLC) procedure for the
fats and oils - Determination of foreign determination of polycyclic aromatic
substances and parameters affecting quality hydrocarbons (PAHs) in edible fats and oils.
and stability - Determination of soap content Specifies a high performance liquid
(Second revision) chromatographic (HPLC) procedure for the
Prescribes a method for the determination of soap determination of polycyclic aromatic
content in fats and oils. hydrocarbons (PAHs) in edible fats and oils.
3 pages, Gr.3 (=ISO 22959:2009)
Gr.L
SLS 313 Part 3 Section 14:2010
Methods for analysis of animal and vegetable SLS 313 Part 3/ Section 17: 2023
fats and oils - Determination of foreign Methods for analysis of animal and vegetable
substances and parameters affecting quality fats and oils – determination of foreign
and stability - Determination of mineral acids substances and parameters affecting quality
(Second revision) and stability : Determination of residual
Prescribes a method for the determination of technical hexane content
mineral acids in fats and oils. This International Standard specifies a method
4 Pages, Gr.2 for the determination of the residual technical
hexane content of animal and vegetable fats and
SLS 313 Part 3 Section 15:2017 oils (referred to as fats hereinafter). The method
Methods for analysis of animal and vegetable is suitable for the determination of hexane
fats and oils - Determination of foreign contents between 10 mg and 1 500 mg per
substances and parameters affecting quality kilogram of fat. The method is not applicable to
and stability - Determination of marine oils (ISO 9832:2002)
benzo[a]pyrene - Reverse-phase high Gr. E
performance liquid chromatography method
Specifies a method for the determination of SLS 313 Part 3/ Section 18: 2023
benzo[a]pyrene in crude or refined edible oils and Methods for analysis of animal and
fats by reverse-phase HPLC using fluorimetric vegetable fats and oils – determination of
detection in the range 0.1 ¼g/kg to 50 ¼g/kg. foreign substances and parameters affecting
Milk and milk products (or fat coming from milk quality and stability : Determination of
and milk products) are excluded from the scope alkalinity
of this document. Specifies a method for the This International Standard specifies a method for the
determination of benzo[a]pyrene in crude or determination of the alkalinity of animal and vegetable
refined edible oils and fats by reverse-phase fats and oils without distinguishing between the
HPLC using fluorimetric detection in the range various constituents. The method is not applicable to
0.1 ¼g/kg to 50 ¼g/kg. Milk and milk products dry melted animal fats, nor to oils and fats with an

44
acidity greater than 60 % (mass fraction) as Gives an overview of the gas chromatographic
determined in accordance with ISO 660. determination of fatty acids, free and bound, in
(ISO 10539:2002) animal and vegetable fats and oils following their
Gr. C conversion to fatty acid methyl esters (FAMEs).
(=ISO 12966-1:2014)
SLS 313 Part 3/ Section 19: 2023 Gr.D
Methods for analysis of animal and vegetable Page | 45
fats and oils – determination of foreign SLS 313 Part 4 Section 3:2010
substances and parameters affecting quality Methods for analysis of animal and vegetable
and stability : determination of lead by direct fats and oils - Determination of principle
graphite furnace atomic absorption constituents and natural constituents -
spectroscopy Determination of unsaponifiable matter -
This International Standard specifies a method Method using diethyl ether extraction
for the determination of trace amounts (> 0,001 (Second revision)
mg/kg) of lead in all types of crude or refined Specifies a method using diethyl ether extraction
edible oils and fats. for the determination of the unsaponifiable matter
(ISO 12193:2004) content of animal and vegetable fats and oils.
Gr. D This method is not applicable to waxes and
moreover, gives approximate results with certain
SLS 313 Part 3/ Section 20: 2023 fats of high unsaponifiable matter content.
Methods for analysis of animal and vegetable (=ISO 3596:2000)
fats and oils – determination of foreign Gr.D
substances and parameters affecting quality
and stability section 20: determination of SLS 313 Part 4 Section 4:2010
visible foots in crude fats and oils Methods for analysis of animal and vegetable
This International Standard specifies a method for the fats and oils - Determination of principle
determination in crude fats or oils of visible matter constituents and natural constituents -
which can be separated by gravity. Determination of 1-monoglycerides and free
(ISO 19219:2002) glycerol contents(Second revision)
Gr. D Specifies a method for the determination of 1 -
monoglycerides content and of free glycerol
SLS 313 Part 4 Section 1:2017 content consecutively on the same test portion.
Methods for analysis of animal and vegetable (=ISO 7366:1987)
fats and oils - Determination of principle Gr.B
constituents and natural constituents -
Preparation of methyl esters of fatty acids SLS 313 Part 4 Section 5:2010
(Third revision) Methods for analysis of animal and vegetable
Specifies methods of preparing the methyl esters fats and oils - Determination of principle
of fatty acids. Specifies methods of preparing the constituents and natural constituents -
methyl esters of fatty acids. Determination of content of polar compounds
(=ISO 12966-2: 2017) (Second revision)
Gr.H Describes a method for the determination of the
content of polar compounds in animal and
SLS 313 Part 4 Section 2:2017 vegetable fats and oils. The method serves to
Methods for analysis of animal and vegetable assess the deterioration of frying fats with use.
fats and oils - Determination of principle (=ISO 8420:2002)
constituents and natural constituents - Gr.D
Guidelines on modern gas chromatography of
patty acid methyl esters
(Third revision)

45
SLS 313 Part 4 Section 6:2010 prepare fatty acid methyl esters. The method is
Methods for analysis of animal and vegetable exclusively applicable to the preparation of
fats and oils - Determination of principle methyl esters of fats and oils for GLC analysis.It
constituents and natural constituents - is applicable to all fats and oils but excluding
Determination of carotene those coming from milk and milk products.
(Second revision) (=ISO 12966-3: 2016)
Prescribes a method for the determination of Gr.B Page | 46
carotenoid content of fat.
5 pages, Gr.3 SLS 313 Part 4 Section 10:2017
Methods for analysis of animal and vegetable
SLS 313 Part 4 Section 7:2010 fats and oils - Determination of principle
Methods for analysis of animal and vegetable constituents and natural constituents - Gas
fats and oils - Determination of principle chromatography of fatty acid methyl esters -
constituents and natural constituents - Determination by capillary gas
Determination of sediment in crude fats and chromatography
oils - centrifuge method Specifies a method for the determination of fatty
(Second revision) acid methyl esters (FAMEs) derived by
Specifies a method for the determination in crude transesterification or esterification from fats, oils,
fats or oils of that sediment which can be and fatty acids by capillary gas
separated by centrifugal force. The method is chromatography(GLC). The method is applicable
applicable to crude oils and to oils with a to crude, refined, partially hydrogenated, or fully
sediment content of 0.03 ml per 100g to 15ml per hydrogenated fats, oils, and fatty acids derived
100g, This method is not applicable to fats which from animal and vegetable sources.This method
are not liquid at a temperature of 20 0 C. is not suitable for the analysis of dairy, ruminant
(=ISO 15301:2001) fats and oils, or products supplemented with
Gr.E conjugated linoleic acid (CLA). Milk and milk
products (or fat coming from milk and milk
SLS 313 Part 4 Section 8:2010 products) are excluded. It is not applicable to di-
Methods for analysis of animal and vegetable ,tri-,polymerized and oxidized fatty acids, and
fats and oils - Determination of principle fats and oils.(=ISO 12966-4:2015)
constituents and natural constituents - Gr.L
Determination of unsaponifiable matter -
method using hexane extraction SLS 313 Part 4/ Section 11: 2023
(Second revision) Methods for analysis of animal and vegetable
Specifies a method using three hexane extractions fats and oils – determination of principal
for the determination of the unsaponifiable matter constituents and natural constituents :
content of animal and vegetable fats and oils. The Determination of fatty acid methyl esters (cis
method is applicable to all fats and oils but not to and trans) and squalene in olive oil and other
waxes. (=ISO 18609:2000) vegetable oils by gas chromatography
Gr.D This document specifies the determination of the
fatty acid methyl esters (FAME) and squalene in
SLS 313 Part 4 Section 9:2017 olive oil and other vegetable oils by gas
Methods for analysis of animal and vegetable chromatography (GC).This document is
fats and oils - Determination of principle applicable to the determination of FAME from
constituents and natural constituents - Gas C12 to C24, including saturated, cis- and trans-
chromatography of fatty acid methyl esters - monounsaturated, cis- and trans-polyunsaturated
Preparation of methyl esters using FAME and squalene. (ISO 24363:2023)
trimethylsulfonium hydroxide (TMSH) Gr. L
Specifies a rapid base-catalysed
transesterification method for fats and oils with
trimethylsulfonium hydroxide (TMSH) to

46
SLS 314 (not allocated) electroplating to obtain good adhesion of electro
deposited coatings.
SLS 315:1976 A5, 20 pages,
Method for the determination of tin Gr.5
Prescribes methods for the determination of tin.
AMD No. 1 (Amd 412:2010) SLS 323:1974
A5, 11 pages, Gr.3 Page | 47
Code of practice for packaging of natural
rubber latex in drums
SLS 316, 317 and 318 (not allocated) Packing and marking of natural rubber latex in
clean,disinfected and painted drums.
SLS 319 Part 1 & Part 2:1986 AMD No. 1 (AMD 110:1988)
Primary cells and batteries - General A5, 8 pages,
requirements - Specific requirements Gr.2
(Superseded by SLS 1198 Part 1 & SLS 1198 Part
2) SLS 324:2019
Ammonia preserved concentrated natural
SLS 320:1993 rubber latex
Ceiling roses (Second revision)
(First revision) Prescribes the requirements for centrifuged and
Specifies requirements for ceiling roses having creamed natural rubber latices, preserved mainly
maximum ratings of 6A and 250 V intended for with ammonia.
screw-type and screwless type terminals for use (=ISO 2004:2017)
in final circuits rated at 16A maximum or 10A Gr.B
maximum respectively.
43 pages, Gr. 17 SLS 325:2001
Methods of testing natural rubber latices
SLS 321 Part 1:2004 (First revision)
Umbrella ribs - Non-Folding type umbrella (Superseded by SLS 1304)
ribs
(First revision) SLS 326:2015
Lays down the specifications for umbrella ribs Chocolate
and covers the requirements for finished umbrella (Second revision)
ribs, both main and stretcher, for the non-folding Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling
type umbrellas. and esting for chocolate It does not cover the use
12 pages, Gr.6 of the term “chocolate” in bakery products, dairy
products,cereal products, desserts, confectionery
SLS 321 Part 2:2004 and beverages.
Umbrella ribs - Folding type umbrella ribs AMD No.1 (AMD 550:2021)
(First revision) 15 Pages, Gr.7
Lays down specifications for umbrella ribs and
covers requirements for finished umbrella ribs, SLS 327:2011
both main andstretcher, for the folding type Method of test for the determination of
umbrellas. mineral impurities content in fruit and
12 pages, Gr.6 vegetable products
(First revision)
SLS 322:1974 Specifies a method for the determination of the
Code of practice for cleaning of metals prior to mineral impurities content of fruit and vegetable
electroplating products.
This code of practice recommends a procedure (=ISO 762:2003)
for cleaning of metal surface prior to Gr.C

47
SLS 328:2011 SLS 333:2011
Method of test for the determination of pH in Cotton drill fabrics
fruit and vegetable products (First revision)
(First revision) Prescribes constructional details, requirements,
Specifies a potentiometric method of measuring mehtods of sampling and test for cotton drill
the pH of fruit and vegetable products. fabrics.
(=ISO 1842:1991) 9 pages, Gr.5 Page | 48
Gr.A
SLS 334:1974
SLS 329:2011 Nylon sarees and saree materials
Method of test for meat and meat products. (withdrawn)
Measurement of pH - reference method
(First revision) SLS 335:1995
Specifies the reference method for measuring the Code for care labelling of textiles using
pH of all kinds of meat and meat products, symbols
including poultry. The method is applicable to (First revision)
products which may be homogenized and also to Establishes a system of graphical symbols and
non-destructive measurements on carcass meat, phrases intended for use in the permanent
quarters and muscles. marking of textile articles, providing information
(=ISO 2917:1999) essential for their care. It includes the ability of
Gr.C articles to undergo the appropriate treatment like
washing, bleaching, ironing etc., after washing.
SLS 330:1987 13 pages, Gr.7
Method of test for meat and meat products -
determination of chloride content SLS 336:1974 (S)
(First revision) Tagged boot and shoe laces (cotton)
Describes the method for the determination of the Specifies constructional details and other
chloride content of meat and meat products. particulars of braided and tagged boot and shoe
9 pages, Gr.5 laces made of cotton. It also includes methods of
test.
SLS 331:2011 14 pages, Gr.7
Methods of test for meat and meat products
determination of total ash SLS 337:2002
(First revision) Absorbent cotton lint
Specifies a method for the determination of the (First revision)
total ash from all kinds of meat and meat Prescribes constructional details and other
products, including poultry. requirements of absorbent cotton lint bleached
(=ISO 936:1998) and woven.
Gr.C (Corrigendum)
15 pages, Gr.9
SLS 332:2005
Method for describing knotted netting for SLS 338:2020
fishing nets Paper and board Determination of grammage
(First revision) (Second revision)
Specifies the principal characteristics of knotted Specifies a method for the determining of the
netting for fishing nets, and specifies the items of grammage of paper and board.
information to be furnished when ordering the (=ISO 536:2019)
netting. Gr.D
(=ISO 1530:2003)
Gr.E

48
SLS 339:1975 SLS 345:1975
Substances of paper and paper board Method for the determination of mercury
(Withdrawn) Prescribes a method for the determination of
mercury.
SLS 340:1975 AMD No 1 (Amd 413:2010)
Ghee (butter oil) A5, 14 pages, Gr.4
Prescribes requirements for ghee (butter oil), Page | 49
obtained from milk for exclusively derived from SLS 346:1975
the milk of the cow or buffalo or any mixture. Porcelain insulators for overhead power lines
A5, 9 pages, Gr.3 (below 1000V)
Applies to porcelain insulators for overhead
SLS 341:1983 (2010) (Reaffirmed) power lines designed for voltages below 1000 V.
Black letterpress ink for general purposes It covers only shackle-type insulators.
(First revision) A5, 31 pages, Gr.8
Prescribes the requirements and methods of
sampling and tests for black letterpress ink, for SLS 347:2008
general purposes. Method for determination of titratable acidity
10 pages, Gr. 5 in fruit and vegetable products
(First revision)
SLS 342:2001 Specifies two methods for the determination of
Bacon the titrable acidity of fruit and vegetable products.
(Second revision) 8 pages, Gr.4
Prescribes the requirements and methods of test
for bacon. SLS 348:1975
AMD No. 1 (AMD 304:2003) Determination of total solids in fruit juices and
AMD No. 2 (AMD 328:2006) extracts
AMD No. 3 (AMD 338:2006) (Superseded by SLS 1332 Part 4)
AMD No. 4 (AMD 487:2016)
10 pages, Gr.7 SLS 349:2011
Method of test for the determination of ash
SLS 343:1975 (2006) (Reaffirmed) insoluble in hydrochloric acid in fruit and
Method for determination of twist in nylon vegetable products
fish net twine (First revision)
Prescribes the method for determination of twist Specifies a method for the determination of the
in terms of turns per unit length and the direction hydrochloric -acid-insoluble ash yielded by fruit
of single, ply and cable twist in fish net yarns. and vegetable products. The method serves for
A5, 9 pages, Gr.3 the determination ofsiliceous impurities, together
withthe silica endogenous to the plant.
SLS 344:1975 (=ISO 763:2003)
Ring spanners Gr.B
Specifies the requirements for double-ended bi-
hexagonal ring spanners of the cranked and flat SLS 350:2001 (2010) (Reaffirmed)
types, which are suitable for use with sizes, upto Stencil marking ink, liquid (water based) for
50 M specified in Sri Lanka Standard marking porous surfaces
Specification for hexagon bolts, screws and nuts (First revision)
with ISO metric threads. Prescribes the requirements, methods of test and
A5, 20 pages, Gr.5 sampling for black and coloured water based
stencil ink liquid, used for marking porous
surfaces.
15 pages, Gr.7

49
SLS 351:1983 SLS 357:2011
Rectified spirit Method of test for the determination of water-
(First revision) insoluble solids in fruit and vegetable products
Prescribes the requirements and the methods of (First revision)
sampling and test for rectified spirit for use in the Specifies a method for the determination of
chemical, pharmaceutical and cosmetic industries content of water-insoluble solids in the edible
and for production of potable alcoholic parts of fruit and vegetable products. Page | 50
beverages.AMD No.1 (AMD 286:2001) (=ISO 751:1998)
18 pages, Gr.9 Gr.B

SLS 352:1975 SLS 358:2011

Fuse carriers and fuse bases used in Method of test for the determination of
rewireable type electric fuses upto 660 V ethanol content in fruit and vegetable products
Covers rewireable type fuse bases and fuse (First revision)
carriers having a current rating upto and Specifies a method for the chemical
including 200 A, and a voltage rating not determination of ethanol in fruit and vegetable
exceeding 660 V between lines. It does not products. The method is not applicable to
cover fuse-elements. products containing more than 5% (m/m) of
A5, 34 pages, Gr.9 ethanol.(=ISO 2448:1998)
Gr.C
SLS 353:1975
Steel enamelware SLS 359:1975
Covers requirements for enamelware which are Surgical rubber gloves
generally used in homes and institutions. Withdrawn (Superseded by SLS 1623)
A5, 26 pages, Gr.7
SLS 360:1975 (2008) (Reaffirmed)
SLS 354:1975 (S) Method of sampling raw cotton for testing
Method of Izod Impact Test for steel Prescribes a procedure for sampling raw cotton
Covers the test requirements and procedure of the fibre for the purpose of determining its various
Izod Impact Test. properties. The various stages of sampling,
A5, 17 pages, Gr.5 intended to reduce the quantity of cotton to be
handled at different levels of the bulk to be tested,
SLS 355:1975 are described.
Method of Charpy Impact Test (U-Notch) for A5, 8 pages, Gr.2
steel
Covers the test requirements and procedure of the SLS 361:1975
Charpy Impact Test. Porcelain insulators for telegraph and
A5, 11 pages, Gr.3 telephone lines
Applies to the pin type porcelain insulators
SLS 356 Part 1:1975 intended for use in supporting telegraph and
Twine - Sunn hemp twine telephone lines. It does not cover insulators for
Prescribes requirements for 10 types of twines, communication lines running in close proximity
made from sunn hemp (Crotalaria junecea L). to power transmission lines or those made of
A5, 12 pages, Gr.3 thermoplastic material.
A5, 22 pages, Gr.6
SLS 356 Part 2:1975
Twine - Jute twine
Prescribes requirements for 9 types of twines,
made from jute (Corchorus capsularis L.or
Corchorus olitorius L.).
A5, 12 pages, Gr.3

50
SLS 362:1975 SLS 368:1975 (S)
Switches for domestic and similar purposes Interlinings for shirts
(Superseded by SLS 1000) Specifies requirements, marking and packing of
woven interlinings used on shirts for giving a
SLS 363:1975 stiffening effect to collars and cuffs as well as to
Reinforced concrete poles for provide additional strength.
A5, 13 pages, Gr.4 Page | 51
telecommunication lines
Covers requirements and methods of test for
reinforced concrete poles, suitable for use in SLS 369:2001
telecommunication lines. Polyester cotton/rayon shirting materials
14 pages, Gr.7 (First revision)
Prescribes the requirements and methods of test
SLS 364:1975 for undyed, dyed or printed polyester
Building and civil engineering drawings - cotton/rayon woven fabrics to be used in the
symbols for concrete reinforcement manufacturing of shirts.
A system of symbols for use on drawings for 11 pages, Gr.6
reinforcement in reinforced concrete and in
prestressed concrete are given. SLS 370:1975
A5, 9 pages, Gr.3 Glossary of terms for textile fibres
Defines, natural and manmade fibres that are
SLS 365:1975 being used presently in the manufacture of fabrics
Recommendations for modular co-ordination for technical and commercial use.
application of tolerance in the building A5, 18 pages, Gr.5
industry
Recommends a general system of tolerances for SLS 371:1976
use in the building industry. It is applicable to the Testing bond in reinforced concrete (pull-out
design of components, the design of a building test)
incorporating pre-fabricated components and the Covers the method for the comparison of the
assembly of components and placement of in-situ bond resistance of different types of reinforcing
building operations. A mathematical principle bars with concrete by means of a pull-out test.
governing the summation of tolerances is also A5, 11 pages,
covered in this standard. Gr.3
A5, 15 pages, Gr.4
SLS 372:1976
SLS 366:1975 Rivets for general engineering purposes
Camphor Specifies the materials, dimensions, head shapes
Prescribes the requirements and the methods of and mechanical properties of rivets in inch sizes
sampling and test for camphor. This material is ranging from 1/16 in to 1 1/2 in diameter and
used in pharmaceutical preparations, and also as metric sizes ranging from 1.6 mm to 39 mm
an incense. diameter intended for general engineering
A5, 18 pages, Gr.5 purposes.
A5, 24 pages, Gr.6
SLS 367:1975
Code of practice for harvesting and handling SLS 373:1976
of anthuriums Bicycle brake shoe assemblies
Recommends requirements to be observed in the Covers requirements for bicycle brake shoe
harvesting, storing, packaging and transport of assembly components, viz. brake shoe, their bolt,
anthuriums. nut and washer for use in lever type brakes of
A5, 9 pages, standard sizes of bicycles.
Gr.3 A5, 13 pages, Gr.4

51
SLS 374:1976 SLS 379:1976
Standard atmospheric conditions for General requirements and technical supply
conditioning and testing conditions for bolts, screws and nuts
Specifies the atmospheric conditions for Deals with technical supply conditions for bolts,
conditioning and testing of materials, products, screws and nuts and covers general and specific
equipment, etc. and applies to such tests where requirements for different grades, mechanical
atmospheric conditions need to be controlled to properties and methods of test for the same. It Page | 52
obtain comparable and reproducible results or to also prescribes the methods of sampling under
conduct measurements where test results normal inspection and criteria for conformity for
obtained under different conditions have to be bolts, screws and nuts.
reduced to standard conditions. A5, 79 pages, Gr.16
A5, 11 pages, Gr.3
SLS 380:1976
SLS 375:2009 Kerosene cookers (non-pressure)
Ribbed steel bars for the reinforcement of Covers the requirements for non-pressured
concrete gravity fed kerosene cookers.
(Fourth revision) A5, 13pages, Gr.4
Specifies requirements for ribbed weldable
reinforcing steel used for the reinforcement of SLS 381:1976
concrete structures. It covers steel delivered in Cast brass hinges
the form of bars, coils and decoiled products. Covers brass hinges of two types: viz. cast brass
This standard contains provisions for steel grades butthinges and cast brass parliament hinges.
of 460 MPa and 500 MPa characteristic yield A5, 16 pages, Gr.4
strength.AMD No. 1(AMD 422:2011)
25 pages, Gr.12 SLS 382:2008
Exercise books
SLS 376:1976 (Third revision)
Cast brass window stays Prescribes the requirements and methods of test
Covers the requirements for cast brass window for wire-stitched (stapled) exercise books,
stays.A5, 16 pages, quarter-bound exercise books and exercise books
Gr.4 stitched and bonded with adhesives.
21 pages, Gr.12
SLS 377:1976
Wash basins SLS 383:1976 (S)
Lays down the basic pattern, sizes, construction, Non oriented electrical steel sheets for
dimensions and tolerances and finish for ceramic magnetic circuits
wash basins.AMD No. 1(AMD 85:1987) Covers non-oriented magnetic steel sheet and
A5, 10 pages, Gr.3 strip primarily for machines and transformers
operating at power frequencies.
SLS 378 Part 1 & Part 2:1976 A5, 32 pages, Gr.8
Plywood tea chests - 12-batten type tea chests
- 8-batten tea chests SLS 384:2012
(Both Part 1 & Part 2 are incorporated in one Methods of test for meat and meat products
publication)Cover the requirements of determination of nitrite content
components and assembly of 12-batten type (First revision)
plywood tea chests. Requirements of packing tea Specifies a reference method for the
in tea chests are also covered in this specification. determination of the nitrite content of meat and
AMD No. 1 (AMD 49:1981 Inc.) meat products.
AMD No. 2 (AMD 135:1990 Inc.) (=ISO 2918:1975)
AMD No. 3 (AMD 191:1995) Gr.B
21 pages, Gr. 11

52
SLS 385:1984 (2000) (Reaffirmed) SLS 390:1989 (S)
Code of practice for packaging of Standard Tomato juice
Lanka Rubber (First revision)
(First revision) Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling
Prescribes the methods of packaging to be and test for tomato juice preserved by physical
employed when Standard Lanka Rubber (SLR) is means.
marketed. It also specifies the packaging 12 pages, Gr.6 Page | 53
materials, procedures and the method of marking
to be adopted. SLS 391:1976 (S)
18 pages, Gr.9 Method for V-notched beam impact test for
steel
SLS 386:1978 (S) Confined to the method of test only, and
Sesame (gingelly) seeds evaluation criteria are matters for material
(First revision) specifications.
Prescribes the requirements and the methods of A5, 10 pages, Gr. 3
sampling and tests for sesame seeds, Sesamum
indicum L.(Family- Pedaliaceae) SLS 392:1976 (S)
AMD No. 1 (AMD 57:1982) Method for simple torsion testing of steel wire
AMD No. 2 (AMD 107:1988) Applies to the simple torsion testing of steel wire
A5, 16 pages, Gr.4 having a diameter or characteristic dimension
equal to or greater than 0.4 mm. (0.16 in). The
SLS 387:1976 diameter or characteristic dimension is usually
Oil of pepper not greater than 10 mm. (0.4 in).
Prescribes requirements and methods of test for A5, 9 pages, Gr.3
oil of pepper obtained by steam distillation of the
dried fully mature fruits of Piper nigrum L. SLS 393 Part 1:2017
A5, 14 pages, Gr.4 Code of practice for preparation of test
samples, initial suspension and decimal
SLS 388:1976 (S) dilutions for microbiological examination of
Oil of nutmeg, Sri Lanka (Ceylon) food and animal feeding stuffs - General rules
Prescribes requirements and methods of test for for the preparation of the initial suspension
oil of nutmeg obtained by steam distillation of the and decimal dilutions
dried kernels of Myristica fragrans Houttn. (Second revision)
(Errata Slip) Defines general rules for the aerobic preparation
A5, 14 pages, Gr.4 of the initial suspension and of dilutions for
microbiological examinations of products
SLS 389:2014 intended for human or animal consumption. It is
Skin powders applicable to the general case and other parts
(Second revision) apply to specific groups of products.
Prescribes the requirements and methods of (=ISO 6887-1:2017)
sampling and test for skin powders (body Gr.J
powders and face powders) with or without
herbs/ herbal extracts and medicated skin SLS 393 Part 2:2017
powder. Code of practice for preparation of test
AMD No.1 (AMD 545:2021) samples, initial suspension and decimal
12 Pages, Gr.6 dilutions for microbiological examination of
food and animal feeding stuffs - Specific rules
for the preparation of meat and meat products
(Second revision)
Specifies rules for the preparation of meat and
meat product samples and their suspension for

53
microbiological examination when the samples
require a different preparation from the method SLS 393 Part 5:2013
described in SLS 393 Part 1 It is applicable to Code of practice for preparation of test
specific types of fresh, raw and processed meats, samples, initial suspension and decimal
poultry and game and their products described in dilutions for microbiological examination of
the standard. This document excludes preparation food and animal feeding stuffs - Specific rules
of samples for both enumeration and detection Page | 54
for the preparation of milk and milk products
test methods where preparation details are (First revision)
specified in the relevant standards. Specifies rules for the preparation of samples of
(=ISO 6887-2:2017) milk and milk products and their suspension for
Gr.E microbiological examination when the samples
require a different preparation from the general
SLS 393 Part 3:2017 methods specified in SLS 393 Part 1. This
Code of practice for preparation of test standard excludes preparation of samples for both
samples, initial suspension and decimal enumeration and detection test methods where
dilutions for microbiological examination of preparation details are specified in the relevant
food and animal feeding stuffs - Specific rules Standards. It is appicable to specific types of
for the preparation of meat and meat products products described in the standard.
(Second revision) (=ISO 6887- 5:2010)
Specifies rules for the preparation of fish and Gr.G
fishery product samples and their suspension for
microbiological examination when the samples SLS 393 Part 6:2013
require a different preparation from the methods Code of practice for preparation of test
described in SLS 393 Part 1 defines the general samples, initial suspension and decimal
rules for the preparation of the initial suspension dilutions for microbiological examination of
and dilutions for microbiological examination. food and animal feeding stuffs - Specific rules
Includes special procedures for sampling raw for the preparation of samples taken at the
molluscs, tunicates and echinoderms from primary production stage
primary production areas. (First revisions)
(=ISO 6887-3:2017) Specifies rules for the preparation of samples
Gr.E taken at all stages from the farm to the
slaughterhouse and their suspension for
SLS 393 Part 4:2018 microbiological examination when the samples
Code of practice for preparation of test require different preparation from the methods
samples, initial suspension and decimal described in SLS 393 Part 1. This standard
dilutions for microbiological examination of excludes preparation of samples for both
food and animal feeding stuffs – specific rules enumeration and detection test methods where
for the preparation of miscellaneous products preparation details are specified in the relevant
(Second revision) Standards. It is applicable to various samples
Specifies rules for the preparation of samples and taken from the hatchery, the farm, from the
dilutions for the microbiological examination of vehicle or the animals during transportation, or
specific food products not covered in other parts from animals or their carcasses in the
of SLS 393, which deal with more general slaughterhouse, to indicate the microbiological
categories. This document covers a wide range of status of the animals in relation to zoontic agents.
miscellaneous products, but does not include new (=ISO 6887-6:2013)
products brought on to the market after Gr.E
publication. SLS 393-1 defines the general rules
for the preparation of the initial suspension and
dilutions for microbiological examination.
(=ISO 6887-4:2017)
Gr.H

54
SLS 394:1976 (S) SLS 401:2012
Methods for the analysis of water soluble coal- Tea Extracts
tar dyes permitted for use in foods (First revision)
Specifies methods for the analysis of water Prescribes the requirements, methods of testing
soluble coal-tar dyes permitted for use in foods. and sampling for tea extracts. It does not apply to
A5, 38 pages, Gr.10 preparations of tea extracts containing added
aromatic material unless these are derived Page | 55
SLS 395:1985 exclusively from the plant Camellia sinensis.
Absorbent cotton gauze 8 pages, Gr.4
(Superseded by SLS 1414)
SLS 402:2011
SLS 396:2012 Sampling of number of items for a gross
Methods of test for meat and meat products sample of leather
determination of nitrate content (First revision)
(First revision) Specifies a method for the drawing, from a lot, of
Specifies a reference method for the whole pieces of leather to form a gross sample.
determination of the nitrate content of meat and Method is applicable to all kinds of leather of any
meat products. type of tannage. Does not cover marking and
(=ISO 3091:1975) storage of the gross sample.
Gr.C (=ISO 2588:1985)
Gr.A
SLS 397:1996
Vacuum ware, insulated flasks, jars and jugs SLS 403:2018
(First revision) Sampling location for chemical, physical,
Specifies the requirements for vacuum ware, mechanical and fastness test of leather
insulated flasks, jars and jugs mainly used for (Second revision)
domestic purposes. Specifies the location of a laboratory sample
16 pages, Gr.8 within a piece of leather and the method of
labelling and marking the laboratory samples for
SLS 398:1977 (2010) (Reaffirmed) future identification. It is applicable to all types
Crown closures of leather derived from mammals irrespective of
Prescribes the requirements and methods of test the tanning used. It is not applicable to leathers
of the crown closures used on glass bottles. derived from birds, fish, reptiles or furs.
AMD No. 1 (AMD 72:1985) (=ISO 2418:2017)
17 pages, Gr.9 Gr.E

SLS 399:1994 (S) SLS 404 Part 1:2018

Pickles Methods for physical and mechanical test of
(First revision) leather - Determination of thickness
Prescribes requirements and methods of test for (Second revision)
pickles of three types viz . pickles in vinegar, in Specifies a method for determining the thickness
citrus juice or brine and or in oil. of leather. The method is applicable to all types
11 pages, Gr.6 of leather of any tannage. The measurement is
valid for both the whole leather and a test sample.
SLS 400:1976 (S) (=ISO 2589:2016)
Nylon stretch socks Gr.A
(withdrawn)

55
SLS 404 Part 2:2018 SLS 404 Part 5:2018
Methods for physical and mechanical test of Methods for physical and mechanical test of
leather - Determination of apparent density leather - Determination of distension and
and mass per unit area strength of surface ball burst method
(Second revision) (Second revision)
Specifies a method for determining the apparent Specifies a test method for the determination of
density and the mass per unit area of leather. It is distension and strength of the leather grain or Page | 56
applicable to all leathers. finished surface. This method is applicable to all
(=ISO 2420:2017) flexible leathers and it is particularly suitable to
Gr.B determine the lastability of leathers for footwear
uppers.
SLS 404 Part 3 Section 1:2018 (=ISO 3379:2015)
Methods for physical and mechanical test of Gr.C
leather - Determination of tear load - Single
edge tear SLS 404 Part 6:2011
(Second revision) Methods for physical and mechanical test of
Specifies a method for determining the tear leather - Determination of tensile strength and
strength of leather using a single edge tear. percentage extension
The method is sometimes described as a trouser (First revision)
tear. It is applicable to all types of leather. Specifies a method for determining the tensile
(=ISO 3377-1:2011) strength, elongation at a specified load and
Gr.B elongation at break of leather. It is applicable to
all types of leather.
SLS 404 Part 3 Section 2:2018 (=ISO 3376:2002)
Methods for physical and mechanical test of Gr.B
leather - Determination of tear load - Double
edge tear SLS 404 Part 7:2011
(Second revision) Methods for physical and mechanical test of
Specifies a method for determining the tear leather - Determination of shrinkage
strength of leather using a double edged tear. The temperature up to 100 0C
method is sometimes described as the Baumann (First revision)
tear. It is applicable to all types of leather. Specifies a method for determination of the
(=ISO 3377-2:2016) shrinkage temperature of leather up to 100 0C. It
Gr.B is applicable to all leathers.
(=ISO 3380:2002)
SLS 404 Part 4:2011 Gr.B
Methods for physical and mechanical test of
leather - Determination of resistance to grain SLS 404 Part 8:2018
cracking and grain crack index Methods for physical and mechanical test of
(First revision) leather - Determination of the static
Specifies a method for determining the resistance absorption of water
of leather to grain cracking and for determining (Second revision)
the grain crack index. It is applicable to all heavy Specifies a method for determining the water
leathers. absorption of leather under static conditions. The
(=ISO 3378:2002) method is applicable to all leather, particularly
Gr.C heavy leather. (=ISO 2417: 2016)
Gr.B

56
SLS 404 Part 9:2014 SLS 409 Part 1:2004
Methods for physical and mechanical test of Engineering drawing practice -
leather - Sample preparation and conditioning Recommendations for General principles
(First revision) (First revision)
Specifies the preparation of leather for physical Recommends drawing layout, types of lines,
and mechanical testing together with standard lettering, methods of orthographic projection,
atmospheres for conditioning and testing. It is sections, scales and the conventional Page | 57
applicable to all types of dry leather. representation of common features.
(=ISO 2419:2012) 86 pages, Gr.22
Gr.B
SLS 409 Part 2:2004
SLS 405:1976 (S) Engineering drawing practice -
Cashew kernels Recommendations for Dimensioning and
Lays down requirements and methods of tolerancing of size and method of indicating
sampling and test for kernels obtained from surface texture
cashew nuts, Anacardium occidentale L. (First revision)
AMD No. 1 (AMD 55 :1982) Sets out the general principles of dimensioning
AMD No. 2 (AMD 108 :1988) and tolerancing the methods of applying
AMD No. 3 (AMD 114:1988) dimensions and tolerances of size and method of
14 pages, Gr.8 indicating surface texture on engineering
drawings.
SLS 406:1976 63 pages, Gr.20
Steel drums
Covers the requirements of steel drums of the SLS 409 Part 3:2004
capacities from 100 upto 200 litres and of the Engineering drawing practice -
types fixed end, removable end and rolled on lid. Recommendations for Geometrical
A5, 14 pages, Gr.4 tolerancing
(First revision)
Specifies recommendations for the general
SLS 407:2008 principles definitions and the methods of
Welded wire fabric for general purposes indication of geometrical tolerance on
(First revision) engineering drawings.
Covers requirements for welded steel wire 103 pages, Gr.23
fabric/mesh for general use, such as fencing,
window grill and crates. It is not intended to SLS 410:1977
cover welded wire fabric for concrete Code of practice for the harvesting, handling
reinforcement. and packaging of orchids
10 pages, Gr.8 Recommends requirements to be observed in the
harvesting, storing, packaging and transport of
SLS 408:1976 (S) orchids.
Code of practice for laying of in-situ terrazzo A5, 11 pages, Gr.3
finish
Covers the laying and finishing of in-situ terrazzo SLS 411:1977 (S)
flooring, skirting and wall lining. Method for bar scheduling in building
A5, 19 pages, Gr.5 drawings
Establishes a system for the scheduling of
reinforcing bars, and comprises of the following:
the method of measurement, a coding system for
bar shapes, a list of preferred shapes and the bar
schedule.
A5, 14 pages, Gr.4

57
SLS 412 Part 1 Section 1:2020 SLS 412 Part 3:2020
Cables for road vehicles - 60v and 600v single- Cables for motor vehicles - Earthing braids
core cables - Dimensions, test methods and (Second revision)
requirements for copper conductor cables Specifies dimensions and requirements for round
(Third revision) and flat tinned copper earthing braids without
specifies the dimensions, test methods, and further covering.
requirements for single-core 60 V cables intended 5 pages, Gr.3 Page | 58
for use in road vehicle applications where the
nominal system voltage is >(60 V d.c. or 25 V SLS 413:1977 (S)
a.c.). It also specifies additional test methods Stainless steel spoons and forks
and/or requirements for 600 V cables intended for Specifies the requirements for spoons and forks
use in road vehicle applications where the made of stainless steel. Six types of spoons and
nominal system voltage is greater than > (60 V two types of forks are covered in this standard.
d.c. or 25 V a.c.) to > (600 V d.c. or 600 V a.c.). AMD No. 1 (AMD 47:1981)
It also applies to individual cores in multi-core A5, 15 pages, Gr.4
cables.
(=ISO 6722-1:2011) SLS 414:1977 (S)
Gr.S Covered electrodes for the manual metal arc
welding of mild steel
SLS 412 Part 1 Section 2:2020 Covers the requirements for covered electrodes of
Cables for road vehicles 60V and 600V single- sizes 1 mm and above for manual metal arc
core cables - Dimensions, test methods and welding of mild steel.
requirements for aluminium conductor cables A5, 23 pages, Gr.6
(Third revision)
Specifies the dimensions, test methods, and SLS 415:1977 (S)
requirements for single-core 60 V cables intended Mild steel filler rods for manual gas welding
for use in road vehicle applications where the Covers requirements of mild steel filler rods for
nominal system voltage is d” 60 V d.c. or 25 V manual gas welding.
a.c. It also specifies additional test methods A5, 8 pages, Gr.2
and/or requirements for 600 V cables intended for
use in road vehicle applications, where the SLS 416:1997
nominal system voltage is from > 60 V d.c. or 25 Method for the determination of colour
V a.c. to d” 600 V d.c. or 600 V a.c. It also applies fastness of textile materials to dry cleaning
to individual cores in multi-core cables. This part (Superseded by SLS 1387-44)
of ISO 6722 specifies requirements for
aluminium conductor cables. SLS 417:1977 (2005) (Reaffirmed)
(=ISO 6722-2:2013) Industrial tapioca starch
Gr. H Prescribes requirements of tapioca starch for use
in industries which require a pure product.
SLS 412 Part 2:2020 A5, 23 pages, Gr.6
Road vehicles - unscreened high-voltage
ignition cables - General specifications, test SLS 418:1977
methods and requirements Industrial tapioca flour
(Second revision) Prescribes requirements of tapioca flour for use
Specifies the classes, types and dimensions of, in industries which require a pure product.
and test methods and requirements for, Methods of test for various characteristics and
unscreened high-voltage ignition cables used in sampling of the flour are also specified.
spark-ignited engines for road vehicles. A5, 10 pages, Gr.3
(=ISO 3808:2002)
Gr. H

58
SLS 419:1977 (S) SLS 426:1977 (S)
Terrazzo tiles Marking and identification of freight
Specifies requirements for terrazzo floor and wall containers -
tiles. Part 1: Marking of freight containers.
A5, 22 pages, Gr.6 Part 2: Identification marking code for freight
containers
SLS 420:2019 (Parts 1 & 2 are incorporated in the same Page | 59
Pasta products publication)
(Second revision) Specifies the location and size of the coding mark
prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling on ISO series 1 freight containers.
and tests for pasta products. Covers the identification marking for freight
15 pages, Gr.8 containers which is intended to provide
information on both containers and the
SLS 421:1977 documentation. The marking code system is
Statistical vocabulary and symbols compatible with the requirements ofautomatic
Defines some statistical terms which may be data processing systems. The positioningand
useful in other Sri Lanka Standards. layout of the code on the container is specified.
A5, 46 pages, Gr.11 A5, 30pages, Gr.8

SLS 422:1992 SLS 427:1977

Glossary of terms for pallets for materials Sampling procedures and tables for inspection
handling by attributes
(First revision) Covers sampling plans and procedures for
Defines the terms relating to pallets for unit load inspection by attributes.
methods of material handling. (=ISO 2859:1974)
(=ISO 445:1984) Gr.V
21 pages, Gr.11
SLS 428:1977
SLS 423:1977 Random sampling methods
Pallets for through transit of goods Covers the methods of conducting random
(dimensions) sampling.
Specifies the nominal sizes, actual overall sizes 53 pages, Gr.19
and their tolerances and dimensions of the
openings and entries of double deck flat pallets SLS 429:1977
and large pallets. Concrete lighting columns
A5, 15 pages, Gr.4 Contains general clauses applicable to all
concrete street columns of reinforced and
SLS 424:1977 prestressed concrete.
Principal dimensions of pallet trucks A5, 24 pages, Gr.6
Establishes the basic dimensions for pallet trucks
on which flat pallets, complying with SLS SLS 430:1977
423:1977 and their loads, can be transported Modular co-ordination controlling dimensions
without risk of damage. Provides a framework of controlling dimensions
A5, 11pages, Gr.3 for use in the design of buildings and for
assistance in the derivation of basic sizes of
SLS 425:1977 dimensionally co-ordinated components.
Glossary of terms relating to freight A5, 21pages, Gr.6
containers
Covers definitions of terms relating to freight
containers.
A5, 13 pages, Gr.4

59
SLS 431:1978(2006) (Reaffirmed) SLS 437:1978
Definitions of general terms and descriptions Food additives - colouring matters -
of basic weaves Carmoisine
Gives definitions of general terms for describing Applies to carmoisine for use in the colouring of
weaves and defines the basic weaves that are used foodstuffs.
presently in the manufacture of fabrics. A5, 9 pages, Gr.3
A5, 18 pages, Gr.5 Page | 60
SLS 438:1978
SLS 432:1978 Food additives - colouring matters - Amaranth
Method for the determination of dimensional (Withdrawn)
change in washing of woven fabrics -
accelerated method SLS 439:1978
(Withdrawn) Food additives - colouring matters - Ponceau
4R
SLS 433:1978 (2009) (Reaffirmed) Applies to ponceau 4R for use in the colouring of
Sizes of Drawing sheets foodstuffs.
Specifies a range of sizes for drawing sheets of A5, 9 pages, Gr.3
any materials and corresponding border sizes.
Provision is made for centring marks for the SLS 440:1978
purpose of microfilming and for marks to assist Carbolic soap manufactured entirely from
in the folding. coconut oil
A5, 9 pages, Gr.3 (Withdrawn)

SLS 434: 2023 SLS 441:1978

Mustard, whole and ground Laundry soap powder, flakes and chips
(First Revision) manufactured entirely from coconut oil
This Standard specifies requirements and (Withdrawn)
methods of sampling and test for black mustard
and brown mustard (Brassica nigra or Brassica SLS 442:1978
juncea) seeds and powder. This Standard does not Toilet soap manufactured entirely from
cover white/ yellow mustard (Brassica alba or coconut oil
Sinapis alba). (Withdrawn)
Gr. 7
SLS 443:1978
SLS 435:1978 Laundry soaps (pure and built) manufactured
Oil of cardamom entirely from coconut oil
Prescribes requirements and methods of test for (Superseded by SLS 554)
oil of cardamom.
(Errata Slip) SLS 444:1978
A5, 14 pages, Gr.4 Bicycle rims
Covers the requirements for bicycle rims of two
SLS 436:1978 sizes suitable for tyres of sizes 26 x 1 3/8 and 28
Food additives - colouring matters - Brilliant x 1 1/2.
black PN A5, 15 pages, Gr.4
(Withdrawn)
SLS 445:1977 (2005) (Reaffirmed)
Umbrella fittings
Covers the requirements for umbrella fittings, viz.
rubber notch, cap and ferrule.
A5, 12 pages, Gr.3

60
SLS 446 :2001 SLS 451:2023
Mango chutney Domestic low pressure gas stoves for use with
(Superseded by SLS 1743:2022) liquefied petroleum gas (lpg)
(First revision)
SLS 447:1978 This Standard specifies the requirements for
Recommended dimensions for wood doorsets materials, construction, performance, sampling
Covers the dimensional, constructional and and criteria for conformity, test methods, safety Page | 61
design requirements for doorsets made out of requirements, marking for the use of single or
wood. multiple burner type low pressure Liquefied
A5, 11 pages, Gr.3 Petroleum Gas stoves for domestic use, having
built-in mechanical or electrical lighters. Stoves
SLS 448 Part 1:1978 without built-in lighters is also covered in this
Analysis of food grains - Moisture standard, provided that external lighters can be
(Superseded by SLS 1549-1, SLS ISO 6540 and used safely.
SLS ISO 712) A5, 32 pages, Gr.12

SLS 448 Part 2:1978 SLS 452:2019

Analysis of food grains - Refraction Concrete non-pressure pipes
Prescribes the method for the determination of (First revision)
refraction in food grains to assess the marketable Specifies performance requirements and
quality. describes test methods for reinforced precast
A5, 10 pages, Gr.3 concrete pipes and fittings, for use in pipelines
with flexible joints (with seals either integrated in
SLS 448 Part 3:1981 the units or supplied separately) and nominal
Analysis of food grains - Hectolitre mass sizes upto DN 1800 for units with a circular bore,
(Superseded SLS ISO 7971-1:2018 and SLS ISO for which the main intended use is the
7971-3:2018) conveyance of sewage, rainwater and surface
water under gravity or occasionally at low head
SLS 448 Part 4:1974 of pressure, in pipelines that are generally buried.
Analysis of food grains - Mass of 1000 grains The scope includes pipes (collectively referred to
(Superseded SLS ISO 520:2017) as ‘jacking pipes’) intended to be installed by
pipe jacking, micro tunneling or other trenchless
SLS 449:1978 (S) technology.
Glazed earthenware pipes 30 pages, Gr.13
Specifies the requirements for clay pipes and
fittings, with or without sockets, suitable for SLS 453:2001
drains and sewers. Mosquito coils
A5, 36 pages, Gr.9 (Second revision)
Prescribes the requirements and methods of test
SLS 450:1978 for mosquito coils. Any other forms of products
Code of recommended practice for mechanical for the control or repulsion of mosquitoes is not
polishing of metals for electroplating covered.
Describes polishing equipment and accessories AMD No. 01 (AMD 394:2009)
generally used, and recommends techniques for AMD No 02 (AMD 454:2013)
the mechanical polishing of metals before 23 pages, Gr.12
electroplating. Electrolytic and chemical
polishing procedures are not covered in this code
of practice.

61
SLS 454:1979 (S) SLS 457 Part 2:2017
Code of practice for harvesting, handling and Cosmetics - Classification of raw materials -
packaging of betel leaves Prohibited substances
Recommends requirements to be observed in the (First revision)
harvesting, storing, packaging and transport of Prescribes a list of substances prohibited in
betel leaves, Piper betel L. cosmetic products.Prescribes a list of substances
(Family Piperaceae). prohibited in cosmetic products. Page | 62
A5, 9 pages, Gr.3 67pages, Gr.19

SLS 455:1979 SLS 458:1979

Water colours Method of test for determination of colour
Prescribes the requirements and methods of fastness to washing - accelerated test
sampling and tests for water colours in paste form (Replaced by SLS 52, 53, 54,55,56)
(moist water colours, i.e. intube and poster
colurs) and cake and powder form (semi-moist SLS 459:1979 (2003) (Reaffirmed)
water colours) for students use. Method for the determination of micronaire
A5, 15pages, Gr.4 value of cotton fibres
Specifies a method of determining the micronaire
SLS 456:1988 value of loose disoriented cotton fibres taken
Handmade batiks from bales, laps, and slivers, or other sources of
(First revision) lint cotton.
Prescribes the requirements and methods of A5, 17 pages, Gr.5
sampling and test for handmade batiks.
12pages, Gr.6 SLS 460:1979 (2000) (Reaffirmed)
Cotton embroidery threads
SLS 457 Part 1:2017 Deals with constructional details and other
Cosmetics - Classification of raw materials - particulars of cotton embroidery threads,
Substances permitted subject to restrictions unbleached, bleached or dyed.
and permitted colorants, preservatives and A5, 13pages, Gr.4
UV filters
(First revision) SLS 461:1979 (S)
Classification in this standard lists cosmetics raw Scouring powder
materials in following four groups: Classification Covers scouring powder used for cleaning
in this standard lists cosmetics raw materials in porcelain, ceramic, enamel, aluminium-ware,
following four groups: marble surfaces and for general kitchen utensils.
a) List of substances which cosmetic products A5, 18 pages, Gr.5
must not contain except subject to the restrictions
laid down SLS 462:1979
b) List of colourants allowed in cosmetic Bicycle bottom bracket components (axle,
products adjustable ball cup, fixed ball cup and lock
c) List of preservatives allowed in cosmetic ring)
products Covers the requirements and method of sampling
d) List of UV-filters allowed in cosmetic products for bottom bracket components, viz. axle,
335 pages, Gr.26 adjustable ball cup, fixed ball cup and lock ring
suitable for fitting in popular sizes of bicycles in
use in the country.

62
SLS 463:1979 SLS 466 Part 6:1979
Bicycle hub assemblies Plant protection products - HHDN
Covers the requirements for front and rear hub (Aldrin products)
assemblies suitable for fitting in popular sizes of (Withdrawn)
bicycles in use in the country.
LKR 200.00 SLS 466 Part 7:1979
Page | 63
Plant protection products - BHC
SLS 464:2016 (Withdrawn)
Honey
(First revision) SLS 466 Part 8:1980
Prescribes the requirements and methods of Plant protection products - Parathion
sampling and test for honey. (Withdrawn)
23 pages, Gr.11
SLS 466 Part 9:1980
SLS 465:1979 Plant protection products - Propoxur
Rubber soled canvas shoes for general Prescribes requirements and methods of test for
purposes propoxur technical, propoxur dusts, propoxur
Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling dispersible powders and propoxur emulsifiable
and tests for rubber soled canvas shoes required concentrates.A5, 19 pages, Gr.5
for general use.
A5, 33 pages, Gr.9 SLS 466 Part 10:1980
Plant protection products - Captan
SLS 466 Part 1 Prescribes requirements and methods of test for
Plant protection products - Carbaryl captan technical, captan dusts and captan
(Withdrawn) dispersible powders.
A5, 14 pages, Gr.4
SLS 466 Part 2
Plant protection products - Trichlorfon SLS 466 Part 11:1980
(Withdrawn) Plant protection products - Dalapon
(Withdrawn)
SLS 466 Part 3
Plant protection products - Fenthion SLS 466 Part 12:1980
(Withdrawn) Plant protection products - Dodine
Prescribes requirements and method of test for
SLS 466 Part 4 dodine technical and dodine dispersible powders.
Plant protection products - Parathion-methyl A5, 10 pages, Gr.3
(Withdrawn)
SLS 466 Part 13:1983
SLS 466 Part 5:1979 Plant protection products - Diuron
Plant protection products - Sulphur Prescribes requirements and methods of sampling
Prescribes requirements and methods of test for and test for diuron technical and diuron
sulphur dusts, sulphur dispersible powders and dispersible powders.
sulphur aqueous dispersions. 8 pages Gr.4
A5, 14 pages, Gr.4
SLS 466 Part 14:1983
Plant protection products - Diazinon
Prescribes requirements and methods of sampling
and test for diazinon technical, diazinon dusts,
diazinon dispersible powders, diazinon solutions
and diazinon emulsifiable concentrates.
15 pages, Gr.8

63
SLS 466 Part 15:1983 SLS 466 Part 22:1995
Plant protection products - Propanil (3 - 4 Plant protection products - Carbofuran
DPA) technical
Prescribes requirements and methods of sampling (Withdrawn)
and test for propanil technical and propanil
emulsifiable concentrates. 8pages, Gr.4 SLS 466 Part 23:1997
Page | 64
Plant protection products - Carbofuran
SLS 466 Part 16 granules(Withdrawn)
Plant protection products - Paraquat
(Withdrawn) SLS 467 Part 1:2005
Code of practice for labelling of prepackaged
SLS 466 Part 17:1983 foods - General guidelines
Plant protection products - 2, 4-D (Withdrawn)
Prescribes requirements and methods of sampling
and test for 2, 4-D technical, 2, 4-D sodium salt SLS 467 Part 2:2005
technical, 2, 4-D sodium salt water soluble Code of practice for labelling of prepackaged
powders, 2, 4-D technical esters, 2, 4-D ester foods - Guidelines on claims
emulsifiable concentrates and 2, 4-D amine (Withdrawn)
aqueous salt solutions.
16 pages, Gr.8 SLS 467 Part 3:1985
Code of practice for labelling of prepackaged
SLS 466 Part 18:1985 foods - Date marking
Plant protection products - Dimethoate (Withdrawn)
(Withdrawn)
SLS 468:1979 (S)
SLS 466 Part 19:1984 Arecanuts (betel nuts)
Plant protection products - Demeton - S - Prescribes the requirements for arecanuts, Areca
Methyl catechu Linn.
Prescribes requirements and methods of sampling A5, 14 pages, Gr.4
and test for demeton - S - methyl technical,
demeton - S -methyl technical solutions, and SLS 469:1979
demeton - S - methyl emulsifiable concentrates. Dried shark fins
10 pages, Gr.5 Prescribes the requirements and methods of
sampling and test for dried shark fins.
SLS 466 Part 20:1985 AMD No. 1 (AMD 225:1996)
Plant protection products - MCPA A5, 20 pages, Gr.5
Prescribes requirements and methods of sampling
and test for MCPA technical, MCPA potassium SLS 470:1979
and/or sodium or amine salt aqueous solutions, Correcting fluid for duplicating machine
MCPA potassium and/or sodium salt water stencil
soluble powders, MCPA technical esters and Prescribes the requirements and the methods of
MCPA ester emulsifiable concentrates. sampling and test for correcting fluid used for
15 pages, Gr.7 carryingout corrections on wax - less stencil
paper.A5, 13 pages, Gr.4
SLS 466 Part 21:1985
Plant protection products - Mancozeb SLS 471:1979
Prescribes requirements and methods of sampling Cigars
and test for mancozeb technical, mancozeb dusts Prescribes the requirements, methods of test and
and mancozeb dispersible powders. sampling for dry cigars. It does not cover the
12 pages, requirements for flavour and aroma.
Gr.6 A5, 16pages, Gr.4

64
SLS 472:1979 (S) papers and boards, including paper of high
Glass feeding bottles extensibility but with the exception of low-
Prescribes the requirements and the methods of density papers such as tissue papers and tissue
sampling and test for glass feeding bottles. products.
A5, 21pages, Gr.6 (=ISO 1924-3:2005)
Gr.E
SLS 473:1979 Page | 65
Method for testing of paper and board for SLS 475 Part 1: 2022
water absorption - Cobb method Method for the determination of resistance to
(Superseded by SLS 1270) bending of paper and board : constant rate of
deflection
SLS 474 Part 1:1999 (Second Revision)
Method for the determination of tensile Specifies procedures, based on the two-point
properties of paper and board - Constant rate loading principle, for determining the bending
of loading method resistance of paper and board.
(Withdrawn) (=ISO 2493-1:2010)
Gr. D
SLS 474 Part 2:2009
Method for the determination of tensile SLS 475 Part 2: 2022
properties of paper and board - Constant rate Method for the determination of resistance to
of elongation method (20 mm/min) bending of paper and board : taber –type
(Second revision) tester
Specifies a method of measuring the tensile (Second Revision)
strength, strain at break and tensile energy Used to determine the bending moment required
absorption of paper and board, using a testing to deflect the free end of a 38 mm wide vertically
machine operating at a constant rate of elongation clamped specimen by 15° when the load is
(20mm/min). Also specifies equations for applied at a bending length of 50 mm. For boards
calculating the tensile index, the tensile energy that tend to be permanently deformed if bent
absorption index and the modulus of elasticity. through 15°, the half bending angle, i.e. 7,5°, can
This is applicable to all papers and boards, be used. The bending resistance is expressed in
including papers with a high strain at break if the terms of the bending moment and parameters set
results are within the capacity of the testing by the manufacturer of the Taber-type tester.
machine. It also applies to the components of (ISO 2493-2:2020)
corrugated board, but not, however, to corrugated Gr. E
board itself. It is not applicable to tissue paper
and tissue products. SLS 476:1999
(=ISO 1924/2:2008) Method for testing of paper and board for
Gr.F bursting strength after immersion in water for
a specified period
SLS 474 Part 3:2009 (First revision)
Method for the determination of tensile Specifies a method for the determination of the
properties of paper and board - Constant rate wet strength of paper and board by measuring its
of elongation method (100 mm/min) bursting strength after it has been immersed in
Specifies a method for measuring the tensile water for a specified period.
strength, strain at break, tensile energy absorption (=ISO 3689:1983)
and tensile stiffness, using a testing machine Gr.A
operating with a constant rate of elongation (100
mm/min). Also specifies equations for
calculating the tensile index, the tensile energy
absorption index, the tensile stiffness index and
the modulus of elasticity. It is applicable to all

65
SLS 477:1979 (2004) (Reaffirmed) SLS 481:1980
Method for testing of board for puncture Hexagon bolts, screws and nuts (commercial
resistance grade)
Specifies a method for determining the puncture Covers the requirements for hexagon bolts,
resistance of board. screws and nuts of commercial grade in the
A5, 12 pages, diameter range 5 mm to 39 mm for bolts and nuts
Gr.3 and 5 mm to 24 mm for screws. Page | 66
A5, 18 pages,
SLS 478: 2022 Gr.5
Method for testing of corrugated fibreboard
for thickness SLS 482:1980
(First Revision) Code of practice for hot-dip galvanizing of
specifies a method for determining the single iron and steel
sheet thickness of corrugated fibreboard intended Recommends important guidelines for general
for use in the manufacture of packing cases hot-dip galvanizing of iron and steel.
=(ISO 3034:2011) A5, 28 pages,
Gr. E Gr.5

SLS 479:2017 SLS 483:1980

Method of test for the determination of flat Alavangoes and claw bars
crush resistence of corrugated fibreboard Covers the minimum requirements for
(Second revision) alavangoes and claw bars used in Sri Lanka.
Specifies a method for the determination of the A5, 16 pages,
flat crush resistance of corrugated fibreboard Gr.4
used in the manufacture of shipping containers. It
is applicable to single-faced and single-wall SLS 484 Part 1: 2018
(double-faced) corrugated fibreboard and is not Methods of test for raw natural rubber -
applicable to double-wall (double-double-faced) Determination of dirt
corrugated fibreboard and to microflute (Second Revision)
corrugated fibreboard, since the end-point of the Specifies a method for the determination of the
test is not clearly defined or observable.Specifies dirt content of raw natural rubber. It is not
a method for the determination of the flat crush applicable to dirt present as surface
resistance of corrugated fibreboard used in the contamination. (=ISO 249:2016)
manufacture of shipping containers. It is Gr.E
applicable to single-faced and single-wall
(double-faced) corrugated fibreboard and is not SLS 484 Part 2 Section 1:2019
applicable to double-wall (double-double-faced) Methods of test for raw natural rubber -
corrugated fibreboard and to microflute Determination of ash - Combustion method
corrugated fibreboard, since the end-point of the (Third revision)
test is not clearly defined or observable. Specifies three methods for the determination of
(=ISO 3035:2011) ash from raw rubbers, compounded rubbers and
Gr.D vulcanizates. The methods are applicable to raw,
compounded or vulcanized rubbers of the M, N,
SLS 480:1980 (2003) (S) (Reaffirmed) O, R and U families described in ISO 1629,
Printed cotton dress fabric except that:Method A is not used for the
Prescribes constructional details and other determination of ash from compounded or
particulars of printed cotton dress fabric. vulcanized rubbers
A5, 19 pages, containing chlorine, bromine or iodine;
Gr.5 Method B is used for compounded or vulcanized
rubbers containing chlorine, bromine or iodine. It
shall not be used for uncompounded rubbers;

66
 Method C is intended to be used for the SLS 484 Part 4:2008
determination of ash from raw, compounded or Methods of test for raw natural rubber -
vulcanized rubber not containing chlorine, Determination of volatile matter
bromine or iodine by wrapping the test portion in (Withdrawn)
ashless filter paper; (Superseded by SLS 484 Parts 9 &10)
— Lithium and fluorine compounds might react
with silica crucibles to form volatile compounds, SLS 484 Part 5:2019 Page | 67
giving low ash results. Platinum crucibles shall Methods of test for raw natural rubber - Rapid
therefore be used for ashing fluorine-containing plasticity test
and lithium-polymerized rubbers. (Third revision)
(=ISO 247-1:2018) Specifies a method for the rapid determination of
Gr.D the plasticity of raw rubber and unvulcanized
compounded rubber. It is applicable to the
SLS 484 Part 2 Section 2:2019 determination of the plasticity retention index
Methods of test for raw natural rubber - (PRI) as specified in SLS 484-6.
Determination of ash - Thermogravimetric (=ISO 2007:2018) Gr.D
analysis (TGA)
Specifies two methods for the determination of SLS 484 Part 6:2018
ash from raw rubbers, compounded rubbers and Methods of testing for raw natural rubber -
vulcanizates using a thermogravimetric analyser determination of plasticity retention index
(TGA).The methods are applicable to raw, (PRI)
compounded or vulcanized rubbers of the M, O, (Second revision)
R and U families described in ISO 1629:Method Specifies a method for determining the plasticity
A is applicable for the determination of the ash retention index (PRI) of raw natural rubber. The
from raw rubbers.Method B is applicable for the PRI is a measure of the resistance of raw natural
determination of the ash from compounded or rubber to thermal oxidation. A high resistance to
vulcanized rubbers.The methods are not thermal oxidation is shown as a high value of the
applicable for the determination of the ash from index. PRI is not an absolute value and cannot
raw rubbers, compounded or vulcanized rubbers give an absolute classification of plasticity
containing chlorine, bromine or iodine.This number of different natural rubber after
document does not cover the interpretation of the oxidation.(=ISO 2930:2017)
ash results from the inorganic chemical contents Gr.E
of compounded or vulcanized rubbers.
(=ISO 247-2:2018) SLS 484 Part 7:2018
Gr.D Methods of testing for raw natural rubber -
colour index test
SLS 484- 3: 2022 (Second revision)
Methods of testing for raw natural rubber - Specifies a method of determining the colour of
determination of nitrogen content raw natural rubber according to a standard colour
(Third Revision) scale. (=ISO 4660:2011)
Specifies a macro-method and a semi-micro Gr.C
method for the determination of nitrogen in raw
natural rubber and in natural rubber latex using SLS 484 Part 8:2018
variants of the Kjeldahl process Methods of testing for raw natural rubber -
(ISO 1656:2019) determination of mooney viscosity
Gr. L (Third revision)
Specifies a method using a shearing-disc
viscometer for measuring the Mooney viscosity
of uncompounded or compounded rubbers
(=ISO 289-1:2015)
Gr. J

67
SLS 484- 9: 2022 SLS 485:1980
Methods of test for raw natural rubber: Size designation of clothes - women’s and
determination of olatile-matter content by girls’ outerwear garments
thermogravimetric methods using an (withdrawn)
automatic analyser with an infrared drying
unit SLS 486:2006
(First Revision) Page | 68
Size designation of clothes - definitions and
Specifies two thermogravimetric methods for the body measurement procedure
determination of moisture and other volatile- (withdrawn)
matter content in raw rubbers by using an SLS 487:1980 (1994)
automatic analyzer with an infrared drying unit. Size designation of clothes - men’s and boys’
1.2 These methods are applicable to the outerwear garments
determination of volatile-matter content in (withdrawn)
synthetic rubbers (SBR, NBR, BR, IR, CR, IIR,
halogenated IIR and EPDM) listed in ISO 1629 SLS 488:1980
and to various forms of raw rubber, such as bale, Conversion table for replacing traditional
block, chip, pellet, crumb, powder and sheet. yarn numbers by rounded values in the Tex
These methods might also be applicable to other system
raw rubbers only when the change in mass is Intended to facilitate the change over by industry
proven to be due solely to loss of original volatile and commerce from traditional yarn numbering
matter and not to rubber degradation. 1.3 The systems to the Tex system.
methods are not applicable to raw rubbers which (=ISO 2947:1973)
need homogenizing as specified in ISO 1795. 1.4 17 pages,
The hot-mill method and the oven method Gr.9
specified in ISO 248-1 and the methods specified
in this document might not give identical results. SLS 489:1980 (2010) (Reaffirmed)
In cases of dispute, therefore, the oven method, Glossary of terms for paints
procedure A, specified in ISO 248-1:2011, is the Defines the technical terms widely used in the Sri
referee method. (ISO 248-2:2019) Lanka paint industry and includes terms for
Gr. E paints, varnishes, enamels and surface coating
materials.
SLS 484 Part 10:2014 AMD No. 1 (AMD 53 Incorporated)
Methods of test for raw natural rubber - 76 pages, Gr.22
Determination of volatile matter content by
hot-mill method and oven method SLS 490 Part 1:1980
Specifies two methods for the determination of Shellac - Hand-made shellac
volatile-matter content in raw rubbers by using a Specifies requirements and corresponding
hot mill or an oven. The methods are applicable methods of test for handmade shellac.
to the determination of the volatile-matter content (=ISO 56/1:1979)
in the “R” group of rubbers listed in ISO 1629. 33 pages, Gr.15
The methods can also be applicable to other raw
rubbers, but in these cases it is necessary to SLS 490 Part 2:1980
demonstrate that the change in mass is due solely Shellac - Machine-made shellac
to loss of actual volatile matter and not to rubber Specifies requirements and corresponding
degradation. The hot-mill method is not methods of test for machine-made shellac.
applicable to natural rubber, to synthetic rubbers (=ISO 56/2:1979)
which are too difficult to handle on a hot mill or 36 pages, Gr. 16
to synthetic rubbers in powder or chip form. The
test methods do not necessarily give identical
results. (=ISO 248 Part 1:2011)(Superseding
SLS 484: Part 4)Gr.G

68
SLS 491:1994 SLS 497:1980
Ball point pens Safety signs
(First revision) (Superseded by SLS 692)
Specifies the requirements of four types of single-
refill ball point pens. SLS 498:1980
18 pages, Gr.9 ISO limits and fits
(Superseded by SLS 569:Part1) Page | 69
SLS 492:1998
Footwear sizes - Mondopoint system SLS 499:1980
(First revision) Glossary of terms for architectural and
Describes the fundamental characteristics of a building drawings
system of sizing shoes that is to be known as Gives definitions of terms for architectural and
Mondopoint. It specifies the method of size building drawings and of terms used to describe
marking for shoes and applies to all types of shoes the different types of drawings used in the field.
without restriction. (=ISO 1046:1973)
(=ISO 9407:1991) Gr.A
Gr.B
SLS 500:1980
SLS 493:1980 Scales for the presentation of architectural
Galvanized wire netting and building drawings
Specifies requirements for galvanized wire Gives the rules for the presentation of
netting, having meshes of hexagonal shape, either architectural and building drawings and defines
woven from galvanized wire or woven from the different scales employed.
annealed wire for galvanizing after fabrication. (=ISO 1047:1973)
AMD No. 1 (AMD 380:2008) Gr.A
A5, 12 pages, Gr.4
SLS 501:1980
SLS 494:1980 Representation of springs in technical
Rubber rollers for rice hulling machines drawings
Specifies material, dimensions and other Specifies by means of examples, the rules for
requirements for key type rubber rollers used in representation of springs on technical drawings.
rice hulling machines to dehusk the paddy. Only (=ISO 2162:1973)
rollers with a cylindrical core made of metal with Gr.B
a rubber outer covering are covered by this
specification. SLS 502:1980
A5, 13 pages, Gr.4 Representation of gears in technical drawings
Establishes the conventional representation of the
SLS 495:1981(2010) (Reaffirmed) toothed portion of gears including worm gearing
Methods of sampling cosmetics and toilet and chain wheels. It is applicable to detail
preparations drawings and assembly drawings.
Prescribes methods of sampling cosmetics and (=ISO 2203:1973)
toilet preparations. Gr.C
A5, 17 pages, Gr.5
SLS 503:1980
SLS 496:1980 Hermetically sealed metal cans for milk-
Safety colours capacities and diameters
(Superseded by SLS 692) Specifies a recommended range of capacities
with related diameters, in accordance with ISO
1361, for round cans for milk. (a) Open-top cans
(b) Vent hole cans.(=ISO 2735:1973)
Gr.A

69
SLS 504:1980 SLS 508:1980
Methods of sampling of textile fibres for Power take-offs and drawbars on agricultural
testing tractors
Specifies several methods for preparing Specifies requirements for types 1.2 and 3 power
laboratory samples of fibres, and presents a take-off (PTO), the drawbar, the clearance zone
limited treatment of the problem of drawing around the power take-off, guarding of the power
specimens for testing.(=ISO 1130:1975) take-off, on agricultural tractors, complying with Page | 70
Gr.E the tests of ISO 789/1.(=ISO R 500:1975)
Gr.E
SLS 505:2018
Packaging-distribution packaging - graphical SLS 509:1981 (2016) (S) (Reaffirmed)
symbols for handling and Storage of packages Wax floor polish, paste
(Second revision) Prescribes requirements, methods of sampling
Specifies a set of graphical symbols and test for wax floor polish, paste. This standard
conventionally does not cover liquid floor polishes, wax
used for marking of distribution packages in their emulsion type floor polishes or any other kind of
physical distribution chain to convey handling floor polishes which needs no buffing.
instructions. The graphical symbols should be AMD No. 1 (AMD 117:1989)
used only when necessary. This International AMD No. 2 (AMD 133:1990)
Standard is applicable to packages containing any 11 pages, Gr.6
kind of goods, but does not include instructions
specific to handling of dangerous goods. SLS 510:1981
(=ISO 780:2015) Office pins and clips
Gr.E Specifies requirements for office pins and clips.
It also includes method of sampling of the
SLS 506:1980 product and of the raw material wire.
Freight containers - classification, external 18pages, Gr.9
dimensions and ratings
Establishes a classification of freight containers SLS 511:1994
based on external dimensions and specifies the Ball-point pen refills
associated ratings. (First revision)
(=ISO 668:1979) Specifies the requirements to be satisfied by the
Gr.C ball-point pen refills used in both retractable and
non-retractable types of pens.
SLS 507:2018 16 pages, Gr.8
Packaging - complete, filled transport
packages and unit loads - dimensions of rigid SLS 512:1981
rectangular Three pin plugs and socket-outlets
packages (Superseded by SLS 948)
(First revision)
This standard sets forth a series of dimensions for SLS 513:1981
rigid rectangular transport packages, based on the Coir yarn
standard plan dimension (module) of 600 mm × Prescribes the requirements and methods of test
400 mm, 600 mm × 500 mm and 550 mm × and sampling for (coconut) coir yarn.
366 mm, as outlined in SLS 1595, which defines 15 pages, Gr.8
the plan dimensions of four series (1 219 mm × 1
016 mm, 1 200 mm × 1 000 mm, 1 200 mm × 800 SLS 514:1981
mm, 1 100 mm × 1 100 mm). Fountain pens
(=ISO 3394:2012) Prescribes the requirements and methods of
Gr.E sampling for Fountain pens.
14 pages, Gr.7

70
SLS 515:2018 SLS 516 Part 2 Section 1:2013
Masonry cement Methods of test for microbiology of food and
(Second revision) animal feeding stuffs - Horizontal method for
Constituents, composition, physical properties, the enumeration of yeasts and moulds - Colony
mechanical properties, chemical properties, count technique in products with water
packaging, marking and delivery of Masonry activity greater than 0,95
Cement. (Second revision) Page | 71
AMD No.1(AMD 542:2021) Specifies a horizontal method for the
18 pages, Gr.9 enumeration of viable yeasts and moulds in
products intended for human consumption or
SLS 516 Part 1 Section 1:2013 feeding of animals that have a water activity
Methods of test for microbiology of food and greater than 0.95 [eggs, meat, dairy products
animal feeding stuffs - Horizontal method for (except milk powder), fruits, vegetables, fresh
the enumeration of microorganisms - Colony pastes, etc.] by means of the colony count
count at 30 oC by the pour plate technique technique at 25 0C ± 1 0C. It does not allow the
(Second revision) enumeration of mould spores. Neither the
Specifies a horizontal method for enumeration of identification of fungal flora nor the examination
microorganisms that are able to grow and form of foods for mycotoxins lie within the scope of
colonies in a solid medium after aerobic this standard. The method specified in this
incubation at 30 0C. The method is applicable to standard is not suitable for enumeration of heat-
products intended for human consumption & for resistant fungi, such as Byssochlamys fulva or
animal feed and environmental samples in the Byssochlamys nivea, in canned or bottled fruit
area of food and feed production and handling. and vegetables.
(=ISO 4833-1:2013) (=ISO 21527-1:2008)
AMD No 1 (AMD 580:2022) Gr.D
Gr.E
SLS 516 Part 2 Section 2:2013
SLS 516 Part 1 Section 2:2013 Methods of test for microbiology of food and
Methods of test for microbiology of food and animal feeding stuffs - Horizontal method for
animal feeding stuffs - Horizontal method for the enumeration of yeasts and moulds - Colony
the enumeration of microorganisms - Colony count technique in products with water
count at 30 oC by the surface plating technique activity less than or equal to 0,95
(Second revision) (Second revision)
Specifies a horizontal method for enumeration of Specifies a horizontal method for the
microorganisms that are able to grow and form enumeration of viable osmophilic yeasts and
colonies on the surface of a solid medium after xerophilic moulds in products intended for
aerobic incubation at 30 0C. The method is human consumption or feeding of animals that
applicable to products intended for human have a water activity less than or equal to 0.95
consumption or for animal feed and (dry fruits, cakes, jams, dried meat, salted fish,
environmental samples in the area of food and grains, cereals and cereals and products, flours,
feed production and food handling. nuts, spices and condiments, etc. by means of the
(=ISO 4833-2:2013) colony count technique at 250C ± 1 0C. It does
AMD No 1 (AMD 581:2022) not apply to dehydrated products with water
Gr.F activity less than or equal to 0.60 (dehydrated
cereals, oleaginous products, spices, leguminous
plants, seeds, powders for instant drinks, dry
products for domestic animals, etc.) and does not
allow the enumeration of mould spores Neither
the identification of fungal flora nor the
examination of food for mycotoxins lie within the
scope of this standard. The method is not suitable

71
for enumeration of halophilic xerophili fungi (i.e. SLS 516 Part 5:2017
Polypaecilum pisce, Basipetospora halophila) Methods of test for microbiology of food and
such as may be found in dried fish. animal feeding stuffs - Horizontal method for
(=ISO 21527-2:2008) the detection of Salmonella spp.
Gr. E (Third revision)
Specifies a horizontal method for the detection of
SLS 516 Part 3 Section 1:2013 Salmonella. It is applicable to the products Page | 72
Methods of test for microbiology of food and intended for human consumption and the feeding
animal feeding stuffs - Horizontal method for of animals, environmental samples in the area of
the detection and enumeration of coliforms - food production and food handling and samples
Most probable number technique from the primary production stage such as animal
(First revision) faeces, dust, and swabs.With this horizontal
Gives general guidelines for the detection and the method, most of the Salmonella serovars are
enumeration of coliforms. It is applicable to intended to be detected. For the detection of some
products intended for human consumption and specific serovars, additional culture steps may be
for the feeding of animals, and environmental needed. (=ISO 6579-1:2017)
samples in the area of food production and food Gr.T
handling.
(=ISO 4831:2006) SLS 516 Part 6/ Section 1:2022
Gr.F Methods of test for microbiology of food and
animal feeding stuffs – horizontal method for
SLS 516 Part 3 Section 2:2013 the enumeration of coagulase-positive
Methods of test for microbiology of food and staphylococci (staphylococcus aureus and
animal feeding stuffs - Horizontal method for other species) : technique using baird-parker
the detection and enumeration of coliforms - agar medium
Colony-count technique (Third Revision)
(First revision) specifies a horizontal method for the enumeration
Gives general guidelines for the enumeration of of coagulase-positive staphylococci by counting
coliforms. It is applicable to products intended for the colonies obtained on a solid medium (Baird-
human consumption and for the feeding of Parker medium)[10] after aerobic incubation at
animals, and environmental samples in the area 34 °C to 38 °C and coagulase confirmation. This
of food production and food handling,by means document is applicable to:
of the technique of counting colonies after — products intended for human consumption;
incubation on a solid medium at 30 0Cor at 37 0C — products intended for animal feeding;
(=ISO 4832:2006) — environmental samples in the area of food and
Gr.C feed production, handling, and
— samples from the primary production stage.
SLS 516 Part 4:1982 This horizontal method was originally developed
Methods of test for microbiology of food and for the examination of all samples belonging to
animal feeding stuffs - General guidance for the food chain. Because of the large variety of
the detection and enumeration of faecal products in the food chain, it is possible that this
streptococci horizontal method is not appropriate in every
Gives general guidelines on two methods for the detail for all products. Nevertheless, it is expected
detection and enumeration of faecal streptococci that the required modifications are minimized so
in products intended for human consumption or that they do not result in a significant deviation
feeding of animals. from this horizontal method. (=ISO 6888-1:
11 pages, Gr.6 2021)
Gr. K

72
SLS 516 Part 6/ Section 2: 2022 SLS 516 Part 7 Section 1:2017
Methods of test for microbiology of food and Methods of test for microbiology of food and
animal feeding stuffs – horizontal method for animal feeding stuffs - Horizontal method for
the enumeration of coagulase-positive the detection of potentially enteropathogenic
staphylococci (staphylococcus aureus and Vibrio spp. - Detection of Vibrio
other species) : technique using rabbit plasma parahaemolyticus and Vibrio cholerae
(Second revision) Page | 73
fibrinogen agar medium
(Third Revision) Specifies a horizontal method for the detection of
specifies a horizontal method for the enumeration enteropathogenic Vibrio spp., which causes
of coagulase-positive staphylococci human illness in or via the intestinal tract. The
by counting the colonies obtained on a solid species detectable by the methods specified
medium (rabbit plasma fibrinogen agar medium) include Vibrio parahaemolyticus, Vibrio
after cholerae and Vibrio vulnificus. It is applicable to
aerobic incubation at 34 °C to 38 °C (see the products intended for human consumption
Reference [10]). and the feeding of animals and to environmental
This document is applicable to: samples in the area of food production and food
— products intended for human consumption; handling.
— products intended for animal feeding; (=ISO/TS 21872-1:2017)
— environmental samples in the area of food and Gr.Q
feed production and handling;
— samples from the primary production stage. SLS 516 Part 7 Section 2:2013
This horizontal method was originally developed Methods of test for microbiology of food and
for the examination of all samples belonging to animal feeding stuffs - Horizontal method for
the food chain. Because of the large variety of the detection of potentially enteropathogenic
products in the food chain, it is possible that this Vibrio spp. - Detection of species other than
horizontal method is not appropriate in every Vibrio parahaemolyticus and Vibrio cholerae
detail for all products. Nevertheless, it is expected (Withdrawn)
that the required modifications are minimized so
that they do not result in a significant deviation SLS 516 Part 8 Section 1:2013
from this horizontal method.(=ISO 6888-2: Methods of test for microbiology of food and
2021) AMD No 1 (AMD 582:2022) animal feeding stuffs - Horizontal method for
Gr. G the enumeration of presumptive bacillus
cereus - Colony-count technique at 30 oC
SLS 516 Part 6 Section 3:2013 (Second revision)
Methods of test for microbiology of food and Specifies a horizontal method for the
animal feeding stuffs - Horizontal method for enumeration of viable presumptive Bacillus
the enumeration of coagulase-Positive cereus by means of the colony-count technique at
staphylococci (Staphylococcus aureus and 30 0C. It is applicable to products intended for
other species) - Detection and MPN technique human consumption and the feeding of animals,
for low numbers(Second revision) and environmental samples in the area of food
Specifies a horizontal method for the production and food handling.
enumeration and detection of coagulase-positive (=ISO 7932:2004)
staphylococci, using the most probable number Gr. G
(MPN) technique. It is applicable to products
intended for human consumption and the feeding
of animals, and environmental samples in the area
of food production and food handling. This
method is recommended for products where
staphylococci are expected to be stressed and in
low numbers. (=ISO 6888-3:2003)
Gr.F

73
SLS 516 Part 8 Section 2:2013 not included in the interlaboratory
Methods of test for microbiology of food and study.Therefore, no performance characteristics
animal feeding stuffs – Horizontal method for were obtained for this category. This horizontal
the determination of low numbers of method was originally developed for the
presumptive bacillus cereus - Most probable examination of all samples belonging to the food
number technique and detection method chain. Based on the information available at the
(Second revision) time of publication of this document, this method Page | 74
Specifies a horizontal method for the detection or is considered to be fully suited to the examination
the enumeration of low numbers of viable of all samples belonging to the food chain.
presumptive Bacillus cereus by means of the However, because of the large variety of products
most probable number technique. This Standard in the food chain, it is possible that this horizontal
is applicable to products intended for human method is not appropriate in every detail for all
consumption and the feeding of animals, and products. Nevertheless, it is expected that the
environmental samples in the area of food required modifications are minimized so that they
production and food handling. do not result in a significant deviation from this
(=ISO 21871:2006) horizontal method. This technique is suitable for,
Gr.G but not limited to, the enumeration of
microorganisms in test samples with a minimum
SLS 516 Part 9 Section 1: 2023 of 10 colonies counted on a plate. This orresponds
Methods of test for microbiology of food and to a level of contamination that is expected to be
animal feeding stuffs horizontal method for higher than 10 cfu/ml for liquid samples or higher
the detection and enumeration of clostridium than 100 cfu/g for solid samples.
spp. : enumeration of sulfite-reducing (ISO 15213-1:2023)
clostridium spp. By colony-count technique Gr. L
This document specifies the enumeration of
sulfite-reducing Clostridium spp. by the colony- SLS 516 Part 10:1983
count technique.This document is applicable to: Microbiological test methods - Commercial
— products intended for human consumption; sterility of low acid and acid canned foods
— products for feeding animals; Gives a general method for the determination of
— environmental samples in the area of food and commercial sterility of low acid and acid foods,
feed production and handling; packed in hermetically sealed containers.
— samples from the primary production stage. 12 pages, Gr.6
NOTE This method has been validated in an
interlaboratory study for the following food SLS 516 Part 11:1999
categories: Microbiological test methods - General
— ready-to-eat, ready-to-reheat meat products; guidance for enumeration of lipolytic
— eggs and egg products (derivates); organisms
— processed fruits and vegetables; Gives general guidelines for enumeration of
— infant formula and infant cereals; lipolytic organisms present in products intended
— multi-component foods or meal components. for human consumption or feeding of animals.
It has also been validated for the following other 8 pages, Gr.4
categories:
— pet food and animal feed; SLS 516 Part 12:2013
— environmental samples (food or feed Methods of test for microbiology of food and
production). animal feeding stuffs - Horizontal method for
As this method has been validated for at least five the detection and enumeration of presumtive
food categories, this method is applicable for a Escherichia coli (Most probable number
broad range of food. For detailed information on technique)
the validation, see Clause 11 and Annex C. Since Gives general guidelines for the detection and
the method is not commonly used for samples in enumeration of presumptive Escherichia coli by
the primary production stage, this category was means of the liquid-medium culture technique

74
and calculation of the most probable number SLS 516 Part 15 Section 2:2017
(MPN) after incubation at 37 0C, then at 44 0C. Methods of test for microbiology of food and
This Standard is applicable to products intended animal feeding stuffs - Horizontal method for
for human consumption and the feeding of the detection and enumeration of Listeria
animals, and environmental samples in the area monocytogenes and of Listeria spp. -
of food production and food handling. Enumeration method
(=ISO 7251:2005) (First revision) Page | 75
Gr.G Specifies a horizontal method for the
enumeration of Listeria monocytogenes. It is
SLS 516 Part 13:2013 applicable to products intended for human
Methods of test for microbiology of food and consumption and for the feeding of animals, and
animal feeding stuffs - Horizontal method for environmental samples in the area of food
the detection of Escherichia coli O157 production and food handling.
Specifies a horizontal method for the detection of (=ISO 11290-2:2017)
Escherichia coli serogroup O157. Gr.N
AMD No 1 (AMD 586:2023)
AMD No 2 (AMD 587:2023) SLS 516 Part 16 Section 1:2018
(=ISO 16654:2001) Methods of test for microbiology of food and
Gr.G animal feeding stuffs - Microbiology of the
food chain - horizontal method for the
SLS 516 Part 14:2015 detection and numeration of enterobacteriaceae
Methods of test for microbiology of food and - Detection of enterobacteriaceae
animal feeding stuffs - Examination for Specifies a method, with enrichment, for the
specific organisms-coliforms and Escherichia detection of Enterobacteriaceae. It is applicable
coli by the triplicate tube detection method to - products intended for human consumption
Describes the method for the examination of and the feeding of animals, and - environmental
foods for coliforms and Escherichia coli by the samples in the area of primary production, food
triplicate tube method. This is a qualitative test production and food handling. This method is
and is suitable for determining the presence or applicable - when the microorganisms sought are
absence of coliforms and E.coli in a stated expected to need resuscitation by enrichment, and
quantity of material under test. - when the number sought is expected to be below
10 Pages, Gr.5 100 per millilitre or per gram of test sample. A
limitation on the applicability of this document is
SLS 516 Part 15 Section 1:2017 imposed by the susceptibility of the method to a
Methods of test for microbiology of food and large degree of variability
animal feeding stuffs - Horizontal method for (=ISO 21528 -1:2017)
the detection and enumeration of Listeria Gr. J
monocytogenes and of Listeria spp. - Detection
method SLS 516 Part 16 Section 2:2018
Specifies a horizontal method for the detection of Methods of test for microbiology of food and
L. monocytogenes, and the detection of Listeria animal feeding stuffs - Microbiology of the
spp. (including L. monocytogenes). This food chain - horizontal method for the
document is applicable to products intended for detection and numeration of
human consumption and for the feeding of enterobacteriaceae - Colony-count technique
animals, and environmental samples in the area Specifies a method for the enumeration of
of food production and food handling. It is Enterobacteriaceae. It is applicable to - products
possible that certain additionally described intended for human consumption and the feeding
Listeria species may not be detected or confirmed of animals, and - environmental samples in the
by this method. (=ISO 11290-1:2017) area of primary production, food production and
Gr.R food handling.This technique is intended to be
used when the number of colonies sought is

75
expected to be more than 100 per millilitre or per SLS 516 Part 17 Section 3:2018
gram of the test sample.The most probable Methods of tests for microbiology of food and
number (MPN) technique, as included in SLS animal feeding stuffs - microbiology of the
516-1, is generally used when the number sought food chain - Horizontal method for the
is expected to be below 100 per millilitre or per enumeration of â-glucuronidase-positive
gram of test sample. Escherichia coli - Detection and most probable
(=ISO 21528-2:2017) Page | 76
number technique using 5-bromo-4-chloro-3-
Gr.H indolyl-ß-D-glucuronide
Specifies a horizontal method for the detection
SLS 516 Part 17 Section 1:2018 and enumeration of ß -glucuronidase positive
Methods of tests for microbiology of food and Escherichia coli, by means of the liquid-medium
animal feeding stuffs - microbiology of the culture technique and calculation of the most
food chain - horizontal method for the probable number (MPN) after incubation at (37 ±
enumeration of beta-glucuronidase -positive 1) °C, then at (44 ± 1) °C.
Escherichia coli - Colony-count technique at (=ISO 16649-3:2015)
44 degrees °C using membranes and 5-bromo- Gr.E
4-chloro-3-indolyl â-D-glucuronide
Specifies a horizontal method for the SLS 516 Part 18 Section 1: 2023
enumeration of â-glucuronidase-positive Methods of test for microbiology of food and
Escherichia coli by colony-count technique after animal feeding stuffs part 18 - horizontal
resuscitation using membranes and incubation at method for detection and enumeration of
44 °C on a solid medium containing a campylobacter spp. Section 1: detection
chromogenic ingredient for detection of the method
enzyme â-glucuronidase. It is applicable to - This document specifies a horizontal method for
products intended for human consumption, - the detection by enrichment or direct plating of
products intended for feeding animals, - Campylobacter spp. It is applicable to
environmental samples in the area of food — products intended for human consumption,
production and food handling, and — samples — products intended for animal feeding,
from the primary production stage such as animal — environmental samples in the area of food and
faeces, dust, and swabs. feed production, handling, and
(=ISO 16649-1:2018) — samples from the primary production stage
Gr.F such as animal faeces, dust, and swabs
(ISO 10272 – 1: 2017, ISO 10272-1:2017 AMD
SLS 516 Part 17 Section 2:2018 1:2023)
Methods of tests for microbiology of food and Gr. T
animal feeding Stuffs - microbiology of the
food chain - horizontal method for the SLS 516 Part 18 Section 2: 2023
enumeration of beta-glucuronidase-positive methods of test for microbiology of food and
Escherichia coli - Colony-count technique at animal feeding stuffs part 18 - horizontal
44 degrees 0C 5-bromo-4-chloro-3-indolyl â - method for detection and enumeration of
Dglucuronide campylobacter spp. section 2: colony count
Specifies a horizontal method for the technique
enumeration of -glucuronidase-positive This document specifies a horizontal method for
Escherichia coli in products intended for human the enumeration of Campylobacter spp. It is
consumption or for the feeding of animals. It uses applicable to
a colony-count technique at 44 °C on a solid — products intended for human consumption,
medium containing a chromogenic ingredient for — products intended for animal feeding,
detection of the enzyme -glucuronidase. — environmental samples in the area of food and
(=ISO 16649-2:2001) feed production, handling, and
Gr.D — samples from the primary production stage
such as animal faeces, dust, and swabs.

76
(ISO 10272-2: 2017, ISO 10272-2:2017 AMD SLS 522:1981 (S)
1:2023) Water for making concrete
Gr. S (Superseded by SLS ISO 12439)

SLS 517:2021 SLS 523: 2022

Protective helmets for vehicle users Method of sampling for paints, varnishes and
(Second Revision) Page | 77
raw materials for paints and varnishes
Specifies requirements for helmets to be worn by (Third Revision)
riders, drivers and passengers of motor vehicles, Specifies procedures for the sampling of paints
including participants in competitive events. and varnishes, including coating powders, and
Requirements for accessories such as goggles, raw materials used in their manufacture. Such
detachable peaks and detachable face covers are products include liquids and materials which,
not specified unless they are supplied with the without undergoing chemical modification, are
helmet as original equipment. capable of being liquefied when heated up, and
This standard covers the requirements regarding powdered, granulated and pasty materials.
the material, construction, performance, Samples can be taken from containers, for
audibility & flammability. example cans, drums, tanks, tank wagons or
AMD NO 1(AMD 563:2022) ships' tanks, as well as from barrels, sacks, big-
61pages, Gr.19 bags, silos or silo wagons or conveyor belts. This
document does not deal with the sample
SLS 518:1981 preparation for testing or reduction of the samples
Guide for choice of colours to be used for the thus taken, which is dealt with in ISO 1513.
marking of capacitors and resistors (ISO 15528:2020)
Deals with colours to be used for coding and Gr. G
identification of capacitors and resistors for use
in electronic equipment. SLS 524:1981
(=IEC 60425:1973) Self-contained room airconditioners
5 pages, Gr.3 Specifies constructional and performance
requirements and the standard conditions on
SLS 519:1981 which the ratings of room airconditioners
Recommendation for preferred diameters of employing air-cooled condensers are based and
wire terminations of capacitors and resistors the test conditions.
Gives a series of preferred diameters of wire 34 pages, Gr.15
terminations of capacitors and resistors.
(=IEC 60301:1971) SLS 525:1981
5 pages, Gr.3 Core wire of coated electrodes used in arc
welding of mild steel
SLS 520:1981 Covers the requirements for core wire of coated
Marking codes for resistors and capacitors electrodes used in arc welding of mild steel.
Specifies marking codes for resistors and 8 pages, Gr.4
capacitors. It also gives a colour coding for fixed
resistors.(=IEC 60062:1974) SLS 526 Part 1:1981
9 pages, Gr.5 Statistical interpretation of data - Estimation
of the mean confidence intervals
SLS 521:1981 (S) Specifies the statistical treatment of test results
Jaggery needed to calculate a confidence interval for the
Prescribes the requirements and methods of mean of a population.
sampling and test for jaggery of the following: (=ISO 2602:1980)
coconut, kitul, palmyrah and sugar cane. Gr.C
AMD No. 1 (AMD 384:2009)
21 pages, Gr.11

77
SLS 526 Part 2:1981 SLS 528:1981
Statistical interpretation of data - Techniques Method for sampling of food grains
of estimation and test relating to means and Prescribes a method for the sampling of cereals
variances and pulses.
Specifies the techniques required to estimate the 10 pages, Gr.5
mean or the variance of population and to
examine certain hypotheses concerning the value SLS 529 Part 1:2004 Page | 78
of those parameters, from samples. Textile machinery and accessories - cones for
(=ISO 2854:1976) cross winding - Recommended main
Gr.T dimensions
Specifies the types of cones (values of half
SLS 526 Part 3:1981 angles, lengths and large inner diameters) used in
Statistical interpretation of data - the field of textile industry.
Determination of a statistical tolerance (=ISO 8489-1:1995)
interval Gr.A
Specifies methods enabling a sample to be used
as the basis for determining a statistical tolerance SLS 529 Part 2:2004
interval. The statistical tolerance interval may be Textile machinery and accessories - cones for
one-sided or two-sided. cross winding - Dimensions, tolerances and
(=ISO 3207:1975) designation of cones with half angle 30 30’
Gr.H Specifies the main demensions, tolerances and
SLS 526 Part 4:1981 designation of cones for cross winding with a half
Statistical interpretation of data - Comparison angle of cone 30 30'. Furthermore, directives are
of two means in the case of paired observation given for the characteristics of cones and for the
Specifies a method for comparing the mean of a control of the diameters and lengths of the cone.
population of difference between paired (=ISO 8489-2:1995)
observation with zero or any other pre-assigned Gr.C
value.
(=ISO 3301:1975) SLS 529 Part 3:2004
Gr.C Textile machinery and accessories - cones for
cross winding - Dimensions, tolerances and
SLS 526 Part 5:1981 designation of cones with half angle 40 20’
Statistical interpretation of data - Power of the Specifies the main demensions, tolerances and
test relating to means and variances designation of cones for cross winding with a half
This standard follows on from SLS 526 Part 2 - angle of cone 40 20'. Furthermore, directives are
Statistical interpretation of data-technique of given for the characteristics of cones and for the
estimation and tests relating to means and control of the diameters and lengths of the cone.
variances. (=ISO 8489-3:1995)
(=ISO 3494:1976) (Supersedes SLS 530:1981)
Gr.S Gr.C

SLS 527:1981 (1994) (Reaffirmed) SLS 529 Part 4:2004

Size designation of clothes - gloves Textile machinery and accessories - cones for
Establishes a system of designating the sizes of cross winding - Dimensions, tolerances and
gloves. Both the control dimensions on which the designation of cones with half angle 40 20’ for
size designation system is based, and the method winding for dyeing purposes
of indicating the size designation on a garment Specifies the main demensions, tolerances and
label are laid down. designation of cones for cross winding for dyeing
6 pages, Gr.3 purposes with a half angle of cone 40 20’.
Furthermore, directives are given for the

78
characteristics of cones and for the control of the SLS 534
diameters and lengths of the cone. Cologne
(=ISO 8489-4:1995) (Withdrawn) (Superseded by SLS 1619)
Gr.B
SLS 535
SLS 529 Part 5:2004 Methods of test for paints
Textile machinery and accessories - cones for (Supersedes CS 70:1969) (Superseded by SLS Page | 79
cross winding - Dimensions, tolerances and 1256)
designation of cones with half angle 50 57'
Specifies the main demensions, tolerances and SLS 536:1993
designation of cones for cross winding with a half Canned mangoes
angle of cone 50 57'. Furthermore, directives are (First revision)
given for the characteristics of cones and for the Prescribes the requirements and method of test
control of the diameters and lengths of the cone. for canned mangoes, Mangifera indica L.
(=ISO 8489-5:1995) 19 pages, Gr.10
Gr.C
SLS 537 Part 1:2018
SLS 530:1981 Methods for chemical test of leather -
Textile machinery and accessories - cones for preparation of chemical test samples
yarn winding (cross wound) - half angle of the (Second revision)
cone 40 20’ Specifies how to prepare a test sample of leather
(Superseded by SLS 529 Pt.3) for chemical analysis. The test sample can be
either ground or cut into small pieces. Unless
SLS 531:1981 specified in this document, the method to be used
Textile machinery and accessories - cones for depends on the size of leather sample available
yarn winding (cross wound) - half angle of the for testing
cone 90 15’ (=ISO 4044:2017)
(Withdrawn) Gr.B

SLS 532:2004 SLS 537 Part 2:2011

Household rubber gloves Methods for chemical testing of leather -
(First revision) Determination of pH
Specification prescribes the requirements, (First revision)
sampling and methods of test for household Specifies a method for determining the pH value
rubber gloves made of natural or synthetic rubber and the difference figure of an aqueous leather
latex or their blends by dipping process. extract. It is applicable to all types of leather.
11 pages, Gr.6 (=ISO 4045:2008)
Gr.B
SLS 533:2017
Emulsion paints for interior use SLS 537 Part 3:2011
(Second revision) Methods for chemical testing of leather -
Prescribes the requirements and methods of Determination of sulphated total ash and
sampling and test for emulsion paint used for sulphated water – insoluble ash
interior decoration on buildings after surface (First revision)
preparation and priming wherever necessary. Specifies a method for the determination of the
AMD NO 1 (AMD 559: 2022) sulphated total ash and the sulphated water-
13 pages, Gr.6 insoluble ash of leather. The method is applicable
to all types of leather.
(=ISO 4047:1977)
Gr.A

79
SLS 537 Part 4:2011
Methods for chemical testing of leather - SLS 537 Part 7 Section 2:2011
Determination of matter soluble in Methods for chemical test of leather -
dichloromethane and free fatty acid content Determination of chromic oxide content -
(First revision) Quantification by colourimetric
Specifies a method for the determination of the determination
substances in leather which are soluble in (First revision) Page | 80
dichloromethane. This method is applicable to all Describes the determination of chrome by
types of leather. (=ISO 4048:2008) colorimetric means. It is applicable to leathers
Gr.C which are expected to have chromic oxide
contents in excess of 0.05%. T
SLS 537 Part 5:2011 (=ISO 5398-2:2009)
Methods for chemical testing of leather - Gr.C
Determination of nitrogen and hide substances
– titrimetric method SLS 537 Part 7 Section 3:2011
(First revision) Methods for chemical test of leather -
Specifies a titrimetric method for the Determination of chromic oxide content -
determination of the nitrogen content and of the Quantification by atomic absorption
hide substance of leather. The method is spectrometry
applicable to all types of leather in all types of (First revision)
tannage. Describes a method for the determination of
(=ISO 5397:1984) chromium in aqueous solution obtained from
Gr.B leather. this is an analysis for total chromium in
leather, it is not compound specific or specific to
SLS 537 Part 6:2011 its oxidation state. This method describes the
Determination of water – soluble matter, determination of chromium by atomic absorption
water – soluble inorganic matter and water – spectrometry and is applicable to leathers which
soluble organic matter are expected to have chromic oxide contents in
(First revision) excess of 5mg/kg.
Specifies a method of determination of water- (=ISO 5398-3:2007)
soluble matter, water-soluble inorganic matter Gr.C
and water-soluble organic matter. It is applicable
to all leather types. (=ISO 4098:2006) SLS 537 Part 7 Section 4:2011
Gr.C Methods for chemical test of leather -
Determination of chromic oxide content -
SLS 537 Part 7 Section 1:2011 Quantification by inductively coupled plasma
Methods for chemical test of leather - – optical emission spectrometer (ICP-OES)
Determination of chromic oxide content - (First revision)
Quantification by titration Describes a method for the determination of
(First revision) chromium in aqueous solution obtained from
Describes a method for the determination of leather. This is an analysis for total chromium in
chromium in aqueous solution obtained from leather, it is not compound specific or specific to
leather. This is an analysis for total chromium in its oxidation state. This method describes the
leather, it is not compound specific or specific to determination of chromium by inductively
its oxidation state. This method describes the coupled plasma-optical emission spectrometry
determination of chrome by iodometric titration and is applicable to leathers which are expected
and is to be applicable to chromium-tanned to have chromic oxide contents in excess of 1
leathers which are expected to have chromic mg/kg.(=ISO 5398-4:2007)
oxide contents in excess of 0, 3%. Gr.C
(=ISO 5398-1:2007)
Gr. C

80
SLS 538:1981 plastic bags or jute bags, with or without a
Synthetic emulsion resin binders for paints plastics liner.
Prescribes the requirements and methods of 9 pages, Gr.5
sampling and test for synthetic emulsion resin
binders for paints. SLS 545:1981(2009) (Reaffirmed)
9 pages, Gr.5 Polyamide (nylon) fish net twine
Prescribes requirements, methods of test and Page | 81
SLS 539:2020 sampling of polyamide (nylon) twines used in the
Enamel paints manufacture of gill nets.
(Second revision) 7 pages, Gr.4
Prescribes the requirements and methods of
sampling and test for gloss, matt and satin enamel SLS 546:1981
paint finishing used on primed surfaces. This General writing lead pencils
specification does not cover automobile paints, Prscribes the requirements, methods of sampling
paints applied for toys and accessories for and tests for lead pencils used for general writing.
children and paints used for defense purposes. It does not provide for drawing pencils or special
14 pages, Gr. 7 pencils.
12 pages, Gr.6
SLS 540:1981
Enamel paints for interior use SLS 547:2009
(Withdrawn) Baby soap
(First revision)
SLS 541:1981 Prscribes the requirements and methods of
Beedi sampling and test for baby soap.
Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling 10 pages, Gr.5
and tests for beedi manufactured in Sri Lanka. It
does not cover requirements for flavour and SLS 548:1982
aroma of beedi. Current-operated earth leakage circuit
11 pages, Gr.6 breakers
Applies to a.c. current- operated earthe leakage
SLS 542:1981 circuit breakers with or without overload tripping
Beedi tobacco devices rated at voltages not exceeding 600V and
Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling at currents perferably not exceeding 100A at 50
and test for sun-cured beedi tobacco. Hz.
9 pages, Gr.5 20 pages, Gr.13

SLS 543:1981 SLS 549:1982

Methods of sampling for food colours Distribution fuse boards for voltages not
Prescribes the general requirements of sampling exceeding 1000V
and scale of sampling for food colours. It also (withdrawn)
includes the preparation of test and referee
samples and method of retesting of the samples SLS 550:1982
taken. Classification of fires
7 pages, Gr. 4 Classifies, in four categories, the different kinds
of fires which can be defined in terms of the
SLS 544:1981 (1995) (S) (Reaffirmed) nature of the fuel, which is useful in firefighting
Code of practice for handling and storage of by means of an extinguisher.
bagged fertilizers 4 pages, Gr.2
Lays down recommended practices to be
followed for storage of fertilizers packed in

81
SLS 551:1982 SLS 557:2017
Padlocks Emulsion paints for exterior use
Lays down requirements for padlocks used for (Second revision)
locking doors, boxes, almirahs etc., fitted with Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling
sliding bolts, hasps and staples and chains and test for emulsion paint used for exterior
16 pages Gr.8 decoration on buildings after surface preparation
and priming whereever necessary. Page | 82
SLS 552:1982 AMD NO 1(AMD 558:2022)
Building lime 13 pages, Gr.7
Covers the requirements for hydrated lime and
quick - lime, manufactured from crystalline SLS 558:1982 (2020) (Reaffirmed)
limestone, coral stone, sea shells and miocene Synthetic resin based varnish
limestone, suitable for masonary works and Prescribes requirements and methods of sampling
finishes. and test for the material commercially known as
13 pages, Gr.7 varnish, based on synthetic resins.
12 pages, Gr.6
SLS 553:1982
Identification of apparatus terminals and SLS 559:1982
general rules for a uniform system of terminal Method for sampling fertilizers
marking using an alphanumeric notation Prescribes methods of drawing representative test
Applies to the terminal markings for basic samples of liquid and solid fertilizers in packages
electrical units and for combination of such units. as well as in bulk.
It also applies to the identification of the AMD No. 1 (AMD 226:1996)
terminations of conductors performing certain (Superseded by SLS ISO 14820 -1, SLS ISO
functions. 14820-2, SLS ISO 14820-3:2022)
(=IEC 60445:1973) 10 pages, Gr.5
9 pages, Gr.5
SLS 560:1982(2009) (Reaffirmed)
SLS 554:2016 Method for the determination of strength
Laundry soap parameters of yarns by skein method
(First revision) Describes a method for the determination of the
Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling breaking strength of yarn in skein form.
and test for laundry soaps with or without Equations are also provided in this to calculate
detergents in the form of bar or tablet. the skein breaking
14 pages, Gr.7 tenacity, yarn strength index and count strength
product.
SLS 555:1982 (2020) (Reaffirmed) (Supersedes CS 24:1968)
Varnish for interior use 10 pages, Gr.5
Prescribes requirements and methods of sampling
and test for the material commercially known as SLS 561 Part 1:1982
varnish, finishing, interior. The material is used Methods of sampling petroleum and
for the protection and decoration of interior work petroleum products - Manual sampling of
generally on wooden surfaces. liquid hydrocarbons
10 pages, Gr.5 Specifies the procedures to be used for obtaining
samples of materials in liquid state, from fixed
SLS 556:1982 (2020) (Reaffirmed) tanks, railcars, road vehicles, ships, barges,
Varnish for exterior use drums and cans or from liquids being pumped in
Prescribes requirements and methods of sampling pipelines.
and test for the material commercially known as (=ISO 3170:1975)
varnish, exterior and general purposes. 18 pages, Gr.9
11 pages, Gr.6

82
SLS 561 Part 2:1982 SLS 567:1982
Methods of sampling petroleum and Electric manual arc welding electrodes for
petroleum products - automatic pipeline hardfacing
sampling of liquid hydrocarbons Covers the range of standard electric arc welding
Specifies the procedures to be used for obtaining electrodes for hardfacing.
samples of all liquefied petroleum products and 29 pages, Gr.13
liquefied petroleum gases but excluding crude Page | 83
petroleum and liquefied natural gases being SLS 568:1982
conveyed by pipeline. Ceramic squatting pans and traps
(=ISO 317l:l975) Lays down the requirements on sizes,
17 pages, Gr.7 construction, dimentional tolerances and finish
for squatting pans and traps, of two commonly
SLS 561 Part 3:1982 used types.
Methods of sampling petroleum and 12 pages, Gr.6
petroleum products – sampling of semi-sclids
and solids SLS 569 Part 1:1980
Specifies the procedures to be used for obtaining ISO system of limits and fits - General,
samples of materials in semi solid and solid state tolerances and deviations
from ins, bunkers freight cars barrels, cases, bags, Limits and fits relates to tolerances on plain parts
cakes boxes and conveyors. or components and to the fits corresponding to
9 pages, Gr.8 their assembly.
(=ISO/R 286:1962)
SLS 562:1982 (Supersedes SLS 498:1980)
Painters’ and decorators’ brushes
Specifies dimensional requirements for a range of SLS 569 Part 2:1982
painters’ and decorators’ brushes. It prescribes ISO system of limits and fits - Inspection of
the requirements and the methods of sampling plain workpieces
and test for these brushes. Relates to the inspection of plain workpieces. It
15 pages, Gr.8 specifies the interpretation to be given to the
limits of dimensions to be inspected and gives the
SLS 563:1982 essential details concerning limit gauges and
Dry distemper paints indicating measuring instruments necessary for
(Withdrawn) the inspection of tolerances of the ISO system.
(=ISO/ 1938:1971)
SLS 564:1982 (S) 29 pages, Gr.13
Emulsion distemper paints
Prescribes the requirements and the methods of SLS 570:1982
sampling and test for emulsion distemper, colour Covered electrodes - determination of the
as required. The material is used as a flat finish efficiency, metal recovery and deposition
for interior decorative purposes on walls, ceiling coefficient
etc. Specifies a method for the determination of the
12 pages, Gr.6 efficiency, weld metal recovery and deposition
coefficient of carbon steel and low alloy high
SLS 565:1982 tensile steel covered electrodes in the sizes 3.15
Food additives - colouring matter Fast Red E to 6.3 mm.
(Withdrawn) (=ISO 2401:1972)
7 pages, Gr.4
SLS 566:1996
Tubular fluorescent lamps
(Superseded by SLS 1477 parts 1 & 2)

83
SLS 571:1982 SLS 572 Part 5:2009
Coconut shell charcoal Methods of analysis for essential oils -
Prescribes the requirements and methods of Determination of content of phenols
sampling and test for coconut shell charcoal. (First revision)
17 pages, Gr.9 Specifies a method for the determination of the
percentage, by volume, of phenols in essential
SLS 572 Part 1:2009 oils.(=ISO 1272:2000) Page | 84
Methods of analysis for essential oils - Gr.C
Determination of relative density at 20ºC -
reference method SLS 572 Part 6:2009
(First revision) Methods of analysis for essential oils - Analysis
Specifies the reference method for the by gas chromatography on capillary columns -
determination of the relative density of essential general method
oils at 20ºC. (First revision)
(=ISO 279:1998) Specifies a general method for the analysis of
Gr.B essential oils by gas chromatography on capillary
columns for the purpose of determining the
SLS 572 Part 2:2009 content of a specific constituent and/or searching
Methods of analysis for essential oils - for a characteristic profile.
Determination of refractive index (=ISO 7609:1985)
(First revision) Gr.D
Specifies a method for the determination of the
refractive index of essential oils. SLS 572 Part 7:2009
(=ISO 280:1998) Methods of analysis for essential oils -
Gr.B Determination of water content - Karl fisher
method
SLS 572 Part 3:2009 (First revision)
Methods of analysis for essential oils - Specifies a method for the determination of the
Determination of optical rotation water content of essential oils by the Karl fisher
(First revision) method.(=ISO 11021:1999)
Specifies a method for determining the optical Gr.C
rotation of essential oils. When dealing with solid
oils, partially solid oils, oils that are highly SLS 572 Part 8 Section 1:2009
viscous at room temperature, or highly coloured Methods of analysis for essential oils - General
oils, this determination is carried out on a solution guidance on chromatographic profiles -
of the oil. Preparation of chromatographic profiles for
(=ISO 592:1998) presentation in standards
Gr.B (First revision)
Describes general guidelines on the
SLS 572 Part 4:2009 determination of the chromatographic profile of
Methods of analysis for essential oils - an essential oil by gas chromatography on a
Evaluation of miscibility in ethanol capillary column. It is not a determination of the
(First revision) true concentration of the components, it is only
Specifies a method for the evaluation of the an evaluation of its relative propotions.
miscibility of essential oils with mixtures of (=ISO 11024-1:1998)
ethanol and water of known ethanol content. Gr.F
(=ISO 875:1999)
Gr.B

84
SLS 572 Part 8 Section 2:2009 SLS 574:1982
Methods of analysis for essential oils - General Voltage current and frequency ratings
guidance on chromatographic profiles - (Superseded by SLS 1259)
Utilization of chromatographic profiles of
samples of essential oils SLS 575:2008
(First revision) Micrographic determination of austenitic
Prescribes general guidelines on the Page | 85
grain size of steels
determination of the compliance of a (First revision)
chromatographic profile of a sample of essential Specifies a micrographic method of determining
oil under examination with the reference apparent ferritic or austenitic grain size in steels.
chromatographic profile given in the standard for It describes the methods of revealing grain
that oil.(=ISO 11024-2:1998) boundaries and of estimating the mean grain size
Gr.C of specimens with unimodal size distribution.
(=ISO 643:2003)
SLS 572 Part 9:2018 Gr.Q
Methods of analysis for essential oils -
Determination of carbonyl value - SLS 576 Part 1:1982
Potentiometric methods using Road vehicles - Spark plugs M 18 x 1.5 with
hydroxylammonium chloride conical seating and their cylinder head
Specifies two methods for the potentiometric housing
determination of the carbonyl value of essential Specifies the main dimensional characteristics of
oils which contain carbonyl compounds, either a spark plug type used with spark ignition
ldehydes or ketones. engines.(=ISO 2345:1981)
(=ISO 1279:1996) 9 pages, Gr.5
Gr.C
SLS 576 Part 2:1982
SLS 572 Part 10:2018 Road vehicles - Compact spark plugs M 14 x
Methods of analysis for essential oils - Analysis 1.25 with flat seating
by gas chromatography on packed columns – Specifies the main dimensional characteristics of
general method a spark plug type used with spark ignition
Specifies a general method for the analysis of engines.(=ISO 2346:1976)
essential oils by gas chromatography on packed 9 pages, Gr.5
columns for the purpose of determining the
content of a specific constituent and/or searching SLS 576 Part 3:1982
for a characteristic Profile. Road vehicles - Compact spark plugs M 14 x
(=ISO 7359:1985) 1.25 with conical seating and their cylinder
Gr.D head housing
Specifies the main dimensional characteristics of
SLS 573:1999 a spark plug type used with spark ignition
Method of measurement of building works engines.
(First revision) (=ISO 2347:1981)
It deals with the method of measurement of 9 pages, Gr.5
building works and applies equally to the
preperation of estimates and bills of quantities SLS 576 Part 4:1982
and to size measurement and contains 22 Road vehicles - Spark plugs M 14 x 1.25 with
sections. conical seating and their cylinder head
158 pages, Gr.25 housing
Specifies the main dimensional characteristics of
a spark plug type used with spark ignition
engines.(=ISO 2344:1981)
9 pages, Gr.5

85
SLS 576 Part 5:1982 SLS 580 Part 1:1983
Road vehicles - Spark plugs M 14 x 1.25 with Basic environmental testing procedures -
flat seating General and guidance
Specifies the main dimensional characteristics of Lists a series of environmental test procedures
a spark plug type used with spark ignition and their severities, designed to assess the ability
engines. of electrotechnical products to perform under
(=ISO 1919:1976) expected conditions of service. Page | 86
9 pages, Gr.5 (=IEC 60068-1:1982)
24 pages, Gr.12
SLS 576 Part 6:1982
Road vehicles - Spark plugs M 10 x 1.25 with SLS 580 Part 2.1:1982
flat seating Basic environmental testing procedures - Test
Specifies the essential dimensional A: Cold
characteristics of a spark plug type used with Deals with cold tests applicable both to non heat-
spark ignition engines. dissipating and heat-dissipating specimens, tests
(=ISO 2704:1976) Aa and Ab do not deviate essentially from earlier
9 pages, Gr.5 issues.(=IEC 60068-2-1:1974)27 pages,
Gr.13
SLS 576 Part 7:1982
Road vehicles - Spark plugs M 12 x 1.25 with SLS 580 Part 2.2:1983
flat seating Basic environmental testing procedures - Test
Specifies the essential dimensional B: Dry heat
characteristics of a spark plug type used with Consists of two parts and covers the suitability of
spark ignition engines. a component for use or storage at the high
(=ISO 2705:1976) temperature appropriate to its category by
9 pages, Gr.5 observation of the effects of that high temperature
on it.(=IEC 60068-2-2:1974)
SLS 577:1982
Hacksaw blades SLS 580 Part 2.3:1983
Covers requirements for single toothed edge Basic environmental testing procedures - Test
hacksaw blades for hand and machine operations. Ca: Damp heat, steady state
20 pages, Gr.10 Determines the suitability of components,
equipment or other articles for use and storage
SLS 578:1982 under conditions of high humidity.
Staples (=IEC 60068-2-3:1969)
Covers the requirements and methods of test for
staples for use on stapling machines. SLS 580 Part 2.4:1983
9 pages, Gr.5 Basic environmental testing procedures - Test
D: Accelerated damp heat
SLS 579 Part 1:2021 Determines the suitability of a component for use
Household and similar electrical appliances – or storage under conditions of high relative
safety - General requirements humidity and to observe the effects of such high
(Sixth revision) humidity when combined with wide temperature
Deals with the safety of electrical appliances for changes.
household and similar purposes, their rated (=IEC 60068-2-4:1960)
voltage being not more than 250 V for single
phase appliances and 480 V for other appliances.
(=IEC 60335-1:2020)
Gr.IAB

86
SLS 580 Part 2.20:1984 fibers separated or extracted from manaufactured
Basic environmental testing procedures - Test cotton products.
T: Soldering (=ISO 3060:1974) 10 pages, Gr.5
This standard is applicable to all electrical and
electronic components liable to be submitted to SLS 584:1982
tests described. Methods of test for petroleum and petroleum
(=IEC 60068-2-20:1979) Page | 87
products Vol. 1
(Withdrawn)
SLS 580 Part 2.44:1985
Basic environmental testing procedures - Test SLS 585 Part 1:1982
T: Test guidance on soldering Sugar confectionery - Toffees
Applicable to all electrical and electronic (Superseded by SLS 1575)
components liable to be submitted to the tests
described in SLS 585 Part 2:1982
SLS 580 Part 2.20. Sugar confectionery - Lozenges
(=IEC 60068-2-44:1979) (Superseded by SLS 1576)

SLS 580 Part 3.1:1985 SLS 585 Part 3:1982

Basic environmental testing procedures - Sugar confectionery - Hard boiled sugar
Background information confectionary
2.1 Test (Cold) (Superseded by SLS 1576)
2.2 Test (Dry heat)
The tests cover cold and dry heat testing, with SLS 585 Part 4:1990
both sudden and gradual change of temperature, Sugar confectionery - Gelatine based products
and of non-dissipating and heat dissipating (Superseded by SLS 1575)
specimens.
(=IEC 60068-3-1:1974) SLS 585 Part 5:1994
Sugar confectionery - Pectin based products
SLS 581:2008 (2022) (Reaffirmed) (Superseded by SLS 1575)
Chillie sauce
(First revision) SLS 586:1982
Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling Methods of test for sugar confectionery
and testing for chillie sauce. Prescribes the methods of test for sugar
AMD No. 1(AMD 496:2017) confectionery.
AMD No. 2 (AMD 570:2022) 20 pages, Gr.10
23 pages, Gr.11
SLS 587:1982
SLS 582:1982 Stencil paper
Method for determination of bursting strength Prescribes the requirements and the methods of
and bursting distension of fabrics - diaphragm sampling and tests for waxless stencil paper used
method on duplicating machines.
(Withdrawn) AMD No.1(AMD 124:1989)
14 pages, Gr.7
SLS 583:1982
Method of determination of breaking tenacity SLS 588:1998
of flat bundles of cotton fibres Leather for footwear
Specifies a method of test for the determination (First revision)
of the breaking tenacity of cotton fibres arranged Prescribes the requirements and methods of test
in a parallel manner in a flat bundle. The method for leather for footwear.
applies to fibres from raw cotton, or to fibres from 27 pages, Gr.12
various stages in the manufacturing process or to

87
SLS 589:2018 SLS 595: 2023
Baby cologne Specification for kerosene
(First revision) (First Revision)
Prescribes the requirements and methods of test This Standard specifies the requirements and
for baby cologne. methods of sampling and testing for kerosene
Amd No 1(Amd 526:2019) intended for use as an illuminant and as a fuel. It Page | 88
10 pages, Gr.5 does not cover aviation fuels.
Gr. 4
SLS 590:1982
Cement paints
SLS 596:1982
Prescribes requirements and methods of sampling
Bib-taps and stopvalves for water services
and test for Portland cement based paint powder.
Lays down requirements regarding material,
17 pages, Gr.9
dimensions, construction, workmanship, finish,
sampling and testing of cast copper alloy bib-taps
SLS 591:2014
and stopvalves for water services.
Canned Fish
19 pages,
(First revision)
Gr.10
Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling
and testing for canned fish packed in its own juice
SLS 597:1982
or brine or potable water or edible oil or other
Worm drive type hose clamps
suitable packing medium (including catering
Specifies the requirements for worm drive hose
purposes). This does not apply to speciality
clamps for general purpose use.
products where fish content constitutes less than
14 pages,
50 per cent by mass of the net contents of the can
Gr.7
and canned curry fish products.
Amd No 1( Amd 579:2022)
SLS 598:1982
31 Pages, Gr.12
Split pins
Lays down requirements and method of test for
SLS 592:1982
split pins.
Method for sampling of pesticidal products
13 pages, Gr.7
Prescribes method of drawing representative test
samples of liquid and solid pesticidal products.
SLS 599:1982
12 pages, Gr.6
Portable fire extinguisher - water (soda-acid)
type
SLS 593:1982 (S)
Lays down requirements regarding capacity,
Food additives - colouring matter - Sunset
principle materials, construction, chemical
Yellow FCF
charge and tests of portable fire extinguishers of
Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling
water (soda - acid) type.
and test for Sunset Yellow FCF for use in the
15 pages, Gr.8
colouring of food stuffs.
9 pages, Gr.5
SLS 600:1983
Method for determination of
SLS 594:1982
dichloromethane-soluble matter in combed
Food additives - colouring matter -
wool sliver
Erythrosine BS
Applicable only to 100% wool products. It may
Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling
give misleading results if applied to products in
and test for Erythrosine BS for use in the
which fibres other than wool are present.
colouring of foodstuffs.
(=ISO 3074:1975)
9 pages, Gr.5
Gr. A

88
SLS 601 Part 1:1983 SLS 605:1983
Glass container finishes - Threaded finishes Cigarettes
Prescribes the design and dimensions of 5 types Prescribes the requirements, the methods of
of threaded bottle neck finishes. sampling and test for cigarettes made from
15 pages, Gr.8 tobacco.
16 pages, Gr.8
SLS 601 Part 2:1983 Page | 89
Glass container finishes - Crown finishes SLS 606:1983
Prescribes the design and dimensions of different Zinc chromate paint
crown bottle neck finishes. (Withdrawn)
6 pages, Gr.3
SLS 607:1983
SLS 601 Part 3:1984 High density polyethylene shopping bags
Glass container finishes - Omnia finishes (Superseded by 1399)
Prescribes the design and dimensions of two
types of ominia bottle neck finishes. SLS 608:1983
8 pages, Gr.4 Code of safety requirements for toys
Provides general safety requirements for
SLS 601 Part 4:1984 children’s toys inluding simulated sporting
Glass container finishes - Lug finishes equipment. It deals only with specific points of
rescribes the design and dimensions of the lug design and construction essential for safety.
bottle neck finishes. 18 pages, Gr.9
6 pages Gr.3
SLS 609:1983
SLS 602:1983 (S) Automatic line voltage stabilizers (step type)
Laundry blue for domestic use
Prescribes the requirements and methods of Covers automatic line voltage stabilizers (auto-
sampling and test for laundry blue. transformers) step type, rated upto and including
18 pages, Gr.9 5 KVA single-phase operation for use with
domestic electrical equipment.
SLS 603:2016 15 pages, Gr.8
Hydrochloric acid
(First revision) SLS 610:1983 (S)
Prescribes the requirements, test methods and Formic acid (technical grade)
sampling procedure for hydrochloric acid used in Prescribes the requirements, the methods of
industries and laboratories. It does not specify sampling and test for formic acid of technical
requirements for hydrochloric acid intended for grade.
pharmaceutical use. 11 pages, Gr.6
20 pages, Gr.10
SLS 611:2021
SLS 604:1983 (2010) (S) (Reaffirmed) Hair cream
Duplicating ink for twin cylinder rotary (First Revision)
machines Prescribes the requirements and methods of
Prescribes requirements and methods of sampling sampling and test for hair creams. These include
and test for emulsion based duplicating ink for water-in-oil and oil-in-water emulsions. Does not
use on twin cylinder rotary duplicating machines. cover hair oils, hair gels, brilliantine and
10 pages, Gr.5 pomades. This Standard does not cover products
which do not qualify under the criteria for
"cosmetics" on evaluation by the local regulatory
authority
Gr.9

89
SLS 612:1983 (S) SLS 617:1983 (S)
Copra Glucose
Prescribes the requirements and methods of Prescribes the requirements and methods of
sampling and test for (coconut product) copra. sampling and test for glucose monohydrate for
(Errata slip) oral use.
17 pages, Gr.9 17 pages, Gr.9
Page | 90
SLS 613:2017 (S) SLS 618:2014
Turmeric, Whole and Ground Urea (fertilizer grade)
(First revision) (First revision)
Prescribes the requirements and method of Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling
sampling and test for turmeric, whole and groynd. and test for urea of fertilizer grade.
11 Pages, Gr.6 8 Pages, Gr.4

SLS 614:2013 (S/T) SLS 619:1983

Potable water Electrolytic capacitors
(First revision) Prescribes electrical, mechanical and physical
Prescribes the requirements, test methods and requirements, marking ratings and test methods
sampling procedure for ascertaining the for electrolytic capacitors primarily intended for
suitability of water for drinking, culinary and d.c. applications of two types.
food industry purposes irrespective of the water LKR 350.00
source, treatment or distribution system whether
it is from a public or private supply. SLS 620:2014
12 Pages, Gr.6 Ammonium sulphate (fertilizer grade)
(First revision)
SLS 615:1983 Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling
Chrome retanned finished shoe upper leather and test for ammonium sulphate or sulphate of
Prescribes requirements, methods of sampling ammonia of fertilizer grade
and tests for chrome retanned finished leather for 8 Pages, Gr.4
footwear uppers involving only partial retannage.
9 pages, Gr.5 SLS 621:1983 (S)
Ammonium chloride (fertilizer grade)
SLS 616: 2022 Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling
Plastics - vocabulary and tests for ammonium chloride (fertilizer
(Second Revision) grade).AMD No. 1 (AMD 179:1995)
Defines terms used in the plastics industry, 8 pages, Gr.4
including terms and definitions appearing in
plastics standards (of ISO/TC 61) and general SLS 622:1983 (S)
terms and definitions of polymer science used in Bone meal
all aspects of plastics technology. NOTE In Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling
addition to terms in English and French (two of and tests for bone meal (raw), used as a fertilizer.
the three official ISO languages), this vocabulary 7 pages, Gr.4
includes the equivalent terms in German; these
have been included under the responsibility of the SLS 623:1983 (1994) (2010) (Reaffirmed)
member body for Germany (DIN). However, Methods for testing the resistance of leather to
only the terms and definitions in the official surface fungal growth
languages can be considered as ISO terms and Describes the procedure to be adopted for
definitions (ISO 472:2013) determining the resistance of leather to surface -
Gr. K fungal growth.
12 pages, Gr.6

90
SLS 624:1983 (S) SLS 631:1983
Full-chrome shoe upper leather Code of practice for Joints used in wooden
Prescribes requirements, methods of sampling furniture
and tests for full-chrome shoe upper leathers. Covers the joints to be used in locations in various
8 pages, Gr.4 types of wooden furniture. (in Sinhala)

SLS 625:1983 (2002) (S) (Reaffirmed) SLS 632:1984 (1994) (Reaffirmed) Page | 91
Artificial vinegar Paddy
Prescribes the requirements and methods of Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling
sampling and tests for artificial vinegar intended and test for paddy (Oryza sativa L.).
for use in food. 9 pages, Gr.5
12 pages, Gr.6
SLS 633:2021
SLS 626:1983 (S) Milled rice
Methods of test for animal feeds (Second revision)
Prescribes the methods for the determination of Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling
the of particle size, moisture, crude protein, crude and methods of test for raw and parboiled milled
fat, crude fibre, total ash, acid-insoluble ash, rice.
calcium, phosphorus, and sodium chloride of 11 pages, Gr.7
animal feeds.
16 pages, Gr.8 SLS 634:1984 (2016) (Reaffirmed)
Plastic buckets
SLS 627:1983 (S) Prescribes requirements, methods of sampling
Gas mantles and test for plastic buckets.
Covers the requirements, methods of sampling AMD No. 1 (AMD 198:1995)
and tests for gas mantles for oil pressure lanterns. 14 pages, Gr.7
9 pages, Gr.5
LS 635:1984 (S)
SLS 628:1983 Woven Polyester cotton/rayon suiting fabrics
750-ml glass bottles with 31.5 mm standard Prescribes requirements, methods of sampling
roll-on-pilferproof (ROPP) finish for edible and tests for dyed or undyed woven polyester
products cotton/rayon fabrics, suitable for suitings.
Prescribes the requirements and methods of 10 pages, Gr.5
sampling and test for glass bottles with 31.5 mm
ROPP finish having a nominal capacity of 750 SLS 636:1996 (2010) (Reaffirmed)
mm, used for packing edible products. Polypropylene woven sacks for packing
17 pages, Gr.9 (First revision)
Prescribes the requirements and methods of test
SLS 629:1983 for tubular woven polypropylene sacks for
Unit mass of building materials packaging of different food grade and industrial
Lays down unit mass of materials and parts or grade materials.
components used in building construction. 15 pages, Gr.8
18 pages, Gr.9
SLS 637:1984
SLS 630:2003 Rubber bands
Electric kettles (Withdrawn, Replaced by SLS 1745)
(Superseded by SLS 1501 & 1502)

91
SLS 638:1984 (S) SLS 642 Part 4:1984
Portable fire extinguishers - Carbon dioxide Glossary of terms associated with fire - Fire
type protection of equipment
Lays down requirements regarding capacity, Defines terms and definitions for equipment for
principle materials, construction, method of general application in fire engineering,
operation, performance and tests for metal bodied prevention and technology.
portable fire extinguishers of carbon dioxide (=BS 4422/ 4:1975) Page | 92
type.
13 pages, Gr.7 SLS 643:2007
Dried fish
SLS 639:2007 (First revision)
Leaf springs for automobile suspensions Prescribes requirements and methods of sampling
(First revision) and test for dried fish.
Covers general requirements for leaf spring 28 pages, Gr.13
assemblies and individual spring leaves, for
automobile suspensions. SLS 644:2014
21 pages, Gr.11 Potassium chloride (fertilizer grade)
(First revision)
SLS 640:1984 Prescribes the requirements, method of sampling
Safety requirements for mains operated and test for potassium chloride (muriate of
electronic and related apparatus for potash) in granular form or crystalline powder
household and similar general use used as a fertilizer.
(Withdrawn) 8 Pages, Gr.4

SLS 641:1984 SLS 645 Part 1:2009

Condoms Methods of test for fertilizers - Determination
(Superseded by SLS 1317) of nitrogen content
(First revision)
SLS 642 Part 1:1984 Prescribes methods for the determination of
Glossary of terms associated with fire - The nitrogen in its various forms in fertilizers
phenomenon of fire including fertilizer mixtures.
Defines terms for general applications. 17 pages, Gr.9
(=BS 4422/1:1987)
SLS 645 Part 2:1984
SLS 642 Part 2:1984 Methods of test for fertilizers - Determination
Glossary of terms associated with fire - of moisture content
Building materials and structures Prescribes methods for the determination of
Defines 41 terms in respect of building materials moisture in fertilizers including fertilizer
and structures. mixtures.
(=BS 4422/2:1971) 15 pages, Gr.8

SLS 642 Part 3:1984 SLS 645 Part 3:2009

Glossary of terms associated with fire - Means Methods of test for fertilizers - Determination
of escape of biuret content
Defines twenty terms related to means of escape (First revision)
from buildings. Prescribes the methods for the determination of
(=BS 4422/3:1972) biuret in fertilizers including fertilizer mixtures.
9 pages, Gr.5

92
SLS 645 Part 4:1989 SLS 645 Part 10: 2023
Methods of test for fertilizers - Determination Methods of test for fertilizers and soil
of potassium content conditioners : determination of total organic
Prescribes methods for the determination of carbon
potassium in its various forms in fertilizers This part of the Standard specifies a routine
including fertilizer mixtures. method for determination of total organic carbon
8 pages, Gr.5 in solid and liquid fertilizers and soil Page | 93
conditioners.
SLS 645 Part 5:1985 Gr. 3
Methods of test for fertilizers - Determination
of phosphorous content SLS 645 Part 11: 2023
Prescribes methods for the determination of Methods of test for fertilizers and soil
phosphorous in its various forms in fertilizers conditioners : determination of arsenic,
including fertilizer mixtures. cadmium, chromium, lead and mercury
9 pages, Gr.5 contents
This International Standard specifies the test
SLS 645 Part 6:1990 methods for determination of metals soluble in
Methods of test for fertilizers - Determination nitric acid: arsenic, cadmium, chromium, lead,
of calcium and magnesium content and mercury contents in fertilizers. This
Prescribes methods for the determination of International Standard is applicable to the
calcium and magnesium in fertilizers including analysis of arsenic, cadmium, chromium, lead,
fertilizer mixtures. and mercury contents in fertilizers. Special
14 pages, Gr.8 attention should be given when analysing some
micro-nutrients fertilizers.
SLS 645 Part 7:1994 (ISO 17318:2015)
Methods of test for fertilizers - Determination Gr. P
of sodium content
Prescribes methods for the determination of SLS 646:1984
sodium content in fertilizers including fertilizer Electric hot plates
mixtures. (Superseded by SLS 1495)
9 pages, Gr.5
SLS 647:1994
SLS 645 Part 8: 2023 Sulphuric acid
Methods of test for fertilizers and soil (First revision)
conditioners Prescribes the requirements and methods of test
Part 8: determination of pH for technical, battery grade (concentrated and
This part of the Standard specifies an diluted acid), general purpose reagent and
instrumental method for the routine analytical reagent grade sulphuric acid.
determination of pH in solid and liquid fertilizers 16 pages, Gr.8
and soil conditioners.
Gr. 3 SLS 648:1984 (S)
Rubber seed oil
SLS 645: Part 9: 2023 Prescribes requirements and methods of sampling
Methods of test for fertilizers and soil and test for rubber seed oil used in the paint
conditioners : determination of electrical industry.
conductivity 9 pages, Gr.5
This part of the Standard specifies an
instrumental method for determination of EC in
solid and liquid fertilizers and soil conditioners.
Gr. 3

93
SLS 649:1984 SLS 656:1984 (1994)
Food additives - colouring matter - Tartrazine, Size designation of clothes - women’s and
food grade girl’s underwear, nightwear, foundation
Prescribes the requirements and methods of garments and shirts
sampling and test for Tartrazine used in the (Withdrawn)
colouring of foodstuffs.
13 pages, Gr.7 SLS 657:2013 Page | 94
Glossary of terms for ropes and cordage
SLS 650:1984 (S) (First revision)
Kaolin for rubber industry Specifies vocabulary r4elating to fibre ropes and
Prescribes requirements, methods of sampling cordage.
and test for kaolin for use in the rubber industry. (=ISO 1968:2004)
28 pages, Gr.13 Gr.U

SLS 651:2007 SLS 658:1984

Infant formula (Starter) Code of recommended practice for
(Second revision) electroplating
Prescribes the compositional, quality and safety Describes plating equipment and ancillary
requirements and methods of sampling and test equipment generally used and recommends
for Infant Formulae in powdered or liquid form proper sequences in electroplating of metallic
intended to meet the normal nutritional coatings on metallic surfaces and describes
requirements.AMD No. 1 (AMD No.396:2009) factors affecting the quality of deposits and
AMD No.2 (AMD 547:2021) stresses the need for safety in the plating shop and
26 pages, Gr.12 effluent control.
23 pages, Gr.11
SLS 652:1984
Tolerance limits for industrial effluents SLS 659:2015
discharged into inland surface waters Unplasticized poly (Vinyl Chloride) fittings for
Prescribes tolerance limits and methods of water supply and for buried and above ground
sampling and test for industrial effluents drainage and sewerage under pressure
discharged into inland surface waters. (Second revision)
13 pages, Gr.7 Specifies the characteristics of fittings made from
unplasticized poly (vinyl chloride) (PVC-U) for
SLS 653:1984 piping systems, intended for water supply for
Glossary of terms for petroleum human consumption and for general purposes as
(Withdrawn) Replaced by SLS ISO 1998 Parts. well as for sewerage under pressure. This
satandard also specifies types and sizes of fittings
SLS 654:1984 (1994) and joints with components of PVC-U, other
Size designation of clothes - infant’s garments plastics and non plastics materials intended to be
(withdrawn) used for water mains and services buried in the
ground, conveyance of water above ground for
SLS 655:1984 (1994) (Reaffirmed) both outside and inside buildings; and buried and
Size designation of clothes - men’s and boy’s above-ground drainage and sewerage under
underwear, nightwear and shirts pressure. Applicable to PVC-U flange adapters
Establishes a system of designating the sizes of and to the corresponding flanges made from
men’s and boy’s underwear, nightwear and shirts various materials.
that are classified into three types as covering the Amd No 1(Amd 517:2019)
upper body only, whole body or lower body only. Pages 35, Gr.14
It also applies to civilian and uniform garments.
Technical corrigendum 1:1990 (1994)
(=ISO 4415:1981) Gr.C

94
SLS 660:1984 SLS 667:1984
General purpose paper adhesives Gripe water
Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling (Withdrawn)
and test for adhesives used for joining paper to
paper or paper to other surfaces in general use. SLS 668:2022
12 pages, Gr.6 Soft drink powder mixes
Page | 95
(Fist Rivision)
SLS 661:1984 Prescribes the requirements and methods of
Standard temperature, humidities and times sampling and test for sweetened soft drink
for the conditioning and testing of rubber powder mixes.
(Withdrawn) 15 pages, Gr.8
(Superseded by SLS 1323-1)
SLS 669:1984 (S)
SLS 662:1984 (S) Soya bean, whole
Cowpea, whole Prescribes the requirements and methods of
Prescribes the requirements and methods of sampling and test for whole seeds of soya bean.
sampling and test for whole seeds of cow pea (Glycine max (L).Merr) (S. SOYA BONCHI ;T.
(Vigna unguiculata (L) Walp), (S. COW PEA; T. SOYA AVARAI)
APYATTAI). 9 pages, Gr.5
9 pages, Gr.5
SLS 670:1984 (S)
SLS 663:1984 (S) Rice bran for animal feeds
Green gram, whole Prescribes the requirements and the methods of
Prescribes the requirements and methods of sampling and test for rice bran used for animal
sampling and test for whole seeds of green gram feeds.
(Vigna radiata (L) Wilczek) 9 pages, Gr.5
(S. MUNG ETA; T. PASI PAYARU)
9 pages, Gr.5 SLS 671:1984 (S)
SLS 664:2008 Water for lead acid batteries
Methods of sampling animal and vegetable Prescribes the requirements and the methods of
fats and oils sampling and test for water intended for use in
(First revision) lead acid batteries.
Describes methods of sampling crude or (Errata Slip)
processed animal and vegetable fats and oils and 10 pages, Gr. 6
apparatus used for this process.
(=ISO 5555:2001) Gr.M SLS 672:1984 (2015) (Reaffirmed)
Rutile
SLS 665:1984 Prescribes the requirements and methods of
Zinc sulphate (fertilizer grade) sampling and test for rutile.
Prescribes the requirements and methods of 7 pages, Gr.4
sampling and test for zinc sulphate (fertilizer
grade). SLS 673:1984 (2015) (Reaffirmed)
7 pages, Gr.4 Illmenite
Prescribes the requirements and methods of
SLS 666:1984 sampling and test for illmenite.
Dissolved acetylene 7 pages, Gr.4
Prescribes the requirements and methods of
sampling and test for industrial acetylene gas
dissolved in acetone for use in industry.
17 pages, Gr.9

95
SLS 674:1984 (2000) determining the cross-direction tearing resistance
Determination of short-term irregularity of of highly directional paper (or board).
linear density of textile slivers, rovings and (=ISO 1974:2012)
yarns using an electronic evenness tester Gr.G
(Withdrawn) (Superseded by SLS 1359)
SLS 680:2016
SLS 675:1984 Page | 96
Method of test for determination of bursting
Documentation - International Standard Book strength of Board
Numbering (ISBN) (Second revision)
This standard Co-ordinate and standardize Specifies a method for measuring the bursting
internationally the use of book numbers so that an strength of board submitted to increasing
International Standad Book Number identifies hydraulic pressure. It is applicable to all types of
one title, or edition of a title from one secific board (including corrugated and solid fibreboard)
publisher and is unique to that title or edition. having bursting strengths within the range 350
(=ISO 2108:1978) kPa to 5 500 kPa. It is also applicable to papers or
Gr.A boards having bursting strengths as low as 250
kPa if the paper or board is to be used to prepare
SLS 676:1984 a material of higher bursting strength, such as
Methods of test for heavy minerals corrugated board.
Prescribes the methods of test for heavy minerals. (=ISO 2759:2014)
29 pages, Gr.13 Gr.G

SLS 677:1984 SLS 681:1999

Methods for sampling of heavy minerals Method for testing paper and board for
Prescribes the methods for sampling of heavy thickness and apparent bulk density or
minerals from stock pile, from product while in apparent sheet density
motion and from bags. (Superseded by SLS 1370)
10 pages, Gr.5
SLS 682:1984
SLS 678:2014 Hydrated lime
Method for testing of paper for bursting Prescribes the requirements and methods of
strength sampling and test for hydrated lime, suitable for
(Second revision) treatment of sewage, inustrialwater and potable
Specifies a method for measuring the bursting water.AMD No. 1 (AMD 186:1995)
strength of paper submitted to increasing AMD No.2 (AMD 503:2017)
hydraulic pressure. 12 pages, Gr.6
(=ISO 2758:2014)
Gr.F SLS 683: 2023
Specification for fuel oil
SLS 679:2016 (First Revision)
Method of testing of paper for tearing This Standard specifies the requirements and
resistance methods of sampling and testing for fuel oil for
(Third revision) industrial and marine use.
Specifies a method for determining the (out-of- Gr. 5
plane) tearing resistance of paper. It can also be
used for boards having a low grammage if the SLS 684:1984
tearing resistance is within the range of the Radio interference limits and measurements
instrument. This standard does not apply to for household appliances, portable tools and
corrugated fibreboard, but it may be applied to the other electrical equipment causing similar
components of such boards. It is not suitable for type of interference
(Withdrawn)

96
SLS 685:1984 SLS 690 Part 2:1985
Cotton bed sheets (handloom) Graphical symbols used in electrotechnology -
Prescribes the requirements and methods of Kinds of current distribution systems,
sampling and test for handloom cotton bed sheets methods of connection and circuit elements
scoured, bleached or dyed. Hemmed and It covers graphical symbols concerning
unhemmed bed sheets are covered in this connections and circuit elements, systems
specification. distribution and methods of connection. Page | 97
10 pages, Gr.5 15 pages, Gr.8

SLS 686:2020 SLS 690 Part 3:1985

Code of practice for storage of paddy and rice Graphical symbols used in electrotechnology -
(First revision) Analogue elements
Prescribes the general practices in the processing It contains graphical symbols for analogue
of paddy from harvesting, threshing, drying, elements in fields such as computation and
cleaning and storage of paddy in order to arrive at control, to be used in diagrams.
rice that is safe and of good quality for desired 13 pages, Gr.7
use.
Gr.11 SLS 690 Part 4:1985
Graphical symbols used in electrotechnology -
SLS 687:1985 Machines,transformers, primary cells and
Synthetic organic liquid detergents for accumulators
household use Lays down different forms and elements of
Prescribes the requirements and methods of symbols to represent rotating machines,
sampling and test for synthetic organic liquid transformers, primary cells and accumulators.
detergents for household use. 29 pages, Gr.13
AMD No 01 (AMD 448:2013)
15 pages, Gr.8 SLS 691:1985
Electric immersion water heaters
SLS 688:1985 (Superseded by SLS 1193)
Disinfectants
Prescribes the requirements and methods of SLS 692 Part 1:2005
sampling and test for disinfectants. Graphical symbols - safety colours and safety
AMD No.1 (AMD 167:1994) signs - Design principles for safety signs in
18 pages, Gr.9 workplaces and public areas
Superseded by SLS ISO 3864-1)
SLS 689:1985
Glossary of terms on electroplating and SLS 692 Part 2:2005
related Graphical symbols - safety colours and safety
processes signs - Design principles for product safety
It gives definitions of terms relating to electro labels
deposition and related processes. Superseded by SLS ISO 3864-2)
36 pages, Gr.16
SLS 693:1985
SLS 690 Part 1:1985 National flag of Sri Lanka
Graphical symbols used in electrotechnology - (Withdrawn and Superseded by SLS 1:2020)
Architectural and installations diagrams
It covers graphical symbols for electrical SLS 694:1985
installations in buildings for use in architectural Method of test for television receivers
diagrams. The methods of measuring the electrical, acoustic
14 pages, Gr.7 and optical properties described in this standard
apply more particularly to broadcast television

97
receivers designed for monochrome and colour SLS 699
vision reception with accompanying sound of the Low density polyethylene films for packaging
system of the CCIR recommendations and and allied purposes
reports, due regard being given to national (Withdrawn)
transmission standards.
107 pages, Gr.23 SLS 700:1985
Page | 98
Jute bags
SLS 695:2007 (2017) (Reaffirmed) Prescribes requirements, methods of sampling
Conductors in insulated cables and cords and tests for jute bags. It covers three types of
(Second revision) jute bags made from double warp, plain-weave
Specifies the nominal cross-sectional areas and jute sacking material.
requirements, including numbers and sizes of 14 pages, Gr.7
wires and resistance values, for conductors in
electric cables and cords of a wide range of SLS 701:2017
types.It does not apply, for example to conductors Aluminium sulfate (technical grade)
for telecommunication purposes and for some (First recision)
cables for example flexible cable having the cores Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling
twisted together with unusually short lays where and test for technical grade aluminium sulfate
the requirements specified for the class of Suitable for use industries. It does not cover
conductors apply only in part. Aluminum Sulphate used for purification of
(Corrigendum No.1) drinking water supply.
27 pages, Gr.12 15 pages, Gr.8

SLS 696:2005
Determination of thickness of textiles and SLS 702:1985
textile products Electrical call bells and buzzers for indoor use
(First revision) It is applicable to electrically operated call bells
Specifies a method for the determination of the and buzzers for indoor use, designed for
thickness of textiles and textile products, when connection to supplies at voltages not exceeding
under a specific pressure. It is not applicable for 250 volts a.c. single phase 50 Hz or d.c.
textile floor coverings, nonwovens, geotextiles 9 pages, Gr.5
and coated fabrics.
(=ISO 5084:1996) SLS 703 Part 1:1998
Gr.C Code of practice for electrical installations -
Small residential buildings
SLS 697:1985 (First revision)
Green coffee The code sets out the requirements for the
Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling electrical installations in small residential
and test for green coffee. buildings. The supply to be used in these
AMD No. 1 (AMD 109:1988) buildings is single phase with a nominal voltage
(Incorporating) between phase and neutral conductors of 230 V
11 pages, Gr. 6 a.c. 50 Hz.
11 pages, Gr.5
SLS 698:1985
Cotton bed sheets and sheetings (powerloom) SLS 703 Part 2:1998
Prescribes the requirements and methods of Code of practice for electrical installations -
sampling and test for powerloom (non-flannelette Larger buildings including flats, commercial
type) cotton bed sheets and sheetings, scoured, and office buildings
bleached or dyed. (First revision)
11 pages, Gr.6 This standard sets out the requirements for
electrical installations in larger buildings

98
including flats, commercial and office buildings. SLS 707:1985
The supply to be used in these buildings is three Meallic coatings - acetic acid salt spray test
phase with a nominal voltage between phase (ASS test)
conductors of 400 V a.c. 50 Hz or single phase Specifies the apparatus, the reagent and the
with a nominal voltage between phase and neutral procedure to be used in conducting the acetic acid
conductors of 230 V a.c. 50 Hz. salt spray test for assessment of the quality of
15 pages, Gr.7 metal coatingsmade in accordance with the Page | 99
requirements of coatingor product specifications.
SLS 703 Part 3:1998 (=ISO 3769:1976)
Code of practice for electrical installations - Gr.B
Industrial buildings
(First revision) SLS 708:1985
The code sets out the requirements for the Metallic coatings - copper - accelerated acetic
electrical installations in industrial buildings. The acid salt spray test (CASS test)
supply to be used in these buildings is three phase Specifies the apparatus and procedure to be used
with a nominal voltage between phase conductors in conducting the copper accelerated acetic acid
of 400 V a.c. 50 Hz or single phase with a salt spray test (CASS test) for assessment of the
nominal voltage between phase and neutral quality of metallic and related coatings made in
conductors of 230 V a.c. 50 Hz. accordance with the requirements of coating or
14 pages, Gr.6 product specifications.
(=ISO 3770:1976)
SLS 704:1985
Portable fire extinguishers - water (gas SLS 709:1985
cartridge) type Metallic and other non - organic coatings -
Lays down requirements regarding capacity, corrodkote corrosion test (CORR test)
principal materials, construction, method of Specifies the reagent, the apparatus and the
operation, performance and tests of portable fire procedure for assessment of the quality of
extinguisher of water (gas cartridge) type. metallic and related coatings by the corrodkote
16 pages, Gr.8 procedure.
(=ISO 4541:1978)
SLS 705:1985 Gr.B
Materials for bib-tap and stop valve seat
washers SLS 710:1985
Covers requirements for materials used for seat Method for numerical designation of fabric
washers for the supply of cold and hot water by faults by visual inspection
bibtaps and stop valves. Describes a method for the numerical designation
12 pages, Gr.6 of faults in finished fabrics by visual inspection
and gives a means of indicating the position of
SLS 706:1985 faults.
Method of test for metallic coatings - neutral 6 pages, Gr.3
salt spray test (NSS test)
Specifies the apparatus, the reagent and the SLS 711:1985 (1998) (2010) (Reaffirmed)
procedure to be used in conducting the neutral Polyester cotton yarn
salt spray test forassessment of the quality of Prescribes the requirements and methods of
coatings made inaccordance with the sampling and test for polyester cotton yarn carded
requirements of coating or productspecifications. or combed.
(=ISO 3768:1976) 9 pages,
Gr.5

99
SLS 712:2021 SLS 718:1985
Liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) (as propane, Glass mirrors for general purposes
butane mixture) Prescribes the requirements and methods of
(Second revision) sampling and test for silvered plane glass
Specifies requirements and methods of sampling mirrorsused for general purposes. It does not
and testing for liquefied petroleum gas (as cover heavyduty mirrors, mirrors used in optical
propane, butane mixture), supplied in cylinders or instruments and mirrors used for other specific Page | 100
bulk, intended for use in domestic, commercial purposes.13 pages, Gr.7
and industrial and engine fuel.
6 pages, Gr.3 SLS 719:1985
Glass jam jars
SLS 713:1985 Prescribes the requirements and methods of
Bituminous anticorrosive paint sampling and test for glass jam jars.
Prescribes requirements and methods of sampling 15 pages, Gr.8
and test for bitumen based general purpose
anticorrosive paint. SLS 720:2016
13 pages, Gr.7 Palm oil
(Second revision)
SLS 714:1985 Prescribes the requirements and methods of
Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) bottles for sampling and testing for palm oil derived from
packaging of edible products the fleshy mesocarp of the fruit of the oil palm
Prescribes requirements and methods of sampling (Elaeis guineensis) tree by the process of
and test for PVC bottles used for packaging of expression. Crude palm oil specified in this
edible products. standard shall not be suitable for direct
AMD No. 1 (AMD 119:1989) humanconsumption and is used only as a raw
12 pages, Gr.6 material which needs to undergo refining
processes.Amd No 1(Amd 506:2018)
SLS 715:1985 (1999) (Reaffirmed) 9 Pages, Gr.5
Rubber erasers
Prescribes requirements and methods of sampling SLS 721:1985
and test for rubber erasers for removing pencil Tolerance limits for industrial and domestic
writing, ink pen writing, ball-point pen ink effluents discharged into marine coastal areas
writing, typewriting, carbon copy characters and Prescribes tolerance limits and methods of
for drawing cleaning. sampling and test for industrial and domestic
10 pages, Gr.5 effluents discharged into marine coastal areas.
10 pages, Gr.5
SLS 716:1985 (S)
Coconut oilcakes and meals SLS 722:1985
Prescribes the requirements and methods of Tolerance limits for inland surface waters
sampling and test for coconut oilcakes and meals used as raw water for public water supply
used for animal feeds. Prescribes the tolerance limits and methods of
9 pages, Gr.5 sampling and test for inland surface waters used
as raw water for public water supply.
SLS 717:1985 9 pages, Gr.5
Rice polishings
Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling SLS 723:1985
andtest for rice polishings used for animal feeds. Household refrigerators / freezers
9 pages, Gr.5 Covers the methods of determining the
performance of self-contained
refrigerators/freezers intended for household use.

100
It does not cover those designed for commercial SLS 727 Part 3:1986
use. Code of safety for welding and cutting - Fire
36 pages, Gr.16 prevention and protection
Covers provisions to prevent loss of life and
SLS 724:1985 property by the safe use of oxy-fuel when used
Gas cartridge for portable fire extinguishers with cutting and welding equipment.
Deals with gas cartridges made from low carbon 13 pages, Gr.7 Page | 101
steel for both high and low pressure, intended for
the storage of liquifiable/compressed gases SLS 727 Part 4:1985
having a nominal water capacity which do not Code of safety for welding and cutting - Safety
exceed 500 ml. of personnel
10 pages, Gr.5 Covers provision for the safe use of oxy-fuel and
arc cutting and welding equipment when used
SLS 725:1985 only for cutting and welding, to ensure that the
Chisels personnel are provided with adequate protection
Specifies the requirements for four types of against accidents and health hazards.
chisels intended for cold cutting of metals. 18 pages, Gr.9
13 pages, Gr.7
SLS 728 Part 2:1985
SLS 726 Part 1:1985 Methods for testing of mineral aggregates for
Compression knapsack sprayers - Non- cement concrete mixes - Physical properties
pressure retaining type Specifies test methods for the determination of
Covers design and construction, workmanship the relative density, water absorption, bulk
and finish, material performance, marking, density, voids, bulking and moisture content of
testing and sampling requirements for aggregates.
compression knapsack sprayers non pressure 30 pages, Gr.14
retaining type used for spraying pesticides and
agrochemicals. SLS 728 Part 3:1986
19 pages, Gr.10 Methods for testing of mineral aggregates for
cement concrete mixes - Mechanical
SLS 727 Part 1:1987 properties
Code of safety for welding and cutting - Covers methods for the determination of the
Oxygen-fuel gas systems aggregate impact value, aggregate crushing
Covers provisions for the safe use of oxy-fuel gas value, ten per cent fines value and aggregate
systems, when used only for cutting and welding, abrasion value.
to ensure that loss of property or damage to them 24 pages, Gr.12
are minimised and the personnel are provided
with adequate protection against accidents and SLS 729:2010 (S)
health hazards. Ready-to-serve fruit drinks
28 pages, Gr.13 (First revision)
Prescribes requirements and methods of sampling
SLS 727 Part 2:1988 and testing for fruit drinks, carbonated or non-
Code of safety for welding and cutting - Arc carbonated, intended for direct consumtion
welding and cutting equipment and resistance without dilution. Does not cover fruit juices and
welding fruit nectars intended for direct consumption
Covers safety precautions specific to the without dilution. And does not cover artificial /
installation and operation of arc welding and flavoured beverages intended for direct
cutting equipment and welding using resistance consumption without dilution.
welding principles. AMD No.1, (AMD 497:2017)
19 pages, Gr.10 AMD NO 2 (AMD 568:2022)
14 pages, Gr.7

101
SLS 730:2010 chloride in the range 0,1 mg/ kg to 3,0 mg/kg can
Fruit cordial concentrates, fruit squash be determined.
concentrates and fruit syrup concentrates (ISO 6401:2022)
(First revision) Gr. D
Prescribes the requirements and methods of
sampling and testing for fruit cordial SLS 732 Part 3:1986 (2010) (Reaffirmed)
concentrates, fruit squash concentrates and fruit Page | 102
Methods of test for plastics - Determination of
syrup concentrates intended for consumption length and width of plastic film and sheeting
after dilution. Does not cover concentrated fruit Specifies a method for the determination of the
juices AMD No.1, (AMD 498:2017) free length of roll of plastics film or sheeting.
AMD NO 2 (AMD 565: 2022) (=ISO 4592:1992)
AMD NO 3,(AMD 598:2023) Gr.B
13 pages, Gr.7
SLS 732 Part 4:1986
SLS 731:2008 Methods of test for plastics - Methods for
Milk powder determining the density and relative density of
(First revision) plastics excluding cellular plastics
Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling (Superseded by SLS 1296 Parts. 1, 2 and 3)
and testing for full cream / whole milk powder,
partly skimmed / low fat milk power and SLS 733:2016
skimmed /nonfat milk powder. Applies to milk Electric cables – pvc insulated and PVC
powders intended for direct consumption or sheathed cables for voltages up to and
further processing. including 300/500 V, for electric power and
AMD No. 1 (AMD 397:2009) lighting
(Erratum sheet) (Third revision)
16 pages, Gr.8 Specifies requirements and test methods for the
construction and performance of cables that: a)
SLS 732 Part 1:1986 have a polyvinyl chloride (PVC) insulation of
Methods of test for plastics - Qualitative rated voltage 300/500 V; b) are intended for
evaluation of the bleeding of colourants of electric power and lighting;
plastics 34 pages, Gr.14
Specifies a method for the qualitative evaluation
of the tending of some colouring materials, to SLS 734 Part 1:2017
bleed off or to migrate from a plastic material into 13 A Plugs, Socket-Outlets, Adaptors and
other materials, if they are in close contact with connection units - Specification for rewirable
each other. and non-rewirable 13 A fused plugs
(=ISO 183:1976) (Second revision)
Gr.A Specifies requirements for 13 A fused plugs
having insulating sleeves on line and neutral pins,
SLS 732 Part 2: 2023 for household, commercial and light industrial
Methods of test for plastics : determination of purposes, with particular reference to safety in
vinyl chloride monomer of homopolymer and normal use.
copolymer resins of vinyl chloride by gas Amd No 1(Amd 518:2019)
chromatographic method 89 pages, Gr.21
(Second Revision)
This document specifies a method for the
determination of vinyl chloride monomer in
homopolymer and copolymer resins of vinyl
chloride and compounded materials. The method
is based on sample dissolution and headspace gas
chromatography. Concentrations of vinyl

102
SLS 734 Part 2:2017 light industrial purposes. Covers two-pole plus
13 A Plugs, Socket-Outlets, Adaptors and earth conversion plugs that are either reusable or
connection units - Specification for 13A non-reusable and that are suitable for the
Switched and unswitched socket-outlets connection of non-SLS 734 type plugs,
(Second revision) conforming to a recognized standard, to socket-
Specifies requirements for 13 A switched and outlets conforming to SLS 734 Part 2. This
unswitched shuttered socket-outlets for standard also does not cover: non-SLS 734 type Page | 103
household, commercial and light industrial conversion plugs, i.e. with a contact set to fit 13
purposes, with particular reference to safety in A plugs, and amale plug portion suitable for a
normal use. non-SLS 734 type socket-outlet; adaptors (see
Amd No 1(Amd 519:2019) SLS 734 Part 3); or travel adaptors
95 pages Gr.22 (see BS 8546:2016).
81 pages, Gr.21
SLS 734 Part 3:2017
13 A Plugs, Socket-Outlets, Adaptors and SLS 735 Part 1 Section 1:2009 Withdrawn
connection units - Specification for Adoptors Methods of test for milk and milk products -
Specifies requirements for adaptors having Determination of fat content - Milk
insulating sleeves on the line and neutral plug
pins and suitable for use with socket-outlets SLS 735 Part 1 Section 2:2009
conforming to SLS 734 Part 2 with particular Methods of test for milk and milk products -
reference to safety in normal use. Adaptors Determination of fat content - Dried milk and
specified in this standard are intended for dried milk products - gravimetric method
household, commercial and light industrial (Second revision)
purposes. Amd No 1(Amd 520:2019) Specifies the reference method for the
113 pages Gr. 24 determination of the fat content of dried milk and
dried milk products. This is applicable to dried
SLS 734 Part 4:2017 milk with a fat content of 40% mass fraction or
13 A Plugs, Socket-Outlets, Adaptors and more, dried whole, dried partially skimmed, and
connection units - Specification for 13a fused dried skimmed milk, dried whey, dried buttermilk
connection unitswitched and unswitched and dried butter serum. This is not applicable
13A fused connection units switched and when the powder contains hard lumps which do
unswitched. not dissolve in ammonia solution or free acids in
Specifies requirements for 13 A fuse fixed significant quantities
connection units for household, commercial and (=ISO 1736:2008)
light industrial purposes, with particular Gr.G
reference to safety in normal use. Does not apply
to connection units incorporating screwless SLS 735 Part 1 Section 3:2009
terminals for the connection of external Methods of test for milk and milk products -
conductors of the following types: flat quick- Determination of fat content - Evaporated
connect terminals; insulation-piercing connecting milk and sweetened condensed milk -
devices; and twist-on connecting devices. gravimetric method
Amd No 1(Amd 521:2019) (Second revision)
59 pages, Gr.19 Specifies the reference method for the
determination of the fat content of all types of
SLS 734 Part 5:2017 evaporated milk and sweetened condensed milk.
13 A Plugs, Socket-Outlets, Adaptors and (=ISO 1737:2008)
connection units - Specification for Fused Gr.H
conversion plugs.
Specifies requirements, with particular reference
to safety in normal use,for 13 A, fused,
conversion plugs for household, commercial and

103
SLS 735 Part 1 Section 4:2009 SLS 735 Part 1 Section 8:2011
Methods of test for milk and milk products - Methods of test for milk and milk products -
Determination of fat content - Cheese and Determination of fat content - Butter, edible
processed cheese products - gravimetric oil emulsions and spreadable fats (Reference
method method)
(Withdrawn) Specifies a method for the determination of the
fat content of butter, edible oil emulsions and Page | 104
SLS 735 Part 1 Section 5:2011 spreadable fats.
Methods of test for milk and milk products - (=ISO 17189:2003)
Determination of fat content - Milk – Gr.F
Gravimetric method (reference method)
(Third revision) SLS 735 Part 1 Section 9:2019
Specifies the reference method for the Methods of test for milk and milk products -
determination of the fat content of milk of good Cream - Determination of fat content - Acido-
physicochemical quality. The method is butyrometric method
applicable to raw cow milk, raw sheep milk, raw Specifies an acidobutyrometric method for
goat milk, reduced fat milk, skimmed milk, determining the fat content of cream. The
chemically preserved milk and processed liquid reference method remains the gravimetric
milk. It is not applicable when greater accuracy method (by ammoniacal ether extraction)
is required for skimmed milk. described in ISO 2450 | IDF 16.
(=ISO 1211:2010) (=ISO 19660:2018)
Gr.J Gr.G

SLS 735 Part 1 Section 6:2009 SLS 735 Part 1 Section 10:2019
Methods of test for milk and milk products - Methods of test for milk and milk products -
Determination of fat content - Gerber Milk - Determination of fat content - Acido -
butyrometers(=ISO 488:2008) butyrometric (gerber method)
Withdrawn Specifies a method, the acido-butyrometric or
“Gerber”, for determining the fat content of milk.
SLS 735 Part 1 Section 7:2011 It is applicable to whole milk and partially
Methods of test for milk and milk products - skimmed milk.It is also applicable to milk
Determination of fat content - Milk-based containing authorized preservatives (potassium
infant foods - gravimetric method (Reference dichromate, bronopol).It does not apply to
method) formalin milk, nor to milks that have undergone
Specifies the reference method for the a homogenisation treatment
determination of the fat content of milk based (=ISO 19662:2018)
infant foods. The method is applicable to liquid, Gr.H
concentrated and dried milk-based infant foods
with no or not more than a mass fraction of 5% SLS 735 Part 1 Section 11:2019
(dry matter) of such added matter as starch, Methods of test for milk and milk products -
dextrin, vegetables, fruit and meat. The method is Determination of fat content - Milk fat –
not applicable to products which do not dissolve preparation of fatty acid methyl esters
completely in ammonia owing to the presence or Specifies a method for the preparation of fatty
starch of dextrin at mass fractions of more than a acid methyl esters from milk fat and fat obtained
few percent or to the presence of hard lumps. from dairy products.
(=ISO 8381:2008) (=ISO 15884:2002)
Gr.H Gr.C

104
SLS 735 Part 1 Section 12:2019 milk and sweetened condensed milk (e.g. liquid
Methods of test for milk and milk products - sweetened and unsweetened concentrated milk);
Determination of fat content - Milk fat – e) whey cheese as defined in CODEX CXS
determination of the fatty acid Composition by 284‑1999; f) liquid whey and buttermilk; g) milk-
gas - liquid chromatography based edible ices and ice mixes; h) liquid
Specifies a method for the determination of the concentrated infant foods. The method does not
fatty acid composition of milk fat and fat obtained apply in the following cases: — For b), when the Page | 105
from dairy products powder contains hard lumps which do not
(=ISO 15885:2002) dissolve in ammonia solution. This is noticeable
Gr.D by a distinct smell and the result of the
determination will be too low. In such cases, a
SLS 735 Part 1 Section 13:2019 method using the Weibull-Berntrop principle is
Methods of test for milk and milk products - suitable, e.g. ISO 8262-3|IDF 124-3. — For c),
Determination of fat content - Anhydrous milk The method is not applicable to sour creams with
fat – determination of sterol Composition by starch or other thickening agents. When
gas liquid chromatography (reference separation or breakdown of fat occurs, a method
Method) using the Weibull-Berntrop principle is suitable,
Specifies a gas liquid chromatographic reference e.g. ISO 8262-3|IDF 124-3.— For e), to products
method for the determination of the sterol which do not dissolve completely in ammonia
composition of anhydrous milk fat extracted from solution, as the result of the determination will be
dairy products. In the case of analysis of milk fat too low. With such products, a method using the
in a mixture of vegetable fats, the specified Weibull-Berntrop principle
procedure allows the evaluation of the most is suitable, e.g. ISO 8262-3|IDF 124-3. — For g),
important phytosterols. The procedure has been to milk-based edible ices and ice mixes in which
validated on milk fat samples containing the level of emulsifier, stabilizer or thickening
approximately 28 % to 32 % of vegetable fat. agent or of egg yolk or of fruits, or of
(=ISO 12078:2006) combinations of these constituents, makes the
Gr.H Röse-Gottlieb method unsuitable. With such
products, a method using the Weibull-Berntrop
SLS 735 Part 1/ Section 14: 2023 principle is suitable, e.g. ISO 8262-2|IDF 124-
Methods of test for milk and milk products 2.— For h), to products which do not dissolve
part 1 – determination of fat content section 14 completely in ammonia due to the presence of
– milk, dried milk products and cream – starch or dextrin at mass fractions of more than 5
Gravimetric method % (in dry matter), or to the presence of hard
This document specifies the method for the lumps. For such products, a method using the
determination of fat content. The method is Weibull-Berntrop principle is suitable, e.g. ISO
applicable to: a) raw milk (cow, sheep, goat), 8262-1|IDF 124-1. (ISO 23318:2022)
reduced fat milk, skimmed milk, chemically Gr. N
preserved milk and
processed liquid milk; b) dried milk products SLS 735 Part 1/ Section 15: 2023
(e.g. whole, partially skimmed, skimmed milk Methods of test for milk and milk products–
powder; dairy permeate powder; whey powder; determination of fat content - cheese and
blend skimmed milk powder and vegetable fat; processed cheese products, caseins and
milk based infant formula powder ); c) raw, caseinates – gravimetric method
processed and sour cream. For the following This document specifies a method for the
products, the precision figures are given in Annex determination of the fat content of all types of
H. These precision figures are derived from cheese and processed cheese products containing
interlaboratory studies not conforming to the lactose of below 5 % (mass fraction) of non-fat
requirements from ISO 5725-2 in terms of solids, and all types of caseins and caseinates.
number of samples (< 6) and number of The method is not applicable to fresh cheese
participating laboratories (< 8). d) evaporated types containing, for example, fruits, syrup or

105
muesli. For such products, the Schmid- SLS 735 Part 7 Section 1:2017
Bondzynski-Ratzlaff (SBR) principle is not Methods of test for milk and milk products -
applicable due to high concentrations of sugars. Determination of protein - Milk –
For these products, the method using the Weibull- determination of nitrogen content – Kjeldahl
Berntrop principle (see ISO 8262-3 | IDF 124- Principle and crude protein calculation
3[4]) is appropriate. (Second revision)
(ISO 23319:2022) Specifies a method for the determination of the Page | 106
Gr. H nitrogen content and crude protein calculation of
milk and milk products by the Kjeldahl principle,
SLS 735 Part 2:1987 using traditional and block digestion
Methods of test for milk and milk products - methods.The methods are not applicable to
Determination of titratable acidity samples containing ammonium caseinate.
Prescribes the method of determination of (=ISO 8968-1:2014)
titratable acidity in all milk and milk products. Gr.J
6 pages, Gr.3
SLS 735 Part 7 Section 2:2012 Withdrawn
SLS 735 Part 3:1987 Methods of test for milk and milk products -
Methods of test for milk and milk products - Determination of protein - Milk –
Determination of moisture determination of nitrogen content – Block –
Prescribes the methods of determination of digestion method (Macro method)
moisture of milk powder, butter and cheese.
7 pages, Gr.4 SLS 735 Part 7 Section 3:2012
Methods of test for milk and milk products -
SLS 735 Part 4:1988 Determination of protein - Milk –
Methods of test for milk and milk products - determination of nitrogen content – Block –
Determination of salt digestion method (Semi–micro rapid routine
Prescribes the methods of determination of salt method)
content of butter and cheese. (First revision)
8 pages, Gr.4 Specifies a method for the determination of the
SLS 735 Part 5:1988 nitrogen content of liquid, whole or skimmed
Methods of test for milk and milk products - milk. It concerns a semi – micro rapid routine
Determination of total solids method following the block – digestion principle.
Prescribes the methods of determination of total (=ISO 8968-3:2004)
solids of ice cream, milk ice, sweetened Gr.F
condensed milk, evaporated milk, milk, curd and
yoghurt. SLS 735 Part 7 Section 4:2017
9 pages, Gr.5 Methods of test for milk and milk products -
Determination of protein - Milk –
SLS 735 Part 6:1989 determination of protein and non – protein –
Methods of test for milk and milk products - nitrogen content and true protein content
Determination of sugars calculation (Reference method)
Prescribes the methods of determination of sugar (Second revision)
content of ice cream, milk ice, flavoured milk and Specifies a method for the direct and indirect
sweetened condensed milk. determination of the protein nitrogen content of
12 pages, Gr.6 liquid, whole or skimmed milk.
(=ISO 8968-4:2016)
Gr.F

106
SLS 735 Part 7 Section 5:2012 Withdrawn extracted from milk products purporting to
Methods of test for milk and milk products - contain pure milk fat with unchanged
Determination of protein - Milk– composition, such as butter, cream, milk and milk
determination of protein – nitrogen content powder. Because a false-positive result can occur,
the method does not apply to milk fat related to
SLS 735 Part 8:1990 these circumstances:
Methods of test for milk and milk products - a) obtained from bovine milk other than cow’s Page | 107
Determination of total ash/acid insoluble ash milk;
Prescribes the methods of determination of total b) obtained from single cows;
ash/acid insoluble ash of milk and milk products. c) obtained from cows whose diet contained a
6 pages, Gr.3 particularly high proportion of vegetable oils
such as
SLS 735 Part 9:2009 rapeseed, cotton or palm oil, etc.;
Methods of test for milk and milk products - d) obtained from cows suffering from serious
Dried milk and dried milk products – underfeeding (strong energy deficit);
determination of insolubility index e) obtained from colostrum;
specifies a method of determining the insolubility f) subjected to technological treatment such as
index, as a means of assessing the solubility, of removal of cholesterol or fractionation;
dried whole milk, dried partly skimmed milk and g) obtained from skim milk, buttermilk or whey;
dried skimmed milk, whether non-instant or h) obtained from cheeses showing increased
instant. lipolysis;
(= ISO 8156:2005) i) extracted using the Gerber, Weibull–Berntrop
Gr.E or Schmid–Bondzynski–Ratzlaff methods, or that
has been isolated using detergents (e.g. the
SLS 735 Part 10: 2023 Bureau of Dairy Industries method).
Methods of test for milk and milk products – With the extraction methods specified in i),
determination of milk fat purity by gas substantial quantities of partial glycerides or
chromatographic analysis of triglycerides phospholipids can pass into the fat phase.
(reference method) (ISO 17678:2019)
(First Revision) Gr. M
This document specifies a reference method for
the determination of milk fat purity using gas SLS 735 Part 11:2011
Chromatographic analysis of triglycerides. The Methods of test for milk and milk products -
method utilizes the differences in triglyceride Determination of salt content in butter
fingerprint of milk fat from the individual Specifies a method for the determination of the
triglyceride fingerprints of other fats and oils to salt content of butter. The method is applicable
etermine samples which are outside the range to all types of butter containing more than 0.1%
normally observed for milk fat. This is achieved (mass fraction) of salt.
by using the defined triglyceride formulae based (=ISO 1738:2004)
on the normalized weighted sum of individual Gr. C
triglyceride peaks which are sensitive to the
integrity of the milk[6][7]. The integrity of the SLS 735 Part 12:2012
milk fat can be determined by comparing the Methods of test for milk and milk products -
result of these formulae with those previously Determination of sucrose content in sweetened
observed for a range of pure milk fat samples[12]. condensed milk – polarimetric method
Both vegetable fats and animal fats such as beef Specifies a polarimetric method for the
tallow and lard can be detected. The method is determination of sucrose in sweetened condensed
applicable to bulk milk, or products made thereof, milk. The method is applicable to sweetened
irrespective of the variation in common feeding condensed milk of normal composition prepared
practices, breed or lactation conditions. In from whole, partially skimmed or skimmed milk
particular, the method is applicable to fat

107
and sucrose only and containing no altered SLS 735 Part 17:2017
sucrose.(=ISO 2911:2004) Methods of test for milk and milk products -
Gr.D Determination of the Benzonic and sorbic acid
contents
SLS 735 Part 13:2012 Specifies a method for the determination of the
Methods of test for milk and milk products - benzoic and sorbic acid contents in milk and milk
Determination of total solids content in products. The method is applicable to milk, dried Page | 108
sweetened condensed milk (Reference milk, yogurt and other fermented milks, and
Method) cheese and processed cheese, and is suitable for
Specifies the reference method for the measuring the contents of both compounds at
determination of the total solids content of levels of more than 5 mg/kg.
sweetened condensed milk. (=ISO 9231:2008)
(=ISO 6734:2010) Gr.E
Gr.C
SLS 735 Part 18:2017
SLS 735 Part 14:2017 Methods of test for milk and milk products -
Methods of test for milk and milk products - Determination of the total solids content of
Determination of total solids content of ice- cheese and processed cheese. (Reference
cream and milk ice. (Reference Method) Method)
Specifies a reference method for the Specifies the reference method for the
determination of the total solids content of ice- determination of the total solids content of cheese
cream, milk ices and similar products and processed cheese
(=ISO 3728:2004) (=ISO 5534:2004)
Gr.C Gr.D

SLS 735 Part 15:2017 SLS 735 Part 19:2019

Methods of test for milk and milk products - Methods of test for milk and milk products -
Determination of total solids content in Extraction methods for lipids and liposoluble
Yoghurt (Reference Method) compounds
Specifies a reference method for the Specifies methods for the extraction or separation
determination of the total solids content of plain, of a representative part of the fat, containing
flavoured, sweetened and fruit yogurts lipids and liposoluble compounds, from milk and
(=ISO 13580:2005) milk products (=ISO 14156:2001)
Gr.D Gr.C

SLS 735 Part 16:2017 SLS 735 Part 20: 2023

Methods of test for milk and milk products - Methods of tests for milk and milk products -
Determination of total solids content of milk, determination of amino acids in infant and
cream and evaporated milk (Reference adult/ paediatric nutritional formulas and
Method) dairy products
Specifies the reference method for the This document specifies a method for the
determination of the total solids content of milk, quantitative determination of total amino acids
cream and evaporated milk. using 6-aminoquinolyl-N-hydroxy-succinimidyl
(=ISO 6731:2010) carbamate (ACQ) derivatization followed by
Gr.C ultra-highperformance liquid chromatography
(UHPLC) separation and ultraviolet (UV)
detection. It specifies a method for the
determination, in one single analysis, of the
following amino acids: alanine, arginine, aspartic
acid (combined with asparagine), cystine (dimer
of cysteine, combined with cysteine), glutamic

108
acid (combined with glutamine), glycine, SLS 735 PART 24: 2023
histidine, isoleucine, leucine, lysine, methionine, Methods of test for milk and milk products -
phenylalanine, proline, serine, threonine, tyrosine 24 determination of antimicrobial residues —
and valine. This method does not apply to the tube diffusion test
determination of tryptophan. This method is Specification (Reviewed Method) specifies a
applicable to infant and adult/paediatric microbiological inhibitor test for the detection of
nutritional formulas, dairy products and other a broad variety of antimicrobials in milk and milk Page | 109
matrices such as cereals. It was validated in infant products. The method is applicable to raw milk,
formulas (milk- and soy-based, including heat-treated milk and reconstituted dried milk.
partially hydrolysed and elemental products), ISO/TS 26844:2006
toddler formula, adult nutritional powder, UHT Gr. G
skimmed milk, whey powder, sodium caseinate,
whole milk powder, bran pet food, dry pet food SLS 735: PART 25- 1: 2023
and breakfast c ereal (see Annex A for details). Methods of tests for milk and milk products :
(ISO 4214:2022) determination of residues of organochlorine
Gr. Q compounds (pesticides) : general
considerations and extraction methods
SLS 735 Part 21/ Section 1: 2023 This part of ISO 3890⎪IDF 75 describes general
Methods of test for milk and milk products – considerations and specifies extraction methods
determination of fat acidity (reference for the determination of residues of
method) – milk fat products and butter organochlorine pesticides in milk and milk
This International Standard specifies a method products. A method for high-fat products is
for the determination of the acidity of the fat specified in Annex A. Guidance is given on the
contained in milkfat products1) and in butter. conduct of analyses in the presence of
(ISO 1740:2004) polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) in Annex B.
Gr. D The methods are applicable to: α-HCH; β-HCH;
γ-HCH; aldrin/dieldrin; heptachlor and
SLS 735 PART 23: 2023 heptachlorepoxide; isomers of DDT, DDE, TDE;
Methods of test for milk and milk products : chlordane and oxychlordane; and endrin. Certain
determination of freezing point — thermistor methods are applicable to δ-ketoendrin and HCB.
cryoscope method (reference method) (ISO 3890-1:2009)
Specifies a reference method for the Gr. H
determination of the freezing point of raw bovine
milk, heat-treated whole, reduced fat and SLS 735: PART 25 SECTION 2: 2023
skimmed bovine milk, as well as raw ovine and Methods of tests for milk and milk products :
caprine milk, by using a thermistor cryoscope. determination of residues of organochlorine
The freezing point can be used to estimate the compounds (pesticides) : test methods for
proportion of extraneous water in milk. crude extract purification and confirmation
Calculation of the amount of extraneous water is This part of ISO 3890⎪IDF 75 specifies test
subject to daily and seasonal variations, and is not methods for the purification of the crude extracts
within the scope of this International Standard. obtained by the general methods given in ISO
Results obtained from samples with a titratable 3890-1⎪IDF 75-1. It also gives recommended
acidity exceeding 20 ml of 0,1 mol/l sodium methods for the determination of the residues of
hydroxide solution per 10 g of non-fat solids are organochlorine compounds in milk and milk
not representative of the original milk. products, together with confirmatory tests and
ISO 5764:2009 clean-up procedures.
Gr. J (ISO 3890-2:2009)
Gr. P

109
SLS 735 PART 26: 2023 SLS 741 Part 1:1986
Methods of tests for milk and milk products : Carbon brushes for electrical machines -
determination of lead content — graphite Definitions, principal dimensions and
furnace atomic absorption spectrometric terminations of brushes
method Covers the definitions, dimensions and
This Technical Specification describes a method terminations of carbon brushes for use on
for the quantitative determination of the total lead cylindrical commutators and slip rings of Page | 110
content in milk and milk products. The detection electrical machines.
limit of the method, defined as three times the LKR 200.00
standard deviation of the blank determination, is
0,001 mg/kg for liquid products and 0,01 mg/kg SLS 741 Part 2:1986
for solid products if dry ashing is applied. For Carbon brushes for electrical machines -
pressurized wet mineralization, these figures are Methods of test for physical properties
the same for test portions containing 0,2 g of dry Specifies the procedures for measurement of the
matter. Microwave mineralization allows for electrical resistance of brush-flexible connection
larger test portions, and detection limits are and the pull strength of tamped or moulded
accordingly lower.(ISO/TS 6733:2006) connection.
Gr. G LKR 150.00

SLS 736:1986 SLS 742:2021

Methods for the determination of moisture Skin creams and lotions for babies
content of green coffee (Second Revision)
Specifes a routine method for the determination Prescribes the requirements and methods of
of moisture content of green coffee. sampling and test for skin creams and lotions for
(=ISO 1447:1978) babies with or without herbs/ herbal extracts and
Gr.A medicated skin creams and lotions for babies. It
does not prescribe requirements related to
SLS 737:1986 therapeutic/ medicinal claims and efficacy of
Buns skin creams and lotions for babies. Skin gels are
Prescribes the requirements and methods of test not covered
and sampling for buns. 22 Pages, Gr.9
10 pages, Gr.5
SLS 743:2021
SLS 738:1986 Skin creams and lotions (Second Revision)
Shampoo Prescribes the requirements and methods of
(Superseded by SLS 1346) sampling and test for skin creams and lotions with
or without herbs/ herbal extracts.
SLS 739:1986 22 Pages, Gr.9
Unshelled groundnut
Prescribes the requirements and methods of SLS 744:1986
sampling and test for fresh unshelled groundnut Coloured lead pencils
(Arachis hypogaea L). Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling
9 pages, Gr.5 and test for coloured lead pencils for ordinary and
official use.Does not cover pencils having a
SLS 740:1986 combination of two colours.
Automotive radiator cores 16 pages, Gr.4
Covers the dimensions, general requirements and
methods of test for automotive radiator cores for
use on motor cars, trucks, tractors and other
machinery.
9 pages, Gr.5

110
SLS 745 Part 1:2004 SLS 748:2014
Code of practice for the design and Ground rock - phosphate (fertilizer grade)
construction of septic tanks and associated (First revision)
effluent disposal systems - Small systems Prescribes the requirements and methods of
disposing to ground sampling and test for ground rock-phosphate of
(First revision) fertilizer grade.
Covers the design, construction, testing and 9 Pages, Gr.5 Page | 111
maintenance of septic tanks for the dosposal of
dometic wastewater including allwaste, SLS 749:2013
blackwater and greywater systems for small Thinner for cellulose nitrate based paints and
installations disposing effluent intothe ground lacquers
and is limited to systems producing an average (First revision)
daily effluent flow of 5 m3/ day or less. Prescribes the requirements and methods of
34 pages, Gr.15 sampling and test for thinner for cellulose nitrate
based paints and lacquers.
SLS 745 Part 2:2009 13 pages, Gr.7
Code of practice for the design and
construction of septic tanks and associated SLS 750 Part 1:1986
effluent disposal systems - Systems disposing Aluminium conductors for overhead power
to surface, systems for on-site effluent reuse transmission purposes - Aluminium stranded
and larger systems disposing to ground conductors
(First revision) Applies to aluminium stranded conductors for use
Covers the design, construction, testing and in overhead power transmission.
maintenance of septic tanks for the disposal of AMD No. 1 (AMD 210:1996)
domestic wastewater including allwaste, 13 pages, Gr. 7
blackwater and greywater systems. Recommends
guideline for the selection, design, construction SLS 750 Part 2:1988
and maintenance of systems for the on-site Aluminium conductors for overhead power
disposal of effluents from septic tanks. transmission purposes - Aluminium
46 pages, Gr.17 conductors, steel-reinforced
Lays down requirements and methods of test for
SLS 746:1986 aluminium conductors, steel-reinforced for
Shovels overhead power transmission.
Covers requirements of general purpose shovels LKR 200.00
of the type, square mouth and round mouth.
15 pages, Gr.8 SLS 751:1986
Plywood panels for tea chests
SLS 747 Part 1:1986 Covers the requirements of plywood panels used
Fixed capacitors used in electronic equipment- in the manufacture of plywood tea chests in
General requirements accordance to SLS 378.
Prescribes the general requirements and methods 15 pages, Gr.8
of test applcable to different types of fixed
capacitors, intended for use in electronic and SLS 752:1986
other similar equipment. Rating and fire testing of fire extinguishers
LKR 350.00 Sets out the fire testing and rating of fire
extinguishers use in exitingurshing fires as
classified in SLS 550.
11 pages, Gr.6

111
SLS 753:1986 SLS 757:2011
Axes Staple spun polyester sewing thread
Covers the requirements and methods of test of (Second revision)
the types of felling axes and hand axes used for Prescribes the requirements, and methods of
cleaving or chopping trees, wood etc. sampling and test for staple spun sewing thread
12 pages, Gr.6 of polyester. This standard does not cover grey
threads. Page | 112
SLS 754:1986 17 pages Gr.9
Code of practice for packaging of pesticides
(Superseded by SLS 1314) SLS 758:1986
Gent’s knitted briefs
SLS 755 Part 1:1986 Prescribes the requirements and methods of
Copper and copper alloys - code of designation sampling and test for gent’s cotton, cotton-
- Designation of materials synthetic blended, and 100 per cent synthetic
Relates to the designation of coppers and copper knitted briefs.
alloys in terms of their material composition. 14 pages, Gr.7
(=ISO 1190/1:1982)
Gr.A SLS 759:1986 (2015) (Reaffirmed)
SLS 755 Part 2:1986 Chlorinated lime (bleaching powder) and
Copper and copper alloys - code of designation calcium hypochlorite
- Designation of temper Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling
Relates to the designation of coppers, alloyed and test for chlorinated lime and calcium
coppers and copper alloys in terms of their hypochlorite used for bleaching, sterilization and
temper.(=ISO 1190/2:1982) disinfection.
Gr.A AMD No. 1 (AMD 96:1987)
AMD No. 2 (AMD 185:1995)
SLS 756 Part 1:1986 AMD No. 3 (AMD 504:2017)
General requirements for sprayers - AMD No. 4 (AMD 594:2023)
Connection threading for sprayers AMD No 5 (AMD 594: 2023)
Specifies the essential dimensions of connection 12 pages, Gr.6
threading for sprayers for crop protection to cover
existing and foreseeable needs. It applies to spray SLS 760:2016
tips, nozzles, pressure regulators and nuts of Synthetic laundry detergent powder
sprayers. (First revision)
(=ISO 4102:1984) Prescribes the requirements and methods of
Gr.A sampling and test for synthetic laundry detergent
powder for use in domestic laundering machines
SLS 756 Part 2:1986 and in hand laundering. It is not applicable tosoap
General requirements for sprayers - based laundry poeders and nappy washing
Connection dimension for nozzles powder.
manometers 23 pages Gr.11
Specifies the main connecting dimensions to
allow interchangeability of nozzles and SLS 761 Part 1:1986
manometers. Methods of test for rubber or plastic coated
(=ISO 8169:1984) fabrics - Determination of roll characteristics
Gr.B of rubber or plastic coated fabrics
(Superseded by SLS 1354-1-3)

112
SLS 761 Part 2:1986 SLS 761 Part 7 Section 1:2014
Methods of test for rubber or plastic coated Methods of test for rubber or plastic coated
fabrics - Determination of tear resistance of fabrics - Determination of bursting strength -
rubber or plastic coated fabrics Steel ball method
(Superseded by SLS 1355-1-2) (Second revision)
Specifies a method for the determination of the
SLS 761 Part 3:2005 bursting strength of rubber- or plastics coated Page | 113
Methods of test for rubber or plastic coated fabrics, using a mechanically operated steel ball.
fabrics - Determination of breaking strength (=ISO 3303 - 1:2012)
and elongation at break of rubber or plastic Gr.B
coated fabrics
(First revision) SLS 761 Part 7 Section 2:2014
Describes two methods for the determination of Methods of test for rubber or plastic coated
the tensile strength of fabrics coated with rubber fabrics - Determination of bursting strength -
or plastics.(=ISO 1421:1998) Hydraulic method
Gr.F (Second revision)
Specifies a method for the determination of the
SLS 761 Part 4:2005 bursting strength of rubber- or plastics coated
Methods of test for rubber or plastic coated fabrics, using one of two types of diaphragm
fabrics - Determination of resistance to bursting tester, designated type A and B, both
damage by flexing (dynamic method) of operated by hydraulic pressure. The type A test
rubber or plastic coated fabrics machine is applicable to materials having
(First revision) bursting strengths ranging from 350 kPa to 5 500
Describes three methods of assessing the kPa and the type B test machine is applicable to
resistance of coated fabrics to dam-age by materials of bursting strengths ranging from 70
repeated flexing. kPa to 1 400 kPa.
(=ISO 7854:1995) (=ISO 3303-2:2012)
Gr.E Gr.C

SLS 761 Part 5:2005 SLS 762:1986

Methods of test for rubber or plastic coated Electroplated coatings of chromium for
fabrics - Standard atmospheres for engineering applications
conditioning and testing of rubber or plastic Specifies requirements for electroplated coatings
coated fabrics of hard chromium with or without undercoats on
(First revision) ferrous and non-ferrous metals for engineering
Specifies the requirements for conditionining and applications.
methods of conditioning employed for rubber - or LKR 250.00
plastics - coated fabrics.
(=ISO 2231:1989) SLS 763:1986
Gr.A Timber battens for plywood tea chests
Covers requirements of timber battens used in the
SLS 761 Part 6:2005 manufacture of plywood tea chests as specified in
Methods of test for rubber or plastic coated SLS 378.
fabrics - Determination of coating adhesion of 13 pages, Gr.7
rubber or plastic coated fabrics
(First revision) SLS 764:1986
Specifies a method of determining the coating File cords
adhesion strength of coated fabrics. Prescribes the requirements and methods of
(=ISO 2411:2000) sampling and test for file cords used for fastening
Gr.F loose papers.
11 pages, Gr.6

113
SLS 765:1986 (2009) (Reaffirmed) SLS 771:1986
Methods of test for the stretch and recovery Code of practice for reception of television
properties of fabrics broadcasting
Covers woven, warp-knitted and weft-knitted Covers recommendations regarding the
fabrics and particularly to stretch fabrics such as provisions of antenna systems and cabled
those obtained by the use of elastomeric fabrics distribution systems for ensuring good reception
or bulked yarns, or by a process such as slack of television broadcasts. Also includes the Page | 114
mercerization. protection of such systems against atmospheric
7 pages, Gr.4 electricity, danger from electric shock, fire and
other hazards.
SLS 766:1986 (2001) (Reaffirmed) 16 pages, Gr.8
Plain woven cotton shirting (handloom)
prescribes requirements, methods of sampling SLS 772:1987 (S)
and tests for striped or checked, dyed or printed Treacle
cotton shirting. (Withdrawn & Replaced by SLS 1701 Parts)
10 pages, Gr.5
SLS 773:1987 (S)
SLS 767:1986 Cheese
Plain woven cotton shirting (powerloom) Prescribes the requirements and methods of
Prescribes requirements, methods of sampling sampling and test for cheese.
and tests for bleached, mercerized, dyed, printed, AMD No. 1 (AMD 197:1995)
striped or checked cotton shirting. 12 pages, Gr.6
10 pages, Gr.5
SLS 774:1987
SLS 768:2021 Methods of test for knitted fabric construction
Petrol for motor vehicles Prescribes methods of test for warp knitted and
(Second revision) weft knitted fabric construction.
Prescribes the requirements and methods of test 22 pages, Gr.11
for petrol/gasoline suitable for use as a fuel for
vehicles having petrol engines. This standard SLS 775:1987
does not include aviation gasoline (avgas) Tolerance limits for marine coastal waters
supplied for use in aircraft. liable to pollution
9 pages, Gr.5 Prescribes tolerance limits and methods of
sampling and test for marine coastal waters liable
SLS 769:1986 for pollution.
Hand hammers 11 pages, Gr.6
Covers the requirements for hand hammers of 13
types, together with handles. SLS 776:1987
27 pages, Gr.13 Tolerance limits for industrial effluents
discharged on land for irrigation purposes
SLS 770:1986 Prescribes tolerance limits and methods of
Spray lance for manually operated sprayers sampling and test for industrial effluents
Lays down material, dimensions, workmanship, discharged on land for irrigation purposes.
marking and sampling requirements for spray 11 pages, Gr.6
lance used in discharge line of manually operated
sprayers. SLS 777:2009
10 pages, Gr.5 Crayons and pastels
(Second revision)
Prescribes requirements, methods of sampling
and tests for crayons and pastels used for drawing
purposes. Crayons and pastels used for marking

114
on timber and fabrics are not covered by this. SLS 782 Part 2:1987
Pastel pencils and water-soluble pastels are not Copper and copper alloys - terms and
covered. definitions -Unwrought products (refinery
15 pages, Gr.11 shapes)
Gives terms for and definitions of unwrought
SLS 778:1987 products of copper and copper alloys and copper
(=ISO 197/2:1983) Page | 115
Kaolin for the paint industry
Prescribes requirements, methods of sampling Gr.A
and tests for kaolin used as an extender in the
paint industry. SLS 782 Part 3:1987
10 pages, Gr.5 Copper and copper alloys - terms and
definitions -Wrought products
SLS 779:1987 Gives terms for definitions of wrought products
Methods of test for meat and meat products - of copper and copper alloys.
determination of fat content (=ISO 197/3:1983)
Describes two methods for the determination of Gr.C
total fat content.
Method 1 - Reference method SLS 782 Part 4:1987
(=ISO 1443:1973) Copper and copper alloys - terms and
Method 2 - Routine method definitions -Castings
(Supersedes SLS 296:1974) Gives terms for and definitions of castings made
12 pages, Gr.6 from copper and copper alloys.
(=ISO 197/4:1983)
SLS 780:1987 Gr.A
Methods of test for meat and meat products -
determination of total phosphorus content SLS 782 Part 5:1987
Describes a reference method for the Copper and copper alloys - terms and
determination of the total phosphorus content of definitions -Methods of processing and
meat and meat products. treatment
(=ISO 2294:1974) Gives terms and definitions relating to methods
9 pages, Gr.5 of processing and treatment in the field of copper
and copper alloys.
SLS 781:1987 (=ISO 197/5:1980)
Float operated diaphragm type brass bodied Gr.A
valves
(excluding floats) SLS 783 Part 1:1987
Covers materials, workmanship, construction, Methods of test for brake lining materials -
dimensions, performance and sampling Method for measurement of compressibility of
requirements for brass bodied float operated lining
diaphragm type valves, having inlet shank thread material
sizes designated as 3/8 and 1/2, to be used with Specifies a method for testing and measuring the
seat sizes of 3.0 mm to 10.0 mm in bore. compressibility of brake linings.
26 pages, Gr.12 (=ISO 6310:1981)

SLS 782 Part 1:1987 SLS 783 Part 2:1987 (2005) (Reaffirmed)
Copper and copper alloys - terms and Methods of test for brake lining materials -
definitions -Materials Method for measurement of internal shear
Gives terms for and definitions of materials in the strength of
field of copper alloys and copper. lining material
(=ISO 197/1:1983) Specifies a method of measuring the internal
Gr.B shear strength (stress) of brake lining materials.

115
It applies to friction materials for disc brake pads SLS 784:1987
and drum brake linings to be used on road vehicle Cone fan and deflector (impact) type
brakes.(=ISO 6311:1980) hydraulic spray nozzles for pest control
Gr.A equipment
Covers material, constructional, dimensional,
SLS 783 Part 3:1987 marking, testing and sampling requirements for
Methods of test for brake lining materials - cone, fan and deflector (impact) type nozzles Page | 116
Method for measurement of shear strength of used with equipment for spraying pesticides and
disc brake pad and drum brake shoe agrochemicals.
assemblies 17 pages, Gr.9
Describes a method for measuring the shear
strength of disc brake pad and drum brake shoe SLS 785:1987
assemblies with regard to the adhesive/bond Portable fire extinguishers - powder type
connection between the brake lining material and Specifies requirements regarding capacity,
the lining carrier. principal materials, construction, method of
(=ISO 6312:1981) operation, performance and tests for portable fire
extinguishers of the powder type. It covers the
SLS 783 Part 4:1987 (2005) (Reaffirmed) gas cartridge type and stored pressure types.
Methods of test for brake lining materials - LKR 200.00
Method for determining effects of heat on
dimensions and form of disc brake pads SLS 786:2007
Specifies a combined method of measuring disc Metallic coatings - measurement of coating
brake pads to determine their dimensional thickness - coulometric method by anodic
changes in relation to temperature and their dissolution
resistance to heat transfer. (First evision)
(=ISO 6313:1980) Describes a coulometric method, by anodic
Gr.B dissolution, for measuring the thickness of
metallic coatings. It is only applicable to
SLS 783 Part 5:1987 (2005) (Reaffirmed) conductive coatings. This standard is also
Methods of test for brake lining materials - applicable to multi-layer systems,
Method for determining resistance to water, eg. Cu-Ni-Cr.
saline solution, oil and brake fluid of brake (=ISO 2177:2003)
lining material Gr.G
Specifies a laboratory method for exposing
samples to detrimental environments, measuring SLS 787:1987
the effect on strength and shape and comparing Non-magnetic coatings on magnetic substrates
the results with those from uncontaminated - measurement of coating thickness - magnetic
samples. method
(=ISO 6314:1980) Specifies the method of using coating thickness
Gr.A instruments of the magnetic type for non
destructive measurements of the thickness of
SLS 783 Part 6:1987 (2005) (Reaffirmed) non-magnetic coatings (including vitreous and
Methods of test for brake lining materials - porcelain enamel coatings) on magnetic basis
Method for assessment of seizure to ferrous metals.
mating surface due to corrosion (=ISO 2178:1982)
Specifies a laboratory method for conditioning Gr.B
brake linings in an environment that will promote
corrosion, and a test method to assess the strength
of bond formed by corrosion.
(=ISO 6315:1980)
Gr.A

116
SLS 788:2007 extraction.(S. RATA KADJU; T.
Metallic and oxide coatings- measurement of NILAKADALAI)
coating thickness - microscopical method 10 pages, Gr.5
(First revision)
Specifies a method for the measurement of the SLS 794:1987 (S)
local thickness of metallic coatings, oxide layers, Black gram, whole
and porcelain or vitreous enamel coatings, by the Prescribes the requirements and methods of Page | 117
microscopical examination of cross-sections sampling and test for whole seeds of black gram
using an optical microscope. (Vigna mungo (L) Heppor). (S. UNDU; T.
(=ISO 1463:2003) ULUNDU).
Gr.F 9 pages, Gr.5

SLS 789:1987 SLS 795 Part 1:1987

325 ml glass bottles with 31.5 mm standard Coated fabrics - Polyvinyl chloride (PVC)
roll-on-pilferproof (ROPP) finish for edible coated woven fabrics for upholstery
products Prescribes the requirements and methods of
Prescribes the requirements and methods of sampling and test for PVC coated woven fabrics
sampling and test for glass bottles with 31.5 mm. used for upholstery.
ROPP finish having a nominal capacity of 325 ml 14 pages, Gr.7
used for packing edible products.
15 pages, Gr.8 SLS 795 Part 2:1988
Coated fabrics - Polyvinyl chloride (PVC)
SLS 790:1999 coated knitted fabrics for upholstery
Quick frozen cuttle fish and squid Prescribes the requirements and methods of
(First revision) sampling and test for PVC coated knitted fabrics
Prescribes the requirements, and methods of used for upholstery.
sampling and test for quick frozen cuttle fish and 11 pages, Gr.6
squid.
14 pages, Gr.6 SLS 795 Part 3:1989
Coated fabrics - Polyvinyl chloride (PVC)
SLS 791:1987 coated fabrics for water resistant clothing
Methods of measurement of roundwood Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling
timber and volume determination and test for fabrics coated on one side with a
The method of measurement is applicable to logs suitably plasticized coating, pigmented or
of any grade, debarked or unbarked. otherwise, of vinyl chloride or copolymer, the
LKR 550.00 major constituent of which is vinyl chloride and
which are intended for use in water resistant
SLS 792:1987 clothing.11 pages, Gr.6
Ceramic pedestal washdown water closet pans
and traps SLS 795 Part 4:2002
Lays down the requirements on sizes, Coated fabrics - Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC)
construction, dimensional tolerances and finish in coated woven fabrics for footwear industy
ceramic pedestal washdown water closet pans to Prescribes the requirements for PVC coated
be used with independent cisterns. fabrics for footwear industry coated on woven
LKR 150.00 (grey or dyed)fabrics.These coated fabrics may
be in plain, embossed, printed or in any other
SLS 793:1987 (S) surface finish. This standard does not cover
Groundnut (peanut) kernels requirements for PVC coated fabrics based on
Prescribes the requirements and methods of non-woven materials, knitted fabric backing and
sampling and test for groundnut (Arachis coating without a continuous skin.
hypogaea L.) kernels for table use and for oil 14 pages Gr.7

117
SLS 796:2021 SLS 802:1987 (S)
Shaving creams Buddhist flag
(First revision) Prescribes the design, constructional details and
prescribes the requirements and methods of other particulars of the Buddhist flag.
sampling and test for shaving creams of both 11 pages, Gr.6
lather type and non-lather (brushless) type. It
does not cover all types of aerosols, foams, gels SLS 803 Part 1:1987 Page | 118
and shaving oils used for shaving. This Spun polyester yarns - For weaving
Specification does not cover products, which do (conventional looms)
not qualify under the criteria for "cosmetics" on Prescribes the requirements and methods of
evaluation by the local regulatory authority. (See sampling and test for 100 per cent spun polyester
5.2.12 of SLS 1587). yarns intended for use in conventional looms.
14 pages, Gr. 8 7 pages, Gr.4

SLS 797:1987 SLS 803 Part 2:1990

Black offset ink for general purposes Spun polyester yarns - For knitting
Prescribes the requirements and methods of Prescribes the requirements and methods of
sampling and test for black offset ink, for general sampling and test for 100 per cent spun polyester
purposes. yarn intended for knitting.
10 pages, Gr.5 10 pages, Gr.5

SLS 798:2022 SLS 804:1987

Toilet paper Low protein natural rubber
(Second revision) Prescribes the requirements and methods of
Prescribes the requirements and methods of sampling and test for low protein natural rubber
sampling and test for toilet paper, also referred to (LPNR).
as toilet tissue. 9 pages, Gr.5
12 pages, Gr.7
SLS 805:1987
SLS 799:1987 Hand - operated cut-off devices for pest
Tolerance limits for inland surface waters for control and agrochemical spray equipment
fish culture Specifies minimum requirements for the release,
Prescribes the tolerance limits and methods of discharge and cut-off device used in discharge
sampling and test for inland surface waters for line of equipment used for spraying pesticides
fish culture. and agrochemicals.
7 pages, Gr.4
SLS 806:1987
SLS 800:1987 Mild steel wire for the manufacture of wood
Code for styles of fibreboard boxes screws
This code gives various styles of fibreboard Covers the requirements for mild steel wire,
boxes and fitments and methods of closure of generally cold drawn to sizes ranging from 1.0
fibreboard boxes. mm up to 12.5 mm diameter \suitable for the
24 pages, Gr.12 manufacture of wood screws by cold heading
process.LKR 150.00
SLS 801:1987 (S)
Corrugated fibreboard boxes SLS 807:1988
Prescribes the requirements and methods of Duplicating paper
sampling and test for corrugated fibreboard boxes Prescribes the requirements and methods of
for packaging of contents upto 75 kg in mass. sampling and test for duplicating paper.
13 pages, Gr.7 AMD No.1 (AMD 257:2000).
11 pages, Gr.6

118
SLS 808:1988 SLS 814 Part 2:2016
Method for sampling paper and board Electric fans and regulators - Safety
Prescribes the method of sampling of paper and requirements
board for the prpose of determining conformity of (Second revision)
a lot to the requirements of a relevant product Deals with the safety of electric fans for
standard. household and similar purposes, their rated
8 pages, Gr.4 voltage being not more than 250 V for single- Page | 119
phase appliances and 480 V for other appliances.
SLS 809:1988 (=IEC 60335-2-80:2015)
Recommended shipping marks for goods Gr.IM
Establishes standard shipping marks and sets out
guidelines for the use of information marks and SLS 815:1988 (S)
cargo handling marks. Portable fire extinguisher, water (stored
LKR 250.00 pressure) type
Lays down requirements regarding capacity,
SLS 810:1988 principal materials, construction, method of
Rubberized coir sheets for cushions and operation, performance and tests.
mattresses 16 pages, Gr.8
(Superseded by SLS 1333)
SLS 816:1988
SLS 811:1988 (S) Method for checking net contents of
Maldive fish prepackaged goods
Prescribes requirements and methods of sampling Specifies the requirements for statistical checking
and test for maldive fish prepared from fresh or of net contents of prepackaged consumer goods.
frozen fish of the tuna species. This standard is applicable to prepackaged goods
14 pages, Gr.7 where drained mass is declared.
17 pages, Gr.9
SLS 812:2014
Triple super – phosphate (fertilizer grade) SLS 817:1988
(First revision) Documentation - International Standards
Prescribes the requirements and method of Serial Numbering (ISSN)
sampling and test for triple super-phosphate, Provides a unique identification numbering
fertilizer grade. system for serial publications.
8 Pages, Gr.4 (=ISO 3297:1986)
Gr.D
SLS 813:1988
Mango nectar SLS 818:1988
(Superseded by SLS 1328) Screwed studs
Specifies the dimensional and mechanical
SLS 814 Part 1:1988 property requirements for plain carbon and low
Electric fans and regulators - Performance alloy steel, screwed studs with metric threads in
Covers the performance requirements for ceiling, diameter from 3 mm to 39 mm inclusive intended
pedestal, table type fans, oscillating or non- for general purpose applications.
oscillating type and other asociated regulators, 24 pages, Gr.12
inended for use on single phase a.c. or d.c. circuits
at voltages not exceeding 250 V. SLS 819:1988
(Corrigendum) Tolerance limits for effluents from raw rubber
(AMD No 1(AMD 537:2020) industry
16 pages, Gr.8 Prescribes tolerance limits and methods of
sampling and test for effluents from latex
concentrate, standard lanka rubber (SLR), crepe

119
rubber and ribbed smoked sheets (RSS) solid or stranded conductor and PVC-insulation,
processing factories after treatment before used for internal wiring of telephone and
dilution at the point of discharge into inland telegraph exchanges, electronic and other
surface waters. equipment.
6 pages, Gr.4 12 pages, Gr.6

SLS 820:1988 SLS 821 Part 4:1990 Page | 120

Tolerance limits for effluents from tanning Low frequency cables and wires with PVC
industry insulation and PVC sheath for
Prescribes tolerance limits and methods of telecommunication - Equipment wires with
sampling and test for effluents from tanning solid or stranded conductors unscreened in
industry after treatment before dilution at the pairs, triples, quads, quintuples
point of discharge into inland surface waters and Gives details of construction, materials,
marine coastal waters. dimensions and requirements for unscreened
6pages, Gr.3 equipment wires with solid or stranded
conductors, and insulated with PVC used inside
SLS 821 Part 1:1988 telephone and telegraph exchanges and for the
Low frequency cables and wires with PVC internal wiring of other electronic equipment.
insulation and PVC sheath for 9 pages, Gr.5
telecommunication -
General requirements and tests SLS 821 Part 5:1990
Low frequency cables and wires having Low frequency cables and wires with PVC
insulation and sheath made of polyvinyl chloride insulation and PVC sheath for
and designed for use inside plant and equipment telecommunication - Cables with solid or
used in telecommunication and electronics. stranded conductors, screened and sheathed,
31 pages, Gr.14 one pair
Gives details of construction, materials,
SLS 821 Part 2:1988 dimensions and requirements for screened and
Low frequency cables and wires with PVC sheathed single pair cables used inside telephones
insulation and PVC sheath for and telegraph exchanges and for the internal
telecommunication - Equipment wires with wiring of electronic and other equipment.
solid or stranded conductors, unscreened, 11 pages, Gr.6
single
Gives details of construction, materials, SLS 822:1988
dimensions and requirements for unscreened, Tolerance limits for effluents from textile
single equipment wires with solid or stranded industry
conductor, PVC insulated used for internal wiring Prescribes tolerance limits and methods of
of transmission equipment, telephone and sampling and test for effluents from textile
telegraph equipment, and other electronic factories after treatment before dilution at the
equipment. point of discharge into inland surface waters.
9 pages, Gr.5 6 pages, Gr.3

SLS 821 Part 3:1989 SLS 823:2014

Low frequency cables and wires with PVC Dolomite (fertilizer grade)
insulation and PVC sheath for (First revision)
telecommunication - Cables and equipment Prescribes the requirements and methods of
wires with solid or stranded conductors sampling and test for dolomite of fertilizer grade.
screened, single 8 Pages, Gr.4
Gives details of construction, materials,
dimensions, and requirements for screened cables
and screened equipment wires, all with a single

120
SLS 824 Part 1:2017 SLS 826:1988
Fermented milk products - Curd Rubber weatherstrips for automobiles
(First revision) Prescribes the requirements and methods of
Prescribes the requirements and methods of sampling and test for four types of rubber
sampling and test for curd. weatherstrips for automobiles.
11 Pages, Gr.6 11 pages, Gr.6
Page | 121
SLS 824 Part 2:2018 SLS 827:1988
Fermented milk products - Yoghurt Method for microscopic examination of
(First revision) ground chillies
Prescribes the requirements and methods of Prescribes the morphological and anatomical
sampling structure of chillie fruit and a method for
and test for yoghurt. examination of anatomical structure of ground
17 pages, Gr.8 (powdered) chillies. It also prescribes a method
for the detection of common adulterants in
SLS 825 Part 1 ground (powdered) chillies by microscopic
Quality management and quality assurance examination.
systems 27 pages, Gr.16
(Superseded by SLS ISO 9000)
SLS 828: 2022
SLS 825 Part 2:1988 Specification for household and similar
Quality management and quality assurance electrical appliances – safety –particular
systems - Guidelines for selection and use requirements for battery charges
(Superseded by SLS ISO 9000) (First Revision)
Deals with the safety of electric battery chargers
SLS 825 Part 3:1988 for household and similar use having an output
Quality management and quality assurance not exceeding 250 V ripple-free direct current,
systems - Quality system in their rated voltage being not more than 250 V.
design/development, production, installation Battery chargers intended for charging batteries
and servicing in a household end use application outside the
(Superseded by SLS ISO 9001) scope of the IEC 60335 series of standards are
within the scope of this standard. Requirements
SLS 825 Part 4:1988 for battery chargers for use by children at least 8
Quality management and quality assurance years old without supervision are given in Annex
systems - Quality system in production and AA. Battery chargers not intended for normal
installation household use, but which nevertheless may be a
(Superseded by SLS ISO 9002) source of danger to the public, such as battery
chargers intended for use in garages, shops, light
SLS 825 Part 5:1988 industry and on farms, are within the scope of this
Quality management and quality assurance standard. As far as is practicable, this standard
systems - Quality system in final inspection deals with the common hazards presented by
and tests appliances that are encountered by all persons in
(Superseded by SLS ISO 9003) and around the home. However, in general, it
does not take into account – persons (including
SLS 825 Part 6:1988 children) whose • physical, sensory or mental
Quality management and quality assurance capabilities; or • lack of experience and
systems - Quality management and quality knowledge prevents them from using the
system elements appliance safely without supervision or
(Superseded by SLS ISO 9004) instruction ;– children playing with the appliance.
(IEC 60335-2-29:2019)
Gr. M

121
SLS 829:2009 SLS 835:2010
Galvanized steel pipes and sockets Polyethylene garbage bags
(First revision) (First revision)
Specifies dimensional, physical and mechanical Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling
properties, galvanizing requirements and testing and test for polyethylene garbage bags. It does
requirements for light, medium and heavy duty not cover degradable polyethylene garbage bags.
threaded or plain ended galvenized steel pipes AMD No. 1 (AMD 443:2013) Page | 122
and sockets for non-pressure general engineering 10 pages, Gr.5
applications.AMD No. 1 (AMD 423:2011)
(Corrigendum No 1) 20 pages, Gr.10 SLS 836 Part 1:1988
Methods of testing small clear specimens of
SLS 830 timber - Sampling methods and physical tests
Lever-operated knapsack sprayers Prescribes methods of conducting physical tests
(Withdrawn) (superseded by sls iso 19932-2 and on small clear specimens of timber free from
sls iso 1608-1) visible defects for the provision of data for the
determination and comparison of properties of
SLS 831:1988 the different species of timber and for the
Portable fire extinguishers - foam type determination of suitability of timber for specific
(mechanical) end uses.
Lays down requirements regarding capacity, LKR 350.00
principal materials, construction, method of
operation, performance and tests of portable fire SLS 837:1988
extinguishers of foam type (mechanical) of either Knitted fabrics for gent’s and ladies
stored pressure or gas cartridge type. underwear
17 pages, Gr.9 Prescribes the requirements and methods of
sampling and test for fabric made from yarn of
SLS 832:1988 100 per cent cotton, cotton synthetic blends and
Ceramic sinks 100 per cent regenerated cellulose such as viscose
Covers the requirements on construction, and its blends.
dimensions, finish and methods of sampling of AMD No. 1 (AMD 175:1995)
ceramic sinks generally used in kitchens and AMD No. 2 (AMD 208:1995)
laboratories. 12 pages, Gr.6
LKR 150.00
SLS 838 Part 1:1988
SLS 833:2008 Base fabrics for polymer coating - Woven
Code of acceptance tests for centrifugal, mixed fabrics for upholstery
flow and axial pumps Prescribes the requirements and methods of
Specifies hydraulic performance tests for sampling and test for cotton woven base fabrics
acceptance of rotodynamic pumps (centrifugal, suitable to manufacture polymer fabrics for
mixed flow and axial pumps). It is applicable to upholstery.
pumps of any size and to any pumped liquids 8 pages, Gr.5
behaving as clean cold water.
(=ISO 9906:1999) SLS 838 Part 2:1990
Gr. V Base fabrics for polymer coating - Weft
knitted fabrics for upholstery
SLS 834:1988 Prescribes the requirements and methods of
Typewriting paper sampling and test for weft knitted base fabrics
Prescribes the requirements and methods of from suitable yarn for manufacture of polymer-
sampling and test for typewriting paper. coated fabrics for upholstery.
AMD No. 1 (AMD 258:2000) 8 pages, Gr.4
9 pages, Gr.5

122
SLS 839:1988 SLS 844:1989 (S)
Nylon mosquito netting for domestic use Abrasive paper
Prescribes the requirements and methods of Prescribes the requirements and methods of
sampling and test for bleached or dyed, nylon sampling and test for abrasive paper for general
mosquito netting.AMD No. 1 (AMD 174:1995) manual applications.13 pages, Gr.7
10 pages, Gr.5
SLS 845:1989 (S) Page | 123
SLS 840:1988 Gelatine (food grade)
Methods of test for meat and meat products - Prescribes the requirements and methods of
determination of starch content sampling and test for gelatine (food grade) which
Describes a reference method and a routine is also known as edible gelatine.
method for the determination of the starch AMD No.1(AMD 276:2001)
content. 26 pages, Gr.12
(=ISO 5554:1978)
Gr.C SLS 846:1989 (2010) (Reaffirmed)
Stamp pad ink
SLS 841:1988 Prescribes the requirements and methods of
Test fingers and test probes sampling and test for stamp pad ink used for
Specifies the details and dimensions of standard stamping with rubber stamp off fabric or foam
test fingers, probes and similar devices. It also pads.
prescribes their general use in testing for 14 pages, Gr.7
protection against electrical, mechanical or
thermal hazard due to contact through openings SLS 847 Part 1:1989
in electrical equipment and accessories. Cement bricks - Requirements
18 pages, Gr.9 Deals with requirements for compliance and
specifies materials, sizes and dimensional
SLS 842:1988 tolerances and minimum performance levels for
Vocabulary for safety glasses for road vehicles cement bricks for construction work.
Defines terms relating to safety glasses for road LKR 150.00
vehicles.
(=ISO 3536/1:1975) SLS 847 Part 2:1989
Gr.A Cement bricks - Test methods
Specifies test methods for the determination of
SLS 843 Part 1:1988 crushing strength, dimensions, density, drying
Methods of test for safety glasses for road shrinkage, wetting expansion, absorption and
vehicles - Mechanical properties moisture content.
Specifies mechanical test methods relating to the LKR 200.00
safety requirements for all safety glasses in a road
vehicle, whatever the type of glass or other SLS 848 Part 1:1989
material of which they are composed. Wood poles for overhead power and
(=ISO 3537:1975) telecommunication lines - Terminology of
Gr.D wood poles
Deals with terminology applicable to wood poles.
SLS 843 Part 2:1988 7 pages, Gr.4
Methods of test for safety glasses for road
vehicles - Optical properties SLS 848 Part 2:1989
Specifies optical test methods relating to the Wood poles for overhead power and
safety requirements for all safety glasses in a road telecommunication lines - Selection and
vehicle, whatever the type of glass or other preparation of wood poles for treatment
material of which they are composed. Stipulates species, and specifies the selection
(=ISO 3538:1978) criteria of wood poles for preservative treatment.

123
It also deals with seasoning, marking, storage, SLS 850 Part 3:1989
and handling. Plain bearings - Dimensions, tolerances and
AMD No. 1 (AMD 123:1989) methods of checking of wrapped bushes
18 pages, Gr. 9 Lays down the main dimensions and tolerances of
a range of wrapped bushes, with external
SLS 848 Part 3:1989 diameters of between 6 and 150 mm for plain
bearings.(=ISO 3547:1976) Page | 124
Wood poles for overhead power and
telecommunication lines - Design data and Gr.D
pole classes
Covers basis of design and design data for both SLS 850 Part 4:1989
unstayed and stayed poles. It also specifies Plain bearings - Dimensions, tolerances and
dimensions of pole classes for species listed in methods of checking of thin-walled half
Part 2 of this standard. bearings
LKR 300.00 Lays down the main dimensions and tolerances
for a range of thin-walled half bearings
SLS 848 Part 4:1989 (=ISO 3548:1978)
Wood poles for overhead power and Gr.E
telecommunication lines - Determination of
mechanical and physical properties of poles SLS 850 Part 5:1989 (2004) (Reaffirmed)
Specifies tests to determine fit stress in bending, Plain bearings - Dimensions and tolerances of
modulus of elasticity, rate of group relative ring type thrust washers made from strip
density and density of tapered solid wood poles. Specifies a range of thrust washers for general
21 pages, Gr.11 purpose use with wrapped bushes.
(=ISO 6525:1983)
SLS 849:1989 Gr.B
Standard colours for low-frequency cables
and wires SLS 850 Part 6:1989 (2004) (Reaffirmed)
Applies to thermoplastic insulation to be used Plain bearings - Features and tolerances of
with low-frequency cables and wires. bimetallic half thrust washers
(=IEC 60304:1982) Specifies the main features and lays down
Gr.IB tolerances for pressed bimetallic half thrust
washers having an outside diameter up to 160
SLS 850 Part 1:1989 mm.
Plain bearings - Sintered bronze bushes (=ISO 6526:1983)
Specifies dimensions and tolerances applicable to Gr.C
sintered bearings of three ranges of inside
diameters. SLS 850 Part 7:1989
(=ISO 2795:1986) Plain bearings - Dimensions, tolerances and
Gr.B methods of checking of thin-walled flanged
half bearings
SLS 850 Part 2:1989 Lays down the main dimensions and tolerances
Plain bearings - Dimensions and tolerances of for thin-walled flanged half bearings used in
solid copper alloy bushes reciprocating machinery.
Specifies dimensions and tolerances applicable to (=ISO 6864:1984)
solid copper alloy bushes cylindrical and flanged, Gr.D
in the range 6 to 200 mm inside diameters.
(=ISO 4379:1978) SLS 851:1989 (S)
Gr.C Maize (corn)
Prescribes the requirements and methods of
sampling and test for maize (Zea mays L.).
8 pages, Gr.4

124
SLS 852:1989 operation, performance and tests of portable fire
School drawing books extinguishers of halon (stored pressure) type.
Prescribes the requirements and methods of LKR 200.00
sampling and test for school drawing books.
AMD No 01 (AMD 459:2013) SLS 858:2019
11 pages, Gr.6 Rice noodles (rice vermicelli)
(First Revision) Page | 125
SLS 853 prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling
Dried whole chillies and test for rice noodles (rice vermicelli).
(Superseded by SLS 1563) Gr.7

SLS 854:1989 SLS 859 Part 1:1989

Tolerance limits for emissions from sulfuric Preservative treatment with coal tar creosote
acid plants of wood poles for overhead power and
Prescribes the limits, methods of test and telecommunication lines - Treatment
sampling for gaseous emissions from sulfuric processes
acid plants. Specifies processes for preservation of wood
12 pages, Gr.6 poles by pressure impregnation with creosote and
includes requirements of creosote, preparation of
SLS 855 Part 1:1989 (S) poles for treatment and processes of treatment
Cement blocks - Requirements prescribed values of net retention and penetration
Deals with requirements for compliance and and handling of wood poles after treatment
specifies materials, sizes and dimensional 13 pages, Gr.7
tolerances and minimum performance levels for
cement blocks used for constructional purposes. SLS 859 Part 2:1989
AMD No. 1 (AMD 164:1994) Preservative treatment with coal tar creosote
Errata-slip of wood poles for overhead power and
19 pages, Gr.10 telecommunication lines - Test methods
Specifies test methods related to the preservative
SLS 855 Part 2:1989 treatment with creosote of wood poles for
Cement blocks - Test methods overhead power and tele- communication lines.
Specifies test methods for the determination of 22 pages, Gr.11
crushing strength, dimensions, volume of
cavities, density, net area, drying shrinkage, SLS 860:1989
wetting expansion, absorption and moisture Potassium metabisulfite (food grade)
content. Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling
21 pages, Gr.11 and test for food grade potassium metabisulfite
(potassium yrosulfite) used in the food industry
SLS 856:1989 as an antimicrobial preservative.
Automotive brake linings 13 pages, Gr.7
Covers terminology, dimensions, and other
general requirements for automotive brake SLS 861:1989
linings. It also covers various tests and the Sodium bisulfite and sodium metabisulfite
coefficient of friction for different types and (food grade)
classes of brake linings. Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling
21 pages, Gr.11 and test for food grade sodium bisulfite (sodium
hydrogen sulfite, sodium acid sulfite) and food
SLS 857:1989 grade sodium metabisulfite (sodium pyrosulfite)
Portable fire extinguishers - (halon) type which are used as antimicrobial preservatives in
Lays down requirements regarding capacity, the food industry.
principal materials, construction, method of 13 pages, Gr.7

125
SLS 862:2017 SLS 867:1989
Palm kernel oil Polyester blended sarongs
(First revision) Prescribes the requirements and methods of
Prescribes the requirements and methods of sampling and test for bleached, dyed, printed,
sampling and test of palm kernel oil derived from striped or checked arongs made from yarn
the kernels of the fruit of oil palm (Elaeis manufactured by blending polyester staple fibre
guineensis Jacq) tree by the process of expression with cotton or any other regenerated cellulose Page | 126
and/or extraction. fibre.
9 Pages, Gr.5 11 pages, Gr. 6

SLS 863 Part 1:1989 SLS 868:1989

Cement concrete tiles - Specification for Printing paper and writing paper
manufacture Prescribes the requirements and methods of
Covers requirements for cement concrete floor sampling and test for printing paper and writing
tiles and wall tiles made with cement and paper. It excludes newsprint.
aggregate commonly referred to as pressed AMD No. 1 (AMD 259:2000)
cement tiles, but excludes terrazzo tiles. 12 pages, Gr.6
13 pages, Gr.7
SLS 869:1989
SLS 863 Part 2:1989 Polyvinyl acetate (PVA) based adhesives
Cement concrete tiles - Test methods Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling
Specifies the tests to be conducted on cement and test for thermoplastic synthetic emulsion
concrete floor tiles and wall tiles. adhesives based on polyvinyl acetate (PVA)
13 pages, Gr.8 dispersions for use as a general purpose adhesive
and bonding agent.
SLS 864:1989 12 pages, Gr.6
Ceramic flushing cistern (low-level, valveless,
syphonic type with side connection) SLS 870:1989
Covers the requirements for water closet ceramic Latex foam rubber cushioning and mattresses
flushing cisterns with valveless siphons for low (Superseded by SLS 1334)
level.LKR 200.00
SLS 871 Part 1:1989
SLS 865:1989 Code for use of plastic materials for food
Steel stationery cupboards contact applications - General guidelines for
Specifies the requirements for material, manufacture
manufacture and test methods of steel stationery Prescribes procedures that should be followed
cupboards. during the various stages of production coating
13 pages, Gr.7 and printing of plastic items for food contact
applications.
SLS 866:2016 Gr.5
Sodium carbonate
(First revision) SLS 871 Part 2:1989
Prescribes the requirements, test methods and Code for use of plastic materials for food
sampling procedure for sodium carbonate of contact applications - Polyvinyl chloride
technical grade, general purpose reagent grade (PVC)
(GPR)/ laboratory reagent grade (LRG), Prescribes the homopolymers, copolymers,
analytical reagent grade (AR) and food grade. It manufacturing aids and additives permitted in
does not specify requirements for sodium polyvinyl chloride (PVC) used for food contact
carbonate intended for pharmaceutical and purposes.
photographic use. 16 pages, Gr.8
16 Pages, Gr.8

126
SLS 871 Part 3:1990 SLS 873 Part 1:2015
Code for use of plastic materials for food Code of hygienic practice for canned foods -
contact applications - Polyethylene (PE) Low acid canned foods
(Superseded by SLS 1614-3) (First revision)
Applies to the canning and heat processing of low
SLS 871 Part 4:1991 acid foods, packaged in hermetically sealed
Code for use of plastic materials for food containers. This Part does not apply to acidified Page | 127
contact applications - Polypropylene (PP) low acid foods and foods in hermetically sealed
(Superseded by SLS 1614-4) containers which require refrigeration.
46 Pages, Gr.17
SLS 871 Part 5:1992
Code for use of plastic materials for food SLS 873 Part 2:2015
contact applications - Polyethylene phthalate Code of hygienic practice for canned foods -
(PET) Acidified low acid canned foods
Prescribes the polymers, manufacturing aids and (First revision)
additives permitted in polyethylene phthalate Applies to the manufacture and processing of low
(PET) used for food contact applications. The acid canned foods which have been acidified,
permissible limits for residual monomers, fermented and/ or pickled prior to canning to have
manufacturing aids and additives present in the an equilibrium pH of 4.6 or less after heat
finished polymer/final compounds are also processing. These foods include but are not
specified. limited to, artichokes, beans, cabbage,
8 pages, Gr.4 cauliflower, cucumber, fish, olives (other than
ripe olives), peppers, puddings and tropical fruits,
SLS 871 Part 6:1992 singly or in combination. Does not apply to acid
Code for use of plastic materials for food beverages and foods, jams, jellies, preserves,
contact applications - Polystyrene (PS) salad dressings, vinegar, fermented dairy
Prescribes the polymers, manufacturing aids and products, acid foods that contain small amounts
additives permitted in polystyrene (PS) used for of low-acid foods.
food contact applications. Polystyrene plastics 15 pages, Gr.7
used for drug contact applications medical
preparations, toiletry products and pipes and SLS 874 Part 1:1990
fittings for water supply are not covered in this Steel products - Classification and definitions
code. Defines and classifies steel industry products
13 pages, Gr.7 according to their stage of manufacture, shape
and dimensions and appearance.
SLS 871 Part 7 27 pages, Gr.13
Code for use of plastic materials for food
contact applications - Colorants SLS 874 Part 2:1989
(withdrawn) (Superseded by SLS 1614-7) Steel products - Identification markings
Specifies the types of marking envisaged in
SLS 872:2009 situations where the quality standard or
Code of hygienic practice for dairy industry conditions of delivery do not contain any marking
(First revision) provision but it is nevertheless required to mark
A production processing and handling of milk the steel products.
and milk products. Where milk products are 8 pages, Gr.4
referred to in the code it is understood that this
term also includes composite milk products. This SLS 875:1989
code does not extend to the production of raw Identification markings of the contents of
drinking milk. industrial gas cylinders
48 pages, Gr.18 Establishes a system of marking for the
identification of the contents of gas cylinders

127
intended for industrial use of water capacity SLS 880:1989
exceeding 0.1 kg but not exceeding 500 kg. It Organic refrigerants - number designation
excludes gas cylinders used for medical, Establishes a system of referring to common
breathing or firefighting purposes. organic refrigerants instead of using chemical
LKR 150.00 name, formula or trade name.
(=ISO 817:1974)
SLS 876 Part 1:1999 Page | 128
Code of practice for installation of asbestos- SLS 881 Part 2:1990
cement corrugated sheets and fixing Grey cast iron - Grey iron for automotive
accessories - industry
Components and design considerations Covers the technical provisions relating to grey
(First revision) cast iron for the automotive industry. Covers nine
Deals with components and design grades of grey iron.
considerations related to installation of asbestos- LKR 200.00
cement corrugated sheets and all other fixing
accessories for walls and roofs. SLS 881 Part 3:1990
31 pages, Gr.14 Grey cast iron - Methods of test for tensile
strength
SLS 876 Part 2:1999 Specifies the method of testing tensile strength of
Code of practice for installation of asbestos- grey cast iron.
cement corrugated sheets and fixing 7 pages, Gr.4
accessories -
Installation and maintenance SLS 881 Part 4:1990
Deals with precautionary measures, tools and Grey cast iron - Methods of test for transverse
equipments for installation inspection and strength
maintenance of roofs or wall clads with asbestos- Specifies the method of testing transverse
cement corrugated sheets. strength.
29 pages, Gr.14 9 pages, Gr.5

SLS 877:1989 SLS 882:1990

Portable fire extinguishers - foam type Glow starters for tubular fluorescent lamps
(chemical) (Superseded by SLS 1260)
Lays down requirements regarding capacity,
principal materials, construction chemical SLS 883:2017
charge, anticorrosive treatment, method of Brown sugar
operation, performance and tests. (First revision)
LKR 250.00 Prescribes the requirements and methods of
sampling and test for brown sugar intended for
SLS 878:1989 direct consumption.
Plastic flushing cistern (low-level, valveless, (Corigendum 01), (Corigendum 02)
siphonic type with side connection) 8 pages, Gr.4
Covers the requirements for water closet plastic
flushing cisterns with valveless siphons, SLS 884:1990
nominally 9.1 (litres) for low level. Semolina (Farina)
LKR 200.00 Prescribes the requirements and methods of
sampling and test for semolina made by grinding
SLS 879 and bolting cleaned wheat to a certain degree of
PVC insulated flexible cords fineness and freeing it from bran, germ etc. to the
(Superseded by SLS 1143) desired extent.
13 pages, Gr.7

128
SLS 885: 2022 SLS 892:2003
Jelly crystals Code of hygienic practice for processing of
(First Revision) poultry
prescribes the requirements and methods of (Superseded by SLS 1564)
sampling and test for jelly crystals
Gr.6 SLS 893:1990
Page | 129
Polyurethane foam material for cushioning
SLS 886:1990 and mattresses
Luncheon meat (Superseded by SLS 1335)
(Superseded by SLS 1218)
SLS 894:2020 Bottled (Packaged) drinking
SLS 887:1990 water
Code of practice for basic training and testing (Third revision) Withdrawn
of manual metal arc welder
Recommends minimum requirements for a SLS 894:2003
course of instruction in manual metal arc welding Bottled (Packaged) drinking water
as applied to mild steel and prescribes certain (Second revision)
tests for the practising welder. Prescribes the requirements and methods of test
LKR 650.00 for bottled (packaged) drinking water.
Amd No 01(Amd 588:2023)
SLS 888:1990 10 pages, Gr.5
Definition of welding positions
Defines the welding positions of groove and fillet SLS 895:2010
welds in plates and pipes. Road marking paint
11 pages, Gr. 6 (First revision)
Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling
SLS 889:1990 and test for quick drying of road marking paints.
Moulded thermoplastic bins It makes provision for yellow, white and black
Prescribes the requirements and methods of paint but does not cover reflectorized paint and
sampling and test for moulded thermoplastic bins thermoplastic road marking paint.
of capacity not more than 100 litres intended for (Erratum Sheet)15 pages, Gr.8
general use.
17 pages, Gr. 9 SLS 896:2020
Split lentils
SLS 890:2014 (First revision)
Pneumatic tyres for motorcycles and scooters Specifies the requirements and methods of
(First revision) sampling and tests for split lentils (Lens culinaris
Specifies the requirements of dimension, Medikus or Lens esculenta Moench) intended for
performance and methods of test for pneumatic human consumption.
new tyres for motorcycles and scooters. 8 pages, Gr.5
29 Pages, Gr.13
SLS 897:2017
SLS 891:1990 Malted foods Products
Organic solvent type timber preservatives (First revision)
Pescribes the requirements and methods of Prescribes the requirements and methods of
sampling and test for organic solvent type timber sampling and tests for malted food products.
preservatives. Amd No 01(Amd 508:2018)
12 pages, Gr.6 12 Pages, Gr.6

129
SLS 898:2017 SLS 899 Part 1 Section 5:2009
Textured soya protein Methods of test for rubber compounding
(First revision) ingredients - Carbon black - Determination of
prescribes the requirements and methods of pour density
sampling and test for textured soya protein. (First revision)
12 Pages, Gr. 7 Specifies a methods for determining the pour
density of all types of pelletized carbon blacks for Page | 130
SLS 899 Part 1 Section 1:2019 use in the rubber industry.
Methods of test for rubber compounding (=ISO 1306:1995)
ingredients - Carbon black - Determination of Gr.A
ash
(First revision) SLS 899 Part 1 Section 6:2009
Specifies a method for determining the ash of all Methods of test for rubber compounding
types of carbon black for use in the rubber ingredients - Carbon black - Determination of
industry.(=ISO 1125:2015) fines content
Gr.C (First revision)
Specifies a method for the determination of the
SLS 899 Part 1 Section 2:2019 fraction of a test portion of pelletized carbon
Methods of test for rubber compounding black that will pass through a sieve with 125 µm
ingredients - Carbon black - Determination of nominal aperture size under specified conditions.
loss on heating It is applicable to all types of pelletized carbon
(First revision) black for use in the rubber industry.
Specifies methods for determining the loss on (=ISO 1435:1996)
heating of carbon black for use in the rubber Gr.B
industry. These methods are not applicable to
treated carbon blacks which contain added SLS 899 Part 1 Section 7:2009
volatile materials. Methods of test for rubber compounding
(=ISO 1126:2015) ingredients - Carbon black - Determination of
Gr.D sieve residue
(First revision)
SLS 899 Part 1 Section 3:2009 Specifies a method for determining the water-
Methods of test for rubber compounding wash sieve residue from regular, untreated carbon
ingredients - Carbon black - Determination of black for the rubber industry. It may not be
sulfur content applicable to oil-treated blacks
(First revision) (=ISO 1437:2007)
Specifies three methods for the determination of Gr.C
the total sulfur in all types of carbon black for use
in the rubber industry. SLS 899 Part 1 Section 8:2009
(=ISO 1138:2007) Methods of test for rubber compounding
Gr.C ingredients - Carbon black - Method of
evaluation in styrene - butadiene rubbers
SLS 899 Part 1 Section 4:2019 (First revision)
Methods of test for rubber compounding Specifies standard materials, equipment and
ingredients - Carbon black - Determination of processing methods for evaluating carbon black
iodine adsorption number in styrene - butadiene rubbers (SBR)
(First revision) (=ISO 3257:1992)
Specifies methods for the determination of iodine Gr.C
absorption number of carbon blacks for use in the
rubber industry. Two titration methods are
described. (=ISO 1304:2016)
Gr.G

130
SLS 899 Part 1 Section 9:2009 SLS 899 Part 1 Section 12:2009
Methods of test for rubber compounding Methods of test for rubber compounding
ingredients - Carbon black - Determination of ingredients - Carbon black - Determination of
light transmittance of toluene extract tinting strength
(First revision) (First revision)
Specifies a method for the determination of the Specifies a method for the determination of the
light transmittance of the toluene extract from tinting strength of carbon black relative to an Page | 131
carbon black for use in the rubber industry, as a industry tint reference black. The method is
means of measuring the discolouration caused by based on the use of five different commercial
the extractable matter. The light transmittance instruments.
value provides an estimate of the degree of (=ISO 5435:2008)
discolouration caused by the toluene extractable Gr.H
matter present on the surface of the carbon black.
May not be applicable to carbon blacks with a SLS 899 Part 1 Section 13:2012
high extractable - matter content. Methods of test for rubber compounding
(=ISO 3858:2008) ingredients - Carbon black - Determination of
Gr.B solvent extractable material
(Second revision)
SLS 899 Part 1 Section 10:2009 Specifies a method for the quantitative
Methods of test for rubber compounding determination of the solvent extractable material
ingredients - Carbon black - Determination of in carbon black for use in the rubber industry.
specific surface area by nitrogen adsorption The method is applicable to all types of carbon
methods black.
(First revision) (=ISO 6209:2009)
Specifies four methods for the determination of Gr.D
the specific surface area of types and grades of
carbon black for use in the rubber industry. SLS 899 Part 1 Section 14:2009
(=ISO 4652-1:1994) Methods of test for rubber compounding
Gr.L ingredients - Carbon black - Determination of
pellet size distrubution
SLS 899 Part 1 Section 11:2009 (First revision)
Methods of test for rubber compounding Specifies a method for the determination of the
ingredients - Carbon black - Determination of pellet size distribution of carbon black. Carbon
oil absorption number (OAN) and oil black for the rubber industry is generally
absorption number of compressed sample pelletized to reduce dust and to improve hendling
(COAN) and incorporation into polymers. Variations in
(First revision) pellet size distribution can affect dispersion in
Specifies a method using an absorptometer for polymers, bulk handling, and conveying
the determination of the oil absorption number of properties.
carbon black for use in the rubber industry. The (=ISO 8511:1995)
same method is used for the etermination of the Gr.B
oil absorption number of compressed samples of
carbon black.
(=ISO 4656:2007)
Gr.H

131
SLS 899 Part 1 Section 15:2012
Methods of test for rubber compounding SLS 901
ingredients - Carbon black - Determination of Size designation and dimensions for
individual pellet crushing strength ethods of motorcycle and scooter tyres
test for rubber compounding ingredients - (Superseded by SLS 1320, SLS 1321 & SLS 1322)
Carbon black - Determination of pellet size
SLS 902:1990 Page | 132
distrubution
Specifies two methods for the determination of Code of practice for canning of fish
the individual pellet crushing strengh of carbon Contains technological guidelines and essential
black for use in the rubber industry. requirements of hygiene concerning the
(=ISO 8942:2010) production of heat processed canned fish and
Gr.D shellfish which have been packed in hermetically
sealed rigid or semi-rigid containers.
SLS 899 Part 2:1991 65 pages, Gr.20
Methods of test for rubber compounding
ingredients - Zinc oxide SLS 903:1990
Prescribes the methods of test for zinc oxide used Nylon 6 yarn
as rubber compounding ingredient. The methods Prescribes the requirements and methods of
covered are applicable for all commercial zinc sampling and test for continuous filament, flat
oxides. (non-textured) nylon 6 yarn generally used in the
13 pages, Gr.7 textile industry and does not cover those intended
for special purposes such as fishing nets etc.
SLS 899 Part 3:1992 12 pages, Gr.6
Methods of test for rubber compounding
ingredients - Sulfur SLS 904:2015
Prescribes the methods of test for any commercial Vocabulary for sensory analysis of food
sulfur used as a rubber compounding ingredient. (Withdrawn)
12 pages, Gr.6
SLS 905:2018
SLS 900 Part 1:2008 Corn (maize) oil
Definition of terms used in the tyre industry - (First revision)
Pneumatic - tyres Prescribes the requirements and methods of
(First revision) sampling and test for corn (synonym: maize) oil,
Defines a number of significant terms related to derived from corn germ (the embryos of Zea
pneumatic tyres used in the tyre industry, together mays L.) by the process of expression and/ or
with corresponding codes, symbols and values. extraction
(=ISO 4223/1:2002) 8 pages, Gr.4
Gr.F
SLS 906:2019
SLS 900 Part 2:1990 Electric cables – spark – test method
Definition of terms used in the tyre industry - (Second revision)
Nomenclature, designation, marking and units Specified in this standard is intended for the
of measurement of wheels and rims detection of defects in the insulation or sheathing
Covers the nomenclature, designations, marking layers of electric cables. For single-core cables
and units of measurement for wheels/rims. The with no outer metallic layer, the general process
nomenclature and accompanying drawings are is accepted as being equivalent to subjecting
intended to define fundamental wheel/rim terms samples of those cables to a voltage test in water
rather than to provide a comprehensive tabulation (=IEC 62230:2013)
of all wheel design features. Gr.J
(=ISO 3911:1977)
Gr.F

132
SLS 907 Part 3:1990 SLS 909 Part 2:1991
Dimensions and sectional properties of hot Glossary of terms used in non-destructive
rolled structural steel sections - U sections testing -Magnetic particle flaw detection
(channels) Defines technical terms widely used in magnetic
Specifies the dimensions, tolerances and particle flaw detection method of non-destructive
sectional properties of hot-rolled structural steel testing.
U sections. 22 pages, Gr.11 Page | 133
AMD No.1 (AMD 218:1996)
14 pages, Gr.7 SLS 910:2013
Maximum residue limits for pesticides in food
SLS 907 Part 4:2016 (Second revision)
Dimensions and sectional properties of hot This standard gives reference to the online
rolled structural steel sections - L sections ( database,
equal and unequal angles) www.codexalimentarius.org/standards/pesticides
(First revision) LDKR 100.00
Specifies the requirements for chemical
composition, manufacture, finish, mechanical SLS 911:1990
properties, dimensions, sectional properties, Potassium chlorate
marking, testing and sampling of hot rolled Prescribes the requirements and methods of
structural steel L sections used principally for sampling and test for potassium chlorate for use
general purpose structural steels. The L section in the safety match industry.
steels specified in this standard which are AMD No.1 (AMD 427:2012)
categorized under S235, S275, S355, S450, AMD No.2 (AMD 514:2018)
SG205, SG250, SG285 and SG345 are intended 10 pages, Gr.5
for use in welded or bolted structures.
18 Pages, Gr.11 SLS 912:2019
Red phosphorus
SLS 907 Part 5:1990 (First revision)
Dimensions and sectional properties of hot Prescribes the requirements and methods of
rolled structural steel sections - T sections sampling and test for red phosphorus for use in
(tees) the safety match industry.
Specifies the dimensions, tolerances and 11 pages, Gr.6
sectional properties of hot-rolled structural T
sections. SLS 913:2020
(Supersedes CS 73) Rice flour
AMD No.1 (AMD 220:1996) (First revision)
11 pages, Gr.6 Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling
and test for rice flour.
SLS 908:1990 19 pages, Gr.10
Silica sand for use in foundries
Covers the requirements for silica sand used in SLS 914:1991
ferrous and non-ferrous foundries. Compound feeds for dairy cattle and buffalo
8 pages, Gr.4 Prescribes the requirements and methods of
sampling and test for compound feeds for dairy
SLS 909 Part 1:1990 cattle and buffalo.
Glossary of terms used in non-destructive 24 pages, Gr.12
testing - Penetrant flaw detection
Defines technical terms widely used in penetrant
flaw detection method of non-destructive testing.
12 pages, Gr. 6

133
SLS 915:1991 SLS 919:2020
Benzoic acid, potassium benzoate and sodium Arrack
benzoate (food grade) (First revision)
Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling Prescribes requirements, methods of sampling
and test for benzoic acid, potassium benzoate and and test for arrack, blended coconut/ palmyrah/
sodium benzoate which are used as antimicrobial kitul arrack, blended arrack and processed arrack.
preservatives in the food industry. 22 pages, Gr.9 Page | 134
23 pages, Gr.11
SLS 920:1991
SLS 916 Part 1:1991 (2016) (Reaffirmed) Bright aluminium paint
Rubber compounding ingredients - Carbon Prescribes requirements, methods of sampling
black HAF N 330 type and test for bright aluminium finishing paint
Prescribes the requirements and methods of suitable for both interior and exterior use.
sampling and test for carbon black HAF N 330. 13 pages Gr.7
7 pages, Gr.4
SLS 921:1991
SLS 916 Part 2:1991 (2016) (Reaffirmed) Vitreous pedestal bidets
Rubber compounding ingredients - Zinc oxide Covers the requirements for the materials, size,
Prescribes the requirements and methods of shape types, dimensions and construction of
sampling and test for zinc oxide used as a rubber vitreous pedestal bidets of two types.
compounding ingredient. LKR 200.00
7 pages, Gr.4
SLS 922:1991
SLS 916 Part 3:1991 (2016) (Reaffirmed) Deep-well reciprocating hand pumps
Rubber compounding ingredients - Sulfur Lays down minimum requirements of material,
Prescribes the requirements and methods of dimensions, performance, testing and sampling
sampling and test for sulfur used as a rubber for deep-well reciprocating hand pumps used in
compounding ingredient and covers only wells upto a maximum depth of 30 metres and
rhombic sulfur. bore hole diameters of 100 mm and above.
7 pages, Gr.4 LKR 250.00

SLS 917:2018 SLS 923 Part 1:1991

Milk added drinks Copper/ chrome/ arsenic preservative
(First revision) treatment of wood poles for overhead power
Prescribes the requirements and methods of and telecommunication lines - Treatment
sampling and test for milk added drinks. processes
AMD No 1 (AMD 589:2023) Specifies treatment of wood poles for overhead
10 pages, Gr.5 power and telecommunication lines with water-
borne wood preservatives consisting essentially
SLS 918:2021 of copper sulphate, sodium or potassium
Anticorrosive metal primer - solvent borne dichromate, and hydrated arsenic pentoxide.
Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling Covers the composition and method of
and test for anticorrosive priming paint for use application of the preservative.
under indoor and outdoor weather conditions for 13 pages, Gr.7
the protection of iron and steel against
atmospheric corrosion.
This Specification does not cover Zinc phosphate
priming paint.
11 pages, Gr. 6

134
SLS 923 Part 2:1991 AMD No 1 (AMD 548:2021)
Copper/ chrome/ arsenic preservative Gr. 8
treatment of wood poles for overhead power
and telecommunication lines - Test methods SLS 929:1991 (S)
Specifies test methods relating to the preservative Sodium bicarbonate (Baking soda) food grade
treatment of wood poles. Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling
24 pages, Gr.12 and test for food grade sodium bicarbonate which Page | 135
is used as a leavening agent in the food industry.
SLS 924:1991 13 pages, Gr.7
Solid rubbers for automobile industry
Prescribes the requirements and methods of SLS 930:2003
sampling and test for natural and synthetic based Mosquito mats
solid rubbers generally used in the automobile (First revision)
industry other than for tyres. It does not cover Prescribes the requirements and methods of
detalied composition of rubber. sampling and test for mosquito mats to be used
25 pages, Gr.12 with an electrical vaporizer to vaporize the active
ingredient.
SLS 925:1991 AMD No.1 (AMD 395:2009)
Code of practice for target quality setting and AMD No 2 (AMD 455:2013)
controlling net contents of packaged goods 16 pages, Gr.8
Provides guidelines on setting and monitoring the
filling process in order to achieve the required net SLS 931:2017
contents as specified in SLS 816. Methodology for sensory analysis of foods
21 pages, Gr.11 general guidance
(Second revision)
SLS 926 Part 1:1991 Provides general guidance on the use of sensory
Bicycles - Safety and performance analysis. It describes tests for the examination of
requirements foods and other products by sensory analysis, and
Specifies the safety and performance includes some information on the techniques to
requirements for the design, manufacture and be used if statistical analysis of the results is
assembly of bicycles, and their sub-assemblies required.
and lays down guidelines for instructions on the (=ISO 6658:2017)
use and care of bicycles. It does not apply to Gr.M
sepcilized types of bicycles.
17 pages, Gr.9 SLS 932:2008
Method of test for sensory analysis of food -
SLS 926 Part 2:1991 paired comparison test
Bicycles - Test methods (First revision)
Specifies the methods of test of bicycles and sub- Describes a procedure for determining whether
assemblies. there exists a perceptible sensory difference or a
25 pages, Gr.12 similarity between samples of two products
concerning the intensity of a sunsory attribute.
SLS 927:1991 (=ISO 5495:2005)
Passion fruit juice Gr. L
(Superseded by SLS 1328)
SLS 933:2008
SLS 928: 2022 Sensory analysis of foods - triangle test
Kurakkan flour Describes a procedure for determining whether a
(First Revision) perceptible sensory difference or similarity exists
Prescribes the requirements and methods of between samples of two products. The method is
sampling and test for kurakkan flour a forced-choice procedure. The method is

135
applicable whether a difference exists in a single 7 pages, Gr.4
sensory attribute or in several attributes. The
method is statistically more efficient than the SLS 938 Part 2:1991
duo-trio test (described in ISO 10399), but has Plain metal washers - Normal series - product
limited use with products that exhibit strong grade A
carryover and/or lingering flavours. Applicable Specifies the requirements for normal plain metal
even when the nature of the difference is washers of product A. Page | 136
unknown. The method is applicable only if the 7 pages, Gr.4
products are fairly homogeneous.
(= ISO 4120:2004) SLS 938 Part 3:1991
Gr.H Plain metal washers - Normal series - product
grade C
SLS 934:2017 Specifies the requirements for normal plain metal
Method of test for sensory analysis washers of product C.
methodology “A” – “NOT A” test 7 pages, Gr.4
(First revision)
Specifies a procedure for determining whether a SLS 938 Part 4:1991
perceptible sensory difference exists between Plain metal washers - Chamfered - Normal
samples of two products. The method applies series - product grade A
whether a difference exists in a single sensory Specifies the requirements for Chamfered -
attribute or in several. (=ISO 8588:2017) normal plain metal washers of product A.
Gr.G 7 pages, Gr.4

SLS 935:1991 SLS 938 Part 5:1991

Solvent cement for polyvinyl chloride (PVC) Plain metal washers - Large series - product
pipes and fittings grade A and C
Prescribes the requirements and methods of Specifies the requirements for large plain metal
sampling and test for solvent cement to be used washers of products A and C.
in jointing PVC pipes and fittings. 7 pages, Gr.4
13 pages, Gr.7
SLS 938 Part 6:1991
SLS 936:1991 (S) (2016) (Reaffirmed) Plain metal washers – Extra large series -
Rubber adhesives product grade C
Prescribes the requirements and methods of Specifies the requirements for extra large plain
sampling and test for solvent based rubber metal washers of products grade C.
adhesives used for general purposes. 7 pages, Gr.4
AMD No. 1 (AMD 188:1995)
13 pages, Gr.7 SLS 939 Part 1:1991
Mosaic parquet panels - General
SLS 937:1991 characteristics
Methods of sampling foundry sands Specifies the requirements of three grades of
Lays down the procedure to be followed in order mosaicparquet panels, made from fingers of
to sample from a bulk of sand in order to wood, intended to be bonded to a subfloor either
determine the properties of the sand sampled. directly or over an underlay.
15 pages, Gr.9 15 pages, Gr.8

SLS 938 Part 1:1991 SLS 939 Part 2:1991

Plain metal washers - Small series - product Mosaic parquet panels - Methods of test
grade A Specifies the test methods applicable to mosaic
Specifies the requirements for small outside parquet panels.
diameter plain metal washers of product A. 12 pages, Gr.8

136
SLS 940:1991 SLS 947:2018
Food colouring matter, Brilliant blue FCF Groundnut (peanut) oil
Prescribes the requirements and methods of (First revision)
sampling and test for brilliant blue FCF used as a Prescribes the requirements and methods of
colouring matter of foodstuffs. sampling and test for groundnut (synonym:
12 pages, Gr.6 peanut) oil derived from the seeds of groundnut
(Arachis hypogaea L.) by the process of Page | 137
SLS 941:1991 expression and/ or extraction.
Food colouring matter, Indigo carmine 8 pages, Gr.4
Prescribes the requirements and methods of
sampling and test for indigo carmine used as a SLS 948 Part 1:1991 (S)
colouring matterof foodstuffs. Three - pin plugs socket outlets and socket -
12 pages, Gr.7 outlet adaptors
Covers plugs (fused and non-fused) and socket -
SLS 942:1991 outlets (shuttered and non - shuttered) and fused
Food colouring matter, Green S socket-outlet adaptors (shuttered and non -
(Withdrawn) shuttered).
AMD No. 1 (AMD 239:1998)
SLS 943:1991 AMD No. 2 (AMD 255:1999)
Methods of physical test for foundry sands AMD No. 3 (AMD 348:2006)
Specifies the methods of physical test for foundry AMD No. 4 (AMD 440:2013)
sands to evaluate their properties under standard (Corrigendum)
conditions. 33 pages, Gr.15
33 pages, Gr.16
SLS 948 Part 2:1991
SLS 944 Three-pin plugs socket-outlets and socket -
Guideline for auditing quality systems outlet adaptors - Plugs made of resilient
(Superseded by SLS ISO 19011) material
Relates to 5 ampere and 15 ampere plugs fused or
SLS 945:1991(S) unfused, in which the base and cover, or either of
Tomato concentrates these components, are constructed of rubber or
Prescribes the requirements and methods of other suitable resilient materials.
sampling and test for processed tomato AMD No. 1 (AMD 349:2006)
concentrates manufactured from fully ripe, red 9 pages, Gr.5
tomatoes and preserved by physical means. It
does not cover dehydrated tomato products in dry SLS 948 Part 3:1991(S)
powder form or flake form or products preserved Three-pin plugs socket-outlets and socket -
by chemical means. outlet adaptors - Switched socket-outlets
12 pages, Gr.6 Relates to 5 ampere and 15 ampere socket outlets
which contain a switch connected between the
SLS 946:2018 current carrying contact(s) of the socket - outlet
Sunflower oil and the relevant supply terminal(s) for use in a.c.
(First revision) circuits only.
Prescribes the requirements and methods of AMD No. 1 (AMD 272:2000)
sampling and test for sunflower (synonym: AMD No. 2 (AMD 350:2006)
sunflowerseed) oil, derived from the seeds of 11 pages, Gr.6
sunflower (Helianthus annuus L.) by the process
of expression and/ or extraction.
9 pages, Gr.5

137
SLS 949 Part 1:1992 (2006) 14 pages, Gr.6
Dimensions of hot rolled, steel bars for
structural and general engineering purposes - SLS 952:1992
Round bars Rubber floor mats (general purpose)
Specifies dimensions and tolerances of hot rolled Prescribes the requirements and methods of
round steel bars used for structural and general sampling and test for rubber floor mats used for
engineering purposes. general purposes. Page | 138
AMD No. 1 (AMD 221:1996) 8 pages, Gr.4
10 pages, Gr. 5
SLS 953:1992 (S) (2016) (Reaffirmed)
SLS 949 Part 2:1992 (2006) (Reaffirmed) Turpentine
Dimensions of hot rolled, steel bars for Prescribes the requirements and methods of
structural and general engineering purposes - sampling and test for gum spirit of turpentine and
Square bars wood turpentines for use in paints and varnishes.
Specifies nominal dimensions and tolerances of 14 pages, Gr.7
hot rolled square steel bars used for structural and
general engineering purposes. SLS 954:1992 (S) (2016) (Reaffirmed)
AMD No. 1 (AMD 222:1996) French polish
10 pages, Gr.5 Prescribes the requirements and methods of
sampling and test for french polish used for
SLS 949 Part 3:1992 (2006) (Reaffirmed) finishing woodwork.
Dimensions of hot rolled, steel bars for 18 pages, Gr.9
structural and general engineering purposes -
Hexagonal bars SLS 955 Part 1:1992
Specifies nominal dimensions and tolerances of Thermoplastic road marking materials -
hot rolled hexagonal steel bars used for structural Requirements for aggregates
and general engineering purposes. Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling
AMD No. 1 (AMD 223:1996) and test for white, yellow, and black
11 pages, Gr.6 thermoplastic road marking material to be applied
on road surfaces and runways.
SLS 949 Part 5:1992 (2006) (Reaffirmed) 13 pages, Gr.7
Dimensions of hot rolled, steel bars for
structural and general engineering purposes - SLS 955 Part 2:1992
Flats Thermoplastic road marking materials -
Specifies nominal dimensions and tolerances of Application of material to road surfaces
hot rolled steel flats used for structural and (Superseded by SLS 1378)
general engineering purposes.AMD No.1 (AMD
224:1996) 11 pages, Gr.6 SLS 956:2016 (S)
Code of hygienic practice for catering
SLS 950:1992 establishments
Foundry coke (First revision)
Specifies requirements and methods of test and Applicable to all organizations which are
sampling for foundry coke. involved in the processing, preparation, cooking,
7 pages, Gr.4 storage, distribution, transport and serving of
food and meals. It includes catering, banquets,
SLS 951:2001 among others, in central and satellite units, school
Examination rubber gloves and industry catering facilities, hospitals and
(First revision) healthcare facilities, hotels, restaurants, coffee
Prescribes the requirements and methods of test shops, food services, and food stores.
for single - use sterile or non-sterile rubber, 22 Pages, Gr.11
examination gloves.

138
SLS 957:1992 SLS 963:2018
Pineapple juice Degrees of protection provided by enclosures
(Superseded by SLS 1328) (IP code)
Applicable to the classification of protection
SLS 958:1992 (S) provided by enclosures for electrical equipment
Custard powder with a rated voltage not exceeding 72.5 kV.
Prescribes the requirements and methods of test (=IEC 60529:2013) Page | 139
for custard powder, a product obtained from Gr.IX
edible maize starch (corn flour) or edible tapioca
starch or a blend of both. SLS 964:1992
13 pages, Gr.9 Corn flour (Maize starch)
Prescribes the requirements and methods of test
SLS 959:1992 (S) for corn flour (maize starch) which is a widely
Chicken eggs used ingredient in food preparation and also as a
Prescribes the requirements and methods of test binding and diluting agent in pharmaceutical
for chicken eggs. products.
17 pages, Gr.9 13 pages, Gr.9

SLS 960:2016 SLS 965:1992

Palm stearin Code of hygienic practice for biscuit
(First revision) manufacturing and bakery units
Prescribes the requirements and methods of Recommends the hygienic practices to be
sampling and testing for palm stearin. adopted in biscuit manufacturing and bakery
9 pages, Gr.5 units.
12 pages, Gr.6
SLS 961:2016
Palm olein SLS 966:1992
(First revision) Food colouring matter, Green FCF
Prescribes the requirements and methods of Prescribes the requirements and methods of test
sampling and testing for palm olein. for green FCF used as a colouring matter of food
9 pages, Gr.5 stuffs.
13 pages, Gr.7
SLS 962 Part 1:2013
Method of test for aflatoxin in foods - SLS 967:1992 (S)
Determination of aflatoxin B1, and the total Frozen confections and freeze drinks
content of aflatoxins B1, B2, G1, and G2 in Prescribes the requirements and methods of test
cereals, nuts and derived products – High- for frozen confections and freeze drinks which
performance liquid chromatographic method covers a group of frozen confectionery products
(First revision) commonly known by various names such as ice
Specifies a reverse - phase high-performance lollies, ice-palam, popsicles and freeze drinks.
liquid chromatographic method, with 14 pages, Gr.7
immunoffinity column clean - up and post -
column derivatization, for the determination of SLS 968:2008
aflatoxins in cereals, nuts and derived products. Glossary of terms used in the rubber industry
The limit of quantification for aflatoxin B1, and (First revision)
for the sum aflatoxins, B1, B2, G1 and G2, is 8 Vocabulary is limited to those terms in general
µg/kg. This method can be used for oilseed use throughout the rubber industry.
products, dried fruits and derived products. (=ISO 1382:2008)
(=ISO 16050:2003) Gr.W
Gr.F

139
SLS 969:1992 (2016) (Reaffirmed) SLS 973 Part 2:1994
Solid rubber flooring Code of practice for fumigation of agricultural
Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling produce - Phosphine fumigation
and test for rubber flooring material which are in Prescribes the practices to be adopted in
the form of sheets and tiles. It does not cover fumigation using aluminium phosphide and
flooring material having a backing of either magnesium phosphide preparations. It includes
sponge rubber or a non-rubber material. general information on methods of fumigation Page | 140
10 pages, Gr.5 and precautions to be observed in handling and
use of phosphide fumigants.
SLS 970:1992 9 pages, Gr.5
Method for determination of caffeine content
in coffee SLS 973 Part 3:1994
Specifies the reference method for the Code of practice for fumigation of agricultural
determination of caffeine content of coffee. The produce - Methyl bromide
method is applicable to green coffee, roasted Prescribes the practices to be adopted in
coffee, decaffeinated roasted coffee, extracts of fumigation using methyl bromide and the
coffee, both dried and liquid, and decaffeinated precautions to be observed in handling it.
extracts, both dried and liquid. 10 pages, Gr.5
(=ISO 4052:1983)
11 pages, Gr.6 SLS 974:1992
Code of hygienic practice for fresh fish
SLS 971:1992 (S) Applies to fresh fish, chilled but not frozen,
Ice for use in food processing and catering intended for human consumption. It contains
industries essential requirements of hygiene for the
Prescribes the requirements and methods of test handling and processing of fresh fish at sea and
for ice intended for use in the food processing on shore.
industry and in catering establishments. 65 pages, Gr. 20
9 pages, Gr.5
SLS 975:1992
SLS 972:1992 Code of hygienic practice for frozen fish
Code of practice for packaging of lobsters and Applies to frozen fish and fish fillets. It contains
prawns for export essential requirements of hygiene for the
Recommends practices to be adopted in production, storage and handling of frozen fish
packaging of frozen lobsters and prawns for and fish fillets on board fishing vessels and on
export. It covers materials, styles and modes of shore.
packaging. 85 pages, Gr.22
12 pages, Gr.6
SLS 976:2018
SLS 973 Part 1:1992 Methods of test for rubber threads
Code of practice for fumigation of agricultural Specifies methods of test for determining general
produce - General safety requirements physical and mechanical properties of rubber
Recommends general principles to be adopted to threads, as well as specific mechanical properties
ensure safety when fumigation is carried out. of such threads in contact with fabrics. Owing to
13 pages, Gr.7 the comparatively small cross-section and the
unusual conditions of service of this material,
certain special methods have been developed.
(=ISO 2321: 2017)
Gr.P

140
SLS 977 Part 1:1992 immersion for use on testing electrical insulating
Hexagon bolts for general purposes - materials.
Dimensions of product Grades A and B 13 pages, Gr. 7
Specifies dimensions for hexagon head bolts of
product Grades A and B. SLS 981 Part 1:1992
Methods of test of fuel filters for diesel engines
SLS 977 Part 2:1992 Page | 141
- Glossary of terms
Hexagon bolts for general purposes - Defines the commonly used terms in testing of
Dimensions of product Grade C fuel filters.
Specifies dimensions for hexagon head bolts of
product Grade C, with thread diameters covering SLS 981 Part 2:1992
the range from M 5 up to and including M 64. Methods of test of fuel filters for diesel engines
- Resistance to flow
SLS 977 Part 3:1992 Specifies the method of determining the
Hexagon bolts for general purposes - resistance to flow of a standard test fluid when
Dimensions of product Grade B - reduced passed through the filter under standard
shank conditions of flow.
Specifies dimensions for hexagon head bolts of
product Grade B - reduced shank. For product SLS 981 Part 3:1992
Grade B, thread diameters covered range from Methods of test of fuel filters for diesel engines
M3 up to and including M 20. - Determination of filter capacity and
contaminant removal characteristics
SLS 977 Part 4:1992 Specifies the method of determining the content
Hexagon bolts for general purposes - holding capacity and contaminant removal
Dimensions of product Grades A and B - fine characteristics of fuel filters.
pitch thread
Specifies dimensions for hexagon head bolts of SLS 981 Part 4:1992
product Grades A and B - fine pitch thread. Methods of test of fuel filters for diesel engines
- Media migration
Specifies the method for determining the media
SLS 978:2020 migration of a standard test fluid when passed
Metallic materials – tensile testing – method of through the filter under standard conditions of
test at room temperature flow.
Specifies the method for tensile testing of
metallic materials and defines the mechanical SLS 981 Part 5:1992
properties which can be determined at room Methods of test of fuel filters for diesel engines
temperature. - Determination of collapsibility of seal
(=ISO 6892-1:2019) material
Gr. W Specifies the method for determining the
collapsibility of seal material.
SLS 979:1992
Glossary of terms used in metrology SLS 981 Part 6:1992
Defines basic and general terms in metrology. Methods of test of fuel filters for diesel engines
LKR 500.00 - Evaluation of the effect of water in fuel and
filter capacity
SLS 980:1992 Specifies the method of evaluating the effect of
Guide for conditioning of solid electrical water in fuel and filter capacity.
insulating materials prior to and during
testing
Gives standard conditions of exposure time,
temperature, atmospheric humidity and liquid

141
SLS 981 Part 7:1992 SLS 985 Part 2:1992
Methods of test of fuel filters for diesel engines Grading of timber - Terminology
- Determination of mechanical properties Provides terminology in connection with grading
Specifies the method of test for determining the of timber.
mechanical properties of fuel filters. LKR 200.00

SLS 985 Part 3:1992 Page | 142

SLS 982
Electrotechnical vocabulary Grading of timber - Grading of logs
(Withdrawn) Specifies rules relating to grading of roundwood
timber.LKR 350.00
SLS 983:1992
Fire hose reels (water) for fixed installations SLS 986:1993
Specifies requirements for fire hose reels suitable PVC insulated cables for overhead
for fixed installations permanently connected to a telecommunication lines
water supply and designed to facilitate the rapid Specifies dimensions, quality of hard drawn
withdrawal of the hose in any generally copper wire and insulating material for cables for
horizontal direction. It applies to both manual overhead telecommunication lines.
and automatic fire hose reel assemblies. 16 pages, Gr.8

SLS 984 Part 1:2018 SLS 987 Part 1:2010

Tungsten filament lamps for domestic and PVC insulated electric cables - Armoured
similar general Lighting purposes - Safety cables for voltages of 600/1000V and
requirements 1900/3300V
(First revision) (First revision)
Specifies the safety and inter changeability specifies requirements for construction and
requirements of tungsten filament incandescent describes methods of test for armoured cable with
in candescent lamps for general lighting service. PVC insulation of rated voltages 600/1 000 V
(=IEC 60432-1: 2012) and 1 900/3 300 V. Cables specified in this
Gr.IS standard are intended for use in fixed installations
in industrial areas, buildings and similar
SLS 984 Part 2:2018 applications.
Tungsten filament lamps for domestic and 51 pages, Gr.19
similar general Lighting purposes -
Performance SLS 987 Part 2:2010
requirements PVC insulated electric cables - Non armoured
(First revision) cables for voltage upto and including
Applies to tungsten filament incandescent lamps 600/1000V
for general lighting service (GLS) which comply (First revision)
with the safety requirements in IEC 60432-1. specifies requirements, dimensions and methods
(=IEC 60064:2005) of test for PVC insulated cables for operation at
Gr.IX nominal voltages up to and including 600V to
earth and 1000 V between conductors. Covers
SLS 985 Part 1:1992 cables intended for general use where the
Grading of timber - Species of timber combination of the ambient temperature and
Provides a comprehensive list of Sri Lanka temperature rise due to the loading current results
species of timber utilized for industrial, in a conductor temperature not exceeding 70 °C.
commercial and other purposes. 34 pages, Gr.15
LKR 400.00

142
SLS 988:1993 supplies for electrical measurement purpose are
PVC insulation and sheath of electric cables excluded.
(Superseded by SLS 1282) 17 pages, Gr.9

SLS 989:1993 SLS 992 Part 4:1993

Outside diameters of conduits for electrical Stabilized power supplies d.c. output - Tests
Page | 143
installations and threads for conduits and other than radio - frequency interference
fittings Applies to stabilized power supplies designed to
It is applicable to all kinds of conduits for supply d.c. power from an a.c. or d.c. source for
electrical installations, independent of their applications such as but not necessarily limited to
material and their nature (rigid or flexible, plain computers, telecommunications, laboratories and
or threaded) taking into consideration all existing industrial equipment.(=IEC 60478-4:1976)
conduit entries and the metric threads. Gr.IQ
10 pages, Gr.5
SLS 993 Part 1:2018
SLS 990:2006 Conduit systems for cable management -
Metallic materials tubes (in full section) bend General requirements
test (Third revision)
(First revision) Specifies requirements and tests for conduit
Specifies a method for determining the ability of systems, including conduits and conduit fittings,
full-section metallic tubes of circular cross- for the protection and management of insulated
section to undergo plastic deformation in conductors and/or cables in electrical
bending.(=ISO 8491:1998) installations or in communication systems up to
Gr.B 1000V a.c. and /or 1500V d.c. Applies to
metallic, non-metallic and composite conduit
SLS 991:1993 systems, including threaded and non- threaded
Method of reverse bend testing of metal wire entries which terminate the system. This standard
Specifies the method for determining the ability does not apply to enclosures and connecting
of metallic wire of diameter or thickness 0.3 to 10 boxes which come within the scope of IEC
mm inclusive to undergo plastic deformation 60670.
during reverse bending. (=IEC 61386-1:2008 + A1:2017)
(=ISO 7801:1984) Gr.IW
Gr.B
SLS 993 Part 2: 2023
SLS 992 Part 1:1993 Specification for conduit systems for cable
Stabilized power supplies d.c. output - management part 2: rigid conduit systems
Terminology (Third Revision)
Provides terms and definitions applicable to Clause 1 of IEC 61386-1:2008 is applicable,
stabilized power supplies designed to supply d.c. except as follows:Addition: This part of IEC
power from an a.c. or d.c. source. 61386 specifies the requirements for rigid conduit
(=IEC 60478-2:1974) systems.
(IEC 61386-21:2021)
SLS 992 Part 2:1994 Gr. IH
Stabilized power supplies d.c. output - Rating
and performance SLS 993 Part 3: 2023
Prescribes rating and performance applicable to Specification for conduit systems for cable
stabilized power supplies designed to supply d.c. management part 3: pliable Conduit systems
power from an a.c. or d.c. source, for application, (Third Revision)
such as computers, communication, laboratory (Clause 1 of IEC 61386-1:2008 is applicable,
and industry. Calibrated stabilized power except as follows:Addition:

143
This part of IEC 61386 specifies the requirements SLS 997:1993
for pliable conduit systems including Canned mushrooms
self-recovering conduit systems. Prescribes the requirements and methods of test
(IEC 61386-22:2021) for canned mushrooms (Agaricus sp.).
Gr. IH 14 pages, Gr.7

SLS 993 Part 4: 2023 SLS 998:1993 (S) Page | 144

Specification for conduit systems for cable Canned jakfruit (ripe)
management part 4: flexible conduit systems Prescribes the requirements and methods of test
(First Revision) for canned jakfruit (ripe) (Artocarpus
Clause 1 of IEC 61386-1:2008 is applicable, heterophyllus Lam.).12 pages, Gr.6
except as follows:
Addition: SLS 999:1993
This part of IEC 61386 specifies the requirements Method of test for elastic fabrics
for flexible conduit systems Prescribes methods of test specific to both narrow
(IEC 61386-23:2021) and wide elastic fabrics. The test methods are
Gr. IG applicable to woven and to warp knitted and weft
knitted fabrics. Gr.10
SLS 994:2023
Metallic materials – bend test SLS 1000 Part 1: 2021
specifies a method for determining the ability Switches for household and Similar fixed
of metallic materials to undergo plastic electrical installations : general requirements
deformation in bending. (First Revision)
(=ISO 7438:2020) Applies to manually operated general purpose
Gr.G functional switches, for alternating current (AC)
only with a rated voltage not exceeding 440 V
SLS 995:1993 with a rated current not exceeding 63 A, intended
Method of reverse bend testing of metal sheet for household and similar fixed electrical
and strip 3mm thick or less installations, either indoorsor outdoors
Specifies the method for determining the ability (=IEC 60669-1:2017)
of sheet and strip from metallic materials 3 mm Gr. IZ
thick or less to undergo plastic deformation in
reverse bending. SLS 1000 Part 2 Sec; 1: 2021
(=ISO 7799:1985) Switches for household and similar fixed
Gr.B electrical installations - particular
requirements – electronic control devices
SLS 996:1993 Applies to electronic control devices, a general
Code of practice for qualification and term to cover electronic switches, home and
certification of personnel for non-destructive building electronic systems (HBES) / building
testing automation and control systems (BACS) switches
Provides a system for the qualification and and electronic extension units.
certification of personnel to perform industrial (IEC 60669-2-1:2021)
non-destructive testing, using any of the Gr. IZ
following methods: Eddy current testing; Liquid
penetrant testing; Magnetic particle testing; SLS 1000 Part 2 Sec; 2: 2021
Radiographic testing and Ultrasonic testing. Specification for switches for household and
25 pages, Gr.12 similar fixed electrical installations: particular
requirements - electromagnetic remote-
control switches (rcs)
Applies to electromagnetic remote-control
switches (hereinafter referred to as RCS) with a

144
rated voltage not exceeding 440 V and a rated SLS 1001:2019
current not exceeding 63 A, intended for Electrical accessories
household and similar fixed electrical (First revision)
installations, either indoors or outdoors. Specifies requirements for electrical wiring
=(IEC 60669-2-2:2006) accessories for installation purposes, and for
Gr.I H associated plugs and portable accessories. It does
not apply to electronic devices, or to plug - in Page | 145
SLS 1000 Part 2 Sec; 3: 2021 devices incorporating timers, thermostats,
Switches for household and similar fixed transformers etc.
electrical installations particular 91 pages, Gr.21
requirements - time delay switches (tds)
Applies to time-delay switches (hereinafter SLS 1002:1993(S)
referred to as TDS) with a rated voltage not Code of practice for parboiling of paddy
exceeding 440 V and a rated current not Recommends domestic, traditional, semi modern
exceeding 63 A, intended for household and and modern methods for parboiling of paddy.
similar fixed electrical installations, either 19 pages, Gr.11
indoors or outdoors, operated by hand and/or by
remote control. SLS 1003:1993
(= IEC 60669-2-3:2006) Code of practice for processing of cashew nuts
Gr. IH Recommends practices to be adopted for
processing of cashew nuts (fruits of the tree
SLS 1000 Part 2 Sec; 4: 2021 Anacardium occidentale L.).
Switches for household and similar fixed 14 pages, Gr.7
electrical installations : particular
requirements - isolating switches SLS 1004:1993
Applies to manually operated general purpose Code of hygienic practice for molluscan
isolating switches with a rated voltage not shellfish
exceeding 440 V and a rated current not Applies to those bivalve molluscan shellfish such
exceeding 125 A, intended for household and as oysters, clams, mussels and cockles which are
similar fixed electrical installations, either filter feeders which may be eaten raw or partially
indoors or outdoors. cooked. It recommends hygienic requirements
(IEC 60669-2-4:2004) for the processing of shellfish.
Gr. IQ 26 pages, Gr.14

SLS 1000 Part 2 Sec; 5: 2021 SLS 1005:1993

Switches for household and similar fixed Code of hygienic practice for the products of
electrical installations - particular aquaculture
requirements – switches and related Applies to finfish and crustaceans produced by
accessories for use in home and building commercial aquaculture and intended eventually
electronic systems (hbes) for direct human consumption. It provides
Applies to HBES switches with a working general guidelines for setting up and conducting
voltage not exceeding 250 V a.c. And a rated production under most essential requirements of
current up to and including 16 A for household hygiene up to harvesting live fish and loading for
and similar fixed electrical installations either transport to market.
indoors or outdoors and to associated electronic 43 pages, Gr.18
extension units
(IEC 60669-2-5:2013)
Gr. IS

145
SLS 1006 Part 1:2016 SLS 1007 Part 1.3:2008
Steels for structural and general engineering Methods of test on electric and optical fibre
purposes - Structural steels cables under fire conditions - Test for vertical
(First revision) flame propagation for a single insulated wire
Specifies the requirements chemical or cable - procedure for determination of
composition, manufacture, finish, mechanical flaming droplets / particles
properties, dimensions, sectional properties, Specifies a test procedure for assesment of falling Page | 146
marking, testing and sampling for steels for flaming droplets / particles when a single vertical
general structural use. Applies to steel plates, hot electrical insulated conductor or cable, or optical
rolled sections and bars, which are used in as- fibre cable, is subjected to defined fire conditions.
delivered condition and normally intended for (=IEC 60332:Part 1.3:2004)
welded or bolted structures. Covers eight steel (AMD No 1(AMD 535:2020)
grades, S235, S275, S355, S450, SG205, SG250, Gr.IF
SG 285, SG 345 and four qualities (A, B, C and
D) SLS 1007 Part 2.1:2008
.23 pages, Gr.11 Methods of test on electric and optical fibre
cables under fire conditions - Test for vertical
SLS 1006 Part 2:1993 flame propagation for a single small insulated
Steels for structural and general engineering wire or cable-apparatus
purposes - General engineering steels Specifies the test apparatus for testing the
Specifies the requirements of steel intended for resistance to vertical flame propagation for a
general engineering purposes. single small vertical electrical insulated
(Supersedes SLS 15:1968) conductor or cable, or optical fibre cable, under
LKR 250.00 fire conditions.
(=IEC 60332:Part 2.1:2004)
SLS 1007 Part 1-1:2008 Gr.IE
Methods of test on electric and optical fibre
cables under fire conditions - Test for vertical SLS 1007 Part 2.2:2008
flame propagation for a single insulated wire Methods of test on electric and optical fibre
or cable-Apparatus cables under fire conditions - Test for vertical
Specifies the test apparatus for testing the flame propagation for a single small insulated
resistance to vertical flame propagation for a wire or cable-procedure for diffusion flame
single vertical electrical insulated conductor or Specifies the procedure for testing the resistance
cable, or optical fibre cable, under fire conditions. to verical flame propagation for a single small
(=IEC 60332:Part 1.1:2004) vertical electrical insulated conductor or cable, or
(AMD No 1(AMD 533:2020) optical cable, under fire conditions. Gives the
Gr.ID procedure for testing small optical fibre cable or
a small insulated conductor or cable when the
SLS 1007 Part 1.2:2008 method specified in IEC 60332-1-2 is not suitable
Methods of test on electric and optical fibre because some small optical fibre cables may
cables under fire conditions - Test for vertical break or small conductors may melt during the
flame propagation for a single insulated wire application of the flame. The recommended
or cable - procedure for 1 kW pre-mixed flame range of application is for the testing of small
Specifies the procedure for testing the resistance single insulated conductors or cables of less than
to vertical flame propagation for a single vertical 0.5 mm2cross-section.
electrical insulated conductor or cable, or optical (=IEC 60332:Part 2.2:2004)
fibre cable, under fire conditions. Gr.IG
(=IEC 60332:Part 1.2:2004)
(AMD No 1(AMD 534:2020)
Gr.IE

146
SLS 1008:1993 SLS 1011:1994
Aerials for the reception of sound and Soya flour
television broadcasting in the frequency range Prescribes the requirements and methods of test
30 MHz to 1 GHz for full fat, medium fat and defatted soya flour.
(Withdrawn) 19 pages, Gr.10

SLS 1009 Part 1:2008 SLS 1012:1994 Page | 147

Codes for the representation of names of Copper/chromium/arsenic based timber
countries and their subdivisions - Country preservatives
Codes Prescribes the requirements and methods of test
Provides current country names in coded form; it for water-borne timber preservatives consisting
also includes basic guidelines for its essentially of a mixture of compounds of copper,
implementation and maintenance. chromium and arsenic.
(=ISO 3166-1:2006) 23 pages, Gr.11
Gr.V
SLS 1013:1994
SLS 1009 Part 2:2008 Code of practice for curing and preservation
Codes for the representation of names of of hides and skins
countries and their subdivisions - Country Recommends practices to be observed in wet
subdivision code salting method of curing of cow and buffalo hides
Provides a universally applicable code for the and goat, sheep and calf skins.
representation of the names of principle 9 pages, Gr.5
administrative divisions of countris and
territories included in ISO 3166-1. It is intended SLS 1014:1994
to be used in conjunction with ISO 3166-1. Code of practice for flaying of hides and skins
(=ISO 3166-2:2007) Recommends practices to be observed in flaying
Gr.Z of cow and buffalo hides and sheep, goat and calf
skins.7 pages, Gr.4
SLS 1009 Part 3:2008
Codes for the representation of names of SLS 1015:1994 (2010) (Reaffirmed)
countries and their subdivisions - Code for Glossary of terms for leather
formerly used names of countries Provides compilation of terms relating to leather.
Provides principles and maintenance 47 pages, Gr.18
arrangements of a code for the representation of
country names removed from editions 1 to 4 of SLS 1016:1994
ISO 3166 and the consecutive edition of ISO Coal tar creosote for use in timber
3166-1. (=ISO 3166-3:1999) preservation
Gr.F Prescribes the requirements and methods of tests
for coal tar creosote of three types for use in
SLS 1010:2008 timber preservation.
Codes for the representation of currencies and 37 pages, Gr.16
funds
(First revision) SLS 1017:2010
Provides the structure for a three letter alphabetic Code of hygienic practice for salted and dried
code and an equivalent three-digit numeric code salted fish
for the representation of currencies and funds. (First revision)
For those currencies having minor units, it also Applies to fish and fishery products from marine
shows the decimal relationship between such and freshwater sources preserved by brining, dry-
units and the currency itself. salting and pickle curing, which are intended for
(=ISO 4217:2008) human consumption and the harvesting,
Gr.R handling, production, processing, storage,

147
transportation and retail of salted lean and fatty dependent on, line voltage for household and
fish both on vessels at sea and in establishments similar uses for rated voltages not exceeding 440
on shore.52 pages, Gr.20 V a.c. with rated frequencies of 50 Hz, 60 Hz or
50/60 Hz and rated currents not exceeding 125 A
SLS 1018:1994 and rated short-circuit capacities not exceeding
Code of hygienic practice for cephalopods 25 000 A for operation at 50 Hz or 60 Hz and
Applies to fresh and processed cephalopods applies to device performing simultaneouly the Page | 148
including commercially important cuttlefish, function of detection of the residual current, of
squid, octopuses intended for human comparison of the value of this current with the
consumption. It contains the technological with residual operating value and of opening of
guidelines and the essential hygiene requirements the protected circuit when the residual current
for harvesting, processing and handling of exceeds this value, and also of performing the
cephalopods at sea and on shore. function of making, carrying and breaking
(=CAC/RCP 37:1989) overcurrents under specified conditions.
LKR 550.00 (=IEC 61009-1:2010+A1:2012+A2:2013)
Gr.IAA
SLS 1019:1994
Guidelines for grading of wet salted raw hides SLS 1022 Part 2-1:1995
and skins Residual current operated circuit-breakers
Prescribes guidelines for assessment of wet salted with integral overcurrent protection for
raw cattle hides and goat, sheep and calf skin by household and similar uses (RCBOs) -
visual evaluation. Applicability of the general requirements to
9 pages, Gr.5 RCBO’s functionally independent of line
voltage
SLS 1020:1994 Applies to residual current operated circuit-
Method of trimming of raw hides breakers with integral overcurrent protection
Specifies the method of trimming the raw hides (RCBO’s) functionally independent of line
of cattle and horses, intended for the tanning voltage, for household and similar uses.
industry.(=ISO 2820:1974) (=IEC 1009-2-1:1991)
Gr.A Gr.IE

SLS 1021:2013 SLS 1023:1994

Code of hygienic practice for collecting, Tolerances on dimensions and shape of hot
processing and marketing of natural mineral rolled steel plates for structural and general
waters engineering purposes
(First revision) Specifies tolerance on the dimensions, shape and
Applies to all packaged natural mineral waters mass of hot rolled, non alloyed, alloyed and
offered for sale as food. It does not apply to stainless steel plates either in the as rolled state or
natural mineral waters sold or used for other which have been subjected to heat treatment.
purposes. LKR 300.00
16 Pages, Gr.9
SLS 1024 Part 1:1994
SLS 1022 Part 1:2015 Methods of test for insulation and sheath of
Residual current operated circuit-breakers electric cables - General applications
with integral overcurrent protection for (Superseded by SLS 1199:Parts 1-1; 1-2; 1-3)
household and similar uses (RCBOs) - General
requirements
(Third revision)
Applies to residual current operated circuit-
breakers with integral overcurrent protection
functionally independent of, or functionally

148
SLS 1024 Part 2:1994 methods of test for winding wires, see IEC
Methods of test for insulation and sheath of 60851-1.
electric cables - Properties relevant to PVC (IEC 60851-3:2019)
compounds Gr. IS
(Superseded by SLS 1199:Parts 1-4; 3-1; 3-2)
SLS 1025 Part 4: 2022
SLS 1024 Part 3:1994 Page | 149
Methods of test for winding wires part 4:
Methods of test for insulation and sheath of chemical properties
electric cables - Properties relevant to cross- (second revision)
linked compounds Specifies the following chemical properties tests:
(Superseded by SLS 1199:Parts 2-1) • Test 12: Resistance to solvents; • Test 16:
Resistance to refrigerants; • Test 17:
SLS 1024 Part 4:1994 Solderability; • Test 20: Resistance to
Methods of test for insulation and sheath of transformer oil. For definitions, general notes on
electric cables - Properties relevant to methods of test and the complete series of
polyethylene compounds methods of test for winding wires see IEC 60851-
(Superseded by SLS 1199:Parts 4-1-) 1.(IEC 60851-4:2016)
Gr. IK
SLS 1025 Part 1: 2022
Methods of test for winding wires part 1: SLS 1025 Part 5: 2022
general Methods of test for winding wires part 5:
(Second Revision) electrical properties
Specifies the general notes on methods of test for (Second Revision)
winding wires. It also gives the definitions for Specifies the following tests: – Test 5: Electrical
terms used in IEC 60851 (all parts). A survey of resistance; – Test 13: Breakdown voltage; – Test
the contents of IEC 60851-2 to IEC 60851-6 is 14: Continuity of insulation; – Test 19: Dielectric
given in Annex A. (IEC 60851-1:2021) dissipation factor; – Test 23: Pin hole. For
Gr. IH definitions, general notes on methods of test and
the complete series of methods of test for winding
SLS 1025 Part 2: 2022 wires, see IEC 60851-1.
Methods of test for winding wires part 2: (IEC 60851-5:2019)
determination of dimensions Gr. Q
(Second Revision)
Specifies the following method of test: – Test 4: SLS 1025 Part 6: 2022
Dimensions. For definitions, general notes on Methods of test for winding wires part 6:
methods of test and the complete series of thermal properties
methods of test for winding wires, see IEC (Second Revision)
60851-1. Specifies the following tests: – Test 9: Heat
(IEC 60851-2:2019) shock; – Test 10: Cut-through; – Test 15:
Gr. IF Temperature index; – Test 21: Loss of mass. For
definitions, general notes on methods of test and
SLS 1025 Part 3: 2022 the complete series of methods of test for winding
Methods of test for winding wires part 3: wires, see IEC 60851-1.
mechanical properties (IEC 60851-6:2012)
(Second Revision) Gr. G
Specifies the following methods of test for
winding wires: – Test 6: Elongation; – Test 7:
Springiness; – Test 8: Flexibility and adherence;
– Test 11: Resistance to abrasion; – Test 18: Heat
bonding. For definitions, general notes on
methods of test and the complete series of

149
SLS 1026 Part 1:1994 SLS 1030:1994
Methods of test for air filters used on internal Aluminium wood primer
combustion engines - General requirements Prescribes the requirements and methods of test
Provides the general requirements applicable to for aluminium wood primer to be used on the
types of elements/air filters covered in this wood surfaces.
standard. 11 pages, Gr.6
LKR 200.00 Page | 150
SLS 1031:1994 (S)
SLS 1027:1994 After-shave lotion
Oxygen, technical grade Prescribes the requirements and methods of test
Prescribes the requirements and methods of test for after-shave lotions.
for oxygen in gaseous and liquid forms, intended 7 pages, Gr.4
to be used in industrial applications and does not
apply to material intended for medical use and for SLS 1032:1994
use in aircrafts for breathing purposes. Banking - nostro accounts reconciliation
24 pages, Gr. 12 Specifies the data to be contained on a nostro
account statement, and the format of such data. It
SLS 1028:1994 also provides rules for the creation, transmission
Automotive V-belts and reconciliation of statements, and for the
Prescribes the requirements, methods of test for handling of references.
automotive rubber V-belts. (=ISO 7341:1985)
LKR 250.00
SLS 1033 Part 1:2019
SLS 1029 Part 1:1995 Identification cards - identification of issuers -
Fertilizer mixtures - Tea Numbering system
Prescribes the requirements and methods of test (Second revision)
for fertilizer mixtures for tea. Specifies a numbering system for the
7 pages, Gr.4 identification of issuers of cards that require an
issuer identification number or (IIN) to operate in
SLS 1029 Part 2:1995 international, inter-industry and intra-industry
Fertilizer mixtures - Rubber interchange.(=ISO/IEC 7812-1:2017)
Prescribes the requirements and methods of test Gr.D
for fertilizer mixtures for rubber.
7 pages, Gr.4 SLS 1033 Part 2:2019
Identification cards - identification of issuers -
SLS 1029 Part 3:1994 Application and registration procedures
Fertilizer mixtures - Coconut (Second revision)
Prescribes the requirements and methods of test Describes the application and registration
for fertilizer mixtures for coconut. procedures for issuer identification numbers
AMD No.1(AMD 246:1999) (IIN’s) issued in accordance with ISO/IEC 7812-
6 pages, Gr.4 1.(=ISO/IEC 7812-2:2017)
Gr. F
SLS 1029 Part 4:1994
Fertilizer mixtures - Export agriculture crops SLS 1034:1994
Prescribes the requirements and methods of test Bank cards - magnetic stripe data content for
for fertilizer mixtures for export agriculture track 3
crops, of a number of types. Establishes specifications for those cards issued
7 pages, Gr.4 by or acceptable to the banking industry and is
intended to permit interchange based on the use
of magnatic stripe encoded information. It

150
specifies the data con-tent and physical location SLS 1040 Part 1:1995 (S)
of read/write information on track 3. Code of practice for harvesting and handling
(=ISO 4909:1987) of fresh fruits and vegetables - Pineapple for
Gr.E export
Recommends a code of practice to be adopted in
SLS 1035:1995 (S) harvesting, handling, packaging, marking,
Soya sauce storage and transportation of pineapples for Page | 151
Prescribes the requirements and methods of test export.
for soya sauce. 8 pages, Gr.5
AMD No 1 (AMD 573:2022)
13 pages, Gr.7 SLS 1040 Part 2:1996
Code of practice for harvesting and handling
SLS 1036:2020 of fresh fruits and vegetables - ‘Embul’
Processed cereal – based foods for infants and bananas for export
young children Recommends a code of practice to be adopted in
(Second revision) harvesting, handling, packaging, marking,
Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling storage and transportation of ‘Embul’ type
and testing for processed ceral-based foods bananas for export.
intended for feeding infants as a complementary 11 pages, Gr.6
food generally from the age of six months
onwards, taking into account infants, individual SLS 1040 Part 3:1999
nutritional requirements, and for feeding young Code of practice for harvesting and handling
children as part of a progressively diversified of fresh fruits and vegetables - Rambutan
diet. The products covered by this standard are Recommends a code of practice to be adopted in
not breast-milk substitutes and shall not be harvesting, handling, packaging, storage and
presented as such. transportation.
22 pages, Gr.12 8 pages, Gr.3

SLS 1037:1995 (S) SLS 1041:1995

Fish meal as livestock feed Mango juice
Prescribes the requirements and methods of test (Withdrawn) (Superseded by SLS 1328)
for fish meal of two grades.
9 pages, Gr.5 SLS 1042:1995
Codes for exchanges and regulated markets -
SLS 1038:2020 market identifier codes (MIC)
Bottled natural mineral water Defines the first component (bank code) of the
(Second revision) bank identifier code (BIC) specified in SLS 1056
Prescribes the requirements and methods of test as a universal market identifier code (MIC).
for bottled mineral drinking waters. not apply to (=ISO 10383:1992)
natural minaral drinking water. It is not apply to Gr.A
natural mineral water.
AMD No 1 (AMD 583:2022) SLS 1043:1995
11 pages, Gr.6 Identification cards - card originated messages
- content for financial transaction
SLS 1039:1995 Specifies the contents of messages interchanged
Canned weaning foods between parties in those financial transactions
Prescribes the requirements and methods of test that are originated by identification cards. It
for canned weaning foods. contains a data element directory, minimum
14 pages, Gr.6 content specifications of messages and
maintenance procedures.(=ISO 7580:1987)
Gr.G

151
SLS 1044:1995 SLS 1049:1995
Identification cards - financial transaction Banking operations - authorized signature
cards lists and their representation on microfiche
Specifies directly or by reference the Specifies the size, layout and content of the
requirements for cards used in financial master form, including graphical requirements,
transactions. It contains physical characteristics, for authorized signature lists used as source
layout, recording techniques, numbering system, documents by banks. Page | 152
registration procedures but not security (=ISO 6234:1981)
requirements.(=ISO/IEC 7813:1990) Gr.D
Gr.B
SLS 1050:1995
SLS 1045 Part 1:1995 Bank operations - standard scheme for
Bank telecommunication - fund transfer drawing lists
messages - Vocabulary and data elements Defines the contents, the sequence and the
Identifies and defines terms and data elements composition of the notice of drawing lists; it also
used in describing, processing and formatting specifies physical characteristics for the
funds transfer payment orders. presentation of lists.
(=ISO 7982-1:1987) (=ISO 6536:1981)
Gr.K Gr.G

SLS 1046:1995 SLS 1051:1995

Magnetic stripes on savings books Banking - telex formats for inter-bank
Specifies the location, dimensions, messages
electromagnetic properties, recording Specifies the format to be used for telex messages
characteristics, character coding and character set relating to the transfer of funds and other
of magnetic stripes on savings books used in financial messages, which are exchanged
interchange.(=ISO 8484:1987) between banks.(=ISO 7746:1988)
Gr.C Gr.T

SLS 1047:1995 SLS 1052:1995

Banking and related financial services - Banking and related financial services -
requirements for message authentication securities - format for eurobonds
(retail) Specifies the format characteristics of Eurobonds,
Specifies procedures to be used for protecting the for example, physical representation of
integrity of related banking messages and for Eurobonds with regard to size, paper, printing,
verifying that the message originated from an layout and contents.(=ISO 8109:1990)
authorized source. It also describes the method by Gr.D
which algorithms are approved for use by the
authentication of retail banking messages. SLS 1053:1995
(=ISO 9807:1991) Banking - requirements for message
Gr.F authentication (wholesale)
Designed for use by correspondent institutions
SLS 1048 Part 1:1995 exchanging financial messages. Specifies
Financial transaction cards - messages methods to be used for protecting the authenticity
between the integrated circuit card and the of wholesale financial messages passing between
card accepting device - Concepts and two institutions such as between banks, between
structures a bank and a corporate customer or government,
Applicable to the use of Integrated Circuit Cards by means of a message authentication Code
issued by financial institutions in retail financial (MAC).(=ISO 8730:1990)
applications in an interchange environment. Gr. M
(=ISO 9992-1:1990) Gr.F

152
SLS 1054 Part 1:1995 SLS 1057 Part 2:1995
Banking - approved algorithms for message Banking - personal identification number
authentication - DEA management and security - Approved
Specifies in individual parts, approved algorithm(s) for PIN encipherment
authentication algorithms. Every algorithm has Specifies algorithms approved for the
been approved as meeting the authentication encipherment of Personal Identification Numbers
requirements in SLS 1053. (PINS). Page | 153
(=ISO 8731-1:1987) (=ISO 9564-2:1991)

SLS 1054 Part 2:1995 SLS 1058 Part 1:1995

Banking - approved algorithms for message Banking - procedures for message
authentication - Message authentication encipherment (wholesale) - General principles
algorithm The procedures defined are designed to protect,
Deals with the Message Authentication by means of encipherment, financial messages
Algorithm for use in the calculation of the exchanged through any communication
Message Authentication Code (MAC). The MAA architecture. Such architecture will include, store
is specifically designed for high-speed and forward and telex environments, any number
authentication using a main frame computer. of nodes and public or private networks.
(=ISO 8731-2:1992) (=ISO 10126-1:1991)
Gr.K
SLS 1058 Part 2:1995
SLS 1055:1995 Banking - procedures for message
Banking - key management (wholesale) encipherment (wholesale) - DEA algorithm
Specifies methods for the management of keying Specifies a method for the encipherment and
material used for the encipherment, decipherment decipherment of entire wholesale financial
and authentication of messages exchanged in the messages by the use of application level
course of wholesale financial transactions. encipherment, for the purpose of providing
(=ISO 8732:1988) confidentiality.
Gr.X (=ISO 10126-2:1991)

SLS 1056:1995 SLS 1059 Part 1:1995

Banking - banking telecommunication Financial transaction cards - security
messages - Bank Identifier Codes architecture of financial transaction systems
Specifies the elements and structure of a integrated circuit cards - Card life cycle
universal Bank Identifier Code (BIC) for use in Specifies the principles for the protection of the
automated processing in the banking and related Integrated Circuits (ICs) in financial transaction
financial environments. cards from their manufacture and issue, through
(=ISO 9362:1987) use to their termination.
Gr.B (=ISO 10202-1:1991)

SLS 1057 Part 1:1995 SLS 1060 Part 1:1995

Banking - personal identification number School uniform materials - Boys’ shirting and
management and security - PIN protection girls’ dress fabrics
principles and techniques (Superseded by SLS 1582-1)
Specifies the minimum security measures
required for effective international PIN SLS 1060 Part 2:1995
management. A structured means of School uniform materials - Boys’ suiting
interchanging PIN data is provided. (Superseded by SLS 1582-2)
(=ISO 9564-1:1991)
Gr.L

153
SLS 1061:1995 SLS 1067:1995
Mosquito nets Multiwall paper sacks for packaging of
Prescribes the requirements for mosquito nets of desiccated coconut
three sizes viz. single, double and twin beds. Prescribes the requirements and methods of test
AMD No, 1 (AMD 213:1996) for multiwall kraft paper sacks for packaging of
11 pages, Gr.6 desiccated coconut.
10 pages, Gr.5 Page | 154
SLS 1062:1995
Sheeting for general purposes SLS 1068:1995
Prescribes the methods of sampling and tests for Multiwall paper sacks for packaging of tea
woven sheeting materials used for the purpose of (Superseded by SLS 1492)
clothing, covering, sheeting or any similar
activity. SLS 1069:2021
9 pages, Gr.5 Headforms for use in the testing of protective
helmets
SLS 1063:1995 (First revision)
Rubber hoses for general purposes Specifies the materials, sizes and constructional
Prescribes requirements and test for rubber hoses details of headforms for use in the testing of
which covers low pressure type rubber hoses protective helmets. Details of heasfroms below
generally known as garden hoses. the reference plane are included as optional
10 pages, Gr.5 requirements.
32 pages, Gr. 14
SLS 1064 Part 1: 2018
Bicycle tyres and rims - Tyre designations and SLS 1070:1995 (S)
dimensions Television receiving antennae for domestic use
(Secound revision) Lays down essential requirements for Yagi
Specifies the designations and dimentions for television receiving antenna for reception of
pneumatic bicycle tyre : “wire edge” tyres VHF/UHF television transmissions for domestic
mounted on straight side or crotchet type rims, applications.
and “beaded edge” types mounted on hooked 14 pages, Gr.7
bead rims. Tubuler sew-up tyres and non-
pneumatic tyres are not covered by this part of SLS 1071:1995
ISO 5775. Mail payment orders
(=ISO 5775-1:2014) Defines data elements used on mail payment
Gr.K orders for use between banks, and specifies a
layout key for the form to be used.
SLS 1065:1995 (=ISO 6260:1984)
Code of hygienic practice for processed meat
products SLS 1072:1995
(Withdrawn) (Superseded by SLS 1564) Financial transaction card originated
messages - interchange message specifications
SLS 1066:1995 Specifies a common interface by which financial
Radiator hoses transaction card originated messages may be
Prescribes the requirements and methods of test interchanged between acquirers and card issuers.
for radiator hoses used in automobiles. It specifies message structure, format and
15 pages, Gr.7 content, data elements and values for data
elements.(=ISO 8583:1993)

154
SLS 1073 Part 1:1995 the adhesion between two adjacent layers of the
Glossary of terms for standardization and finish.
quality management - Standardization related (=ISO 11644:1993)
activities Gr.D
Contains the terms and definitions related to the
activities of standardization, certification, testing SLS 1078:1995
and accreditation of testing laboratories in Page | 155
Leather - measurement area
English and Sinhala. Specifies a method of measuring the area of
42 pages, Gr.17 pieces of leather. It is intended only for the
measurement of dressed and other dry flexible
SLS 1073 Part 2:2005 leathers.
Glossary of terms for standardization and (=ISO 11646:1993)
quality management - Quality and quality Gr.B
management
Contains the terms and definitions related to SLS 1079:1995
quality concepts, quality systems, quality Leather - tests for colour fastness - colour
management, quality tools and techniques fastness to cycles of to-and-fro rubbing
35 pages, Gr.15 Specifies a method for determining the behaviour
of the surface of a leather on rubbing with felt.
SLS 1074:2019 (=ISO 11640:1993)
Cakes Gr.C
(First Revision)
prescribes the requirements and methods of SLS 1080:1995
sampling and test for cakes Test for colour fastness of leather to
AMD NO 1 (AMD 566:2022) perspiration
16 pages, Gr.8 Specifies a method for determining the colour
fastness to perspiration of leather of all kinds at
SLS 1075:1995 all stages of processing, but it applies particularly
Leather - tests for colour fastness - colour to gloving, clothing and lining leathers as well as
fastness to water leather for the uppers of unlined shoes.
Specifies a method for determining the colour (=ISO 11641:1993)
fastness to water of leather of all kinds at all Gr.C
stages of processing.(=ISO 11642:1993)
Gr.C SLS 1081-1-1: 2022
Specifications for particular types of winding
SLS 1076:1995 wires - part 1.1- general requirements -
Leather - tests for colour fastness - colour enamelled round copper wires
fastness to small samples to dry cleaning (Second Revision)
solutions Specifies general requirements of enamelled
Specifies a method for determining the resistance round copper winding wires with or without
to dry-cleaning solutions of the colour and the bonding layer.The range of nominal conductor
finish of unused, and not yet dry-cleaned, leather. diameters is given in the relevant specification
(=ISO 11643:1993) sheet
Gr.C (IEC 60317-0-1:2019 )
Gr. IQ
SLS 1077:1995
Leather - test for adhesion of finish
Specifies a method for measuring the adhesion of
the finish to the leather or the adhesion between
two adjacent layers of the finish to the leather or

155
SLS 1081-1-2: 2022 The range of nominal conductor diameters
Specifications for particular types of winding covered by this standard is as follows: – Grade 1:
wires – general requirements - enamelled 0,018 mm up to and including 3,150 mm; – Grade
rectangular copper wires 2: 0,020 mm up to and including 5,000 mm; –
(Second Revision) Grade 3: 0,250 mm up to and including 1,600
Specifies the general requirements of enamelled mm. The nominal conductor diameters are
rectangular copper winding wires.The range of specified in Clause 4 of IEC 60317-0-1. Page | 156
nominal conductor dimensions is given in 4.1 and (IEC 60317-8:2010)
the relevant specification sheet. Gr. IE
(IEC 60317-0-2:2020)
Gr. IN SLS 1081 Part 13: 2022
Specifications for particular types of winding
SLS 1081 Part 2:2009 wires - part 13 – polyester or polyesterimide
Winding wires - Solderable polyurethane overcoated with polyamide-imide enamelled
enamelled round copper wire, class 130 round copper wire, class 200
(Withdrawn) (Second Revision)
Specifies the requirements of enamelled round
SLS 1081 Part 4:2009 copper winding wire of class 200 with a dual
Winding wires - Polyesterimide enamelled coating. The underlying coating is based on
round copper wire, class 180 polyester or polyesterimide resin, which may be
(First revision) modified providing it retains the chemical
Specifies the requirements of enamelled round identity of the original resin and meets all
copper winding wire of class 180 with a sole specified wire requirements. The superimposed
coating based on polyesterimide resin, which coating is based on polyamide- imide resin.
may be modified provided it retains the chemical NOTE A modified resin is a resin that has
identity of the original resin and meets all undergone a chemical change, or contains one or
specified wire requirements. more additives to enhance certain performance or
(=IEC 60317-8:1997) application characteristics. Class 200 is a thermal
Gr.IE class that requires a minimum temperature index
of 200 and a heat shock temperature of at least
SLS 1081 Part 8: 2022 220 °C. The temperature in degrees Celsius
Specifications for particular types of winding corresponding to the temperature index is not
wires – polyesterimide enamelled round necessarily that at which it is recommended that
copper wires class 180 the wire be operated and this will depend on many
Specifies the requirements of enamelled round factors, including the type of equipment involved.
copper winding wires of class 180 with a sole The range of a nominal conductor diameters
coating based on polyesterimide resin, which covered by this standard is as follows: – Grade 1:
may be modified provided it retains the chemical 0,050 mm up to and including 2,000 mm; – Grade
identity of the original resin and meets all 2: 0,050 mm up to and including 5,000 mm. The
specified wire requirements. NOTE A modified nominal conductor diameters are specified in
resin is a resin that has undergone a chemical Clause 4 of IEC 60317-0-1.
change, or contains one or more additives to (IEC 60317-13:2010)
enhance certain performance or application Gr. E
characteristics. Class 180 is a thermal class that
requires a minimum temperature index of 180 SLS 1082 Part 1:2009
and a heat shock temperature of at least 200 °C. Packaging of winding wires - Containers for
The temperature in degrees Celsius round winding wires
corresponding to the temperature index is not (First revision)
necessarily that at which it is recommended that Relates to containers for round winding wires.
the wire be operated and this will depend on many (=IEC 60264-1:1968 + A1:2009)
factors, including the type of equipment involved. Gr.IE

156
SLS 1082 Part 2.1:2009 SLS 1082 Part 3.3:2009
Packaging of winding wires - Cylindrical Packaging of winding wires - Taper barrelled
barrelled delivery spools - Basic dimensions delivery spools - Non-returnable spools made
(First revision) from thermoplastic material
Specifies the basic dimensions for cylindrical (First revision)
barrelled delivery spools for winding wires. Specifies the requirements for non-returnable
(=IEC 60264-2-1:1989 + A1 :2003) taper barrelled delivery spools made from Page | 157
Gr.ID thermoplastic material.
(=IEC 60264-3-3:1990+A1:2003)
SLS 1082 Part 2.2:2009 Gr.ID
Packaging of winding wires - Cylindrical
barrelled delivery spools - Returnable spools SLS 1082 Part 3.4:2009
made from thermoplastic material Packaging of winding wires - Taper barralled
(First revision) delivery spools - Basic dimensions of
Specifies the requirement for returnable containers for taper barrelled delivery spools
cylindrical barrelled delivery spools made from (First revision)
thermoplastic material. Specifies the basic dimensions of containers for
(=IEC 60264-2-2:1990+A1:2003) taper barrelled delivery spools standardized in
Gr.ID IEC 60264-3-1.
(=IEC 60264-3-4:1999)
SLS 1082 Part 2.3:2009 Gr.IB
Packaging of winding wires - Cylindrical
barrelled delivery spools - Non-returnable SLS 1082 Part 4.1:2009
spools made from thermoplastic material Packaging of winding wires - Methods of test -
(First revision) delivery spools made from thermoplastic
Specifies the requirement for non-returnable material
cylindrical barrelled delivery spools made from (First revision)
thermoplastic material. Describes methods of test for delivery spools for
(=IEC 60264-2-3:1990+A1:2003) winding wires made from thermoplastic materials
Gr.IE in order to determine conformity with the
established performance requirements for their
SLS 1082 Part 3.1:2009 properties.
Packaging of winding wires - Taper barrelled (=IEC 60264-4-1:2009)
delivery spools - Basic dimensions Gr.IE
(First revision)
Specifies basic dimensions for taper barrelled SLS 1082 Part 4.2:2009
delivery spools for winding wires, with a aim of Packaging of winding wires - Method of test -
standardizing them.(=IEC 60264-3-1:2009) Containers made from thermoplastic material
GrI.C for taper barrelled delivery spools
Describes the methods of test for containers made
SLS 1082 Part 3.2:2009 from thermoplastic material to be used for taper
Packaging of winding wires - Taper barrelled barelled delivery spools for winding wires.
delivery spools - Specification for returnable (=IEC 60264-4-2:1992+A1:2003)
spools made from thermoplastic material Gr.ID
(First revision)
Specifies the requirements for returnable taper SLS 1083:1995
barrelled delivery spools made from Documentation - contents list of periodicals
thermoplastic materials. Used spools are not Provides rules for the presentation of the contents
covered by this Standards. list of a periodical.(=ISO 18:1981)
(=IEC 60264-3-2:1999) Gr.A
Gr.IC

157
SLS 1084:1995 that the film meets International Standards
Documentation - presentation of contributions required for archival microfilming.
to periodicals and other serials (=ISO 4087:1991)
Provides rules for the preparation and Gr.D
presentation of contributions to scientific
periodicals including applied sciences and SLS 1089:1995
technology and similar serials. Contributions to Page | 158
Photography - processed safety photographic
conference proceedings and similar collected films - storage practices
works may not be covered by this standard. Gives recommendations concerning the storage
(=ISO 215:1986) conditions, storage facilities, handling and
Gr.C inspection of all processed safety photographic
films in roll, strip, aperture-card or sheet form,
SLS 1085:1995 regardless of size.
Code for the representation of names of (=ISO 5466:1992)
languages Gr. F
Provides a code for the presentation of names of
languages. The symbols were devised primarily SLS 1090:1995
for use in terminology, lexicography and Documentation - presentation of scientific and
linguistics, but they may be used for any technical reports
application requiring the expression of languages Specifies the broad way in which scientific and
in coded form.(=ISO 639:1988) technical reports should be presented and
provides rules for those items where a uniform
SLS 1086:1995 procedure will assist the interchange of
Information and documentation - title leaves information either by aiding readers’
of a book understanding or facilitating the processing of the
Specifies the information to be printed on the title report in an information system.
leaves of books and the manner in which this (=ISO 5966:1982)
information should be presented and arranged. Gr.L
(=ISO 1086:1991)
Gr.C SLS 1091 Part 1:1995
Microfilming of press cuttings - 16 mm silver
SLS 1087:1995 gelatin type roll microfilm
Documentation - directories of libraries, Specifies the particular aspects of microfilming
archives, information and documentation 16 mm roll microfilm files of press cuttings held
centres and their data bases in libraries and in documentation centres, with a
Is intended to assist in compiling directories of view to limiting the growth of diverse systems.
libraries, archives, information and (=ISO 6197/1:1980)
documentation centres, including a description of Gr.A
their data base services.
(=ISO 2146:1988) SLS 1091 Part 2:1995
Gr.M Microfilming of press cuttings - A6 size
microfiche
SLS 1088:1995 Specifies the particular aspects of microfilming
Micrographics - microfilming of newspapers press cuttings on A6 size microfiche.
for archival purposes on 35 mm microfilm (=ISO 6197/2:1980)
Establishes general principles for the
microfilming of printed newspapers for
preservation and distribution in libraries and
other documentation services. It includes
requirements for targets to ensure proper
bibliographic control and to provide verification

158
SLS 1092:1995 the condition of the original document, the
Micrographics - microfilming of documents on production and use of microforms.
16 mm and 35 mm silver gelatin type (=ISO 9878:1990)
microfilm - operating procedures Gr.B
Establishes general principles for document
filming on 16 mm and 35 mm silver-gelatin type SLS 1097:1995
microfilm, including orientation of images on Page | 159
Banking and related financial services -
film, area for codes, and the information required information interchange - collection order
to facilitate identification, classification, testing form
and subsequent use of the microfilm. Specifies the size and layout for forms, intended
(=ISO 6199:1991) for orders sent internationally between banks to
Gr.E present documents for payment (collection). In
addition it defines the data elements to be used
SLS 1093:1995 and describes how they are to be represented on
Graphic technology - text books and the form.
periodicals - sizes of untrimmed sheets and (=ISO 10043:1994)
trimmed pages Gr.C
Specifies sizes of untrimmed sheets and
corresponding trimmed pages for text books and SLS 1098 Part 9:1995
periodicals. Graphical symbols for diagrams -
(=ISO 6716:1983) Telecommunications - switching and
Gr.A peripheral equipment
Provides a set of symbols which may be used to
SLS 1094:1995 represent switching systems irrespective of the
Banking - forms for confirming foreign type of equipment used.
exchange deals (=IEC 60617-9:1983)
Specifies the data elements and the size and
layout of the form to be used as a mail SLS 1098 Part 10:1995
confirmation of a foreign exchange deal made Graphical symbols for diagrams –
between two banks. Telecommunication - transmission
(=ISO 9777:1994) Provides a set of symbols which may be used in
Gr.F telecommunication transmission.
(=IEC 60617-10:1983)
SLS 1095:1995
Banking - forms for confirming loan/deposit SLS 1099 Part 1:2015
contracts Residual current operated circuit – breakers
Specifies the data elements and the size and without integral overcurrent protection for
layout of the form to be used as a mail household and similar uses (RCCB’s) -
confirmation of a loan/deposit contract made General requirements
between banks. There are two types of contracts (Third revision)
for which this form may be used - ‘fixed’ Applies to residual current operated circuit-
loan/deposit contracts and ‘call/notice’ breakers functionally independent of, or
loan/deposit contracts. functionally dependent on, line voltage, for
(=ISO 9778:1994) household and similar uses, not incorporating
Gr. J overcurrent protection for rated voltages not
exceeding 440 V a.c. with rated frequencies of 50
SLS 1096:1995 Hz, 60 Hz or 50/60 Hz and rated currents not
Micrographics - graphical symbols for use in exceeding 125 A, intended principally for
microfilming protection against shock hazard. This standard
Covers graphical symbols which may be used in applies to devices performing simultaneously the
micrographics to convey information concerning functions of detection of the residual current, of

159
comparison of the value of this current with the SLS 1100 Part 3:1995
residual operating value and of opening of the Methods of test for heavy metals in food -
protected circuit when the residual current Atomic absorption spectrophotometric
exceeds this value. method for the determination of tin
(=IEC 61008-1:2013) Prescribes an atomic absorption
Gr.IAA spectrophotometric method for the determination
of tin in food. Page | 160
SLS 1099 Part 2.1:1995 11 pages, Gr.5
Residual current operated circuit – breakers
without integral overcurrent protection for SLS 1100 Part 4 Section 1:2018
household and similar uses (RCCB’s) - Methods of test for heavy metals in food -
Applicability of the general requirements to Determination of heavy metals in animal and
RCCB’s functionally vegetable fats and oils - Determination of
independent of line voltage cadmium content by direct graphite furnace
Applies to RCCB’s functionally independent of atomic absorption spectrometry
line voltage. Describes a method for the determination of trace
(=IEC 1008-2-1:1990) amounts (micrograms per kilogram) of cadmium
Gr.IC in all types of crude or refined edible oils and fats.
Milk and milk products (or fat coming from milk
SLS 1099 Part 2.2:1995 and milk
Residual current operated circuit – breakers products) are excluded from the scope of this
without integral overcurrent protection for document.
household and similar uses (RCCB’s) - (=ISO 15774:2017)
Applicability of the general requirements to Gr.C
RCCB’s functionally dependent on line
voltage SLS 1100 Part 4 Section 2:2018
(Withdrawn) Methods of test for heavy metals in food -
Determination of heavy metals in animal and
SLS 1100 Part 1:1995 vegetable fats and oils - Determination of trace
Methods of test for heavy metals in food - elements by inductively coupled plasma
Atomic absorption spectrophotometric optical emission spectroscopy
method for the determination of zinc Specifies an inductively coupled plasma optical
Prescribes an atomic absorption emission spectroscopic method (ICP-OES) for
spectrophotometric method for the determination the determination of the trace element content in
of zinc in food. oils. Depending on the dilution solvent used,
9 pages, Gr.5 most types of vegetable oils can be analysed
(crude, degummed, refined, bleached, deodorized
SLS 1100 Part 2:1995 and hardened oils) and nearly all types of
Methods of test for heavy metals in food - lecithins and phosphatides. Milk and milk
Atomic absorption spectrophotometric products (or fat coming from milk and milk
method for the determination of lead in food products) are excluded from the scope of this
Prescribes an atomic absorption Standard.
spectrophotometric method for the determination (=ISO 21033:2016)
of lead in food. Gr.G
7pages, Gr.4
SLS 1101:1995
Melamine tableware
Prescribes the requirements and methods of test
for tableware such as cups, saucers, plates, bowls,
compartmented trays and similar articles made

160
from melamine formaldehyde moulding SLS 1107:1995
compounds. Potassium sulfate (fertilizer grade)
16 pages, Gr.8 Prescribes the requirements and methods of test
for potassium sulfate, fertilizer grade.
SLS 1102:1995 10 pages, Gr.5
Bakery fats
Prescribes the requirements and methods of test SLS 1108:1995 Page | 161
for bakery fats which is used as a shortening or Method of measurement of lamp cap
leavening agent in the manufacture of bakery temperature rise
products. Describes the standard method of measurement
5 pages, Gr.4 of lamp cap temperature rise which is to be used
when testing tungsten filament lamps for
SLS 1103:2021 compliance with the limits.
Automotive diesel fuel (diesel fuel) 16 pages, Gr.8
(First revision)
Specifies requirements, packaging, marking and SLS 1109 Part 1:1995
methods of test for automotive diesel fuel, Timber preservation by means of
suitable for light duty or heavy duty or stationary copper/chrome/arsenic compositions -
diesel engines operating in on-road or off-road Treatment process
applications. Specifies treatment of timber with water-borne
For the purpose of this standard, automotive wood preservatives consisting essentially of
diesel fuel shall be classified as two variants copper sulphate, sodium dichromate or potassium
namely auto diesel or regular diesel and low dichromate and hydrated di-arsenic pentoxide
sulphur diesel or super diesel. packed either as a mixture of dry ingredients or in
8 pages, Gr.5 the form of a paste in water. It covers the
requirements of the preservatives, treatment
SLS 1104:2014 process and requirements of the treated timber,
Magnesium sulfate monohydrate (fertilizer but excludes treatment of round timber poles for
grade) overhead power and telecommunication lines.
(First revision) 37 pages, Gr.16
Prescribes the requirements and methods of
sampling test for magnesium sulfate mono SLS 1109 Part 2:1995
hydrate of fertilizer grade. Timber preservation by means of
9 Pages, Gr.5 copper/chrome/arsenic compositions - Test
methods
SLS 1105:1995 Specifies test methods related to the preservative
Epsom salt (fertilizer grade) treatment of timber by means of water-borne
Prescribes the requirements and methods of test copper/chrome/arsenic compositions.
for epsom salt (magnesium sulphate hepta 25 pages, Gr.12
hydrate), fertilizer grade.
10 pages, Gr.5 SLS 1110:1995
Information processing - file structure and
SLS 1106:1995 (S) labelling of magnetic tapes for information
Canned fish curry interchange
Prescribes the requirements and methods of test Specifies the file structure and the labelling of
for edible dressed fish (whole fish) or chunks of magnetic tapes for the interchange of information
edible dressed fish processed in a curry and between users of information processing systems.
packed in hermetically sealed containers and then (=ISO 1001:1986)
processed by heat treatment to preserve it. Gr.J
26 pages, Gr.12

161
SLS 1111:1995 SLS 1116:1995
Documentation - format for bibliographic Data elements and interchange formats -
information interchange on magnetic tape information interchange - representation of
Specifies the requirements for a generalized dates and times
exchange format which hold records describing Is concerned with the expression of dates,
all forms of material capable of bibliographic including calendar dates, ordinal dates, week
description as well as other types of records. It numbers and times in numeric form including a Page | 162
does not define the length or the content of combination of alphabetic and graphic characters
individual records and does not assign any to avoid ambiguity.
meaning to tags, indicators or identifiers, these (=ISO 8601:1988)
specifications being the functions of an Gr.G
implementation format.(=ISO 2709:1981)
Gr.C SLS 1117:1995
Information technology - program constructs
SLS 1112:1995 and conventions for their representation
Continuous forms used for information Is concerned with the expression of procedure
processing - sizes and sprocket feed holes oriented algorithm. It defines the nature of
Specifies the sizes of continuous forms and the program constructs indicates the manner in which
diameter and location of the sprocket feed holes. constructs can be combined provides
It applies to paper in continuous, length intended specifications for a set of constructs, permits the
for use with automatic data processing (ADP) definition of a variety of subsets of the defined
equipment for print-out of documents. constructs.
(=ISO 2784:1974) Gr.B (=ISO/IEC 8631:1989)
Gr.D
SLS 1113:1995
Forms design sheet and layout chart SLS 1118:1995
Lays down the basic principles for the design of Information processing systems - computer
forms, whether descrete forms or continuous system configuration diagram symbols and
forms and establishes a forms design sheet and a conventions
layout chart based on these principles. Establishes graphical symbols and their
(=ISO 3535:1977) conventions for use in configuration diagrams for
Gr.C computer systems, including automatic data
processing systems.
SLS 1114:1995 (=ISO 8790:1987)
Information processing guidelines for the Gr.G
documentation of computer - based
application systems SLS 1119:1995
Establishes guidelines for the documentation of Information technology - software product
computer-based application systems. It also evaluation - quality characteristics and
contains checklists with the aim of supporting guidelines for their use
effective activities throughout the system life Defines six characteristics that describe, with
cycle.(=ISO 6592:1985) minimal overlap, software quality. These
Gr.J characteristics provide a baseline for further
refinement and description of software quality.
SLS 1115:1995 Guidelines describe the use of quality
Forms design - basic layout characterisation for the evaluation of software
Specifies overall sizes, image areas, their division quality.(=ISO/IEC 9126:1991)
and data fields for forms intended for use within
administration, commerce and industry.
(=ISO 8439:1990)
Gr.B

162
SLS 1120:1995 range of standard sizes from 16 mm2 up to and
Information processing systems - user including 300 mm2.
documentation and cover information for 15 pages, Gr.8
consumer software packages
Describes the user documentation and cover SLS 1126 Part 1:2020
information supplied with consumer software Lead-acid starter batteries - General
packages which are ready-made packages sold Page | 163
requirements and methods of test
off-the-shelf to the consumer. Typically the (Third revision)
software is sold pre-wrapped with its user Applicable to lead-acid batteries with a nominal
documentation. voltage of 12V, used primarily as a power source
(=ISO 9127:1988) for the starting of internal combustion engines,
Gr.D lighting and for auxiliary equipment of internal
combustion engine vehicles. .It specifies general
SLS 1121:1995 requirements and essential functional
Information processing - volume and file characteristics, relavant test methods and results
structure of CD - ROM for information required.(=IEC 60095-1:2018)
interchange GrI.M
Specifies the volume and file structure of
compact read only optical disks (CD - ROM) for SLS 1126 Part 2: 2022
the interchange of information between users of Specification for lead-acid starter batteries :
information processing systems. dimensions of batteries and dimensions
(=ISO 9660:1988) andmarking of terminals
Gr.P (Third Revision)
Applicable to lead-acid batteries used for starting,
SLS 1122:1995 lighting and ignition of passenger cars and light
Programming languages - C vehicles with a nominal voltage of 12 V.All
Specifies the form and establishes the batteries in accordance with this document can be
interpretation of programs written in the C fastened to the vehicle either by means of the
programming language. ledges around the container or by means of a
(=ISO/IEC 9899:1990) hold-down device engaging with the lid.This
document specifies dimensions of battery for
SLS 1123:1996 Europe, East Asia and North America
Hair dye powder (=IEC 60095-2:2021)
(Superseded by SLS 1440) Gr. IS

SLS 1124:1996 SLS 1126 Part 3:1996

Guidelines for the construction of corrugated Lead-acid starter batteries - Dimensions of
fibreboard boxes used for packaging of batteries for heavy commercial vehicles
pineapples Applicable to lead-acid batteries used for starting,
Recommends guidelines for the construction of lighting and ignition of agriculture machines,
corrugated fibreboard boxes used for packaging buses, coaches and lorries.
of pineapples. It also covers the methods of test 9 pages, Gr. 5
for corrugated fibreboard boxes used for
packaging of pineapples. SLS 1127:1996
10 pages, Gr.5 Wrought aluminium for electrical purposes -
wire
SLS 1125:1996 Specifies requirements for aluminium round wire
Wrought aluminium for electrical purposes - for electrical conductors in six conditions
solid conductors for insulated cables designated as O, H4, H6, H8, H68 and H9 and in
Specific requirements for circular solid 2-core, 3- diameter 0.4 mm up to and including 10 mm.
core and 4 - core shaped solid conductors in a 9 pages, Gr. 5

163
SLS 1128:1996 specifies a 7-bit code table (out of 16 bits) which
Stabilized power supplies - a.c output may be used in line with the requirements
Applies to stabilized power supplies designed to outlined by the International Organization for
supply a.c. power from an a.c. or d.c. source. Standardization. This standard defines codes for
Power supplies for electrical measurements are the vowels, consonants, semi - consonants, signs,
excluded. numeral and punctuation in the language.
(=IEC 60686:1980) 30 page, Gr.11 Page | 164

SLS 1129:1996 SLS 1134 Part 1:2006

Leather for garments Sinhala character code for information
Prescribes the requirements and methods of test interchange - Collation sequence
for leather to be used in the manufacture of Prescribes the collation sequence for arranging a
garments. list of words or phrases in the Sinhala language.
22 pages, Gr.11 AMD No. 1 (AMD 357:2007)
6 page, Gr.4
SLS 1130
Method of determination of tearing force of SLS 1134 Part 2:2007
woven fabrics Sinhala character code for information
(Superseded by SLS 1251) interchange - Requirements and methods of
test
SLS 1131:2021 Prescribes requirements and methods of test for
Ammonium phosphates (Fertilizer grade) five products to ascertain conformity to SLS
(First revision) 1134:2004
Prescribes the requirements, methods of test, 13 page, Gr.7
marking and packaging for monoammonium
phosphate and diammonium phosphates, SLS 1135 Part 1:2001
fertilizer grade. Electronic data interchange for
9 pages, Gr. 5 administration, commerce and transport
(EDIFACT) - application level syntax rules
SLS 1132:1996 (syntax version No. 4) - Syntax rules common
Classification and terminology for seams to all parts, together with syntax service
It classifies and designates the various kind of directories for each of the parts
stitched seams. It is not intended to be fully (First revision)
comprehensive but illustrates the most used seam Specifies common syntax rules for the formatting
types.(=ISO 4916:1991) of batch and interactive messages to be
Gr. V interchanged between computer application
systems. It includes the definitions and service
SLS 1133:1996 directories for all parts comprising ISO 9735.
Classification and terminology for stitches (=ISO 9735-1:1998)
It classifies, designates, describes and illustrates
the various kinds of stitched types used in hand SLS 1135 Part 2:2001
and machine-sewn seams.(=ISO 4915:1991) Electronic data interchange for
Gr. V administration, commerce and transport
(EDIFACT) - application level syntax rules
SLS 1134:2011 (syntax version No. 4) - Syntax rules specific to
Sinhala character code for information batch EDI
interchange (First revision)
(Third revision) Specifies syntax rules specifically for the
Provides a coding of the set of Sinhal character formatting of batch messages to be interchanged
for use in computers and digital devices, and between computer application systems. The
communication media. Character code set

164
transfer of packages in a batch environment is and acknowledgement message (message type
described in SLS 1135 Part 8 - AUTACK)
(=ISO 9735-2:1998) (First revision)
Defines the secure authentication and
SLS 1135 Part 3:2001 acknowledgement message type - AUTACK
Electronic data interchange for (=ISO 9735-6:1998)
Page | 165
administration, commerce and transport
(EDIFACT) - application level syntax rules SLS 1135 Part 7:2001
(syntax version No. 4) - Syntax rules specific to Electronic data interchange for
interactive EDI(First revision) administration, commerce and transport
Specifies syntax rules specifically for the transfer (EDIFACT) - application level syntax rules
of interactive messages to be interchanged (syntax version No. 4) - Security rules for
between computer application systems. The batch EDI (confidentiality)
transfer of packages in an interactive (First revision)
environment is described in SLS 1135 Part 8. Addresses the message/package level, group
(=ISO 9735-3:1998) level and interchange level security for
confidentiality in accordance with established
SLS 1135 Part 4:2001 security mechanisms
Electronic data interchange for (=ISO 9735-7:1998)
administration, commerce and transport
(EDIFACT) - application level syntax rules SLS 1135 Part 8:2001
(syntax version No. 4) - Syntax and service Electronic data interchange for
report message for batch EDI (message type - administration, commerce and transport
CONTRL) (EDIFACT) - application level syntax rules
(First revision) (syntax version No. 4) - Associated data in EDI
Defines the syntax and service report message for (First revision)
batch EDI (Electronic Data Interchange), Specifies syntax rules for associated data in EDI
CONTRL. to be interchanged between computer application
(=ISO 9735-4:1998) systems. Provides a method to transfer data which
cannot be carried by means of either a batch or
SLS 1135 Part 5:2001 interactive EDIFACT message. The data may be
Electronic data interchange for created by other applications (such as STEP,
administration, commerce and transport CAD etc.) and is referred to in this part as
(EDIFACT) - application level syntax rules associated data.
(syntax version No. 4) - Security rules for (=ISO 9735-8:1998)
batch EDI (authencity, integrity and non
repudiation of origin) SLS 1135 Part 9:2001
(First revision) Electronic data interchange for
Specifies syntax rules for EDIFACT security. administration, commerce and transport
Provides a method to address message/package (EDIFACT) - application level syntax rules
level, group level and interchange level security (syntax version No. 4) - Security key and
for authenticity, integrity and non-repudiation of certificate management message (message
origin, in accordance with established security type - KEYMAN)
mechanisms. (First revision)
(=ISO 9735-5:1998) Defines the security key and certificate
management message KEYMAN
SLS 1135 Part 6:2001 (=ISO 9735-9:1998)
Electronic data interchange for
administration, commerce and transport
(EDIFACT) - application level syntax rules
(syntax version No. 4) - Secure authentication

165
SLS 1136 Part 1:1996 applications or system objective. This standard
Information technology - telecommunications covers the specifications connection with the
and information exchange between systems - Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision
local and metropolitan area networks - specific Detection access method.(=ISO/IEC
requirements - Overview of local area network 8802/3:1994)
standards
Provides an introduction to the set of SLS 1138:1996 Page | 166
International Standards which describe local area Information processing systems - local area
networks, specifically those which make use of networks token-Passing bus access method
the 48-bit address format. and physical layer specifications
(=ISO/IEC TR 8802/1:1994) Deals with the physical and data link layers as
defined by the ISO Open Systems
SLS 1136 Part 2:1996 Interconnection Basic Reference Model where
Information technology - telecommunications the access standards define a number of medium
and information exchange between systems - access technologies and associates physical
local and metropolitan area networks - specific medium, each appropriate for particular
requirements - Logical link control applications or system objective. This standard
Describes the functions, features, protocol, and covers the specification connected with the
services of the logical link control (LLC) sub token-passing bus access method.
layer in the ISO/IEC 8802 protocol. (=ISO/IEC 8802/4:1994)
(=ISO/IEC TR 8802/2:1994)
SLS 1139:1996 (2015) (Reaffirmed)
SLS 1136 Part 3:1996 Zinc phosphate pigments for paint
Information technology - telecommunications Specifies the requirements and the corresponding
and information exchange between systems - methods for zinc phosphate pigments suitable for
local and metropolitan area networks - specific use in corrosion inhibiting paints.
requirements - Token ring access method and (=ISO 6745:1990)Gr.D
physical layer specifications
Deals with the physical and data link layers as SLS 1140:1996
defined by the ISO Open Systems Guide for positioning of labels in garments
Interconnection Basic Reference Model where Describes the positioning of labels in garments.
the access standards define a number of medium 10 pages, Gr. 5
access technologies and associates physical
medium, each appropriate for particular SLS 1141:1996 (S)
applications or system objective. This standard Quick frozen whole fish, fish fillets, steaks and
covers the specifications connected with the minced fish
Token Ring Access method. Prescribes the requirements and methods of test
(=ISO/IEC 8802/5:1995) for quick frozen whole fish, fish fillets, steaks and
minced fish which are intended for further
SLS 1137:1996 processing.
Information technology - local and 20 pages, Gr.10
metropolitan area networks Carrier sense
multiple access with collision detection SLS 1142:2009
(CSMA/CD) access method and physical layer Liquid toilet soap
specification (First revision)
Deals with the physical and data link layers as Prescribes the requirements and methods of test
defined by the ISO Open Systems for liquid toilet soap for personal hygiene. Does
Interconnection Basic Reference Model where not cover hair shampoo, face wash and liquid
the access standards define a number of medium soap in gel medium.AMD No 01 (AMD
access technologies and associates physical 447:2013)
medium, each appropriate for particular 9 pages, Gr.5

166
SLS 1143:2008 SLS 1148:2010
(Superseded by SLS 1504:2:11, SLS1504:2:12, Zinc coated and plastic coated steel chain link
SLS1504:2:21, SLS 1504:2:71) fence fabric
(First revision)
SLS 1144 Part 1:1996 (S) Specifies requirements for zinc coated and/or
Ready - mixed concrete - Requirements plastic coated steel chain link fence fabric used in
Covers requirements for supply of ready-mixed the construction of fence. Page | 167
concrete in a freshly mixed and unhardened state 13 pages, Gr. 7
requiring no further treatment before being
placed. It does not cover placement, compaction, SLS 1149:1997
curing or protection of concrete after delivery to Method for determination of Rockwell
the purchaser. hardness of plastics
48 pages, Gr. 18 Specifies a method for determining the
indentation hardness of plastics by means of the
SLS 1144 Part 2:1996 (S) Rockwell hardness tester using the Rockwell M,
Ready - mixed concrete - Test methods L and R hardness scales.
Specifies test methods for the determination of 14 pages, Gr. 7
mass per unit volume, air content, slump, coarse
aggregate content and unit mass of air free mortar SLS 1150 Part 1:2009
of fresh concrete, compressive strength of Ballasts for tubular fluorescent lamps -
concrete, and chloride content of aggregate as General and safety requirements
well as analysis of fresh concrete to determine (First revision)
mix proportion, water/cement ratio and cement Specifies safety requirements for ballasts,
content. excluding resistance types, for use on a.c.supplies
41 pages, Gr. 17 up to 1 000V at 50 Hz or 60 Hz, associated with
fluorescent lamps with or without pre-heated
SLS 1145:1996 cathods operated with or without a starter or
Zinc phosphate priming paint starting device and having rated wattages,
Prescribes the requirements and methods of test dimensions and characteristics as specified in
for zinc phosphate priming paint which is used as IEC 60081 and 60901.Applies to the complete
the first coat on iron and steel or non-ferrous ballasts and their components parts.
surfaces to protect against corrosion. (=IEC 61347-2-8:2006)
9 pages, Gr.5 Gr.IL

SLS 1146:2001 SLS 1150 Part 2:2009

Ham Ballasts for tubular fluorescent lamps -
(First revision) Performance requirements
Prescribes the requirements and methods of test (First revision)
for ham. It does not cover canned ham Specifies performance requirements for ballasts,
AMD No 1(AMD 327:2006) excluding resistance types, for use on a.c.
AMD No 2(AMD 336:2006) supplies up to 1 000V at 50 Hz or 60
AMD No.3 (AMD 486:2016) Hz,associated with tubular fluorescent lamps
12 pages, Gr. 6 with pre-heated cathodes operated with or
without a starter or starting device and having
SLS 1147:1997 rated wattages, dimensions and characteristics as
Rubber insulation and sheath for electric specified in IEC 60081 and 60901. It applies to
cables complete ballasts and their component parts such
Specifies the physical and electrical requirements as resistors, transformers and capacitors.
for the types of rubber insulation and sheath for a (=IEC 60921:2006)
series of electric cables. Gr.IP
26 pages, Gr.13

167
SLS 1151:1997 SLS 1156:1997
Documentation - presentation of periodicals Documentation - presentation of title
Sets out rules intended to enable editors and information of series
publishers to present periodicals in a form which Describes the elements required for the
will facilitate their use by bringing order and identification of series and parts thereof and gives
clarity to their own work.(=ISO 8:1977) rules for the presentation and place of such
Gr.B elements.(=ISO 7275:1985) Page | 168
Gr.A
SLS 1152:1997
Micrographics - ISO character and ISO test SLS 1157:1997
chart No. 1 - description and use Micrographics - transparent A6 microfiche
Specifies the characteristics of the ISO character image arrangement
and of the ISO test chart No. 1, in black and Specifies the characteristics of transparent A6
white, as well as their use. size microfiche, from both source documents and
(=ISO 446:1991) COM, intended for international interchange of
information and for micropublishing. It is
SLS 1153:1997 applicable to microfiche of uniform format with
Micrographics - ISO resolution test chart N0. image arrangements of 49, 98, 270 and 420
2 - description and use frames and a single frame microfiche.
specifies a method of determining resolution by (=ISO 9923:1994)
measuring the minimum size of detail Gr.L
recognizable in a processed microform. It
describes the test patterns and ISO resolution test SLS 1158:1997
chart No. 2 and gives the method of expressing Micrographics - planetary camera systems -
resolving power. ISO resolution test chart No. 2 test target for checking performance
is designed for use as part of a test target, as Describes a test target for use in checking the
required in other International Standards for performance of planetary camera systems. It
micrographics. specifies methods for checking the performance
(=ISO 3334:1989) of the system and monitoring cameras in routine
use.(=ISO 10550:1994)
SLS 1154:1997 Gr. B
Documentation - headers for microfiche of
monographs and serials SLS 1159:1997
Lays down rules for the header areas of Photography - processed silver - gelatin type
microfiche produced for distribution by, or to, black and white film - specification for
libraries and information centres. It is applicable stability
to original micropublications as well as to Establishes the specifications for photographic
microfiche editions of monographs and serials films intended for medium - term, long - term and
and their contributions.(=ISO 5123:1984) archival records; specifically, safety cellulose
Gr.C ester - base and polyester - base films having
silver gelatin emulsions processed to produce a
SLS 1155:1997 black-and-white silver image by negative, or full
Micrographics - first generation silver - gelatin reversal processing.
microforms of source documents - density (=ISO 10602:1993)
specifications
Specifies the method for measuring densities of SLS 1160:1997
first generation silver - gelatin microforms. It Nylon umbrella cloth
also lays down the values of densities to be used (Superseded by SLS 1307)
according to the documents reproduced and the
operating means.(=ISO 6200:1990)

168
SLS 1161:2003 (=ISO 4256:1996)
Poultry meat Gr.D
(First revision)
Prescribes the requirements and methods of test SLS 1167:1998
for frozen poultrymeat. It also specifies the other Method for sampling for LP gases [Liquified
edible parts of poultry which could be included in petroleum gases-method of sampling]
the abdominal cavity and the maximum water Withdrawn Page | 169
content allowed for frozen chicken.
AMD No.1 (AMD 484:2016) SLS 1168:1998
19 pages, Gr.10 Method of test for corrosiveness to copper of
liquified petroleum gases. [Liquified
SLS 1162:1997(S) petroleum gases - corrosiveness to copper -
Ready to eat extruded snacks copper strip test]
Prescribes requirements and methods of test for Describes a method for the determination of the
ready to eat extruded snacks made of a starch base corrosiveness to copper of liquified petroleum
as a principle ingredient by the process of gases.(=ISO 6251:1996)
extrusion cooking. Gr.C
14 pages, Gr. 6
SLS 1169:1998
SLS 1163:1998 Method of detection of hydrogen sulphide in
Photocopy paper LP gases [Liquified petroleum gases -
Prescribes the requirements and methods of detection of hydrogen sulphide - lead acetate
sampling and test for photocopy paper, for use in method]
dry toner, plain paper photocopiers. Specifies a method for the detection of hydrogen
9 pages, Gr. 4 sulphide in liquified petroleum gases.
(=ISO 8819:1993)
SLS 1164:1998 Gr.B
Black cartridge paper
Prescribes the requirements and methods of SLS 1170 Part 1:1998
sampling and test for black cartridge paper. Code of practice on identification, grading and
8 pages, Gr.3 marking of imported construction timber -
Grading, marking, and guidance on usage
SLS 1165:1997 Specifies grades, grade stresses, marking,
Class 0.5, 1 and 2 alternating-current requirements for visual stress grading of timber
watthour meters for structural use, and guidance on usage of
Applies only to newly manufactured induction imported construction timber. Machine stress
type watthour meters of accuracy classes 0.5, 1 grading is not included in this standard.
and 2, for the measurement of alternating current 35 pages, Gr.15
electrical active energy of a frequency in the
range 45 Hz and it applies to their type tests only. SLS 1170 Part 2:1998
(=IEC 60521:1988) Code of practice on identification, grading and
marking of imported construction timber -
SLS 1166:1998 Nomenclature, identification, and general
Method for determination of gauge vapour information
pressure of LP gases [Liquified petroleum Specifies nomenclature, marking code,
gases - determination of gauge vapour identification and general information on
pressure - LPG method] imported construction timber for structural use.
Describes a method for the determination of General information provided consists of density
gauge vapour pressures of liquified petroleum gas ranges, and general description of timber useful
products at temperatures within the approximate for preliminary identification.
range of 350C to 7050C. 27 pages, Gr.12

169
SLS 1170 Part 3:1998 SLS 1172 Part 3:1998 (S)
Code of practice on identification, grading and Hose and hose assemblies for liquified
marking of imported construction timber - petroleum gas - Flexible metallic hose
Properties assemblies
Specifies mechanical properties for structural Specifies requirements for design, manufacture
design, end uses, working quality, natural and testing of flexible metallic hose assemblies
durability and treatability of imported used for the transfer of liquified petroleum gas Page | 170
construction timber for structural use. under pressure or refrigerated.
17 pages, Gr.8 19 pages, Gr.10

SLS 1170 Part 4:1998 SLS 1173:1998 (S)

Code of practice on identification, grading and Guidelines for the application of Hazard
marking of imported construction timber - Analysis Critical Control Point (HACCP)
Documentation for grading System
Specifies the documentation to be adopted during Guidelines on the application of HACCP system
the grading process of imported construction cover seven principles including identification of
timber for structural use. Visual stress grading is potential hazards associated with food production
considered while machine stress grading is at all stages for growth, processing, manufacture
excluded.16 pages, Gr.8 and distribution untill the point of consumption
and preventive measures for their control.
SLS 1171:1998 (S) AMD No.1(AMD 254:1999)18 pages, Gr.5
Flexible rubber tubing, rubber hose and
rubber hose assemblies for use in LPG vapour SLS 1174:2011
phase and LPG/air installations Polyethylene water storage tanks
Specifies performance and dimensional (First revision)
requirements for rubber tubing, rubber hose and Covers the requirements for materials,
complete hose assemblies for use in LPG vapour dimensions, fittings, workmanship and finish,
phase and LPG/air installations in environments performance, construction and testing of
upto a maximum ambient temperature of 600C. rotational moulded polyethylene potable water
22 pages, Gr.11 storage tanks.
It is applicable only to potable water storage tanks
SLS 1172 Part 1:1998 (S) subjected to their own hydrostatic head of water
Hose and hose assemblies for liquified and supported on uniform flat bases. it does not
petroleum gas - Rubber hoses and hose cover mobile water tanks, underground water
assemblies tanks and horizontal cylindrical water tanks.
Specifies requirements for the design, 16 pages, Gr.8
construction, inspection and testing of rubber
hoses and hose assemblies used for the transfer of SLS 1175:2021
liquified petroleum gas (LPG) under pressure or Circuit breakers for overcurrent protection
refrigerated. for household and similar installations
18 pages, Gr.10 (Third revision)
Applies to a.c. air-break circuit-breakers for
SLS 1172 Part 2:1998 (S) operation at 50 Hz, 60 Hz or 50/60 Hz, having a
Hose and hose assemblies for liquified rated voltage not exceeding 440 V (between
petroleum gas - Composite hose assemblies phases), a rated current not exceeding 125 A and
Specifies requirements for the design, a rated short-circuit capacity not exceeding 25
construction, inspection and testing of composite 000 A. It also applies to circuit breakers having
hose assemblies used for the transfer of liquified more than one rated current. It does not apply to
petroleum gas (LPG) under pressure or circuit breakers intended to protect motors and
refrigerated. circuit breakers. (=IEC 60898-
11 pages, Gr.6 1:2015+AMD1:2019) Gr.AE

170
SLS 1176:1998 associated safety devices, reference should be
Leather military boots made to national regulations in force.
Prescribes the requirements and methods of test Gr. 18
for leather military boots.
AMD No.1(AMD 314:2004) SLS 1181:2019
34 pages, Gr.14 Ceramic tilesCeramic tiles
(Third revision) Page | 171
SLS 1177:1998 (S) Defines terms and establishes classifications,
Filling ratios and developed pressures for characteristics and marking requirements for
liquefiable and permanent gases ceramic tiles of the best commercial quality. This
Specifies the filling ratios and developed is not applicable to tiles made by other than
pressures to be used when filling, selecting or normal processes of extrusion or dry pressing and
designing containers for conveyance of decorative accessories or trim such as edges,
liquefiable and permanent gases by road or rail corners, skirting, capping, coves, beads, steps,
within Sri Lanka. curved tiles and other accessory pieces or
19 pages, Gr.10 mosaics.(=ISO 13006:2012)
Gr.U
SLS 1178:2013
Transportable welded steel gas containers of SLS 1182 Part 1 Section 1:1998
0.5 l up to 150 l water capacity for liquefied Electromagnetic compatibility(EMC) -
petroleum gas General - Application and interpretation of
(First revision) fundamental definitions and terms
specifies minimum requirements for the Describes and interprets various terms considered
materials, design, construction, workmanship and to be of basic importance to concepts and
testing of containers for the conveyance and practical application in the design and evaluation
storage under pressure of liquefiable petroleum of electromagnetically compatible systems.
gases. It applies to refillable steel containers of (=IEC 61000-1-1:1992)
water capacity of 0.5 l up to 150 l having Gr.IP
longitudinal and/or circumferential main seams
made up by mechanized arc welding. The SLS 1183:1998 (S)
cylinders for use as fuel gas containers of Domestic liquified petroleum gas (LPG)
automobile are excluded from this standard. burning installations at permanent dwellings
AMD No.1 (AMD 490:2016) Specifies the basic requirements for the
32 Pages, Gr.13 installation at permanent dwellings of domestic
systems using liquified petroleum gases (LPG),
SLS 1179:1998 (S) whether from cylinders or bulk supply at a
Rice flakes pressure of 2.8kPa. It applies to the installation of
(Superseded by SLS 1725 PART 4) liquired petroleum gas appliances. It does not
cover installation requirements of bulk tank
SLS 1180:2023 supplies of liquefied petroleum gas.
Specification for pressure regulators for 29 pages, Gr.14
liquefied petroleum gas (LPG)
(First Revision) SLS 1184:1998 (S)
This standard specifies requirements for Valve fittings for use with liquified petroleum
materials, construction, performance and testing gas (LPG) cylinders
of low pressure and high pressure regulators with Specifies the requirements of materials,
screwed, threaded and clip on connectors for use construction, performance and testing of valve
with liquefied petroleum gas which contain fittings for use with liquified petroleum gas
mixtures in the vapour phase, with maximum (LPG) cylinders.
propane content of 30 percent by volume. For 13 pages, Gr.6
installation rules of devices and their possible

171
SLS 1185:1999 SLS 1190:1999
Rubber insulated cables for electric power and Glass bottles for pharmaceuticals
lighting Prescribes the requirements and methods of test
(Withdrawn) for glass bottles for pharmaceuticals from 5 up to
(Superseded by SLS 1504 Parts) 1000 ml nominal capacity.
18 pages, Gr.8
SLS 1186:2021 Page | 172
600/1000V and 1900/3300V armoured electric SLS 1191: 2021
cables having thermosetting insulation Baby oil
(First Revision) (First Revision)
Specifies requirements for construction and Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling
describes methods of test for armoured cable with and test for baby oil and does not cover products,
thermosetting insulation of rated voltages which do not qualify under the criteria for
600/1000V and 1900/3300V. Cables specified in "cosmetics" on evaluation by the local regulatory
this standard are intended for use in fixed authority
installations in industrial areas, buildings and Gr. 6
similar applications.
Gr.18 SLS 1192:1999
Limits for heavy metals in food
SLS 1187:2021 (Withdrawn)
Guide to the selection of high - voltage cables
(First Revision) SLS 1193:2015
This standard is applicable to high-voltage Electric immersion water heaters
cables. It is intended to give guidance in the (Third revision)
selection of the conductor size, insulation level Deals with the safety of portable electric
and construction of cable to be used on three- immersion heaters for household and similar
phase alternating current systems operating at purposes, their rated voltage being not more than
voltages exceeding 1 kV. (=IEC 60183:2015) 250 V.
Gr. IH (=IEC 60335-2-74:2009)
Gr.IF
SLS 1188:1999
Baker’s yeast SLS 1194:1999
Prescribes the requirements and the methods of Tolerance limits for effluents from the palm oil
test for baker’s yeast. industry
19 pages, Gr. 8 Prescribes tolerance limits and methods of
sampling and tests for effluents from industries
SLS 1189 Part 1:1999 involved in palm oil extraction after treatment at
Concrete roofing semi-sheets, tiles and fittings the point of discharge into inland surface waters
- Requirements and marine coastal waters and on land for
Covers the requirements for concrete roofing irrigation purposes.
semi - sheets, tiles and fittings, for assemly into 7 pages, Gr.3
pitched roof coverings.
24 pages, Gr.12 SLS 1195:1999
Tolerance limits for effluents from the coconut
SLS 1189 Part 2:1999 kernel based industry
Concrete roofing semi-sheets, tiles and fittings Prescribes tolerance limits and methods of
-Test methods sampling and test for effluents from the coconut
Specifies test methods for concrete roofing semi kernel based industry after treatment at the point
- sheets, tiles and fittings for assembly into of discharge into inland surface waters and
pitched roof coverings. marine coastal waters and on land for irrigation
16 pages, Gr.8

172
purposes. It does not cover copra and the coconut SLS 1196 Part 5:2000
oil industry. Code of practice for transport, storage and
7 pages, Gr.3 handling of LPG - Storage of full and empty
LPG cylinders and cartridges
SLS 1196 Part 1:1999 Recommends minimum safety standards for the
Code of practice for transport, storage and storage of full and empty LPG cylinders and
handling of LPG - General provisions cartridges at depots, stockists and all other Page | 173
Deals with the general properties of commercial premises where they are normally stored and to
LPG grades, typical applications of LPG, their give guidance on the action to be taken in the
characteristics and hazards that those handling event of an emergency.
and using LPG should generally be aware of. 21 pages, Gr.10
11 pages, Gr.6
SLS 1196 Part 6:2000
SLS 1196 Part 2:2000 Code of practice for transport, storage and
Code of practice for transport, storage and handling of LPG - Use of LPG in cylinders at
handling of LPG - Design, installation and residential premises
maintenance of bulk LPG storage at fixed Covers the installation and safe use of LPG in
installations cylinders at residential premises.
Deals with the design, installation, periodic 11 pages, Gr.4
inspection, examination and testing of bulk LPG
storage at fixed installations. It covers SLS 1196 Part 7:2000
underground/mounded and above ground storage Code of practice for transport, storage and
vessels at fixed installations with vessels of water handling of LPG - Transport of LPG in
capacities above 150 l, and including associated cylinders by road, rail or on water
equipment up to but not including the consuming Covers the safe carriage of LPG in cylinders by
equipment. road, rail or on water.
73 pages Gr.22 11 pages, Gr.4

SLS 1196 Part 3:2000 SLS 1196 Part 8:2000

Code of practice for transport, storage and Code of practice for transport, storage and
handling of LPG - LPG piping system - design handling of LPG - Safe handling and transport
and installation of LPG in bulk by road
Covers pipework in carbon steel, copper or Covers the basic requirements for the design,
polyethylene for conveying LPG conforming to construction, inspection, testing and operation of
SLS 712. tanks and their ancillary loadng and unloading
44 pages, Gr.18 equipment for pressurised LPG road tankers and
tank containers.
SLS 1196 Part 4:2000 46 pages, Gr.17
Code of practice for transport, storage and
handling of LPG - Safe filling of LPG cylinders SLS 1197:1999
at filling plants Access and entry opening for inspection of
Applies to filling plants where cylinders are pressure vessels
filled, stored and maintained. It also covers the Specifies the requirements for the provision and
filling of cylinders at consumers’ premises for its dimensions of sighthole, handhole and manhole
own consumption. The bulk LPG storage reuired openings into static and mobile pressure vessels
to supply cylinder filling is covered in Part 2 of requiring inspection facilities.
this standard. 8 pages, Gr.4
30 pages, Gr.13

173
SLS 1198 Part 1:2022 safe operation under intended use and reasonably
Primary cells and batteries - General foreseeable misuse.
requirements (=IEC 60086-5:2021)
(Third revision) Gr.IS
It is intended to standardize primary batteries
with respect to dimensions, nomenclature, SLS 1199 Part 1 Section 1:2006
terminal configurations, markings, test methods, Page | 174
Common methods for insulating and
typical performance, safety and environmental sheathing materials of electric cables -
aspects. Methods for general application -
(=IEC 60086-1:2021) Measurement of thickness and overall
Gr.IT dimensions - Tests for determining the
mechanical properties
SLS 1198 Part 2:2022 (Superseded by SLS IEC 60811 Parts
Primary cells and batteries - Specification 201,202,203,501)
sheets
(Third revision) SLS 1199 Part 1 Section 2:2006
It is applicable to primary batteries based on Common methods for insulating and
standardized electrochemical systems. It sheathing materials of electric cables -
specifies the physical dimensions and the Methods for general application - Thermal
discharge test conditions and discharge aging methods
performance requirements. (First revision)
(=IEC 60086-2:2021) (Superseded by SLS IEC 60811 Parts 401,412)
Gr.IU
SLS 1199 Part 1 Section 3:2006
SLS 1198: Part 3: 2021 Common methods for insulating and
Primary cells and batteries - watch batteries sheathing materials of electric cables -
Specifies dimensions, designation, methods of Methods for general application - Methods for
tests and requirements for primary batteries for determining the density - Water absorption
watches. In several cases, a menu of test methods tests – Shrinkage test
is given. When presenting battery electrical (Superseded by SLS IEC 60811 Parts
characteristics and/or performance data, the 402,502,503 and 606)
manufacturer specifies which test method was
used. SLS 1199 Part 1 Section 4:2006
(=IEC 60086-3: 2021) Common methods for insulating and
Gr. IM sheathing materials of electric cables -
Methods for general application - Test at low
SLS 1198: Part 4: 2021 temperature
Primary cells and batteries : safety of lithium (Superseded by SLS IEC 60811 Parts 504,
batteries 505,506)
Specifies tests and requirements for primary
lithium batteries to ensure.Their safe operation SLS 1199 Part 2: Section 1:2006
under intended use and reasonably foreseeable Common methods for insulating and
misuse. sheathing materials of electric cables -
=(IEC 60086-4:2019) Methods specific to elastomeric compounds -
Gr. IT Ozone resistance, hot set and mineral oil
immersion tests
SLS 1198 Part 5: 2021 (Superseded by SLS IEC 60811 Parts 403,404
Primary cells and batteries: safety of batteries and 507)
with aqueous electrolyte
Specifies tests and requirements for primary
batteries with aqueous electrolyte to ensure their

174
SLS 1199 Part 3 Section 1:2006 corrosive components - permittivity at 230c -
Common methods for insulating and d.c. resistivity at 230 c and 1000 c.
sheathing materials of electric cables - (Superseded by SLS IEC 60811 Parts 301, 302,
Methods specific to PVC compounds - Tests 411, 601,602 and 603, 604)
for resistance to cracking
(Superseded by SLS IEC 60811 Parts 508,509) SLS 1199 Part 6 Section 1:2002
Page | 175
Common methods for insulating and
SLS 1199 Part 3 Section 2:2006 sheathing materials of electric cables -
Common methods for insulating and Methods specific to thermoplastic compounds
sheathing materials of electric cables - - Method specific to thermoplastic
Methods specific to PVC compounds - Loss of polyurethane sheaths
mass test – thermal stability test Specifies methods to be used for testing
(Superseded by SLS IEC 60811 Parts 405,409) polyurethane insulating and sheathing materials
of electric cables. The methods of test described
SLS 1199 Part 4 Section 1:2006 in this standard are Tensile test on polyurethane
Common methods for insulating and sheath after immersion in water, tear resistance
sheathing materials of electric cables - test for polyurethane sheath and determination of
Methods specific to polyethylene and the saponification value of the polyurethane
polypropylene compounds - Resistance to sheath
environmental stress cracking measurement 9 pages, Gr.5
of melt flow index - carbon black and/or
mineral filler content measurement in SLS 1199 Part 7 Section 1:2002
polyethylene by direct combution - Common methods for insulating and
measurement of carbon black content by sheathing materials of electric cables - Specific
thermo gravimetric ananalysis (TGA) - test methods - non electrical and electrical -
Assesment of carbon black dispersion in Non Electrical tests
polythylene using a microscope. Specifies test methods which are not given in
(Superseded by SLS IEC 60811 Parts 406,510, other parts of SLS 1199. Test methods described
511, 605 and 607) in this part of the standard are suitable for type
tests. These test methods are applicable when
SLS 1199 Part 4 Section 2:2006 specified, by reference to this standard, in the
Common methods for insulating and specification for the type of cable.
sheathing materials of electric cables - 19 pages, Gr.8
Methods specific to polyethylene and
polypropylene compounds - Tensile strength SLS 1199 Part 7 Section 2:2002
and elongation at break after conditioning at Common methods for insulating and
elevated temperature - wrapping test after sheathing materials of electric cables - Specific
conditioning at elevated temperature - test methods - non electrical and electrical -
wrapping test after thermal ageing in air - Electrical tests
measurement of mass increase - long-term Specifies electrical test methods not given in
stability test - test method for copper - other parts of SLS 1199. The test methods
catalyzed oxidative degradation. described in this standard are suitable for use as
(Superseded by SLS IEC 60811 Parts 407,408, type tests. These test methods are applicable
410, 510, 512 and 513) when specified, by reference to this standard, in
the specification for type of cable. The methods
SLS 1199 Part 5 Section 1:2006 of test described in this standard are
Common methods for insulating and a) Test for insulation resistance constant (K
sheathing materials of electric cables - value)b) Test for power factor and permittivity
Methods specific to filling compounds Drop c) Capacitance test for water absorption of
point - separation of oil - lower temperature insulation
brittlenes - total acid number - abscence of 8 pages, Gr.5

175
SLS 1200:2012 SLS 1205:2000 (S)
Energy efficiency rating for fluorescent lamp LP gas fuel containers for conversion of
ballasts automotives to bi - fuel (petrol - LPG)
(Second revision) propulsion systems
Specifies a test method for measuring active Specifies requirements for welded carbon steel
power loss of magnetic ballasts used with 18/20 LP gas fuel containers of total volume not greater
W and 36/40 W tubular fluorescent lamps than 500 l, and for welded stainless steel LP gas Page | 176
operated on a.c. supplies at 50 Hz, 230 V fuel containers of total volume not greater than
nominal. It also specifies the requirements and 200 l intended for automotive installations.
power ratings for assigning star ratings for energy LKR.600.00
efficiency labelling of magnetic and electronic
ballasts. SLS 1206:2000
13 Pages, Gr.7 Cable trunking made of insulating material
Specifies dimensions and performance
SLS 1201:2000 requirements for non-flame propagating cable
Roll on pilferproof metal closures trunking made of insulating material. It also
Prescribes the requirements and methods of test specifies a system of classification for cable
for roll on pilferproof metal closures suitable for trunking according to its material and properties.
glass bottles with roll on pilferproof neck finishes AMD No.1 (AMD 363:2007) AMD No.2 (AMD
conforming to SLS 601 Part 1. 375:2008) AMD No.3 (AMD 419:2011)
10 pages, Gr.6 13 pages, Gr.7

SLS 1202:2000 SLS 1207 Part 1:2001

Unplasticized polyvinyl chloride (U-PVC) Umbrella - Non-folding umbrella
pipes for soil and waste discharge systems Prescribes the requirements for non - folding
inside buildings umbrella. It does not cover toy, hat and garden
(Superseded by SLS 1325) umbrella.
AMD No.1 (AMD 377:2008)
SLS 1203:2000 (S) 8 pages, Gr.4
Filling unit for LPG for automotive use
Specifies the requirements of materials, SLS 1207 Part 2:2001
construction, performance and testing of filling Umbrella - Folding umbrella
unit of LPG for automotive use. Prescribes the requirements for folding umbrella.
LKR 375.00 AMD No 1 (AMD 378:2008)
9 pages, Gr.4
SLS 1204:2000 (S)
Classification of LPG components used for SLS 1208:2001
conversion of automotives to bi - fuel (petrol - Vaporizer and regulator for conversion of
LPG) propulsion systems automotive to bi - fuel (Petrol - LPG)
Specifies the classification of LPG components propulsion system
used in the LPG fuel systems of automobiles. Specifies the requirements for vaporizer and
LPG components designed for a maximum regulator used in the conversion of automotives
operating pressure range below 20 kPa and above to bi - fuel (Petrol - LPG) propulsion systems, It
atmospheric pressure are excluded in this covers requirements design, selection of
standard. materials, marketing and testing.
LKR 300.00 7 pages, Gr.4

176
SLS 1209:2001 regional practices. The technology of canning
Rubber/synthetic hoses and hose assemblies crab meat is not covered in this code.
for liquefied petrolium gas in automotives 48 pages, Gr.18
Specifies the requrements of rubber and hose
assemblies and synthetic hoses and hose SLS 1214:2001 (2010) (Reaffirmed)
assemblies, up to a maximum bore diameter of 20 Viscose yarn
mm, for use in motor vehicles operated by Prescribes the requirements of viscose rayon cut Page | 177
Liquefied Petroleum gas installation. It covers the staple ring spun & open end yarn intended for use
hoses and hose assemblies designed for use up to in powerlooms.
maximum operating pressure of 3 Mpa and 9 pages, Gr.5
working temperature between - 400 C and +
800C. SLS 1215:2001
10 pages, Gr.3 Accessories fitted to the LPG container for
automotive use Accessories fitted to the LPG
SLS 1210:2001 container for automotive use
Unplasticized poly (vinyl chloride) (PVC - U) Specifies the requirements of materials,
pipe fittings for soil waste discharge systems construction, performance and testing of
inside buildings. accessories fitted to the LPG container used in
(Superseded by SLS 1325) liquid withdrawal system of Bi-fuel (Petrol-LPG)
propulsion systems in automotive.
SLS 1211:2001 (S) LKR300.00
Code of hygenic practice for bottled
(packaged) drinking waters SLS 1216:2001
Recommends general techniques for collecting, Measurement of relative permittivity,
processing, labelling, packaging, storing, dielectric dissipation factor and D.C.
transporting, distributing and offering for sale of resistivity of insulating liquids.
drinking waters for direct consumption. All Prescribes for the determination of dielectric
bottled/packaged drinking waters other than dissipation factor, relative permittivity and d.c.
natural mineral water are covered by this code. resistivity of hydrocarbons and askarels which
10 pages, Gr.6 are liquid at the test temperature.
(=IEC 60247:1978)
SLS 1212:2001 Gr.IJ
Passenger car tyres
Prescribes the designation, diamensions, marking SLS 1217:2001
and performance requirements for passenger car Table potatoes
tyres. Prescribes the requirements and methods of test
12 pages, Gr.6 for potatoes. (Solanum tuberosum L.)
10 pages, Gr.5
SLS 1213:2001
Code of practice for crabs SLS 1218:2001
Applies generally to commercial crabs of the Comminuted meat products
Cancer species, king crab related species Prescribes the requirements and methods of test
(Lithodes and Paralithodes), swimming crabs for comminuted meat products. It does not cover
(Portunidae), Geryon species and snow crab canned comminuted meat products.
species (Chinoectes). It may also apply to other (Supersedes SLS 167:1988 & SLS 886:1990)
species which are similar in physical structure to AMD No.1 (AMD 305:2003)
the above mentioned. It contains the AMD No.2 (AMD 326:2006)
technological guidelines and the essential AMD No.3 (AMD 339:2006)
requirements of hygiene for harvesting, AMD No.4 (AMD 488:2016)
processing and handling of crabs at sea and on (Corrigendum No.1)
shore. No attempt has been made to identify 20 pages Gr.10

177
SLS 1219:2001 SLS 1224:2002
Coir fibre pith substrate Onions (big onions)
Prescribes the requirements and methods of test Prescribes the requirements and gradings for
for coir fibre pith used as a substrate for plant onions grown varieties (cultivars) of Allium
growth cepa L.
21 pages, Gr.11 8 pages, Gr.5
Page | 178
SLS 1220:2016 SLS 1225:2016
Bathing bars Energy efficiency rating for self-ballasted
(First revision) Integral type compact fluorescent lamps For
This specification prescribes the requirements general lighting services
and methods of sampling and test for bathing bars (First revision)
which contain fatty matter as well as synthetic Specifies requirements for energy efficiency
surface active agents. labelling of self-ballasted lamps operating on
Amd No 01(Amd 516:2018) mains supply of 230 V, a.c. 50 Hz nominal, and
20 pages, Gr.10 method of measurement of electrical energy
consumption and luminous flux for determination
SLS 1221:2001 of efficiency of the lamps for the purpose of
Denatured alcohol energy efficiency labelling. It also specifies
Prescribes the requirements and the methods of dimensions, colours and the contents of the
sampling and test for denatured alcohol used for energy efficiency label.
cosmetics and industrial purposes. 15 Pages, Gr.8
13 Pages, Gr.7
SLS 1226:2002
SLS 1222 Part 1:2001 Red onions
Porcelain tableware - Requirements Prescribes the requirements and gradings for red
Prescribes requirements for porcelain tableware. onions grown from varieties (cultivars) of Allium
AMD No.1(AMD 434:2012) ascalonium.
13 pages, Gr.6 7 pages, Gr.4

SLS 1222 Part 2:2001 SLS 1227:2002

Porcelain tableware - Test methods Fresh bananas
Prescribes test methods for porcelain tableware. Prescribes the requirements for fresh bananas
AMD No.1(AMD 435:2012) grown from Musa spp of the Musaceae family to
16 pages, Gr.8 be supplied fresh to the consumer. Bananas
intended for cooking only (plantains) or industrial
SLS 1223 Part 1:2001 processing are excluded.
Low voltage switchgear and controlled gear 7 pages, Gr.5
assemblies - Type tested and partially type
tested assemblies. SLS 1228:2002
(Withdrawn) Fresh tomatoes
Prescribes the requirements and gradings for
SLS 1223 Part 3:2001 fresh tomatoes, to be supplied fresh to the
Low voltage switchgear and controlled gear consumer.
assemblies - Particular requirements for low 9 pages, Gr.5
voltage switchgear and control gear
assemblies intended to be installed in places SLS 1229:2002
where unskilled persons have access for their Pineapples
use - destribution boards Prescribes the requirements of grades and size
(Withdrawn) classification for commercial varieties of
pineapples grown from Ananas comosus (L)

178
Merr. of the Bromeliaceae family, to be supplied SLS 1232 Part 1:2003
fresh to the consumer. Pineapples for industrial Single capped compact fluorescent lamps -
processing are excluded. Performance requirements
8 pages, Gr.5 Specifies the performance requirements and
methods of test for single capped fluorescent
SLS 1230:2003 lamps for general lighting service.
70 pages Gr.20 Page | 179
Energy efficiency rating of household
refrigerator, refrigerator - freezers and
freezers SLS 1233: 2021
Specifies requirements for energy efficiency Determination of breaking force and
labelling of household electric refrigerators of the elongation at break of individual fibres
vapour compression type, together with a test (First Revision)
method for dertermining the energy consumption Specifies the method and conditions of test for the
of refrigerators that are capable of complying determination of the breaking force and
with ice making test, pull down test, temperature elongation at break of individual fibres in the
performance test and water vapour condensation conditioned or wet state. The determination of
test. these fibre properties, when carried out on
55 pages, Gr.19 different kinds of testing equipment, will not
generally give identical results. To avoid such
SLS 1231 Part 1:2021 differences, this document is restricted to the use
Self ballasted lamps for general lighting of constant-rate-of-extension testing machine. It
services (integral type compact fluorescent is applicable to all fibres, including crimped
lamps) - Performance requirements fibres, provided that the length of fibre available
(First revision) enables the gauge length specified in this
Specifies the performance requirements and document.
methods of tests for tubular fluorescent and other (ISO 5079:2020)
gas discharge lamps with integrated means for Gr. F
controlling, starting and stable operation (self
ballasted lamps) intended for domestic and SLS 1234 Part 1: 2023
similar general lighting services having a rated Textiles — bursting properties of fabrics —
wattage up to 60W, a rated voltage of 100v to part 1: hydraulic method for determination of
250v and Edision screw or bayonet caps. bursting strength and bursting distension
(IEC 60969:2016) (First Revision)
Gr. IP This document describes a hydraulic method for
the determination of bursting strength and
SLS 1231 Part 2:2016 bursting distension of textile fabrics. In this
Self ballasted lamps for general lighting document, a hydraulic pressure is applied using a
services (integral type compact fluorescent constant rate of pumping device. NOTE ISO
lamps) - Safety requirements 13938-2 describes a method using pneumatic
(Second revision) pressure. The method is applicable to knitted,
Specifies the safety and interchangeability woven, nonwoven and laminated fabrics. It can
requirements, together with the test methods and be suitable for fabrics produced by other
conditions required to show compliance of techniques. The test is suitable for test specimens
tubular fluorescent lamps with integrated means in the conditioned or wet state. From the available
for controlling starting and stable operation. data, there appears to be no significant difference
(=IEC 60968:2015) in the bursting strength results achieved using
Gr.IL hydraulic or pneumatic burst testers, for pressures
up to 800 kPa. This pressure range covers the
majority of performance levels expected of
general apparel. For speciality textiles requiring

179
high bursting pressures, the hydraulic apparatus SLS 1237:2002
is more suitable. Working areas for LP GAS fuelled vehicles
(ISO 13938-1:2019) Sets out requirements for the premises and
Gr. C procedures for the types of work or activities
associated with gas-fuelledvehicles converting
SLS 1234 Part 2: 2023 and equipping vehicles to use liquified petrolium
Textiles — bursting properties of fabrics — gas (LPG) as an engine fuel, Maintanence, Page | 180
part 2: pneumatic method for determination servicing and repairs to the gas fuel
of bursting strength and bursting distension system.e.g.adjustment, maintenance and
(First Revision) replacement of gas system componentry; and
This document describes a pneumatic pressure Routine motor vehicle maintenance not involving
method for the determination of bursting strength the gas fuel system, e.g.lubrication, brake repair
and bursting distension of textile fabrics. NOTE or wheel alignment, body or windscreen repairs,
ISO 13938-1 describes a method using hydraulic engine tuning.
pressure. The method is applicable to knitted, 18 pages, Gr.9
woven, nonwoven and laminated fabrics. It can
be suitable for fabrics produced by other SLS 1238 Part 1:2002
techniques. The test is suitable for test specimens Method of test for components used in (LPG-
in the conditioned or wet state. From the available Petrol) bi-fuel propulsion system of
data there appears to be no significant difference automobiles - Physical and mechanical tests
in the bursting strength results achieved using Includes the test methods applicable for LP Gas
hydraulic or pneumatic burst testers, for pressures components used in automobiles run by (LPG-
up to 800 kPa. This pressure range covers the petrol bi fuel propulsion systems.
majority of performance levels expected of 12 pages, Gr. 6
general apparel. For speciality textiles requiring
high bursting pressures, the hydraulic apparatus SLS 1239 Part 1:2011
is more suitable AC and /or DC – supplied electronic ballast for
(ISO 13938-2:2019) tubular fluorescent lamps - Safety
Gr. C requirements
(First revision)
SLS 1235:2019 Specifies particular safety requirements for
Lead - acid starter batteries for motor cycles electronic control gear for use on a.c. and d.c.
and similar vehicles supplies up to 1000 V at 50 Hz or 60Hz with
(First revision) operating frequencies deviating from the supply
specifies requirements and methods of test for frequency, associated with fluorescent lamps as
Lead-acid batteries used for starting, lighting and specified in IEC 60081 and IEC 60901 and other
ignition of motor cycles, scooters, three wheelers fluorescent lamps for high-frequency operation.
and similar vehicles. Batteries with a nominal (=IEC 61347-2-3: 2011)
voltage of 6 V and 12 V are included within the Gr.IS
scope of this standard
21 pages, Gr.10 SLS 1239 Part 2:2011
AC and /or DC – supplied electronic ballast for
SLS 1236 Part 1:2002 tubular fluorescent lamps - Performance
Bolts, screws, studs and nuts - General requirements
requirements (first revision)
This part consists of the following 6 sections Specifies performance requirements for
specifying the general requirements of bolts, electronic control gear for use on a.c. at 50 Hz or
screws, studs and nuts.) 60 Hz and / or d.c. supplies, both up to 1000 V,
104 pages, Gr.23 with operating frequencies deviating from the
supply frequency, associated with fluorescent
lamps as specified in IEC 60081 and IEC 60901

180
and other fluorescent lamps for high-frequency SLS 1242 Part 3:2002
operation. Determination of the abrasion resistance of
(=IEC 60929:2011) fabrics by the Martindale apparatus -
Gr.IR Determination of mass loss
Applicable to the determination of the mass loss
SLS 1240:2003 (2013) (Reaffirmed) of specimens covering all textile fabrics including
Polyester viscose yarn nonwovens apart from fabrics where the specifier Page | 181
Prescribes the requirements and methods of test indicates the end performance as having a low
for ring -spun polyester viscose blended yarn abrasion wear life.
9 pages, Gr.4 (=ISO 12947-3:1998)
Gr.D
SLS 1241:2002 (2013) (Reaffirmed)
Floor paint SLS 1242 Part 4:2002
Prescribes the requirements and methods of test Determination of the abrasion resistance of
for floor paints intended for interior use or for use fabrics by the Martindale apparatus -
on exterior surfaces such as porches, porch steps Assessment of appearance change
and carport floors Applicable to the assessment of the appearence
(Corrigendum No.1) change of specimens covering all textile fabrics
9 pages, Gr.5 including nonwovens and fabrics where the
specifier indicates the end performance as having
SLS 1242 Part 1:2002 a low abrasion wear life. This method differs
Determination of the abrasion resistance of appreciably from those in ISO 12947-2 and
fabrics by the Martindale apparatus - 12947-3.
Martindale abrasion testing apparatus (=ISO 12947-4:1998)
Specifies requirements for the Martindale testing Gr.C
apparatus and auxiliary materials for use in the
test methods specified in parts 2 to 4 ISO 12947 SLS 1243 PART 1: 2021
for the determination of the abrasion resistance of Method for determination of fabric propensity
fabrics. This is applicable to apparatus for the to surface pilling, fuzzing or matting – pilling
testing of wovan and knitted fabrics; pile textiles box method
having a pile height of up to 2 mm.; nonwovans (First Revision)
(=ISO 12947-1:1998) Specifies a method for the determination of the
Gr.F resistance to pilling, fuzzing, and matting of
textile fabrics using a rotating pilling box
SLS 1242 Part 2:2002 apparatus.
Determination of the abrasion resistance of (=ISO 12945-1:2020)
fabrics by the Martindale apparatus - Gr. D
Determination of speciman breakdown
Applicable to the determination of the inspection SLS 1243 PART 2: 2021
interval to breakdown of specimens covering all Method for determination of fabric propensity
textile fabrics including nonwovens apart from to surface pilling, fuzzing or matting –
fabrics where the specifier indicates the end modified martindale method
performance as having a low abrasion wear life. (First Revision)
(=ISO 12947-2:1998) Specifies a method for the determination of the
Gr.F resistance to pilling, fuzzing, and matting of
textile fabrics using a modified Martindale
method
(=ISO 12945-2: 2020)
Gr. G

181
SLS 1243 PART 3: 2021 SLS 1247:2015
Method for determination of fabric propensity Blended hydraulic cements
to surface pilling, fuzzing or matting – (Second revision)
random tumble pilling method Covers the requirements for constituents,
(First Revision) composition, mechanical properties, physical
specifies a method for the determination of the properties, chemical properties, packaging,
resistance to pilling, fuzzing, and matting of marking and delivery of two strength classes of Page | 182
textile fabrics using the random tumble pilling blended hydraulic cements (BHCs).
tester. This method is applicable to most of AMD No.1, (AMD 482:2016)
woven and knitted fabrics, including napped AMD No.2, (AMD 543:2021)
fabrics (fleeces, inlay fabrics). 23 Pages, Gr.17
(=ISO 12945-3:2020)
Gr. F SLS 1248:2002
LP gas fuel systems for vehicle engines
SLS 1243 - 4: 2021 Specifies requirements for liquefied petroleum
Method for determination of fabric propensity gas (LP gas) fuel systems for engines mounted on
to surface pilling, fuzzing or matting – part 4 - motor vehicles either on the propulsion of the
assessment of pilling, fuzzing and matting by vehicles or for driving some auxiliary function,
visual analysis e.g a mixer or a pump.It provides requirements
Specifies a method for the visual assessment of for the design and construction of component
pilling, fuzzing, and matting respectively of parts, and for their installation in vehicles, and
textile fabrics. This method is applicable to most for tests, commissioning and periodic inspection
of woven and knitted fabrics, including napped 36 pags, Gr.17
fabrics (fleeces, inlay fabrics).
(=ISO 12945-4:2020) SLS 1249 Part 1:2015
Gr. C Seam textile properties and made up textile
articles - Determination of maximum force to
SLS 1244:2003 (2023) (Reaffirmed) seam rapture using the strip method
Standard Lanka crepe rubber (First revision)
Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling Specifies a procedure to determine the seam
and tests for different grades of Standard Lanka maximum force of sewn seams when the force is
Crepe rubber. applied perpendicularly to the seam and specifies
7 pages, Gr.4 the method known as the strip test. The method is
mainly applicable to woven textile fabrics,
SLS 1245:2003 (2023) (Reaffirmed) including fabrics which exhibit stretch
Metrolac chart for natural rubber latex characteristics imparted by the presence of an
Prescribes the Ready Reckoner Chart (Metrolac elastomeric fibre, mechanical or chemical
chart) readings for latex from which the dry treatment. It is not normally applicable to
rubber content could be estimated. The geotextiles, nonwovens, coated fabrics, textile-
formulation of values have been done only for the glass woven fabrics and fabrics made from
dilution (1:2 latex to water) . This also prescribes carbon fibres or polyolefin tape yarns
the laboratory method of test for the (=ISO 13935- 1:2014)
determination of dry rubber content in latex. Gr.D
6 pages, Gr.3
SLS 1249 Part 2:2015
SLS 1246:2003 (S) Seam textile properties and made up textile
Compost from municipal solid wastes and articles - Determination of maximum force to
agricultural wastes seam rapture using the grab method
(Superseded SLS 1634 and SLS 1635) (First revision)
Specifies methods for the determination of seam
maximum force of sewn seams when the force is

182
applied perpendicularly to the seam and describes another direction of the fabric during the tear test
the method known as the grab test. The method is is likely to occur.
mainly applicable to woven textile fabrics, (=ISO 13937-1:2000)
including fabrics which exhibit stretch (Supersedes SLS 1130)
characteristics imparted by the presence of an Gr.E
elastomeric fibre, mechanical or chemical
treatment. It is normally not applicable to SLS 1251 Part 2:2003 Page | 183
geotextiles, nonwovens, coated fabrics, textile- Determination of tearing force - Method using
glass woven fabrics and fabrics made from trouser shaped test specimens (Single Tear
carbon fibres or polyolefin tape yarns Method)
(= ISO 13935-2:2014) Describes a single-tear method to determine
Gr.E fabric tear force, known as the trouser test, using
a test specimen cut to form trouser-shaped legs.
SLS 1250:2013 The test is mainly applicable to woven textile
Method for the preparation, marking and fabrics. It may be applicable to fabrics produced
measuring of fabric specimens and garments by other techniques, e.g. to some nonwovens
in tests for determination of dimentional (with the same under-mentioned restrictions as
change for the woven fabrics). In general the method is
(Second revision) not applicable to knitted fabrics and woven
Specifies a method for the preparation, marking elastic fabrics. It is not suitable for highly
and measuring of textile fabrics, garments and anisotropic fabrics or loose fabrics where tear
fabric assemblies for use in tests for assessing transfer from one direction to another direction of
dimensional change after a specified treatment the fabric during the tear test is likely to occur.
such as washing, dry cleaning, soaking in water The method only allows the use of constant-rate
and steaming, following the procedures in ISO of extension(CRE) testing machines.
3005, ISO 7771, ISO 6330, ISO 3175 or ISO (Supersedes SLS 1130)
15797. This standard is applicable to woven and (=ISO 13937-2:2000)
knitted fabrics, and made – up textile articles. The Gr.G
procedures are not applicable to certain
upholstery coverings. SLS 1251 Part 3:2003
(=ISO 3759:2011) Determination of tearing force - Method using
Gr.C wing shaped test specimens (Single Tear
Method)
SLS 1251 Part 1:2003 Describes a single-tear method to determine
Determination of tearing force - Ballistic fabric tear known as the wing test using a
Pendulum Method specimen cut to form two wings for clamping
Describes a method known as the ballistic inclined at a defined angle to the thread direction.
pendulum (Elmendorf) method for the The test is mainly applicable to woven textile
determination of tear force of textile fabrics. The fabrics. It may be applicable to fabrics produced
method describes the measurement of the tear by other techniques. In general the method is not
force required to propagate a single-rip tear of applicable to knitted fabrics, woven elastic
defined length from a cut in a fabric when a fabrics and nonwovens, to which the trapezoidal
sudden force is applied. The test is mainly test method is preferably applied. The method
applicable to woven textile fabrics. It may be only allows the use of constant-rate-of extension
applicable to fabrics produced by the techniques. (CRE) testing machines.
e.g. to nonwovens (with the same under- (Supersedes SLS 1130)
mentioned restrictions as for the woven fabrics). (=ISO 13937-3:2000)
In general the test is not applicable to knitted Gr.F
fabrics and woven elastic fabrics. It is not
suitable for highly anisotropic fabrics or loose
fabrics where tear transfer from one direction to

183
SLS 1251 Part 4:2003 SLS 1255 Part 1:2003
Method using tongue - shaped test specimens Methods of test for non-folding wheelchairs -
(Double Tear Method) Determination of static stability
Describes a double-tear method known as the Specifies the test methods for determining the
tongue test, a test specimen with cuts shaped to static tipping stability of wheelchairs, including
form a tongue. The test is mainly applicable to scooters. It is applicable to wheelchairs and
woven textile fabrics. It may be applicable to vehicles that are included in the 12.21 series Page | 184
fabrics produced by other techniques. e.g.to described in ISO 9999 and are intended to
some non wovens (with the same under- provide indoor mobility for people with
mentioned restrictions as for the woven fabrics). disabilities whose mass does more exceed the
In general the method is not applicable to knitted maximum mass of the test dummy given in ISO
fabrics and woven elastic fabrics. The method 7176-11.
only allows the use of constant-rate-of (=ISO 7176-1:1999) Gr.G
extension(CRE) testing machines.
(Supersedes SLS 1130) SLS 1255 Part 3:2003
(=ISO 13937-4:2000) Methods of test for non-folding wheelchairs -
Gr.E Determination of effectiveness of brakes
Specifies the test methods for the measurement of
SLS 1252 Part 1:2003 the effectiveness of brakes of manual
Safety Footwear - Method of test for safety wheelchairs, and electrically powered
footwear wheelchairs, including scooters, intended to carry
(Superseded by SLS 1363) one person, with a maximum speed not exceeding
15 km/h. It also specifies disclosure requirements
SLS 1252 Part 2:2003 for the manufacturer.
Safety Footwear - General requirements for (=ISO 7176-3:2003)
safety footwear Gr.J
(Superseded by SLS 1364)
SLS 1255 Part 5:2003
SLS 1253:2015 Methods of test for non-folding wheelchairs -
Portland limestone cement Determination of overall dimensions, mass
(Second revision) and turning space
Covers the requirements for constituents, Specifies methods for determining overall
composition, mechanical properties, physical dimensions (both ready for occupation and
properties, chemical properties, packaging, folded), mass and minimum turning space of
marking and delivery of four strength classes of wheelchairs (manual and electric).
Portland Limestone Cement (PLC). (=ISO 7176-5:1986)
AMD No 1(Amd 483:2016) Gr.B
Pages 22, Gr.10
SLS 1255 Part 7:2003
SLS 1254:2003 Methods of test for non-folding wheelchairs -
Non-folding wheelchairs Measurement of seating and wheel dimensions
Lays down minimum requirements of material, Specifies a method for measuring the seating and
dimensions, performance and testing for non- wheel dimensions of wheelchairs. It is applicable
folding adult wheelchairs used indoors and to wheelchairs and vehicles intended to provide
outdoors by individuals and in hospitals or indoor and outdoor mobility at speed up to 15
similar institutions. km/h for people with disabilities whose mass
21 pages, Gr.12 does not exceed 120 kg. It does not apply to
wheelchairs with a seat width of less than212 mm
and does not specify nominal seating and wheel
dimensions for wheelchairs.(=ISO 7176-7:1998)
Gr.T

184
SLS 1255 Part 8:2003 SLS 1256 Part 1:2016
Methods of test for non-folding wheelchairs - Methods of test for paints and varnishes -
Requirements and test methods for static Examination and preparation of samples for
impact and fatigue strengths testing(First revision)
Specifies requirements for static, impact and Specifies both the procedure for preliminary
fatigue strength of wheelchairs including scooters examination of a single sample, as received for
intended for users whose mass does not exceed testing, and the procedure for preparing a test Page | 185
100kg. It applies to occupant - and attendant - sample by blending and reduction of a series of
propelled manual wheelchair and electrically samples representative of a consignment or bulk
powered wheelchairs intended to provide indoor of paint, varnish or related product.
and outdoor mobility for people with disabilities. (=ISO 151:2010)
For electrically powered wheelchairs it applies to Gr.B
those with a maximum speed of not more than
15km/h where not more than two wheels are SLS 1256 Part 2:2019
driven and which have three or more wheels Methods of test for paints and varnishes -
located on two parallel, transverse axes. Determination of flow time by the use of flow
(=ISO 7176-8:1998) cups
Gr.U Specifies a method for determining the flow time
of paints, varnishes and related products that may
SLS 1255 Part 11:2003 be used to control consistency. The method is
Methods of test for non-folding wheelchairs - limited to testing materials for which the
Test Dummies breakpoint of the flow from the orifice of the flow
Specifies the construction of test dummies with cup can be determined with certainty.
nominal masses of 25 kg, 50 kg, 75 kg and 100 (Supersedes SLS 535:1981 part 1 Section 1.3)
kg. (=ISO 2431:2019)
(=ISO 7176-11:1992) Gr.H
Gr.E
SLS 1256 Part 3:2004
SLS 1255 Part 13:2003 Methods of test for paints and varnishes -
Methods of test for non-folding wheelchairs - Determination of viscosity at a high rate of
Determination of coefficient of friction of test shear
surfaces Deals with the sampling and testing of paints,
Specifies a test method for determining the varnishes and ralated products. It specifies the
coeffcient of friction of a test surface that has a general procedure to be followed in determining
rough texture, such as unfinished concrete. the dynamic viscosity of paints, varnishes and
(=ISO 7176-13:1989) related products at a rate of shear between 9000
Gr.A s-1 and 12000 s-1.(Supersedes SLS 535:1981
part 1 Section 1.4)(=ISO 2884-1:1999)
SLS 1255 Part 22:2003 Gr.C
Methods of test for non-folding wheelchairs -
Set up procedures SLS 1256 Part 4:2004
Specifies a set-up procedure to be used in the Methods of test for paints and varnishes -
preparation of adjustable wheelchairs for testing Determination of flash point-closed cup
in accordance with the ISO 7176 series. This equilibrium method
procedure gives methods to be used where there Specifies a method to determine the flash point of
are no manufacturers’ instuction for setting the paints, varnishes, paint binders, solvents,
wheelchair adjustments. it is applicable to manual petroleum or related products. It is not applicable
wheelchairs and electric wheel chairs (including to water-borne paints which may, however, be
scooters) intended to provide indoor and/ or tested using ISO 3679. (Supersedes SLS
outdoor mobility.(=ISO 7176-22:2000) 535:1981 part 1 Section 1.5) (=ISO 1523:2002)
Gr.F Gr. F

185
SLS 1256 Part 5:2019 SLS 1256 Part 9:2004
Methods of test for paints and varnishes - Methods of test for paints and varnishes -
Determination of density Preparation of acid extracts from liquid paints
Deals with the sampling and testing of paints, Describes methods for the preparation of acid
varnishes and related products. It specifies a extracts required as the test solutions for the
method for determining the density of paints, determination of the “soluble” metal contents of
varnishes and related products using a paints and related products in liquid or powder Page | 186
pyknometer. The method is limited to materials form. It is not applicable to dried or comminuted
of low or medium viscosity at the temperature of paint films.
test.(Supersedes SLS 535:1981 Part 1Section 1.6) (Supersedes SLS 535 Part 2 Section 2.4:1981)
(=ISO 2811-1:2016) (=ISO 6713:1984)
Gr. E Gr. C

SLS 1256 Part 6:2004 SLS 1256 Part 10:2004

Methods of test for paints and varnishes - Methods of test for paints and varnishes -
Determination of quantity of material in a Determination of soluble lead
container Describes two methods for the determination of
Prescribes a method of test for the determination the lead content of the test solutions, prepared
of quantity of material in a container. according to ISO 6713 or other suitable
(Supersedes SLS 535:1981 Part 1 Section 1.7) International Standards. The methods are
5 pages, Gr.3 applicable to paints having “soluble” lead
contents in the range of about 0.05 to 5% (m/m).
SLS 1256 Part 7:2004 (=ISO 3856-1:1984)
Methods of test for paints and varnishes - (Supersedes SLS 535 Part 2 Section 2.5:1981)
Determination of water by the dean and stark Gr. C
method
Specifies a method of test for the determination SLS 1256 Part 11 Section 1/ Section 2:2005
of water in liquid paints, varnishes and allied Methods of test for paints and varnishes -
products and dried films of these products using Preparation of standard panels for testing -
the Dean and Stark apparatus. Application of paints on panel
(Supersedes SLS 535:1981 Part 2 Section 2.1 and Specifies methods for the preparation of standard
2.2) panels for testing of paints, varnishes and allied
10 pages, Gr.5 products and application of paints on panels.
(Supersedes SLS 535 part 3 Section 3.1. Section
SLS 1256 Part 8:2019 3.2 and Section 3.3:1981)
Methods of test for paints and varnishes - 11 pages Gr.6
Determination of non-volatile matter
(First revision) SLS 1256 Part 12:2010
Specifies a method for determining the non- Methods of test for paints and varnishes -
volatile-matter content by mass of paints, Determination of surface drying time using
varnishes, binders for paints and varnishes, ballotini method
polymer dispersions and condensation resins (Superseded by SLS 1256 part 30)
such as phenolic resins. The method is also
applicable to formulated dispersions containing SLS 1256 Part 13:2005
fillers, pigments and other auxilaries Methods of test for paints and varnishes -
(Supersedes SLS 535 Part 2 Section 2.3:1981 & Determination of hard drying time
SLS 1256-8:2004) Specifies a method of test for the determination
(=ISO 3251:2019) of the hard drying time.
Gr. D (Supersedes SLS 535 part 3 Section 3.5)
6 pages Gr.4

186
SLS 1256 Part 14:2005 SLS 1256 Part 18:2005
Methods of test for paints and varnishes - Methods of test for paints and varnishes -
Print - free test Measurement of specular gloss of paint films
Specifies a method of test for assessing, by means Specifies a method for measuring of specular
of a simple empirical test, the resistance of a coat gloss of paints, varnishes or allied products.
of paint, varnish or related product to imprinting (Supersedes SLS 535 part 4 Section 4.3:1981)
by a nylon gauze under a specified force applied 7 pages Gr.4 Page | 187
for a specified time.(Supersedes SLS 535 part 3
Section 3.6:1981)(=ISO 3678:1976) SLS 1256 Part 19: 2023
Gr. A Methods of test for paints and varnishes :
determination of hiding power of paints for
SLS 1256 Part 15: 2023 masonry, concrete and interior use
Methods of test for paints and varnishes : (Second Revision)
determination of film thickness This document specifies methods for determining
(Second Revision) the hiding power given by paint coats of white or
This document describes methods for measuring light colours of tristimulus values Y and Y10
the thickness of coatings applied to a substrate. greater than 25, applied to a black and white
Methods for determining wet-film thickness, dry- chart, or to a colourless transparent foil. In the
film thickness and the film thickness of uncured latter case the tristimulus values Y and Y10 are
powder layers are described. For each method measured over black and white panels.
described, this document provides an overview of Subsequently, the hiding power is calculated
the field of application, existing standards and the from these tristimulus values. This document also
precision. Information on measuring film specifies a simple method for calculating the
thickness on rough surfaces is given in Annex B. spreading rate for paints with a volatile matter
Information on measuring film thickness on content with low evaporation speed, e.g. coatings
wooden substrates is given in Annex C. for interior walls and ceilings as specified in EN
(ISO 2808:2019) 13300. (ISO 6504-3:2019)
Gr. T Gr. L
SLS 1256 Part 16: 2023 SLS 1256 Part 20 Section 1: 2023
Methods of test for paints and varnishes : Methods of test for paints and varnishes:
determination of fineness of grind determination of scratch resistance : constant
(Second Revision) loading method
This document specifies a method for (First Revision)
determining the fineness of grind of paints, inks This document specifies a test method for
and related products by use of a suitable gauge, determining, under defined conditions, the
graduated in micrometres. It is applicable to all resistance of a single coating or a multi-coat
types of liquid paints and related products, except system of paint, varnish or related product to
products containing pigments in flake form (e.g. penetration, by scratching with a scratch stylus
glass flakes, micaceous iron oxides, zinc flakes). loaded with a specified load. The stylus
(ISO 1524:2020) penetrates to the substrate, except in the case of a
Gr. C multi-coat system, in which case the stylus can
penetrate either to the substrate or to an
SLS 1256 Part 17:2005 intermediate coat.The method specified can be
Methods of test for paints and varnishes - carried out:a) either as a “pass/fail” test, by
Visual comparison of the colour of paints testing with a single specified load applied to the
Specifies method of test for visual comparison of stylus to assess conformity with a particular
the colour of paints.(Supersedes SLS 535 Part 4 specification; or b) as an assessment test by
Section 4.1 and 4.2:1981) AMD No.1 (AMD applying increasing loads to the stylus to
370:2008) determine the minimum load at which the coating
5 pages Gr.3 is penetrated.NOTE Neither this document nor

187
ISO 1518-2 specifies a method using a curved ISO 4624. NOTE 2 Although the test is primarily
stylus, which is specified in ISO 12137. The intended for use in the laboratory, the test is also
choice between the three methods depends on the suitable for field testing. The method described
particular practical problem. can be used either as a pass/fail test or, where
(ISO 1518-1: 2023) circumstances are appropriate, as a six-step
Gr. E classification test. When applied to a multi-coat
system, assessment of the resistance to separation Page | 188
SLS 1256 Part 20 Section 2: 2023 of individual layers of the coating from each other
Methods of test for paints and varnishes : can be made. The test can be carried out on
determination of scratch resistance : variable finished objects and/or on specially prepared test
loading method specimens. Although the method is applicable to
(First Revision) paint on hard (e.g. metal) and soft (e.g. wood and
This document specifies a method for plaster) substrates, these different substrates need
determining, using a pointed stylus loaded with a a different test procedure (see Clause 8). The
continuously increasing load, the scratch method is not suitable for coatings of total
resistance of a single coating of a paint, varnish thickness greater than 250 μm or for textured
or related product, or the upper layer of a coatings. NOTE 3 The method, when applied to
multicoat system. This test has been found to be coatings designed to give a rough patterned
useful in comparing the scratch resistance of surface, will give results which will show too
different coatings. It is most useful in providing much variation (see also ISO 16276-2).
relative ratings for a series of coated panels (ISO 2409:2020)
exhibiting significant differences in scratch Gr. G
resistance. NOTE Neither this document nor ISO
1518-1 specifies a method using a curved stylus, SLS 1256 Part 23:2005
which is specified in ISO 12137. The choice Methods of test for paints and varnishes -
between the three methods will depend on the Resistance to continuous salt spray
particular practical problem. Specifies a method of test for durability on films
(ISO 1518-2:2019) of paints, varnishes or allied products.
Gr. D (Supersedes SLS 535 Part 6 Section 6.1 and
6.2:1981)
SLS 1256 Part 21:2010 7 pages, Gr.4
Methods of test for paints and varnishes -
Bend test (cylindrical mandrel) SLS 1256 Part 24:2019
(Superseded by SLS 1256 Part 29) Methods of test for paints and varnishes -
Resistance to water-water immersion method
SLS 1256 Part 22: 2023 (Second revision)
Methods of test for paints and varnishes : cross Specifies a method for determining the resistance
cut test of an individual-layer or multi-layer system of
(Third Revision) coating materials to the effects of water by partial
This document specifies a test method for or full immersion. This method enables the
assessing the resistance of paint coatings and determination of the effects of water on the
varnishes (including wood stains) to separation coating.
from substrates when a right-angle lattice pattern (Supersedes SLS 535: Part 6: Section 6.3:1981)
is cut into the coating, penetrating through to the (=ISO 2812-2:2018)
substrate. The property determined by this Gr.B
empirical test procedure depends, among other
factors, on the adhesion of the coating to either
the preceding coat or the substrate. This
procedure is not, however, a means of measuring
adhesion. NOTE 1 Where a measurement of
adhesion is required, see the method described in

188
SLS 1256 Part 25:2022 SLS 1256 Part 28 Section 2:2016
Method of test for paints and varnishes : Methods of test for paints and varnishes -
guidance on the conduct of natural weathering Exposure to laboratory light sources - Xenon
tests arc lamps
(First Revision) Specifies methods for exposing specimens to
Specifies the conditions to take into consideration xenon-arc light in the presence of moisture to
when selecting the type of natural weathering and reproduce the weathering effects that occur when Page | 189
the natural weathering procedure to determine the materials are exposed in actual end-use
resistance of coatings or coating systems (direct environments to daylight or to daylight filtered
weathering or weathering behind window through window glass.
glass).Natural weathering is used to determine (=ISO 16474-2:2013)
the resistance of coatings or coating systems Gr.H
(denoted in this document by coatings) to the
sun's radiation and the atmosphere. This SLS 1256 Part 28 Section 3:2021
document does not take into account special Method of test for paints and varnishes -
atmospheric influences, e.g. industrial pollution. exposure to laboratory light sources -
(ISO 2810:2020) fluorescent UV lamps
Gr. G (First revision)
Specifies methods for exposing coatings to
SLS 1256 Part 26:2005 fluorescent UV lamps, heat and water in
Methods of test for paints and varnishes - apparatus designed to reproduce the weathering
Light fastness of paints for interior use effects that occur when materials are exposed in
(Superseded by SLS 1256: Part 28) actual end-use environments to daylight, or to
daylight through window glass. The coatings are
SLS 1256 Part 27:2019 exposed to different types of fluorescent UV
Methods of test for paints and varnishes - lamps under controlled environmental conditions
Resistance to liquids (temperature, humidity and/or water). Different
(First revision) types of fluorescent UV lamp can be used to meet
Specifies general methods for determining the all the requirements for testing different
resistance of an individual- layer or multilayer materials. Specimen preparation and evaluation
system of coating materials to the effects of of the results are covered in other ISO documents
liquids, other than water, or paste-like products. for specific materials. General guidance is given
These methods enable the testers to determine the in SLS 1256 Part 28 Section 1.
effects of the test liquid on the coating. (=ISO 16474-3:2021)
(Supersedes SLS 535 part 7Section 7.1 and Gr. H
7.2:1981) (=ISO 2812-1:2017)
Gr.D SLS 1256 Part 28 Section 4:2016
Open flame carbon arc lamps
SLS 1256 Part 28 Section 1:2016 Specifies methods for exposing specimens to
Methods of test for paints and varnishes - open-flame carbon-arc lamps in the presence of
Exposure to laboratory light sources - General moisture to reproduce the weathering effects that
guidance occur when materials are exposed in actual end-
Provides information and general guidance use environments to daylight or to daylight
relevant to the selection and operation of the filtered through window glass.
methods of exposure described in detail in (=ISO 16474-4:2013)
subsequent parts. It also describes general Gr.E
performance requirements for devices used for
exposing paints and varnishes to laboratory light
sources.(=ISO 16474-1:2013)
(Superseding SLS 1256 Part 28:2009)
Gr. L

189
SLS 1256 Part 29:2016 SLS 1256 Part 33 Section 1: 2023
Methods of test for paints and varnishes - Methods of test for paints and varnishes :
Bend test (Cylindrical mandrel) determination of resistance to humidity :
(First revision) condensation (single-sided exposure)
Specifies an empirical test procedure for (First Revision)
assessing the resistance of a coating of paint, This document specifies a method for
varnish or related product to cracking and/or determining the resistance of paint films, paint Page | 190
detachment from a metal or plastics substrate systems and related products to conditions of
when subjected to bending round a cylindrical condensation in accordance with the
mandrel under standard conditions. requirements of coating or product specifications.
(=ISO 1519:2011) The method is applicable to coatings, both on
Gr.E porous substrates such as wood, plaster and
plasterboard and on non-porous substrates such
SLS 1256 Part 30:2010 as metal. It provides an indication of the
Methods of test for paints and varnishes - performance likely to be obtained under severe
Determination of surface drying time using conditions of exposure where continuous
ballotini condensation occurs on the surface. The
Specifies a test method for determining the procedure can reveal failures of the coating
surface-drying characteristics of a coating of a (including blistering, staining, softening,
paint or varnish which dries by the action of air wrinkling and embrittlement) and deterioration of
or by chemical reaction of its components. The the substrate. NOTE The shape and preparation
method is not intended toapply to stoving of the test specimens, the duration of the test and
products. the assessment of the test results are not covered
(Superseding SLS 1256 Part : 2005 and SLS 535 by this document. (ISO 6270-1:2017 (Confirmed
: Part 3 Section 3.4:1981) in 2023)) Gr. C
(=ISO 9117-3:2010)
Gr.B SLS 1256 Part 34:2016
Methods of test for paints and varnishes -
SLS 1256 Part 31:2016 Determination of rapid deformation (large
Methods of test for paints and varnishes - area indenter)
Determination of gloss value at 20º, 60º and 85º Describes a method for evaluating the resistance
Specifies a method for determining the gloss of of a dry film of paint, varnish or related product
coatings using the three geometries of 20°, 60° or to cracking or peeling from a substrate when it is
85°. The method is suitable for the gloss subjected to a deformation caused by a falling
measurement of non-textured coatings on plane, weight, with a 20-mm-diameter spherical
opaque substrates. indenter, dropped under standard conditions.
(=ISO 2813:2014) (=ISO 6272 Part 1:2011)
Gr.L Gr.D

SLS 1256 Part 32:2016 SLS 1256 Part 35:2016

Methods of test for paints and varnishes - Methods of test for paints and varnishes -
Determination of degree of blistering Determination of rapid deformation (small
Specifies a method for assessing the degree of area indenter)
blistering of coatings by comparison with Describes a method for evaluating the resistance
pictorial standards. The pictorial standards of a dry film of paint, nvarnish or related product
provided in this part of ISO 4628 illustrate to cracking or peeling from a substrate when it is
blisters in the sizes 2, 3, 4, and 5, and each size in subjected to a deformation caused by a falling
the quantities (densities) 2, 3, 4, and 5. weight, dropped under standard conditions,
(=ISO 4628 Part 2:2016) acting on a small-area spherical indenter.
Gr.F (=ISO 6272 Part 2:2011)
Gr.C

190
SLS 1256 Part 36: 2023 SLS 1256 Part 39:2016
Methods of test for paints and varnishes : Methods of test for paints and varnishes -
determination of film hardness by pencil test Determination of adehsion by pull off test
(First Revision) Specifies three methods for determining the
This document specifies a method for adhesion by carrying out a pull-off test on a single
determining the film hardness by pushing pencils coating or a multi-coat system of paint, varnish or
of known hardness over the film. The test can be related product.(=ISO 4624:2016) Page | 191
performed on a single coating of a paint, varnish Gr.F
or related product, or on the upper layer of a
multi-coat system. This rapid test has not been SLS 1256 Part 40:2017
found to be useful in comparing the pencil Methods of test for paints and varnishes -
hardness of different coatings. It is more useful in Preparation of standard panels for testing
providing relative ratings for a series of coated (panels other than burnished steel, glass, wood
panels exhibiting significant differences in pencil and asbestos)
hardness. The method is applicable only to Specifies several types of standard panels and
smooth surfaces. describes procedures for their preparation prior to
(ISO 15184:2020) painting. These standard panels are for use in
Gr. C general methods of test for paints, varnishes and
related products
SLS 1256 Part 37:2016 (=ISO1514:2016)
Methods of test for paints and varnishes - T- Gr.F
Bend test
Describes a method of evaluating the flexibility SLS 1256 Part 41:2019
and adhesion of an organic coating on a metallic Methods of test for paints and varnishes -
substrate by observing the cracking or loss of determination of settling
adhesion when a coated test panel is bent. The Specifies a method for determining the settling of
method can be used to confirm whether paints, coating materials. It is used to determine short-
varnishes or related products meet a given test time settling, e.g. during transport or in an
requirement in a pass/fail test, or to determine the electro-deposition bath.
minimum bending diameter at which cracking (=ISO 21545:2018)
does not occur. Gr.B
(=ISO 17132: 2007)
Gr.D SLS 1256 Part 42:2019
Methods of test for paints and varnishes -
SLS 1256 Part 38:2017 visual comparison of colour of paints
Methods of test for paints and varnishes - Specifies a method for the visual comparison of
Determination of the effect of heat the colour of films of paints or related products
Specifies a method for determining the resistance against a standard (either a reference standard or
of single coatings or multi-coat systems of paints, a freshly prepared standard) using artificial light
varnishes or related products to changes in gloss sources in a standard booth.It is not applicable to
and/or colour, blistering, cracking and/or coatings containing special-effect pigments, e.g.
detachment from the substrate under conditions metallic, without previous agreement on all
of a specified temperature. This procedure is details of illuminating and viewing conditions
applicable to products intended for use on (=ISO 3668:2017)
domestic radiators or other articles likely to be Gr.D
subjected to similar temperatures.
(=ISO 3248:2016)
Gr.B

191
SLS 1256 Part 43:2019 SLS 1256 Part 47: 2023
Methods of test for paints and varnishes - Methods of test for paints and varnishes :
adhesion of coatings determination of degree of flaking
Summarises the common methods for evaluating (First Revision)
the adhesive strength of coatings on a substrate, This document specifies a method for assessing
which can be another coating beneath or the the degree of flaking of coatings by comparison
substrate itself. with pictorial standards. ISO 4628-1 specifies the Page | 192
(=ISO/TR 19402:2018) system used for designating the quantity and size
Gr.W of defects and the intensity of changes in
appearance of coatings. It also outlines the
SLS 1256 Part 44: 2023 general principles of the system. This system is
Method of test for paints and varnishes : intended to be used, in particular, for defects
coating materials and coating systems for caused by ageing and weathering, and for
exterior wood- natural weathering test uniform changes such as colour changes, for
(First Revision) example yellowing.
This document specifies a natural weathering test (ISO 4628-5:2022)
for exterior wood coating systems mainly Gr. C
intended for decoration and protection of planed
and sawn wood. The test provides a means of SLS 1256 Part 48:2019
evaluating the performance of a wood coating Methods of test for paints and varnishes -
system during outdoor exposure. It forms the determination of degree of chalking by tape
basis for the performance specification according method
to EN 927-2. It also facilitates the comparison of provides pictorial reference standards for
coating systems performance on different designating the degree of chalking of paint
substrates including the wood species, or other coatings. It also describes a method by which the
wood modifications. degree of chalking is rated.
(ISO 16053:2022) (=ISO 4628-6:2011)
Gr. N Gr.C

SLS 1256 Part 45:2019 SLS 1256 Part 49: 2022

Methods of test for paints and varnishes - Method of test for paints and varnishes :
determination of degree of rusting guidelines for the determination of
Specifies a method for assessing the degree of anticorrosive properties of organic coatings by
rusting of coatings by comparison with pictorial accelerated cyclic electrochemical technique
standards. The pictorial standards provided in this gives guidelines on how to perform accelerated
part of ISO 4628 show coated steel surfaces cyclic electrochemical technique (ACET) with
which have deteriorated to different degrees by a organic protective coatings on metals. This
combination of rust broken through the coating document specifies the execution of an ACET
and visible underrust. test and the considerations relative to the samples
(=ISO 4628-3:2016) and electrochemical cell, test parameters and
Gr.H procedure.This document also provides
guidelines for the presentation of experimental
SLS 1256 Part 46:2019 results such as Bode plots and relaxation curves
Methods of test for paints and varnishes - and other types of information obtained
determination of degree of cracking (ISO 17463:2022)
Specifies a method for assessing the degree of Gr. H
cracking of coatings by comparison with pictorial
standards.(=ISO 4628-4:2016)
Gr.H

192
SLS 1256 Part 50 Section 1: 2023 SLS 1256 Part 52 Section 1: 2023
Method of test for paints and varnishes : Method of test for paints and varnishes :
determination of resistance to abrasion evaluation of properties of coating systems
method with abrasive-paper covered wheels related to the spray application process :
and rotating test specimen vocabulary and preparation of test panels
This document specifies a method for This document defines terms relating to the
determining the resistance to abrasion of evaluation of coating materials in research, Page | 193
coatings, for which two loaded, freely rotatable development and production with regard to their
but eccentrically arranged abrasive-paper suitability and safety for industrial processes and
covered wheels affect the coating of the rotating error analysis. This document also specifies
test specimen. (ISO 7784-1:2023) methods for the preparation of test panels and the
Gr. D subsequent measurement of film thickness,
colour, surface texture and other measurable
SLS 1256 Part 50 Section 2: 2023 surface properties
Method of test for paints and varnishes : (ISO 28199-1:2021)
determination of resistance to abrasion : Gr. C
method with abrasive rubber wheels and
rotating test specimen SLS 1256 Part 52 Section 2: 2023
This document specifies a method for Method of test for paints and varnishes :
determining the resistance to abrasion of evaluation of properties of coating systems
coatings, for which two loaded, freely rotatable related to the spray application process colour
but eccentrically arranged abrasive rubber wheels stability, process hiding power, re-dissolving,
affect the coating of the rotating test specimen. overspray absorption, wetting, surface texture
(ISO 7784-2:2023) and mottling
Gr. D This document specifies methods for the
determination of colour stability/colour
SLS 1256 Part 51: 2023 evaluation, process hiding power, re-dissolving,
Method of test for paints and varnishes : overspray absorption, wetting, surface texture
determination of solvents in coating materials and mottling of coating materials applied to a test
containing organic solvents only - gas- panel under defined conditions, using spray
chromatographic method application process
This document specifies a method for the gas- (ISO 28199-2:2021)
chromatographic determination of the qualitative Gr. F
and quantitative composition of solvents
contained in a product. The method is applicable SLS 1256 Part 52 Section 3: 2023
to coating materials containing solely organic Method of test for paints and varnishes :
solvents (generally called conventional coating evaluation of properties of coating systems
materials) and binder solutions and non-aqueous related to the spray application process :
dispersions containing solely organic solvents. assessment of sagging, formation of bubbles,
The method defined in this document is not pinholing and hiding power
applicable for determination of volatile organic This document specifies visual methods for the
compounds (VOC) and semi-volatile organic assessment of tendency to sagging, formation of
compounds (SVOC) content.NOTE For bubbles, pinholing and hiding power of coating
determination of VOC and SVOC, see ISO materials applied to a test panel under defined
11890-2. (ISO 23322:2021) conditions, using spray application process.
Gr. G Assessment using measuring techniques is also
described for all evaluations.
(ISO 28199-3:2021)
Gr. G

193
SLS 1257:2015 SLS 1261:2004
Robes for Buddhist Clergy Lightning protection systems
(Second revision) (Superseded by parts of SLS 1472)
Prescribes the structure, finish and other
requirements for Single robe, Double robe and SLS 1262:2004
inner robe used by Buddhist Clergy. Mechanical refrigerating systems used for
(In Sinhala) Page | 194
cooling and heating-safety requirements
10 pages, Gr.6 Specifies the requirements relating to the safety
of persons and property for the design,
SLS 1258:2004 (S) construction, installation, operation and servicing
Eight requisites (Ata pirikara) for Buddhist of refrigerating systems, and the local and global
Clergy environment for stationary and mobile
Describes the structure, finish and other refrigeration systems of all sizes, including heat
requirements for the eight requisites used by pumps, secondry cooling or heating systems and
Buddhist Clergy. the location of these refrigerating systems.
AMD No.1 (AMD 355:2007-incorporated) 81 pages, Gr.21
(In Sinhala & English)
7pages, Gr.4 SLS 1263:2005(2022) (Reaffirmed)
Code of practice for recycling of plastics
SLS 1259:2003 Prescribes general requirements for the
Sri Lanka Standard voltages for electrical collection, cleaning, storage, sorting, segregation
systems and processing of thermoplastics waste/scrap.
Applies to a.c. transmission distribution and This also prescribes guidelines to the
utilization systems and equipment for use in such manufacturers of plastic products with regard to
systems with standard frequencies 50 Hz and 60 the marking to be used on the end product in order
Hz having a nominal voltage above 100 V;a.c. to facilitate identification of the basic raw
and d.c.traction systems, a.c. and d.c.epuipment material.
having nominal voltages below 120 V a.c.or incorporating AMD No.1 (AMD 410:2010)
below750 V d.c.the a.c.voltages being intended 10 pages, Gr.5
(but not exclusively) for 50 Hz and 60 Hz
applications. SLS 1264:2005
(Supersedes SLS 574:1982) Core spun sewing thread
(=IEC 60038:1983) Prescribes the requirements and methods of test
Gr.C for polyester/cotton & polyester/polyester core
spun sewing thread.
SLS 1260:2003 12 pages, Gr.6
Glow starters for tubular fluorescent lamps
Specifies interchangeable glow-starters used with SLS 1265:2017
pre-heat type fluorescent lamps. Section 1: Chewing gum & bubble gum
Specifies the general and safety requirements (First revision)
with which staters shall comply. Section 2: Prescribes the requirements and methods of test
Specifies the performance for chewing gum & bubble gum.
AMD No.1 (AMD 364:2007) (AMD No1(AMD 528:2020)
(Supersedes SLS 882:1990) 12 pages, Gr.6
(=IEC 60155:1993)
Gr.IQ SLS 1266:2023
Requirements for a HACCP based food safety
management system
(Second revision)
Requirements have been specified to be used
during the assessment of operational HACCP

194
systems based which ensure the safety of immersion in water for a specified period. In
foodstuffs during preparation, processing, principle, the method is applicable to both paper
manufacturing, packaging, storage, and board, provided an appropriate soaking time
transportation, distribution, handling or offering is agreed between the interested parties. This
for sale or supply in any sector of the food chain. Standard is not applicable to tissue paper and
Gr.11 tissue products or other lightweight, highly
absorbent paper which is difficult to handle or of Page | 195
SLS 1267:2005 low strength when wet.
Pressed cement roofing tiles (=ISO 3781:2011) Gr.C
Prescribes requirements and methods of tests for
pressed cement roofing tiles and does not specify SLS 1272:2005
the tile profile. But a commonly used tile profile Method of testing of paper and board for
is illustrated. water absorption after immersion in water
14 pages, Gr.8 Specifies a method for the determination of the
water absorption of paper and board after total
SLS 1268:2005 immersion in water for a specified time. The
Offset ink for general purposes method is applicable to all types of paper and
Prescribes requirements and methods of sampling board which have a degree of water resistance. It
and test for offset ink, for general purposes. is not applicable to very absorbent papers.
11 pages, Gr.6 (=ISO 5637:1989)
Gr.B
SLS 1269:2005
Method of testing of paper and board for SLS 1273:2005
tensile properties (constantrate of elongation Method of testing of paper and board for
method) bursting strength after immersion in water
(Withdrawn) (Withdrawn)

SLS 1270: 2023 SLS 1274:2006

Method of test for determination of water Polyamide (nylon) fishing nets
absorptiveness (cobb method) of paper and Prescribes the requirements and methods of test
board for fishing nets made from multifilament
(First Revision) polyamide (nylon) twine.
This document specifies a method for 12 pages, Gr.6
determining the water absorptiveness of paper
and board, including corrugated fibreboard, SLS 1275:2008
under standard conditions. This document is not Methods of testing of corrugated fibreboard
applicable for paper of grammage less than 50 for edgewise crush resistance (unwaxed edge
g/m2 or embossed paper. It is not applicable for method)
porous papers such as newsprint or papers such (First revision)
as blotting paper or other papers having a Specifies an unwaxed edge method for the
relatively high-water absorptiveness for which determination of edgewise crush resistance of
ISO 8787 is more suitable. corrugated fibreboard. It is applicable to all
(ISO 535:2023) corrugated fibreboard grades.
Gr. E (=ISO 3037:2007)
Gr.C
SLS 1271:2016
Method of testing of paper and board for
tensile strength after immersion in water
(First revision)
Specifies a test method for the determination of
the wet tensile strength of paper or board after its

195
SLS 1276 PART 1:2020 SLS 1277:2017
Method of test for paper, board and pulps for Method of test for determination of
diffuse blue reflectance factor - indoor compressive strength (ring crush method) of
daylight conditions (ISO brightness) paper and board
(First revision) (First revision)
Specifies a method for measuring the diffuse blue Specifies a method for the determination of the Page | 196
reflectance factor (ISO brightness) of pulps, edgewise compressive strength (ring crush
papers and boards. resistance) of paper and paperboard, especially
This standard is limited in its scope to white and board used in the manufacture of fibreboard
near-white pulps, papers and boards. The shipping containers. This Standard is applicable
measurement can only be made in an instrument to all paper and paperboard with a thickness in the
in which the ultraviolet energy level of the range 100 mm to 580 mm.
illumination has been adjusted to correspond to (=ISO 12192:2011)
the CIE illuminant C[6] using a fluorescent Gr.E
reference standard. The CIE illuminant C is taken
to be representative of indoor daylight conditions SLS 1278:2006
because it contains a suitable proportion of UV Method of testing of corrugated fibreboard for
radiation. edgewise cursh resistance (waxed edge
(=ISO 2470-1:2016) method)
Gr. F Specifies a method for the determination of the
edgewise crush resistance of corrugated
SLS 1276 PART 2:2020 fibreboard. This method is applicable to single -
Method of test for paper, board and pulps for wall (double - faced), double - wall, and triple-
diffuse blue reflectance factor - outdoor wall corrugated fibreboard. It may also be used to
daylight conditions (D65 brightness) test samples taken from corrugated cases and
(First revision) other converted products.
Specifies a method for measuring the D65 (=ISO 13821:2002)
brightness of pulps, papers and boards. This Gr.C
Standard is limited in its scope to white and near-
white pulps, papers and boards, particularly those SLS 1279:2017
exhibiting fluorescence which promotes the Method of test for determination of grammage
appearance of whiteness. The measurement can of component papers after separation-
only be made in an instrument in which the corrugated fibreboard
ultraviolet energy level of the illumination has (First revision)
been adjusted to correspond to the CIE standard Specifies a method for deternining the grammage
illuminant D65 using a fluorescent reference of the component layers from which corrugated
standard. fibreboard has been made.This standard is
The source employed in this part SLS 1276 applicable to all types of corrugated fibreboard.
excites almost twice as much fluorescence as the (=ISO 3039:2010)
illuminant in SLS 1276-1. Consequently, this part Gr.D
of SLS 1276 is better suited for measuring the
fluorescent contribution to the brightness. SLS 1280:2006
However, D65 brightness should not be confused Method of sampling of chemical products for
with ISO brightness which closely approximates industrial use-safety in sampling
the brightness of papers viewed under indoor Provides recommendations relating to safety in
conditions. the sampling of chemical products for industrial
(=ISO 2470-2:2008) use.(=ISO 3165:1976)
Gr. D Gr.C

196
SLS 1281:2006 SLS 1282 Part 5:2008
Glossary of terms for sampling of chemical Insulating and sheathing materials for electric
products for industrial use cables - Miscellaneous insulating and
Defines, in English and French, the terms most sheathing compounds
frequently used in relation to sampling of Specifies the requirements for the harmonized
chemical products for industrial use. cross-linked PVC insulating compound,
(=ISO 6206:1979) harmonized thermoplastic polyurethane Page | 197
Gr.D sheathing compound and harmonized cross-
linked PVC sheathing compound.
SLS 1282 Part 1:2006 10 pages, Gr.6
Insulating and sheathing materials for electric
cables - General introduction SLS 1283:2006
Presents a general introduction to the other parts Spring units for mattresses
of the standard on insulating and sheathing Specifies the requirements and methods of test
materials. It also includes the list of test methods for spring units used for the construction of spring
and the list of other parts of the standard. mattresses.15 pages, Gr.8
(Supersedes SLS 988:1993)
10 pages Gr.6 SLS 1284 Part 1:2006
Guidelines for the surface and ground water
SLS 1282 Part 2:2006 quality for designated uses of river basins in
Insulating and sheathing materials for electric Sri Lanka - Kala Oya Basin
cables - PVC insulating and sheathing Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling
compounds and test necessary for the management of the
Specifies the requirements for the PVC insulating water quality in the Kala Oya Basin.
and sheathing compounds. 12 pages, Gr.8
13 pages, Gr.7
(Supersedes SLS 988:1993) SLS 1285:2006
Unplasticize poly (vinyle chloride) (PVC-U)
SLS 1282 Part 3:2008 pipe fittings for non-pressure underground
Insulating and sheathing materials for electric drainage and sewerage
cables - Cross-linked elastomeric insulating Specifies the requirements for unplasticized poly
and sheathing compounds (vinyl chloride) (PVC-U) pipe fittings, intended
Specifies the requirements for the cross-linked for use for non-pressure underground drainage
elastomeric insulating and sheathing compounds. and sewerage for the conveyance of soil and
(Supersedes SLS 988:1993) waste discharge of domestic and industrial origin,
28 pages, Gr.13 as well as surface water. It does not cover
requirements for the K-value of the raw material.
SLS 1282 Part 4:2008 25 pages, Gr.12
Insulating and sheathing materials for electric
cables - Cross-linked insulating and sheathing SLS 1286:2006
compounds having low emmission of corrosive Unplasticized poly (vinyle chloride) (PVC-U)
gases, and suitable for use in cables having low pipes for non-pressure underground drainage
emmision of smoke when affected by fire and sewerage
Specifies the requirements for the harmonized Specifies the requirements for unplasticized poly
cross-linked insulating compounds, harmonized (vinyl chloride) (PVC-U) pipes, intended for use
cross-linked sheathing compounds and ordinary for non-pressure underground drainage and
duty oil resisting type sheathing compound. sewerage for the conveyance of soil and waste
(Supersedes SLS 988:1993) discharge of domestic and industrial origin, as
11 pages, Gr.6 well as surface water. It does not cover
requirements for the K-value of the raw material.
19 pages, Gr.10

197
SLS 1287: 2022 SLS 1292 Part 1:2017
Method of testing for rubber and plastics for Code of practice for design and construction of
polymer dispersions and rubber latices — biogas systems - Domestic biogas systems
determination of pH (First revision)
(First Revision) This Code of Practice is aimed at standardization
Specifies a method for the determination of the of stand-alone domestic biogas systems for Sri
pH of polymer dispersions and rubber latices Lanka in order to suit the needs of biogas Page | 198
(natural and synthetic) by means of a pH-meter generation, manure production, hygiene effects,
equipped with a combined glass and silver operational & maintenance aspectsƒ|This Code
reference electrode. The method is also suitable prescribes Dry Batch Digesters up to two metric
for prevulcanized latex and compounds tons (2 MT), Continuous Flow Biogas Digesters
containing polymer dispersions or rubber latices, and Plug Flow Units up to 12m3 and Compact
including adhesives (ISO 976:2013) units of 0.5m3 and 1m3.This code of practice
Gr. E cover only upto 12m3 size of a biogas digester of
a domestic biogas system.
SLS 1288:2019 46 Pages, Gr.17
Method of testing for natural rubber (NR) -
evaluation procedure SLS 1293:2010
Specifies physical and chemical tests on raw Men’s sandals
natural rubbers, standard materials, standard test (First revision)
formulae, equipment and processing methods for Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling
evaluating the vulcanization characteristics of and test for men’s sandals. It does not cover
natural rubber (NR) sandals made from ethylene vinyl acetate (EVA)
(=ISO 1658:2015) Gr.J co-polymer and blends of EVA.
12 pages, Gr.5
SLS 1289:2006
Method of testing of paper - cut - size office SLS 1294:2010
paper for measurement of edge quality Ladies’ sandals
Specifies a test method for assessing the quality (First revision)
of the cut edge of cut-size office paper. It is Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling
applicable to papers of the type described in ISO and test for ladies’ sandals. It does not cover
216, as well as other cut-size office papers used sanadls made from ethylene vinyl acetate (EVA).
for printing and copying. 10 pages, Gr.5
(=ISO 22414:2004)
Gr.D SLS 1295:2011
EVA sandals
SLS 1290:2009 (2015) (Reaffirmed) (First revision)
Men’s shoes Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling
(First revision) and test for EVA sandals for men, ladies and
Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling children.
and test for men’s shoes. 10 pages, Gr.5
16 pages, Gr.9
SLS 1296 Part 1:2006
SLS 1291:2009 (2015) (Reaffirmed) Method of testing for the determination of the
Ladies’ shoes density of non-cellular plastics - Immersion
(First revision) method, liquid pyknometer method and titration
Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling method
and test, for ladies’ shoes. (Superseding SLS 732 Part 4)
14 pages, Gr.6 (Withdrawn and replaced by SLS ISO 1183-1)

198
SLS 1296 Part 2:2006 SLS 1299:2006
Method of testing for the determination of the Knitting - basic concepts-vocabulary
density of non-cellular plastics - Density Defines terms for basic kinitting concepts. The
gradient column method definitions of this vocabulary are complete in
Specifies a gradient column method for the themselves; illustrations are used to clarity the
determination of the density of non-cellular content of a definition. but no standardization of
moulded or extruded plastics in void-free form. any notational system is attempted. Page | 199
(Superseding SLS 732 Part 4) (=ISO 4921:2000)
(=ISO 1183/2:2004) Gr.Q
Gr.E
SLS 1300:2006
SLS 1296 Part 3:2006 Knitted fabrics-types-vocabulary
Method of testing for the determination of the Defines terms for industrially produced machine
density of non-cellular plastics - Gas knitted fabrics.
pyknometer method (=ISO 8388:1998)
Specifies a method for the determination of the Gr.X
density or the specific volumn of solid non-
cellular plastics of any shape which do not SLS 1301:2006
contain closed pores. Knitted fabrics-description of defects-
(Superseding SLS 732 Part 4) vocabulary
(=ISO 1183/3:1999) Describes defects which commonly appear
Gr.D during the inspection of knitted fabrics. Except
where otherwise stated the descriptions apply to
SLS 1297: 2022 defects appearing in both weft-knitted and wrap-
Method of sampling and further preparative knitted fabrics.
procedures for rubber, raw natural and raw (=ISO 8499:2003)
synthetic Gr.Q
(Second Revision)
Specifies a method for the sampling of raw rubber SLS 1302:2013
in bales, blocks or packages and further Domestic washing and drying procedures for
procedures carried out on the samples to prepare textile testing
test samples for chemical and physical tests. (First revision)
(ISO 1795:2017) Specifies domestic washing and drying
Gr. C procedures for textile testing. The procedures are
applicable to textile fabrics, garments or other
SLS 1298 PART 1: 2022 textile articles which are subjected to appropriate
Boxes and enclosures for electrical accessories combinations of domestic washing and drying
for houdehold and similar fixed electrical procedures. This also specifies the reference
installations detergents and ballasts for the procedures.
(First Revision) Provision is made for 13 different washing
Applies to boxes, enclosures and parts of procedures based on the use of the reference
enclosures (hereafter called “boxes” and washing machine type.
“enclosures”) for electrical accessories with a (=ISO 6330:2012) Gr.Q
rated voltage not exceeding 1 000 V a.c. and 1
500 V d.c. intended for household or similar fixed SLS 1303:2006
electrical installations, either indoors or outdoors. Transportable refillable brazed steel cylinders
(=IEC 60670-1:2015) for liquefied petroleum gas (LPG)
Gr. IV Specifies minimum requirements for material,
design, construction and workmanship,
procedure and test methods of transportable
refillable brazed steel liquefied petroleum gas

199
(LPG) cylinders of water capacity from 0.51up to SLS 1304 Part 4:2017
and including 15 l. The limit of 15 l is related to Methods of testing of natural rubber latices -
available manufacturing processes. Determination of alkalinity
AMD No 1 (AMD 438:2012)AMD No.2 (AMD Specifies a method for the determination of the
473:2015) alkalinity of natural rubber latex concentrate.
22 pages, Gr.11 The method is not necessarily suitable for latices
from natural sources other than Hevea Page | 200
SLS 1304 Part 1:2007 brasilienses or for synthetic rubber latices,
Methods of testing of natural rubber latex - compunded latex, vulcanized latex or artificial
Sampling of latex rubber dispersions of rubber.
Specifies procedures for sampling natural rubber (Supersedes SLS 325 Section 4:2001)
letex concentrate and for sampling synthetic (=ISO 125:2011)
rubber latices and artificial latices. It is also Gr.C
suitable for sampling rubber latex contained in
drums, tank cars or tanks. The procedures may SLS 1304 Part 5:2007
also be used for sampling plastics dispersions. Methods of testing of natural rubber latices -
(=ISO 123:2001) Determination of mechanical stability
Gr. D Specifies a method for the determination of the
mechanical stability of natural rubber latex
SLS 1304 Part 2:2017 concentrate. It is also applicable to prevulcanized
Methods of testing of natural rubber latices - natural rubber latex concentrate. The method is
Determination of total solid content not necessarily suitable for latices or
(First revision) prevulcanized latex preserved with potassium
Specifies methods for the determination of the hydroxide, latices from natural sources other than
total solids content of natural rubber field and Hevea brasiliensis, or for compunded latex, or
concentrated latices and synthetic rubber latex. artificial dispersions of rubber, and it is not
These methods are not necessarily suitable for applicable to synthetic rubber latices.
latex from natural sources other than the Hevea (Supersedes SLS 325 Section 5:2001)
brasiliensis, for vulcanized latex, for (=ISO 35:2004)
compounded latex, or for artificial dispersions of Gr.C
rubber.(Supersedes SLS 325 Section 2: 2001)
(=ISO 124:2014) SLS 1304 Part 6:2007
Gr.D Methods of testing of natural rubber lattices -
Determination of coagulum content
SLS 1304 Part 3:2007 Specifies a method for the determination of the
Methods of testing of natural rubber latices - coagulum content (sieve residue) of natural
Determination of dry rubber content rubber latex concentrate and the majority of
Specifies a method for the determination of the synthetic rubber latices. It is not suitable for
dry rubber content of natural rubber latex XSBR latices intended for use in paper coating.
concentrate. The method is not necessarily (Supersedes SLS 325 Section 6:2001)
suitable for latices preserved with potassium (=ISO 706:2004)
hydroxide, latices from natural sources other than Gr. D
Hevea brasiliensis, or for compounded latex,
vulcanized latex or artificial dispersions of rubber SLS 1304 Part 7:2007
and it is not applicable to synthetic rubber latices. Methods of testing of natural rubber latices -
(Supersedes SLS 325 Section 3:2001) Determination of copper content
(=ISO 126:2005) Specifies a photometric method for the
Gr.B determination of trace amounts of copper in raw
rubber, latices and compounded rubber, both
natural and synthetic. This method may be
applied to rubbers containing silica, provided that

200
treatment with hydrofluoric acid is included in concentrate. The method in not necessarily
the procedure. The method is sensitive down to suitable for latices from natural sources other
1 mg/kg copper. than Hevea brasilienses and is not applicable to
(Supersedes SLS 325 Section 7:2001) compounded latex, vulcanized latex, artificial
(=ISO 8053:1995) dispersions of rubber or synthetic rubber latices.
Gr.C (Supersedes SLS 325 Section 11:2001)
(=ISO 506:1992) Page | 201
SLS 1304 Part 8:2007 Gr.B
Methods of testing of natural rubber latices -
Determination of manganese content SLS 1304 Part 12:2019
Specifies photometric method for the Methods of testing of natural rubber latices -
determination of manganese, after oxidation Determination of KOH number
with sodium periodate, in rubbers and rubber (Second revision)
latices. Both methods contain provisions for Specifies a method for the determination of the
analysis of chlorine - containing rubber. KOH number of natural rubber latex concentrate
(Supersedes SLS 325 Section 8:2001) which is preserved wholly or in part with
(=ISO 7780:1998) ammonia. The method is applicable to latices
Gr.E containing boric acid. The method is not
applicable to latices preserved with potassium
SLS 1304 Part 9:2007 hydroxide. It is not necessarily suitable for latices
Methods of testing of natural rubber latices - from natural sources other than Hevea
Determination of iron content brasiliensis, or for latices of synthetic rubber,
Specifies a 1,10-phenanthroline photometric compunded latex, vulcanized latex or artificial
method for the determination of 5 to 1000 mg/kg dispersions of rubber.
of iron in uncompounded natural rubber, (Supersedes SLS 325 Section 12:2001)
uncompounded synthetic rubbers which do not (=ISO 127:2018)
contain chlorine, and in the corresponding Gr.F
uncompounded latices.
(Supersedes SLS 325 Section 9:2001) SLS 1304 Part 13:2007
(=ISO 1657:1986) Methods of testing of natural rubber latices -
Gr.B Determination of boric acid content
Specifies a procedure for the determination of
SLS 1304 Part 10:2017 boric acid in natural rubber latex concentrate.
Methods of testing of natural rubber latices - The procedure is not necessarily suitable for
Determination of sludge content latices from natural sources other than Hevea
(First revision) brasiliensis or for latices of synthetic rubber,
Specifies a method for the determination of the compounded latex, vulcanized latex or artificial
sludge content of natural rubber latex dispersions of rubber.
concentrate. The method is not necessarily (Supersedes SLS 325 Section 14:2001)
suitable for latices from natural sources other (=ISO 1802:1992)
than Hevea brasiliensis. It is not suitable for Gr.A
compounded latex or vulcanized latex
(Supersedes SLS 325 Section 10:2001) SLS 1304 Part 14:2017
(=ISO 2005:2014) Methods of testing of natural rubber latices -
Gr.B Determination of density
(First revision)
SLS 1304 Part 11:2007 Specifies a method for the determination of the
Methods of testing of natural rubber latices - density of natural rubber latex concentrate
Determination of volatile fatty acid number between the temperatures of 50C and 400C. It is
Specifies a method for the determination of the intended for use when density determinations are
volatile fatty acid number of natural rubber latex used to calculate the mass of a measured volume

201
of latex in locations where it is not practical to SLS 1305:2007
weigh directly or to control the temperature of the Method of testing for the determination of
laboratory. thickness by mechanical scanning - plastics
(Supersedes SLS 325 Section 15:2001) (film and sheeting)
(=ISO 705:2015) Specifies a method for the determination of the
Gr.C thickness of a sample of plastics film or sheeting
by mechanical scanning. The method is not Page | 202
SLS 1304 Part 15:2007 suitable for use with embossed film or sheeting.
Methods of testing of natural rubber latices - (=ISO 4593:1993)
Determination of surface tension Gr.A
Specifies a ring method for the determination of
the surface tension of polymer dispersions and SLS 1306:2007
rubber latices. The method is valid for polymer Feeding bottles made of polymer materials
dispersions and rubber latices with a viscosity Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling
less than 200 mPa·s. If necessary, the solids and tests for feeding bottles made of polymer
content is further reduced to ensure that the materials. It does not cover the requirements for
viscosity is under the specified limit. The method rubber teats and nipples used for these bottles.
is suitable for prevulcanized latices and AMD No.1 (AMD 432:2012)
compounded materials. 20pages, Gr.10
(Supersedes SLS 325: Section 17:2001)
(=ISO 1409:2006) SLS 1307:2007 (2015) (Reaffirmed)
Gr.D Woven umbrella cloth
Prescribes performance requirements, methods of
SLS 1304 Part 16:2017 test and sampling for woven umbrella cloth.
Methods of testing of natural rubber latices - (Supersedes CS 195:1973 & SLS 1160:1997)
Determination of apparent viscosity 9 pages, Gr.5
Specifies a method for the determination of the
apparent viscosity of both natural rubber latex SLS 1308:2007 (S)
concentrate and synthetic rubber latices by the Bowls for alms made of mild steel for buddhist
Brookfield method. The method is suitable for the clergy
determination of the viscosity of natural latices Prescribes the requirements, methods of
from sources other than Hevea brasiliensis and sampling and test for bowls for alms made of mild
also for compounded latices. steel for Buddhist clergy.
(Supersedes SLS 325 Section 18:2001) 10 pages, Gr.4
(=ISO 1652:2011)
Gr.E SLS 1309:2021
Coconut Milk Powder
SLS 1304 Part 17:2007 (First Revision)
Methods of testing of natural rubber latices - prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling
Preparation of dry films and tests for coconut milk powder.
Specifies a method for preparing dry, 18 pages, Gr.7
homogeneous films, substantially free of air
bubbles, from natural rubber latex concentrate. SLS 1310:2007
The procedure is not necessarily suitable for Boxes for flush mounting of electrical
latices from natural sources other than Hevea accessories requirements, test methods and
brasiliensis or for compounded latex, vulcanized dimensions
latex or artificial dispersions of rubber or Specifies requirements for boxes for flush
synthetic rubber latices. mounting of electrical accessories in a wall, or
(Supersedes SLS 325 Section 19:2001) other flat surfaced structure to ensure
(=ISO 498:1992) interoperability. It is applicable to boxes for the
Gr.A

202
mounting of electrical accessories with a rated SLS 1315 Part 2:2007
voltage up to and including 440 V. Code of practice for tea industry - Good
30 pages, Gr.14 manufacturing practices for processing of
black tea
SLS 1311:2007 Applies to good manufacturing practices for
Code of practice for design and construction of processing of Black Tea from tender shoots of
micro hydropower systems varieties of the species Camellia sinensis L. It Page | 203
Applicable for off-grid community based village covers the production processes of the (a)
hydropower projects within the capacity range of orthodox (b) CTC (cut, tear, curl) types of black
5 kW and 100 kW. Hydro power projects of this tea.(Incorporating AMD No 393:2009)
capacity range are generally referred to as micro 23 pages, Gr.12
hydropower projects.
63 pages, Gr.20 SLS 1315 Part 3:2009
Code of practice for tea industry - Good
SLS 1312:2007 hygienic practice for storage, blending,
Solar flat plate collectors for water heating packaging and
Specifies the requirements for materials, transport of tea
construction, test methods and measuring Covers the product from the point of warehouses
instruments for solar flat-plate collectors for to the point of shipment including blending and
water heating. packaging. It also covers the despatch of tea for
32 pages, Gr.14 local sale. It does not cover growing, collecting,
processing operations and factory storage that
SLS 1313:2007 occur prior to unloadings the product to the
Wafers warehouse.
Prescribes the requirements and methods of 15 pages, Gr.8
sampling and tests for wafers. It does not cover
biscuits, diabetic biscuits or biscuits claiming SLS 1316:2007
nutritive properties. Code for good manufacturing practices for
(Incorporating Erratum Sheet) cosmetics industry
Amd No.1(Amd No 525:2019) (Superseded by SLS ISO 22716)
14 pages, Gr.7
SLS 1317:2007
SLS 1314:2007 Male condoms from natural latex rubber
Code of practice for packaging of agro Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling
pesticides for retail market and test for male condoms intended for single use.
Prescribes general requirements for packaging of It does not cover male condoms made from
liquid and solid agro pesticides for the retail material other than natural latex rubber and does
market. It does not cover fumigants and not cover female condoms.
pressurized packs and aspects of installation and (Supersedes SLS 641)
operation of pesticide packaging plants, factory 10 pages, Gr.5
safety or environmental aspects.
(Supersedes SLS 754:1986) SLS 1318:2007
11 pages, Gr.6 Single superphosphate (Fertilizer grade)
Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling
SLS 1315 Part 1:2007 and test for single superphosphate (fertilizer
Code of practice for tea industry - Good grade).
agricultural practices for the cultivation of tea 7 pages, Gr.5
Recommends good agricultural practices for
growing tea, harvesting and transport of green
leaf to the leaf receiving point in the factory.
8 pages, Gr.5

203
SLS 1319:2007 seat rims. It is also applicable to other concepts
Activated carbon made from coconut shell of tyre and rim, provided the appropriate
charcoal rim/section ratios and coefficients are established
Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling for them.
and test for activated carbon made from coconut (Supersedes SLS 901Part 2 Section 1:1990)
shell charcoal. (=ISO 5751-1:2004)
29 pages, Gr.14 Gr.G Page | 204

SLS 1320 Part 1:2007 SLS 1321 Part 2:2007

Size designation and dimensions for Size designation and dimensions for
motorcycle tyres and rims (code designated motorcycle tyres and rims (metric series) -
series) - Tyres Tyre dimensions and load-carrying capacities
Specifies the designation in use and the Specifies the tyre size designation, dimensions
dimensions for an inch code designated series of and load-carrying capacities of metric-series
tyres for motorcycles. motorcycle tyres. It is applicable to such tyres
(Supersedes SLS 901Part 1 Section 1:1990) with a height-to-width ratio of 100% and below.
(=ISO 4249 -1:1985) (Supersedes SLS 901 Part 2 Section 2: 1990)
Gr.B (=ISO 5751-2:2004)
Gr.P
SLS 1320 Part 2:2007
Size designation and dimensions for SLS 1321 Part 3:2007
motorcycle tyres and rims (code designated Size designation and dimensions for
series) - Tyre load ratings motorcycle tyres and rims (metric series) -
Specifies the load ratings for an inch code- Range of approved rim contours
designated series of tyres for motorcycles. Specifies the approved rim contours for
(Supersedes SLS 901Part 1 Section 2: 1990) motorcycle rims on which metric-series
(=ISO 4249 -2:1990) motorcycle tyres are mounted.
Gr.B (Supersedes SLS 901Part 2 Section 3:1990)
(=ISO 5751-3:2004)
SLS 1320 Part 3:2007 Gr.C
Size designation and dimensions for
motorcycle tyres and rims (code designated SLS 1322 Part 1:2007
series) - Rims Size designation and dimensions for
Specifies the rim dimensions for a selection of motorcycle tyres and rims (code-designated
rims for motorcycle tyres. It sets only those rim series) - diameter codes 4 to 12 - Tyres
contour dimensions necessary for tyre mounting, Lays down the designation, dimensions, and load
and for fitting the tyre to the rim. ratings for an inch-code-designated series of tyres
(Supersedes SLS 901Part 1 Section 3:1990) for motorcycles, fitted on rims with a nominal
(=ISO 4249 -3:2004) diameter corresponding to the codes
Gr.F 4,5,6,7,8,9,10 and 12. SLS 1322 Part 2 deals with
the requirements for rims.
SLS 1321 Part 1:2007 (Supersedes SLS 901 Section 1 Part 3: 1990)
Size designation and dimensions for (=ISO 6054-1:1994)
motorcycle tyres and rims (metric series) - Gr.C
Design guides
Provides guidelines for the design of, and SLS 1322 Part 2:2007
specifies the designation and calculation of the Size designation and dimensions for
dimensions for, metric-series motorcycle tyres. It motorcycle tyres and rims (code-designated
is applicable to motorcycle tyres with a reduced series) - diameter codes 4 to 12 - Rims
height/width ratio (100 and lower) that can be Lays down rim dimensions for an inch-code-
fitted on cylindrical bead-seat or 50 tapered bead- designated series of motorcycle tyres for diameter

204
codes 4 to 12. It sets only those rim contour for soil and waste discharge (low and high
dimensions necessary for the mounting and temperature) inside buildings, as well as the
fitment of the tyre to the rim. Tyre designations, system itself. It does not include buried
dimensions and load ratings are given in SLS pipework. It specifies the test parameters for the
1322 Part 1. test methods referred to in this standards. It does
(Supersedes SLS 901 Part 3 Section 2: 1990) not cover requirements for the K -value of the raw
(=ISO 6054-2:1990) materials. (Supersedes SLS 1202 & 1210:2001) Page | 205
Gr.C (=ISO 3633:2002)
Gr.N
SLS 1323 Part 1: 2023
Specification for temperatures, humidities and SLS 1326:2008
times for the conditioning and testing of Tamil character code for information
rubber part 1: general procedures for interchange
preparing and conditioning test pieces for Provides a copying of Tamil for use in computer
physical test methods and communication media. This standard
(Second revision) character code encodes the characters of the
This document specifies general procedures for Tamil language within 128 code positions of the
the preparation, measurement, marking, storage, 16 - bit Basic Multilingual Plane (BMP) of
and conditioning of rubber test pieces for use in ISO/IEC 10646: 2003.
physical tests specified in other International 32 pages, Gr.14
Standards, and the preferred conditions to be used
during the tests. Special conditions, applicable to SLS 1326 Part 1:2008
a particular test or material or simulating a Tamil character code for information
particular climatic environment, are not included, interchange - Collation sequence
nor are special requirements for testing whole Prescribes the collation sequence for arranging a
products. This document also specifies the list of words or phrases in the Tamil language.
requirements for the time interval to be observed 5 pages, Gr.3
between forming and testing of rubber test pieces
and products. Such requirements are necessary to SLS 1327:2008 (S)
obtain reproducible test results and to minimize Code of hygienic practice for spices and other
disagreements between customer and supplier. dried aromatic plants
(ISO 23529: 2016, (Confirmed in 2021)) Applies to spices and other dried aromatic plants-
Gr. H whole, broken, ground or blended. It covers the
minimum requirements of hygiene for harvesting,
SLS 1324:2018 postharvest technology processing establishment,
Organic agriculture production and processing technology packaging and storage of
processing processed products.
(First revision) 17pages, Gr.9
Prescribes the requirements for production, wild
harvest, postharvest, handling, storage, SLS 1328:2008
processing, transportation, packaging, labeling Fruit juices and nectars
and marketing of organic produce and products. Prescribes the requirements and methods of
69 pages, Gr.20 sampling and test for fruit juices and nectars
intended for direct consumption without dilution.
SLS 1325:2007 It does not cover Ready-to-serve fruit drinks
Plastics piping systems for soil and waste intended for direct consumption.
discharge (low and high temperature) inside (Supersedes SLS 274, SLS 813, SLS 927, SLS 957
buildings – unplasticized poly(vinyl chloride) & SLS 1041)
(PVC-U) (Incorporating Erratum Sheet)
Specifies the requirements for unplasticized AMD No.1, (AMD 478:2016)
poly(vinyl chloride) (PVC-U) pipes and fittings AMD No.2, (AMD 499:2017)

205
AMD No 3,(AMD 571:2022) SLS 1332 Part 1:2008
20 pages, Gr.10 Methods of test for fruit and vegetable
products - Fruit juice - determination of
SLS 1329:2017 soluble solids content pyknometric method
Method of test for the determination of Specifies a pyknometric method for the
hardness (indentation technique) for flexible determination of the soluble solids content of
cellular polymeric materials fruit juice. The method is applicable to fruit juice Page | 206
(First revision) containing no suspended matter and to clear
Specifies four methods for the determination of concentrated juice. It is not applicable to other
indentation hardness and one method for fruit and vegetable products, for which the
determination of compressive deflection method specified in ISO 2173 should be used.
coefficient and hysteresis loss rate of flexible (=ISO 2172:1983)
cellular materials. These five methods are Gr.B
applicable only to latex foam, urethane foam and
PVC foam of the open-cell type. The methods SLS 1332 Part 2:2008
specified can be used for testing finished articles Methods of test for fruit and vegetable
and for the characterization of bulk products - Determination of soluble solids
material.Specifies four methods for the refractometric method
determination of indentation hardness and one Specifies a refractometric method for the
method for determination of compressive determination of the soluble solids in fruit and
deflection coefficient and hysteresis loss rate of vegetable products. This method is particularly
flexible cellular materials. These five methods applicable to thick products, to products
are applicable only to latex foam, urethane foam containing suspended matter, and to products rich
and PVC foam of the open-cell type. The methods in sugar.(=ISO 2173:2003)
specified can be used for testing finished articles Gr.D
and for the characterization of bulk material.
(=ISO 2439:2008) SLS 1332 Part 3:2008
Gr.G Methods of test for fruit and vegetable
products - Determination of benzoic acid and
SLS 1330:2008 sorbic acid concentrations – high-performance
Method for the determination of compression liquid chromatography method
set under humid conditions for flexible cellular Specifies a method using high performance liquid
polymeric materials chromatography for the determination of the
Specifies a method for determining the concentration of benzoic and sorbic acids in fruit
compression set of flexible cellular materials and vegetable juices.
under humid conditions. (=ISO 22855:2008)
(=ISO 13362:2000) Gr.E
Gr.B
SLS 1332 Part 4:2008
SLS 1331: 2023 Methods of test for fruit and vegetable
Method for the determination of tear strength products - Determination of dry matter
of flexible cellular polymeric materials content by drying under reduced pressure and
(Second Revision) of water content by azeotropic distillation.
This document specifies two methods for the Specifies a method for the determination of the
determination of the tear strength of flexible dry matter content of fruit and vegetable products
cellular by drying under reduced pressure, and a method
polymeric materials: for the determination of water content by
— method A, using a trouser test piece; azeotropic distillation.
— method B, using an angle test piece without a (Supersedes SLS 348:1975)
nick. (ISO 8067:2018) (=ISO 1026:1982)
Gr. E Gr.B

206
SLS 1332 Part 5:2010 SLS 1332 Part 9:2010
Methods of test for fruit and vegetable Methods of test for fruit and vegetable
products - Determination of total sulphur products - Determination of arsenic content -
dioxide content method using hydride generation atomic
Specifies a method for the determination of the absorption spectrometry
total sulphur dioxide content of fruits, vegetables Specifies a hydride generation atomic absorption
and derived products, whatever the sulphur spectrometric method for the determination of the Page | 207
dioxide content.(=ISO 5522:1981) arsenic content of fruits, vegetables and derived
Gr.D products.
(=ISO 17239:2004)
SLS 1332 Part 6:2010 Gr.E
Methods of test for fruit and vegetable
products - Determination of sulphur dioxide SLS 1332 Part 10:2010
content (Routine method) Methods of test for fruit and vegetable
Specifies a routine method for the determination products - Determination of tin content-
of the sulphur dioxide content of liquid fruit and method using flame atomic absorption
vegetable products.(=ISO 5523:1981) spectrometry
Gr.B Specifies an atomic absorption spectrometric
method for the determination of the tin content of
SLS 1332 Part 7 Section 1:2010 fruit and vegetable products in the concentration
Methods of test for fruit and vegetable range 10 mg/kg to 500 mg/kg. It is a rapid
products - Determination of cadmium content method, especially suitable for routine
- Method using graphite furnace atomic determinations of tin in canned fruits and
absorption spectrometry vegetables contaminated with tin which has
Specifies a graphite furnace atomic absorption migrated from the can. The method can be
spectrometric method for the determination of the applied with the prescribed amount of sample to
cadmium content of fruits, vegetables and products with a maximum total dry matter
derived products.(=ISO 6561-1:2005) content of 30%. Products with higher contents of
Gr.C total solids can be analysed using smaller
amounts of sample after corresponding dilution
SLS 1332 Part 7 Section 2:2010 with deionized water.
Methods of test for fruit and vegetable (=ISO 17240:2004)
products - Determination of cadmium content Gr.C
- Method using flame atomic absorption
spectrometry SLS 1332 Part 11:2010
Specifies an atomic absorption spectrometric Methods of test for fruit and vegetable
method for the determination of the cadmium products - Decomposition of organic matter
content of fruits, vegetables and derived products. prior to analysis -wet method
(=ISO 6561-2:2005) Specifies a method for the decomposition of the
Gr.C organic matter in fruits, vegetables or derived
products by wet digestion, prior to the analysis of
SLS 1332 Part 8:2010 their mineral (metal) content.
Methods of test for fruit and vegetable (=ISO 5515:1979) Gr.B
products - Determination of lead content -
flameless atomic absorption spectrometric SLS 1332 Part 12:2010
method Methods of test for fruit and vegetable
Specifies a flameless atomic absorption products - Decomposition of organic matter
spectrometric method for the determination of the prior to
lead content of fruits, vegetables and derived analysis- ashing method
products.(=ISO 6633:1984) Specifies a method for the decomposition of the
Gr.B organic matter in fruits, vegetables or derived

207
products by ashing, prior to the analysis of their SLS 1337:2008
mineral (metal) content. Code of practice for refrigeration
(=ISO 5516:1978) Covers from handling and storage of refrigerants
Gr.A to design, installation, maintenance and
conversion systems, containing refrigerants. The
SLS 1333:2008 systems have been catagorized in the sub sectors
Rubberized coir mattresses and cushions and pertinent information in the addendum can be Page | 208
Prescribes the requirements and methods of test applied to all the sub sectors.
and sampling for rubberized coir mattresses and 36 pages, Gr.16
cushions.(Supersedes SLS 810:1988)
(Corrigendum Sheet) SLS 1338:2008
13 pages, Gr.7 Paper towels
Prescribes the requirements and methods of
SLS 1334:2008 sampling and test for paper towels.
Latex foam rubber mattresses and cushions AMD No.1(AMD 399:2010)
Prescribes the requirements and methods of AMD No.2(AMD 509:2021)
sampling and test for latex foam rubber 9 pages, Gr.5
mattresses and cushions.
AMD No.1(AMD 385:2009) SLS 1339:2008
(Supersedes SLS 870:1989) Paper serviettes
13 pages, Gr.7 Prescribes the requirements and methods of
sampling and test for paper serviettes.
SLS 1335: 2023 AMD No. 1(AMD 400:2010)
Specification for flexible polyurethane foam AMD No 2(AMD 471:2014)
for mattresses and cushions AMD No.3(AMD 510:2018)
(First Revision) 9 pages, Gr.5
This Standard prescribes the requirements and
methods of sampling and test for flexible SLS 1340:2008
polyurethane foam for mattresses and cushions. Facial tissues
Flexible polyurethane foam for mattresses and Prescribes the requirements and methods of
cushions with spring units are not covered by this sampling and test for facial tissues, supplied in
Standard. This Standard does not cover the folded and white or coloured.
multilayered mattresses and cushions which AMD No.1(AMD 401:2010)
consist of one or more layers made of materials AMD No 2 (AMD 511:2018
different from polyurethane foam. 9 pages, Gr.5
Gr. 8
SLS 1341:2021
SLS 1336:2017 Hair oil
Single use containers made of polymeric (First Revision)
materials for packaging of drinking water Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling
(First revision) and test for hair oils. Specification does not cover
Prescribes the requirements for raw materials, effleurage type of hair oils, silicon oil, baby oil,
capacities, performance requirements and hair creams, brilliantines, pomades, preparations
methods of sampling and tests for containers with sold under the name of hair darkness oils and does
tamper proof closures made of polymeric not cover products, which do not qualify under
materials except flexible pouches for packaging the criteria for "cosmetics" on evaluation by the
of water used for drinking purposes. it does not local regulatory authority
cover containers made of polymeric materials Gr. 5
used for packaging of flavored, oxygenated or
carbonated water and reusable containers.
25 pages, Gr.12

208
SLS 1342:2018 materials and products. It does not cover rebound
Hair shampoo for babies resilience or cyclic tests in which the main
(First revision) objective is to fatigue the rubber.
Prescribes the requirements and methods of (=ISO 4664-1:2005)
sampling and test for baby shampoo based on Gr.M
surfactants and herbal shampoo.
AMD No.1(AMD 539:2021) SLS 1346:2018 Page | 209
12pages, Gr.6 Hair shampoo
(First revision)
SLS 1343:2008 Prescribes the requirements and methods of
Method for the determination of transmission sampling and test for hair shampoo based on
rate of volatile liquids of rubber, vulcanized or surfactants.
thermoplastic rubber sheets and rubber AMD No.1 (AMD 540:2021)
coated fabrics by gravimetric technique 16 pages, Gr.8
Specifies two methods for determining, by
measurement of the transmission rate, the SLS 1347:2008
permeability of rubber to volatile liquids Pneumatic tyres for three wheeled motor
diffusing into open air. It is applicable only to vehicles
materials in sheet form and to coated fabrics, Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling
having thickness of between 0,2 mm and 3,0 mm. and tests for pneumatic tyres for three wheeled
(=ISO 6179:1998) motor vehicles.
Gr.C 15 pages, Gr.8

SLS 1344:2020 SLS 1348:2008

Method for the determination of opacity Good manufacturing practices (GMP) for
(paper backing) of paper and board by diffuse cleansing materials
reflectance method. Covers the requirements of good manufacturing
(First revision) practices of cleansing materials starting from raw
Specifies a method for the determination of the materials stage to dispatch from the company,
opacity (paper backing) of paper by diffuse setting out the necessary conditions for producing
reflectance.It can be used to determine the the end products which is/are safe and suitable for
opacity of papers or boards which contain use. It does not cover cosmetics and research and
fluorescent whitening agents,provided the UV development activities of cleansing materials.
content of the radiation incident on the test piece AMD No 1(AMD 452:2013)
has been adjusted to conform to that in the CIE 10 pages, Gr.5
illuminant C using a fluorescent reference
standard provided by an authorized laboratory as SLS 1349:2018
described in SLS 1276-1.This Standard is not Method for the enumeration and detection of
applicable to coloured papers or boards which aerobic mesophilic bacteria in cosmetics
incorporate fluorescent dyes or pigments. (First revision)
(=ISO 2471:2008) Gives general guidelines for enumeration and
Gr.D detection of aerobic mesophilic bacteria present
in cosmetics
SLS 1345 Part 1:2008 (=ISO 21149:2017)
Method for the determination of dynamic Gr.M
properties of rubber, vulcanized or
thermoplastic - General guidance
Provides guidance on the determination of
dynamic properties of vulcanized and
thermoplastic rubbers. It includes both free-and
forced-vibration methods carried out on both

209
SLS 1350:2016 SLS 1354 Part 2:2008
Method of test for the detection of Methods for determination of roll
Pseudomonas aeruginosa in cosmetics characteristics of rubber – or plastics - coated
(First revision) fabrics - Determination of total mass per unit
Gives general guidelines for the detection and area, mass per unit area of coating and mass
identification of the specified microorganism per unit area of substrate
Pseudomonas aeruginosa in cosmetic products. Describes methods of determining the total mass Page | 210
(=ISO 22717:2015) per unit area, the mass per unit area of the coating
Gr.G and the mass per unit area of the substrate cloth
of a rubber- or plastics-coated fabric.
SLS 1351:2016 (Supersedes SLS 761 Part 1:1986)
Method of test for the detection of (=ISO 2286-2:1998)
Staphylococcus aureus in cosmetics Gr.C
(First revision)
Gives general guidelines for the detection and SLS 1354 Part 3:2008
identification of the specified microorganism Methods for determination of roll
Staphylococcus aureus in cosmetic products. characteristics of rubber – or plastics - coated
(=ISO 22718:2015) fabrics - Determination of thickness
Gr.H Describes a method for the determination, at a
specified pressure, of the thickness of rubber and
SLS 1352:2008 plastics-coated fabrics, irrespective of the type of
Electric flexible cables rated upto 450/750 V, substrate employed. It is applicable to single-
for use with appliances and equipment face, double-face and double-texture coated
intended for industrial and similar fabrics, as well as materials in which an expanded
environments layer is included in the coating.
(Withdrawn) (superseded by SLS 1504 parts) (Supersedes SLS 761 Part 1:1988)
(=ISO 2286-3:1998)
SLS 1353:2008 Gr.B
Marking by inscription for the identification
of cores of electric cables SLS 1355 Part 1:2008
Specifies, the requirements to be met when the Methods for determination of tear resistance
identification of individual cores in a cable, is by of rubber- or plastics - coated fabrics -
inscription of numbers on to the extruded Constant rate of tear methods
insulation of each core. The requirements apply Describes two methods for determining the forces
only when called up by the particular cable necessary to initiate and propagate tearing of a
standard. coated fabric using the constant rate of tear
8 pages, Gr.4 method. Methods described are tongue tear and
trouser tear methods.(Supersedes SLS 761 Part
SLS 1354 Part 1:2008 2:1986)(=ISO 4674 -1:2003)
Methods for determination of roll Gr.F
characteristics of rubber – or plastics - coated
fabrics - Determination of length, width and SLS 1355 Part 2:2008
net mass Methods for determination of tear resistance
Describes methods of determining the length, of rubber- or plastics - coated fabrics - Ballistic
width and net mass of a roll of rubber- or plastics- pendulum method
coated fabric. (Supersedes SLS 761 Part 1:1986) Describes a method for the determination of tear
(=ISO 2286-1:998) resistance based on the action of an active force
Gr.A applied to a notched test piece. The test may be
carried out on: test pieces that have been
conditioned in a standard atmosphere, or test
pieces that have undergone per-treatment.

210
(Supersedes SLS 761 Part 2:1986) SLS 1359: 2023
(=ISO 4674-2:1998) Method for determination of unevenness of
Gr.C textile strands using capacitance method
(First Revision)
SLS 1356:2008 This document describes a method, using
Methods for determination of width and capacitance measuring equipment, for
length of textile fabrics determining the unevenness of linear density Page | 211
Specifies a method for the determination of along the length of textile strands. The method is
length and width of textile fabrics that are in a applicable to tops, slivers, rovings, spun yarns
tension-free relaxed state. The test is applicable and continuous filament yarns, made from either
to textile fabrics of full width, folded lengthwise natural or man-made fibres, in the range of 4 tex
down the middle, or in tubular form, but no longer (g/km) to 80 ktex (kg/km) for staple-fibre strands
than 100 m. It does not specify a method to and 1 tex(g/km) to 600 tex (g/km) for continuous-
determine or describe construction defects or filament yarns. It is not applicable to fancy yarns
other defects. It is not applicable to coated or to strands composed fully or partly of
fabrics.(Supersedes SLS 45 & SLS 46:1980) conductive materials such as metals; the latter
(=ISO 22198:2006) requires an optical sensor (see A.4), and to raw
Gr.C silk filaments which are tested according to a
specific standard. The method describes the
SLS 1357:2008 preparation of a variance-length curve, as well as
Methods for the determination of colour the determination of periodicities of linear
fastness of textile materials to washing with density. It also covers the counting of
soap or soap and soda imperfections in the yarn, namely of neps and of
Specifies five methods intended for determining thick and thin places.(ISO 16549:2021)
the resistance of the colour of textiles of all kinds Gr. E
and in all forms to washing procedures, from mild
to severe, used for normal household articles. It is SLS 1360:2014
designed to determine the effect of washing only Definitions for non wovens
on the colour fastness of the textile. It is not (First revision)
intended to reflect the result of the Establishes a definition for the term nonwovens.
comprehensive laundering procedure. (=ISO 9092:2011)
(Supersedes SLS 52:1998, SLS 53:1998, SLS Gr.A
54:1998, SLS 55:1998 & SLS 56:1998)
(=ISO 105 - C10:2006) SLS 1361:2008
Gr.C Vocabulary for description of defects of woven
fabrics
SLS 1358:2008 Describes defects which commonly appear
Vocabulary for morphology of textile fibres during the inspection of woven piece-goods and
and yarns define woven-fabric defects, i.e. those
Defines the principal terms used to describe the characteristics that have been unintentionally
various forms into which textile fibres can be introduced into the fabric.
assembled, up to and including cabled yarns. It (=ISO 8498:1990)
contains only terms of general application; terms Gr.L
and/or definitions which are specific to particular
fibres such as hemp, silk, textile glass, metal
fibre, carbon fibre, etc. are excluded.
(=ISO 8159:1987)
Gr.B

211
SLS 1362 Part 1:2008 SLS 1365 Part 1:2009
Methods of test for agricultural food products Aqueous coconut products - Coconut milk
- Determination of crude fibre content – Prescribes the requirements and methods of
general method sampling and test for packaged aqueous coconut
Specifies a conventional method for the milk products offered for direct consumption,
determination of the crude fibre content of including for catering purposes.
agricultural food products. 14 pages, Gr.7 Page | 212
(=ISO 5498:1981)
Gr.D SLS 1365 Part 2:2009
Aqueous coconut products - Coconut Cream
SLS 1363: 2023 and Coconut Paste
Methods of test for personal protective Prescribes the requirements and methods of
footwear sampling and test for packaged coconut cream
(Second Revision) and coconut paste offered for direct consumption,
This document specifies methods for testing including for catering purposes.
footwear designed as personal protective (Supersedes SLS 49:1969)
equipment 16 pages, Gr.8
(ISO 20344:2021)
Gr. X SLS 1366:2009
Guidelines for identification of warp and weft
SLS 1364: 2023 directions in woven fabrics
Personal safety footwear Recommends guidelines for identification of
(Second Revision) wrap and weft directions of a woven fabric
This document specifies basic and additional sample without selvedge.(Superseding CS
(optional) requirements for safety footwear used 49:1969)
for general purpose. It includes, for example, 5 pages, Gr.3
mechanical risks, slip resistance, thermal risks,
ergonomic behaviour. It also specifies SLS 1367:2009
requirements for safety footwear equipped with Abbreviations for rubber compounding
customized insocks, customized safety footwear ingredients
or individual manufactured customized safety Establishes unambiguous abbreviations for
footwear. This standard does not cover the commonly used rubber compounding ingredients
property of high visibility because of interaction of known, specific chemical composition.
with the clothing (e.g. trousers cover the (=ISO 6472:2004)
footwear) and work area conditions (e.g. dirt, Gr.J
mud). Special risks are covered by
complementary job-related standards (e.g. SLS 1368:2009
footwear for firefighters, electrical insulating Definitions for textured filament yarns in
footwear, protection against chain saw injuries, textiles
protection against chemicals and molten metal Establishes terms and definitions for
splash, protection for motorcycle riders). characteristics of textured filament yarns.
(ISO 20345:2021) (=ISO 10132:1993)
Gr. S Gr.B

SLS 1369:2009
Vocabulary for textured filament yarns in
textiles
Names the various types of textured filament yarn
and defines them in terms of the processes by
which they are produced. (=ISO 8160:1987)
Gr.A

212
SLS 1370:2016 tissue papers and tissue products under a pressure
Methods of test for determination of thickness, of 2,0 kPa.(=ISO 12625-3:2014)
density and specific volume of paper and Gr.F
board
(First revision) SLS 1371 Part 4 Section 1:2016
Specifies two methods for measuring the Method of test for tissue paper and tissue
thickness of paper and board: the measurement of Page | 213
products - Determination of optical properties
a single sheet of paper or board as a single sheet - Measurement of brightness and colour with
thickness; the measurement of a pack of sheets of d 65/100 (outdoor daylight)
paper as a bulking thickness. This standard also Specifies testing procedures for the instrumental
specifies calculation methods for the apparent determination of brightness and colour of tissue
sheet density and for the apparent bulk density, paper and tissue products viewed under outdoor
and for the apparent specific sheet volume and for daylight conditions. It also gives specific
the apparent specific bulk volume from the instructions for the preparation of test pieces
thickness determinations. It is not applicable to (single-ply, multi-ply products) and for the
corrugated fibreboard. optical measurements of products, where special
(=ISO 534:2011) precautions may be necessary.
Gr.G (=ISO 12625-7:2014)
Gr.F
SLS 1371 Part 1:2017
Method of test for tissue paper and tissue SLS 1371 Part 4 Section 2:2016
products - Determination of tensile strength, Method of test for tissue paper and tissue
stretch at maximum force and tensile energy products - Determination of optical properties
absorption - Measurement of brightness and colour with
(First revision) c/20 (indoor daylight) illuminant
Specifies a test mehthod for the determination of Specifies testing procedures for the instrumental
the tensile strength, stretch at maximum force and determination of brightness and colour of tissue
tensile energy absorption of tissue paper and paper and tissue products viewed in indoor
tissue products. It uses a tensile-testing apparatus daylight conditions. It also gives specific
operating with a constant rate of elongation. It instructions for the preparation of test pieces
also specifies the method of calcutating the (single-ply, multi-ply products) and for the
tensile index and the tensile energy absorption optical measurements of products, where special
index. (=ISO 12625-4:2016) precautions may be necessary.
Gr.E (=ISO 12625-15:2015)
Gr.F
SLS 1371 Part 2:2017
Method of test for tissue paper and tissue SLS 1371 Part 4 Section 3:2016
products - Determination of grammage Method of test for tissue paper and tissue
(First revision) products - Determination of optical properties
Specifies a test mehthod for the determination of - Opacity
grammage of tissue paper and tissue products. (paper backing) by diffuse reflectance method
(=ISO 12625-6:2016) Gr.E Specifies the testing procedures for the
instrumental determination of the opacity of
SLS 1371 Part 3:2016 tissue paper or tissue products by diffuse
Method of test for tissue paper and tissue reflectance using a paper backing. IT contains
products - Determination of thickness, bulking specific instructions for the preparation of test
thickness and apparent bulk density and bulk pieces of single-ply and multi-ply products,
Specifies a test method for the determination of where special preparation/procedures might be
thickness and bulking thickness and the necessary.(=ISO 12625-16:2015)
calculation of apparent bulk density and bulk of Gr.E

213
SLS 1371 Part 5:2017 SLS 1371 Part 9: 2022
Method of test for tissue paper and tissue Method of test for tissue paper and tissue
products - Determination of wet tensile products : determination of tensile strength of
strength perforated lines — calculation of perforation
Specifies a test method for the determination of efficiency
the wet tensile strength of tissue paper and tissue Specifies a test method for the determination of
products after soaking with water, using a tensile- the tensile strength of perforated lines of tissue Page | 214
strength-testing apparatus operating with a paper. It uses a tensile-testing apparatus operating
constant rate of elongation. with a constant rate of elongation
(ISO 12625-5:2016) (=ISO 12625-12:2010)
Gr.H Gr. G

SLS 1371 Part 6:2017 SLS 1371 Part 10: 2022

Method of test for tissue paper and tissue Method of test for tissue paper and tissue
products - Determination of the resistance to products: determination of disintegration in
mechanical penetration (Ball brust strength water
procedure) Specifies a method to assess the disintegration of
Specifies a test method for the determination of tissue paper and tissue products when subjected
the resistance to mechanical penetration (ball to mechanical agitation in water
burst strength procedure) of tissue paper and (=ISO 12625-17:2021)
tissue products. Gr. G
(ISO 12625 - 9:2015)
Gr.E SLS 1372:2009 (S)
Black pepper and white pepper, ground
SLS 1371 Part 7:2020 Supersed by SLS 105 parts
Method of test for tissue paper and tissue
products- Determination of wet ball burst SLS 1373:2020
strength Crankcase lubricating oils for internal
Specifies a test method for the determination of combustion diesel engines
the resistance to mechanical penetration (ball (First revision)
burst strength procedure) of tissue paper and Specifies requirements and methods of sampling
tissue products after wetting. and testing for types of lubricating oils suitable
(=ISO 12625-11:2019) for the crankcase lubrication of light duty and
Gr. E heavy duty naturally aspirated, turbo-charged or
supercharged compression-ignition engines
SLS 1371: Part 8: 2021 (diesel engines) of passenger cars, light duty
Method of test for tissue paper and tissue trucks and heavy duty trucks that operate under
products : determination of water-absorption the API Service Category CH-4 as defined by
time and water-absorption capacity by basket- API 1509.
immersion test This standard may also apply to lubricants used
Specifies a basket-immersion test method for the in compression-ignition engines for stationary
determination of water-absorption time and appliances such as generators, compressors and
water-absorption capacity of tissue paper and pumps wherever so recommended by the
tissue products manufacturer or adopted by the user.
(=ISO 12625-8:2010) AMD No.1, (AMD 553:2022)
Gr. D 12 pages, Gr.6

214
SLS 1374:2020 wrapping sheets are excluded from this
Crankcase lubricating oils for internal specification.
combustion gasoline engines 8 pages, Gr.4
(First revision)
Specifies requirements and methods of sampling SLS 1378:2009
and testing for types of lubricating oil suitable for Code of practice for application of
the crankcase lubrication of gasoline/petrol Page | 215
thermoplastic road marking materials
engines that operate under the API Service Recommends the guidelines for application of
Category SL as defined by API 1509. thermoplastic road marking materials which are
This standard may also apply to lubricants used melted and applied hot to road surfaces and glass
in spark ignition engines for stationary appliances beads used to improve the visibility of road
such as generators, compressors and pumps marking materials.
wherever so recommended by the manufacturer (Superseding SLS 955 Part 2:1992)
or adopted by the user. 5 pages, Gr.3
AMD No.1, (AMD 554:2022)
12 pages, Gr.6 SLS 1379:2009
Good manufacturing practices (GMP) for
SLS 1375:2019 cosmetics industry
Ceramic tile adhesives (Superseded by SLS ISO 22716)
(First revision)
Applicable to ceramic tile adhesives for internal SLS 1380: 2022
and external tile installations on walls and floors. Plastics - determination of the degree of
It establishes the terminology, concerning the disintegration of plastic materials under
products, working methods, application defined composting conditions in a pilot-scale
properties, etc. for ceramic tile adhesives. It does test
not contain criteria or recommendations for the (Second Revision)
design and installation of ceramic tiles. Defines a test method used to determine the
(=ISO 13007-1:2014) degree of disintegration of plastic materials in a
Gr.E pilot-scale aerobic composting test under defined
conditions. It forms part of an overall scheme for
SLS 1376:2019 the evaluation of the industrial compostability of
Ceramic tile grouts plastics as outlined in ISO 17088. The test
(First revision) method laid down in this document is also used
Applicable to ceramic tile grouts for internal and to determine the influence of the test material on
external tile installations on walls and floors. It the composting process and the quality of the
establishes the terminology, concerning the compost obtained. This test method cannot be
products, working methods, application used to determine the aerobic biodegradability of
properties, etc. for ceramic tile grouts. It specifies a test material. (ISO 16929:2021)
the values of performance requirements for all Gr. F
ceramic tile grouts. It does not contain criteria or
recommendations for the design and installation SLS 1381:2009
of ceramic tiles. Follow – Up formula
(=ISO 13007-3:2010) Prescribes the composition, quality and safety
Gr.D requirements, methods of sampling and test for
follow-up formula. It does not cover infant
SLS 1377:2009 formula (starter) products.
Polyethylene food wrapping sheet 23 pages, Gr.10
Prescribes the requirements and method of test
for polyethylene food wrapping sheets. Bio-
degradable and photo degradable food wrapping
sheets are not covered by this standard. Shrink

215
SLS 1382 Part 1:2009 (S)
Compressed stabilized earth blocks - SLS 1385:2013
Requirements Polyamide 3-, 4-, 8- and 12- strand fibre ropes
Compressed stabilized earth blocks deals with (First revision)
requirements for compliance and specifies Specifies requirements for 3- strand hawser-laid
materials, sizes and dimensional tolerances, 4- strand shroud-laid ropes, 8- strand braided
minimum performance levels for CSEB for ropes and 12- strand braided ropes for general Page | 216
construction work. It covers solid, hollow, service made of polyamide, and gives rules for
interlocking and plain CSEB. their designation.
AMD No. 1 (AMD 472:2015) (=ISO 1140:2012)
13 pages, Gr.7 Gr.D

SLS 1382 Part 2:2009 (S) SLS 1386:2013

Compressed stabilized earth blocks - Test Polyester 3-,4-,8- and 12 – Strand fibre ropes
methods (First revision)
Specifies test methods for the determination of Specifies requirements for 3- strand hawser-laid
compressive strength of blocks, bending strength and 4-strand shroud-laid ropes, 8- strand braided
of blocks, dimensions, dry density, volume of ropes and 12- strand braided ropes for general
cavities, absorption of moisture, durability and service made of polyester, and gives rules for
soil testing methods to select proper soil as a raw their designation.
material. (=ISO 1141:2012)
17 pages, Gr.9 Gr.D

SLS 1382 Part 3:2009 SLS 1387 Part 1:2011

Compressed stabilized earth blocks - Methods of test for colour fastness of textiles -
Guidelines on production, design and General principles of testing
construction (First revision)
Compressed stabilized earth block (CSEB) deals Provides general information about the methods
with production, design and construction of for testing colour fastness of textiles for the
CSEB. This specifies materials, sizes and guidance of sers. The uses and limitations of the
dimensional tolerances, minimum performance methods are pointed out, several terms are
levels for CSEB for construction work etc. It defined, an outline of the form of the methods is
covers solid, hollow, plain and interlocking given and the contents of the clauses constituting
CSEB. A part of the standard gives the methods are discussed. Procedures common
recommendations for the structural design of un- to a number of the methods are discussed briefly.
reinforced CESB masonry. (=ISO 105-A01:2010) Gr.E
55 pages, Gr.18
SLS 1387 Part 2:2009
SLS 1383 Methods of test for colour fastness of textiles -
Plastic straws Grey scale for assessing change in colour
(Withdrawn) Describes the grey scale for determining changes
in colour of textiles in colour fastness tests, and
SLS 1384:2013 its use. A precise colorimetric specification of the
Thermoplastic road marking materials scale is given as a permanent record against
(First revision) which newly prepared working standards and
Prescribes the quality requirements, methods of standards that may have changed can be
sampling and test for thermoplastic road marking compared.
materials in any colour to be applied on road (=ISO 105-A02:1993)
surfaces and runways. Gr.A
15 pages, Gr.7

216
SLS 1387 Part 3: 2021
Methods of test for colour fastness of textiles: SLS 1387 Part 7:2009
grey scale for assessing staining Methods of test for colour fastness of textiles -
(First Revision) Vocabulary used in colour measurement
Describes the grey scale for determining staining Specifies the terms and definitions of colour
of adjacent fabrics in colour fastness tests, and its masurements that are used throughout ISO 105.
use. A precise colorimetric specification of the These definitions are intendes to be used only Page | 217
scale is given as a permanent record against within the content and scope of ISO 105.
which newly prepared working standards and (=ISO 105-A08:2001)
standards that may have changed can be Gr.C
compared.(=ISO 105-A03:2019)
Gr. B SLS 1387 Part 8:2018
Methods of test for colour fastness of textiles -
SLS 1387 Part 4:2009 tests for colour fastness - colour fastness to
Methods of test for colour fastness of textiles - weathering - outdoor exposure
Instrumental assessment of the degree of (First revision)
staining of adjacent fabrics Specifies a method intended for determining the
Specifies an instrumental method for assessing resistance of the colour of textiles of all kinds
the degree of staining of adjacent fabrics in any except loose fibres to the action of weather as
fastness test, as an alternative to the visual determined by outdoor exposure.
method.(=ISO 105-A04:1989) (=ISO 105-B03:2017)
Gr.A Gr.D

SLS 1387 Part 5:2009 SLS 1387 Part 9:2009

Methods of test for colour fastness of textiles - Methods of test for colour fastness of textiles -
Instrumental assessment of change in colour Determination of colour fastness to artificial
for determination of grey scale rating weathering: xenon arc fading lamp test
Specifies an instrumental method for assessing Specifies a method intended for determining the
the chnge in colour of a test specimen in resistance of the colour of textiles of all kinds,
comparison to an dentical untreated reference, except loose fibres, to the action of weather as
and the calculations unertaken to convert the determined by exposure to simulated weathering
instrumental measurements into a grey scale conditions in a cabinet equipped with a xenon arc
rating. This method is intended as analternative lamp. This method can be used to determine if a
to the many national mathods for visual evluation textile is wet light-sensitive.
of the effect of a colour fastness test on any textile (= ISO 105-B04:1994)
material. (=ISO 105-A05:1996) Gr.D
Gr.B
SLS 1387 Part 10:2009
SLS 1387 Part 6:2009 Methods of test for colour fastness of textiles -
Methods of test for colour fastness of textiles - Detection and assessment of photochromism
Instrumental determination of 1/1 standard Specifies a method intended for detecting and
depth of colour assessing change in colour, after brief exposure to
Intended for determining 1/1 standard depth of a light, of coloured textiles which change in colour
dyeing on any textile material by a colorimetric on exposure to light but which virtually return to
method as a permitted alternative to the visual their original shade when stored in the dark.
method described in clause 12 of ISO 105- (=ISO 105-B05:1993)
A01:1994. This is applicabl to 1/1 standard depth Gr.B
of colour only. Its use for other standard depths is
under consideration.
(=ISO 105-A06:1995)
Gr.B

217
SLS 1387 Part 11:2009 SLS 1387 Part 14:2011
Methods of test for colour fastness of textiles - Methods of test for colour fastness of textiles -
Determination of colour fastness and ageing to Determination of colour fastness to domestic
artificial light at high temperatures: xenon arc & commercial laundering
fading lamp test (First revision)
Specifies a method for determining the colour Specifies methods intended for determining the
fastness and ageing properties of all kinds and resistance of the colour of textiles of all kinds and Page | 218
forms of dyed and printed textiles and/or other in all forms to domestic or commercial
organic substrates under the action of an artificial laundering procedures used for normal household
light source representative of natural daylight articles using a reference detergent. These
(D65), and under the simultaneous action of heat. methods do not reflect the effect of optical
Of the four different sets of exposure conditions brighteners present in commercial washing
specified, three use D65, and the fourth a products.
somewhat lower cut-off wavelength. The test (=ISO 105-C06:2010)
method gives special consideration to the light Gr.E
and heat conditions that occur in the interior of a
motor vehicle. SLS 1387 Part 15:2009
(=ISO 105-B06:1998) Methods of test for colour fastness of textiles -
Gr.H Determination of colour fastness to industrial
laundering
SLS 1387 Part 12:2009 Specifies methods for determining the resistance
Methods of test for colour fastness of textiles - of the colour of textiles of all kinds exposed to all
Determination of colour fastness to light of forms of industrial laundering procedures.
textiles wetted with artificial perspiration (=ISO 105-C12:2004)
Specifies a method for determining the resistance Gr.D
of the colour of textiles, of all kinds and in all
forms, to the combined effect of wetting with acid SLS 1387 Part 16:2009
or alkaline artificial perspiration solutions and an Methods of test for colour fastness of textiles -
artificial light source representing natural Determination of colour fastness to rubbing-
daylight (D65). organic solvents
(=ISO 105-B07:2009) Specifies a method for determining the resistance
Gr.C of the colour of textiles of all kinds and in all
forms, except loose fibre, to the combined action
SLS 1387 Part 13:2009 of rubbing and of organic solvents used in spot-
Methods of test for colour fastness of textiles - cleaning, i.e. localized “spotting” carried out by
Quality control of blue wool reference hand.
materials 1 to 7 (=ISO 105-D02:1993)
Describes a method for carrying out quality Gr.A
control of production batches of the blue wool
reference materials 1 to 7 which are to be used in SLS 1387 Part 17:2011
the appropriate Parts of ISO 105-B series of test Methods of test for colour fastness of textiles -
methods for colour fastness to light. The method Determination of colour fastness to
specifies one procedure for instrumental chlorinated waterDetermination of colour
assessment of the evenness of dyeing and two fastness to chlorinated water (swimming pool
procedures for assessing the fading water)
characteristics of the reference materials, one of (First revision)
which uses visual assessment techniques and the Specifies a method for determining the resistance
other instrumental assessment. of the colour of textiles of all kinds and in all
(=ISO 105-B08:1995) forms to the action of active chlorine in
Gr.D concentration such as are used to disinfect

218
swimming –pool water (break-point SLS 1387 Part 23:2010
chlorination). Methods of test for colour fastness of textiles -
(=ISO 105-E03:2010) Acrylic adjacent fabric
Gr.C Specifies an undyed acrylic adjacent fabric which
may be used for the assessment of staining in
SLS 1387 Part 18:2009 colour fastness tests.
(=ISO 105-F05:2001) Page | 219
Methods of test for colour fastness of textiles -
Determination of colour fastness to hot water Gr.B
Specifies a method for determining the resistance
of the colour of textiles of all kinds and in all SLS 1387 Part 24:2010
forms to the action of hot water. The method is Methods of test for colour fastness of textiles -
mainly applicable to wool and textiles containing Silk adjacent fabric
wool. Specifies an undyed silk adjacent fabric which
(ISO 105-E08:1994) may be used for the assessment of staining in
Gr.A colour fastness tests.
(=ISO 105-F06:2000)
SLS 1387 Part 19:2010 Gr.B
Methods of test for colour fastness of textiles -
Wool adjacent fabric SLS 1387 Part 25:2010
Spcifies an undyed wool adjacent fabric which Methods of test for colour fastness of textiles -
may be used for the assessment of staining in Secondary acetate adjacent fabric
colour fastness tests. Specifies an undyed secondary acetate adjacent
(=ISO 105-F01:2001) fabric which may be used for the assessment of
Gr.B staining in colour fastness tests.
(=ISO 105-F07:2001)
SLS 1387 Part 20:2010 Gr.B
Methods of test for colour fastness of textiles -
Cotton and viscose adjacent fabrics SLS 1387 Part 26:2010
Specfies an undyed cotton (and an undyed Methods of test for colour fastness of textiles -
viscose) adjaent fabric which may be used for the Cotton rubbing cloth
assessment Specifies a cotton rubbing cloth which can be
of staining in colour fastness tests. used for the assessment of staining in colour
(=ISO 105-F02:2009) fastness to rubbing tests.
Gr.B (=ISO 105-F09:2009)
Gr.B
SLS 1387 Part 21:2010
Methods of test for colour fastness of textiles - SLS 1387 Part 27:2010
Polyamide adjacent fabric Methods of test for colour fastness of textiles -
Speifies an undyed polyamide adjacent fabric Adjacent fabric - multifibre
which may be used for the assessment of staining Establishes general requirements for undyed
in colour fasness tests. (=ISO 105-F03:2001) multifibre adjacent fabrics which may be used for
Gr.B the assessment of staining in colour fastness test
procedures.
SLS 1387 Part 22:2010 (=ISO 105-F10:1989)
Methods of test for colour fastness of textiles - Gr.C
Polyester adjacent fabric
Specifies an undyed polyester adjacent fabric
which may be used for the assessment of staining
in colour fastness tests.
(=ISO 105-F04:2001)
Gr.B

219
SLS 1387 Part 28:2010 therefore provides an estimate of the colour
Methods of test for colour fastness of textiles - inconstancy of the specimen.
General principles for measurement of surface (=ISO 105-J05:2007)
colour Gr.C
Designed as a reference document to support the
proper measurement of the colour of specimens SLS 1387 Part 32:2010
by instrumental means as required in many parts Page | 220
Methods of test for colour fastness of textiles -
of ISO 105. The document describes general Determination of colour fastness to bleaching
concepts and problems associated with - Peroxide
reflectance colour measurement. Specifies a method for determining the resistance
(=ISO 105-J01:1997) of the colou of textiles of all kinds, and in all
Gr.G forms, to the action of bleaching baths containing
peroxide in concentrations commonly used in
SLS 1387 Part 29:2010 textile processing.
Methods of test for colour fastness of textiles - (=ISO 105-N02:1993)
Instrumental assessment of relative whiteness Gr.B
Specifies a method intended for quantifying the
whiteness and tint of textiles, including SLS 1387 Part 33:2010
fluorescent materials. Methods of test for colour fastness of textiles -
(=ISO 105-J02:1997) Determination of colour fastness to bleaching:
Gr.D sodium chlorite (severe)
Specifies a method for determining the resistance
SLS 1387 Part 30:2010 of the colour of natura1 cellulose textiles to the
Methods of test for colour fastness of textiles - action of severe bleaching with sodium chlorite
Calculation of colour differences as ordinarily employed in textile processing.
Provides a method of calculating the colour (=ISO 105-N04:1993)
difference between two specimens of the same Gr.A
material, measured under the same
conditions,such that the numerical value SLS 1387 Part 34:2010
Ecmc(l:c) for the total colour difference Methods of test for colour fastness of textiles -
quantifies the extent to which the two specimens Determination of colour fastness to stoving
do not match. It permits the specification of a Specifies a method for determining the resistance
maximum value (tolerance) which depends only of the colour of textiles of all kinds and in all
on the closeness of match required for a given forms to the action of sulfur dioxide as used for
end-use and not on the colour involved, nor on the bleaching animal fibres.
nature of the colour difference. The method also (=ISO 105-N05:1993)
provides a means for establishing the ratio of Gr.B
differences in lightness to chroma and to hue.
(=ISO 105-J03:1995) SLS 1387 Part 35:2010
Gr.E Methods of test for colour fastness of textiles -
Colour fastness to dry heat (excluding
SLS 1387 Part 31:2010 pressing)
Methods of test for colour fastness of textiles - Specifies a method for determining the resistance
Instrumental assessment of the colour of the colour of textiles of all kinds and in all
inconstancy of a specimen with change in forms to the action of dry heat, excluding
illuminant (CMCCON02) pressing, as it is used to stabilize the size and form
Provides a colorimetric method for calculating an of textiles. Three tests differing in temperature
estimate of the magnitude (and optionally the are provided; one or more of them may be used,
direction) of the change in the perceived colour depending on the requirements and the stability
of a textile specimen when the chromaticity of the of the fibres. This method is not intended for the
illumination by which it is viewed is changed. It

220
assessment of colour Change during crease-resist SLS 1387 Part 40:2011
or dyeing processes. Methods of test for colour fastness of textiles -
(=ISO 105-P01:1993) Determination of colour fastness to
Gr.B formaldehyde
Specifies a method for determining the resistance
SLS 1387 Part 36:2010 of the colour of textiles of all kinds and in all
Methods of test for colour fastness of textiles - forms to the action of formaldehyde vapour, as Page | 221
Determination of colour fastness to pleating: may be encountered in storehouses where fabrics
Steam pleating are stored with materials which have undergone a
Specifies a method for determining the resistance crease-resistant treatment. This method is not
of the colour of textiles of all kinds and in all suitable for assessing changes in colour which
forms to the action of steam-pleating processes. may occur during crease-resist finishing with
The materials are not pleated during the test, and urea-formaldehyde products, or in subsequent
it is emphasized that the test is not intended for treatment of the dyeing with solutions of
assessing the quality of the pleating process. formaldehyde.(=ISO 105-X09:1993)
Three tests differing in severity are provided; one Gr.A
or more of them may be used depending on the
requirements.(=ISO 105-P02:2002) SLS 1387 Part 41:2011
Gr.C Methods of test for colour fastness of textiles -
Assessment of migration of textile colours in to
SLS 1387 Part 37:2011 polyvinyl coatings
Methods of test for colour fastness of textiles - Specifies a method for determining the resistance
Determination of colour fastness to of the colour in textile fabrics to migration into
mercerizing polyvinyl chloride (PVC) which contains
Specifies a method for determining the resistance plasticizer. (=ISO 105-X10:1993)
of the colour of textiles to the action of Gr.A
concentrated solutions of sodium hydroxide used
in mercerizing. The method is mainly applicable SLS 1387 Part 42:2011
to cotton and to mixtures containing cotton. Methods of test for colour fastness of textiles -
(=ISO 105-X04:1994) Determination of colour fastness to acid
Gr.A chlorination of wool: sodium
dichloroisocyanurate
SLS 1387 Part 38:2011 Specifies a method for determining the resistance
Methods of test for colour fastness of textiles - of the colour of wool in all forms to acid
Determination of colour fastness to cross- chlorination using sodium dichloro-isocyanurate.
dyeing - wool (=ISO 105-X16:2001)
Specifies a method for determining the resistance Gr.B
of the colour of textiles to the action of processes
used for dyeing wool.(=ISO 105-X07:1994) SLS 1387 Part 43:2011
Gr.B Methods of test for colour fastness of textiles -
Determination of colour fastness to rubbing –
SLS 1387 Part 39:2011 small areas
Methods of test for colour fastness of textiles - Specifies a method for determining the resistance
Determination of colour fastness to of the colour of textiles to rubbing off and
degumming staining other materials where the singling out of
Specifies a method for determining the resistance areas smaller than possible to test with the
of the colour of textiles of all kinds, except loose apparatus described in ISO 105-X12 is required.
fibre, to the action of soap solutions such as those (=ISO 105-D01:2010)
used in degumming raw silk. Gr.C
(=ISO 105-X08:1994)
Gr.A

221
SLS 1387 Part 44:2011 resistance of the colour of textiles. The method
Methods of test for colour fastness of textiles - can be used either for determining the colour
Determination of colour fastness to dry fastness or the ageing behavior of the textile
cleaning using perchloroethylene solvent under test. The method is also applicable to white
Specifies a method for determining the resistance (bleached or optically brightened) textiles.
of the colour of textiles of all kinds and in all (=ISO 105-B10:2011)
forms to drycleaning using perchloroethylene Gr.G Page | 222
solvent. This method is neither suitable for the
evaluation of the durability of textile finishes, nor SLS 1387 Part 48:2013
is it intended for use in evaluating the resistance Methods of test for colour fastness of textiles -
of colours to spot and stain removal procedures Colour fastness to perspiration
used by the drycleaner. Specifies a method for determining the resistance
(Supersedes SLS 416:1997) of the colour of textiles of all kinds and in all
(=ISO 105-X14:1994) forms to the action of human perspiration.
Gr.B (=ISO 105-E04:2013)
(Superseding SLS 67:1998)
SLS 1387 Part 45:2013 Gr.C
Methods of test for colour fastness of textiles -
Determination of colour fastness to water SLS 1387 Part 49:2013
(First revision) Methods of test for colour fastness of textiles -
Specifies a method for determining the resistance Colour fastness to sea water
of the colour of textiles of all kinds and in all Specifies a method for determining the resistance
forms to immersion in water. of the colour of textiles of all kinds and in all
(=ISO105-E01:2013) forms to immersion in sea water.
Gr.C (=ISO 105-E02:2013)
(Superseding SLS 64:1999)
SLS 1387 Part 46:2013 Gr.C
Methods of test for colour fastness of textiles -
Determination of colour fastness grades by SLS 1387 Part 50:2015
digital imaging techniques Methods of test for colour fastness of textiles -
Specifies the requirement for a digital imaging Colour fastness to artificial light - Xenon arc
system for use in the methods specified in fading lamp test
Annexes A and B for the determination of change (First revision)
in colour and staining by digital imaging Specifies a method intended for determining the
techniques. This method is not suitable for effect on the colour of textiles of all kinds and in
assessment of colour fastness to light as described all forms to the action of an artificial light source
in the ISO 105 B series, as these standards do not representative of natural daylight (D65). The
use grey scales to assess the specimen. Describes method is also applicable to white (bleached or
apparatus, equipment settings and calibration for optically brightened) textiles.
the assessment of; change in colour, and staining. (=ISO 105–B02:2014)
(=ISO 105-A11:2012) Gr.R
Gr.H
SLS 1387 Part 51:2015
SLS 1387 Part 47:2013 Methods of test for colour fastness of textiles -
Methods of test for colour fastness of textiles - Colour fastness to light - Daylight
Artificial weathering – exposure to filtered Specifies a method intended for determining the
xenon arc radiation resistance of the colour of textiles of all kinds and
Specifies a procedure for exposing textiles to in all forms to the action of daylight. This method
artificial weathering in xenon – arc apparatus, allows the use of two different sets of blue wool
including the action of liquid water and water references. The results from the two different sets
vapour, in order to determine the weather of references may not be identical.

222
(=ISO 105–B01:2014) elastolefin, elastomultiester, melamine,
(Superseding SLS 62 Part 1:1997) polypropylene/polyamide bicomponent,
Gr.G polyacrylate and glass fibres. It is not applicable
to mixtures containing modacrylic fibres, certain
SLS 1388-1: 2022 chlorofibres, nor to mixtures containing acetate
Method for quantitative chemical analysis of fibres that have been deacetylated on the surface
Page | 223
textiles – general principles of testing ISO 1833-3:2022
(First Revision) Gr. A
Specifies a common method for the quantitative
chemical analysis of various mixtures of fibres. SLS 1388-4: 2022
This method and the methods described in the Method for quantitative chemical analysis of
other parts of ISO 1833 are applicable, in general, textiles – mixtures of certain protein fibres
to fibres in any textile form. Where certain textile with certain other fibres (method using
forms are excepted, these are listed in the scope hypochlorite)
of the appropriate part (First Revision)
ISO 1833-1:2020 Specifies a method, using hypochlorite, to
Gr. J determine the mass percentage of protein fibre,
after removal of non-fibrous matter, in textiles
SLS 1388-2: 2022 made of mixtures of certain non-protein fibres
Method for quantitative chemical analysis of and certain protein fibres, as follows: — wool,
textiles – ternary fibre mixtures other animal-hair (such as cashmere, mohair),
(First Revision) silk, protein, with — cotton, cupro, viscose,
Specifies methods of quantitative analysis of modal, acrylic, chlorofibres, polyamide,
various ternary mixtures of fibres. The field of polyester, polypropylene, glass, elastane,
application of each method for analysing elastomultiester, elastolefin, melamine and
mixtures, specified in the parts of ISO polypropylene/polyamide bicomponent
1833,indicates the fibres to which the method is ISO 1833-4:2017
applicable. This document is applicable to Gr. B
mixtures of fibres with more than three
components provided that the combination of test SLS 1388-7: 2022
methods leads back to simple cases of fibre Method for quantitative chemical analysis of
mixtures. Table B.1 illustrates the typical ternary textiles – mixtures of polyamide with certain
mixtures and their applied corresponding parts of other fibres (method using formic acid)
the ISO 1833 series (First Revision)
ISO 1833-2:2020 specifies a method, using formic acid, to
Gr. J determine the mass percentage of polyamide
fibre, after removal of non-fibrous matter, in
SLS 1388-3: 2022 textiles made of mixtures of — polyamide with
Method for quantitative chemical analysis of — cotton, viscose, cupro, modal, lyocell,
textiles – mixtures of acetate with certain polyester, polypropylene, chlorofibre, acrylic,
other fibres glass fibre, elastomultiester, elastolefin and
(Method using acetone) melamine, or — wool (if the wool content is less
(First Revision) than or equal to 25 %), or animal hair fibres. This
specifies a method, using acetone, to determine document does not apply when the wool content
the mass percentage of acetate, after removal of exceeds 25 %; ISO 1833-4 applies.
non-fibrous matter, in textiles made of mixtures ISO 1833-7:2017
of — acetate with — wool, animal hair, silk, Gr. B
protein, cotton (scoured, kiered, or bleached),
flax (or linen), hemp, jute, abaca, alfa, coir,
broom, ramie, sisal, cupro, viscose, modal,
polyamide, polyester, polypropylene, acrylic,

223
SLS 1388-9: 2022 scoured, kiered or bleached cotton. The method
Method for quantitative chemical analysis of is not applicable to mixtures in which the cotton
textiles – mixtures of acetate with certain other has suffered extensive chemical degradation, nor
fibres when the viscose, cupro or modal fibre is
(method using benzyl alcohol) rendered incompletely soluble by the presence of
(First Revision) certain permanent finishes or reactive dyes that
specifies a method, using benzyl alcohol, to cannot be removed completely. Page | 224
determine the mass percentage of acetate, after (Supersedes SLS 175:1999)
removal of non-fibrous matter, in textiles made of (=IS0 1833-5:2006)
mixtures of — acetate with— triacetate, Gr.B
polypropylene, elastolefin, melamine,
polypropylene/polyamide bicomponent and SLS 1388 Part 6:2019
polyacrylate fibres. Method for quantitative chemical analysis of
ISO 1833-9:2019 textiles - Determination of percentage of
Gr. B cotton in textiles made of binary mixtures of
viscose or certain types of cupro or modal or
SLS 1388-10: 2022 lyocell and cotton fibres (using formic acid and
Method for quantitative chemical analysis of zinc chloride)
textiles – mixtures of triacetate or polylactide Specifies a method, using a mixture of formic
with certain other fibres (method using acid and zinc chloride, to determine the
dichloromethane) percentage of cotton, after removal of non-
(First Revision) fibrous matter, in textiles made of binary
specifies a method, using dichloromethane, to mixtures of viscose or some cupro, modal and
determine the mass percentage of triacetate or lyocell fibres, with cotton. The method is not
polylactide, after removal of non-fibrous matter, applicable to mixtures in which the cotton has
in textiles made of mixtures of — triacetate or suffered extensive chemical degradation, nor
polylactide with— wool or other animal hair, when the viscose, cupro, modal or lyocell fibre is
silk, protein, cotton, viscose, cupro, rendered incompletely soluble by the presence of
modal,lyocell, polyamide, polyester, acrylic, certain permanent finishes or reactive dyes that
elastomultiester, polypropylene, elastolefin, cannot be removed completely.
melamine, polypropylene/polyamide (=ISO 1833-6:2018)
bicomponent,polyacrylate and glass fibres. Gr.B
Triacetate fibres which have been partially
hydrolysed (i.e. saponification) cease to be SLS 1388 Part 8:2009
completely Method for quantitative chemical analysis of
soluble in the reagent. In such cases, this method textiles - Determination of percentage of
is not applicable. acetate in textiles made of binary mixtures of
ISO 1833-10:2019 acetate and triacetatefibres (using acetone)
Gr. B Specifies a method, using acetone, to determine
the percentage of acetate, after removal of non-
SLS 1388 Part 5:2009 fibrous matter, in textiles made of binary
Method for quantitative chemical analysis of mixtures of acetate and triacetate fibres.
textiles - Determination of percentage of (Superseding SLS 176:2001)
viscose, cupro or modal fibre in textiles made (=ISO 1833-8:2006)
of binary mixtures of viscose, cupro or modal Gr.A
and cotton fibres (using sodium zincate)
Specifies a method, using sodium zincate, to
determine the percentage of viscose, cupro or
modal fibre, after removal of non-fibrous matter,
in textiles made of binary mixtures of viscose or
most of the current cupro or modal fibres and raw,

224
SLS 1388 Part 11:2009 polyacrylate and glass fibres. It is also possible to
Method for quantitative chemical analysis of analyse mixtures containing chlorofibres by
textiles - Determination of proportion of using the test methods described in SLS 1388-17
cellulose fibre in extiles made of mixtures of or SLS 1388-21.
cellulose and polyester fibres (using sulfuric (=ISO 1833-13:2019)
acid) Gr.B
Specifies a method, using sulfuric acid, to Page | 225
determine he proportion of cellulose fibre, after SLS 1388 Part 14:2009
removal of non-fibrous matter, in textiles made of Determination of percentage of acetate in
mixtures of natual and regenerated cellulose textiles made of mixtures of acetate and
fibres and polyester fibre. certain chlorofibres (using acetic acid)
(Superseding SLS 151:1997) Specifies a method, using acetic acid, to
(=ISO 1833-11:2006) determine the percentage of acetate, after
Gr.A removal of non-fibrous matter, in textiles made of
mixtures of acetate and certain chlorofibres or
SLS 1388 PART 12: 2021 after-chlorinated chlorofibres.
Method for quantitative chemical analysis of (=ISO 1833-14:2006)
textiles – mixtures of acrylic, certain Gr.A
modacrylics, certain chlorofibres, certain
elastane fibres with certain other fibres SLS 1388 Part 15:2009
(method using dimethylformamide) Method for quantitative chemical analysis of
(First Revision) textiles - Determination of proportion of each
This document specifies a method, using component in textiles made of binary mixtures
dimethylformamide, to determine the mass of jute and certain animal fibres (by
percentage of acrylic, modacrylic, chlorofibre or determining nitrogen content)
elastane, after removal of non-fibrous matter, in Specifies a method, by determining the nitrogen
textiles made of mixtures of — acrylic, certain content, to calculate the prportion of each
modacrylics, certain chlorofibres, certain elastane component, after the removal of non-fibrous
fibres with — wool, animal hair, silk, cotton, matter, in textiles made of binary mixtures of jute
viscose, cupro, modal, lyocell, polyamide, and animal fibres.
polyester, polypropylene, elastomultiester, (=ISO 1833-15:2006)
elastolefin, melamine, polypropylene/polyamide Gr.B
bicomponent, polyacrylate or glass fibres.
(=ISO 1833-12:2020) SLS 1388 -16: 2022
Gr. B Method for quantitative chemical analysis of
textiles – mixtures of polypropylene fibres
SLS 1388 Part 13:2021 with certain other fibres (method using xylene)
Method for quantitative chemical analysis of (First Revision)
textiles - mixtures of certain chlorofibres with Specifies a method, using xylene, to determine
certain other fibres (method using carbon the mass percentage of polypropylene, after
disulfide/acetone) removal of non-fibrous matter, in textiles made of
(First revision) mixtures of
Specifies a method, using carbon — polypropylene fibres
disulfide/acetone, to determine the mass with
percentage of chlorofibre, after removal of non- — wool, animal hair, silk, cotton, viscose, cupro,
fibrous matter, in textiles made of mixtures of - modal, lyocell, acetate, triacetate, polyamide,
certain chlorofibres, with - wool, animal hair, polyester,
silk, cotton, viscose, cupro, modal, lyocell, acrylic, glass fibres, elastomultiester, melamine
polyamide, polyester, elastomultiester, acrylic, and polyacrylate.
melamine, polypropylene, ISO 1833-16:2019
polypropylene/polyamide bicomponent, Gr. B

225
SLS 1388 Part 17:2009 SLS 1388 Part 20:2009
Method for quantitative chemical analysis of Method for quantitative chemical analysis of
textiles - Determination of percentage of textiles - Determination of percentage of
chlorofibres in textiles made of binary elastane in textiles made of binary mixtures of
mixtures of chlorofibres (homopolymers of elastane and certain other fibres (using
vinyl chloride) and certain other fibres (using dimethylacetamide)
sulphuric acid) Specifies a method using dimethylacetamide to Page | 226
Specifies a method, using sulfuric acid, to determine the percentage of elastane, after
determine the percentage of chlorofibres, after removal of non-fibrous matter, in textiles made of
removal of non-fibrous material, in textiles made binary mixtures of certain elastane fibres with
of binary mixtures of chlorofibres based on cotton,viscose, cupro, modal, polyamide,
homopolymers of vinyl chloride (after- polyester or wool fibres. This method is not
chlorinated or not) and cotton, viscose, cupro, applicable when acrylic fibres are present.
modal, acetate, triacetate, polyamide, polyester, (=ISO 1833-20:2009)
certain acrylic and certain modacrylic fibres. Gr.B
(=ISO 1833-17:2006)
Gr.B SLS 1388 Part 21:2010
Method for quantitative chemical analysis of
SLS 1388 Part 18: 2021 textiles - Determination of percentage of
Method for quantitative chemical analysis of chloro fibre, modacrylic, elastane, acetate and
textiles : determination of percentage of silk in triacetate in textiles made of binary mixures of
textiles made of binary mixtures of silk and chlorofibres, certain modacrylic, certain
wool or hair (using sulphuric acid) elatanes, acetates, triacetates and certain other
(First Revision) fibres (using cyclohexanone)
Specifies a method, using sulfuric acid, to Specifies a method, using cyclohexanone, to
determine the mass percentage of silk, after determine the percentage of chlorofibre,
removal of non-fibrous matter, in textiles made of modacrylic, elastane, acetate and triacetate, after
mixtures of silk with— wool or other animal hair. removal of non-fibrous matter, in textiles made of
(ISO 1833-18:2020) binary mixtures of acetate, triacetate, chlorofibre,
Gr. B certain modacrylics, certain elastanes and wool,
animal hair, silk, cotton, cupro, modal, viscose,
SLS 1388 Part 19:2009 polyamide, acrylic and glass fibre.
Method for quantitative chemical analysis of (=ISO 1833-21:2006)
textiles - Determination of percentage of Gr.C
cellulose fibres in textiles made of binary
mixtures of cellulose fibres and asbestos (by SLS 1388-22: 2022
heating) Method for quantitative chemical analysis of
Specifies a method, by heating, to determine the textiles – mixtures of viscose or certain types
percentage of cellulosic fibre in textiles made of of cupro or modal or lyocell with flax fibres
binary mixtures of cotton or regenerated cellulose (method using formic acid and zinc chloride)
and chrysotile and crocidolite asbestos. This (First Revision)
method may be applicable to other types of Specifies a method, using formic acid and zinc
asbestos, subject to agreement between the chloride, to determine the mass percentage of
interested parties. viscose or certain types of cupro or modal or
(=ISO 1833-19:2006) lyocell, after removal of non-fibrous matter,in
Gr.A textiles made of mixtures of
— viscose or certain types of the cupro or modal
or lyocell fibres with
— flax fibres.
This document is not applicable to mixtures in
which the flax fibre has suffered extensive

226
chemical degradation, nor when the viscose, SLS 1388-28: 2022
cupro, modal or lyocell fibre is rendered Method for quantitative chemical analysis of
incompletely soluble by the presence of certain textiles – mixtures of chitosan with certain
permanent finishes or reactive dyes that cannot be other fibres (method using diluted acetic acid)
removed completely specifies a method, using diluted acetic acid, to
ISO 1833-22:2020 determine the mass percentage of chitosan fibres,
Gr. B after elimination of non-fibrous matter, in textiles Page | 227
made of mixtures of: — chitosan fibre with —
SLS 1388 Part 24:2014 certain other fibres. This method is applicable to
Method for quantitative chemical analysis of fibre mixtures of chitosan fibre with cellulose
textiles - Mixtures of polyester and certain fibres (cotton, linen, ramie, viscose, modal,
other fibres (Method using phenol and lyocell), protein fibres (wool, cashmere, silk), or
tetrachloroethane) synthetic fibres (polyester, polyamide, acrylic).
Specifies a method using phenol and ISO 1833-28:2019
tetrachloroethane to determine the percentage of Gr. C
polyester after removal of non-fibrous matter, in
textiles made of binary mixtures of certain SLS 1389:2009 (2023) (Reaffirmed)
polyester fibres with acrylic, polypropylene or Good manufacturing practices (GMP) for
aramid fibres. This method is not applicable to rubber industry
coated fabrics.(=ISO 1833-24:2010) Covers the requirements of good manufacturing
Gr.B practices for rubber starting from raw material
stage to disptch of end products from the
SLS 1388-26: 2021 company or specific processes identified by the
Method for quantitative chemical analysis of company, setting out the necessary conditions for
textiles - mixtures of melamine with certain producing quality end products. It does not cover
other fibres (method using hot formic acid) research and development activities of rubber
(First Revision) industry.
specifies a method using hot formic acid to 9 pages, Gr.5
determine the mass percentage of melamine
fibres after removal of non-fibrous matter, in SLS 1390:2009
textiles made of mixtures of: Liquid soap for domestic and industrial
— melamine fibres with purposes
— cotton, polypropylene or aramid fibres. Prescribes the requirements and methods of test
=(ISO 1833-26:2020) for liquid soap for domestic and industrial
Gr. B purposes. It does not cover liquid toilet soap for
personal hygiene.
SLS 1388-27: 2022 (Superseding SLS 250:1995)
Method for quantitative chemical analysis of 8 pages, Gr 4
textiles – mixtures of cellulose fibres with
certain other fibres (method using aluminium SLS 1391 - 1:2022
sulfate) Method of test for soaps determination of total
Specifies a method, using aluminium sulfate, to alkali content and total fatty matter content
determine the mass percentage of cellulose fibres, (First Revision)
after removal of non-fibrous matter, in textiles Specifies a method for the simultaneous
made of mixtures of— cellulose fibres (natural or determination of the total alkali content and the
regenerated)with— polyester, polyamide, total fatty matter content of soaps (including
acrylic, wool and elastane fibres liquid soaps), excluding compounded products.
ISO 1833-27:2018 (ISO 685:2020)
Gr. B Gr. C

227
SLS 1391 Part 2:2009 SLS 1391 Part 6 Section 1:2009
Methods of test for soaps - Determination of Methods of test for soaps - Determination of
total free alkali chloride content - Titrimetric method
Specifies a method for the determination of the Specifies a method for determining the chloride
total free alkali content of commercial soaps, content of commercial soaps, excluding
excluding compounded products. The method is compounded products; this method is applicable
not applicable if the soap contains additives to soaps having a chloride content, expressed as Page | 228
(alkali silicates, etc.) which can be decomposed sodium chloride, equal to or greater than 0,l %
by sulphuric acid by the procedure specified. The (m/m).1)
method is also not applicable to coloured soaps if (Superseding Clause 11 of CS 27:1968)
the colour interferes with the phenolphthalein end (=ISO 457:1983)
point.(Superseding Clause 5 of CS 27:1968) Gr.A
(=ISO 684:1974)
Gr.A SLS 1391 Part 7:2009
Methods of test for soaps - Determination of
SLS 1391 Part 3:2009 glycerol content - Titrimetric method
Methods of test for soaps - Determination of Specifies a titrimetric method for the
free caustic alkali determination of the glycerol content of
Specifies two methods (ethanol method and commercial soaps, excluding compounded
barium chloride method) of determining free products.
caustic alkali in commercial soaps, excluding (Superseding Clause 16 of CS 27:1968)
compounded products: (=ISO 1066:1975)
(Superseding Clause 6 of CS 27:1968) Gr.B
(=ISO 456:1973)
Gr.B SLS 1391 Part 8:2009
Methods of test for soaps - Determination of
SLS 1391 Part 4:2009 moisture and volatile matter content - Oven
Methods of test for soaps - Determination of method
unsaponifiable, unsaponified and Specifies an oven method for the determination
unsaponified saponifiable matter of the moisture and volatile matter content of
Specifies a method for the determination of the commercial soaps, excluding compounded
contents of unsaponifiable, unsaponified and products.
unsaponified. saponifiable matter in commercial (=ISO 672:1978)
soaps, excluding compound products. (Superseding Clause 17 of CS 27:1968)
(Superseding Clause 8 of CS 27:1968) Gr.A
(=ISO 1067:1974)
Gr.A SLS 1392:2009
Good manufacturing practices (GMP) for
SLS 1391 Part 5:2009 plastics industry
Methods of test for soaps - Determination of Covers the requirements of good manufacturing
content of ethanol-insoluble matter practices for plastics industry starting from raw
Specifies a method for the determination of the material stage to dispatch of end products from
content of ethanol-insoluble matter in the company or specific processes identified by
commercial soaps, excluding compounded the company, setting out the necessary conditions
products. for producing quality end products. It does not
(Superseding Clause 9 of CS 27:1968) cover research and development activities of
(=ISO 673:1981) plastic industry.
Gr.A 8 pages, Gr.4

228
SLS 1393 Part 1:2010 SLS 1398:2010
Woven table napkins - Household Labelling and marking of cosmetics
Prescribes performance requirements, methods of (Withdrawn)(Superseded by SLS 1587)
test and sampling for woven table napkins for
household use. SLS 1399:2010
(Superseding SLS 196) Polyethylene shopping bags
11 pages, Gr.6 Prescribes requirements and methods of sampling Page | 229
and test for vest shaped polyethylene shopping
SLS 1394:2010 bags. It does not cover polymer bags used for
Glossary of terms for tissue paper and tissue direct contact with food or drugs and degradable
products polymer bags.
Establishes general principles for the use of terms (Superseding SLS 607:1983)
in the entire working field of tissue paper and 15 pages Gr.9
tissue products. It permits the use of a common
terminology in industry and commerce. SLS 1400:2010
(=ISO 12625 Part 1:2005) Polyethylene (PE) sacks for packaging of food
Gr.R Prescribes the general characteristics,
requirements and methods of test for sacks made
SLS 1395:2010 of polyethylene film for packaging of food. It
Terms and definitions for geosynthetics does not cover degradable polyethylene sacks and
(Supersedies SLS ISO 10318-1 & SLS ISO 10318- polyethylene shopping bags.
2) 10 pages, Gr.5

SLS 1396:2020 SLS 1401 Part 1:2010

Gear lubricants (extreme pressure gear oil) Methods of test for surface active agents-
(First revision) detergents - Determination of anionic active
Specifies the requirements and methods of matter by manual or mechanical direct two-
sampling and testing for multipurpose phase titration procedure
automotive gear lubricating oil (extreme pressure Specifies a manual or machanical method for the
type) that operate under the API Service determination of anionic-active matter present in
Designation GL-4. detergents. It is applicable to solids or to aqueous
The lubricant is primarily intended for use in solutions of the active material. The relative
automotive hypoid gear units, manual molecular mass of the anionic active matter has
transmissions, final drives, steering gears and to be known. It is not applicable if cationic
fluid lubricated universal joints of automotive surface active agents are present.
equipment. (=ISO 2271:1989)
AMD No.1, (AMD 555:2022) Gr.C
11pages, Gr.6
SLS 1401 Part 2:2010
SLS 1397:2010 Methods of test for surface active agents-
Fine aggregates for concrete & mortar detergents - High molecular mass cationic
Specifies the properties of fine aggregates active matter content
obtained by processing natural or recycled Specifies a method for the determination of high-
materials and mixtures of these aggregates for use molecular-mass cationic-active materials such as
in concrete and mortar for buildings, roads and quaternary ammonium compounds in which two
civil engineering works. It does not cover filler of the alkyl groups each contain 10 or more
aggregates to be used as a constituent in cement carbon atoms, or salts of imidazoline or 3-
or as other than inert filler aggregates for mortars methylimidazoline in which long-chain
or aggregates to be used in the surface layer of acylaminoethyl and alkyl groups are substituted
industrial floors. in the 1-and 2-positions, respectively. The
20 pages, Gr.10 method is applicable to solids or to aqueous

229
solutions of the active material when the relative SLS 1403:2018
molecular mass of the cationic-active matter is Guidelines for the risk assessment and
known or when it has been previously determined identification of microbiologically low risk
if its content is expressed as a percentage by cosmetic
mass. The method is not applicable if anionic products
surface active agents are present. (First revision)
(=ISO 2871-1:2010) Guidance to cosmetic manufacturers and Page | 230
Gr.B regulatory bodies to help define those finished
products that, based on a risk assessment, present
SLS 1401 Part 3:2010 a low risk of microbial contamination during
Methods of test for surface active agents- production and/or intended use, and therefore, do
detergents - Determination of low molecular not require the application of microbiological
mass (between 200 and 500) cationic active Standards for cosmetics.
matter content (=ISO 29621:2017)
Specifies a method for the determination of low- Gr.F
molecular-mass cationic -active materials such as
monoamines, amine oxides, quatemary SLS 1404:2010
ammonium compounds and alkylpyridinium salts Methods of sampling for milk and milk
which have a main chain of 10 to 22 carbon atoms products
and not more than 6 other carbon atoms in the Gives guidance on methods of sampling milk and
cation. The method is also suitable for other milk products for microbiological, chemical,
cationic-active materials. The method is physical and sensory analysis, except for
applicable to solids or to aqueous solutions of the (semi)automated sampling.
active material when the relative molecular mass (=ISO 707:2008)
of the cationic-active matter is known or when it Gr.R
has been previously determined if its content is
expressed as a percentage by mass. If more than SLS 1405:2010
one type of cationic-active material is present, an Cationic emulsified asphalt
estimate of average relative molecular mass may Covers seven grades of cationic emulsified
be used. The method is not applicable if anionic asphalt for use in pavement construction in the
and/or amphoteric surface active agents are manner designated.
present.(=ISO 2871-2:2010) (=ASTM D2397:05)
Gr.C Gr. A1

SLS 1402:2010 SLS 1406 Part 1:2011

Guideline for the general training of good Methods of test for geosynthetics - Sampling
manufacturing practices for cosmetics and preparation of test specimens
industry Establishes general principles for the sampling of
Aimed at contributing to the training of personnel geosynthetics delivered to construction sites, and
in cosmetic production plants within the context for the preparation of test specimens from the
of the introduction of good manufacturing samples. The sampling principles are applicable
practices and therefore does not introduce to geosynthetics supplied in rolls. The specimen-
additional requirement to ISO 22716. It covers preparation principles are applicable to all
the quality aspects of the cosmetic product, but geosynthetics.
does not take into account safety aspects for the (=ISO 9862:2005)
personnel, nor does it cover aspects of protection Gr.C
of the environment or those concerning the safety
and efficacy of the finished products.
(=ISO/TR 24475:2010)
Gr.G

230
SLS 1406 Part 2 Sec, 1: 2021 to be altered. It is not applicable to polymeric or
Methods of test for geosynthetics – part 2 - bituminous geosynthetic barriers, while it is
determination of thickness at specified applicable to clay geosynthetic barriers.
pressures – section 1 - single layers (=ISO 10319:2015)
(First Revision) Gr. G
specifies a method for the determination of the
thickness of geosynthetics at specified pressures SLS 1406 Part 5:2011 Page | 231
and specified load plate areas or under specified Methods of test for geosynthetics - Tensile test
point loads. It defines the pressures or the load at for joints/seams by wide width strip method
which the thickness is determined Specifies an index test method for determination
(=ISO 9863-1:2016) of the tensile properties of joints and seams in
Gr. C geosynthetics, using a wide-width strip. The
method is applicable to most geosynthetics. It is
SLS 1406 Part 2 Section 2:2011 also applicable to geogrids, but the specimen
Methods of test for geosynthetics - dimensions may need to be altered. This test is
Determination of thickness at specified not applicable to polymeric or bituminous
pressures - Procedure for determination of geosynthetic barriers. This method quantifies the
thickness of single layers of multilayer tensile strength of a joint or seam between
products geosynthetics. It can provide data to indicate the
Specifies a method for determination of the joint or seam tensile strength which can be
thickness of single layers of multilayer products achieved.
at specified pressures. (=ISO 10321:2008)
(=ISO 9863-2:1996) Gr.E
Gr.D
SLS 1406 Part 6: 2021
SLS 1406 Part 3:2011 Methods of test for geosynthetics – index test
Methods of test for geosynthetics - procedure for the evaluation of mechanical
Determination of mass per unit area of damage under repeated loading damage
geotextiles and geotextile related products caused by granular material
Specifies a method for the determination of mass (First Revision)
per unit area of geotextiles and geotextile-related Describes an index test procedure for simulating
products for identification purposes and for use in mechanical damage to geosynthetics, caused by
technical data sheets. The method is applicable to granular material, under repeated loading. The
all geotextiles and geotextile-related products. damage is assessed visually and by the loss of
(=ISO 9864:2005) tensile strength.
Gr.A (=ISO 10722:2019)
Gr. D
SLS 1406 Part 4: 2021
methods of test for geosynthetics – wide – SLS 1406 Part 7:2011
width tensile test Methods of test for geosynthetics - Static
(First Revision) puncture test (CBR test)
Describes an index test method for the Specifies a method for the determination of the
determination of the tensile properties of puncture resistance by measuring the force
geosynthetics (polymeric, glass, and metallic), required to push a flat-ended plunger through
using a wide-width strip. This International geosynthetics. The test is normally carried out on
Standard is applicable to most geosynthetics, dry specimens conditioned in the specified
including woven geotextiles, nonwoven atmosphere. The test is applicable to most types
geotextiles, geocomposites, knitted geotextiles, of products, but not to materials with apertures
geonets, geomats, and metallic products. It is also greater than 10 mm.
applicable to geogrids and similar open-structure (=ISO 12236:2006)
geotextiles, but specimen dimensions might need Gr.C

231
SLS 1406 Part 8 Sec, 1: 2021 test for some types of products should be
Methods of test for geosynthetics – part 8 - considered carefully, as the test principle may not
determination of friction characteristics be applicable.
section 1 - direct shear test (=ISO 13433:2006)
(First revision) Gr.C
Specifies an index test method to determine the
friction characteristics of geosynthetics in contact Page | 232
SLS 1406 Part 11 Section 1: 2021
with a standard sand as described in EN 196-1, Methods of test for geosynthetics – part 11 -
i.e. with a specified density and moisture content, determination of compression behaviour
under a normal stress and at a constant rate of section 1 - compressive creep properties
displacement, using a direct shear apparatus (First Revision)
(=ISO 12957-1:2018) Specifies index test methods for determining the
Gr. F compressive creep properties of geosynthetic
products. The test specimens are subjected either
SLS 1406 Part 8 Section 2:2011 to normal compressive loading or to a
Methods of test for geosynthetics - combination of normal compressive loading and
Determination of friction characteristics - shear loading
Inclined plane test (=ISO 25619-1:2021)
Describes a method to determine the friction Gr. J
characteristics of geosynthetics in contact with
soils, at low normal stress, using an inclining SLS 1406 Part 11 Section 2:2011
plane apparatus. This test method is primarily Methods of test for geosynthetics -
intended as a performance test to be used with site Determination of short term compression
specific soils but may also be used as an index test behaviour
with standard sand. Specifies an index test method for determining
(=ISO 12957-2:2005) the short-term compressive behaviour of
Gr.E geosynthetics. It can be used to determine the
deformation behaviour under short-term
SLS 1406 Part 9:2011 compressive stress, e.g. after exposure to stress,
Methods of test for geosynthetics - liquids or light. This standard can be used for
Determination of the protection efficiency of a quality control purposes but not intended to be
geosynthetic against impact damage used for design purposes.
Describes an index test for the determination of (=ISO 25619-2:2008)
the protection efficiency of a geosynthetic on a Gr.D
hard surface, exposed to the impact load of a
hemispherical object. The test is applicable to all SLS 1407-1: 2021
geosynthetics with apertures smaller than 15 mm Methods of test for geotextiles and geotextile
(maximum size). related products – part 1 - identification on site
(=ISO 13428:2005) (First Revision)
Gr.E Specifies the information accompanying
geosynthetics to enable the user on site to identify
SLS 1406 Part 10:2011 the goods as being identical to the goods ordered.
Methods of test for geosynthetics - Dynamic The positive identification, e.g. of unwrapped or
perforation fest (cone drop test) rolled-out geosynthetics, is an important aim of
Specifies a method to determine the resistance of this document.
geosynthetics to penetration by a steel cone (=ISO 10320:2019)
dropped from a fixed height.The degree of Gr. B
penetration is an indication of the behaviour of
the geosynthetic when sharp stones are dropped
on its surface. The method is generally applicable
to geosynthetics. However, the validity of this

232
SLS 1407 Part 2:2011 SLS 1407 Part 6 Section 1:2011
Methods of test for geotextiles and geotextile Methods of test for geotextiles and geotextile
related products - Determination of water related products - Strength of internal
permeability characteristics normal to the structural junctions - Geocells
plane without load Describes four index test methods for the
Specifies two test methods for determining the determination of the strength of internal structural
water permeability characteristics of a single junctions of geocells under different loading Page | 233
layer of geotextile or geotextile-related product conditions. (=ISO 13426-1:2003)
normal to the plane: the constant head method Gr.G
and the falling head method.
(=ISO 11058:1999) SLS 1407 Part 6 Section 2:2011
Gr.J Methods of test for geotextiles and geotextile
related products - Strength of internal
SLS 1407 Part 3:2011 structural junctions - Geocomposites
Methods of test for geotextiles and geotextile Describes index tests for determining the strength
related products - Determination of of the internal structural junctions of all
characteristic opening size geocomposites and of clay geosynthetic barriers.
Specifies a method for the determination of the (=ISO 13426-2:2005)
characteristic size of the openings of a single Gr.E
layer of a geotextile or geotextile-related product
using the wet-sieving principle. SLS 1407 Part 7:2011
(=ISO 12956:1999) Methods of test for geotextiles and geotextile
Gr.F related products - Method for installing and
extracting samples in soil, and testing
SLS 1407 Part 4:2011 specimens in laboratory
Methods of test for geotextiles and geotextile Specifies a method for the on-site installation,
related products - Determination of water flow retrieval and testing of geotextile samples,
capacity in their plane irrespective of the particular degradation
Specifies a method for determining the constant- mechanisms to which they are exposed. The
head water flow capacity within the plane of a method is also appropriate to test for mechanical
geotextile or geotextile-related product. damage, much of which occurs during
(=ISO 12958:1999) installation, and to provide an owner with
Gr.G information about the state of the geotextile or
geotextile-related product in his structure.
SLS 1407 Part 5:2011 (=ISO 13437:1998)
Methods of test for geotextiles and geotextile Gr.E
related products - Abrasion damage
simulation (sliding block test) SLS 1407 Part 8:2011
Specifies a test method for the determination of Methods of test for geotextiles and geotextile
the resistance of geotextiles to abrasion using a related products - Determination of tensile
sliding block. The method is applicable to woven creep and creep rupture behaviour
and nonwoven geotextiles and geotextile-related Specifies a method for determining the tensile
products. creep and creep rupture behaviour of geotextiles
(=ISO 13427:1998) and geotextile-related products in an unconfined
Gr.C situation. Application of this standard is limited
to those products and applications where the risk
of collapse of a structure due to premature failure
or to strain/time variation of the reinforcement
under constant load is of essential importance.
(=ISO 13431:1999)
Gr.H

233
SLS 1407 Part 9:2011 SLS 1408 Part 2:2011
Methods of test for geotextiles and geotextile Methods of test for nonwoven textiles -
related products - Screening test method for Determination of thickness
determining the resistance to oxidation Specifies methods for the determination of the
Specifies a screening test method for determining thickness, when under a specific pressure, of
the resistance of geotextiles and geotextile- normal and bulky nonwoven textiles.
related products to oxidation. The test is (=ISO 9073-2:1995) Page | 234
applicable to polypropylene and polyethylene- Gr.C
based products.
(=ISO 13438:2004) SLS 1408 Part 3:2011
Gr.E Methods of test for nonwoven textiles -
Determination of tensile strength and
SLS 1407 PART 10: 2021 elongation
Geotextiles and geotextile-related products — Specifies a method for the determination of the
determination of water flow capacity in their tensile properties of nonwovens by the cut strip
plane — part 1 - index test method.
Specifies a method for determining the constant- (=ISO 9073-3:1989)
head water flow capacity within the plane of a Gr.A
geotextile or geotextile-related product. This
document describes the in-plane water flow index SLS 1408 PART 4: 2022
test, only applicable to factory-assembled Methods of test for non woven textiles –
products. For the in-plane water flow determination of tear resistance by the
performance test, trapezoid procedure
see ISO 12958-2. (First Revision)
(=ISO 12958-1:2020) Specifies a method for the determination of tear
Gr. G resistance of nonwovens by the trapezoid
method.This document applies to nonwovens.
SLS 1407-11: 2021 (ISO 9073-4:2021)
Geotextiles and geotextile-related products — Gr. C
determination of water flow capacity in their
plane —performance test SLS 1408 Part 5:2011
Specifies a method for determining the constant- Methods of test for nonwoven textiles -
head water flow capacity within the plane of a Determination of resistance to mechanical
geotextile or geotextile-related product, using penetration by ball burst procedure
boundary materials and test conditions of interest. Specifies a method for determining the resistance
A standard series of test conditions are proposed, to mechanical penetration of noneoven fabrics by
involving soil confinement, low hydraulic a ball of a given diameter. The method is
gradients, seating times and an array of normal primarily designed to be used on nonwovens with
loads. (=ISO 12958-2:2020) some degree of elasticity, for which a regular
Gr. H burst test is not applicable.
(=ISO 9073-5:2008)
SLS 1408 Part 1:2011 Gr.D
Methods of test for nonwoven textiles -
Determination of mass per unit area SLS 1408 Part 6:2011
Specifies a method for the determination of mass Methods of test for nonwoven textiles -
per unit area of nonwovens. Absorption
(=ISO 9073-1:1989) Describes methods for the evaluation of some
Gr.A aspects of the behaviour of nonwoven fabrics in
the presence of liquids.
(=ISO 9073-6:2000)
Gr.E

234
SLS 1408 Part 7:2011 This test method is designed to compare run-off
Methods of test for nonwoven textiles - of non woven. It is not intended to simulate in-
Determination of bending length use conditions of finished products.
Specifies a method for determining the bending (=ISO 9073-11:2002)
length of a nonwoven fabric. The method is not Gr.E
applicable to combination-type materials
(composites or laminates) in which there can be a SLS 1408 Part 12:2011 Page | 235
natural twist. Methods of test for nonwoven textiles -
(=ISO 9073-7:1995) Demand absorbency
Gr.C Describes a method for the evaluation of the
absorbency of fabrics when one side is in contact
SLS 1408 Part 8:2011 with a liquid and the fabric is under mechanical
Methods of test for nonwoven textiles - pressure. This test is designed to allow
Determination of liquid strike though time comparison of absorbent materials such as
(simulated urine) nonwoven and is not intended to simulate in-use
Specifies a method for measuring the time of conditions of finished products.
liquid (simulated urine) strike-through for (=ISO 9073-12:2002)
nonwoven coverstocks. The method is suitable Gr.F
for making comparisons between different
nonwoven coverstocks. It does not simulate in- SLS 1408 Part 13:2011
use conditions for finished Methods of test for nonwoven textiles -
products. Repeated liquid strike- through time
(=ISO 9073-8:1995) Specifies a test method for measuring the strike-
Gr.B through time (STT) for each of three subsequent
doses of liquid (simulated urine) applied to the
SLS 1408 Part 9:2011 surface of a test piece of nonwoven coverstock.
Methods of test for nonwoven textiles - This test method is intended for quality control
Determination of drape coefficient and is designed for comparison of STT for
Specifies a method for determining the drape different nonwoven coverstocks. It does not
coefficient of nonwovens. simulate in-use conditions for finished products.
(=ISO 9073-9:1995) (=ISO 9073-13:2006)
Gr.B Gr.D

SLS 1408 Part 10:2011 SLS 1408 Part 14:2011

Methods of test for nonwoven textiles - Lint Methods of test for nonwoven textiles -
and other particles generation in the dry state Coverstock wetback
Specifies a test method for measuring the linting Specifies a test method to examine the ability of
of nonwovens in the dry state. It can also be diaper coverstock to resist the transport back onto
applied to other textile materials. the skin of a liquid which has already penetrated
(=ISO 9073-10:2003) the coverstock. This test method is intended for
Gr.F quality control and is designed for comparison of
wetback for different nonwoven coverstocks and
SLS 1408 Part 11:2011 treatments. It does not simulate in-use conditions
Methods of test for nonwoven textiles - Run- for finished products.
off (=ISO 9073-14:2006)
Describes test methods for measuring the Gr.E
quantity of test liquid (simulated urine) which
runs down a nonwoven test piece when a
specified mass of test liquid is poured on to the
nonwoven test piece superimposed on a standard
absorbent media and placed on an inclined plane.

235
SLS 1408 Part 15:2011 SLS 1409:2020
Methods of test for nonwoven textiles - Four-stroke motorcycle gasoline engine
Determination of air permeability lubricating oils.
Specifies a method of measuring the flow of air (First revision)
passing perpendicularly through a given area of a Prescribes the requirements and methods of
fabric. This test method applies to most sampling and testing for lubricating oils to be
nonwovens, such as laminates, which are treated used in four-stroke cycle spark ignition gasoline Page | 236
or untreated. engines employing a common sump containing
(=ISO 9073-15:2007) lubricating oil for both the engine and associated
Gr.B drive-train (transmission, clutch, starter) of
motorcycles, motor scooters, all terrain vehicles
SLS 1408 Part 16:2011 (ATV) and related equipment that operate under
Methods of test for nonwoven textiles - the API Service Category SG. It also specifies the
Determination of resistance to penetration by performance classification of four-stroke cycle
water (hydrostatic pressure) engine oils based on three friction performance
Describes the hydrostatic pressure test that indices, which are derived from the frictional
measures the resistance of nonwoven fabrics to properties of the lubricant, according to JASO T
the penetration of water under varied hydrostatic 904 test procedure.
head pressures. This standard applies to any AMD No.1, (AMD 556:2022)
nonwoven fabrics which are intended for use as a 13 Pages, Gr.7
barrier to the penetration of fluids.
(=ISO 9073-16:2007) SLS 1410:2011
Gr.D Extruded aluminium alloy profiles for
architectural applications
SLS 1408 Part 17:2011 Specifies aluminium profiles for architectural
Methods of test for nonwoven textiles - applications. It applies to extruded profiles
Determination of water penetration by spray manufactured with or without thermal barriers
impact supplied with or without further surface
Specifies a method for measuring the resistance treatment.
of fabrics to the penetration of water by impact. 21 pages, Gr10.
The water penetration (spray impact) test is
applicable to fabrics that are expected to exhibit a SLS 1411:2011
degree of water resistance or water repellency. Powder organic coatings for application and
(=ISO 9073-17:2008) stoving to aluminium alloy extrusions, sheet
Gr.C and preformed sections for architectural
purposes
SLS 1408 Part 18:2011 Specifies requirements for powder organic
Methods of test for nonwoven textiles - coatings which are intended for application to
Determination of breaking strength and Aluminium alloy extrusions, sheet and preformed
elongation of nonwoven materials using the sections that are not to be further formed (except
grab tensile test. cutting) for architectural purposes.
Specifies a grab tensile test procedure for 10 pages, Gr5.
determining the breaking strength and elongation
of most nonwoven materials. It includes SLS 1412 Part 1:2011
instructions for the testing of wet specimens. This Code of practice for fresh fruits and vegetables
grab tensile test procedure is not recommended - Fresh fruits and vegetables (whole)
for nonwovens which have a high percentage of Covers general hygienic practices for the primary
stretch. production and packaging of fresh fruits and
(=ISO 9073-18:2007) vegetables cultivated for human consumption in
Gr.C order to produce a safe and wholesome product,
particularly for those intended to be consumed

236
raw. It is also applicable to fresh fruits and SLS 1415:2011
vegetables grown in the field (with or without Code of practice for storage of paper and
cover) or in protected facilities (hydroponic board
systems, greenhouses). This code does not Prescribes the recommended practices to be
provide recommendations for handling practices followed during the storage of paper and board.
to maintain the safety of fresh fruits and 5 pages, Gr.2
vegetables at wholesale, retail, food services or in Page | 237
the home. SLS 1416:2011
20 pages, Gr.10 Code of practice for packaging of paper and
board
SLS 1412 Part 2:2011 Prescribes the recommended practices to be
Code of practice for fresh fruits and vegetables adopted in the packaging of common varieties of
- Ready-to-eat fresh pre-cut fruits and paper and board. Packaging practices for special
vegetables types of paper such as tissue, varnished paper and
Applies to ready-to-eat fresh fruits and vegetables board are not covered by this standard.
that have been peeled, cut or otherwise physically 5 pages, Gr.2
altered from their original form but remain in the
fresh state and particularly those that are intended SLS 1417 Part 1:2011
to be consumed raw irrespective of the place Method of specification for sacks - Paper sacks
where the operations take place. It does not Provides a checklist for the characteristics of
directly apply to fresh fruits and vegetables that paper sacks to be specified when ordering. This
have been trimmed leaving the food intact or does standard is primarily intended for application to
it apply to other fresh fruits and vegetables that the types of paper sacks specified in SLS 1418-1.
are pre-cut but are destined for further processing. (=ISO 8351-1:1994)
9 pages, Gr.5 Gr.B

SLS 1412 Part 3:2011 SLS 1417 Part 2:2011

Code of practice for fresh fruits and vegetables Method of specification for sacks - Sacks made
- Sprout production from thermoplastic flexible film
Covers the hygienic practices that are specific for Provides a checklist for the characteristics to be
the primary production of seeds for sprouting and specified when ordering sacks made from
the production of sprouts for human thermoplastic flexible film. It is primarily
consumption. intended for application to the types of sacks
11 pages, Gr.6 made from thermoplastic flexible film as
specified in SLS 1418-2.
SLS 1413:2011 (=ISO 8351-2:1994)
Green tea Gr.B
Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling
and test for green tea. It is not applicable to green SLS 1418 Part 1:2011
tea subject to further processing. Glossary of terms for sacks - Paper sacks
7 pages, Gr.4 Defines terms commonly used in paper sack
manufacture. It refers to single and multy-ply
SLS 1414:2011 sacks made from paper and does not refer to bags
Absorbent cotton gauze and absorbent cotton for the retail trade.
and viscose gauze (=ISO 6590-1:1983)
Prescribes the requirements and methods of Gr.L
sampling and testing for absorbent cotton gauze
and absorbent cotton ribbon gauze (absorbent
cotton and viscose gauzes). It does not cover
gauzes impregnated with a pharmaceutical
substance. 22 pages, Gr.11

237
SLS 1418 Part 2:2011 SLS 1421:2011
Glossary of terms for sacks - Sacks made from Method of sampling of empty sacks for testing
thermoplastic flexible film Specifies a method of obtaining a representative
Defines terms commonly used in plastic sack sample of empty sacks for testing. The method
manufacture. It refers to single and multy-ply is not suited to sampling for production control
sacks made from thermoplastic flexible film and and applies to all types of empty sacks.
does not refer to bags for the retail trade. (=ISO 7023:1983) Page | 238
(=ISO 6590 - 2:1986) Gr.A
Gr.H
SLS 1422 Part 1:2011
SLS 1419 Part 1:2011 Dimensional tolerances for general purpose
Method of drop test - Paper sacks sacks - Paper sacks
Specifies a method of vertical impact testing on a Specifies a set of tolerances applicable to the
filled paper sack by dropping. I manufacture of paper sacks as defined in SLS
(=ISO 7965-1:1984) 1418-1.
Gr.D (=ISO 8367-1:1993)
Gr.A
SLS 1419 Part 2:2011
Method of drop test - Sacks made from SLS 1422 Part 2:2011
thermoplastic flexible film Dimensional tolerances for general purpose
Specifies a method of vertical impact testing on a sacks - Sacks made from thermoplastic flexible
filled sack made from thermoplastic flexible film film
by dropping. Specifies a set of tolerances applicable to the
(=ISO 7965-2:1993) manufacture of sacks made from thermoplastic
Gr.E flexible film as defined in SLS 1418-2.
(=ISO 8367-2:1993)
SLS 1420 Part 1:2011 Gr.A
Description and method of measurement for
sacks - Empty paper sacks SLS 1423:2011
Fixes the description and the dimensional Paints for toys and accessories for children
designation of empty paper sacks and specifies Prescribes the requirements and methods of
the method of measuring those dimensions. It is sampling and test for paints applied for toys and
primarily intended for application to paper sacks accessories for children.
as specified in SLS 1418-1. 12 pages, Gr.6
(=ISO 6591-1:1984)
Gr.C SLS 1424:2021
Multipurpose grease for automotive, extreme
SLS 1420 Part 2:2011 pressure and industrial applications
Empty sacks made from thermoplastic flexible (First revision)
film Prescribes the requirements used to describe the
Specifies a method for measuring and expressing properties and performance characteristics,
the dimensions of empty sacks of thermoplastic methods of sampling and testing of multipurpose
flexible film and primarily intended for lubricating grease for automotive, extreme
application to plastic sacks as specified in SLS pressure and industrial applications.
1418-2. (erratum sheet)
(=ISO 6591-2:1985) 8 pages, Gr.4
Gr.B

238
SLS 1425 Part 1:2011 SLS 1427:2011
Concrete paving blocks - Requirements Fat spreads and blended fat spreads
Covers the requirements for materials, shape and Prescribes the requirements and methods of
dimensions, visual aspects, physical and sampling and testing for fat products, containing
mechanical properties and marking of not less than 10 per cent fat and not more than 90
unreinforced cement bound concrete paving per cent fat, intended primarily for use as spreads.
blocks. It is applicable to precast concrete paving It does not apply to fat spreads derived Page | 239
blocks for both pedestrian use and vehicular use, exclusively from milk and / or milk products to
as in footpath precincts, cycle tracks, car parks, which only other substances necessary for their
roads, industrial areas (including docks and manufacture have been added. Butter and dairy
harbours), bus stations and filling stations. fat spreads are not covered by this standard.
AMD No.1 (AMD 436:2012) (Superseding SLS 277)
13 pages, Gr. 7 AMD No.1(AMD 485:2016)
18 pages, Gr.9
SLS 1425 Part 2:2011
Concrete paving blocks - Test methods SLS 1428:2011
Specifies test methods for determination of Dairy fat spreads
dimensions, verification of visual aspects, Prescribes the requirements and methods of
compressive strength, abrasion resistance, sampling and test for dairy fat spreads intended
unpolished slip resistance value (slip resistance for use as spreads for direct consumption, or for
/skid resistance), and water absorption of the furher processing Butter, fat spreads and blended
concrete paving blocks. fat spreads are not covered by the standard.
AMD No.1 (AMD 437:2012) 16 pages, Gr.8
Corrigendam No.1
23 pages, Gr.12 SLS 1429:2011
Method for determination of singe-end
SLS 1426 Part 1:2011 breaking force and elongation at break of yarn
Electric induction motors - Applicability of from packages using constant rate of extention
requirements for motors (cre) tester
Specifies requirements for induction motors, that Specifies methods for the determination of the
are intended to comply with the mandatory breaking force and elongation at break of textile
requirements of SLS IEC 60034 and SLS IEC yarns taken from packages.
60072, that need to be specified by the purchaser (=ISO 2062:2009)
or agreed upon between the manufacturer and the (Superseding SLS 22:1995)
purchaser. It does not cover the induction motors Gr. E
for use in hazardous areas.
36 pages, Gr.16 SLS 1430:2011 (S)
School bags
SLS 1426 Part 2:2011 Prescribes quality and performance requirements,
Electric induction motors - Three-phase methods of test and sampling for school bags
induction motors made of water proof- coated woven fabric.
Specifies requirements for three-phase, 17 pages, Gr.9
alternating current, induction motors, of the cage
and wound rotor (slip-ring) types, for voltage up SLS 1431:2011
to and including 15 kV. Motors for use in Type F and type B residual current operated
hazardous areas are not covered in this standard. circuit-breakers with and without integral
13 pages, Gr.7 over current protection for household and
similar uses
Specifies requirements and tests for type F and
type B RCDs (Residual Current Devices).
Requirements and tests given in this standard are

239
in addition to the requirements of type ARCDs. SLS 1436:2012
This standard can only be used together with IEC Designation and tolerances for primary and
61008-1 and 61009-1. supplementary ranges and indication of
(=IEC 62423:2009) machine directions for untrimmed paper sizes.
Gr. IW Specifies a primary range and a supplementary
range of untrimmed sizes of paper in sheets and
SLS 1432:2011 which are to be trimmed to the ISO-A series of Page | 240
Requirements for good practices for sizes as given in ISO 216, and establishes a
supemarkets system of designation of untrimmed sizes. This
Covers the general hygienic practices for food standard also specifies the method for the
stuffs in supermarkets from receiving to selling indication of machine direction of untrimmed
point and the good practices applicable in quality sizes.(=ISO 217:2008)
control of non-food items. Gr. B
19 pages, Gr.10
SLS 1437 Part 1:2012
SLS 1433:2012 Method of test for paper board and pulp -
Code of practice for recycling of paper Determination of water soluble chlorides.
Prescribes the standard practices in recycling Specifies a method for the determination of
processes, recommended for recycling of paper. water-soluble chlorides in all types of paper,
This standard does not cover aspects of board and pulp.
installation, operation of recycling plants (=ISO 9197:2006)
industrial safety and health of human beings. Gr.C
6 pages, Gr.6
SLS 1437 Part 2:2012
SLS 1434:2012 Method of test for paper board and pulp -
Flexible intermediate bulk containers (FIBCS) Determination of water soluble sulfate.
for packaging of non dangerous goods Specifies a method for the determination of
Specifies materials, construction and design water-soluble sulfates in all types of pulp, paper
requirements, type test, certification and marking and board.
requirements for flexible intermediate bulk (=ISO 9198:2001)
containers (FIBCs) intended to contain non- Gr. B
dangerous solid materials in powder, granular
and paste form, and designed to be lifted from SLS 1438:2012
above by integral or detachable devices. Plastic chairs
(=ISO 21898:2004) Specifies the material, dimensions and methods
Gr. N of test of general purpose plastic chairs for adults,
moulded in one piece. It does not cover the
SLS 1435:2012 categories of folding, gardening, camping and
Method of test for determination of Z reclining chairs.
directional tensile strength for paper and 9 pages, Gr.7
board.
Specifies a method for the determination of z- SLS 1439:2021
directional tensile strength, i.e. the tensile Liquid, gel and emulsion oxidative hair dyes
strength in the z-direction. It is applicable to (First revision)
paper and board, but not applicable to corrugated Prescribes the requirements and methods of
fiberboard. It does not determine the absolute sampling and test for liquid, gel and emulsion
strength of paper as the measurement is affected oxidative hair dyes for retail and professional use.
by the tape, the pressing conditions and the speed Self-oxidative hair dyes and metallic based hair
used. dyes are excluded in this Specification.
(=ISO 15754:2009) This Specification does not cover products which
Gr. D do not qualify under the criteria for “cosmetics”

240
on evaluation by the local regulatory authority. SLS 1444:2012
(See 5.2.12 of SLS 1587.) Code of practice for manufacture of plastic
21pages, Gr.11 containers
Prescribes general guidance on the manufacture
SLS 1440:2021 of containers made of plastic materials. This
Hair dye powder standard does not cover containers manufactured
(First revision) for packaging of food and pharmaceutical Page | 241
Prescribes the requirements and methods of products.
sampling and test for oxidative powder hair dyes. (Superseding SLS 206)
Natural hair dye powders (free from synthetic 19 pages, Gr.10
active ingredients) are not covered by this
Specification. This Specification does not cover SLS 1445:2018
products which do not qualify under the criteria Method for the enumeration of yeast and
for “cosmetics” on evaluation by the local mould in cosmetics
regulatory authority. (See 5.2.12 of SLS 1587) (First revision)
22 pages, Gr.11 Gives general guidelines for enumeration of yeast
and mould present in cosmetics by counting the
SLS 1441:2012 (S) colonies on selective agar medium after aerobic
Code of practice for manufacture of incense incubation.
sticks (=ISO 16212:2017) Gr. K
Prescribes the recommended practices to be
followed during the manufacture of incense SLS 1446:2020
sticks. Two-Stroke cycle gasoline engine lubricating
5 pages, Gr.3 oil
(First revision)
SLS 1442:2012 Specifies the requirements and methods of
Mosquito repellant liquid vapourizers used sampling and testing for type of lubricating oil
with electric heating device suitable for two stroke - cycle, spark ignition, air
Prescribes the requirements and methods of cooled gasoline engines such as mopeds,
sampling and test for mosquito repellant liquid scooters, motor cycles etc. that operate under
vapourizers used with electric heating device. JASO Service Category FC.
Any other forms of products for the control or AMD No.1, (AMD 557:2022 )
repulsion of mosquitoes are not covered in this 9 pages, Gr.5
specification.
20 pages, Gr.12 SLS 1447 Part 1:2012
Methods of test for instant tea - Determination
SLS 1443:2012 of free-flow and compacted bulk densities
Code of practice for use of plastic containers Specifies two methods for the determination of
for non food products the bulk density of instant tea: a) free-flow bulk
Provides general guidance on the use of density; b) compacted bulk density.
containers made of plastic materials, considering (=ISO 6770:1982)
the properties of plastics. This Code of Practise Gr.C
does not cover containers used for packaging of
food and pharmaceutical products. SLS 1447 Part 2:2012
(Superseding SLS 206) Methods of test for instant tea - Determination
10 pages, Gr.7 of moisture content (Loss in mass at 1030C)
Specifies a method for the determination of the
moisture content of instant tea in solid form as
received (loss in mass at 1030C).
(=ISO 7513:1990)
Gr. A

241
SLS 1447 Part 3:2012 SLS 1453:2013
Methods of test for instant tea - Determination Polyamide fibre ropes – double braid
of total ash construction
Specifies a method for the determination of the Specifies requirements for double braided ropes
total ash of instant tea in solid form. and for higher – strength double braided ropes
(=ISO 7514:1990) made of polyamide and gives rules for their
Gr. A designation Page | 242
(=ISO 10554:2009)
SLS 1448:2012 Gr. B
Methods of sampling for instant tea in solid
form SLS 1454:2013
Specifies methods of sampling instant tea in solid Polyester fibre ropes for offshore
form from containers of all sizes. stationkeeping
(=ISO 7516:1984) Gr. B Specifies the main characteristics and test
methods of new polyester fibre ropes used for
SLS 1449:2013 offshore stationkeeping
Baby nappies (=ISO 18692:2007)
Prescribes performance requirements, methods of Gr. S
test and sampling for baby nappies manufactured
with two layers of fabrics. SLS1455:2013
13 Pages, Gr.7 Descriptions for woven fabrics
Gives a number of characteristic parameters for
SLS 1450:2013 woven fabrics and their constituents at various
Baby nappy cloth towels stages of manufacture and processing for the
Prescribes performance requirements, methods of purpose of fabric designation. It is not applicable
test and sampling for baby nappy cloth towels to all woven fabrics except textile floor
manufactured with two layers of fabrics. coverings.
11 Pages, Gr.6 (=ISO 2959:2011)
Gr. A
SLS 1451:2013 (S)
Code of hygienic practice for the preparation SLS 1456:2013
and sale of street foods Fibre ropes of polyester / polyolefin dual fibres
Covers a series of requirements and practices to Specifies requirements for 3 – strand hawser –
be adopted in the preparation and sale of foods laid, 8 – strand and 12 – strand braided fibre ropes
and beverages in the street for direct made of polyester in combination with
consumption. It also applies to the places where polyolefin, and gives rules for their designation
these are prepared, to the points of sale and to the (=ISO 10556:2009)
means of transport used. It does not apply to Gr.C
catering in hotels, restaurants and other
institutions such as schools, hospitals and SLS 1457:2013
factories. Fibre ropes
14 Pages, Gr.8 Specifies the general characteristics of fibre ropes
and their constituent materials. It is intended to be
SLS 1452:2013 used in conjunction with the standards for the
Polyester fibre ropes – double braid individual types of fibre rope, which cover the
construction physical properties and specific requirements for
Specifies requirements for double braided ropes that particular product type. It also gives some
and for higher – strength double braided ropes information on the use of fibre ropes and also on
made of polyester and gives rules for their their inspection and retirement criteria.
designation. (=ISO 10547:2009) (=ISO 9554:2010)
Gr. B Gr. L

242
SLS 1458 Part 1:2013 SLS 1460:2013 (S/T)
Self- ballasted led lamps for general lighting Guidelines for the use of vegetarian claims in
servicers by voltage >50 V - Safety food and beverage
requirements Recommend measures to be taken on the use of
Specifies the safety and interchangeability vegetarian claims in food or beverage in its
requirements, together with the test methods and ingredients, storage, handling, processing,
conditions required to show compliance of LED cooking, display, serving, and transportation. Page | 243
– lamps with integrated means for stable 6 pages Gr.3
operation (self – ballasted LED – lamps),
intended for domestic and similar general lighting SLS 1461 Part 1 Section 1:2015
purposes, having a rated wattage up to 60 W, a Microbiological test methods for water -
rated voltage of > 50V up to 250 V and Caps Detection and enumeration of Escherichia coli
according to table 1. The requirements of this and coliform bacteria - Membrane filtration
standard relate only to type testing. method for waters with low bacterial
(=IEC 62560:2011) background flora
AMD No.1, (AMD 479:2016) (First revision)
Gr. IQ Specifies a method for the enumeration of
Escherichia coli (E. coli) and coliform bacteria.
SLS 1458 Part 2:2014 Due to the low selectivity of the differential agar
Self- ballasted led lamps for general lighting medium, background growth can interfere with
servicers by voltage >50 V - Performance the reliable enumeration of E. coli and coliform
requirements bacteria, in surface waters or shallow well waters
Specifies the performance requirements, together and this method is not suitable for these types of
with the test methods and conditions, required to water. Especially suitable for waters with low
show compliance of LED lamps with integral bacterial numbers that will cause less than 100
means for stable operation, intended for domestic total colonies on chromogenic coliform agar
and similar general lighting purposes, having a (CCA).
rated power up to 60 W a rated voltage of > 50 V (=ISO 9308-1:2014)
a.c. up to 250 V a.c and a lamp cap as listed in Gr. E
IEC 62560. The only feature provided by this
standard, when applied for replacement purposes, SLS 1461 Part 1 Section 2:2013
is information on maximum lamp outlines. The Microbiological test methods for water -
requirements of this standard relate to type Detection and enumeration of Escherichia coli
testing. This standard covers LED lamps that and coliform bacteria - Most probable number
intentionally produce white light, based on method
inorganic LEDs. Specifies a method for the enumeration of E. coli
(=IEC 62612:2013) and coliform bacteria in water. The method is
AMD No.1, (AMD 480:2016) based on the growth of target organisms in a
Gr.IT liquid medium and calculation of the “Most
probale Number” (MPN) of organisms by
SLS 1459:2013 reference to MPN tables. This method can be
Stainless steel kitchen sinks applied to all types of water, including those
Specifies manufacturing requirements and test containing an appreciable amount of suspended
methods for stainless steel kitchen sinks for matter and high background counts of
domestic purposes. heterotrophic bacteria. However, it must not be
21 Pages, Gr.10 used for the enumeration of coliform bacteria in
marine water.
(=ISO 9308-2:2012)
Gr. S

243
SLS 1461 Part 1 Section 3:2013 SLS 1461 Part 3/ Section 1:2020
Microbiological test methods for water - Microbiological test methods for water –
Detection and enumeration of Escherichia coli detection and enumeration of Pseudomonas
and coliform bacteria - Reference method aeruginosa- method by membrane filtration
Prescribes two basic methods (multiple tube Specifies a method for the isolation and
method, and the membrane filtration method) that enumeration of Pseudomonas aeruginosa in
are used for the detection and enumeration of samples of bottled water by a membrane filtration Page | 244
coliform organisms in water. technique. This method can also be applied to
21 pages, Gr.10 other types of water with a low background flora,
for example, pool waters and waters intended for
SLS 1461 Part 1/ Section 4:2020 human consumption
Microbiological test methods for water – (=ISO 16266:2006)
detection and enumeration of escherichia coli Gr. F
and Coliform bacteria - Miniaturized method
(most probable number) by inoculation in SLS 1461 Part 3/ Section 2:2020
liquid Medium Microbiological test methods for water –
Specifies a miniaturized method for the detection detection and enumeration of pseudomonas
and enumeration of Escherichia coli (E. coli) in aeruginosa: most probable number method
surface and waste water by inoculation in a liquid Specifies a method for the enumeration of
medium. The method is applicable to all types of Pseudomonas aeruginosa in water. The method
surface and waste waters, particularly those rich is based on the growth of target organisms in a
in suspended matter. This method is not suitable liquid
for drinking water and any other type of water for medium and calculation of the most probable
which the guideline is less than 15 counts per 100 number (MPN) of organisms by reference to
ml.This method is not appropriate for MPN tables.
enumeration and detection of coliform bacteria (=ISO 16266-2:2018)
other than E. coli. Gr. Z
(=ISO 9308-3:1998)
Gr. K SLS 1461 Part 4/ Section 1:2020
Microbiological test methods for water - water
SLS 1461 Part 2/ Section 1:2014 quality- detection and enumeration of
Microbiological test methods for water - intestinal enterococci in surface and waste
Enumeration of culturable mico-organisms - water - Miniaturized method (Most probable
Colony count by inoculation in a nutrient agar number) by inoculation in liquid medium
culture medium specifies a miniaturized method for the detection
Specifies a method for the enumeration of and enumeration of major intestinal enterococci
culturable micro-organisms in water by counting in surface and waste water by inoculation in a
the colonies formed in a nutrient agar culture liquid medium. The method is applicable to all
medium after aerobic incubation at 36 °C and 22 types of surface and waste waters, particularly
°C. It is particularly applicable to the examination those rich in suspended matter.
of water intended for human consumption, This method is not suitable for drinking water and
including water in closed containers and to any other type of water for which the guideline
natural mineral waters. count is less than 15 per 100 ml.
(=ISO 6222:1999) (=ISO 7899-1:1998)
Gr. B Gr. K

244
SLS 1461 Part 4/ Section 2:2020 SLS 1462: Part 1: 2023
Microbiological test methods for water - water Methods of sampling of water guidance on
quality- detection and enumeration of the design of sampling programmes and
intestinal enterococci - Membrane filtration sampling techniques
method (Second Revision)
Specifies a method for the detection and General principles for, and provides guidance
enumeration of intestinal enterococci in water by on, the design of sampling programmes and Page | 245
membrane filtration. This part of SLS 1461 is ampling techniques for all aspects of sampling
especially intended for examination of drinking of water (including waste waters,sludges,
water, water from swimming pools and other effluents, suspended solids and sediments).
disinfected or clean waters. Nevertheless, the (=ISO 5667-1:2023)
method can be applied to all types of water, Gr. R
except when a large amount of suspended matter
or many interfering microorganisms are present. SLS 1462 Part 2: 2021
It is particularly suitable for the examination of Methods of sampling of water : preservation
large volumes of water containing only a few and handling of water samples
intestinal enterococci. (First Revision)
(=ISO 7899-2:2000) Specifies general requirements for sampling,
Gr. D preservation, handling, transport and storage of
all water samples including those for biological
SLS 1461 Part 5/Section 1:2020 analyses.
Microbiological test methods for water - water (=ISO 5667-3:2018)
quality- detection and enumeration of the Gr. U
spores of sulfite-reducing
anaerobes(clostridia) - method by enrichment SLS 1462 Part 3:2018
in a liquid medium Methods for sampling of water - Guidance on
Specifies a method for the detection and sampling from lakes, natural and man-made
enumeration of the spores of sulfite-reducing (First revision)
anaerobes (clostridia) by enrichment in a liquid Gives guidelines for the design of sampling
medium. programmes, techniques and the handling and
(=ISO 6461-1:1986) preservation of samples of water, from natural
Gr. B and man-made lakes during open-water and ice-
covered conditions. This part of SLS 1462 is
SLS 1461 Part 5/ Section 2:2020 applicable to lakes with and without aquatic
Microbiological test methods for water - water vegetation.
quality- detection and enumeration of the (=ISO 5667-4:2016)
spores of sulfite-reducing Gr. Q
anaerobes(clostridia) - method by membrane
filtration SLS 1462 Part 4:2015
Specifies a method for the detection and Methods for sampling of water - Guidance on
enumeration of the spores of sulfite-reducing sampling of rivers and streams
naerobes (clostridia) by membrane filtration. (First revision)
(=ISO 6461-2:1986) Sets out the principles to be applied to the design
Gr. B of sampling programmes, sampling techniques,
and the handling of water samples from rivers and
streams for physical and chemical assessment. It
is not applicable to the sampling of estuarine or
coastal waters nor for microbiological sampling.
This standard is neither applicable to the
examination of sediment, suspended

245
solids or biota, nor to dammed stretches of rivers SLS 1462 Part 8:2013
or streams. Also, it is not applicable to passive Methods for sampling of water - Guidance on
sampling of surface waters. sampling of drinking water distributed by
(=ISO 5667-6:2014) tankers or means other than distribution pipes
Gr.M Establishes principles to be applied to the
techniques of sampling water provided for
SLS 1462 Part 5:2013 drinking and for use in the manufacture of food Page | 246
Methods for sampling of water - Guidance on and beverage products. The guidance given in
sampling of drinking water from treatment this is generally confined to those circumstances
works and piped distribution systems where water is drawn from municipal or similar
Establishes principles to be applied to the public or private abstraction, treatment or
techniques of sampling water intended for human distribution systems for which prior treatment or
consumption. quality assessment has resulted in the water being
(=ISO 5667-5:2006) classified as suitable for drinking or potable
Gr. J process purposes.
(=ISO 5667-21:2010)
SLS 1462 Part 6:2013 Gr.H
Methods for sampling of water - Guidance on
sampling of groundwaters SLS 1462 Part 9:2013
Provides guidance on the sampling of Methods for sampling of water - Guidance on
groundwaters. This does not apply to sampling passive sampling in surface waters
related to the day-to-day operational control of Specifies procedures for the determination of
groundwater abstractions for potable purposes. time-weighted average concentrations and
The guidance includes sampling of groundwater equilibrium concentrations of the free dissolved
from both the saturated (below water table) zone fraction of organic and organometallic
and the unsaturated (above the water table) zone. compounds and inorganic substances, including
(=ISO 5667-11:2009) metals, in surface water by passive sampling,
Gr.M followed by analysis.
(=ISO 5667-23:2011)
SLS 1462 Part 7:2013 Gr.L
Methods for sampling of water - Guidance on
the design and installation of groundwater SLS 1462 Part 10:2013
monitoring points Methods for sampling of water - Sampling for
Gives guidelines for the design, construction and microbiological analysis
installation of groundwater quality monitoring Provides guidance on planning water sampling
points to help ensure that representative samples regimes, on sampling procedures for
of groundwater can be obtained. These guidelines microbiological analysis and on transport,
allow the impacts to be considered and accounted handling and storage of samples until analysis
for when designing a groundwater sampling begins. It focuses on sampling for
programme. They also allow an informed microbiological investigations. General
assessment of data and results obtained from information in respect to the sampling from
existing installations, the construction of which distinct water bodies is given in the respective
can potentially have an impact on sample parts of ISO 5667.
integrity. (=ISO 19458:2006)
(=ISO 5667-22:2010) Gr. J
Gr.R
SLS 1462 Part 11: 2021
Methods for sampling of water – guidance on
the sampling of wet deposition
provides guidance on the design of sampling
programmes and the choice of instrumentation

246
and techniques for the sampling of the quality of SLS 1462 Part 15: 2021
wet deposition. It does not cover measurement of Water: guidance on sampling of bulk
the quantity of rain (ISO 5667-8:1993) suspended solids
Gr. E Applicable to the sampling of suspended solids
for the purpose of monitoring and investigating
SLS 1462 Part 12: 2021 freshwater quality, and more particularly to
Methods for sampling of water – guidance on flowing freshwater systems such as rivers and Page | 247
sampling from marine waters streams. Certain elements of this part of ISO 5667
provides guidance on the principles to be applied can be applied to freshwater lakes, reservoirs, and
to the design of sampling programmes, sampling impoundments; however, field sampling
techniques and the handling and preservation of programmes can differ and are not necessarily
samples of sea water from tidal waters (for covered here
example, estuaries and tidal inlets, coastal regions (=ISO 5667-17:2008)
and the open sea). It does not apply to the Gr. N
collection of samples for microbiological or
biological examination. General guidance on SLS 1462 Part 16:2021
sampling for microbiological purposes is given in Water quality- sampling : guidance on
IS0 8199. (ISO 5667-9:1992) sampling of marine sediments
Gr. D Provides guidance for the sampling of sediments
in marine areas for analyses of their physical and
SLS 1462 Part 13: 2021 chemical properties for monitoring purposes and
Methods of sampling of water : guidance on environmental assessments. It encompasses:
sampling of bottom sediments from rivers, sampling strategy; sampling devices;
lakes and estuarine areas observations made and information obtained
Provides guidance on the sampling of during sampling; handling sediment samples;
unconsolidated sediments for the determination packaging and storage of sediment samples.
of their geological, physical and chemical (=ISO 5667-19:2004)
properties, as well as the determination of Gr. G
biological, microbiological and chemical
properties at the water and sediment interface. SLS 1462 Part 17:2021
Guidance on achieving sediment cores is given water quality- sampling : guidance on the use
specifically for the measurement of rates of of sampling data for decision making
deposition and detailed strata delineation. The compliance with thresholds and classification
main emphasis of this document is to provide systems
methods that achieve sediment samples Establishes principles, basic requirements, and
(=ISO 5667 Part 12:2017) illustrative methods for dealing with the use of
Gr. T sample data for decision making based on the
assessment of the confidence that water quality:
SLS 1462 Part 14: 2021 a) meets targets and complies with thresholds; b)
Methods of sampling of water : guidance on has changed; and/or c) lies in a particular grade in
the preservation and handling of sludge and a classification system.
sediment samples (=ISO 5667-20: 2008)
Provides guidance on procedures for the Gr. Q
preservation, handling and storage of samples of
sewage and waterworks sludge, suspended SLS 1462 Part 18: 2021
matter, saltwater sediments and freshwater Methods for sampling of water guidance on
sediments, until chemical, physical, the auditing of water quality sampling
radiochemical and/or biological examination can Provides an audit protocol to monitor conformity
be undertaken in the laboratory with declared, or assumed, practices in all areas
(=ISO 5667-15:2009) of water quality sampling. Specifically, this part
Gr. J of ISO 5667 provides guidance on the systematic

247
assessment of sampling practices and procedures SLS 1462 Part 21: 2023
in the field, and assessing conformity with those Water quality-sampling : guidance on
given in the organization’s sampling manual. It is sampling of sludges
applicable to the audit of sampling activities from This part of ISO 5667 gives guidance on the
the development of a sampling manual through to sampling of sludges from wastewater treatment
the delivery of samples to the laboratory. works, water treatment works and industrial
(ISO 5667-24:2016) processes. It is applicable to all types of sludge Page | 248
Gr. X arising from these works and also to sludges of
similar characteristics, e.g. septic tank sludges.
SLS 1462 Part 19: 2023 Guidance is also given on the design of sampling
Water quality- sampling -guidance on programmes and techniques for the collection of
sampling of water and steam in boiler plants samples.
This part of IS0 5667 recommends procedures (ISO 5667-13:2011)
and equipment for sampling water and steam in Gr. M
boiler plants including examples of sampling
apparatus, to provide samples for physical and SLS 1462 Part 22: 2023
chemical analysis that are representative of the Water quality- sampling : guidance on quality
main body of water or steam from which they are assurance and quality control of
taken. The procedures for sampling water apply environmental water sampling and handling
to - raw water; - make-up water; - boiler feed This part of ISO 5667 provides guidance on the
water; - condensate; - boiler water; - cooling selection and use of various quality assurance and
water. The procedures for sampling steam cover quality control techniques relating to the manual
both saturated and superheated steam. This part sampling of surface, potable, waste, marine and
of IS0 5667 does not apply to the sampling of ground waters. NOTE The general principles
water and steam in nuclear power plants. Figures outlined in this part of ISO 5667 might, in some
2 to 6 are only given as examples of sampling circumstances, be applicable to sludge and
apparatus. sediment sampling.
(ISO 5667-7:1993) (ISO 5667-14:2014)
Gr. H Gr. Q

SLS 1462 Part 20: 2023 SLS 1462 Part 23: 2023
Water quality- sampling : guidance on Water quality-sampling : guidance on
sampling of waste water biotesting of samples
This document contains details on the sampling This document gives practical guidance on
of domestic and industrial waste water, i.e. the sampling, pre-treatment, performance and
design of sampling programmes and techniques evaluation of environmental samples in the
for the collection of samples. It covers waste context of performing biological tests.
water in all its forms, i.e. industrial waste water, Information is given on how to cope with the
radioactive waste water, cooling water, raw and problems of biotesting arising from the sample
treated domestic waste water. It deals with and the suitability of the test design. It is intended
various sampling techniques used and the rules to to convey practical experience concerning
be applied so as to ensure the samples are precautions to be taken by describing methods
representative.Sampling of accidental spillages is successfully proven to solve or to circumvent
not included, although the methods described in some of the experimental problems of biotesting
certain cases may also be applicable to spillages. of, for example, waters. Primarily dealt with are
(ISO 5667-10:2020) substance-related problems concerning sampling
Gr. S and pre-treatment of environmental samples (e.g.
waste water samples) for the performance of
biotests. This guidance is on ecotoxicological
testing with organisms (single-species biotests; in
vivo and in vitro). Some features addressed in this

248
document also apply to biotests using single-cell SLS 1462 Part 25: 2023
systems (in vitro bioassays) and biodegradation Water quality-sampling:guideline on the
studies as far as sampling and sample validation of the storage time of water samples
preparations are concerned. Testing of substances The purpose of this document is to describe test
in the water solubility range is also addressed. plans and different operating methodologies
Reference has been made as far as possible to of these test plans to define and verify the
existing International Standards and guidelines. acceptable length of stability of a substance in a Page | 249
Information taken from published papers or oral sample
communication has been utilized as well. This under specified conditions of preservation
document is applicable to biological tests for (temperature, matrix, light, addition of a
determining the effect of environmental samples stabilizer, where appropriate, type of preservation
like treated communal and industrial waste water, etc.) before starting analytical protocols
groundwater, fresh water, aqueous extracts (e.g. (chemicals and physicochemicals analysis).
leachates, eluates), pore water of sediments and Biological and microbiological methods are
whole sediments. This document is also excluded. It is necessary to have an analytical
applicable to chemical substances. This method with performances that have already been
document is not applicable to bacteriological characterized (repeatability, intermediate
examination of water. Appropriate methods for precision, trueness, accuracy and uncertainty) in
bacteriological examination are described in order to perform
other documents (see ISO 19458[17]). the stability study and implement its test plans.
(ISO 5667-16:2017) (ISO/ TS 5667-25:2022)
Gr. M Gr. T

SLS 1462 Part 24: 2023 SLS 1462 Part 26: 2023
Water quality- sampling : guidance on Water quality-sampling : guidance on
sampling of bottom sediments from rivers, sampling for the parameters of the oceanic
lakes and estuarine areas carbon dioxide system
This document provides guidance on the This document specifies how to collect discrete
sampling of unconsolidated sediments for the seawater samples, from a Niskin or other water
determination of their geological, physical and sampler,that are suitable for the analysis of the
chemical properties, as well as the determination four measurable inorganic carbon parameters:
of biological, microbiological and chemical total dissolved inorganic carbon, total alkalinity,
properties at the water and sediment interface. pH and CO2 fugacity.
Guidance on achieving sediment cores is given (ISO 5667-26:2022)
specifically for the measurement of rates of Gr. F
deposition and detailed strata delineation. The
main emphasis of this document is to provide SLS 1463:2013
methods that achieve sediment samples. General requirements and guidance for
The environments considered are— limnic microbiological examinations of food and
(rivers, streams and lakes, natural and man- animal feeding stuffs.
made), and— estuarine, including harbours. Gives general requirements and guidance/options
Industrial and sewage works for sludges, intended for implementation of ISO/TC 34/SC 9
paleolimnological sampling and sampling of or ISO/TC 34/SC 5 standards for detection or
open ocean sediments are specifically excluded enumeration of microorganisms, good laboratory
from this document (and are addressed in ISO practice for food microbiological laboratories and
5667-15), although some techniques may apply guidance for accreditation of food
to these situations. Sampling of suspended solids microbiological laboratories. It does not cover the
is outside the scope of this document and examination for toxins or other metabolites (e.g.
reference can be made to ISO 5667-17 for such amines) from microorganisms. Applies to the
guidance (ISO 5667-12:2017) microbiology of food, animal feeding stuffs, the
Gr. T

249
food production environment and the primary assessment of meeting the requirements,
production environment. including the associated systems. The procedure
(=ISO 7218:2007) for applying this standard is contained in ISO
Gr. Z 18601.
(=ISO 18603:2013)
SLS 1464:2021 Gr.F
Page | 250
Lipstick
(First revision) SLS 1469:2013
prescribes the requirements and methods of Requirements for material recycling in the
sampling and test for lipstick with or without field of packaging and the environment
gloss/ rouge. Specifies the requirements for packaging to be
13 pages, Gr. 7 classified as recoverable in the form of material
recycling while accommodation the continuing
SLS 1465:2013 development of both packaging and recovery
Code of practice for application of pesticides technologies and sets out procedures for
Designed to provide supportive information and assessment of meeting the requirements. The
guidelines on acceptable safe practices once a procedure for applying this standard is contained
decision has been taken to use a pesticide. in SLS 1470.
17 pages Gr.8 (=ISO 18604:2013)
Gr.J
SLS 1466:2013
Mineral turpentine and white spirit SLS 1470:2013
Specifies the requirements, methods of test and Requirements for energy recovery in the field
sampling for mineral turpentine and white spirit of packaging and the environment
for use in thinning surface coatings. The gum Specifies the requirements for packaging to be
spirit of turpentine and the wood turpentine are classified as recoverable in the form of energy
not covered by this standard. recovery and sets out assessment procedures for
10 pages, Gr.5 fulfilling the requirements of this Standard. The
procedure for applying this standard is contained
SLS 1467:2013 in ISO 18601.
Requirements for optimization of the (=ISO 18605:2013)
packaging system in the field of packaging and Gr.H
the environment
Specifies requirements and a procedure for SLS 1471:2013
assessment of packaging to ensure that the weight Glossary of terms of packaging
or volume of its material content is optimized (Replaced by SLS 1569-1)
consistent with the functions of packaging. It also
provides methodologies and procedures for SLS 1472 Part 1:2013
determining the amount and minimization of Protection against lightning - General
substances or mixtures hazardous to the principles
environment and the amount of four heavy metals provides general principles to be followed for
(lead, cadmium, mercury, hexavalent chromium) protection of structures against lightning,
in packaging. including their installations and contents, as well
(=ISO 18602:2013) as persons. Railway systems; vehicles, ships,
Gr.N aircraft, offshore installations; underground high
pressure pipelines; pipe, power and
SLS 1468:2013 telecommunication lines placed outside the
Requirements for reuse in the field of structure are cur side the scope of this standard
packaging and the environment (=IEC 62305-1:2010)
Specifies the requirements for a packaging to be Gr.IV
classified as reusable and sets out procedures for

250
SLS 1472 Part 2:2013 SLS 1473 Part 1:2014
Protection against lightning - Risk Low voltage surge protective devices - Surge
management protective devices connected to low-voltage
Applicable to risk assessment for a structure due power systems - requirements and test
to lightning flashes to earth. methods
(=IEC 62305-2:2010) Applicable to devices for surge protection against
Gr.IX indirect and direct effects of lightning or other Page | 251
transient overvoltages. These devices are
SLS 1472 Part 3:2013 packaged to be connected to 50/60 hz a.c. power
Protection against lightning - Physical damage circuits, and equipment rated up to 1 000 v r.m.s.
to structures and life hazard (=IEC 61643-11:2011)
Provides the requirements for protection of a Gr.IX
structure against physical damage by means of a
lightning protection system (LPS), and for SLS 1473 Part 2:2015
protection against injury to living beings due to Low voltage surge protective devices - Surge
touch and step voltages in the vicinity of an LPS protective devices connected to low-voltage
This standard is applicable to design, installation, power distribution systems - selection and
inspection and maintenance of an LPS for application principles
structures without limitation of their height, and Describes the principles for selection, operation,
establishment of measures for protection against location and coordination of SPDs to be
injury to living beings due to touch and step connected to 50 Hz to 60 Hz a.c. and to d.c. power
voltages. circuits and equipment rated up to 1 000 V r.m.s.
(=IEC 62305-3:2010) or 1 500 V d.c.
Gr. IAA (=IEC 61643-12:2008)
Gr. IAA
SLS 1472 Part 4:2013
Protection against lightning - Electrical and SLS 1473 Part 3:2015
electronic systems within structures Low voltage surge protective devices - Surge
Provides information for the design, installation, protective devices connected to
inspection, maintenance and testing of electrical telecommunications and signalling networks –
and electronic system protection (SPM) to reduce performance requirements and testing
the risk of permanent failures due to lightning methods
electromagnetic impulse (LEMP) within a Applicable to devices for surge protection of
structure. It does not cover protection against telecommunications and signalling networks
electromagnetic interference due to lightning, against indirect and direct effects of lightning or
which may cause malfunctioning of internal other transient overvoltages.
systems. It also provides guidelines for (=IEC 61643-21:2009)
cooperation between the designer of the electrical Gr.IV
and electronic system, and the designer of the
protection measures, in an attempt to achieve SLS 1473 Part 4:2015
optimum protection effectiveness. It does not Low voltage surge protective devices - Surge
deal with detailed design of the electrical and protective devices connected to
electronic systems themselves. telecommunications and signalling networks –
(=IEC 62305-4:2010) selection and application principles
Gr. IX Describes the principles for the selection,
operation, location and coordination of SPDs
connected to telecommunication and signalling
networks with nominal system voltages up to 1
000 V r.m.s. a.c. and 1500 V d.c. This standard
also addresses SPDs that incorporate protection

251
for signalling lines and power lines in the same SLS 1475:2013
enclosure. Two pot clay cook stoves
(=IEC 61643-22:2004) Provides guidelines for the manufacturing of and
Gr.IT specifies the general, dimensional, physical,
mechanical and marking requirements of Two
SLS 1473 Part 5:2019 Pot Clay Cook Stoves (TPCCSs) for domestic
Low voltage surge protective devices - purposes. It also specifies the methods for Page | 252
Requirements and test methods for SPDs for inspection of general requirements,
photovoltaic installations determination of dimensional, physical and
Applicable to Surge Protective Devices (SPDs), mechanical requirements of TPCCS and criteria
intended for surge protection against indirect and for conformity with the specification.
direct effects of lightning or other transient 16 Pages, Gr.8
overvoltages. These devices are designed to be
connected to the DC side of photovoltaic SLS 1476 Part 1:2021
installations rated up to 1 500 V DC. Electric irons for household or similar use:
(=IEC 61643-31:2018) safety requirements
Gr.IU (First revision)
This Standard deals with the safety of electric dry
SLS 1473 Part 6:2019 irons and steam irons, including those with a
Low voltage surge protective devices - Surge separate water reservoir or boiler having a
protective devices connected to the d.c. Side of capacity not exceeding 5 l, for household and
photovoltaic installations – selection and similar purposes, their rated voltage being not
application principles more than 250 V.
Describes the principles for selection, installation Appliances not intended for normal household
and coordination of SPDs intended for use in use, but which nevertheless may be a source of
Photovoltaic (PV) systems up to 1 500 V DC and danger to the public, such as appliances intended
for the AC side of the PV system rated up to 1 to be used by laymen in shops, in light industry
000 V rms 50/60 Hz. The photovoltaic and on farms, are within the scope of this
installation extends from a PV array or a set of standard. As far as is practicable, this standard
interconnected PV-modules to include the deals with the common hazards presented by
associated cabling and protective devices and the appliances, which are encountered by all persons
inverter up to the connection point in the in and around the home. However, in general, it
distribution board or the utility supply point does not take into account
(=IEC 61643-32:2017) (=IEC 60335-2-3:2015)
Gr.IS Gr. IK

SLS 1474:2013 SLS 1476 PART 2:2021

Kraft liner board sacks for bulk packaging of Electric irons for household or similar use:
tea methods for measuring performance
Prescribes the requirements and methods of test (First revision)
for valved and open mouth, gusseted, Applies to electric irons for household or similar
rectangular-ended kraft liner board sacks use. The purpose of this document is to state and
intended for bulk packing of tea of net content of define the principal performance characteristics
25 kg to 60 kg. This does not cover multi-wall of electric irons for household or similar use
paper sacks for bulk packing of tea. which are of interest to the user and to describe
(Corrigendem Sheet) the standard methods for measuring these
12 pages, Gr.6 characteristics. Electric irons covered by this
standard include• dry irons; • steam irons; •
vented steam irons with motor pump; • spray
irons; • steam irons with separate water reservoir

252
or boiler/generator having a capacity not SLS 1478:2014
exceeding 5 l. Method on selection and cutting of specimens
(=IEC 60311:2016) for physical test of machine-made textile floor
Gr. IU coverings
Specifies a procedure to be followed when
SLS 1477 Part 1:2013 specimens are cut from samples if such
Double capped fluorescent lamps - Safety specimens are to be used for physical tests. Page | 253
requirements (=ISO 1957:2000)
Specifies the safety requirements for double – Gr. B
capped fluorescent lamps for general lighting
purposes of all groups having Fa6, Fa8, G5, G13, SLS 1479:2014
2G13, R17d and W4.3×8.5d caps. It also Method of test for determination of thickness
specifies the method a manufacturer should use of pile above the substrate of textile floor
to show compliance with the requirements of this coverings
standard on the basis of whole production Specifies a method for the determination of the
appraisal in association with his test records on thickness of pile above the substrate of a textile
finished products. This method can also be floor covering. It is applicable to all textile floor
applied for certification purposes. Details of a coverings with pile capable of being shorn from
batch test procedure which can be used to make the substrate, but not to textile floor coverings of
limited assessment of batches are also given in varying pile thickness or density, unless the areas
this standard. can be measured separately. The method is used
(=IEC 61195:2012) in conjunction with ISO 8543, clause 8.
Gr. IM (=ISO 1766:1999)
Gr. B
SLS 1477 Part 2:2013
Double capped fluorescent lamps - SLS 1480:2014
Performance requirements Method of test for determination of thickness
Specifies the performance requirements for of machine-made textile floor coverings
double – capped fluorescent lamps for general Specifies a basic method for the determination of
lighting service. The requirements of this the thickness of machine-made textile floor
standard relate only to type testing. Lamp types coverings. The method is applicable to all
and modes of operation included are lamps machine-made textile floor coverings.
having preheated cathodes, designed for (=ISO 1765:1986)
operation on a.c. mains frequencies with the use Gr. A
of a starter, and additionally operating on high
frequency, lamps having preheated high- SLS 1481:2014
resistance cathodes, designed for operation on Methods of test for determination of certain
a.c. mains frequencies without the use of a starter physical and mechanical properties of fibre
(starterless), and additionally operating on high ropes
frequency, lamps having preheated low- Specifies, for ropes of different kinds, a method
resistance cathodes, designed for operation on of determining linear density, lay length, braid
a.c. mains frequencies without the use of a starter pitch; elongation; breaking force. This also
(starterless), and additionally operating on high provides a method for measuring water
frequency, amps having preheated cathodes, repellency, lubrication and finish content, and
designed for operation on high frequency, lamps heat setting treatment, when requested by the
having non-preheated cathodes, designed for customer.
operation on a.c. mains frequencies and lamps (=ISO 2307:2010)
having non-preheated cathodes, designed for Gr.H
operation on high frequency.
(=IEC 60081:2002)
Gr. Z

253
SLS 1482:2014 analysis (e.g. perfumery, cosmetics and
Generic names for man-made fibres for aromatics).
textiles (=ISO 5496:2006)
Lists the generic names used to designate the Gr.H
different categories of man-made fibres, based on SLS 1484 Part 3:2023
a main polymer, currently manufactured on an Sensory analysis of food - General
industrial scale for textile and other purposes, Page | 254
guidelines for the selection, training and
together with the distinguishing attributes that monitoring of selected assessors and expert
characterize them. Lists the generic names used sensory assessors Specifies criteria for the
to designate the different categories of man-made selection and procedures for the training and
fibres, based on a main polymer, currently monitoring of selected assessors and expert
manufactured on an industrial scale for textile sensory assessors.
and other purposes, together with the (= ISO 8586:2023)
distinguishing attributes that characterize them. Gr. R
(=1668)
Gr.M SLS 1484 Par 4:2014
Sensory analysis of food - General guidance
SLS 1483:2014 for the design of test rooms
Generic names and definitions for natural Provides general guidance for the design of test
textile fibres rooms intended for the sensory analysis of
Gives the generic names and the definitions of the products. It describes the requirements to set up a
most important natural fibres according to their test room comprising a testing area, a preparation
specific constitution or origin. An alphabetical area, and an office, specifying those that are
list of names in common use is provided, together essential or those that are merely desirable. This
with the corresponding standardized is not specific for any product or test type.
denominations. (=ISO 8589:2007)
(=ISO 6938:2012) Gr.H
Gr. E
SLS 1484 Part 5:2018
SLS 1484 Part 1:2014 Sensory analysis of food - Methodology – duo-
Sensory analysis of food - Method of trio test
investigating sensitivity of taste Specifies a procedure for determining whether a
Specifies a set of objective tests for familiarizing perceptible sensory difference or similarity exists
assessors with sensory analysis. The methods can between samples of two products. The method is
also be used as a periodic monitor of the a forced-choice procedure. The method is
sensitivity of taste of assessors who are already applicable whether a difference exists in a single
members of sensory analysis panels. sensory attribute or in several attributes.
(=ISO 3972:2011) (=ISO 10399:2017)
Gr.E Gr. L

SLS 1484 Part 2:2014 SLS 1484 Part 6:2018

Sensory analysis of food - Method of initiation Sensory analysis of food - Methodology –
and training of assessors in the detection and general guidance for establishing a sensory
recognition of odours profile
Describes several types of methods for Gives guidelines for the overall process for
determining the aptitude of assessors and for establishing a sensory profile. Sensory profiles
training assessors to identify and describe can be established for all products or samples
odoriferous products. The methods described in which can be evaluated by the senses, of sight,
this Standard are suitable for use by the agri- odour, taste, touch, or hearing (e.g. food,
foodstuffs industries employing olfactory beverage, tobacco product, cosmetic, textile,
paper,packaging, sample of air or water). This

254
Standard can also be useful in studies of human respectively, and are given for information only.
cognition and behaviour. Only the terms and definitions given in the
(=ISO 13299:2016) official languages can be considered as ISO terms
Gr. T and definitions.
(=ISO 5492:2008)
SLS 1484 Part 7:2018 Gr. Y
Sensory analysis of food - Methodology – Page | 255
general guidance for measuring odour, flavour SLS 1484 Part 10 Section 1:2020
and taste detection thresholds by a three- Sensory analysis of food - general guidance for
alternative forced-choice (3-afc) procedure the staff of a sensory evaluation laboratory -
Gives guidelines for obtaining data on the Staff Responsibilities
detection of stimuli that evoke responses to Provides guidance on staff functions in order to
odour, flavur and taste by a 3-AFC (three- improve the organization of a sensory evaluation
alternative forced-choice) procedure, and the laboratory, to optimize the use of personnel, and
processing of the data to estimate the value of a to improve the efficiency of sensory tests.
threshold and its error bounds, and other statistics It is applicable to any organization planning to
related to the detection of the stimulus. establish a formal structure for sensory
(=ISO 13301:2018) evaluation. The main aspects to be considered are
Gr. N - the education, background and professional
competence of staff members, and
SLS 1484 Part 8:2020 - the responsibilities of staff members at three
Sensory analysis – general guidance for the different functional levels: sensory manager;
application of sensory analysis in quality sensory analyst or panel leader; panel technician.
control These guidelines are valid for all different types
guidelines for the implementation of a sensory of sensory evaluation laboratories, in particular
analysis programme in quality control (QC), those in industry, in research and development
including general elements and procedures. It is organizations, in service organizations and in the
applicable to food and non-food industries.It is field of official authorities concerned with
limited to in-plant sensory analysis in QC. product control. In principle, it can be assumed
(=ISO 20613:2019) that the sensory evaluation laboratory can
Gr. F perform all types of sensory tests. This means
analytical tests such as discrimination tests,
SLS 1484 Part 9:2020 descriptive analysis (sensory profile), as well as
Sensory analysis – vocabulary consumer tests (e.g. hedonic tests). The
Defines terms relating to sensory analysis. individual profile of sensory activities of an
NOTE 1 Grammatical forms of terms have been organization determines the boundaries and
indicated where it was felt useful to do so. conditions to be considered for planning and
It applies to all industries concerned with the implementing the sensory evaluation laboratory
evaluation of products by the sense organs. and its staff.
The terms are given under the following The application of this guidance by the
headings: organization is flexible and depends on the needs
1) general terminology; and possibilities within an organization. For
2) terminology relating to the senses; example, personnel might not be available for
3) terminology relating to organoleptic three levels of staff function and, thus, the duties
attributes; can be divided among staff accordingly. Also, in
4) terminology relating to methods. a staff of two persons the technical/scientific
NOTE 2 In addition to terms used in the three functions can be shared between a person
official this document gives the equivalent terms handling the administrative/management
in German and Spanish; these are published functions and the individual handling the
under the responsibilities of the member bodies operational functions.(=ISO 13300-1:2006)
for Germany (DIN) and for Argentina (IRAM), Gr. E

255
SLS 1484 Part 10 Section 2:2020 cloudy or transparent in nature, as well as matt or
Sensory analysis of food - General guidance glossy.General information is also given about
for the staff of a sensory evaluation laboratory the viewing and lighting conditions to be used in
- recruitment and training of panel leaders various situations in sensory analysis, such as
gives guidelines for the recruitment and training difference testing, profile analysis and grading
of panel leaders. In addition, it describes the methods, performed by panels of selected
principal activities and responsibilities of a panel assessors or by individual experts in special Page | 256
leader for sensory analysis. situations.This Standard does not deal with
(=ISO 13300-2:2006) consumer testing or with assessment of the
Gr.F metamerism of colours of food products.
(=ISO 11037:2011)
SLS 1484 Part 11:2020 Gr. J
Sensory analysis of food - Methodology -
texture profile SLS 1484 Part 13:2020
Specifies a method for developing a texture Sensory analysis of food - Methodology -
profile of food products (solids, semi-solids, Guidelines for monitoring the performance of
liquids) or non-food products (e.g. cosmetics). a quantitative sensory panel
This method is one approach to sensory texture Gives guidelines for monitoring and assessing the
profile analysis and other methods exist. This overall performance of a quantitative descriptive
method describes various steps in the process of panel and the performance of each member.
establishing a complete description of the textural A panel of assessors can be used as an instrument
attributes of a product. to assess the magnitude of sensory attributes.
This method is applicable to: Performance is the measure of the ability of a
- screening and training assessors; panel or an assessor to make valid attribute
- orientating assessors through the development assessments across
of definitions and evaluation techniques for the products being evaluated. It can be monitored
textural characteristics; at a given time point or tracked over time.
- characterizing the textural attributes of a Performance
product in order to establish its standard profile comprises the ability of a panel to detect, identify,
and to discern any later changes; and measure an attribute, use attributes in a
- improving old products and developing new similar way to other panels or assessors,
products; discriminate between stimuli, use a scale
- studying various factors that can affect the properly, repeat their own results, and reproduce
textural attributes of a product, e.g. changes in results from other panels or assessors.
process, time, temperature, ingredients, The methods specified allow the consistency,
packaging or shelf-life, and storage conditions; repeatability, freedom from bias and ability to
- comparing a product with another similar discriminate of panels and assessors to be
product to determine the nature and intensity of monitored and assessed.
textural differences; Monitoring and assessment of agreement
- correlating sensory and instrumental and/or between panel members is also covered.
physical measurements. Monitoring and assessment can be carried out in
(=ISO 11036:2020) one session or over time.
Gr. J Monitoring performance data enables the panel
leader to improve panel and assessor
SLS 1484 Part 12:2020 performance, to
Sensory analysis of food - Guidelines for identify issues and retraining needs or to identify
sensory assessment of the colour of products assessors who are not performing well enough to
Guidelines for the sensory evaluation of the continue participating.
colours of products. The procedures specified are The methods specified in this Standard can be
applicable to solid, semi-solid, powder and liquid used by the panel leader to appraise continuously
products, which can be opaque, translucent, the performance of panels or individual assessors.

256
This Standard applies to individuals or panels in SLS 1489:2016
training as well as for established panels. Method of test for the detection of Escherichia
(=ISO 11132: 2012) coli in cosmetics
Gr. L (First revision)
This Sri Lanka Standard gives general guidelines
SLS 1485:2014 for the detection and identification of the
Woven mattress covers specified microorganism Escherichia coli in Page | 257
Prescribes constructional and performance cosmetic products. Microorganisms considered
details, requirements, methods of sampling and as specified in this standard might differ from
test for woven mattress covers. This standard country to country according to national practices
does not cover quilted covers and spring mattress or regulations.
covers. (=ISO 21150:2015)
10 Pages, Gr.5 Gr. G

SLS 1486 Part 1:2014 SLS 1490 Part 1:2014

Woven cotton towels and towelling - Terry Method for the determination of the slippage
towels resistance of yarns at seam in woven fabrics -
Prescribes the requirements and methods of Fixed seam opening method
sampling and test for bleached, dyed and/or Describes a method for the determination of the
printed 100% cotton terry towels and towelling resistance offered by thread systems of woven
excluding hand woven products. fabric, to slippage at a sewn seam. This method is
(Supersedes SLS 136) not suitable for stretch fabrics or for industrial
10 Pages, Gr.5 fabrics, e.g. beltings.
(=ISO 13936-1:2004)
SLS 1487:2014 (S) Gr. E
Good manufacturing practice (GMP) for coir
fibre pith substrate SLS 1490 Part 2:2014
Covers the requirements of good manufacturing Method for the determination of the slippage
practices of coir fibre pith substrate starting from resistance of yarns at seam in woven fabrics -
extracted coir material receiving stage to dispatch Fixed load method
to the Buyer, setting out the necessary conditions Describes a method for the determination of the
for producing the end products which is/are resistance offered by thread systems of woven
suitable for user expectations. fabric, to slippage at a sewn seam. This method is
9 Pages, Gr.5 suitable for all apparel and upholstery woven
fabrics, stretch fabrics (including those
SLS 1488:2016 containing elastomeric yarn). It is not suitable for
Method of test for the detection of Candida industrial fabrics, e.g. beltings.
albicans in cosmetics (=ISO 13936-2:2004)
(First revision) Gr. E
This Sri Lanka Standard gives general guidelines
for the detection and identification of the SLS 1490 Part 3:2014
specified microorganism Candida albicans in Method for the determination of the slippage
cosmetic products. Microorganisms considered resistance of yarns at seam in woven fabrics -
as specified in this standard might differ from Needle clamp method
country to country according to national practices Describes a method for the determination of the
or regulations. resistance offered by the yarns of a woven fabric
(=ISO 18416:2015) to slippage while being held in a needle clamp
Gr. J under conditions of stress. This method provides
a means to negate variations introduced by seam
preparation or sewing thread variation that can
have a marked influence on test results. This

257
method is not applicable to stretch fabrics or for the warp and weft yarn arrangement. This
industrial fabric, e.g. beltings. Standard applies to all woven fabrics, including
(=ISO 13936-3:2005) compound fabrics in which interlacing of the
Gr. F warp and weft threads is accompanied by
crossing of warp threads.
SLS 1491:2014 (S/T) (=ISO 7211-1:1984)
Gr. C Page | 258
Good practices for child development centres
(cdc)/ orphanages
Prescribes the requirements for good practices for SLS 1495: 2022
child development centres (CDC)/ orphanages. Household and similar electrical appliances –
This Standard does not cover homes for disable safety – particular requirements for grills,
children. toasters and similar portable cooking
13 Pages, Gr.6 appliances
I
SLS 1492:2014 This International Standard deals with the safety
Multiwall paper sacks for bulk packaging of of electric portable appliances for
tea household and similar purposes that have a
Prescribes the requirements and methods of test cooking function such as baking, roasting and
for multiwall paper sacks for packing of tea for grilling, their rated voltage being not more than
palletized and containerized transportation on 250 V. NOTE 101 Examples of appliances that
4-way entry 1120 mm x 1120 mm flat flush ended are within the scope of this standard are
pallets in freight containers. This standard covers – barbecues for indoor use;
valved / open mouth flat hexagonal ends sack – breadmakers;
intended for bulk packaging of tea and does not – candy floss appliances;
cover kraft liner board sacks for bulk packing of – contact grills (griddles);
tea. – cookers;
(Superseding SLS 1068) – food dehydrators;
11 Pages, Gr.6 – hotplates;
– induction wok hotplates;
SLS 1493:2014 – pop-corn makers;
Code of good manufacturing practices for – portable ovens;
fibre extraction in the coir industry – raclette grills;
Provides guidance on good manufacturing – radiant grills;
practices to be followed in the process of – roasters;
extraction of coconut fibre from coconut husks, – rotary grills;
to be used as a raw material for other industries. – rotisseries;
It covers the collectionof coconut husks, – toasters;
retting/wetting, fibre extraction, drying, cleaning – waffle irons;
and packaging. Examples are illustrated in Figure
9 Pages, Gr.5 101.Appliances intended for normal household
and similar use and that may also be used by
SLS 1494 Part 1:2014 laymen in shops, in light industry and on farms,
Method of analysis for construction of woven are within the scope of this standard. However,if
fabrics of textiles - Method for the the appliance is intended to be used
presentation of a weave diagram and plans for professionally to process food for commercial
drafting, denting and lifting consumption, the appliance is not considered to
This Standard deals with recording of fabric be for household and similar use only.
weaves and makes provision for showing in (=IEC 60335-2-9:2019)
relation to the weave repeat the sequence in Gr. IS
which yarns of different character are used. A
method is also provided for the presentation of

258
SLS 1496 Part 1:2015 conductor fasteners to the
Lightning protection system components fabric/membrane/gravel roofing of structures.
(LPSC) -Requirements for connection (=IEC 62561- 4:2010)
components Gr. IL
Specifies the requirements and tests for metallic
connection components that form part of a SLS 1496 Part 5:2015
lightning protection system (LPS). Typically, Page | 259
Lightning protection system components
these can be connectors, bonding and bridging (LPSC) -Requirements for earth electrode
components, expansion pieces and test joints. inspection housings and earth electrode seals
Testing of components for an explosive Specifies the requirements and tests for earth
atmosphere is not covered by this standard. electrode inspection housings (earth pit) and earth
(=IEC 62561 - 1:2012) electrode seals. Lightning protection system
Gr. IL components (LPSC) may also be suitable for use
in hazardous atmospheres. Regard should then be
SLS 1496 Part 2:2015 taken of the extra requirements necessary for the
Lightning protection system components components to be installed in such conditions.
(LPSC) -Requirements for conductors and (=IEC 62561-5:2011)
earth electrodes Gr. IG
Specifies the requirements and tests for metallic
conductors (other than “natural” conductors) that SLS 1496 Part 6:2015
form part of the air termination system and down Lightning protection system components
conductors and metallic earth electrodes that (LPSC) -Requirements for lightning strike
form part of the earth termination system. counters (LSC)
(=IEC 62561-2:2012) Specifies the requirements and tests for devices
Gr. IQ intended to count the number of lightning strike
pulses flowing in a conductor. This conductor
SLS 1496 Part 3:2015 may be part of a lightning protection system
Lightning protection system components (LPS) or connected to an SPD installation (or
(LPSC) -Requirements for isolating spark other conductors which are not intended to
gaps (ISG) conduct a significant portion of lightning
Specifies the requirements and tests for isolating currents).
spark gaps (ISG) for lightning protection (=IEC 62561-6:2011)
systems. ISGs can be used to indirectly bond a Gr.IJ
lightning protection system to other nearby
metalwork where a direct bond is not permissible SLS 1496 Part 7:2015
for functional reasons. This standard does not Lightning protection system components
cover applications where follow currents (LPSC) -Requirements for earthing enhancing
occur. compounds
(=IEC 62561-3:2012) Specifies the requirements and tests for earthing
Gr. J enhancing compounds producing low resistance
of an earth termination system.
SLS 1496 Part 4:2015 (=IEC 62561-7:2011)
Lightning protection system components Gr.IH
(LPSC) -Requirements for conductor
fasteners SLS 1497: 2023
This standard deals with the requirements and Specification for plastic piping systems for
tests for metallic and non-metallic conductor water supply and for drainage and sewerage
fasteners that are used in conjunction with the air under pressure - polyethylene (pe)– general
termination, down conductor and earth (First Revision)
termination system. It does not cover the fixing of This document specifies the general aspects of
polyethylene (PE) compounds for the

259
manufacture of pressure pipes and fittings (mains — PE pipes (outside diameter dn), including any
and service pipes) for buried or above ground identification stripes;
applications, intended for the conveyance of: — PE pipes with co-extruded layers on either or
— water for human consumption; both the outside and/or inside of the pipe (total
— raw water prior to treatment; outside diameter dn) where all layers have the
— drainage and sewerage under pressure; same MRS rating;
— vacuum sewer systems; — PE pipes (outside diameter dn) having a Page | 260
— water for other purposes. peelable and contiguous thermoplastics
This document also specifies the test parameters additional layer on
and requirements for the test methods referred to the outside of the pipe (“coated pipe”).
in this document. This document also specifies the test parameters
In conjunction with other parts of the ISO 4427 for the test methods referred to in this document.
series, this document is applicable to PE pipes In conjunction with the other parts of the ISO
and fittings, their joints and to joints with 4427 series, this document is applicable to PE
components made of PE and other materials, pipes, their joints and to joints with components
intended to be used under the following made of PE and other materials, intended to be
conditions: used under the following conditions: a) a
a) a maximum allowable operating pressure maximum allowable operating pressure (PFA) up
(PFA) up to and including 25 bar1); b) an to and including 25 bar1); b) an operating
operating temperature of 20 °C as the reference temperature of 20 °C as the reference
temperature. temperature. NOTE 3 For other operating
(ISO 4427-1:2019) temperatures, guidance is given in ISO 4427-
Gr. J 1:2019, Annex A.
(ISO 4427-2:2019 & ISO 4427 AMD 1:2023)
SLS 1498: 2023 Gr. K
Specification for specification for plastics
piping systems for water supply, and for SLS 1499: 2023
drainage and sewerage under pressure - Specification for plastics piping systems for
polyethylene (pe) water supply, and for drainage and sewerage
Part 2 - pipes under pressure - polyethylene (pe) Part 3 -
(First Revision) fittings
This document specifies the pipes made from This document specifies the fittings made from
polyethylene (PE) for buried or above ground polyethylene (PE) for buried or above ground
applications, applications, intended for the conveyance of
intended for the conveyance of: water for human consumption, raw water prior to
— water for human consumption; treatment, drainage and sewerage under pressure,
— raw water prior to treatment; vacuum sewer systems, and water for other
— drainage and sewerage under pressure; purposes.NOTE 1 The intended uses include sea
— vacuum sewer systems; outfalls, laid in water and connection between
— water for other purposes. pipes suspended below bridges. This document
NOTE 1 The intended uses include sea outfalls, also specifies the test parameters for the test
laid in water and pipes suspended below bridges. methods referred to in this document. In
Pipes complying with this document are not conjunction with the other parts of the ISO 4427
intended for the transport of water intended for series, this document is applicable to PE fittings,
human consumption in contaminated soils unless to joints with components of PE or other
special consideration has been taken. NOTE 2 materials, intended to be used under the following
For example, ISO 21004 provides an alternative conditions: a) a maximum allowable operating
solution for use in contaminated soils. See pressure (PFA) up to and including 25 bar1); b)
Reference [3] in the Bibliography. This document an operating temperature of 20 °C as the
specifies three types of pipe: reference temperature. (ISO 4427-3:2019)
Gr. Q

260
SLS 1500:2009 SLS 1504 Part 1:2015
Sustainable forest management systems Electric cables – low voltage energy cables of
Prescribes the requirements for forest plantations rated voltages up to and including 450/750 V
and other plantations, small holders of rubber, (U0/U) - General requirements
coconut and other woodlots and chain of custody Gives the general requirements for rigid and
of timber and timber based products in Sri Lanka. flexible energy cables of rated voltages U0/U up
36 Pages Gr.17 to and including 450/750 V a.c., used in power Page | 261
installations and with domestic and industrial
SLS 1501:2019 appliances and equipment.
Household and similar electrical Appliances – (=EN 50525-1:2011)
safety – particular requirements for (incorporating AMD No.1, AMD 491:2017)
Appliances for heating liquids Gr.EE
(First revision)
Deals with the safety of electrical appliances for SLS 1504 Part 2 Section 11:2015
heating liquids for household and similar Electric cables – low voltage energy cables of
purposes, their rated voltage being not more than rated voltages up to and including 450/750 V
250 V. (=IEC 60335-2-15:2018) (U0/U) - Cables for general applications -
Amd No 1 (Amd 578:2022) Flexible cables with thermoplastic PVC
Gr.IP insulation
Applies to thermoplastic (PVC) insulated and
SLS 1502:2015 PVC sheathed flexible cables of rated voltages
Methods for measuring the performance of U0/U up to and including 300/500 V intended for
electric kettles and jugs for household and the connection of domestic appliances to the
similar use fixed supply. Circular cables and flat cables are
Applies to electric kettles and jugs for household included. The maximum conductor operating
and similar use with a capacity up to 2.5 l . The temperatures for the cables in this standard are 70
purpose of this standard is to state and to define °C (VV types) and 90 °C (V2V2 types). This
the principal performance characteristics of standard should be read in conjunction with EN
electric kettles and jugs which are of interest to 50525-1, which specifies general requirements.
the user and to describe the standard methods for (=EN 50525-2-11:2011)
measuring these characteristics. This standard is Gr.EC
concerned neither with safety nor with
performance requirements. SLS 1504 Part 2 Section 12:2015
(=IEC 60530:1975) Electric cables – low voltage energy cables of
Gr. IG rated voltages up to and including 450/750 V
(U0/U) - Cables for general applications -
SLS 1503:2015 Cables with thermoplastic PVC insulation for
Cable management - cable tray systems and extensible leads
cable ladder systems Applies to thermoplastic (PVC) insulated and
Specifies requirements and tests for cable tray PVC sheathed extensible leads of rated voltages
systems and cable ladder systems intended for the U0/U up to and including 300/500 V; intended for
support and accommodation of cables and the connection of domestic appliances to the
possibly other electrical equipment in electrical fixed supply. Circular cables and flat cables are
and/or communication systems installations. This included. The maximum conductor operating
standard does not apply to conduit systems, cable temperature for each of the cables in this standard
trunking systems and cable ducting systems or is 70 °C. This standard should be read in
any current-carrying parts. conjunction with EN 50525-1, which specifies
(=IEC 61537:2006) general requirements. (=EN 50525-2-12:2011)
Gr.IX Gr.EC

261
SLS 1504 Part 2 Section 21:2016 SLS 1504 Part 2 Section 31:2015
Electric cables – low voltage energy cables of Electric cables – low voltage energy cables of
rated voltages up to and including 450/750 V rated voltages up to and including 450/750 V
(U0/U) - Cables for general applications - (U0/U) - Cables for general applications -
Flexible cables with crosslinked elastomeric Single core non-sheathed cables with
insulation thermoplastic PVC insulation
Applies to flexible cables, insulated with Applies to non-sheathed single core cables Page | 262
crosslinked elastomeric compound, and sheathed insulated with thermoplastic (PVC) insulation of
with either crosslinked elastomeric compound or rated voltages U0/U up to and including 450/750
thermoplastic polyurethane (TPU) of rated V. The cables are intended for fixed wiring
voltages U0/U up to and including 450/750 V. applications. The maximum conductor operating
The cables are intended for a variety of temperatures for the cables in this standard are 70
applications where appliances or equipment, °C (V types) and 90 °C (V2 types).
including heavy industrial equipment, require a (=EN 50525-2-31:2011)
flexible connection to the power supply. The Gr.EC
maximum conductor operating temperatures for
the cables in this standard are 60 °C (R types), 90 SLS 1504 Part 2 Section 41:2016
°C (B types) and 110 °C (G types). General Electric cables – low voltage energy cables of
purpose cables (RR and RN types), water- rated voltages up to and including 450/750 V
resistant cables (RN8 types), general purpose (U0/U) - Cables for general applications -
cables (BB and BN4 types) TPU sheathed cables Single core cables with crosslinked silicone
(BQ types) and heat resistant cables (GG types) rubber insulation
are included. This standard should be read in Applies to cross-linked silicone rubber insulated
conjunction with EN 50525-1, which specifies single core cables. The types included are either
general requirements.(=EN 50525-2-21:2011) insulated only, or insulated and braided, or
Gr.EF insulated and sheathed. The cables are of rated
voltages U0/U up to and including 300/500 V.
SLS 1504 Part 2 Section 22:2016 The cables are intended for use in fixed
Electric cables – low voltage energy cables of installations within high temperature zones. The
rated voltages up to and including 450/750 V maximum conductor operating temperature for
(U0/U) - Cables for general applications - High each of the cables in this standard is 180 °C. This
flexibility braided cables with crosslinked standard should be read in conjunction with EN
elastomeric insulation 50525-1, which specifies general requirements.
Applies to crosslinked EPR insulated and textile (=EN 50525-2-41:2011) Gr. EB
braided flexible cables of rated voltage U0/U
300/300 V. The cables are intended for the SLS 1504 Part 2 Section 42:2016
connection of domestic appliances to the fixed Electric cables – low voltage energy cables of
supply, where an extra flexible connection is rated voltages up to and including 450/750 V
required. The maximum conductor operating (U0/U) - Cables for general applications -
temperature for the cables in this standard is 60 Single core none-sheathed cables with
°C. This standard should be read in conjunction crosslinked eva insulation
with EN 50525-1, which specifies general Applies to crosslinked elastomeric insulated
requirements. single core non-sheathed cables of rated voltages
(=EN 50525-2-22:2011) U0/U up to and including 450/750 V. The cables
Gr.EB are intended for use in fixed installations within
high temperature zones. The maximum conductor
operating temperature for each of the cables in
this standard is 110 °C. This standard should be
read in conjunction with EN 50525-1, which
specifies general requirements. (=EN 50525-2-
42:2011) Gr. EB

262
SLS 1504 Part 2 Section 51:2015 SLS 1504 Part 2 Section 81:2016
Oil resistent control cables with thermoplastic Electric cables – low voltage energy cables of
PVC insulation rated voltages up to and including 450/750 V
Applies to oil resistant polyvinyl chloride (U0/U) - Cables for general applications -
insulated and sheathed flexible cables. Screened Cables with crosslinked elastomeric covering
and non-screened types. The cables are of rated for arc welding
voltages U0/U 300/500 V. The cables are Applies to single core, crosslinked elastomer Page | 263
intended for the interconnection of covered arc welding cables of rated voltage U0/U
manufacturing machines. The maximum 100/100 V. The cables are intended for
conductor operating temperature for the cables in connections between the welding power source
this standard is 70 °C. and the electrode holder and the work piece. Two
(=EN 50525-2-51:2011) types of cable are included, with respectively
Gr. EC Class D and Class E conductors are more flexible
than Class 6 to EN 60228, with Class E having
SLS 1504 Part 2 Section 71:2016 the greater flexibility. The maximum conductor
Electric cables – low voltage energy cables of operating temperature for each of the cables in
rated voltages up to and including 450/750 V this standard is 85 °C. This standard should be
(U0/U) - Cables for general applications - Flat read in conjunction with EN 50525-1, which
tinsel cables (cords) with thermoplastic PVC specifies general requirements.
insulation (=EN 50525-2-81:2011)
Applies to thermoplastic (PVC) insulated flexible Gr. EB
flat tinsel flexible cables of rated voltage U0/U
300/300 V. The cables are intended for the SLS 1504 Part 2 Section 82:2016
connection of small appliances to the fixed Cables with crosslinked elastomeric insulation
supply. The maximum conductor operating for decorative chains
temperature for the cable in this standard is 40 °C. Appliesto polychloroprene, or other equivalent
This standard should be read in conjunction with synthetic elastomer, sheathed cables. The cables
EN 50525-1, which specifies general are of rated voltages U0/U up to and including
requirements. 300/500 V. The cables are intended for use as
(=EN 50525-2-71:2011) decorative chains and with designated
Gr. EB lampholders. The maximum conductor operating
temperature for each of the cable is 600 0C.
SLS 1504 Part 2 Section 72:2016 (=EN 50525-2-82:2011)
Electric cables – low voltage energy cables of Gr. EB
rated voltages up to and including 450/750 V
(U0/U) - Cables for general applications - Flat SLS 1504 Part 2 Section 83:2016
divisible cables (cords) with thermoplastic pvc Electric cables – low voltage energy cables of
insulation rated voltages up to and including 450/750 V
Applies to thermoplastic (PVC) insulated flat (U0/U) - Cables for general applications -
divisible flexible cables of rated voltage U0/U Multycore cables with crosslinked silicone
300/300 V. The cables are intended for use rubber insulation
indoors as internal wiring or direct supply Applies to multicore cables insulated and
connection to luminaires. The maximum sheathed with heat resistant cross linked silicone
conductor operating temperature for the cables in rubber with or without an overall textile braid,
this standard is 60 °C. This standard should be and with or without a strain-bearing element. The
read in conjunction with EN 50525-1, which cables are of rated voltages U0/U 300/500 V and
specifies general requirements. are intended for use within high temperature
(=EN 50525-2-72:2011) zones, either in fixed installations with
Gr. EB mechanical protection or for flexible use under
low mechanical stress. The maximum conductor
operating temperature for each of the cables in

263
this standard is 180 °C. This standard should be SLS 1504 Part 3 Section 31:2016
read in conjunction with EN 50525-1, which Electric cables – low voltage energy cables of
specifies general rated voltages up to and including 450/750 V
requirements. (U0/U) - Cables with special fire performance
(=EN 50525-2-83:2011) - Core non-sheathed cables with halogen-free
Gr. EB thermoplastic insulation, and low emission of
Page | 264
smoke
SLS 1504 Part 3 Section 11:2016 Applies to non-sheathed single core cables
Electric cables – low voltage energy cables of insulated with halogen-free thermoplastic
rated voltages up to and including 450/750 V compound and having low emission of smoke
(U0/U) - Cables with special fire performance and corrosive gases when exposed to fire. The
- Flexible cables with halogen-free cables are of rated voltages U0/U up to and
thermoplastic insulation, and low emission of including 450/750 V. The cables are intended for
smoke fixed wiring applications. The maximum
Applies to flexible cables, insulated and sheathed conductor operating temperature for each of the
with halogen-free thermoplastic compound and cables in this standard is 70 °C. This standard
having low emission of smoke and corrosive should be read in conjunction with EN 50525-1,
gases when exposed to fire. The cables are of which specifies general requirements.
rated voltages U0/U up to and including 300/500 (=EN 50525-3-31:2011)
V and are intended for the connection of domestic Gr. EC
appliances to the fixed supply. Circular cables
and flat cables are included. The maximum SLS 1504 Part 3 Section 41:2016
conductor operating temperature for each of the Electric cables – low voltage energy cables of
cables in this standard is 70 °C. This standard rated voltages up to and including 450/750 V
should be read in conjunction with EN 50525-1, (U0/U) - Cables with special fire performance
which specifies general requirements. - Single core non-sheathed cables with
(=EN 50525-3-11:2011) halogen-free crosslinked insulation, and low
Gr.EC emission of smoke
Applies to non-sheathed single core cables
SLS 1504 Part 3 Section 21:2016 insulated with halogen-free crosslinked
Electric cables – low voltage energy cables of compound and having low emission of smoke
rated voltages up to and including 450/750 V and corrosive gases when exposed to fire. The
(U0/U) - Cables with special fire performance cables are of rated voltages U0/U up to and
- Flexible cables with halogen-free crosslinked including 450/750 V and are intended for fixed
insulation, and low emission of smoke wiring applications. The maximum conductor
Applies to flexible cables, insulated and sheathed operating temperature for each of the cables in
with halogen-free crosslinked compound and this standard is 90 °C. This standard should be
having low emission of smoke and corrosive read in conjunction with EN 50525-1, which
gases when exposed to fire and are of rated specifies general requirements.
voltage U0/U 450/750 V. The cables are intended (=EN 50525-3-41:2011)
for the connection of equipment and machinery Gr. EB
to the fixed supply. The maximum conductor
operating temperature for each of the cables in SLS 1505:2015
this standard is 90 °C. This standard should be Code of practice for good animal feed
read in conjunction with EN 50525-1, which production and feeding
specifies general requirements. Application of this standard ensures the safety of
(=EN 50525-3-21:2011) food of animal origin for human consumption,
Gr.EC that can be affected by feeds and feeding, through
adherence to good animal feeding practice at the
farm level and good manufacturing practices
(GMPs) during the procurement, production,

264
handling, storage, processing and distribution of SLS 1509:2015
animal feeds and feed ingredients for food Cocoa based confectionery
producing animals. It also applies to the Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling
manufactures and use of all feed stuffs and and testing for cocoa based confectionery
ingredients, concentrate feeds, roughage, forage products.
destined for animal feed and feed ingredients at AMD No.1 (AMD 549:2021)
all levels whether produced industrially or on 14 pages, Gr.7 Page | 265
farm. It also includes grazing or free-range
feeding, forage crop production and aquaculture. SLS 1510 Part 1:2015
This code does not cover issues related to animal Methods of test for determination of cocoa
welfare health and other hazards. butter equivalents - Milk chocolate
14 pages, Gr.7 Specifies a procedure for the detection and
quantification of cocoa butter equivalents (CBEs)
SLS 1506:2015 (S) (E) and milk fat (MF) in milk chocolate by
Elderly care homes triacylglycerol (TAG) profiling using high-
Prescribes the requirements for elderly care resolution capillary gas-liquid chromatography
homes for resident elders. (HR-GLC), and subsequent data evaluation by
17 pages, Gr.8 simple and partial least squares regression
analysis. (=ISO 11053:2009)
SLS 1507:2015 Gr. L
Smart community infrastructures- Review of
existing activities relevant to metrics SLS 1510 Part 2 Section 1:2015
Provides a review of existing activities relevant Methods of test for determination of cocoa
to metrics for smart community infrastructures. butter equivalents - Cocoa butter and plain
This standard addresses community chocolate -Determination of the presence of
infrastructures such as energy, water, cocoa butter equivalents
transportation, waste and information and Specifies a procedure for the detection of cocoa
communications technology (ICT). It focuses on butter equivalents(CBEs) in cocoa butter (CB)
the technical aspects ofexisting activities which and plain chocolate by high-resolution capillary
have been published, implemented or discussed. gas liquid chromatography (HR-GC) of
Economic, political or societal aspects are not triacylglycerols and subsequent data evaluation
analyzed in this standard. by regression analysis. The method is applicable
(=ISO/TR 37150:2014) for the detection of 2 % CBE admixture to cocoa
Gr. Y butter, corresponding to about 0.6 % CBE in
chocolate (i.e. the assumed fat content of
SLS 1508: 2021 chocolate is 30 %). (=ISO 23275-1:2006)
Sustainable cities and communities - Gr. F
indicators for city services and quality of life
(First Revision) SLS 1510 Part 2 Section 2:2015
defines and establishes methodologies for a set of Methods of test for determination of cocoa
indicators to steer and measure the performance butter equivalents - Cocoa butter and plain
of city services and quality of life. It follows the chocolate -Quantification of cocoa butter
principles set out in ISO 37101 and can be used equivalents
in conjunction with ISO 37101 and other strategic Specifies a procedure for the quantification of
frameworks. This document is applicable to any cocoa butter equivalents (CBEs) in cocoa butter
city, municipality or local government that (CB) and plain chocolate by high-resolution
undertakes to measure its performance in a capillary gas chromatography (HR-GC) of
comparable and verifiable manner, irrespective of triacylglycerols, and subsequent data evaluation
size and location.(=ISO 37120:2018) by partial least squares regression analysis.
Gr. X (=ISO 23275-2:2006)
Gr.G

265
SLS 1511:2015 to DN 1200] inclusive, with nominal (average)
Fabric for robes of Buddhist clergy wall thickness as given in ASME B 36.10M.
Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling (=ASTM A106/A106M-13)
and test of fabric for robes of Buddhist clergy. Gr. A2
(In Sinhala)
12 Pages, Gr.5 SLS 1516:2015
Page | 266
Pressure vessel plates, carbon steel for
SLS 1512:2015 intermediate- and higher- temperature service
Boilers Covers carbon-silicon steel plates primarily for
Specifies the essential design, manufacturing, intermediate- and higher-temperature service in
inspection and testing requirements for boilers welded boilers and other pressure vessels.
upto a maximum capacity of 10,000 kg (10 tons) (=ASTM A515/A515M -10)
of steam per hour from and at feed water Gr. A1
temperature of 100 ºC and steam outlet pressure
of 1atm and upto an operating pressure of 25 bar SLS 1517:2015
(2.5 N/mm2 or 362.5 psi). It also specifies criteria Pressure vessel plates, carbon steel for
for the hot water boilers upto 2 million Kcal/hr moderate- and lower - temperature service
and temperature upto 175 ºC. Covers carbon steel plates intended primarily for
55 pages, Gr.18 service in welded pressure vessels where
improved notch toughness is important.
SLS 1513:2015 (=ASTM A516/A516M-10)
Radio frequency coaxial cables for television Gr. A1
receptions and similar applications.
Specifies coaxial cables of characteristic SLS 1518 Part 1:2015
impedance of 75 Ù intended to be used for Seamless steel tubes for pressure purposes -
television, satellite receivers and associated technical delivery conditions - Non-alloy steel
equipment. tubes with specified room temperature
40 Pages, Gr.16 properties
Specifies the technical delivery conditions for
SLS 1514:2015 two qualities TR1 and TR2 of seamless tubes of
Carbon steel forgings for piping applications circular cross section with specified room
Covers forged carbon steel piping components temperature properties made of non-alloy quality
for ambient- and higher-temperature service in steel.(=EN 10216-1:2013)
pressure systems. Included are flanges, fittings, Gr. E13
valves, and similar parts ordered either to
dimensions specified by the purchaser or to SLS 1518 Part 2:2015
dimensional standards such as the MSS, ASME, Seamless steel tubes for pressure purposes -
and API specifications referenced within the technical delivery conditions - Non-alloy and
scope of this standard. Although this standard alloy steel tubes with specified elevated
covers some piping components machined from temperature properties
rolled bar and seamless tubular products, it does Specifies the technical delivery conditions in two
not cover raw material produced in these product test categories for seamless tubes of circular cross
forms.(=ASTM A105/A105M-13) section, with specified elevated temperature
Gr. A2 properties, made of non-alloy and alloy steel.
This standard may also be applied for tubes of
SLS 1515:2015 non-circular cross section with necessary
Seamless carbon steel pipe for high- modification at the time of enquiry and order.
temperature service (=EN 10216-2:2013)
Covers seamless carbon steel pipe for high- Gr. E17
temperature service in NPS 1 8 to NPS 48 [DN 6

266
SLS 1519 Part 1:2015 connected PV system. This standard also
Welded steel tubes for pressure purposes – describes the installation, testing &
technical delivery conditions - Non-alloy steel commissioning procedure and documentation
tubes with specified room temperature expected to verify the safe installation and correct
properties operation of the system. This document can also
Specifies the technical delivery conditions for be used for periodic retesting.
two qualities TR1 and TR2 of welded tubes of 40 pages, Gr.16 Page | 267
circular cross section, made of non-alloy quality
steel and with specified room temperature SLS 1523 Part 1:2016
properties. Good agricultural practices (GAP) - Fresh
(=EN 10217-1:2002) fruits and vegetables
Gr. E16 Prescribes the GAP to be applied for sustainable
production of fruits and vegetables that is legally
SLS 1519 Part 2:2015 compliant, environmentally sound, socially
Welded steel tubes for pressure purposes – acceptable and economically viable to ensure
technical delivery conditions - Electric welded quality produce that is suitable for human
non-alloy and alloy steel tubes with specified consumption.
elevated temperature properties Pages17, Gr.9
Specifies the technical delivery conditions in two
test categories of electric welded tubes of circular SLS 1523 Part 2:2019
cross section, with specified elevated temperature Requirements for good agricultural practices
properties, made of non-alloy and alloy steel. (GAP) - Rice
(=EN 10217-2:2002) Applies to the Good Agricultural Practices for
Gr. E13 rice, which has the scientific name of Oryza
sativa L. in the genus of Gramineae or Poaceae.
SLS 1520:2016 It includes every production steps including
Guidelines – cosmetics without components of production, harvesting, on-farm post-harvest
animal origin handling and on farm storage of rice by farmer, to
Guidelines recommend practices for selection of produce rice that is safe for consumption with
ingredients, storing, handling, processing, good quality
labeling, packaging, transporting and distributing 18 pages, Gr. 9
of cosmetics without components of animal
origin. This Standard does not describe the SLS 1523 Part 3:2020
composition of cosmetics without Good agricultural practices (GAP) -
components of animal origin. cinnamon, pepper and coffee
6 pages, Gr.3 Prescribes the GAP to be applied for the
production and processing within the farm site of
SLS 1521:2016 cinnamon, pepper and coffee for their sustainable
Palm superolein production that is legally compliant,
Prescribes the requirements and methods of environmentally sound, socially acceptable and
sampling and testing for palm superolein. economically viable to ensure safe and quality
9 Pages, Gr.5 produce or product that is suitable for utilization
and/or consumption.This does not absolve any
SLS 1522:2016 product, person(s), corporate entities and
Code of Practice for grid connected organizations from fulfilling criteria laid down in
photovoltaic power systems – requirements the Standards for product(s) that use(s) the SLS
for system documentation, installation, testing mark.All materials containing or produced from
& commissioning Genetically Modified Organisms (GMOs) are not
Defines the minimal information and compatible with this Standard.
documentation required to be handed over to a AMD No 1 (AMD 593:2023)
customer following the installation of a grid 20 pages, Gr. 10

267
SLS 1523 Part 4:2020 that are intended to be consumed without cooking
Requirements for good agricultural practices during their production, harvesting, packaging,
(GAP) - Cocoa, Nutmeg and Clove processing, storage, distribution, marketing and
Prescribes the GAP to be applied for the consumer use. This includes fresh, fresh-cut, pre-
production and processing within the farm site of cut or ready-to-eat products such as pre-packaged
cocoa, nutmeg and clove for their sustainable salads. 18 Pages, Gr.9
production that is legally compliant, Page | 268
environmentally sound, socially acceptable and SLS 1525:2013
economically viable to ensure safe and quality Energy efficiency rating for three-phase
produce or product that is suitable for utilization squirrel cage induction motors
and/or consumption. Specifies requirements for energy efficiency
This Standard does not absolve any product, labelling and the method of energy efficiency
person(s), corporate entities and organizations rating of single speed, three-phase, 50 Hz cage
from fulfilling criteria laid down in the Standards induction motors and those comply with SLS
for product(s) that use(s) the SLS mark. 1426 Part 1 and Part 2 and have a rated voltage
All materials containing or produced from (Un) up to 1000 V, a rated output (PN) between
Genetically Modified Organisms (GMOs) are not 0.75 kW – 375 kW, have either 2,4, or 6Specifies
compatible with this Standard. requirements for energy efficiency labelling and
AMD No 1 (AMD 592:2023) the method of energy efficiency rating of single
21 pages, Gr.11 speed, three-phase, 50 Hz cage induction motors
and those comply with SLS 1426 Part 1 and Part
SLS 1523 Part 5: 2022 2 and have a rated voltage (Un) up to 1000 V, a
Requirements for good agricultural practices rated output (PN) between 0.75 kW – 375 kW,
(gap) : ginger and turmeric have either 2,4, or 6 poles and are rated on the
Prescribes the GAP to be applied for the basis of either duty type S1 (Continues duty) or
production and processing within the farm site of S3 (Intermediate periodic duty) poles and are
ginger and turmeric for their sustainable rated on the basis of either duty type S1
production that is legally compliant, (Continues duty) or S3 (Intermediate periodic
environmentally sound, socially acceptable and duty) with a rated cyclic duration factor of 80 per
economically viable to ensure safe and quality cent or higher, applicable for operating direct on-
produce or product that is suitable for utilization line and are rated for operating conditions in
and/or consumption accordance with Clause 6 of SLS IEC 60034- 1.
Gr. 10 with a rated cyclic duration factor of 80 per cent
or higher, applicable for operating direct on- line
SLS 1523 Part 6: 2023 and are rated for operating conditions in
Requirements for good agricultural practices accordance with Clause 6 of SLS IEC 60034-1.
(gap): fresh edible mushroom production and 10 pages, Gr.5
processing
This Standard covers the requirements for Good SLS 1526:2022
Agricultural Practices for commercial mushroom Method of test for determination of pH in soil,
species that are cultivated from substrate treated biowaste and sludge (First revision)
preparation to postharvest practices in order to Specifies an instrumental method for the routine
ensure good quality, safe and clean mushroom determination of pH using a glass electrode in a
suitable for consumption. 1:5 (volume fraction) suspension of soil in water
Gr.9 (pH in H2O), in 1 mol/l potassium chloride
solution (pH in KCl) or in 0,01 mol/l calcium
SLS 1524:2016 chloride solution (pH in CaCl2). This Standard is
Code of hygienic practices for fresh leafy applicable to all types of air-dried soil samples,
vegetables for example pretreated in accordance with ISO
Provides specific guidance to minimize the food 11464.(=ISO 10390:2021)
safety risks associated with fresh leafy vegetables Gr. D

268
SLS 1527:2016 SLS 1529 Part 2:2016
Methods of test for determination of Determination of hidden insect infestation of
impurities, size, foreign odours, insects, and cereals and pulses - Sampling
species and variety of pulses Specifies methods of sampling cereals and
Specifies methods not given in other international pulses, in bags or in bulk, for the determination of
Standards for testing pulses which have not been hidden insect infestation.
processed and which are intended for human (=ISO 6639-2:1986) Page | 269
consumption or for animal feeding stuffs. Gr. B
(=ISO 605:1991)
Gr.C SLS 1529 Part 3:2016
Determination of hidden insect infestation of
SLS 1528 Part 1:2016 cereals and pulses - Reference method
Storage of cereals and pulses - General Specifies the reference method for determining
recommendations for the keeping of cereals the nature and number of hidden insects in a
This Standard gives general guidance related to sample of cereals or pulses.
the problems of keeping cereals. (=ISO 6639-3:1986)
(=ISO 6322-1:1996) Gr. B
Gr. K
SLS 1529 Part 4:2016
SLS 1528 Part 2:2016 Determination of hidden insect infestation of
Storage of cereals and pulses - Practical cereals and pulses - Rapid methods
recommendations Specifies five rapid methods for estmating the
Gives guidance on the choice of a method of degree of, or detecting the presence of, hidden
storage of cereals and pulses, and on the practical insect infestation in a sample of a cereal or pulse.
recommendations for good storage, according to (=ISO 6639-4:1987)
the method chosen. Gr. J
(=ISO 6322-2:2000)
Gr. E SLS 1530:2016
Minimum energy performance for self-
SLS 1528 Part 3:2016 ballasted integral type led lamps for general
Storage of cereals and pulses - Control of lighting services
attack by pests Specifies Minimum Energy Performance
Gives guidance on means of controlling attack by Standard (MEPS) for self ballasted integral type
pests on cereals and pulses in storage. LED lamps for general lighting services
(=ISO 6322-3:1989) operating on supply voltage of greater than 50 V
Gr.C a.c. up to 250 V a.c. 50 Hz nominal and rated
power up to 60 W, having screw and bayonet
SLS 1529 Part 1:2016 lamp caps. It also includes method of
Determination of hidden insect infestation of measurement of electrical energy consumption
cereals and pulses - General principles and luminous flux for determination of efficiency
Establishes the general principles of methods of of the lamps for the purpose of MEPS.
determining hidden insect infestation in cereals AMD No 1(AMD 523:2019)
and pulses. (AMD No.2 (AMD 538:2020)
(=ISO 6639-1:1986) 12 Pages, Gr.7
Gr. A
SLS 1531:2016 (S)
Guidelines for hair and beauty industry
These guidelines are applicable to hair and beauty
care entities performing activities/ treatments
related to beautification and management of its
system to ensure health and safety of the

269
customers. This standard does not cover spa SLS 1535:2016
entities. Auminium sulphate for purification of
19 Pages, Gr.10 drinking water supplies
Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling
SLS 1532:2016 and test for Aluminium sulphate used in
Cable reels for household and similar purification of drinking water supplies. This
purposes Specification does not cover Aluminium sulphate Page | 270
Applies to cable reels for a.c. only, provided with (Technical grade).
a non-detachable flexible cable with a rated (Incorparated corrigenlam No 1)
voltage above 50 V and not exceeding 250 V for 20 Pages, Gr.10
single-phase cable reels and above 50 V and not
exceeding 440 V for all other cable reels, and a SLS 1536:2016
rated current not exceeding 16A. They are Water based enamel paints
intended for household, commercial and light Prescribes the requirements and methods of
industrial and similar purposes, either indoors or sampling and test for water based enamel paint
outdoors, with particular reference to safety in used for all interior and exterior wooden items,
normal use. wall surfaces including correctly primed timber,
(=IEC 61242:1995, Amd No.1:2008, Amd building panels and metals where gloss paint
No.2:2015) finish is required.
Amd no 1(Amd 500:2017) 13 Pages, Gr.7
Gr. IV
SLS 1537:2016
SLS 1533:2017 Synthetic resin based automotive spray paint
General purpose fuse Links for Domestic and Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling
Similar Purposes (Primarily For Use In Plugs) and test for synthetic resin based automotive
Dimensions and performance requirements for spray paint, and does not cover the requirements
general purpose cartridge fuse links of current relevant to nitrocellulose resin based automotive
ratings not exceeding 13 A for domestic and spray paint.
similar purposes (primarily for use in plugs 11 Pages, Gr.6
complying with the requirements of SLS 734) on
declared supply voltages not exceeding 250 V at SLS 1538:2016
a nominal frequency of 50 Hz or 60 Hz. Nitrocellulose resin based automotive spray
26 Pages, Gr.12 paint
Prescribes the requirements and methods of
SLS 1534:2016 sampling and test for nitrocellulose resin based
Instant noodles automotive spray paint, and does not cover the
Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling requirements relevant to synthetic resin based
and testing for various kinds of instant noodles, automotive spray paint.
packaged with or without noodle seasonings, or 11 Pages, Gr.6
in the form of seasoned noodle and with or
without noodle garnish(s) in separate pouches, or SLS 1539: 2022
sprayed on noodle, dehydrated and ready for Plastics - organic recycling - specifications for
consumption or cooking. This standard does not compostable plastics
apply to pasta products. (First Revision)
Corrigendum No 1-2022 Specifies procedures and requirements for
AMD NO 1(AMD 564:2022) plastics, and products made from plastics,
17 Pages, Gr.9 that are suitable for recovery through organic
recycling. The four following aspects are
addressed:
a) disintegration during composting;
b) ultimate aerobic biodegradation;

270
c) no adverse effects of compost on terrestrial direct current side of photovoltaic systems, with
organisms; a nominal d.c. voltage of 1.5 kV between
d) control of constituents. conductors and between
These four aspects are suitable to assess the conductor and earth. The cables are suitable to be
effects on the industrial composting process. used with Class II equipment. The cables are
This document is intended to be used as the basis designed to operate at a normal maximum
for systems of labelling and claims for conductor temperature of 90 °C, but for a Page | 271
compostable plastics materials and products. This maximum of 20 000 hours a max. conductor
document does not provide information on temperature of 120 °C at a max. ambient
requirements for the biodegradability of plastics temperature of 90 °C is permitted.
which end up in the environment as litter. It is (=EN 50618:2014)
also not applicable to biological treatment Gr.EE
undertaken in small installations by
householders. SLS 1543 Part 1:2016
(ISO 17088:2021) Safety of power converters for use in
Gr. L photovoltaic power systems - General
requirements
SLS 1540:2016 Applies to the power conversion equipment
Polypropylene drinking straws (PCE) for use in Photovoltaic (PV) systems
Specifies the general characteristics, where a uniform technical level with respect to
requirements and methods for testing of safety is necessary. It also defines the minimum
polypropylene (PP) drinking straws (herein after requirements for the design and manufacture of
called PP straws). It is applicable to PP straws PCE for protection against electric shock, energy,
having an inner diameter of 3 mm to 12 mm. fire, mechanical and other hazards.
(=ISO 18188:2016) (=IEC 62109-1:2010)
Gr. D Gr. IZ

SLS 1541: 2023 SLS 1543 Part 2:2016

Paints and varnishes - vocabulary Safety of power converters for use in
(First Revision) photovoltaic power systems - Particular
This document defines terms used in the field of requirements for inverters
coating materials (paints, varnishes and raw Covers the particular safety requirements
materials for paints and varnishes). Terms relevant to d.c. to a.c. inverter products as well as
relating to specific applications and properties are products that have or perform inverter functions
dealt with in standards concerning those in addition to other functions, where the inverter
applications and properties, including corrosion is intended for use in photovoltaic power systems.
protection (see the ISO 12944 series), coating Inverters covered by this standard may be grid-
powders (see ISO 8130-14), electro-deposition interactive, stand-alone, or multiple mode
coatings (see ISO 22553-1) and rheology (see inverters, may be supplied by single or multiple
ISO 3219-1). Terms on nanotechnologies are photovoltaic modules grouped in various array
harmonized with the ISO 80004 series. Terms on configurations, and may be intended for use in
pigments and extenders are harmonized with ISO conjunction with batteries or other forms of
18451-1. energy storage.
(ISO 4618:2023) (=IEC 62109 - 2:2011)
Gr. C Gr. IP

SLS 1542:2016
Electric cable for photovoltaic systems
Applies to low smoke halogen-free, flexible,
single-core power cables with crosslinked
insulation and sheath. In particular for use at the

271
SLS 1544 Part 1:2016 SLS 1545 Part 1:2016
Terrestrial photovoltaic (PV) modules - design Photovoltaic (PV) module performance testing
qualification and type approval - Test and energy rating - Irradiance and
requirements temperature performance measurements and
Lays down requirements for the design power rating
qualification and type approval of terrestrial Describes requirements for evaluating PV
photovoltaic (PV) modules suitable for long-term module performance in terms of power (watts) Page | 272
operation in general open-air climates, as defined rating over a range of irradiances and
in IEC 60721-2-1. This standard is intended to temperatures. (=IEC 61853-1:2011)
apply to all terrestrial flat plate module materials Gr.IH
such as crystalline silicon module types as well as
thin film modules. It does not apply to modules SLS 1545 Part 2:2017
used with concentrated sunlight although it may Photovoltaic (PV) module performance testing
be utilized for low concentrator modules (1 to 3 and energy rating - Spectral responsivity,
suns). incidence angle and module operating
(=IEC 61215-1:2016) temperature - Measurements
Gr. IJ Define measurement procedures for measuring
the effects of angle of incidence of the irradiance
SLS 1544 Part 1-1:2016 on the output power of the device, to determine
Terrestrial photovoltaic (PV) modules - design the operating temperature of a module for a given
qualification and type approval - Special set of ambient and mounting conditions and
requirements for testing of crystalline silicon measure spectral responsivity of the module. A
photovoltaic (PV) modules second purpose is to provide a characteristic set
Lays down requirements for the design of parameters which will be useful for detailed
qualification and type approval of terrestrial energy predictions. The described measurements
photovoltaic modules suitable for long-term are required as inputs into the module energy
operation in general open air climates, as defined rating procedure described in IEC 61853-3.
in IEC 60721-2-1. This standard is intended to (= IEC 61853-2:2016)
apply to all crystalline silicon terrestrial flat plate Gr. IK
modules. This standard does not apply to modules
used with concentrated sunlight although it may SLS 1546:2016
be utilized for low concentrator modules (1 to 3 Photovoltaic systems power conditioners -
suns). (=IEC 61215-1-1:2016) procedure for measuring efficiency
Gr. ID Describes guidelines for measuring the efficiency
of power conditioners used in stand-alone and
SLS 1544 Part 2:2016 utility-interactive photovoltaic systems, where
Terrestrial photovoltaic (PV) modules - design the output of the power conditioner is a stable a.c.
qualification and type approval - Test voltage of constant frequency or a stable d.c.
procedures voltage. (=IEC 61683:1999)
Lays down requirements for the design Gr. IK
qualification and type approval of terrestrial
photovoltaic modules suitable for long-term SLS 1547:2016
operation in general open-air climates, as defined Photovoltaic (pv) systems – characteristics of
in IEC 60721-2-1. This standard is intended to the utility interface
apply to all terrestrial flat plate module materials Applies to utility-interconnected photovoltaic
such as crystalline silicon module types as well as (PV) power systems operating in parallel with the
thin-film modules. This standard does not apply utility and utilizing static (solid-state) non-
to modules used with concentrated sunlight islanding inverters for the conversion of DC to
although it may be utilized for low concentrator AC. It also describes specific recommendations
modules (1 to 3 suns). (=IEC 61215-2:2016) for systems rated at 10 kVA or less, such as may
Gr. IS be utilized on individual residences single or

272
three phase. This standard applies to (=ISO 11085:2015)
interconnection with the low-voltage utility Gr.H
distribution system. This standard does not deal
with EMC or protection mechanism against SLS 1549 Part 4:2016
lighting.(=IEC 61727:2004) Methods of test for cereals, pulses and derived
Gr. IF products - Determination of ash yield by
Page | 273
incineration
SLS 1548:2016 Specifies a method for determining the ash
Composite kraft board sacks for packaging of yielded by cereals, pulses and their milled
bulk tea products intended for human consumption. The
Prescribes the requirements and methods of test source materials covered are grains of cereals,
for valved and open mouth types of gusseted, flours and semolinas, milled products (bran and
rectangular-ended sack made up of composite high bran content products, sharps) mixed cereal
Kraft board with a inner barrier lamination flours (mixes) , cereal by-products other than
intended for bulk packaging of tea with net milled products and pulses and their by-products.
weight of 20 kg to 60 kg. It is not applicable to starchand starch derivatives
11 Pages, Gr.6 and products intended for animal feeding stuffs or
seeds.(=ISO 2171:2007)
SLS 1549 Part 1:2016 Gr. F
Methods of test for cereals, pulses and derived
products - Pulses - determination of moisture SLS 1550:2016
content – air-oven method Method of test for determination of cadmium
Specifies a routine reference method for the content of paper, board and pulps (atomic
determination of moisture content of pulses. The absorption spectrometric method)
procedure is applicable to chickpeas, lentils, peas, Specifies a method for the determination of traces
and all classes of beans with the exception of of cadmium in all types of paper, board and pulp,
soybeans.(=ISO 24557:2009) including products containing recycled fibre, that
Gr. D can be wet-combusted in nitric acid as specified
in this standard. (=ISO 10775:2013)
SLS 1549 Part 2:2016 Gr.C
Methods of test for cereals, pulses and derived
products - Determination of the nitrogen SLS 1551:2016
content and calculation of the crude protein Principle Criteria and indicator for
content – kjeldahl method sustainably produced fuelwood
Specifies a method for the determination of the Describes the sustainability requirements for the
nitrogen content of cereals, pulses and derived production of fuelwood. It includes a basic chain
products, according to the Kjeldahl method, and of custody (traceability) for the certified wood
a method for calculating the crude protein through the supply chain, including transport and
content. (=ISO 20483:2013) pre-preparation of fuelwood. However this
Gr. G standard does not cover sustainability of the
technology used in industrial processes, and only
SLS 1549 Part 3:2016 includes terminology and aspects related to the
Methods of test for cereals, pulses and derived sustainability (e.g. environmental, social and
products - Cereals, cereal-based products and economic) of the production of fuelwood.
animal feeding stuffs - determination of crude 9 pages, Gr.5
fat and total fat content by the randall
extraction method SLS 1552:2017
Specifies procedures for the determination of the Cartridge fuse links (rated at up 5 amperes)
fat content of cereals, cereal-based products, and For a.c and d.c service
animal feeding stuffs. These procedures are not This Sri Lanka Standard relates to cartridge fuse
applicable to oilseeds and oleaginous fruits. links of current ratings up to 5 A (hitherto known

273
as Type A fuse links) intended for use in plugs,
and socket-outlets adaptors for two wire circuits
of which the declared voltage does not exceed SLS 1554 Part 3:2017
250 V a.c at 50 Hz, or 250 V d.c. Low-Voltage Switchgear and Controlgear -
16 pages, Gr.8 Switches, disconnectors, switchdisconnectors
and fuse -combination units
SLS 1553 Part 1:2017 Applies to switches, disconnectors, switch- Page | 274
Photovoltaic (pv) module safety qualification - disconnectors and fusecombination units to be
Requirements for construction used in distribution circuits and motor circuits of
Specifies and describes the fundamental which the rated voltage does not exceed 1 000 V
construction requirements for photovoltaic (PV) a.c. or 1 500 V d.c.
modules in order to provide safe electrical and (=IEC 60947-3:2015)
mechanical operation. Gr. IV
(=IEC 61730-1:2016)
Gr. IU SLS 1555:2017
Palm kernel olein
SLS 1553 Part 2:2017 Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling
Photovoltaic (pv) module safety qualification - and testing for palm kernel olein, i.e the liquid
requirements for testing fraction obtained from the fractionation of palm
This standard lists the tests a PV module is kernel oil.
required to fulfill for safety qualification. IEC 9 pages, Gr.5
61730-2 is applied for safety qualification only in
conjunction with SLS 1556:2017
SLS 1553 Part 1:2017. Palm kernel stearin
(=IEC 61730-2:2016) Prescribes requirements and methods of sampling
Gr. IU and testing for palm kernel stearin.
9 pages, Gr.5
SLS 1554 Part 1:2017
Low-Voltage Switchgear and Controlgear - SLS 1557:2017
General Rules Requirements for biodegradable plastics
Applies, when required by the relevant product Specifies procedures and requirements to
standard, to low-voltage switchgear and determine the compostability or anaerobic
controlgear and intended to be connected to biodegradation of plastic by addressing
circuits, the rated voltage of which does not biodegradability, disintegration during biological
exceed 1 000 V a.c. or 1 500 V d.c. treatment, effect on the biological treatment
(=IEC 60947-1:2014) process and effect on the quality of the resulting
Gr.IAD compost. It specifies the requirements for
identification and labeling of materials or
SLS 1554 Part 2:2017 products made from plastic as “compostable and
Low-Voltage Switchgear and Controlgear - biodegradable” in controlled municipal or
Circuit – breakers industrial biological waste treatment plants. It
Applies to circuit-breakers, the main contacts of does not cover the plastics undergoing the
which are intended to be connected to circuits, the biodegradation after the oxidativedegradation
rated voltage of which does not exceed 1 000 V initiated by heat or light.
a.c. or 1 500 V d.c.; it also contains additional 15 pages, Gr.8
requirements for integrally fused circuit-
breakers.
.(=IEC 60947-2:2016)
Gr.IAD

274
SLS 1558 Part 1:2017 isolated from yogurts in which both characteristic
Methods of tests for microbiology of milk and microorganisms are present and viable.
milk products - Enumeration of colony- (= ISO 9232:2003)
forming units of yeasts and / or moulds – Gr. J
colony counts technique at 25 0 C
Specifies a method for the detection and SLS 1558 Part 4:2017
enumeration of colony-forming units (CFU) of Page | 275
Methods of tests for microbiology of milk and
viable yeasts and/or moulds in milk and milk milk products - Yoghurt – enumeration of
products by means of the colony-count technique characteristic microorganisms – colony-count
at 25 °C. technique at 37°C
(=ISO 6611:2004) Specifies a method for the enumeration of
Gr. D characteristic microorganisms in yogurt by
means of the colony-count technique at 37 °C.
SLS 1558 Part 2 Section 1:2017 The method is applicable to yogurts in which both
Methods of tests for microbiology of milk and characteristic microorganisms (Lactobacillus
milk products - Enumeration of presumptive delbrueckii subsp. bulgaricus and Streptococcus
Escherichia coli - Most probable number thermophilus) are present and viable.
technique using for methylumbelliferyl – â-D- (=ISO 7889:2003)
glucuronide (MUG) Gr. F
Specifies a combined method for the enumeration
of presumptive Escherichia coli and of SLS 1558 Part 5:2019
presumptive coliforms by means of a culture Methods of test for microbiology of milk and
technique involving a liquid medium with MUG, milk products – enumeration of presumptive
and calculation of the number of presumptive bifidobacteria – colony count technique at 37
Escherichia coli and/or coliforms per gram or per °C
millilitre by the most probable number (MPN) Specifies a method for the selective enumeration
technique after incubation at 30 °C. of presumptive bifidobacteria in milk products by
(=ISO 11866-1:2005) using a colony count technique at 37 °C under
Gr. F anaerobic conditions. The method is applicable to
milk products such as fermented and non-
SLS 1558 Part 2 Section 2:2017 fermented milks, milk powders, infant formulae,
Methods of tests for microbiology of milk and and starter cultures where these microorganisms
milk products - Enumeration of presumptive are present and viable, and in combination with
Escheri chia coli - Colony count technique at other lactic acid bacteria. (For proposed quality
44 0C using membranes criteria of dairy products, see, for example,
Specifies a method for the enumeration of Codex Stan243:2003.
presumptive Escherichia coli by means of a (=ISO 29981:2010)
colony-count technique at 44°C. Gr. J
(=ISO11866-2:2005)
Gr. E SLS 1559 Part 1:2017
Symbols and abbreviated terms for plastics -
SLS 1558 Part 3:2017 Basic polymers and their special
Methods of tests for microbiology of milk and characteristics
milk products - Identification of characteristic Defines abbreviated terms for the basic polymers
microorganisms of yoghurt (Lactobacillus used in plastics, symbols for components of these
delbrueckii subsp. bulgaricus and terms, and symbols for special characteristics of
Streptococcus thermophilus) plastics. It includes only those abbreviated terms
Specifies tests for the identification of the that have come into established use.
characteristic microorganisms in yogurt on the (=ISO 1043-1:2011)
basis of their morphological, cultural and Gr.H
physiological properties. It is applicable to strains

275
SLS 1559 Part 2:2017 SLS 1562 Part 1:2017
Symbols and abbreviated terms for plastics - Requirements for good manufacturing
Fillers and reinforcing materials practices for Ceylon cinnamon processing -
Specifies uniform symbols for terms referring to Cinnamon bark products
fillers and reinforcing materials. It includes only Specifies the requirements for good
those symbols that have come into established manufacturing practices for processing of bark of
use.(=ISO 1043-2:2011) Ceylon Cinnamon (Cinnamomum zeylanicum Page | 276
Gr. B Blume). 18 Pages, Gr.7

SLS 1559 Part 3:2017 SLS 1563:2017

Symbols and abbreviated terms for plastics - Chillie, whole and ground
Plasticizers prescribes the requirements and methods of
Provides uniform symbols for components of sampling and test for chillies whole and ground
terms relating to plasticizers to form abbreviated forms. Two main species of capsicum, Capsicum
terms. It includes, in general, only those annuum L. and Capsicum frutescens L. and their
abbreviated terms that have come into established sub species, C. chinense, C. pubescens and C.
use. pendulum are covered by this Standard.
(=ISO 1043-3:2016) (Superseding SLS 117 and SLS 853)
Gr. D (AMD No.1 (AMD 527:2020)
13 Pages, Gr.7
SLS 1559 Part 4: 2023
Symbols and abbreviated terms for plastics : SLS 1564:2017
flame retardants Code of hygienic practice for processing of
(First Revision) meat
This document provides uniform symbols for Covers hygiene provisions for commercial
flame retardants added to plastics materials. premises in which raw / fresh meat, meat
(ISO 1043-4:2021) preparations and manufactured meat from the
Gr. C time of live animal production, slaughtering,
processing, packaging, storage and
SLS 1560:2017 transportation.
Generic identification and marking of plastics (SupersedingSLS 892 & SLS 1065)
products 63 pages, Gr.19
Specifies a system of uniform marking of
products that have been fabricated from plastics SLS 1565:2017
materials. Provision for the process or processes Coriander, whole and ground
to be used for marking is outside the scope of this Prescribes the requirements and methods of
standard.(=ISO 11469:2016) sampling and tests for coriander (Coriandrum
Gr. B sativum L.) whole and ground (powdered) forms.
(Superseding SLS 232 & SLS 246)
SLS 1561:2017 16 Pages, Gr.6
Microbiology - cosmetics - guidelines for the
application of iso standards on cosmetic SLS 1566:2017
microbiology Textured plant protein
General guidelines to explain the use of ISO Prescribes the requirements and methods of
cosmetic microbiological standards depending on sampling and test for textured plant protein.
the objective (in-market control, product 18 Pages, Gr.7
development, etc.) and the product to be tested.
(=ISO/TR 19838:2016)
Gr.H

276
SLS 1567 Part 1:2017 (First Revision)
Methods of test for starch - Starch - This document specifies the requirements for the
determination of moisture content-oven- performance testing of membrane filters used for
drying method the retention followed by direct enumeration of
Specifies a method for the determination of the microorganisms by culture methods.This
moisture content of starch using oven drying at ocument is applicable to membrane filters which
130OC under atmospheric pressure. The method are used for retention followed by direct Page | 277
is applicable to native or modified starch in the enumeration of specific microorganisms on solid
dry form.(=ISO 1666:1996) media or on other devices containing media, like
Gr. B absorbent pads[19]. This document is not
applicable for membrane filters used for
SLS 1567 Part 2:2017 concentration and elution or for qualitative
Methods of test for starch - Glucose syrups - methods. These tests are applicable to the
determination of dry matter - vacuum oven membrane filters intended for the
method microbiological analysis of different types of
Specifies a vacuum oven method for the water, such as: — drinking water, bottled water
determination of the dry matter in glucose syrups, and other types of water with expected low
irrespective of their method of production. The numbers of microorganisms; — water with
method is also applicable to dried glucose syrup, expected higher numbers of microorganisms, for
solid glucose (starch sugar), glucose syrup example, surface water and process water. These
containing fructose (including isoglucose as tests are intended to demonstrate the suitability of
defined by the European Community)). the whole system (membrane filter together with
(=ISO 1742:1980) the culture medium including the filtration step)
Gr. A required for the specific tests described in
References [3], [6], [8], [10], [12] and [13]. This
SLS 1567 Part 3:2017 document applies to: — manufacturers producing
Methods of test for starch - Starch hydrolysis membrane filters; — microbiological laboratories
products -determination of reducing power using membrane filters for their own testing or
and dextrose equivalent - lane and eynon providing these to other end users.
constant titre method (ISO 7704:2023)
Specifies a Lane and Eynon cons tant titre method Gr. R
for the determination of the reducing power and
dextrose equivalent of all starch hydrolysis SLS 1568 Part 2:2017
products. Microbiology of water - Requirements for the
(=ISO 5377:1981) comparison of the relative recovery of
Gr.C microorganisms by two quantitative methods
Specifies an evaluation procedure for comparing
SLS 1567 Part 4:2017 two methods with established performance
Methods of test for starch - Starches and characteristics according to ISO/TR 13843 and
derived products - determination of sulphated intended for the quantification of the same target
ash group or species of microorganisms. It also
Specifies a method for the determination of provides the mathematical basis for the
sulphated ash in starches and derived products. evaluation of the average relative performance of
(=ISO 5809:1982) two quantitative methods against chosen criteria
Gr. B for the comparison. It does not provide data for
assessment of the precision of the methods being
SLS 1568 Part 1: 2023 compared.
Microbiology of water: requirements for the (=ISO 17994:2014)
performance testing of membrane filters used Gr. L
for direct enumeration of microorganisms by
culture methods

277
SLS 1568 Part 3:2023
Microbiology of water - General guidance SLS 1570 Part 3:2017
on the enumeration of microorganisms by Methods of test for Starch and derived
culture Presents guidance for carrying out products Heavy metals content -
manipulations which are common to each Determination of lead content by atomic
technique for the microbiological absorption spectrometry with electrothermal
examination of water, particularly the Page | 278
atomization
preparation of samples, culture media and Specifies a method for the determination of the
apparatus. It also describes the various lead content of starch, including derivatives and
enumeration techniques available and the by-products, by atomic absorption spectrometry
criteria for the choice of a particular with electrothermal atomization. analyst should
technique. This Standard is mainly intended therefore optimize the conditions.
for bacteria, yeasts and moulds. Some aspects (=ISO 11212-3:1997)
are also applicable to viruses and parasites. Gr.C
(=ISO 8199:2018)
Gr. U SLS 1570 Part 4:2017
SLS 1569:2017 Methods of test for Starch and derived
Terms and definitions for packaging -General products Heavy metals content -
terms Determination of cadmium content by atomic
Specifies preferred terms and definitions related absorption spectrometry with electrothermal
to packaging and materials handling, for use in atomization
international commerce, except for dangerous Specifies a method for the determination of the
goods packaging where terms and definitions are Cadmium content of starch, including derivatives
given in the United Nations Recommendations on and by-products, by atomic absorption
the Transport of Dangerous Goods. spectrometry with electrothermal atomization.
(=ISO 21067-1:2016) (=ISO 11212-4:1997)
Gr.C’ Gr.C

SLS 1570 Part 1:2017 SLS 1571:2017

Methods of test for Starch and derived Edison screw lampholders
products Heavy metals content - Applies to lampholders with Edison thread E14,
Determination of arsenic content by atomic E27 and E40, designed for connection to the
absorption spectrometry supply of lamps and semi-luminaires1 only. It
Specifies a method for the determination of the also applies to switched-lampholders for use in
arsenic content of starch, including derivatives AC circuits only, where the working voltage does
and by-products, by atomic absorption not exceed 250 V r.m.s. and to lampholders with
spectrometry with hybride generation. Edison thread E5 designed for connection to the
(=ISO 11212-1:1997) supply mains of series connected lamps, with a
Gr.C working voltage not exceeding 25 V, to be used
indoors, and to lampholders with Edison thread
SLS 1570 Part 2:2017 E10 designed for connection to the supply mains
Methods of test for Starch and derived of series connected lamps, with a working voltage
products Heavy metals content - not exceeding 60 V, to be used indoors or
Determination of mercury content by atomic outdoors. It also applies to lampholders E10 for
absorption spectrometry building-in, for the connection of single lamps to
Specifies a method for the determination of the the supply.
mercury content of starch, including derivatives (=IEC 60238:2017)
and by-products, by atomic absorption Gr.IX
spectrometry with cold-vapour generation.
(=ISO 11212-2:1997)
Gr.C

278
SLS 1572:2017 SLS 1578:2017
Table apple Penetration-graded bitumen
Covers the requirements of fruits of commercial Specifies penetration graded bitumen for use in
varieties of apples grown from Malus domestica the construction and maintenance of roads and
of the Rosaceae family, to be supplied fresh to the other paved areas. This standard covers the
consumer, after preparation and packaging. penetration grades: 60-70 and 80-100
14 pages, Gr.5 16 pages, Gr.5 Page | 279

SLS 1573:2017 SLS 1579:2018

Whole lentils Skim coat powder
Specifies the requirements and methods of Specifies requirements for skim coat powder
sampling and test for whole lentil (Lens culinaris intended to be used in interior and exterior
Medikus or Lens esculenta Moench) intended for applications in building construction
human consumption. 14 pages, Gr.7
(AMD No1(AMD 560:2022)
14 pages, Gr.5 SLS 1580:2018
Minimum energy performance for computers
SLS 1574:2017 Specifies the Minimum Energy Performance
Beche-de-mer (processed sea cucumber) Standard (MEPS) requirements for computers for
Prescribes the requirements and methods defined operational modes when connected to the
sampling and test for Beche-de-mer (processed mains electricity supply of 230 V, a.c. 50 Hz
sea cumber). nominal, and a standard test method for
14 pages, Gr.7 measurement of energy consumption at different
operational modes. This standard also specifies
SLS 1575:2017 the following: (a) Classifications and types of
Soft candy computer associated with different MEPS
Prescribes the requirements and methods of requirements. (b) Classification of discrete
sampling and tests for soft candy. It does not graphics processing units. (c) Operational modes
cover low sugar soft candy and sugar free soft (Power modes) which are relevant for measuring
candy. power consumption. (d) Typical Energy
(Superseding SLS 585 Pt. 1, Pt.4, Pt.5) Consumption (TEC) calculation methods for
(AMD No1(AMD 529:2020) desktop computers, integrated desktop
16 pages, Gr. 6 computers, notebook computer, slate/ tablet,
portable all-in-one computer, workstation, small
SLS 1576:2017 scale server and thin clients. (e) Base computer
Hard candy configurations and additional TEC allowances.
Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling (f) Minimum power supply efficiency
and tests for hard candy. allowances. (g) Dimensions, colour scheme and
(Superseding SLS 585 Pt. 2, Pt.3) the contents of the energy label
(Corrigendum No.1) 46 pages, Gr.17
16 pages, Gr.6
SLS 1581:2018
SLS 1577:2017 Socks
Hydrated lime for purification of drinking Prescribes the requirements for socks knitted in
water supplies plain, rib or fancy structures with any suitable
Prescribes the requirements and methods of yarn. Terry socks are not covered by this
sampling and test for hydrated lime, suitable for standard.
use in purification of drinking water supplies. It 14 pages, Gr.7
does not cover hydrated lime used in treatment of
sewage and industrial water.
22 pages, Gr.9

279
SLS 1582 Part 1:2018 use of recycled polyethylene film or resin as
School uniform material (woven) - Boys’ feedstock, in whole or in part, as long as all of the
shirting and girls’ dress fabrics requirements of this specification are met and as
Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling long as any specific requirements as governed by
and tests for polyester and cotton blended school the producer and end user are also met.
uniform fabrics for boys’ shirting and girls’ dress. (=ASTM D4635-16)
10 pages, Gr.6 Gr. A2 Page | 280

SLS 1582 Part 2:2018 SLS 1586:2018

School uniform material (woven) - Boys’ Energy efficiency rating for single split type
suiting room air conditioners
Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling Specifies requirements for energy efficiency
and tests for polyester and cotton blended suiting labelling and the method of determination of
materials for boys’ school uniforms. energy efficiency ratio of single phase and three
10 pages, Gr.6 phase alternating current (a.c.), 230 V/400V, 50
Hz, non-ducted split air conditioners of the
SLS 1583 Part 1:2018 vapour compression type using a valid refrigerant
Lined industrial vulcanized rubber boots medium in Sri Lanka up to rated cooling capacity
(gumboots) - Boots for general purpose 11 kW, having fixed speed compressors, air
Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling cooled condensers and single indoor unit. The
and tests for lined general purpose vulcanized- standard also provides methods of testing for
rubber boots for men and women. This standard determining the sensible and latent cooling
does not cover requirements for specialized capacities, cooling power consumption and other
safety boots. performance requirements of room air
11pages, Gr.6 conditioners. This standard further specifies
dimensions, colour scheme and the contents of
SLS 1584:2018 the energy efficiency label for room Air
Table mango Conditioners.
Covers the requirements of fruits of commercial 28 pages, Gr.13
varieties of mangoes grown from Mangifera
indica L., of the Anacardiaceae family, to be used SLS 1587:2018
as fresh fruits and supplied fresh to the consumer, Cosmetics - packaging and labeling
after preparation and packaging. Provides requirements and guidance for
10 pages, Gr. 5 packaging and labeling of cosmetics intended for
sale or free distribution.
SLS 1585:2018 11 pages, Gr.6
Plastic films made from low density
polyethylene and linear low-density SLS 1588:2018
polyethylene for general use and packaging Travel adaptors compatible with plug and
applications socket system used in Sri Lanka
Covers unpigmented, unsupported, low-density construction, rating, marking, dimensions and
polyethylene and linear low-density polyethylene testing of travel adaptors intended for the
films with densities ranging from 0.910-0.925 temporary connection of electrical equipment.
g/cm3 per Specification D4976. It is applicable to 68pages, Gr.19
homopolymer polyethylene, but is not restricted
to it. It is applicable to films made from SLS 1589:2018
polyethylene copolymers, and also applicable to 2 Pin reversible plugs and shaver socket
films made from blends of homopolymers and outlets without isolating transformers
copolymers, including ethylene/vinyl acetate Specifies requirements for the reversible 2-pin
copolymers. This standard does not cover plugs and shaver socket-outlets with ratings not
oriented heat shrinkable films and allows for the greater than 250 V and 200 mA a.c. The plugs

280
may be rewirable or integrally moulded and may SLS 1594:2018
have the cable entry in any convenient face. The Fibre - cement corrugated sheets and fittings
shaver socket-outlets have a restricted rating of for roofing and cladding
200 mA for use on voltages of 200 V to 250 V a.c Specifies technical requirements and methods for
only and are shoutterd, and are for use in rooms the inspection and testing of straight short and
other than bathrooms. These socket-outlets are long fibre-cement profiled sheets and their fibre-
not necessarily suitable for the supply to electric cement fittings designed to provide the weather- Page | 281
dry shavers containing battery charging units. exposed surfaces on roofs and internal and
18 pages, Gr.9 external walls of buildings(=ISO 10904: 2011)
Gr. U
SLS 1590:2018
Code of hygienic practice for coconut kernel SLS 1595:2018
processing products Packaging – complete, filled transport
Applies to the coconut kernel processing, coconut packages and unit Loads- unit load dimensions
kernel based products prepared for human Based on the concept of a modular system and
consumption without requiring further specifies the plan dimensions for unit loads
processing. These products obtained by suitable for the distribution of goods, which
disintegrating, shredding or otherwise comprises all activities for the movement of
comminuting the kernel of coconuts, the fruit of products from their origin to their destination.
the palm Cocos nucifera Linn. (=ISO 3676:2012)
(Superseding CS 142:1972) 13 pages, Gr.7 Gr.C

SLS 1591:2018 SLS 1596 Part 1:2018

Olive oil Paper, board, pulps and related terms -
Prescribes the requirements and mthods of vocabulary - alphabetical index
sampling and test for olive oil derived from the Alphabetical index of English terms which are
fruit of the olive tree (Olea europaea L.), by the defined in the SLS 1596 series of standards,
process of expression and/ or extraction. which document the terminology of paper, board,
8 pages Gr.4 pulp and related terms
(=ISO 4046-1:2016)
SLS 1592:2018 Gr.C
Rice bran oil
Prescribes the requirements and methods of SLS 1596 Part 2:2018
sampling and test for rice bran (synonym: rice) oil Paper, board, pulps and related terms -
derived from the bran of rice (Oryza sativa) by Pulping terminology
the process of expression and/ or extraction. Defines terms related to gulping.
8 pages, Gr.4 (=ISO 4046-2:2016)
SLS 1593:2018 Gr.C
Fibre cement flat sheets product specification
and test methods SLS 1596 Part 3:2018
Specifies methods for the inspection and testing Paper board pulps and related terms -
of fibre-cement flat sheets and provides the vocabulary - paper-making terminology
acceptance conditions for their use in one or more Defines terms related to papermaking.
of the following applications: external wall and (=ISO 4046-3:2016)
ceiling finishes, internal wall and ceiling finishes, Gr.C
internal and external backing sheets.
(=ISO 8336:2017) SLS 1596 Part 4:2018
Gr. T Paper and board grades and converted
products
Defines terms related to paper and board grades
and converted products.

281
(=ISO 4046-4:2016) scheme and the contents of the energy efficiency
Gr.C label.
15 Pages, Gr.7
SLS 1596 Part 5:2018
Properties of pulp, paper and board SLS 1601:2018
Defines terms related to properties of pulp, paper Nomenclature for cereals, pulses and other
and board. Page | 282
food grains
(=ISO 4046-5:2016) Lists the botanical names of the main species of:
Gr.C cereals, pulses other food grains
(=ISO 5526:2013)
SLS 1597 Part 2:2018 Gr. P
Terms and definitions for packaging -
packaging and the Environment terms SLS 1602:2018
Defines terms used in the field of packaging and Vocabulary for cereals
the environment. It does not include terminology Defines terms relating to cereals
already covered by SLS 1569 part 1or other (=ISO 5527:2015)
Standards such as ISO 14050. Gr. C
(=ISO 21067-2:2015)
Gr. D SLS 1603:2018
Vocabulary for crop protection equipment
SLS 1598:2018 Defines terms used in relation to equipment for
Agricultural spraying rubber hoses crop protection.
Specifies requirements for three types of flexible (=ISO 5681:1992)
rubber hose for pressure spraying of agricultural Gr. H
chemicals and/or fertilizer products within a
temperature range of –10 °C to +60 °C. SLS 1604:2018
(=ISO 1401:2016) Ergonomic principles in the design of work
Gr. D systems
Establishes the fundamental principles of
SLS 1599:2018 ergonomics as basic guidelines for the design of
Test sieves for cereals work systems and defines relevant basic terms. It
Specifies requirements for test sieves to be used describes an integrated approach to the design of
for the laboratory determination of undesirable work systems, where ergonomists will cooperate
substances in a Sample of cereals and which pass with others involved in the design, with attention
through test sieves of the following nominal size. to the human, the social and the technical
(=ISO 5223:1995) requirements in a balanced manner during the
Gr. B design process. (=ISO 6385:2016)
Gr. H
SLS 1600:2011
Energy efficiency rating for electric ceiling SLS 1605:2018
fans with regulators Colour coding for sprayer nozzles
Specifies requirements for energy efficiency Specifies the system of colour coding for
labelling and the method of determination of identification of all types of hydraulic spray
energy efficiency rating of electric ceiling fans nozzles, such as flat and cone nozzles used for the
having two or more blades with sweep diameter application of crop protection products in
1400 mm and associated with regulators having Agriculture. This Standard is not applicable to
minimum of 5 speed settings. It also provides nozzles where there is more than one component
method of testing for determining the energy influencing flow rate. It might not be applicable
consumption and air delivery of electric ceiling to liquid fertilizer applications
fans. It further specifies dimensions, colour (=ISO 10625:2005)
Gr.C

282
SLS 1606:2018 SLS 1609:2018
Guideline for design and application of safety Requirements for protective clothing worn by
signs and hazard pictorials in tractors, pesticides handling operators
machinery for agriculture and forestry Establishes minimum performance,
Powered lawn and garden equipment classification, and marking requirements for
Establishes general principles for the design and protective clothing worn by operators handling
application of safety signs and hazard pictorials pesticide products as well as re-entry workers. Page | 283
permanently affixed to tractors, machinety for For the purpose of this document, the term
agriculture and forestry, and powered lawn and pesticide applies to insecticides, herbicides,
garden equipment as defined in ISO 3339-0 and fungicides, and other substances applied in liquid
ISO 5395. This Standard outlines safety sign form that are intended to prevent, destroy, repel,
objectives, describes the basic safety sign formats or reduce any pest or weeds in agricultural
and colours, and provides guidance on settings, green spaces, roadsides, etc. It does not
developing the various Panels that together include biocidal products used for agricultural
constitute a safety sign. and non-agricultural settings.
(=ISO 11684:1995) (=ISO 27065:2017)
Gr. U Gr. J

SLS 1607:2018 SLS 1610:2018

Colour coding for sprayer filters Requirements for knapsack combustion-
Specifies the system of colour coding for engine driven mistblowers
identification of all types of filters used for the Specifies Safety requirements and their
application of crop protection products in verification for the design and construction of
agriculture knapsack mistblowers incorporating a
(=ISO 19732:2007) combustion engine where the air flow is
Gr. B generated by a fan. It describes methods for the
elimination or reduction of hazards arising from
SLS 1608 Part 1:2018 their use. In addition, it specifies the type of
Knapsack sprayers - safety and environmental information on safe working practices to be
- Requirements provided by the manufacturer. It does not,
Specifies the safety and environmental however, give any technical requirement for
requirements and their means of verification for reducing noise or vibration hazards. Indeed, the
the design and construction of knapsack sprayers different means available to reduce these hazards
carried on the back or shoulder of the operator for are a matter for the technical aids to which the
use with plant protection products. In addition, it manufacturer may resort, through specialized
specifies the type of information on safe working books or specified bodies
practices (including residual risks) to be provided (=ISO 28139:2009)
by the manufacturer. Gr. J
It is applicable to lever-operated knapsack
sprayers, knapsack compression sprayers and SLS 1611:2018
knapsack sprayers driven by an engine or electric Fruits and vegetables – physical conditions in
motor using hydraulic pressure atomisation of the cold stores - definitions and measurement
spray liquid, with a nominal volume of more than Gives definitions of the physical factors usually
3 l, for their intended use primarily in agriculture employed in the industrial cold storage of fruits
and horticulture. and vegetables (temperature, relative humidity,
(=ISO 19932-1:2013) air-circulation ratio, rate of air Change, etc.), and
Gr. J provides useful information concerning their
measurement.
(=ISO 2169:1981)
Gr. C

283
SLS 1612:2018 SLS 1615:2018
Apples - Cold storage Determination of overall migration of
Gives guidance on conditions for the successful constituents of plastics materials and articles
cold storage of apples (Malus communis L.) intended to come in contact with foodstuffs
(=ISO 1212:1995) Prescribes the test methods to determine the
Gr. D overall migration of constituents of single or
multi-layered heat-sealable films, single Page | 284
SLS 1613 Part 1:2018 homogenous non-sealable films, finished
Health and safety requirements for children’s containers and accessories including closures for
garments - Innerwear and outerwear sealing as lids, in the finished form, preformed or
Specifies the requirements, method of sampling converted form
and methods of test for specification for health 23 pages, Gr.11
and safety requirements for children’s innerwear
and outerwear excluding sleepwear. SLS 1616:2018
AMD No 1( AMD 574:2022) Reusable plastic bottles for carrying drinkable
10 pages, Gr.5 liquids
Prescribes the requirements and methods of
SLS 1614 Part 3:2020 sampling and test for reusable plastic bottles
Plastic materials for food contact applications suitable for carrying drinkable liquids. Does not
- polyethylene (PE) cover the single use bottles made of polymeric
Specifies requirements, method of sampling and materials for packaging of drinking water and
test for polyethylene (in the form of granules or carbonated beverages.
powder) for the manufacture of plastic items used 26 pages, Gr.12
in contact with food. This Standard does not
purport to establish the suitability of the SLS 1617:2018
packaging media with particular foodstuff other Liquid detergent for hand dishwashing
than toxicological considerations. Prescribes the requirements, and methods of
(Superseding SLS 871: Part 3:1991) sampling and test, for synthetic organic liquid
21 pages, Gr. 10 detergents for hand dishwashing
13 pages, Gr.7
SLS 1614 Part 4:2018
Plastic materials for food contact applications SLS 1618:2018
- polypropylene (pp) Ammonium nitrate for explosives
Specifies requirements, methods of sampling and Prescribes requirements and methods of sampling
test for polypropylene (in the form of granules or and test for Ammonium nitrate fuel oil (ANFO)
powder) for the manufacture of plastic items used intended for use in explosives
in contact with foodstuffs, pharmaceuticals and 20 pages, Gr.10
drinking water
(Superseding SLS 871 Part 4:1991) SLS 1619:2018
21 pages, Gr.10 Perfumes and toilet waters
SLS 1614 Part 7:2018 Prescribes the requirements and methods of test
Plastic materials for food contact application - for perfumes and water based and alcohol based
colorants toilet waters.
Permitted pigments and colorants for use in (Superseding SLS 534:1981)
plastics that may be regarded as safe use in 12 pages, Gr.6
contact with food, pharmaceuticals and drinking
water. SLS 1620:2018
13 pages, Gr.7 Safety of toys requirements and test methods
for finger paints
Specifies requirements for the substances and
materials used in finger paints. It is applicable to

284
finger paints only. It is not applicable to paints SLS 1622 Part 3:2018
intended to be applied to the face or body e.g. face Fireworks - category 4 - Test methods
paints. Additional requirements are specified for Specifies test methods for fireworks of Category
markings, labelling and containers. 4. (=ISO 26261-3:2017)
(=ISO 8124-7:2015) Gr. K
Gr. U
SLS 1622 Part 4:2018 Page | 285
SLS 1621:2018 Fireworks - category 4 - Minimum labelling
Rubber and plastics gloves for food services - requirements and instructions for use
limits for extractable substances Specifies the minimum labelling requirements
Specifies limits for extractable chemical and the mandatory instructions for use for
substances for single-use gloves made from Category 4 fireworks. This document does not
natural rubber, synthetic rubber, or plastic apply for theatrical pyrotechnic articles which are
materials that are intended for use in food designed for indoor or outdoor stage use,
preparation, food handling, and related including film and television productions or
application in food service industry. Does not similar use. (=ISO 26261-4:2017)
cover the specification for extractable biological Gr.C
substances and physical requirements of the
gloves. It is not applicable to gloves used under SLS 1623: 2022
extreme conditions such as those having pH less Specification for single-use rubber gloves for
than 4,5 and/or temperature above 40 °C. Does general applications
not cover gloves being exposed to fat and oil (First Revision)
foods.(=ISO 4285:2014) Specifies the physical requirements and sampling
Gr. J and testing methods for single-use rubber gloves,
made from natural rubber latex, synthetic rubber
SLS 1622 Part 1:2018 latex or rubber solution, intended for general
Fireworks - category 4 - Terminology applications, but not gloves intended for medical
Provides terminology relating to the design, purposes (ISO 25518:2021)
construction, primary packaging and testing of Gr. C
category 4 fireworks.
(=ISO 26261-1:2017) SLS 1624 Part 1:2018
Gr.C Fireworks - categories 1, 2 and 3 -
Terminology
SLS 1622 Part 2:2018 Defines various terms relating to the design,
Fireworks - category 4 - Requirements construction, primary packaging and testing of
Specifies requirements for the construction, fireworks of categories 1, 2 and 3.
performance and protective packaging of (=ISO 25947-1:2017)
Category 4 fireworks, as listed in SLS 1624-1. Gr.C
Does not apply for articles containing
pyrotechnic compositions that include any of the SLS 1624 Part 2:2018
following substances - arsenic or arsenic Fireworks - categories 1, 2 and 3 - Categories
compounds; - polychlorobenzenes - lead or lead and types
compounds (except for igniters) - mercury Establishes a system for dividing fireworks into
compounds - white phosphorus - picrates or categories and types. It is applicable to fireworks
picric acid. in categories 1, 2 and 3.
(=ISO 26261-2:2017) (=ISO 25947-2:2017)
Gr. F Gr. E

285
SLS 1624 Part 3:2018 colour scheme and the contents of the energy
Fireworks - categories 1, 2 and 3 - Minimum label.
labelling requirements 17 Pages, Gr.8
Specifies the minimum labelling requirements for
the article and primary or selection packaging of SLS 1626: 2023
fireworks of the following types - aerial wheels – Specification for single-use sterile rubber
bangers – batteries - batteries requiring external Page | 286
surgical gloves
support - Bengal flames - Bengal matches - (First Revision)
Bengal sticks - Christmas crackers – Specifies requirements for packaged sterile
combinations - combinations requiring external rubber gloves intended for use in surgical
support - compound fireworks - crackling procedures to protect the patient and the user
granules - double bangers - double flash bangers from cross-contamination. This document is
- flash bangers - flash pellets – fountains - ground applicable to single-use gloves that are worn once
movers - ground spinners - hand-held sparklers - and then discarded. It does not apply to
jumping crackers - jumping ground spinners – examination or procedure gloves. This document
mines - mini rockets - nezumi-hanabi covers gloves with smooth surfaces and gloves
(=ISO 25947-3:2017) with textured surfaces over part or the whole
Gr. N glove. This document is intended to be a
reference for the performance and safety of
SLS 1624 Part 4:2018 rubber surgical gloves. The safe and proper usage
Fireworks - categories 1, 2 and 3 - Test of surgical gloves and sterilization procedures
methods with subsequent handling, packaging and storage
Specifies test methods. It is applicable to procedures are outside the scope of this
fireworks in categories 1, 2 and 3 according to document.
SLS 1624 part 2. (ISO 10282:2023)
(=ISO 25947-4:2017) Gr. F
Gr. P
SLS 1627:2019
SLS 1624 Part 5:2018 Rubber seals – joint rings for water supply,
Fireworks - categories 1, 2 and 3 - drainage and sewerage pipelines -
requirements for construction and specification for
performance materials
Specifies requirements for the construction, Specifies requirements for materials used in
performance and primary packaging of fireworks vulcanized rubber seals for cold drinking-water
of category 1, 2 and 3. supplies (up to 50 °C), drainage, sewerage, and
(=ISO 25947-5:2017) rainwater systems (continuous flow up to 45 °C
Gr. L and intermittent flow up to 95 °C).
(=ISO 4633:2015)
SLS 1625:2013 Gr. F
Energy efficiency rating for double capped
tubular fluorescent lamps SLS 1628:2019
Specifies requirements for energy efficiency Coconut flour
labelling of Double capped tubular fluorescent Prescribes the requirements and methods of
lamps of 18 W to 40 W with pre-heated cathode, sampling test for coconut flour prepared from
operating with or without starter on mains supply defatted coconut meal or cake from, Cocos
of 230 V, a.c. 50 Hz nominal, and method of nucifera Linn.
measurement of electrical power consumption 12 pages, Gr.6
and luminous flux for the determination of
efficacy of the lamps for the purpose of energy
efficiency labelling. It also specifies dimensions,

286
SLS 1629:2019 SLS 1635:2019
Instant thosai mix/ thosai mix and instant idly Compost made from raw materials of
mix/ idly mix agricultural origin
Prescribes the requirements and methods of test Prescribes the requirements and methods of
for instant thosai mix/thosai mix (synonyms sampling, testing and packaging for compost
dosa) and instant idly mix/ idly mix. made from raw materials of agricultural and
15 pages, Gr.8 animal origin intended to use for crop production Page | 287
including food crop
SLS 1630:2019 AMD NO 1(AMD 576: 2022)
Packaged natural coconut water 15 pages, Gr.8
Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling
and test for packaged natural coconut water, SLS 1636:2019
which is offered for consumption. It only applies Fenugreek, whole or ground (powdered)
to coconut water which has been packaged in its Prescribes the requirements and methods of
natural state. sampling and test for fenugreek, Trigonella
9 pages, Gr.5 foenum-graecum L., in the forms of whole and
ground (powdered).
SLS 1631:2019 13 pages, Gr.6
Instant hopper mix/ hopper mix
Prescribes the requirements, methods of test and SLS 1637:2019
sampling for instant hopper mix/ hopper mix. Connectors for DC-application in photovoltaic
14 pages, Gr.12 systems – safety requirements and tests
Applies to connectors for use in the d.c. circuits
SLS 1632:2019 of photovoltaic systems according to class II of
Fennel, whole or ground (powdered) IEC 61140:2001 with rated voltages up to 1 500
Prescribes the requirements and methods of V d.c. and rated currents up to 125 A per contact.
sampling and test for fennel, Foeniculum vulgare (=IEC 62852: 2014)
Mill., in the forms of whole and ground Gr. IR
(powdered).
11 pages, Gr.6 SLS 1638:2019
Electric cables – thermosetting insulated, Non-
SLS 1633:2019 armoured cables with a voltage of 600/1000 v,
Cumin, whole or ground (powdered) for fixed installations
Prescribes the requirements and methods of Specifies requirements and test methods for the
sampling and test for cumin, Cuminum cyminum construction and performance of non-armoured
(L.) in the forms of whole and ground cables with thermosetting insulation of rated
(powdered). voltages 600/1 000 V. Cables specified are
11 pages, Gr.6 intended for use in fixed installations in industrial
areas, building and similar applications but not
SLS 1634:2019 for burial in the ground, either directly or in ducts.
Compost made from municipal solid waste 29 pages, Gr.13
Prescribes the requirements, methods of
sampling, testing and packaging for compost SLS 1639 Part 1:2019
prepared from degradable municipal solid waste Led modules for general lighting - Safety
intended to use for crops production including requirements
food crops. Specifies general and safety requirements for
AMD NO 1(AMD 575: 2022) light-emitting diode (LED) modules: • non-
14 pages, Gr.7 integrated LED modules (LEDni modules) and
semi-integrated LED modules (LEDsi modules)
for operation under constant voltage, constant
current or constant power; • Integrated LED

287
modules (LEDi modules) for use on DC supplies the general conditions unless otherwise stated in
up to 250 V or AC supplies up to 1 000 V at 50 the corresponding test method.
Hz or 60 Hz. LED modules within the scope of (=ISO 17709:2004)
this document can be integral, built-in or Gr. E
independent (=IEC 62031:2018)
Gr. IL SLS 1643:2019
Page | 288
Performance-graded bitumen
SLS 1639 Part 2:2019 Specifies bitumen graded by performance.
Led modules for general lighting - Grading designations are related to the average
Performance requirements seven-day maximum pavement design
Specifies the performance requirements for LED temperature and minimum pavement design
modules, together with the test methods and temperature.9 pages, Gr.5
conditions, required to show compliance with this
standard. The following types of LED modules SLS 1644:2019
are distinguished and schematically shown in Viscosity graded bitumen
figuries. (=IEC 62717:2019) Specifies bitumen graded by viscosity at 60 0C
Gr. IY for use in the construction and maintenance of
roads and other paved areas.
SLS 1640:2019 7 pages, Gr.4
Guidelines for health and fitness facilities
Covers fitness facilities that offer activity-based SLS 1645 Part 1:2019
health and fitness programs/services or that Dc or ac supplied electronic control gear for
promote recreational physical activity, and its LED modules - Safety requirements
emergency policies and procedures. Specifies particular safety requirements for
Health/fitness facilities under this guideline are electronic controlgear for use on d.c. or a.c.
applicable for commercial (for profit), supplies up to 1 000 V (a.c. at 50 Hz or 60 Hz)
community (not for profit) and corporate entities and at an output frequency which can deviate
14 pages, Gr.7 from the supply frequency, associated with LED
modules. Controlgear for LED modules specified
SLS 1641:2019 in this standard are designed to provide constant
Footwear – standard atmospheres for voltage or current at SELV or higher voltages.
conditioning and testing of footwear and Deviations from the pure voltage and current
components for footwear types do not exclude the gear from this standard.
Specifies the general conditioning and testing (=IEC 61347-2-13:2016)
atmospheres for the evaluation of footwear and Gr. IY
footwear component properties. Defines two
standard atmospheres for conditioning and SLS 1645 Part 2:2019
testing of footwear and footwear components. Dc or ac supplied electronic control gear for
(=ISO 18454:2018) LED modules - Performance requirements
Gr. B Specifies performance requirements for
electronic control gear for use on d.c. supplies up
SLS 1642:2019 to 250 V and a.c. supplies up to 1 000 V at 50 Hz
Footwear – sampling location, preparation or 60 Hz with an output frequency which can
and duration of Conditioning of samples and deviate from the supply frequency, associated
test pieces with LED modules according to IEC 62031.
Specifies the sampling location, preparation and Control gear for LED modules specified in this
duration of conditioning of samples and test standard are designed to provide constant voltage
pieces for footwear components and footwear, to or current. Deviations from the pure voltage and
carry out the test methods needed to determine current types do not exclude the gear from this
the suitable properties for the end use These are standard (=IEC 62384:2011)
Gr. IP

288
SLS 1646:2019 raw material, and apply to SAP for the final
The emblem of the democratic socialist products used for absorbing blood.
republic of Sri lanka (=ISO 19699-1:2017)
Prescribes the design, the dimensions, colours Gr. E
and methods of tests of the emblem of the
Democratic Socialist Republic of Sri Lanka. This SLS 1650 Part 2:2019
specification covers the print substrate described Page | 289
Superabsorbent polymer - sodium
in Tables 2 and 3 which define 8 paper types and polyacrylate resin for Absorbing blood -
any other paper types and the surfaces. Specifications
22 pages, Gr.10 specifies the requirements for properties, marking
and packaging of superabsorbent polymer (SAP)
SLS 1647:2019 made from sodium polyacrylate resin for
Dried or dehydrated ginger absorbing blood. Applies to sodium polyacrylate
Prescribes the requirements and methods of resin, as raw material, and applies to SAP for the
sampling and test for dried or dehydrated ginger final products used for absorbing blood.
(Zingiber officinale Roscoe.) in the forms of (=ISO 19699-2:2017)
whole, cuts, ground and limetreated Gr. B
13 pages, Gr.7
SLS 1651:2019
SLS 1648: 2019 Packaging and the environment- organic
Dried or dehydrated garlic recycling
Prescribes the requirements and methods of Specifies procedures and requirements for
sampling and test for dried or dehydrated garlic packaging that are suitable for organic recycling.
(Allium sativum L.) In the forms of cloves, cuts or Packaging is considered as recoverable by
pieces, flakes and powder organic recycling only if all the individual
12 pages, Gr.6 components meet the requirements.
(=ISO 18606:2013)
SLS 1649:2019 Gr. K
Driers for paints and varnishes
Specifies the requirements and the corresponding SLS 1652:2019
test methods for driers for paints, varnishes and Dentistry - oral care products - oral rinses
related products. It applies to driers in the solid or Specifies physical and chemical requirements
liquid form. It does not apply to emulsifiable and test methods for oral rinses. It also specifies
driers the accompanying information such as the
(=ISO 4619:2018) manufacturer’s instructions for use, marking,
Gr. K and/or labelling requirements. This International
Standard is not applicable to other delivery
SLS 1650 Part 1:2019 systems (e.g. mouthsprays, foams, powders). It is
Superabsorbent polymer - sodium not intended to describe regulatory aspects, e.g.
polyacrylate resin for Absorbing blood - Test methods of prescription. This International
methods Standard is not applicable to oral rinses available
specifies the testing methods for the properties of by prescription only
superabsorbent polymer (SAP) of sodium (=ISO 16408:2015)
polyacrylate used in physical hygiene and Gr. E
medical products for absorbing blood. It also
gives a formulation for simulated blood, a kind of SLS 1653 Part 1:2020
viscous liquid, for replacing blood when testing Agricultural irrigation equipment - rotating
the properties of the superabsorbent polymer. The sprinklers - design and operational
test methods and simulated blood in this requirements
document apply to sodium polyacrylate resin, as Specifies the design and operational requirements
of rotating sprinklers and sprinkler nozzles for

289
agricultural irrigation equipment and their test covered by this document.This document does
methods. It applies to sprinklers intended for not address the protective properties of gloves
assembly in pipeline networks for irrigation and and therefore is not used alone but only in
operation at the pressures recommended by the combination with the appropriate specific
manufacturer.(=ISO 7749-1:1995) standard(s). A non-exhaustive list of these
Gr. F standards is given in the Bibliography
(=ISO 21420:2020) Page | 290
SLS 1654:2020( Withdran ) Gr. R
Code of practice for production of compost
(Superseding SLS 1752) SLS 1659:2020
Protective clothing - general requirements
SLS 1655:2020 Specifies general performance requirements for
Incense sticks ergonomics, innocuousness, size designation,
Prescribes the requirements and methods of ageing, compatibility and marking of protective
sampling and test for incense products in the form clothing and the information to be supplied by the
of sticks used for religious purposes. This manufacturer with the protective clothing. This
Specification does not cover other incense International Standard is only intended to be used
products such as cones, logs and insect repellants. in combination with other standards containing
11 pages, Gr. 6 requirements for specific protective performance
and not on a stand-alone basis.
SLS 1656:2020 (=ISO 13688:2013)Gr. R
Agricultural irrigation equipment – sprayers -
general requirements and test methods SLS 1660 Part 1:2020
Specifies the general requirements and test Medical electrical equipment: general
methods for irrigation sprayers. It is applicable to requirements for general safety and essential
sprayers intended for installation on a pipe lateral performance
and for operation with irrigation water Applies to the basic safety and essential
(=ISO 8026: 2009) performance of medical electrical equipment and
Gr. J medical electrical systems, hereafter referred to
as me equipment and me systems. if a clause or
SLS 1657:2020 subclause is specifically intended to be applicable
Hand sanitizers (Alcohol Based) to me equipment only, or to me systems only, the
Prescribes the requirements and methods of test title and content of that clause or subclause will
for alcohol based instant hand sanitizers. This say so. if that is not the case, the clause or
Standard does not cover non-alcohol-based hand subclause applies both to me equipment and to
sanitizers(AMD No.1 (AMD 531:2020), (AMD me systems, as relevant. hazards inherent in the
No.2 (AMD 541:2021) intended physiological function of me equipment
Gr.7 or me systems within the scope of this standard
are not covered by specific requirements in this
SLS 1658:2020 standard except in 7.2.13 and 8.4.1.
Protective gloves - general requirements and (=IEC 60601-1:2012)
test methods Gr.IAF
Specifies the general requirements and relevant
test procedures for glove design and construction, SLS 1660 Part 1 Section 2:2020
innocuousness, comfort and efficiency, as well as Medical electrical equipment - general
the marking and information supplied by the requirements for general safety and essential
manufacturer applicable to all protective gloves.It performance collateral standard:
can also apply to arm protectors and gloves electromagnetic disturbances – requirements
permanently incorporated in containment and tests
enclosures.Gloves and hand protectors such as Applies to the basic safety and essential
mittens, pot holders and arm protection are performance of Medical electrical equipment and

290
medical electrical systems, hereafter referred to for use. This international standard applies
as Me equipment and me systems regardless of whether the Me equipment or me
(=IEC 60601-1-2:2014) system is intended for use by a lay operator or by
Gr. IX trained healthcare personnel.
(=IEC 60601-1-11:2015)
SLS 1660 Part 1 Section 8:2020 Gr. IU
Page | 291
Medical electrical equipment - general
requirements for general safety and essential SLS 1660 Part 1 Section 12:2020
performance Collateral standard: general Medical electrical equipment - general
requirements, tests and guidance for alarm requirements for general safety and essential
systems in medical equipment and medical performance collateral standard-
electrical systems requirements for medical electrical equipment
Applies to the basic safety and essential and medical electrical systems intended for
performance of medical electrical equipment and use in the emergency medical services
medical electrical systems, hereafter referred to environment
as me equipment and me systems. Applies to the basic safety and essential
(=IEC 60601-1-8:2012) performance of medical electrical equipment and
Gr. IX medical electrical systems, hereafter referred to
as me equipment and me systems, which are
SLS 1660 Part 1 Section 10:2020 intended, as indicated in the instructions for use
Medical electrical equipment - general by their manufacturer, for use in the ems
requirements for general safety and essential environment (emergency medical services
performance collateral standard: environment), as defined in 3.1
requirements for the development of (=IEC 60601-1-12:2014)
physiologic closed-loop controllers Gr. IT
Applies to the basic safety and essential
performance of Medical electrical equipment and SLS 1660 Part 2 Section 52:2020
medical electrical systems, hereafter referred to Medical electrical equipment - particular
as Me equipment and me systems. This collateral requirements for the basic safety and essential
standard specifies requirements for the performance of medical beds
development (analysis, design, Verification and Applies to the basic safety and essential
validation) of a physiologic closed-loop performance of Medical beds as defined in
controller (pclc) as part of a Physiologic closed- 201.3.212, intended for adults, hereafter referred
loop control system (pclcs) in me equipment and to as medical Bed, as defined in 201.3.212
me systems to Control a physiologic variable. 201.3.219 (=IEC 60601-2-52:2015)
(=IEC 60601-1-10: 2013) Gr. IX
Gr. IR
SLS 1660 Part 2 Section 56:2020
SLS 1660 Part 1 Section 11:2020 Medical electrical equipment - particular
Medical electrical equipment - general requirements for basic safety and essential
requirements for general safety and essential performance of clinical thermometers for
performance body temperature measurement
Collateral standard - requirements for Applies to the basic safety and essential
medical electrical equipment and medical performance of a clinical thermometer in
electrical systems used in the home healthcare Combination with its accessories, hereafter
environment referred to as me equipment. This document
Applies to the basic safety and essential specifies the General and technical requirements
performance of Medical electrical equipment and for electrical clinical thermometers. This
medical electrical systems for use in the home document applies to all Electrical clinical
Healthcare environment, as defined in 3.1, and thermometers that are used for measuring the
specified by the manufacturer in the Instructions body temperature of patients.

291
(=ISO 80601-2-56:2017/ Amd 1:2018)
Gr. T SLS 1661 Part 3:2020
Lung ventilators for medical use – particular
SLS 1660 Part 2 Section 59:2020 requirements for emergency and transport
Medical electrical equipment – particular ventilators
requirements for the basic safety and essential This part of SLS 1661 is one of a series of
performance of screening thermographs for International Standards based on SLS 1660-l, (the Page | 292
human febrile temperature screening “General Standard”);this type of Standard is
Applies to the basic safety and essential referred to as a “Particular Standard”. As stated
performance of screening thermographs intended in 1.3 of SLS 1660-l, the requirements of this part
to be used for the individual non-invasive febrile of SLS 1661 take precedence over those of SLS
temperature screening of a human under 1660-l. Where this part of SLS 1661
controlled environmental conditions, hereafter specifies that a clause of SLS 1660-l applies, it
referred to as me equipment. This document sets means that the clause applies only if the
laboratory characterization test limits for the requirement is relevant to the ventilator under
screening thermograph. consideration.
(= IEC 80601-2-59:2017) This part of SLS 1661 has common requirements
Gr. IS with IEC 601-2-12. It also includes requirements
from
SLS 1660 Part 2 Section 61:2020 SLS 1661-1.
Medical electrical equipment -particular The scope and object given in clause 1 of SLS
requirements for basic safety and essential 1660-1 apply, except that 1.I shall be replaced by
performance of pulse oximeter equipment the following: This part of SLS 1660-l
Applies to the basic safety and essential specifies requirements for portable lung
performance of pulse oximeter equipment ventilators designed for use in emergency
intended for use on humans, hereafter referred to situations
as me equipment. This includes any part and transport. Emergency and transport
necessary for normal use, including the pulse ventilators, called hereafter “ventilator”, are often
oximeter monitor, pulse oximeter probe, and installed in ambulances or
probe cable extender other types of rescue vehicles, but are often used
(=ISO 80601-2-61:2017) outside this environment, where they have to be
Gr. X carried by the
operator or other persons. These devices will
SLS 1660 Part 2 Section 70:2020 frequently be used outside the hospital or home
Medical electrical equipment -Particular by personnel with
requirements for basic safety and essential different levels of training. This part of SLS 1661
performance of sleep apnoea breathing is also applicable to devices permanently
therapy equipment mounted in ambulances
Applicable to the basic safety and essential or aircraft.
performance of sleep apnoea breathing therapy This part of SLS 1661 does not cover operator-
equipment, hereafter referred to as me equipment, powered ventilators (i.e. manual resuscitators).
intended to alleviate the symptoms of patients (=ISO 10651-3:1997)
who suffer from obstructive sleep apnoea by Gr. N
delivering a therapeutic breathing pressure to the
respiratory tract of the patient. Sleep apnoea SLS 1661 Part 4:2020
breathing therapy equipment is intended for use Lung ventilators for medical use – particular
in the home healthcare environment by lay requirements for operators-powered
operators as well as in professional healthcare resuscitators
institutions Specifies requirements for operator-powered
(=ISO 80601-2-70:2015) resuscitators intended for use with all age groups
Gr. U and which are portable and intended to provide

292
lung ventilation to individuals whose breathing is face masks for diving apparatus are not included
inadequate. Operator-powered resuscitators for in the scope fo the standard. laboratory and
infants and children are designated according to practical performance tests are included for the
body mass range and approximate age equivalent. assessment of compliance with the requirements.
Electrically- and gas-powered resuscitators are (=EN 136:1998+AC:2003)
not covered by this European Standard. Gr. E18.
(=ISO 10651-4:2002) Page | 293
Gr. L SLS 1665:2020
Respiratory protective devices – Half masks
SLS 1662:2020 and quarter masks – Requirements, testing,
Irrigation equipment - automatic irrigation marking
systems - hydraulic control Specifies minimum requirements for half masks
This Technical Report deals with automatic and quarter masks for use as part of respiratory
irrigation Systems based on hydraulic devices protective devices, except escape apparatus and
using only the from the water in the irrigation diving apparatus. Laboratory and practical
System: it gives main definitions and a performance tests are included for the assessment
classification of these Systems. run by hydraulic of compliance with the requirements.
control, it energy that tan be obtained This (=EN 140:1998+AC:1999)
Technical Report applies to automatic control Gr. E14
Systems, in which the control of water
application is achieved by means of water SLS 1666:2020
quantity measurement. Semi-automatic control Respiratory protective devices – Filtering half
Systems are used with irrigation Systems under masks to protect against particles –
pressure and are capable of controlling the Requirements, testing, marking
delivery of a preset quantity for one irrigation Specifies minimum requirements for filtering
cycle. Esch subsequent irrigation cycle requires a half masks as respiratory protective devices to
further manual Operation to preset the required protect against particles except for escape
water quantities. (=ISO 8059:1986) purposes. Laboratory and practical performance
Gr. D tests are included for the assessment of
compliance with the requirements.
SLS 1663:2020 (=EN 149:2001+A1:2009)
Medical face masks –requirements and test Gr. E17
methods
Specifies construction, design, performance SLS 1667:2020
requirements and test methods for medical face Performance of materials used in medical Face
masks intended to limit the transmission of masks
infective agents from staff to patients during Covers testing and requirements for materials
surgical procedures and other medical settings used in the construction of medical face masks
with similar requirements. A medical face mask that are used in providing healthcare services
with an appropriate microbial barrier can also be such as surgery and patient care.
effective in reducing the emission of infective (=ASTM F 2100 -19)
agents from the nose and mouth of an Gr. A1
asymptomatic carrier or a patient with clinical
symptoms. (=EN 14683:2019) SLS 1668:2020
Gr. E14 Terminology relating to protective clothing
Specialized terms used in standards developed by
SLS 1664:2020 Committee F23 on Protective Clothing
Respiratory protective devices – full Face Definitions of Terms, which were drafted for use
masks – requirements, testing, marking only in a single standard, are also included for
Specifies minimum requirements for full face convenient reference. Under ASTM rules they
masks for respiratory protective devices. Full

293
may become full definitions in the future, if they - breakage of a medical device or medical device
are used in additional standards. component which exposes body tissue to new or
Additional terminology relevant to protective novel materials.
clothing and to the components of protective (=ISO 10993-1:2018)
clothing can be found in Terminology D123, Gr. S
D1566, and D4805.
(=ASTM F1494-14) SLS 1670 Part 1:2020 Page | 294
Gr. A2 Medical devices - symbols to be used with
medical device labels, labelling and
SLS 1669:2020 information to be supplied
Biological evaluation of medicaldevices - - General requirements
evaluation and testing within a risk Requirements for symbols used in medical device
management process labelling that convey information on the safe and
specifies: effective use of medical devices. It also lists
- the general principles governing the biological symbols that satisfy the requirements of this
evaluation of medical devices within a risk document. This document is applicable to
management process; symbols used in a broad spectrum of medical
- the general categorization of medical devices devices, which are marketed globally and
based on the nature and duration of their contact therefore need to meet different regulatory
with requirements. These symbols may be used on the
the body; medical device itself, on its packaging or in the
- the evaluation of existing relevant data from all associated documentation. The requirements of
sources; this document are not intended to apply to
- the identification of gaps in the available data symbols specified in other standards.
set on the basis of a risk analysis; (=ISO 15223-1:2016)
- the identification of additional data sets Gr. M
necessary to analyse the biological safety of the
medical SLS 1671: 2020
device; Respiratory protective devices - vocabulary
- the assessment of the biological safety of the and graphical symbols
medical device. Defines terms and specifies units of measurement
This document applies to evaluation of materials for respiratory protective devices (RPDs),
and medical devices that are expected to have excluding diving apparatus. It indicates graphical
direct symbols that can be required on RPDs, parts of
or indirect contact with: RPD or instruction manuals in order to instruct
- the patient’s body during intended use; the person(s) using the RPD as to its operation.
- the user’s body, if the medical device is (=ISO 16972:2020)
intended for protection (e.g., surgical gloves, Gr. C
masks and
others). SLS 1672:2020
This document is applicable to biological Covid-19 safety management systems
evaluation of all types of medical devices requirements for organizations
including active, Specifies the requirements for establishing,
non-active, implantable and non-implantable implementing, maintaining and continually
medical devices. improving the COVID-19 safety management
This document also gives guidelines for the system within the context of the organization for
assessment of biological hazards arising from: the purpose of continuing organizational
- risks, such as changes to the medical device over operation while considering the potential threat of
time, as a part of the overall biological safety COVID-19 on its interested parties through its
assessment; activities (including outsourced activities),
products and services.The requirements set out in

294
this Sri Lanka Standard are generic and are class of application (see Table 1).This part of SLS
intended to be applicable to all organizations, 1676 covers a range of service conditions (classes
regardless of type, size or nature. Exclusion of of application), design pressures and pipe
any of the requirements specified in Clauses 4 to dimension classes. For values of TD, Tmax and
11 is not acceptable when an organization claims Tmal in excess of those in Table 1, this part of
conformity to this Sri Lanka Standard. SLS 1676 does not apply.NOTE It is the
32 pages, Gr.13 responsibility of the purchaser or specifier to Page | 295
make the appropriate selections from these
SLS 1673:2020 aspects, taking into account their particular
Instant coffee requirements and any relevant national
Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling regulations and installation practices or codes.It
and tests for instant/ soluble coffee. This Standard also specifies the test parameters for the test
excludes coffee pre-mixtures, mixtures of instant methods referred to in this part of SLS 1676.In
and ground coffee and coffee- chicory mixtures. conjunction with the other parts of SLS 1676, it
13 pages, Gr.7 is applicable to PVC-C pipes and fittings, their
joints and joints with components of other
SLS 1674:2020 plastics and non-plastics materials intended to be
Men’s woven shirts used for hot and cold water installations.
This standard prescribes the requirements and (ISO 15877-1:2009)
methods of sampling and tests for performance of Gr. F
long and short sleeve men’s woven shirts.
14 pages, Gr. 7 SLS 1676 Part 2:2020
SLS 1675:2020 Plastics piping systems for hot & cold water
Guideline for non-medical reusable cloth face installations – Chlorinated poly vinyl chloride
masks (PVC – C) –Pipes
Specifies the requirements for the design, Specifies the requirements of pipes made from
materials manufacture, storage, performance and chlorinated poly(vinyl chloride) (PVC-C) for
test methods for the non-medical, reusable cloth piping systems intended to be used for hot and
face mask, intended to be used by the community cold water installations within buildings for the
to reduce the risk of transmission of infectious conveyance of water, whether or not intended for
agents from person to person while engaging in human consumption (domestic systems) and for
public or private activities. heating systems, under design pressures and
This guideline neither applies to filtering half temperatures appropriate to the class of
masks used as respiratory protective devices application (see Table 1 of SLS 1676).
against particles and other specific airborne This part of SLS 1676 covers a range of service
chemicals covered by SLS 1666:2020, nor to conditions (application classes), design pressures
medical face masks covered by SLS 1663:2020. and pipeseries. For values of TD, Tmax and Tmal
14 pages, Gr. 7 in excess of those in Table 1 of SLS 1676, this
part of SLS 1676 does not apply.
SLS 1676 Part 1:2020 NOTE It is the responsibility of the purchaser or
Plastics piping systems for hot & cold water specifier to make the appropriate selections from
installations – Chlorinated poly vinyl chloride these aspects,
(PVC-C) – General taking into account their particular requirements
This part of SLS 1676 specifies the general and any relevant national regulations and
requirements of chlorinated poly(vinyl chloride) installation practices or codes. It also specifies the
(PVC-C) piping systems intended to be used for test parameters for the test methods referred to in
hot and cold water installations within buildings this part of SLS 1676. In conjunction with the
for the conveyance of water,whether or not other parts of SLS 1676, it is applicable to PVC-
intended for human consumption (domestic C pipes, their joints and joints with components
systems) and for heating systems, under design of PVC-C, other plastics and non-plastics
pressures and temperatures appropriate to the

295
materials intended to be used for hot and cold SLS 1676 Part 5:2020
water installations. Plastics piping systems for hot & cold water
(ISO 15877-2:2009) installations – chlorinated poly vinyl chloride
Gr. H (PVC – C) – Fitness for purpose of the piping
system
SLS 1676 Part 3:2020 Specifies the characteristics of the fitness for
Plastics piping systems for hot & cold water purpose of chlorinated poly(vinyl chloride) Page | 296
installations – chlorinated poly vinyl chloride (PVC-C) piping systems, intended to be used for
(pvc- c) – Fittings hot and cold water installations within buildings
This part of SLS 1676 specifies the for the conveyance of water, whether or not
characteristics of fittings made from chlorinated intended for human consumption, (domestic
poly(vinyl chloride) (PVCC) for piping systems systems) and for heating systems, under design
intended to be used for hot and cold water pressures and temperatures according to the class
installations within buildings for the conveyance of application (see Table 1 of SLS 1676-1).
of water, whether or not intended for human This part of SLS 1676 covers a range of service
consumption (domestic systems) and for heating conditions (application classes) and design
systems under design pressures and temperatures pressure classes.For values of TD, Tmax and
according to the class of application (see Table 1 Tmal in excess of those in Table 1 of SLS 1676 -
of SLS 1676). 1:2009, this part of SLS 1676 does not apply.
This part of SLS 1676 covers a range of service NOTE It is the responsibility of the purchaser or
conditions (application classes) and design specifier to make the appropriate selections from
pressure classes. For values of TD, Tmax and these aspects,
Tmal in excess of those in Table 1 of SLS 1676, taking into account their particular requirements
this part of SLS 1676 does not apply. and any relevant national regulations and
NOTE 1 It is the responsibility of the purchaser installation practices or codes.
or specifier to make the appropriate selections It also specifies the test parameters for the test
from these aspects, taking into account their methods referred to in this part of SLS 1676.
particular requirements and any relevant national In conjunction with the other parts of SLS 1676,
regulations and installation practices or codes. it is applicable to PVC-C pipes, fittings, their
It also specifies the parameters for the test joints and joints with components of other
methods referred to in this part of SLS 1676. plastics and non-plastics materials intended to be
In conjunction with the other parts of SLS 1676, used for hot and cold water installations.
it is applicable to PVC-C fittings, their joints and (=ISO 15877-5:2009)
joints with components of PVC-C, other plastics Gr. E
and non-plastics materials intended to be used for
hot and cold water installations. SLS 1677:2020
This part of SLS 1676 is applicable to fittings of Paper and board - Determination of cie
the following types: whiteness, C/2° (indoor illumination
¯ fittings for solvent cement joints; conditions)
¯ mechanical fittings; Specifies the procedure to be used for
¯ fittings with incorporated inserts. determining the CIE whiteness of papers and
NOTE 2 Fittings made from PVC-C are boards, in order to obtain values which
manufactured by injection-moulding. correspond to the visual appearance of white
(=ISO 15877-3:2009) papers and boards, with or without fluorescent
Gr. M whitening agents, when they are viewed indoors.
It is based on radiance factor data obtained over
the full visible spectral range (VIS) in contrast to
the measurement of ISO brightness, which is
limited to the blue region of VIS. This
International Standard also specifies the
procedures for the determination of CIE tint

296
values and the fluorescent component of CIE SLS 1681:2020
whiteness. Paper, board, pulps and cellulose
(=ISO 11476:2016) nanomaterials -determination of residue (ash
Gr. H content) on ignition at 900 °c
Describes the determination of the residue (ash
SLS 1678:2020 content) on ignition of paper, board, pulps and
Paper and board - Determination of CIE cellulose nanomaterials. This document is Page | 297
whiteness, D65/100 degrees (outdoor daylight) applicable to all types of paper, board, pulp and
Specifies the procedure to be used for cellulose nanomaterial. This document provides
determining the whiteness of papers and boards. measurement procedures to obtain a
The values obtained correspond to the visual measurement precision of 0,01 % or better for
appearance of white papers and boards with or residue (ash content) on ignition at 900 °C.
without fluorescent whitening agents when they In the context of this document, the term
are viewed under the CIE D65 daylight standard “cellulose nanomaterial” refers specifically to
illuminant. It is based on reflectance data cellulose nano-object (see 3.2 to 3.4). Owing to
obtained over the full visible spectral range (VIS) their nanoscale dimensions, these cellulose nano-
in contrast to the measurement of ISO brightness objects can have intrinsic properties, behaviours
which is limited to the blue region of VIS. or functionalities that are distinct from those
(=ISO 11475:2017) associated with paper, board and pulps.
Gr. H (=ISO 2144:2019)
Gr. E
SLS 1679:2020
Pulp, paper and board -Determination of total SLS 1682:2020
chlorine and Organically bound chlorine Paper, board and pulps - measurement of
Specifies two alternative procedures for the diffuse radiance factor (diffuse reflectance
determination of total and organically bound factor)
chlorine in pulp, paper and board. It is applicable Describes the general procedure for measuring
to all types of pulp, paper and board. The lower the diffuse radiance factor of all types of pulp,
limit of the determination is about 20 mg/kg. paper and board. More particularly, it specifies in
(=ISO 11480:2017) detail in Annex A the characteristics of the
Gr. H equipment to be used for such measurements, and
in Annex B the procedures to be used for
SLS 1680:2020 calibrating that equipment.This Standard may be
Safety of hybrid inverter for solar PV system used to measure the diffuse radiance factors and
Covers the particular safety requirements related properties of materials containing
relevant to d.c. to a.c. solar hybrid inverter fluorescent whitening agents, provided that the
products as well as products that perform inverter UV-content of the instrument illumination has
functions in addition to other functions, where the been adjusted to give the same level of
inverter is intended for use in photovoltaic power fluorescence as a fluorescent reference standard
systems. for a selected CIE illuminant, in accordance with
Type of operation of solar hybrid inverter the specific International Standard describing the
covered by this standard may be grid-connected, measurement of the property in question.This
stand-alone mode operation, or multiple modes. Standard describes in Annex C the preparation of
This hybrid inverter may be connected single or fluorescent reference standards, although the
multiple photovoltaic modules in various array procedures for using these standards are not
configurations and intended for use with batteries included, since their use is described in detail in
or other forms of energy storage as the second the specific this Standards describing the
source of energy. measurement of the properties of materials
44 pages, Gr.16 containing fluorescent whitening agents.
(=ISO 2469:2014)
Gr. K

297
SLS 1683:2020 and tempered steel cylinders and tubes with a
Single-use medical face masks maximum actual tensile strength Rma of less than
Prescribes the requirements and methods of 1 100 MPa.
sampling and test for performance of single use (=ISO 9809-1:2019)
medical face masks intended to prevent and/ or Gr. U
limit the transmission of infectious agents from
an infected person to a non-infected person or any SLS 1687 Part 1:2020 Page | 298
other intended end use. This Standard does not Distilled liquor/ spirit drinks - Rum
apply to the re-usable or non-medical masks. Prescribes requirements and methods of sampling
19 pages, Gr. 9 and test for rum.
18 pages, Gr. 9
SLS 1684:2020
Compost for organic agriculture SLS 1687 Part 2:2020
Prescribes the requirements, methods of Distilled liquor/ spirit drinks - Whisky/
sampling, testing and packaging for compost Whiskey
intended to use for organic agriculture. Prescribes requirements and methods of sampling
AMD No 1(AMD 577:2022) and test for whisky/ whiskey.
15pages, Gr. 8 17pages, Gr. 9

SLS 1685:2020 SLS 1687 Part 3:2020

Gas cylinders - cylinder valves -specification Distilled liquor/ spirit drinks - Brandy
and type testing Prescribes requirements and methods of sampling
Specifies design, type testing and marking and test for brandy.
requirements for: 16 pages, Gr.8
a) cylinder valves intended to be fitted to
refillable transportable gas cylinders;
b) main valves (excluding ball valves) for SLS 1687 Part 4:2020
cylinder bundles; Distilled liquor/spirit drinks - Vodka
c) cylinder valves or main valves with integrated Prescribes requirements and methods of sampling
pressure regulator (VIPR); which convey and test for vodka.
compressed, liquefied or dissolved gases. 15 pages, Gr.8
This Standard covers the function of a valve as a
closure. SLS 1687 Part 5:2020
(=ISO 10297:2014) Distilled liquor/ spirit drinks - Gin
Gr. S prescribes requirements and methods of sampling
and test for gin.
SLS 1686 Part 1:2020 16 pages, Gr.9
Gas cylinders - Design, construction and
testing of refillable seamless steel gas cylinders SLS 1687 Part 6:2020
and tubes - quenched and tempered steel Distilled liquor/spirit drinks -Tequila
cylinders and tubes with tensile strength less Prescribes requirements and methods of sampling
than 1 100 MPa and test for tequila
Specifies minimum requirements for the material, 17 pages, Gr.9
design, construction and workmanship,
manufacturing processes, examination and SLS 1687 Part 7:2020
testing at time of manufacture for refillable Distilled liquor/ spirit drinks - Emulated
seamless steel gas cylinders and tubes with water foreign liquor
capacities up to and including 450 l. Prescribes requirements and methods of sampling
It is applicable to cylinders and tubes for and test for Sri Lankan emulated foreign liquor.
compressed, liquefied and dissolved gases and 16 pages, Gr.8
for quenched

298
SLS 1688:2020 It is applicable to emitters, emitting and dripping
Black gram flour (Ulundu flour) (trickling) pipes, hoses, including collapsible
Prescribes the requirements and methods of tests hoses (“tapes”) and tubing of which the emitting
for black gram flour (Urid/ Oorid/ Undu flour/ units form an integral part, to emitters and
Ulundu flour). emitting units with or without pressure regulation
17 pages, Gr.8 and with flow rates not exceeding 24 l/h per outlet
(except during flushing), and to fittings dedicated Page | 299
SLS 1689:2020 to the connection of emitting pipes, hoses and
Requirements for best aquaculture practices tubing. It is not applicable to porous pipe (pipe
(BAP) for shrimp production that is porous along its entire length), nor does it
Specifies the requirements for BAP at hatchery, cover the performance of pipes as regards
nursery and farming practices including clogging.(=ISO 9261:2004)
harvesting and post-harvest handlings prior to Gr.H
transportation to be applied for sustainable
shrimp production that is legally compliant, SLS 1692:2020
environmentally sound, socially acceptable and Agricultural irrigation equipment - irrigation
economically viable to ensure quality products valves - General requirements
that are safe and suitable for human consumption. Specifies construction and performance
17 pages, Gr.9 requirements and test methods for valves,
intended for operation in irrigation systems with
SLS 1690:2020 water at temperatures not exceeding 60 °C, which
Minimum energy performance for household can contain fertilizers and other chemicals of the
refrigerators types and concentrations used in agriculture.
Specifies Minimum Energy Performance (MEP) It is applicable to irrigation valves of 8 mm
for household electric vapour compression type diameter or greater, designed to operate in the
refrigerators operating on mains supply of 230 V fully open and fully closed positions, but which
a.c, 50 Hz nominal power supply consisting of can also operate for extended time periods in any
freezing and cooling facilities and cooled by intermediate position.(=ISO 9635-1:2014)
natural convection or forced air circulation. This Gr. L
standard also specifies a test method for
determining the energy use of refrigerators which SLS 1693:2020
comply with Temperature performance test as Agricultural irrigation equipment - irrigation
described in 6.3. Climatic class is taken as valves - isolating valves
Temperate which ranges from +16 0C to Specifies construction and performance
+32 0C. requirements and test methods for isolating
AMD No.1 (AMD 561:2022) valves, intended for operation in irrigation
AMD No.2 (AMD 562:2022) systems with water at temperatures not exceeding
26 pages, Gr.12 60 °C, which can contain fertilizers and other
chemicals of the types and concentrations used in
SLS 1691:2020 agriculture.
Agricultural irrigation equipment - It is applicable to isolating irrigation valves of
Specification and test methods for emitters DN 8 in diameter or greater, designed to operate
and emitting pipe in the fully open and fully closed positions, but
Gives mechanical and functional requirements which can also operate for extended time periods
for agricultural irrigation emitters and emitting in any intermediate position.
pipes, and, where applicable, their fittings, and (=ISO 9635-2:2014)
provides methods for testing conformity with Gr.H
such requirements. It also specifies the data to be
supplied by the manufacturer to permit correct
information, installation and operation in the
field.

299
SLS 1694:2020 operated (i.e. the force is applied through an
Agricultural irrigation equipment irrigation adjustable pilot valve via a diaphragm). These
valves - check valves valves can also function as check valves.
Specifies construction and performance (=ISO 9635-5:2014)
requirements and test methods for check valves, Gr. G
intended for operation in irrigation systems with
water at temperatures not exceeding 60 °C, which SLS 1697:2020 Page | 300
can contain fertilizers and other chemicals of the Portland-composite cement
types and concentrations used in agriculture. Covers the requirements for constituents,
It is applicable to hydraulically operated check composition, mechanical properties, physical
irrigation valves of DN 15 diameter or greater, properties, chemical properties, packaging,
designed to operate in the fully open and fully marking and delivery of Portland-Composite
closed positions, but which can also operate for Cement (PCC).This specification pertains to two
extended time periods in any intermediate strength classes of PCC.NOTE: Requirements for
position.(=ISO 9635-3:2014) other cements are covered in separate Sri Lanka
Gr. D standards (see Clause 2).
26 pages, Gr.11
SLS 1695:2020
Agricultural irrigation equipment - irrigation SLS 1698:2021
valves - Air valves Plastics - carbon and environmental footprint
Specifies construction and performance of biobased plastics - general principles
requirements and test methods for air valves, Specifies the general principles and the system
intended for operation in irrigation systems with boundaries for the carbon and environmental
water at temperatures not exceeding 60 °C, which footprint of biobased plastic products. It is an
can contain fertilizers and other chemicals of the introduction and a guidance document to the
types and concentrations used in agriculture. other parts of the ISO 22526 series. This
It is applicable to hydraulically operated air document is applicable to plastic products and
irrigation valves of DN 15 diameter or greater, plastic materials, polymer resins, which are based
designed to be directly operated, i.e. the force is from biobased or fossil-based constituents.
applied to the obturator by the float, either (=ISO 22526-1:2020)
directly or via a mechanical linkage. The valves Gr. D
can be operated by a force applied through an
adjustable pilot valve. SLS 1699:2021
(=ISO 9635-4:2014) Fibre ropes – polyethylene – 3- and 4- strand
Gr. G ropes
Secifies requirements for 3-strand hawser-laid
SLS 1696:2020 and 4-strand shroud-laid ropes for general service
Agricultural irrigation equipment - irrigation (excluding fittings) made of polyethylene and
valves - control valves gives rules for their designation.
Specifies construction and performance (=ISO 1969:2004)
requirements and test methods for control valves, Gr. B
intended for operation in irrigation systems with
water at temperatures not exceeding 60 °C, which SLS 1700:2018
can contain fertilizers and other chemicals of the Electronic taximeters
types and concentrations used in agriculture. Applies to electronic taximeters, hereinafter
It is applicable to hydraulically-operated control referred to by the general term taxime-ters, to be
irrigation valves of DN 15 (1/2 inch) diameter or installed on public hire vehicles (taxis or cabs)
greater, designed to operate in any position, from which, with the aid of electronic devices,
fully open to fully closed. The valves can either calculate and indicate the amount to be paid by
be directly operated (i.e. the force applied via a the passenger of the taxi this does not apply to
spring or diaphragm to the obturator), or pilot- taximeters being remotely controlled by external

300
intelligence as far as it concerns the functions solid organic fertilizer intended to use for
described in this standard. ecofriendly agriculture. This does not cover
17 pages, Gr.9 compost and organic fertilizer of liquid forms or
other solids or liquids that contain only plant
SLS 1701 Part 1:2021 growth regulators or plant growth promoting
Treacle - kithul treacle substances.
Prescribes the requirements and methods of 16 pages, Gr.9 Page | 301
sampling and test for Kithul (Caryota urens L.)
treacle. SLS 1705:2021
24p, Gr.11 Textiles – knitted fabrics – representation and
pattern design
SLS 1701 Part 2: 2021 specifies various systems of symbolic notation
Specification for treacle- coconut treacle and pattern design for knitted fabrics. The
requirements and methods of sampling and test symbolic notations contained in this International
for coconut treacle. Standard do not necessarily constitute the only
Gr. 11 method of representation. (=ISO 23606:2009)
Gr. G
SLS 1701 Part 3: 2021
Specification for treacle - palmyrah treacle SLS 1706:2021
requirements and methods of sampling and test Plastics - carbon and environmental footprint
for palmyrah treacle of biobased plastics - process carbon footprint,
Gr.11 requirements and guidelines for
quantification
SLS 1702: 2023 Specifies requirements and guidelines for the
Specification for liquid organic fertilizers quantification and reporting of the process carbon
(First Revision) footprint of biobased plastics (see SLS 1698),
This Standard specifies the requirements and being a partial carbon footprint of a bioplastic
methods of sampling and tests for liquid organic product, based on ISO 14067 and consistent with
fertilizers. This Standard does not cover liquid International Standards on life cycle assessment
organic fertilizers those contain, enriched and/ or (SLS ISO 14040 and SLS ISO 14044). This
fortified with alien (non-indigenous) and document is applicable to process carbon
genetically modified organisms. This Standard is footprint studies (P-CFP) of plastic materials,
not applicable for liquid biofertilizers or liquids being a partial carbon footprint of a product,
that contain plant growth regulators or plant whether or not the results are intended to be
growth promoting substances or nano fertilizers. publicly available. Requirements and guidelines
Gr. 5 for the quantification of a partial carbon footprint
of a product (partial CFP) are provided in this
SLS 1703:2021 document. The process carbon footprint study is
Aluminium/zinc alloy coated steel sheets for carried out according to SLS ISO 14067 as a
roofing and cladding partial carbon footprint, using the specific
Specifies requirements for aluminium/zinc alloy conditions and requirements specified in this
coated steel sheets, intended to be fabricated for document. Where the results of a P-CFP study are
use in the building industry for exterior reported according to this document, procedures
applications such as roofing, wall cladding and are provided to support transparency and
awnings. credibility, and also to allow for informed
24 pages, Gr.11 choices. Offsetting is outside of the scope of this
document.
SLS 1704:2021 (=ISO 22526-3:2020)
Sterilized solid organic fertilizer Gr. E
prescribes the requirements, methods of
sampling, testing and packaging for sterilized

301
SLS 1707:2021 that offers a bareboat for charter. This document:
Packaging - tamper verification features for covers the safety of the bareboat and its
medicinal product packaging occupants, but not associated sport or water-
Specifies requirements and provides guidance for based recreational activities; excludes boats that
the application, use and check of tamper are provided with a skipper and/or crew and
verification features to the packaging of bareboats that do not have living accommodation;
medicinal products. The principles in this does not establish the construction requirements Page | 302
document can be applied in other sectors, as for bareboats and equipment provided.
appropriate. (=ISO 20410:2017)
(=ISO 21976:2018) Gr. H
Gr. H
SLS 1711:2021
SLS 1708:2021 Adventure tourism - good practices for
Guidelines for herbal cosmetics sustainability - requirements and
This Standard guideline provides recommendations
recommendations for cosmetics in which one or Provides requirements and recommendations for
more herb(s)/herbal ingredient(s) are included. adventure tourism activity providers on good
Products that herbal ingredient(s) are added, practices for sustainability (environmental, social
claiming as traditional medicine (eg: Ayurveda, and economic aspects) for adventure tourism
Chinese traditional medicines, etc.) are excluded activities. This document can be used by all types
from the Scope of this Standard. This Standard and sizes of adventure tourism activity providers,
guideline does not cover products which do not operating in different geographic, cultural and
qualify under the criteria for “cosmetics”. (See social environments.(=ISO 20611:2018)
5.2.12 of SLS 1587.) Gr. E
10 pages, Gr. 5
SLS 1712:2021
SLS 1709:2021 Adventure tourism - leaders - personnel
Recreational diving services- requirements for competence
gas blender training programmes Document establishes the requirements and
Specifies requirements for gas blender training recommendations of competencies and the
programmes and the competencies required of an related expected results of competencies for
individual in order to obtain a gas blender adventure tourism activity leaders common to
certificate from a training organization, attesting any adventure tourism activity, which can affect
that he/she has met or exceeded the requirements the quality and safety of the services provided. It
specified in this Standard. This Standard specifies can be used by all types and sizes of providers
two levels of gas blender qualification, as operating in different geographic, cultural and
follows: - Level 1 gas blender; - Level 2 gas social environments.
blender. This Standard recognizes that a training (=ISO 21102:2020)
programme can be organized and delivered in a Gr. E
modular way.
(=ISO 13293:2012) SLS 1713:2021
Gr. E Recreational diving services- requirements for
recreational diving providers
SLS 1710:2021 Specifies requirements for service providers in
Tourism and related services - bareboat the field of recreational scuba diving and
charter - minimum service and equipment snorkeling excursions. It specifies the following
requirements areas of service provision: - introductory diving
Document sets out the minimum service level and activities; - snorkelling excursions; - provision of
equipment requirements for bareboats offered for training and education; - organized and guided
charter on inland, coastal and/or offshore waters. diving for qualified divers; - rental of diving and
It is applicable to any individual or organization snorkelling equipment. Service providers can

302
offer one or more of these services. This and past, based on processes, know-how,
document specifies the nature and quality of the products or services. The requirements in this
services to the client. Standard are applicable to all the services of
(=ISO 24803:2017) industrial tourism (visits and additional offer),
Gr. F dealing with living industry, industrial heritage,
or a combination of both, including the facilities
SLS 1714:2021 and equipment related to such services, as well as Page | 303
Recreational diving services - Requirements their internal operation.
for the training of recreational snorkeling (=ISO 13810:2022)
guides Gr. F
Specifies requirements for snorkelling guide
training programmes and the criteria to be met SLS 1717:2021
that permit a training organization to award a Tourism and related services - wellness spa –
snorkelling guide qualification indicating that the service requirements
requirements specified in this Standard have been Document establishes the service requirements of
met. This Standard also specifies the particular a wellness spa, the main supporting processes and
conditions under which the training is provided, the quality of service to be provided to the client.
in addition to the general requirements for This document can be used by all types and sizes
recreational diving service provision specified in of wellness spas even if it is part of another
SLS 1713. activity (e.g. accommodation facilities, fitness
(=ISO 13970:2011) centres and hospitals). This document does not
Gr. D include any accommodation or food and beverage
requirements. This document does not apply to
SLS 1715:2021 medical spas and thalassotherapy centres. This
Tourism and related services - Yacht harbours document does not cover decisions that are
- Minimum requirements for high service related to medical professions, medical training
level harbours or any religious aspects.(=ISO 17679:2016)
Document establishes minimum requirements for Gr. H
commercial and non-commercial harbours for
leisure craft in order to define the high level to SLS 1718:2021
deliver services to the boating community for all Compostable plastic food wrapping sheet
types of recreational boating activities, excluding Prescribes the requirements and methods of
the standardization of sports activities. sampling and test for compostable plastic lunch
The scope does not cover specifics of boat yards, sheets This Specification does not cover non-
dry stacks, dry-docking areas, dry storages, fuel compostable and oxo-biodegradable plastic lunch
stations and nearby beaches. This document does sheets and very thin sheets such as shrink
not cover risks in case of abnormal weather wrapping sheets, stretch or cling films used for
conditions above windforce 9 on the Beaufort food sealing purposes.
scale and extreme sea conditions or rogue waves. Gr. 5
(=ISO 13687-3:2017)
Gr. D SLS 1719: 2021
Glass containers – standard tolerances for
SLS 1716:2022 bottles
Tourism and related services — visits to Specifies tolerances for glass bottles of circular
industrial, natural, cultural and historical sites cross-section and nominal capacity from 50 ml to
— requirements and recommendations 5 000 ml.(=ISO 9058:2008)
(First Revision) Gr. A
This Standard establishes general requirements
for industrial tourism offered by service providers SLS 1720 Part 1:2021
intending to transmit knowledge of production, Secondary lithium -ion cells for the propulsion
scientific and technical activities, both present of electric road vehicles - performance testing

303
Specifies performance and life testing of This Standard intends to determine the basic
secondary lithium-ion cells used for propulsion of safety performance of cells used in a battery pack
electric vehicles including battery electric and system under intended use, and reasonably
vehicles (BEV) and hybrid electric vehicles foreseeable misuse or incident, during the normal
(HEV). This document specifies the test operation of the EV. The safety requirements of
procedures to obtain the essential characteristics the cell in this standard are based on the premise
of lithium-ion cells for vehicle propulsion that the cells are properly used in a battery pack Page | 304
applications regarding capacity, power density, and system within the limits for voltage, current
energy density, storage life and cycle life. This and temperature as specified by the cell
document provides the standard test procedures manufacturer (cell operating region). The
and conditions for testing basic performance evaluation of the safety of cells during transport
characteristics of lithium-ion cells for vehicle and storage is not covered by this standard.
propulsion applications, which are indispensable (=IEC 62660-3:2016)
for securing a basic level of performance and Gr. IM
obtaining essential data on cells for various
designs of battery systems and battery packs. SLS 1721:2021
(=IEC 62660-1: 2018) Base oil for the manufacture of lubricants and
Gr. IR greases
prescribes the requirements used to describe the
SLS 1720 Part 2:2021 properties, characteristics, methods of sampling
Secondary lithium -ion cells for the propulsion and testing of base oil used to manufacture
of electric road vehicles - reliability and abuse lubricants and greases. For the purpose of this
testing standard, the base stocks shall be classified as
Specifies test procedures to observe the reliability Group I, Group II, Group III, Group IV and
and abuse behaviour of secondary lithium-ion Group V.
cells and cell blocks used for propulsion of 7 pages, Gr.3
electric vehicles including battery electric
vehicles (BEV) and hybrid electric vehicles SLS 1722 Part 1: 2021
(HEV). Specifies the standard test procedures and Double-capped led lamps designed to retrofit
conditions for basic characteristics of lithium-ion linear fluorescent lamps -safety requirements
cells for use in propulsion of battery and hybrid specifies the safety and interchangeability
electric vehicles. The tests are indispensable for requirements, and the exchange operation
obtaining essential data on reliability and abuse together with the test methods and conditions
behaviour of lithium-ion cells for use in various required to show compliance of double-capped
designs of battery systems and battery packs.This LED lamps with G5 and G13 caps, intended for
document provides standard classification of replacing fluorescent lamps with the same caps,
description of test results to be used for the design having: – a rated power up to 125 W; – a rated
of battery systems or battery packs. voltage of up to 250 V. Such LED lamps are
(=IEC 62660-2:2018) designed for replacement without requiring any
Gr. IK internal modification of the luminaire
(IEC 62776:2014)
SLS 1720 Part 3:2021 Gr. IN
Secondary lithium -ion cells for the propulsion
of electric road vehicles - safety requirements SLS 1723: 2021
Specifies test procedures and the acceptance Disposable wiping paper (in rolls)
criteria for safety performance of secondary Specification prescribes the requirements and
lithium-ion cells and cell blocks used for the methods of sampling and tests for wiping paper
propulsion of electric vehicles (EV) including made out of processed cellulose fibres supplied in
battery electric vehicles (BEV) and hybrid rolls.
electric vehicles (HEV). 20 pages, Gr.8

304
SLS 1724: 2021 SLS 1727 PART 1: 2022
Paper towel rolls for centre feed dispensing Specification for float operated valves - piston
devices and plunger type for storage cisterns
Specification prescribes the requirements and (excluding floater) (copper alloy body)
methods of sampling and tests for paper towels Specifies the technical requirements for the
supplied in rolls and intended primarily for use in piston and plunger type of float operated valves
a centre feed dispensing devices for hygiene of copper alloy body, used for filling potable Page | 305
purposes. water into a storage cistern (storage tank) which
20 pages, Gr.8 is used to store water for subsequent use, not
being a flushing cistern. The types of float
SLS 1725 Part 1: 2021 operated valves covered in this standard are
Processed grain based food products- multi/ categories in concern with its positioning of
mixed grain piston or plunger in the valve body and its nozzle
Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling seat arrangement. The Standard specifies
and testing for processed multi/ mixed grain requirements of the valves for use in potable
based food products intended for consumption water supply systems where the pressure extends
with or without preparation under given up to maximum of 1.4 MPa. The range of nominal
instructions. sizes covered in the standard are DN 10, DN 15,
16 pages Gr. 6 DN 20, DN 25, DN 32, DN 40 and DN 50. This
standard covers the requirements regarding the
SLS 1725 Part 2: 2021 dimensional parameters, materials &
Processed grain based food products- corn performance requirements.
flakes Gr. 18
Prescribes the requirements and the methods of
sampling and test for corn flakes. SLS 1727 PART 2: 2022
16 pages Gr. 6 Specification for float operated valves - piston
and plunger type for storage cisterns
SLS 1725 part 3: 2021 (excluding floater) (plastic body)
Processed grain based food products- rolled specifies the technical requirements for the piston
oats and plunger type of float operated valves of
Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling plastic body, used for filling potable water into a
and tests for rolled oats. storage cistern (storage tank) which is used to
16 pages Gr. 6 store water for subsequent use, not being a
flushing cistern. The types of float operated
SLS 1725 part 4: 2021 valves covered in this standard are categories in
Processed grain based food products -rice concern with its positioning of piston or plunger
flakes in the valve body and its nozzle seat arrangement.
prescribes the requirements and the methods of The Standard specifies requirements of the valves
sampling and tests for rice flakes. for use in potable water supply systems where the
14 pages Gr. 5 pressure extends up to maximum of 1.4 MPa. The
range of nominal sizes covered in the standard are
SLS 1726: 2021 DN 10, DN 15, DN 20, DN 25, DN 32, DN 40
Disintegrated dehydrated coconut kernel and DN 50. This standard covers the
Prescribes the requirements and methods of requirements regarding the dimensional
sampling and test for disintegrated dehydrated parameters, materials & performance
coconut kernel. requirements.
Gr. 6 Gr. 16

305
SLS 1727 PART 3: 2022 nominal sizes of valves covered in the standard
Float operated valves - diaphragm type for are DN 10 and DN 15. This standard covers the
storage cisterns (excluding floater) (copper requirements regarding the dimensional
alloy body) parameters, materials & performance
specifies the technical requirements for the requirements
Diaphragm type of float operated valves of Gr. 16
copper alloy body, used for filling potable water Page | 306
into a storage cistern (storage tank) which is used SLS 1727 Part 6: 2022
to store water for subsequent use and not being a Specification for float operated valves - inlet
flushing cistern. The Standard specifies valve for filling water closet cisterns with
requirements of the valves for use in potable internal over flow for flushing cisterns
water supply systems where the pressure extends Specifies the technical requirements for the Inlet
up to maximum of 1.4 MPa. The range of nominal Valve for Filling water Closet cisterns with
sizes covered in the standard are DN 10, DN 15, internal over flow which is used to filling potable
DN 20, DN 25, DN 32, DN 40 and DN 50. This water into the flushing cistern of water closets
standard covers the requirements regarding the (WC). The purpose of this document is to specify
dimensional parameters, materials & the dimensional, hygiene, tightness, pressure
performance requirements. erformance, hydraulic, mechanical and physico-
Gr. 17 chemical characteristics which inlet valves for
flushing cisterns shall comply with;
SLS 1727 Part 4: 2022 1. The test methods for testing these
Specification for float operated valves : characteristics: 2. Marking and presentation.
diaphragm type for storage cisterns (excluding This document applies exclusively to the valve
floater) (plastic body) itself and it does not prejudge compliance with
specifies the technical requirements for the health regulations as the inlet valve is being fitted
Diaphragm type of float operated valves of into the cistern. This document does not cover
plastic body, used for filling potable water into a valves intended to equip flushing cisterns with
storage cistern (storage tank) which is used to external overflow.
store water for subsequent use and not being a Gr. 13
flushing cistern. The Standard specifies
requirements of the valves for use in potable SLS 1727 PART 7: 2022
water supply systems where the pressure extends Specification for float operated valves :
up to maximum of 1.4 MPa. The range of nominal confined replenishing type for storage cisterns
sizes covered in the standard are DN 10, DN 15, (including floater)
DN 20, DN 25, DN 32, DN 40 and DN 50. This Specifies the technical requirements for the
standard covers the requirements regarding the confined replenished type float operated valves
dimensional parameters, materials & use for filling potable water into a confined
performance requirements. storage cistern (storage tank) which is used to
Gr. 15 store water for subsequent use, not being a
flushing cistern. The types of float operated
SLS 1727 Part 5: 2022 valves covered in this standard are categories in
Specification for float operated valves - concern with its inlet port closing by a vertical
compact type for water closet flushing cisterns diaphragm valve with direct action or by using a
(including floater) vertical diaphragm valve with magnetic force or
specifies the technical requirements for the any other mechanisms. The Standard specifies
compact type float operated valves with reducing requirements of the valves for use in potable
flow type used for filling potable water into the water supply systems where the pressure extends
flushing cistern of water closets (WC). The up to maximum of 1.4 MPa. The range of nominal
standard specifies requirements of the valves for sizes covered in the standard are DN 10, DN 15,
use in potable water supply systems where the DN 20 and DN 25. This standard covers the
pressure extends up to maximum of 1.4 MPa. The requirements regarding the dimensional

306
parameters, materials & performance and testing SLS 1728: 2021
requirements Vocabulary related to rattan materials and
Gr. 13 products
Defines terms relating to rattan source plants,
SLS 1727 PART 8: 2022 materials, intermediate rattan products and rattan
Specification for float operated valves : rolling products.
(=ISO 23066:2021) Page | 307
disc type for storage cisterns (including
floater) Gr. C
specifies the technical requirements for the
rolling disc type float operated valves of use for SLS 1729: 2021
use for filling potable water into a confined Vocabulary related to bamboo and bamboo
storage cistern (storage tank) which is used to products
store water for subsequent use, not being a Defines terms related to bamboo, intermediate
flushing cistern. The Standard specifies bamboo and bamboo products. This document is
requirements of the valves for use in potable applicable to bamboo, intermediate bamboo and
water supply systems where the pressure extends bamboo products in production and trade.
up to maximum of 1.4 MPa. The range of nominal ( =ISO 21625:2020)
sizes covered in the standard are DN 10, DN 15, Gr. C
DN 20, DN 25, D32 and DN 40. This standard
covers the requirements regarding the SLS 1730: 2021
dimensional parameters, materials & Equipment for harvesting — forage
performance and testing requirements. harvesters: vocabulary
Gr. 15 Specifies terms and definitions related to forage
harvesters and their component parts. This
SLS 1727 PART 9: 2022 document identifies dimensions and other
Specification for float operated valves : copper characteristics aimed at allowing comparison of
floats for cold water services operations of the machines and to improve
specifies requirements for a range of spherical communication among engineers and
copper floats of 41/2, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 and 12 researchers, in association with ISO 8909-2,
inches nominal diameter suitable for attachment which lays down methods of measuring
to the ball valves specified in Sri Lanka standards characteristics and performance requirements for
specifications of float operated valves SLS 1727 the term defined.
in the following classes:- Class A. Floats of all (=ISO 8909-1:2021)
sizes with soldered joints. Class B. Floats of all Gr. C
sizes with solderless joints. Class C. Floats of all
sizes with brazed, welded or silver-soldered SLS 1731: 2022
joints. Performance requirements relating to Writing paper and certain classes of printed
floats of a shape other than spherical are also matter - trimmed sizes - a and b series, and
included indication of machine direction
Gr. 8 Specifies the trimmed sizes of writing paper and
certain classes of printed matter. It applies to
SLS 1727 PART 10: 2022 trimmed sizes of paper for administrative,
Specification for float operated valves : plastic commercial and technical use, and to certain
floats for cold water services classes of printed matter, such as forms,
Specifies requirements for plastic material float, catalogues, etc.
with or without boss inserts. These floaters for (=ISO 216:2007 Reaffirmed in 2021)
use in cold water cisterns only, where they may Gr. E
be exposed to temperatures not exceeding 38°C.
Gr. 10

307
SLS 1732: 2022 SLS 1735: 2022
Single-use sanitary towels Electroacoustic – sound calibrators
Prescribes the requirements and methods of Specifies the performance requirements for three
sampling and test for single-use sanitary towels. classes of sound calibrator:class LS (Laboratory
(Superseding SLS 111) Standard), class 1 and class 2. Acceptance limits
Gr.11 are smallest for class LS and greatest for class 2
AMD 1(AMD 590:2023) instruments. Class LS sound calibrators are Page | 308
normally used only in the laboratory; class 1 and
SLS 1733:2018 class 2 are considered as sound calibrators for
Electric cables thermosetting insulated and field use. A class 1 sound calibrator is primarily
thermoplastic sheathed cables for voltage up intended for use with a class 1 sound level meter
to and including 450/750 V for electric power and a class 2 sound calibrator primarily with a
and lighting having low emission of smoke and class 2 sound level meter, as specified in IEC
corrosive gases when effected by fire 61672-1. The acceptance limits for class LS
Specifies requirements and test methods for the sound calibrators are based on the use of a
construction and performance of cables. laboratory standard microphone, as specified in
a). have a thermosetting insulation of rated IEC 61094-1, for demonstrations of conformance
voltage up to and including 450/750V, to the requirements of this document. The
b). emit limited amounts of smoke (see 16.6) and acceptance limits for class 1 and class 2 sound
corrosive gases when subjected to relevant tests calibrators are based on the use of a working
compared PVC cables conforming to SLS 733 standard microphone, as specified in IEC 61094-
and SLS 1504 series, 4, for demonstrations of conformance to the
c). are intended for electric power and lighting requirements of this document (=IEC
33 pages, Gr.14 60942:2017) Gr. U

SLS 1734 Part 1: 2022 SLS 1736: 2022

Electroacoustics – sound level meters : Code of hygienic practice for street - vended
specifications foods
Gives electroacoustical performance Defines the general hygienic practices required to
specifications for three kinds of sound measuring be followed to make the street foods safe. It will
instruments: • a time-weighting sound level meter be useful for all the three major stakeholders
that measures exponential-time-weighted, (vendors/food handlers, consumers and the
frequency-weighted sound levels; • an relevant authorities) who need to be involved to
integrating-averaging sound level meter that make street foods hygienic
measures time-averaged, frequency-weighted Gr.5
sound levels; and • an integrating sound level
meter that measures frequency-weighted sound SLS 1737: 2022
exposure levels. Sound level meters conforming WC and urinal flushing cisterns
to the requirements of this standard have a specifies design, performance requirements and
specified frequency response for sound incident the test methods for WC and urinal flushing
on the microphone from one principal direction cisterns with flushing mechanism, inlet valve and
in an acoustic free field or successively from overflow. This document covers flushing cisterns
random directions. Sound level meters specified designed to be connected to drinking water
in this standard are intended to measure sounds installations inside buildings.
generally in the range of human hearing. Gr.16
(=IEC 61672-1:2013)
Gr. IT SLS 1738: 2022
WC pans and WC suites with integral trap
specifies constructional and performance
characteristics together with test methods for
close-coupled suites, one-piece and independent

308
WC pans with integral trap used for personal reactors and combinations thereof in the field of
hygiene anufactured from vitrified glazed safety. The windings can be encapsulated or non-
ceramics or stainless steel. This Standard does not encapsulated. They are not forming a part of the
apply to squatting toilets, WC pans without distribution network.
integral trap or flushing cisterns as separate (=IEC 61558-1:2017)
appliances. In the case of independent WC pans, Gr. IAA
the associated flushing cisterns and pressure Page | 309
valves are covered by other standards and the SLS 1741-2-5: 2022
reference to cisterns in this standard is related Safety of transformers, reactors, power supply
only to the definition and requirements of units and combinations thereof –: particular
flushing volume. In the case of close-coupled requirements and test for transformer for
suites and one-piece WCs, this standard also shavers, power supply units for shavers and
specifies design, performance characteristics and shaver supply unit.
the test methods for designated flushing cisterns Deals with the safety of shaver transformers,
with flushing mechanisms, inlet valves and power supply units incorporating a shaver
overflows. For these products, this standard transformer, and shaver supply units. Shaver
covers flushing cisterns designed to be connected transformers incorporating electronic circuits are
to drinking water installations inside buildings. also covered by this standard Unless otherwise
Gr. 19 specified, from here onward, the term transformer
covers shaver transformers and power supply
SLS 1739: 2022 units incorporating shaver transformers and
WC seats and seat covers shaver supply units. This part is applicable to
Specifies constructional and performance stationary, single phase air-cooled (natural or
requirements together with test methods for seat forced), independent or associated dry- type
and seat cover (flap) made of plastic transformers. The windings may be encapsulated
(Polypropylene and UF) and stainless steel or non- encapsulated. This standard is applicable
materials for use of WC pans covered by the to transformers and power supply (linear) with
standard SLS 1738. internal operational frequencies not exceeding
Gr. 13 500 Hz. This standard used in combination with
Part 2-16 for switch mode power supply units
SLS 1740: 2022 (SMPS) is also applicable to power supplies with
Energy efficiency rating for led modules - internal operational frequencies higher than 500
general lighting Hz. Where the two requirements are in conflict
Specifies requirements for energy efficiency the most severe take precedence. The rated
labelling of LED modules for general lighting supply voltage does not exceed 250 V a.c., and
services operating on nominal supply voltage of the rated supply frequency does not exceed 500
230 V a.c. 50 Hz and rated power up to 60 W, Hz. The rated output is not less than 20 VA and
including following types of LED modules. does not exceed 50 VA . The no-load output
Gr.15 voltage does not exceed 275 V a.c and the rated
output voltage does not exceed 250 V a.c.
SLS 1741 Part 1: 2022 (=IEC 61558-2-5:2010)
Safety of transformers, reactors, power supply Gr. IH
units and combinations thereof – part 1:
general requirements and tests SLS 1742: 2022
Deals with safety aspects of transformers, Specification for single-use respiratory
reactors, power supply units and combinations protective devices–– filtering facepiece
thereof such as electrical, thermal and mechanical respirators without inhalation and exhalation
safety. This document covers the following valve– non-oil based environment
independent or associated stationary or portable Prescribes the requirements and methods of
types of dry-type transformers, power supply sampling and tests for filtering facepiece
units, including switch mode power supply units, respirators without exhalation and inhalation

309
valves to protect against non-oil based particles. rubber gloves intended for use in handling
It does not cover either the filtering facepiece contaminated medical materials and gloves with
respirators designed to be worn in an smooth surfaces or with textured surfaces over all
environment with oil particles, or those to be used or part of the glove. This document is intended as
as protection against gases, vapours and oxygen a reference for the performance and safety of
deficiency. It is also not applicable to respirators rubber examination gloves. It does not cover the
used for the purposes of underwater operations safe and proper usage of examination gloves and Page | 310
and escape and firefighting sterilization procedures with subsequent
Gr. 11 handling, packaging and storage procedures.
(ISO 11193-1:2020)
SLS 1743: 2022 Gr. E
Chutney
Prescribes the requirements and methods of SLS 1747: 2022
sampling and test for chutney. This Standard Rubber, raw natural — guidelines for the
covers chutney prepared using fruits and specification of technically specified rubber
vegetables. (TSR)
Gr. 7 Specifies guidance on the specification of
technically specified rubber (TSR). A grading
SLS 1744: 2022 system is proposed, based on the origin of the
Specification for sodium hypochlorite used for natural rubber content and on properties exhibited
treatment of water intended for human by the rubber. This document is intended for use
consumption by parties involved in the procurement of TSR
Specification prescribes the requirements and and is intended to form a basis from which
methods of sampling and tests for Sodium requirements for a particular case may be more
hypochlorite solution, used in treatment of water closely specified. As such, it describes a number
intended for human consumption. of criteria that need to be the subject of
Gr.13 appropriate agreement between the interested
parties. (ISO 2000:2020)
SLS 1745: 2022 Gr. B
Rubber bands — general requirements and
test methods SLS 1748: 2023
Specifies general requirements and relevant test Specification for single-use panty liners
methods for rubber bands made of dry natural Prescribes the requirements and methods of
rubber used for general purposes such as for daily sampling and test for women’s panty liners.
wrapping or packaging. This document is not Gr. 10
applicable for cover rubber bands made of blend
and synthetic rubbers. This document is not
applicable for rubber bands used for engineering SLS 1749: 2023
applications, for food contact, nor for medical Specification for single-use ultra-thin/ slim
uses (=ISO 22843:2020) sanitary towels
Gr. D Prescribes the requirements and methods of
sampling and test for Press –on type ultra-thin/
SLS 1746: 2022 slim sanitary towels. AMD No 1 (AMD 595:
Single-use medical examination gloves: 2023)
specification for gloves made from rubber Gr. 10
latex or rubber solution
Specifies requirements for packaged sterile, or SLS 1750: 2023
bulked non-sterile, rubber gloves intended for use Specification for biochar
in medical examinations and diagnostic or This Standard prescribes the requirements,
therapeutic procedures to protect the patient and methods of tests and packaging for biochar
the user from cross-contamination. It also covers manufactured from the plant biomass, intended to

310
use as a material for soil amendments. This SLS 1754: 2023
Standard does not cover biochar made from Fertilizers and soil conditioners controlled-
materials with animal origin or their release fertilizer — general requirements
wastes/sludges. Gr. 7 This International Standard specifies the
requirements for testing methods, sampling and
SLS 1751: 2023 preparation of test sample, marking and labelling,
Specification for table grapes as well as package, transport, and storage of Page | 311
This Standard specifies the requirements of controlled-release fertilizer.This International
berries of commercial varieties (cultivars) of Standard is applicable to controlled-release
table grapes grown from Vitis vinifera L. of the products having one or more primary fertilizer
Vitaceae family, to be supplied fresh to the nutrient (nitrogen and/or phosphorous and/or
consumer, after preparation and packaging. This potassium) in a controlled-release form. They can
Standard does not cover the grapes for industrial be made by bulk blending (BB) fertilizers or by
processing. special processes
Gr. 7 (ISO 18644:2016)
Gr. C
SLS 1752: 2023
Guideline on good manufacturing practices SLS 1755: 2023
for production of organic fertilizers and soil Fertilizers — marking — presentation and
conditioners declarations
(Superseding SLS 1654) This document specifies the procedure for
This Standard prescribes the guidelines of good marking containers or labels for fertilizers. This
manufacturing practices for organic fertilizers document is applicable to all fertilizers in
and soil conditioners production, starting from containers or bulk (ISO 7409:2018)
raw material receiving stage to dispatch to the Gr. F
buyer, in order to establish the necessary
conditions to manufacture the end products which SLS 1756: 2023
meets the user expectations. This Standard does Fertilizers and soil conditioners — sulfur
not applicable to good manufacturing practices coated urea (scu) — general requirements
for biofertilizer production. This International Standard specifies general
Gr. 7 requirements, sampling and preparation of test
sample,marking and labelling, packaging,
SLS 1753: 2023 transport, and storage for SCU.
Fertilizers and soil conditioners solid urea (ISO 17323:2015) Gr. C
aldehyde slow release fertilizer — general
requirements SLS 1757: 2023
This document specifies general requirements, Heating cables with a rated voltage up to and
analytical methods, sampling and preparation of including 300/500 v for comfort heating and
test sample, marking and labelling, packaging, prevention of ice formation
transport and storage for solid urea aldehyde slow This document is applicable to, and specifies
release fertilizer. This document applies to pure requirements for resistive heating cables for low
solid urea aldehyde slow release fertilizer, i.e. temperature applications such as comfort heating
urea formaldehyde (UF), methylene urea (MU), and the prevention of ice formation. These
crotonylidene diurea (CDU), isobutylidene heating cables and heating cable sets can
diurea (IBDU). This document does not apply to comprise either factory assembled or field (work-
mixtures of nitrogenous fertilizers containing site) assembled units, and are heating cables
solid urea aldehyde slow release fertilizer. assembled in accordance with manufacturer’s
(ISO 19670:2017) instructions. Bare conductors and protected
Gr. D conductors to be supplied at voltages equal to, or
less than, 50 V are excluded from the scope of
this document. Typical applications include, but

311
are not limited to: • surface heating installed in or SLS 1760: 2023
under surfaces; • direct and storage heating; • Copper and copper alloys - wrought and
snow melting and frost protection of roofs, unwrought forging stock
gutters, pipes, etc. Electrical resistance trace This European Standard specifies the
heating systems for industrial and commercial composition, property requirements and
applications are specified in the IEC 62395 series dimensional tolerances for forging stock of
[1]1 and for explosive atmospheres applications copper and copper alloys. The sampling Page | 312
in the IEC/IEEE 60079-30 series [2], as are procedures and the methods of test for
mineral insulated heating cables. Applications in verification of conformity to the requirements of
which the sheath temperature exceeds 100 °C are this European Standard are also specified
outside the scope of this document. The object of (EN 12165:2016)
this document is to ensure that electrical Gr. E14
resistance heating cables operate safely under
their normal defined conditions of use. This is SLS 1761: 2023
achieved by: • employing heating cables of the Copper and copper alloys - forgings
appropriate construction that meet the test criteria This European Standard specifies the
detailed in this document; • including, for heating composition, the property requirements and
cables with an electrical protective component, a tolerances on dimensions and form for copper
metallic braid, concentric wires or sheath, or and copper alloy die and hand forgings. The
other suitable electrically conductive material for sampling procedures, the methods of test for
protective purposes in case of fault; • ensuring verification of conformity to the requirements of
that the heating cables operate at safe this standard, and the delivery conditions are also
temperatures with respect to the materials used in specified.
the construction of the cables and their (EN 12420:2014)
installations according to national regulations. Gr. E19
(IEC 60800:2021)
Gr. IP SLS 1762: 2023
Copper and copper alloys - rod for free
SLS 1758: 2023 machining purposes
Performance specification for paper and This European Standard specifies the
paper board sacks for bulk packaging of tea composition, property requirements and
This Standard prescribes the performance dimensional tolerances for copper alloy rod, in
requirements, methods of sampling and tests for the shape of circles, squares, hexagons or
paper and paperboard sacks designed for bulk octagons, finally produced by drawing or
packaging of tea with a maximum packing extruding, especially intended for free machining
quantity of 65kg. purposes. The sampling procedures and the
Gr.9 methods of test for verification of conformity to
the requirements of this European Standard are
SLS 1759: 2023 also specified. (EN 12164:2016)
General-purpose rubber thread - specification Gr. E16
This document specifies physical and mechanical
requirements for rubber threads. It does not apply SLS 1763: 2023
to rubber threads for food contact, furniture, high Rubber materials for seals and diaphragms
heat resistance and high ozone resistance for gas appliances and gas equipment
applications This document specifies requirements and
(ISO 20058:2017, (Confirmed in 2022)) associated test methods for rubber materials used
Gr. B in gas
installations, gas equipment and gas appliances in
contact with 1st, 2nd and 3rd family combustible
gases as classified in EN 437:2018, additionally
LPG, bio methane and bio LPG, in the same

312
quality, are covered. It also establishes a SLS 1765: 2023
classification based on temperature range and Specification for household and similar
hardness. This document is applicable to electrical appliances – safety – particular
materials from which homogeneous seals and requirements for electric fence energizers
homogeneous or reinforced diaphragms are This clause of Part 1 is replaced by the following.
manufactured. Since the dimensions and shape of This part of IEC 60335 deals with the safety of
the components differ from those of standard test electric fence energizers, the rated voltage of Page | 313
pieces taken from sheet material as used for type which is not more than 250 V and by means of
testing of the rubber materials according to this which fence wires in agricultural, domestic or
document, tolerances have been made in the feral animal control fences and security fences
requirements specified by Annex A for the may be electrified or monitored.
components with respect to those specified for (IEC 60335-2-76:2018)
standard test pieces. The range of operating Gr. IU
temperatures covered by this document is –40 °C
to +150 °C. For applications with potential SLS 1766: 2023
condensation, this document is not applicable for Specification for fresh edible mushroom
silicon rubber, e.g. above 200 hPa (200 mbar) This Standard specifies the requirements,
nominal pressure or at temperatures below 0 °C methods of tests for commercial mushroom
with 3rd family gases. (EN 549:2019) species growing in Sri Lanka (Appendix C) that
Gr. E14 cultivated and through wild collections. This
Standard does not cover dried, cooked and
SLS 1764: 2023 canned mushroom.
Test gases - test pressures - appliance Gr.8
categories
This document specifies the test gases, test SLS 1767: 2023
pressures and categories of appliances relative to Requirements for induced fruit ripening
the use of gaseous fuels of the first, second and This Standard prescribes the requirements for the
third families. It serves as a reference document induced ripening of banana, mango, papaya and
in the specific standards for appliances. The avocado for their safe and quality production that
document makes recommendations for the use of is legally compliant, environmentally sound,
the gases and pressures to be applied for the tests socially acceptable and economically viable to
of appliances burning gaseous fuels. NOTE ensure quality produce that is suitable for
Procedures for tests are given in the utilization and /or consumption according to its
corresponding appliance standards. The test gases intended use. This Standard does not absolve any
and the test pressures specified in this standard product, person(s), corporate entities and
are in principle intended to be used with all types organizations from fulfilling criteria laid down in
of appliances However, the use of some test the Standards for product(s) that use(s) the SLS
gases and test pressures may not be appropriate in mark. This Standard does not cover the de-
the following cases: — appliances with nominal greening of citrus fruits and pineapple.
heat input greater than 300 kW; — appliances Gr.10
constructed on site; — appliances in which the
final design is influenced by the user; — SLS 1769: 2023
appliances constructed for use with high supply Specification for stretchable bandages : woven
pressures (notably direct use of the saturated and warp knitted cotton bandage – adhesive
vapour pressure). In these cases, the specific free
appliance standards may specify other test Requirements and methods of tests for stretchable
conditions in order to establish compliance with bandages to be used to secure surgical dressings
their requirements. (EN 437:2021) in place and/ or for compression therapy.
Gr. E19 This Standard applies to bandages having a
nominal width between 25 mm to 100 mm.
Gr. 8

313
SLS 1770: 2023 SLS 1774 Part 1: 2023
Guidelines on good manufacturing practices Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear
(gmp) for the batik industry assemblies – part 1: general rules
The requirements of good manufacturing This part of IEC 61439 lays down the general
practices in the batik industry (using a resist definitions and service conditions, construction
dyeing technique) starting from raw material to requirements, technical characteristics and
finished product, which meets the expectations of verification requirements for low-voltage Page | 314
the end-user. switchgear and controlgear assemblies. NOTE
Gr. 9 Throughout this document, the term assembly(s)
(see 3.1.1) is used for a low-voltage switchgear
SLS 1771: 2023 and controlgear assembly(s). For the purpose of
Refrigerated bulk milk tanks determining assembly conformity, the
This International Standard specifies certain requirements of the relevant part of the IEC
requirements for design, construction and 61439 series, Part 2 onwards, apply together with
Performance of refrigerated bulk milk tanks and the cited requirements of this document. For
the related methods of test. assemblies not covered by Part 3 onward, Part 2
(ISO 5708:1983) applies. (IEC 61439-1:2020)
Gr. K Gr. IAA

SLS 1772: 2023 SLS 1774 Part 2: 2023

Automatic milking installations — Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear
requirements and testing assemblies – part 2: power switchgear and
This International Standard specifies controlgear assemblies
requirements for the construction of automatic This part of IEC 61439 defines the specific
milking installations (AMI), including specific requirements for the power switchgear and
safety and hygiene aspects and minimum controlgear assembly (abbreviated ‘PSC-
performance requirements and testing, in addition assembly’ throughout this document see 3.1.101)
to those described in ISO 5707 and ISO 6690. It as follows: • assemblies for which the rated
does not contain requirements for the design of voltage does not exceed 1 000 V AC or 1 500 V
the building in which the milking installation is DC; • assemblies designed for a nominal
installed (ISO 20966:2007) frequency of the incoming supply or supplies not
Gr. G exceeding 1 000 Hz; NOTE 1 Frequencies above
1 kHz are considered as high frequencies, see also
SLS 1773: 2023 IEC 60664-1:2007, 5.3.3.2.5 to take into account
Milking and cooling machine installations — additional constraints to insulation coordination.
monitoring device For bulk milk cooling tanks • assemblies intended for indoor and outdoor
— requirements applications;
This document specifies minimum performance • stationary or movable assemblies with or
and information requirements for monitoring without enclosures;
devices of bulk milk cooling tanks as part of • assemblies intended for use in connection with
milking and milk cooling machinery installations the generation, transmission, distribution and
in agricultural operations. It also specifies the conversion of electrical energy, and for the
minimum requirements for materials, design and control of equipment consuming electrical energy
installation. The purpose of this document is to and for associated data processing;
contribute to a high-quality milk production by • assemblies designed for use under special
monitoring, collecting data and providing alarms service conditions, for example in ships and in
with respect to defined parameters of the milk rail vehicles, provided that the other relevant
cooling, storage and cleaning processes. . specific requirements are complied with;
(ISO 23130:2020) NOTE 2 Supplementary requirements for
Gr. C assemblies in ships are covered by IEC 60092-
302-2.

314
This document also applies to assemblies for use ISO 7-1. These jointing compounds are for use in
in photovoltaic installations, designated contact with 1st family gases (town gas). 2nd
(IEC 61439-2:2020) family gases (natural gas) and 3rd family gases
Gr. IU (liquefied petroleum gases (LPG) not including
LPG in the liquid form) and hot water of heating
SLS 1774 PART 3: 2023 systems according to table 1. Page | 315
Specification for low-voltage switchgear and
(EN 751-1:1996)
controlgear assemblies part 3: distribution
Gr. E7
boards intended to be operated by ordinary
persons (dbo)
SLS 1775-2: 2023
This part of IEC 61439 defines the specific
requirements for distribution boards intended to Sealing materials for metallic treaded joints in
be operated by ordinary persons (DBO). DBOs contact with 1st , 2nd and 3rd family gasses
have the following and hot water- non-hardening jointing
criteria: compounds
– intended to be operated by ordinary persons Specifies requirements and test methods for non-
(e.g. switching operations and replacing fuse- hardening sealing materials (hereafter referred to
links), e.g. in domestic (household) applications; as jointing compounds) suitable for sealing
– outgoing circuits contain protective devices, threaded metallic joints such as those specified in
intended to be operated by ordinary persons, ISO 7-1. These jointing compounds are for use in
complying e.g. with IEC 60898-1, IEC 61008, contact with 1st family gases (town gas), 2nd
IEC 61009, IEC 62423 and IEC 60269-3; family gases (natural gas) and 3rd family gases
– rated voltage to earth does not exceed 300 V (liquefied petroleum gases (LPG) not including
a.c.; LPG in the liquid form) and hot water of heating
– rated current (Inc) systems (Class A), in gas appliances and their
of the outgoing circuits does not exceed 125 A auxiliary equipment (Class B) as well as in LPG
and the rated current (InA) of the DBO does not storage (Class C) according to table 1. Anaerobic
exceed 250 A;
jointing compounds are covered by EN 751-1,
– intended for the distribution of electrical
energy; non-hardening sealing materials in the form of
– enclosed, stationary; PTFE-tapes are covered by EN 751-3.
– for indoor or outdoor use. (EN 751-2: 1996)
DBOs may also include control and/or signaling Gr. E7
devices associated with the distribution of
electrical energy. SLS 1775-3: 2023
This standard applies to all DBOs whether they Sealing materials for metallic treaded joints in
are designed, manufactured and verified on a one- contact with 1st , 2nd and 3rd family gasses
off basis or fully standardised and manufactured and hot water - unsintered ptfe tapes and ptfe
in quantity strings
(IEC 61439-3:2012) Specifies requirements and test methods for
Gr. IL unsintered polytetrafluorethylene (PTFE) tapes
and polytetrafluorethylene (PTFE) strings (PTFE
SLS 1775-1: 2023 tapes or PTFE strings, for short) which are
Sealing materials for metallic treaded joints in suitable for sealing threaded metallic joints as
contact with 1st , 2nd and 3rd family gasses specified in EN 10226-1:2004. This document
and hot water : anaerobic jointing compounds covers two classes of PTFE tapes and PTFE
Specifies requirements and test methods for strings suitable for fine (F) and coarse (G)
anaerobic jointing compounds (hereafter referred threads. The PTFE tapes and PTFE strings are
to as “jointing compounds” suitable for sealing used as sealing materials for metallic threaded
joints in contact with 1st family gases (town gas),
threaded metallic joints such as those specified in
2nd family gases (natural gas) and 3rd family

315
gases (liquefied petroleum gases (LPG)) up to SLS 1778: 2023
500 kPa, up to 700 kPa for hot water of heating Specification for biofertilizers
systems, and up to 20 kPa in gas appliances and Specifies requirements and tests for cooker
their auxiliary equipment. The maximum control units primarily intended for the control of
working pressure covered in this document is the electric supply to cookers consisting of a main
2000 kPa which is relevant to LPG storage. The switch with certain auxiliaries and rated at a
temperature range is limited to −20 °C to 125 °C. voltage not exceeding 250 V at 50 Hz. Such units Page | 316
(EN 751-3:2022) comprise the following: (a)a main switch, for
Gr. E11 controlling the electric supply to the cooker,
having a rated current notexceeding 45 A;
(b)a socket-outlet and associated switch having a
SLS 1776: 2023 rated current not exceeding 13 A.Cooker control
Plastics - industrial compostable plastic units complying with this standard are suitable
shopping bags for use under the following conditions: i)In air
Specifies the requirements, test methods, test temperature from - 5 0C to + 40 0C with an
regulations, packaging, transportation and average value over a period of 24 h notexceeding
storage of industrial compostable plastic +25 0C:ii)Where the altitude of the site of
shopping bags. This document is applicable to installation does not exceed 2000 m;iii)In an
plastic shopping bags made from industrial atmosphere not subject to pollution by smoke,
compostable plastic resin as the main raw chemical fumes, rain, spray, prolongedperiod of
material, processed by heat sealing or bonding, high humidity or other conditions.
etc. This document does not apply to industrial Gr. 19
compostable plastic bags such as industrial
compostable roll bags (also known as tear bags or SLS 1779: 2023
point break bags made from above materials) and Specification for Degrees of protection
other bags that are only used in packaging and are provided by enclosures for electrical
not used for carrying shopping. This document equipment against external mechanical
enables to characterise the compostable plastic impacts (IK Code)
bags following two testing approaches that bring This document refers to the classification of the
to the definition of two classes (class I and class degrees of protection provided by enclosures
II). NOTE In some regions, industrial composting against external mechanical impacts when the
is referred to as professional composting rated voltage of the protected equipment is not
(ISO 5412:2022) greater than 72,5 kV. The object of this document
Gr. G is to give a) the definitions for the degrees of
protection provided by enclosures of electrical
SLS 1777: 2023 equipment as regards protection of the equipment
Specification for biofertilizers inside the enclosure against harmful effects of
Specifies the requirements and methods of mechanical impacts; b) the designations for the
sampling and tests for liquid and solid degrees of protection; c) the requirements for
biofertilizers. This Standard does not cover each designation; d) the tests to be performed to
biofertilizers those derived from alien (non- verify that the enclosure meets the requirements
indigenous) and genetically modified of this document. It will remain the responsibility
microorganisms. This Standard is not applicable of individual technical committees to decide on
for liquid fertilizer or liquids that contain solely the extent and manner in which the classification
plant growth regulators or plant growth is used in their standards and to define the
promoting substances. "enclosure" as it applies to their equipment and to
Gr.17 ensure that for a given classification, the tests do
not differ from those specified in this document.
If necessary, complementary requirements can be
included in the relevant product standard. For a
particular type of equipment, a product

316
committee can specify different requirements SLS 1780 Part 2-1: 2023
provided that at least the same level of safety is Specification for Luminaires Part 2-1 :
ensured. This document deals only with Particular requirements – Fixed general
enclosures that are in all other respects suitable purpose luminaires
for their intended use as specified in the relevant This part of IEC 60598 specifies requirements for
product standard and which, from the point of fixed general purpose luminaires for use with
view of materials and workmanship, ensure that electric light sources on supply voltages not Page | 317
the claimed degrees of protection are maintained exceeding 1 000 V.
under the normal conditions of use. (IEC 60598-2-1:2020)
(IEC 62262:2021) Gr.ID
Gr.IE
SLS 1780 Part 2-3: 2023
SLS 1780 Part 1: 2023 Specification for Luminaires : Particular
Specification for Luminaires Part 1: General requirements – Luminaires for road and
requirements and test street lighting
This Part 1 of IEC 60598 specifies general This part of IEC 60598 specifies requirements for −
requirements for luminaires, incorporating luminaires for road, street lighting and other public
electric light sources for operation from supply outdoor lighting applications; − tunnel lighting; −
voltages up to 1 000 V. The requirements and column-integrated luminaires with a minimum total
related tests of this document cover: height above normal ground level of 2,5 m; and for use
classification, marking, mechanical construction, with electrical lighting sources on supply voltages not
exceeding 1 000 V.
electrical construction and photobiological
safety. Each section of this Part 1 is read in (IEC 60598-2-3:2002 and AMD 1:2011)
conjunction with this Section 0 and with other Gr. IK
relevant sections to which reference is made.
Each part of IEC 60598-2 details requirements SLS 1780 Part 2-4: 2023
for a particular type of luminaire or group of Specification for Luminaires Part 2-4:
luminaires on supply voltages not exceeding 1 Particular requirements – Portable general-
000 V. These parts are published separately for purpose luminaires
ease of revision and additional sections will be This part of IEC 60598-2 specifies requirements
added as and when a need for them is recognized. for portable general purpose luminaires for
The presentation of photometric data for indoor and/or outdoor use (e.g. garden use), other
luminaires is under consideration by the than handlamps, designed to be used with or
International Commission on Illumination (CIE) incorporating electrical light sources on supply
and is not, therefore, included in this Part 1. voltages not exceeding 250 V.
Requirements are included in this Part 1 for (IEC 60598-2-4:2017)
luminaires incorporating ignitors with nominal Gr.IE
peak values of the voltage pulse not exceeding
those of Table 11.2. The requirements apply to SLS 1780 Part 2-5: 2023
luminaires with ignitors built into ballasts and to Specification for Luminaires : Particular
luminaires with ignitors separate from ballasts. requirements – Luminaires for Floodlights
For luminaires with ignitors built into lamps, the This part of IEC 60598 specifies requirements for
requirements are under consideration. floodlights for use with electrical light sources on
(IEC 60598-1:2020) supply voltages not exceeding 1 000 V.
Gr. IAC (IEC 60598-2-5:2015)
Gr.IF

317
SLS 1780 Part 2-8: 2023 SLS 1780 Part 2-22: 2023
Specification for Luminaires Part 2-8 : Specification for Luminaires Part 2-22:
Particular requirements – Luminaires for Particular requirements – Luminaires for
Hand lamps emergency lighting
This part of the IEC 60598 series specifies This part of IEC 60598 specifies requirements for
requirements for handlamps and similar portable emergency luminaires for use with electrical
luminaires which are held in the hand, hooked up lamps on emergency power supplies not Page | 318
or resting on a surface for use with electric light exceeding 1 000 V. This document does not cover
sources on supply voltages not exceeding 250 V. the effects of non-emergency voltage reductions
It is to be read in conjunction with those sections on luminaires incorporating high pressure
of Part 1 to which reference is made. Handlamps discharge lamps. This document gives general
which can be fixed to a support by means of a requirements for emergency lighting equipment.
wing screw, clip or magnet, and luminaires In this document, the term "lamp" which also
intended for inspection of the interior of barrels, includes "light source(s)" where appropriate, is
are within the scope of this part of IEC 60598. used
(IEC 60598-2-8:2013) (IEC 60598-2-22:2021)
Gr.IG Gr.IR

SLS 1780 Part 2-11: 2023 SLS 1781: 2023

Specification for Luminaires Part 2-11: Plastics - soil biodegradable materials for
Particular requirements – Aquarium mulch films for use in agriculture and
luminaires horticulture - requirements and test methods
This part of the IEC 60598 series specifies regarding biodegradation, ecotoxicity and
requirements for household aquarium luminaires control of constituents
incorporating electric light sources on supply Applicable to biodegradable plastic materials
voltages not exceeding 1 000 V. NOTE In the used to produce mulch films or biodegradable
U.S., electrical equipment used on or in mulch films ready to be used for mulch
aquariums must be supplied by voltages not applications in agriculture and horticulture. This
exceeding 300 V. document specifies test methods and evaluation
(IEC 60598-2-11:2022) criteria by addressing the following
Gr.IF characteristics:
a) control of constituents;
SLS 1780 Part 2-18: 2023 b) biodegradation;
Part 2-18: Particular requirements – c) negative effects on terrestrial organisms.
Luminaires for swimming pools and similar (ISO 23517:2021)
applications Gr. M
This part of IEC 60598 specifies requirements for
fixed luminaires intended for use in water, or in SLS 1782: 2023
contact with water, in, for example, the basins of Extruded sheets of impact-modified
swimming pools, fountains, paddling pools,and polystyrene (ps-i) requirements and test
garden pools, and for use with electric light methods
sources.NOTE Electrical installation rules for Specifies the requirements and test methods for
swimming pools are given in IEC 60364-7- solid flat extruded sheets of impact modified
702.This document does not cover luminaires not polystyrene (PS-I) without fillers and reinforcing
in contact with water (e.g. mounted behind a glass materials. This document applies only to
panel which is separate from the luminaire) or thickness 0,25 mm to 20,0 . It also applies to PS-
hand-held or portable luminaires. I sheet in roll form.
(IEC 60598-2-18:2022) (ISO 14631:2021)
Gr.IF Gr. F

318
SLS 1783: 2023
Extruded sheets of polyethylene (pe-hd) SLS 12000 Part 3:2012
requirements and test methods Nanotechnologies - Vocabulary – carbon
Specifies the requirements and test methods fo r nano-objects
solid flat extruded sheets of polyethylene Lists terms and definitions related to carbon nano
homopolymers (PE-HD) without fillers or –objects in the field of nanotechnologies.
reinforcing materials. This document is (=ISO/TS 80004-3:2010) Page | 319
applicable only to thicknesses of 0,5 mm to 40 Gr. D
mm. It also applies to PE-HD sheet in rolled form.
(ISO 14632:2021) SLS 12000 Part 4:2012
Gr. E Nanotechnologies - Vocabulary –
nanostructured materials
SLS 1784: 2023 Gives terms and definitions for materials in the
Plastics - extruded sheets of polypropylene field of nanotechnologies where one or more
(pp) - requirements and test methods components are nanoscale regions and the
Specifies the requirements and test methods for materials exhibit properties attributable to the
solid flat extruded sheets of polypropylene presence of those nanoscale regions.
homopolymers (PP‑H) and polypropylene (=ISO/TS 80004-4:2011)
copolymers (PP‑B and PP‑R) without fillers or Gr. D
reinforcing materials. This document applies to
PP sheet in rolled form. It applies only to SLS 12000 Part 5:2012
thicknesses of 0,5 mm to 40 mm. Nanotechnologies - Vocabulary – nano/bio
(ISO 15013:2022) interface
Gr. E Lists terms and definitions related to the interface
between nanomaterials and biology.
SLS 1785: 2023 (=ISO/TS 80004-5:2011)
Specification for polyaluminium chloride used Gr.C
for treatment of water intended for human
consumption SLS 12000 Part 7:2012
Prescribes the requirements, methods of sampling Nanotechnologies – Vocabulary – diagnostics
and test for Poly aluminium chloride in the form and therapeutics for healthcare
of liquid and powder/ granules as used in the Applicable to the use of nanotechnologies in
treatment of water supplies intended for human medical diagnostics and therapeutics. Terms
consumption. relating to the exploitation of material features at
Gr. 11 the nanoscale for diagnostic or therapeutic
purposes in relation to human disease come
SLS 12000 Part 1:2012 within the scope of this standard.
Nanotechnologies - Terminology and (=ISO/TS 80004-7:2011)
definitions for nano-objects – nanoparticle, Gr. D
nonofiber and nonoplate
Lists terms and definitions related to particles in SLS 12001:2012
the field of nanotechnologies. Nanotechnologies – health and safety practices
(=ISO/TS 27687:2008) in occupational settings relevant to
Gr. D nanotechnologies
Describes health and safety practices in
SLS 12000 Part 2:2012 occupational settings relevant to
Nanotechnologies - Vocabulary – core terms nanotechnologies. It focuses on the occupational
Lists terms and definitions related to core terms manufacture and use of engineered
in the field of nanotechnologies. nanomaterials. It does not address health and
(=ISO/TS 80004-1:2010) safety issues or practices associated with
Gr. B nanomaterials generated by natural processes, hot

319
processes and other standard operations which SLS 12004:2013
unintentionally generate nanomaterials, or Nanotechnologies – generation of metal
potential consumer exposures or uses, though nanoparticles for inhalation toxicity testing
some of the information in this technical report using the evaporation/condensation method
might be relevant to those areas. Gives requirements and recommendations for
(=ISO/TR 12885:2008) generating metal nanoparticles as aerosols
Gr. W suitable for Page | 320
inhalation toxicity testing by the
SLS 12002:2012 evaporation/condensation method.
Nanotechnologies – nanomaterial risk (=ISO 10801:2010)
evaluation Gr. L
Describes a process for identifying, evaluating,
addressing, making decisions about, and SLS 12005:2013
communicating the potential risks of developing Nanotechnologies – characterization of
and using manufactured nanomaterials, in order nanoparticles in inhalation exposure
to protect the health and safety of the public, chambers for inhalation toxicity testing
consumers, workers and the environment. It Specifies requirements for, and gives guidance
offers guidance on the information needed to on, the characterization of airborne nanoparticles
make sound risk evaluations and risk in inhalation exposure chambers for the purpose
management decisions, as well as how to manage of inhalation toxicity studies in terms of particle
in the face of incomplete or uncertain information mass, size distribution, number concentration and
by using reasonable assumptions and appropriate composition.
risk management practices. Further, it includes (=ISO 10808:2010)
methods to update assumptions, decisions, and Gr. J
practices as new information becomes available,
and on how to communicate information and SLS 12006:2013
decisions to stakeholders. This standard suggests Nanotechnologies - materials specifications -
methods organizations can use to be transparent guidance on specifying nano - objects
and accountable in how they manage Provides guidance on the preparation of
nanomaterials specifications for the characteristics of
(=ISO/TR 13121:2011) manufactured nano-objects and their
Gr. U measurement methods. Includes guidance on
specifying the physical and chemical
SLS 12003:2012 characteristics of manufactured nano-objects,
Nanotechnologies – methodology for the which might affect performance or subsequent
classification and categorization of processing.
nanomaterials (=ISO/TS 12805:2011)
Describes a classifying system, termed a “nano- Gr. L
tree” upon whose basis wide ranges of
nanomaterials can be categorized, including SLS 12007 Part 1:2013
nano-objects, nanostructures and Nanotechnologies – Occupational risk
nanocomposites of various dimensionality of management applied to engineered
different physical, chemical, magnetic and nanomaterials - Principles and approaches
biological properties. However the classifying Provides guidance on occupational health and
system presented in this standard does not claim safety measures relating to engineered
to provide full coverage of the whole range of nanomaterials, including the use of engineering
nanomaterials. controls and appropriate personal protective
(=ISO/TR 11360:2010) equipment, guidance on dealing with spills and
Gr. L accidental releases, and guidance on appropriate
handling of these materials during disposal. This
is applicable to engineered materials that consist

320
of nano-objects such as nanoparticles, nanofibres,
nanotubes and nanowires, as well as aggregates
and agglomerates of these materials (NOAA).
(=ISO/TS 12901-1:2012)
Gr. R

SLS 12008:2013 Page | 321

Nanomaterials-preparation of material safety
data sheet (MSDS)
Provides guidance for the physico-chemical
characterization of manufactured nano-objects
and their aggregates and agglomerates (NOAA)
greater than 100 nm presented for toxicological
testing in order to aid in assessing and
interpreting the toxicological impact of
manufactured nano-objects and to allow the
material under test to be differentiated from
seemingly similar materials.
(=ISO/TR 13014-2012)
Gr. Q

SLS 12009:2013
Nanotechnologies-guidance on physico-
chemical characterization of engineered nano
scale materials for toxicology assessment
Provides guidance on the development of content
for, and consistency in, the communication of
information on safety, health and environmental
matters in safety data sheets (SDS) for substances
classified as manufactured nanomaterials and for
chemical products containing manufactured
nanomaterials. It provides supplemental guidance
to ISO 11014:2009[1] on the preparation of SDSs
generally, addressing the preparation of an SDS
for both manufactured nanomaterials with
materials and mixtures containing manufactured
nanomaterials.
(=ISO/TR 13329:2012)
Gr. L

321
 Page | 322

ASTM standards adopted as

Sri Lanka Standards
SLS ASTM C295-08:2010 expeditiously and accurately deter- mined by
Standard guide for petrographic examination Procedure No. 1, Section 7. However, some
of aggregates for concrete bitumi- nous materials containing finely divided
Outlines procedures for the petrographic mineral matter may clog the filter or the mineral
examination of samples representative of residue may not be easily retained, in which cases
materials proposed for use as aggregates in Procedure No. 2, Section 8, shall be followed.
cementitious mixtures or as raw materials for use The values stated in SI units are to be Page | 323
in production of such aggregates and the extent to regarded as standard. No other units of
which petrographic techniques should be used, measurement are included in this standard.
the selection of properties that should be looked This standard does not purport to address all
for, and the manner in which such techniques may of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its
be employed in the examination of samples of use. It is the responsibility of the user of this
aggregates for concrete. standard to establish appro- priate safety,
(=ASTM C295-08) health, and environmental practices and deter-
Gr. A2 mine the applicability and regulatory limitations
prior to use. For specific precautionary
SLS ASTM C856-04:2010 information, see Section 4.
Standard practice for petrographic This international standard was developed in
examination of hardened concrete accor- dance with internationally recognized
This practice Outlines procedures for the principles on standard- ization established in the
petrographic examination of samples of hardened Decision on Principles for the Development of
concrete. The samples examined may be taken International Standards, Guides and Recom-
from concrete constructions, they may be mendations issued by the World Trade
concrete products or portions thereof, or they may Organization Technical
be concrete or mortar specimens that have been Barriers to Trade (TBT) Committee.
exposed in natural environments, or to simulated (ASTM D4-86(2018))
service conditions, or subjected to laboratory Gr. A1
tests.
(=ASTM C856-04) SLS ASTM D5:2021
Gr. A3 Standard test method for penetration of
bituminous materials
SLS ASTM C1260-07:2010 Covers determination of the penetration of semi-
Standard test method for potential alkali solid and solid bituminous materials.
reactivity of aggregats (mortar-bar method) (=ASTM D5/D5M -20)
This method permits detection, within 16 days, of Gr. A1
the potential for deleterious alkali-silica reaction
of aggregate in mortar bars. The values stated in SLS ASTM D6:2021
SI units are to be regarded as standard. The values Standard test method for loss on heating of oil
in inch-pound units are shown in parentheses, and and asphaltic compounds
are for informational purposes only. This Covers the determination of the loss in mass
standard does not purport to address all of the (exclusive of water) of oil and asphaltic
safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. compounds when heated as prescribed. The
(=ASTM C1260-07) values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units
Gr. A2 are to be regarded separately as standard.
(=ASTM D6/D6M-95(2011)
SLS ASTM D4: 2023 Gr. A1
Standard test method for bitumen content
(First Revision)
This test method covers the determination of
bitumen content in materials containing at least
25 % bitumen. Bitumen content may usually be
SLS ASTM D36/D36M-14:2021 SLS ASTM D92:2020
Standard test method for softening point of Standard test method for flash and fire points
bitumen (ringand- Ball apparatus) by cleveland open cup tester
(First revision) (Second revision)
Covers the determination of the softening point of Describes the determination of the flash point and
bitumen in the range from 30 to 157 °C [86 to 315 fire point of petroleum products by a manual
°F] using the ring-and-ball apparatus immersed in cleveland open cup apparatus or an automated Page | 324
distilled water [30 to 80 °C] or USP glycerin Cleveland open cup apparatus. This test method
(above 80 to 157 °C). The values stated in either is applicable to all petroleum products
SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded with flash points above 79 °C (175 °F) and below
separately as standard. The values stated in each 400 °C (752 °F) except fuel oils.
system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, (=ASTM D92-18)
each system shall be used independently of the Gr. A3
other. Combining values from the two systems
may result in nonconformance with the standard. SLS ASTM D93:2021
(=ASTM D36/D36M-14 (2020)) Standard test methods for flash point by
Gr. A2 pensky-martens closed cup tester
Cover the determination of the flash point of
SLS ASTM D70/D70M:2021 petroleum products in the temperature range from
Standard test method for specific gravity and 40 °C to 370 °C by a manual Pensky-Martens
density of semisolid asphalt binder closed-cup apparatus or an automated Pensky-
(pycnometer method) Martens closed-cup apparatus, and the
(First revision) determination of the flash point of biodiesel in the
Covers the determination of the specific gravity temperature range of 60 °C to 190 °C by an
(relative density) and density of semi-solid automated Pensky-Martens closed cup apparatus.
asphalt binder by use of a pycnometer. Procedure A is applicable to distillate fuels
(=ASTM D70/D70M-21) (diesel, biodiesel blends, kerosine, heating oil,
Gr. A2 turbine fuels), new and in-use lubricating oils,
and other homogeneous petroleum liquids not
SLS ASTM D86:2021 included in the scope of Procedure B or
Standard test method for distillation of Procedure C.
petroleum products and liquid fuels at (=ASTM D93-20)
atmospheric pressure Gr. A3
Covers the atmospheric distillation of petroleum
products and liquid fuels using a laboratory batch SLS ASTM D97-09:2009
distillation unit to determine quantitatively the Standard test method for pour point of
boiling range characteristics of such products as petroleum products
light and middle distillates, automotive spark- Covers and is intended for use on any petroleum
ignition engine fuels with or without oxygenates product. It includes a procedure suitable for black
aviation gasolines, aviation turbine fuels, diesel specimens, cylinder stock, and nondistillate fuel
fuels, biodiesel blends up to 30 % volume, marine oil.
fuels, special petroleum spirits, naphthas, white (=ASTM D97-09)
spirits, kerosines, and Grades 1 and 2 burner Gr. A2
fuels.
(=ASTM D86-20b) SLS ASTM D130:2021
Gr. A4 Standard test method for corrosiveness to
copper from petroleum products by copper
strip test
(First revision)
Covers the determination of the corrosiveness to
copper of aviation gasoline, aviation turbine fuel,

324
automotive gasoline, cleaners (Stoddard) solvent, SLS ASTM D244-09:2010
kerosine, diesel fuel, distillate fuel oil, lubricating Standard test methods and practices for
oil, and natural gasoline or other hydrocarbons emulsified asphalts
having a vapor pressure no greater than 124 kPa Cover the examination of asphalt emulsions
(18 psi) at 37.8 °C. composed principally of a semisolid or liquid
(=ASTM D130-19) asphaltic base, water, and an emulsifying agent.
Gr. A2 (=ASTM D244-09) Page | 325
Gr. A2
SLS ASTM D140-16:2017
Standard practice for sampling asphalt SLS ASTM D287-92:2009
material. Standard test method for API gravity of crude
(First revision) petroleum and petroleum products (hydrometer
Applies to the sampling of bituminous materials method)
at points of manufacture, storage, or delivery. The Covers the determination by means of a glass
values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units hydrometer of the API gravity of crude petroleum
are to be regarded separately as standard. The and petroleum products normally handled as
values stated in each system may not be exact liquids and having a Reid vapor pressure of 26 psi
equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used (180 kPa) or less. Gravities are determined at
independently of the other combining values 60°F (15.56°C), or converted to values at 60°F,
from the two systems may result in non- by means of standard tables. Values stated in
conformance with the standard. inch-pound units are to be regarded as standard.
(=ASTM D140/D140M-16) (=ASTM D287-92) (Reapproved 2006)
Gr. A2 Gr. A1

SLS ASTM D187: 2023 SLS ASTM D323:2021

Standard test method for burning quality of Standard test method for vapor pressure of
kerosene petroleum products (reid method)
This test method covers the qualitative Covers procedures for the determination of vapor
determination of the burning properties of pressure of gasoline, volatile crude oil, and other
kerosene to be used for illuminating purposes. volatile petroleum products. Procedure A is
applicable to gasoline and other petroleum
(Warning—Combustible. Vapor harmful.) The
products with a vapor pressure of less than 180
values stated in SI units are to be regarded kPa (26 psi). Procedure B may also be applicable
as standard. No other units of measurement are to these other materials, but only gasoline was
included in this standard. included in the interlaboratory test program to
(ASTM D187-18) determine the precision of this test method.
Gr. A2 (=ASTM D323-20a)
Gr. A3
SLS ASTM D217:2021
Standard test methods for cone penetration of SLS ASTM D381: 2023
lubricating grease Standard test method for gum content in fuels
(First Revision) by jet evaporation
These test methods cover four procedures for (First Revision)
measuring the consistency of lubricating greases This test method covers the determination of the
by the penetration of a cone of specified existent
dimensions, mass, and finish. The penetration is gum content of aviation fuels, and the gum
measured in tenths of a millimetre. content of motor gasolines or other volatile
(=ASTM D217-21a) distillates in their finished form, (including
Gr. A3 those containing alcohol and ether type
oxygenates and deposit control additives—see

325
 Note 7 for additional information) at the time of exhibit non-Newtonian behavior, have been
test. included.
Provisions are made for the determination of the The range of kinematic viscosities covered by
heptane insoluble portion of the residue of non- this test method is from 0.2 mm2/s to 300 000
aviation fuels.
The values stated in SI units are to be mm2/s (see Table A1.1) at all temperatures (see
regarded as standard. No other units of 6.3 and 6.4). The precision has only been Page | 326
measurement are included in this standard. determined for those materials, kinematic
The accepted SI unit of pressure is the Pascal (Pa); viscosity ranges and temperatures as shown in the
the accepted SI unit for temperature is degrees footnotes to the precision section.
Celsius. The values stated in SI units are to be
(ASTM D381-22) regarded as standard. The SI unit used in this
Gr. A2 test method for kinematic viscosity is mm2/s,
and the SI unit used in this test method for
SLS ASTM D422-63:2010 dynamic viscosity is mPa·s. For user reference,
Standard test method for particle-size analysis 1 mm2/s = 10-6 m2/s = 1 cSt and 1 mPa·s = 1
of soils cP = 0.001 Pa·s.(=ASTM D445-21e2)
Covers the quantitative determination of the Gr. A3
distribution of particle sizes in soils.
(=ASTM D422-63) SLS ASTM D473:2021
Gr. A2 Standard test method for sediment in crude
oils and fuel oils by the extraction method
SLS ASTM D445:2023 Covers the determination of sediment in crude
Standard test method for kinematic viscosity oils and fuel oils by extraction with toluene. The
of transparent and opaque liquids (and precision applies to a range of sediment levels
calculation of dynamic viscosity) from 0.01 % to 0.40 % mass, although higher
(Second Revision) levels may be determined. NOTE 1—Precision
This test method specifies a procedure for the on recycled oils and crankcase oils is unknown
determi- nation of the kinematic viscosity, ν, of and additional testing is required to determine
liquid petroleum products, both transparent and that precision. The values stated in SI units are to
opaque, by measuring the time for a volume of be regarded as standard. No other units of
liquid to flow under gravity through a calibrated measurement are included in this standard.
glass capillary viscometer. The dynamic viscosity, (=ASTM D473-07(2017) e1)
η, can be obtained by multiplying the kinematic Gr. A2
viscosity, ν, by the density, ρ, of the liquid.
NOTE 1—For the measurement of the kinematic SLS ASTM D482:2021
viscosity and viscosity of bitumens, see also Test Standard test method for ash from petroleum
Methods D2170 and D2171. products
NOTE 2—ISO 3104 corresponds to Test Method Covers the determination of ash in the range
D445 – 03. 0.010 % to 0.180 % by mass, from distillate and
The result obtained from this test method is residual fuels, gas turbine fuels, crude oils,
dependent upon the behavior of the sample and is lubricating oils, waxes, and other petroleum
intended for application to liquids for which products, in which any ash-forming materials
primarily the shear stress and shear rates are present are normally considered to be undesirable
proportional (Newtonian flow behavior). If, impurities or contaminants The test method is
however, the viscosity varies significantly with limited to petroleum products which are free from
the rate of shear, different results may be added ash-forming additives, including certain
obtained from viscometers of different capillary phosphorus compounds.
diameters. The procedure and precision values for (=ASTM D482-19)
residual fuel oils, which under some conditions Gr. A1

326
SLS ASTM D524-04:2009 SLS ASTM D874-13a (2018):2020
Standard test method for ramsbottom carbon Test method for sulfated ash from lubricating
residue of petroleum products oils and additives
Covers the determination of the amount of carbon (First revision)
residue left after evaporation and pyrolysis of an Covers the determination of the sulfated ash from
oil, and it is intended to provide some indication unused lubricating oils containing additives and
of relative coke-forming propensity. It is from additive concentrates used in compounding. Page | 327
generally applicable to relatively nonvolatile These additives usually contain one or more of
petroleum products which partially decompose the following metals: barium, calcium,
on distillation at atmospheric pressure. It also magnesium, zinc, potassium, sodium, and tin.
covers the determination of carbon residue on The elements sulfur, phosphorus, and chlorine
10% (V/V) distillation residues. can also be present in combined form.
(=ASTM D524-04) Application of this test method to sulfated ash
Gr. A2 levels below 0.02 % by mass is restricted to oils
containing ashless additives.
SLS ASTM D525:2021 The lower limit of the test method is 0.005 % by
Standard test method for oxidation stability of mass sulfated ash.
gasoline (induction period method) (=ASTM D874-13a (2018))
Covers the determination of the stability of Gr. A2
gasoline in finished form only, under accelerated
oxidation conditions. SLS ASTM D882-09:2010
(=ASTM D525-12a (2019)) Standard test method for tensile properties of
Gr. A3 thin plastic sheeting
Covers the determination of tensile properties of
SLS ASTM D566:2021 plastics in the form of thin sheeting, including
Standard test method for dropping point of film (less than 1.0 mm (0.04 in.) in thickness).
lubricating grease It may be used to test all plastics within the
(First Revision) thickness range described and the capacity of the
Covers the determination of the drop- ping point machine employed.
of lubricating grease. (=ASTM D 882-09)
(=ASTM D566-20) Gr. A2
Gr. A2
SLS ASTM D892-18:2020
SLS ASTM D664-07:2009 Test method for foaming characteristics of
Standard test method for acid number of lubricating oils
petroleum products by potentiometric (First revision)
titration Covers the determination of the foaming
Covers procedures for the determination of acidic characteristics of lubricating oils at 24 °C and
constituents in petroleum products and lubricants 93.5 °C.
soluble or nearly soluble in mixtures of toluene Means of empirically rating the foaming
and propan-2-ol. It is applicable for the tendency and the stability of the foam are
determination of acids whose dissociation described.
constants in water are larger than 10-9; extremely (=ASTM D892-18)
weak acids whose dissociation constants are Gr. A2
smaller than 10-9 do not interfere.
(=ASTM D664-07) SLS ASTM D974: 2023
Gr. A2 Standard test method for acid and base
number by color-indicator titration
(First Revision)
This test method covers the determination of
acidic or basic constituents (Note 1) in

327
petroleum products3 and lubri- cants soluble or The values stated in SI units are to be
nearly soluble in mixtures of toluene and regarded as standard. No other units of
isopropyl alcohol. It is applicable for the measurement are included in this standard.
determination of acids or bases whose This standard does not purport to address all
dissociation constants in water are larger than of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its
use. It is the responsibility of the user of this
10−9; extremely weak acids or bases whose standard to establish appro- priate safety, Page | 328
dissociation constants are smaller than 10−9 do health, and environmental practices and deter-
not interfere. Salts react if their hydrolysis mine the applicability of regulatory limitations
constants are larger than 10−9. prior to use.
NOTE 1—In new and used oils, the This international standard was developed in
constituents considered to have acidic accor- dance with internationally recognized
characteristics include organic and inorganic principles on standard- ization established in the
acids, esters, phenolic compounds, lactones, Decision on Principles for the Development of
resins, salts of heavy metals, and addition agents International Standards, Guides and Recom-
such as inhibitors and detergents. Similarly, mendations issued by the World Trade
constituents considered to have basic properties Organization Technical Barriers to Trade (TBT)
include organic and inorganic bases, amino Committee.
compounds, salts of weak acids (soaps), basic (ASTM D974-22)
salts of polyacidic bases, salts of heavy metals, Gr. A2
and addition agents such as inhibitors and
detergents. Values determined as density or relative density
NOTE 2—This test method is not suitable for can be converted to equivalent values in the other
measuring the basic constituents of many basic units or alternative reference temperatures by
additive-type lubricating oils. Test Method means of Interconversion Proce- dures API
D4739 can be used for this purpose. MPMS Chapter 11.5, or Adjunct to D1250 Guide
This test method can be used to indicate relative for Petroleum Measurement Tables (API MPMS
changes that occur in an oil during use under Chapter 11.1) or API MPMS Chapter 11.2.4
oxidizing conditions. Although the titration is (GPA TP-27), as applicable.
made under definite equilibrium conditions, the (ASTM D1657- 22)
method does not measure an absolute acidic or Gr. A
basic property that can be used to predict
performance of an oil under service conditions. SLS ASTM D1037-12:2016
No general relationship between bearing Standard test methods for evaluating
corrosion and acid or base numbers is known. properties of wood-base fiber and particle
NOTE 3—Oils, such as many cutting oils, panel materials
rustproofing oils, and similar compounded oils, Cover the determination of the properties of
or excessively dark-colored oils, that cannot be wood-base fiber and particle panel materials that
ana-lyzed for acid number by this test method are produced as mat-formed panels such as
due to obscurity of the color-indicator end point, particleboard, medium-density fiberboard,
can be analyzed by Test Method D664. The acid hardboard, and oriented strand board.
numbers obtained by this color-indicator test (=ASTM D1037-12)
method need not be numerically the same as Gr. A4
those obtained by Test Method D664, the base
numbers obtained by this color indicator test SLS ASTM D1264:2021
method need not be numerically the same as Standard test method for determining the
those obtained by Test Method D4739, but they water washout characteristics of lubricating
are generally of the same order of magnitude. greases
(First Revision)
Covers the evaluation of the resistance of a
lubricating grease to washout by water from a

328
bearing, when tested at 38 °C and 79 °C (100 °F at another convenient temperature, and readings
and 175 °F) under the prescribed laboratory are corrected for the meniscus effect, the thermal
conditions. glass expansion effect, alternative calibration
(ASTM D1264-18e1) temperature effects and to the reference
Gr. A1 temperature by means of the Petroleum
Measurement Tables; values obtained at other
SLS ASTM D1266:2021 than the reference temperature being hydrometer Page | 329
Standard test method for sulfur in petroleum readings and not density measurements.
products (lamp method) (=ASTM D1298-12b (2017))
Covers the determination of total sulfur in liquid Gr. A2
petroleum products in concentrations from 0.01
% to 0.4 % by mass. A special sulfate analysis SLS ASTM D1264:2021
procedure is described in Annex A1 that permits Standard test method for determining the
the determination of sulfur in concentrations as water washout characteristics of lubricating
low as 5 mg D kg. The direct burning procedure greases
is applicable to the analysis of such materials as (First Revision)
gasoline, kerosine, naphtha, and other liquids that Covers the evaluation of the resistance of a
can be burned completely in a wick lamp. The lubricating grease to washout by water from a
blending procedure (Section 10) is applicable to bearing, when tested at 38 °C and 79 °C (100 °F
the analysis of gas oils and distillate fuel oils, and 175 °F) under the prescribed laboratory
naphthenic acids, alkyl phenols, high sulfur conditions.
content petroleum products, and many other (ASTM D1264-18e1)
materials that cannot be burned satisfactorily by Gr. A1
the direct burning procedure. Phosphorus
compounds normally present in commercial SLS ASTM D1403: 2021
gasoline do not interfere. The values stated in SI Standard test methods for cone penetration of
units are to be regarded as standard. lubricating grease using one-quarter and one-
(=ASTM D D1266-18) half scale cone equipment
Gr. A3 (First Revision)
Cover two procedures for measuring the
SLS ASTM D1298:2021 consistency of small samples of lubricating
Standard test method for density, relative greases by penetration of a 1⁄4-scale coneora 1⁄2-
density, or api gravity of crude petroleum and scale cone.
liquid petroleum products by hydrometer (=ASTM D1403-20b)
method Gr. A2
(First revision)
Covers the laboratory determination using a glass SLS ASTM D1552: 2021
hydrometer in conjunction with a series of Standard test method for sulfur in petroleum
calculations, of the density, relative density, or products by high temperature combustion and
API gravity of crude petroleum, petroleum infrared (IR) detection or thermal
products, or mixtures of petroleum and conductivity detection (TCD)
nonpetroleum products normally handled as (Second Revision)
liquids, and having a Reid vapor pressure of This test method covers procedures for the
101.325 kPa (14.696 psi) or less. Values are determina- tion of total sulfur in petroleum
determined at existing temperatures and products including lubricating oils containing
corrected to 15 °C or 60 °F by means of a series additives, and in additive concentrates
of calculations and international standard tables. (=ASTM D1552-16(2021))
The initial hydrometer readings obtained are Gr. A2
uncorrected hydrometer readings and not density
measurements. Readings are measured on a
hydrometer at either the reference temperature or

329
SLS ASTM D1657: 2023 on CRC Technique L 412 that shows correla-
Standard test method for density or relative tions between laboratory results and service for
density of light hydrocarbons by pressure grease lubri- cated aircraft wheel bearings.
hydrometer Apparatus Dimensions—The values stated in
(First Revision) SI units are to be regarded as standard. The values
This test method covers the determination of the given in parentheses are for information only.All Page | 330
density or relative density of light hydrocarbons Other Values—The values stated in SI units are to
including liquefied petroleum gases (LPG) be regarded as standard. No other units of
having Reid vapor pressures exceeding measurement are included in this standard.This
101.325 kPa (14.696 psi). standard does not purport to address all of the
The prescribed apparatus should not be used for safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It
mate- rials having vapor pressures higher than is the responsibility of the user of this standard
1.4 MPa (200 psi) at the test temperature. This to establish appro- priate safety, health, and
pressure limit is dictated by the type of environmental practices and deter- mine the
equipment. Higher pressures can apply to other applicability of regulatory limitations prior to
equipment designs. use.This international standard was developed
The initial pressure hydrometer readings in accor dance with internationally recognized
obtained are uncorrected hydrometer readings principles on standard- ization established in the
and not density measure- ments. Readings are Decision on Principles for the Development of
measured on a hydrometer at either the reference International Standards, Guides and Recom-
temperature or at another convenient mendations issued by the World Trade
temperature, and readings are corrected for the Organization Technical Barriers to Trade (TBT)
meniscus effect, the thermal glass expansion Committee.
effect, alternate calibration temperature effects Gr. A3
and to the reference temperature by means of
calculations and Adjunct to D1250 Guide for SLS ASTM D1754-09(2014):2018
Petroleum Measurement Tables (API MPMS Standard test method for Effects of heat and
Chapter 11.1) or API MPMS Chapter 11.2.4 (GPA air on asphaltic materials (thin-film oven test)
TP-27), as applicable. Determination of the effects of heat and air on a
film of semisolid asphaltic materials. The effects
SLS ASTM D1742: 2021 of this treatment are determined from
Oil separation from lubricating grease during measurements of selected asphalt properties
storage before and after the test
(First Revision) (ASTM D1754 / D1754M -09(2014))
Covers the determination of the ten- dency of a Gr. A2
lubricating grease to separate oil during storage
in both normally filled and partially filled SLS ASTM D1762-84:2018
containers Test method for chemical analysis of wood
(=ASTM D1742-20) charcoal
Gr. A2 Covers the determination of moisture, volatile
matter, and ash in charcoal made from wood. The
SLS ASTM D1743: 2022 test method is applicable to lumps and briquets
Standard test method for determining and is designed for the evaluation of charcoal
corrosion preventive properties of lubricating quality. The test method employs apparatus that
greases is found in most laboratories and is adapted to
(Second Revision) routine analyses of a large number of samples.
This test method covers the determination of the (=ASTM D1762-84)
corro-sion preventive properties of greases using Gr. A2
grease-lubricated tapered roller bearings stored
under wet conditions. This test method is based

330
SLS ASTM D1777: 2021 petroleum products, and the use of other solvents,
Standard test method for thickness of textile see Test Methods D4, D2318, and D2764.
materials The values stated in SI units are to be
This test method covers the measurement of the regarded as standard. No other units of
thick- ness of most textile materials. measurement are included in this standard.
(=ASTM D1777-96) The text of this standard references notes and
Gr. A2 footnotes which provide explanatory material. Page | 331
These notes and footnotes (excluding those in
SLS ASTM D2007: 2021 tables and figures) shall not be considered as
Standard test method for characteristic requirements of the standard.
groups in rubber extender and processing oils This standard does not purport to address all
and other petroleum-derived oils by the clay- of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its
gel absorption chromatographic method use. It is the responsibility of the user of this
This test method covers a procedure for standard to establish appro- priate safety,
classifying oil samples of initial boiling point of health, and environmental practices and deter-
at least 260 °C (500 °F) into the hydrocarbon mine the applicability of regulatory limitations
types of polar compounds, aromatics and prior to use. Specific precaution statements are
saturates, and recovery of representative fractions given in Section 7.
of these types. This classification is used for This international standard was developed in
specification purposes in rubber extender and accor- dance with internationally recognized
processing oils SLS principles on standard- ization established in the
(=ASTM D2007-19) Decision on Principles for the Development of
Gr. A2 International Standards, Guides and Recom-
mendations issued by the World Trade
SLS ASTM D1552: 2021 Organization Technical Barriers to Trade (TBT)
Standard test method for sulfur in petroleum Committee.
products by high temperature combustion and (ASTM D2042-22)
infrared (IR) detection or thermal Gr. A1
conductivity detection (TCD)
(Second Revision) SLS ASTM D2158: 2021
This test method covers procedures for the Standard test method for residues in liquefied
determina- tion of total sulfur in petroleum petroleum (lp) gases
products including lubricating oils containing This test method covers the determination of
additives, and in additive concentrates extraneous materials weathering above 38 °C that
(=ASTM D1552-16(2021)) are present in liquefied petroleum gases. The
Gr. A2 extraneous materials will generally be dissolved
in the LPG, but may have phase-separated in
SLS ASTM D2042: 2023 some instances.
Standard test method for solubility of asphalt (=ASTM D2158-21)
materials in trichloroethylene or toluene Gr. A2
(First Revision)
This test method covers the determination of the SLS ASTM D D2163: 20221
degree Standard test method for determination of
of solubility in trichloroethylene or toluene of hydrocarbons in liquefied petroleum (lp) gases
asphalt materials having little or no mineral and propane/propene mixtures by gas
matter. chromatography
NOTE 1—This method is not applicable to This test method covers the quantitative
tars and their distillation residues or highly determination of individual hydrocarbon
cracked petroleum products. For methods sinliquefied petroleum(LP)gases and mixtures of
covering tars, pitches, and other highly cracked propane and propene , excluding high-purity
propene intherangeofC1 to C5. Component

331
concentrations are having viscosities in the range from 0.0036 to
determinedintherangeof0.01to100percentbyvolu over 20 000 Pa·s [0.036 to over 200 000 P].
me (=ASTM D D2163-14: 2019) The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound
Gr. A3 units are to be regarded separately as standard.
The values stated in each system may not be
SLS ASTM D2170: 2023 exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall
Standard test method for kinematic viscosity be used independently of the other. Combining Page | 332
of asphalts values from the two systems may result in
(Second Revision) nonconformance with the standard.
This test method covers procedures for the (ASTM D2171/ D2171M -22)
determina-tion of kinematic viscosity of liquid Gr. A2
asphalts, road oils, and distillation residues of
liquid asphalts all at 60 °C [140 °F] and of liquid SLS ASTM D2265: 2022
asphalt binders at 135 °C [275 °F] (see table Standard test method for dropping point of
notes, 11.1) in the range from 6 to 100 000 lubricating grease over wide temperature
mm2/s [cSt].Results of this test method can be range
used to calculate viscosity when the density of (Second Revision)
the test material at the test temperature is known This test method covers the determination of the
or can be determined. See Annex A1 for the drop-ping point of lubricating grease. 1.2
method of calculation.This test method is Warning—The dropping point as measured by
suitable for use at other temperatures and at lower this test is an artificially corrected number that
kinematic viscosities, but the precision is based on does not have any bearing on the performance
determinations on liquid asphalts and road oils at of the grease at elevated tempera- ture. The
60 °C [140 °F] and on asphalt binders at 135 °C dropping point as defined by this test method may
[275 °F] only in the viscosity range from 30 to not correlate with a value of the dropping point
as determined by Test Method D566 (ISO 2176).
6000 mm2/s [cSt].Modified asphalt binders or (ASTM D2265-22)
asphalt binders that have been conditioned or Gr. A2
recovered are typically non-Newtonian under the
condi- tions of this test. The viscosity determined SLS ASTM D2266: 2021
from this method is under the assumption that Wear preventive characteristics of lubricating
asphalt binders behave as Newtonian fluids grease (four-ball method)
under the conditions of this test. When the flow (First Revision)
is non-Newtonian in a capillary tube, the shear Covers the determination of the wear preventive
rate determined by this method may be invalid. characteristics of greases in sliding steel-on-steel
The presence of non-Newtonian behavior for the applications.
test conditions can be verified by measuring the (=ASTM D2266-01(2015))
viscosity with viscometers having different-sized Gr. A1
cap- illary tubes. The defined precision limits in
11.1 may not be applicable to non-Newtonian SLS ASTM D2270-10(2016):2020
asphalt binders.(ASTM D2170/D2170M-22) Standard practice for calculating viscosity
Gr. A3 index from kinematic viscosity at 40 0c and
100 0c
SLS ASTM D2171: 2023 (First revision)
Standard test method for viscosity of asphalts Covers the procedures for calculating the
by vacuum capillary viscometer viscosity index of petroleum products, such as
(Second Revision) lubricating oils, and related materials from their
This test method covers procedures for the kinematic viscosities at 40 °C and 100 °C.
determination of the apparent viscosity of (=ASTM D2270-10 (2016))
asphalt binder by vacuum capillary viscometers Gr. A2
at 60 °C [140 °F]. It is applicable to materials

332
SLS ASTM D2582-08:2010 SLS ASTM D2420: 2021
Standard test method for puncture- Standard test method for hydrogen sulfide in
propagation tear resistance of plastic film and liquefied petroleum (lp) gases (lead acetate
thin sheeting. method)
Covers the determination of the dynamic tear Thistestmethod2 covers thedetectionofhydrogen
resistance of plastic film and thin sheeting sulfide
subjected to end-use snagging-type hazards. The inliquefiedpetroleum(LP)gases.Thesensitivityoft Page | 333
values stated in SI units are to be regarded as the he test isabout4mg⁄m3 (0.15
standard. to0.2grainofhydrogensulfideper 100 ft3) ofgas.
(=ASTM D2582-08) (=ASTM D2420–13(2018))
Gr. A2 Gr. A1

SLS ASTM D2596: 2021 SLS ASTM D2622: 2023

Measurement of extreme-pressure properties Standard test method for sulfur in petroleum
of lubricating grease (four-ball method) products by wavelength dispersive x-ray
(First Revision) fluorescence spectrometry
Covers the determination of the load- carrying (First Revision)
properties of lubricating greases. Three This test method covers the determination of total
determina- tions are made: sulfur in petroleum and petroleum products that
(=ASTM D2596-20) are single-phase and either liquid at ambient
Gr. A2 conditions, liquefiable with moderate heat, or
soluble in hydrocarbon solvents. These materials
SLS ASTM D2598: 2021 can include diesel fuel, jet fuel, kerosene, other
Standard practice for calculation of certain distillate oil, naphtha, residual oil, lubricating
physical properties of liquefied petroleum (lp) base oil, hydraulic oil, crude oil, unleaded
gases from compositional analysis gasoline, gasoline-ethanol blends, and biodiesel.
This practice covers, by compositional analysis The range of this test method is between the
,the approximate determination of the following PLOQ value (calculated by procedures
physical characteristics of commercial propane consistent with Practice D6259) of 3 mg/kg total
,special-duty propane, commercial propane sulfur and the highest level sample in the round
/butane mixtures ,and commercial butane vapor robin, 4.6 % by weight total sulfur.NOTE 1—
pressure ,relative density, and motoroctane Instrumentation covered by this test method
number(MON). can vary in sensitivity. The applicability of the
(=ASTM D2598-21) test method at sulfur concentrations below 3 mg
Gr. A1 ⁄kg may be determined on an individual basis for
WDXRF instruments capable of measuring
SLS ASTM D2386: 2023 lower levels, but precision in this test method
Standard test method for freezing point of does not apply.
aviation fuels The values of the limit of quantitation (LOQ)
This test method covers the determination of the and method precision for a specific laboratory’s
tem- perature below which solid hydrocarbon instrument depends on instrument source power
crystals may form in aviation turbine fuels and (low or high power), sample type, and the
aviation gasoline. If no crystalliza- tion point or practices established by the laboratory to
freezing point can be measured, this test can be perform the method.Samples containing more
used to report the lowest measurable temperature than 4.6 % by mass sulfur should be diluted to
reached before the crystallization point. bring the sulfur concentration of the diluted
(ASTM D2386-19) material within the scope of this test method.
Gr. A2 Samples that are diluted can have higher errors
than indicated in Section 15 than non-diluted
samples.

333
Volatile samples (such as high vapor pressure Research O.N. The O.N. scale covers the range
gasolines or light hydrocarbons) may not meet from 0 to 120 octane number but this test method
the stated precision because of selective loss of has a working range from 40 to 120 Research
light materials during the analysis. O.N. Typical commercial fuels produced for
A fundamental assumption in this test method is spark-ignition engines rate in the 88 to 101
that the standard and sample matrices are well Research O.N. range. Testing of gasoline blend
matched, or that the matrix differences are stocks or other process stream materials can Page | 334
accounted for (see 13.2). Matrix mis- produce ratings at various levels throughout the
match can be caused by C/H ratio differences Research O.N. range.
between samples (=ASTM D D2699-19e1)
and standards or by the presence of other Gr. A5
interfering heteroa- toms or species (see Table 1).
The values stated in SI units are to be SLS ASTM D2783: 2023
regarded as standard. No other units of Standard Test Method for Measurement of
measurement are included in this standard. Extreme Pressure Properties Of Lubricating
This standard does not purport to address all Fluids (Four-Ball Method)
of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its (Second Revision)
use. It is the responsibility of the user of this This test method covers the determination of
standard to establish appro- priate safety, the load carrying properties of lubricating
health, and environmental practices and deter- fluids. The following two determinations are
mine the applicability of regulatory limitations made:
prior to use. Load-wear index (formerly Mean-Hertz load).
This international standard was developed in Weld point by means of the four-ball extreme-
accor- dance with internationally recognized pressure (EP) tester.
principles on standard- ization established in the For the determination of the load-carrying
Decision on Principles for the Development of properties of lubricating greases, see Test
International Standards, Guides and Recom- Method D2596.
mendations issued by the World Trade The values stated in SI units are to be
Organization Technical regarded as standard. The values given in
Barriers to Trade (TBT) Committee. parentheses after SI units are provided for
(ASTM D2622-21) information only and are not considered
Gr. A3 standard.
This standard does not purport to address all
SLS ASTM D2699:2021 of the safety concerns, if any, associated with
Standard test method for research octane its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this
number of spark-ignition engine fuel standard to establish appro- priate safety,
Covers the quantitative determination of the health, and environmental practices and deter-
knock rating of liquid spark-ignition engine fuel mine the applicability of regulatory limitations
in terms of Research O.N., including fuels that prior to use.
contain up to 25 % v/v of ethanol. However, this This international standard was developed in
test method may not be applicable to fuel and fuel accor- dance with internationally recognized
components that are primarily oxygenates. The principles on standard- ization established in the
sample fuel is tested using a standardized single Decision on Principles for the Development of
cylinder, four-stroke cycle, variable compression International Standards, Guides and Recom-
ratio, carbureted, CFR engine run in accordance mendations issued by the World Trade
with a defined set of operating conditions. The Organization Technical Barriers to Trade (TBT)
O.N. scale is defined by the volumetric Committee.
composition of PRF blends. The sample fuel (ASTM D2783-21)
knock intensity is compared to that of one or more Gr. A2
PRF blends. The O.N. of the PRF blend that
matches the K.I. of the sample fuel establishes the

334
SLS ASTM D2854-09:2010 SLS ASTM D2872: 2023
Standard test method for apparent density of Standard test method for effect of heat and air
activated carbon. on a moving film of asphalt (rolling thin-film
Covers the determination of the apparent density oven test)
of granular activated carbon. For purposes of this (Second Revision)
test method, granular activated carbon is defined This test method is intended to measure the
as a minimum of 90 % being larger than 80 mesh. effect of Page | 335
The values stated in SI units are to be regarded as heat and air on a moving film of semi-solid
standard. No other units of measurement are asphaltic materials. The effects of this treatment
included in this standard. are determined from measure- ments of the
(=ASTM D2854-09) selected properties of the asphalt before and after
Gr. A1 the test.
The values stated in inch-pound units are to be
SLS ASTM D2862-97:2010 regarded as the standard.
Standard test method for particle size The text of this standard references notes and
distribution of granular activated carbon footnotes which provide explanatory material.
Covers the determination of the particle size These notes and footnotes (excluding those in
distribution of granular activated carbon. For the tables and figures) shall not be considered as
purposes of this test, granular activated carbon is requirements of the standard.
defined as a minimum of 90 % of the sample This standard does not purport to address all
weight being retained on a 180-ìm Standard of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its
sieve. AU.S. mesh 80 sieve is equivalent to a use. It is the responsibility of the user of this
180–ìm Standard sieve. The data obtained may standard to establish appro- priate safety,
also be used to calculate mean particle diameter health, and environmental practices and deter-
(MPD), effective size, and uniformity coefficient. mine the applicability of regulatory limitations
(=ASTM D2862-97(Reapproved 2004)) prior to use.
Gr. A1 This international standard was developed in
accor- dance with internationally recognized
SLS ASTM D2866-94:2010 principles on standard- ization established in the
Standard test method for Total ash content of Decision on Principles for the Development of
activated carbon International Standards, Guides and Recom-
Describes a procedure for the determination of mendations issued by the World Trade
total ash content of activated carbon. Organization Technical Barriers to Trade (TBT)
(=ASTM D2866-94(Reapproved 2004)) Committee. (ASTM D2872-22)
Gr. A1 Gr. A3

SLS ASTM D2867-04:2010 SLS ASTM D2887-08:2009

Standard test method for moisture in activated Standard test method for boiling range
carbon distribution of petroleum fractions by gas
Provides two procedures for the determination of chromatography
the moisture content of activated carbon. The Covers the determination of the boiling range
procedures may also be used to dry samples distribution of petroleum products. The test
required for other tests. method is applicable to petroleum products and
(=ASTM D2867-04) fractions having a final boiling point of 538°C
Gr. A1 (1000°F) or lower at atmospheric pressure as
measured by this test method. This test method is
limited to samples having a boiling range greater
than 55.5°C (100°F), and having a vapor pressure
sufficiently low to permit sampling at ambient
temperature. (=ASTM D 2887-08)
Gr. A3

335
SLS ASTM D2896:2022 SLS ASTM D2937-17:2017
Standard test method for base number of Standard test method for density of soil in
petroleum products by potentiometric place by the drive-cylinder method
perchloric acid titration Covers the determination of in-place density of
(Second Revision) soil by the drive-cylinder method. The test
This test method covers the determination of method involves obtaining a relatively intact soil
basic constituents in petroleum products by sample by driving a thin-walled cylinder and the Page | 336
titration with perchloric acid in glacial acetic subsequent activities for the determination of in-
acid. Procedures A and B use different titration place density. When sampling or in-place density
solvent volumes and sample weights. is required at depth, Test Method D1587 should
A round robin on a series of new and used oils be used.(=ASTM D2937-17)
and additive concentrates has shown that the two Gr. A2
procedures give statistically equiva- lent results.
Appendix X2 provides the use of an alternative SLS ASTM D2983:2022
solvent system which eliminates the use of Standard test method for low-temperature
chlorobenzene in this test method. The use of viscosity of automatic transmission fluids,
the alternative solvent gives statistically hydraulic fluids and lubricants using a
equivalent results; however, the precision is rotational viscometer
worse. Paragraph X2.5.5 provides guidance (Third Revision)
when comparing results using the two different 1.2 This test method covers the use of
solvents. The constituents that may be rotational viscom-
considered to have basic characteristics include eters with an appropriate torque range and
organic and inorganic bases, amino compounds, specific spindle for the determination of the low-
salts of weak acids (soaps), basic salts of poly- shear-rate viscosity of automatic transmission
acidic bases, and salts of heavy metals.NOTE fluids, gear oils, hydraulic fluids, and some
2—This test method is applicable to both fresh lubricants. This test method covers the viscosity
oils and used oils as described in Sections 16, 17, range of 300 mPa·s to 900 000 mPa·s This test
and 19 and Appendix X1. This test method can method was previously titled “Low-
be used to determine base number >300 mg Temperature Viscosity of Lubricants Measured
KOH/g. However, the precision statement in by Brookfield Viscometer.” In the lubricant
Section 19 has been obtained only on base industry, D2983 test results have often been
number ≤300 mg KOH/g. The values stated in referred to as “Brookfield2 Viscosity” which
SI units are to be regarded as standard. No implies a viscosity determined by this
other units of measurement are included in this method.This test method contains four
standard. This standard does not purport to procedures: Procedure A is used when only an
address all of the safety concerns, if any, air bath is used to cool samples in preparation
associated with its use. It is the responsibility of for viscosity measurement. Procedure B is used
the user of this standard to establish appro- when a mechanically refrigerated programmable
priate safety, health, and environmental practices liquid bath is used to cool samples in preparation
and deter- mine the applicability of regulatory for viscosity measurement. Procedure C is used
limitations prior to use. For specific warning when a mechanically refrigerated constant
statements, see Section 7, Section 10, and X2.2. temperature liquid bath is used to cool samples
1.8 This international standard was developed
in accor- dance with internationally recognized by means of a simulated air cell (SimAir)3 Cell
principles on standard- ization established in the in preparation for viscosity measurement.
Decision on Principles for the Development of Procedure D automates the determination of low
International Standards, Guides and Recom- temperature, low-shear-rate viscosity by
mendations issued by the World Trade utilizing a thermo- electrically heated and
Organization Technical Barriers to Trade (TBT) cooled temperature-controlled sample chamber
Committee.(ASTM D2896-21) along with a programmable rotational
Gr. A2 viscometer. There are multiple precision studies

336
for this test method.The viscosity data used for SLS ASTM D3237: 2023
the precision studies for Procedures A, B, and Standard test method for lead in gasoline by
C covered a range from 300 mPa·s to 170 000 atomic absorption spectroscopy
mPa·s at test temperatures of –12 °C, –26 °C, (First Revision)
and –40 °C. Appendix X5 includes precision This test method covers the determination of
data for –55 °C test temperature and includes the total lead content of gasoline within the
samples with viscosities greater 500 000 mPa·s. concentration range of Page | 337
The viscosity data used for Procedure D 0.010 g to 0.10 g of lead/U.S. gal (2.5 mg ⁄L to
precision study was from 6400 mPa·s to 256 000 25 mg/L). This test method compensates for
mPa·s at test tempera- tures of –26 °C and –40 variations in gasoline composition and is
°C. 1.5 The values stated in SI units are to independent of lead alkyl type.
be regarded as standard. No other units of The values given in grams per U.S. gallon are
measurement are included in this standard. 1.5.1 to be regarded as the standard in the United
The test method uses the SI unit, milliPascal- States. Note that in other countries, other units
second (mPa·s), as the unit of viscosity. (1 cP = can be preferred.
1 mPa·s). This standard does not purport to address all
(ASTM D2983-22) of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its
Gr. A4 use. It is the responsibility of the user of this
standard to establish appro- priate safety,
SLS ASTM D3227: 2023 health, and environmental practices and deter-
Standard test method for (thiol mercaptan) mine the applicability of regulatory limitations
sulfur in gasoline, kerosine, aviation turbine, prior to use. For specific hazard statements, see
and distillate fuels (potentiometric method) 7.6 and 7.8.
This test method covers the determination of This international standard was developed in
mercaptan sulfur in gasolines, kerosines, aviation accor- dance with internationally recognized
turbine fuels, and distillate fuels containing from principles on standard- ization established in the
Decision on Principles for the Development of
0.0003 % to 0.01 % by mass of mercaptan sulfur.
International Standards, Guides and Recom-
Organic sulfur compounds such as sulfides, mendations issued by the World Trade
disulfides, and thiophene, do not interfere. Organization Technical Barriers to Trade (TBT)
Elemental sulfur in amounts less than 0.0005 % Committee.
by mass does not interfere. (ASTM D3237-22)
(ASTM D3227- 23) Gr. A1
Gr. A2
SLS ASTM D3244: 2023
SLS ASTM D3228-08:2009 Standard practice for utilization of test data to
Standard test method for total nitrogen in determine conformance with specifications
lubricating oils and fuel oils by modified (First Revision)
kjeldahl method This practice covers guidelines and statistical
Covers the determination of nitrogen in method-ologies with which two parties (see Note
lubricating oils when present in the concentration 1) can compare and combine independently
from 0.03 to 0.10 mass %, and for the obtained test results to obtain an Assigned
determination of nitrogen in fuel oils when Test Value (ATV) for the purpose of resolving
present in the concentration from 0.015 to 2.0 a dispute over product property conformance
mass %. This test method is also applicable to the with specification.
analysis of additive concentrates and additive NOTE 1—Application of this practice is
packages. The values stated in SI units are to be usually, but not limited to, between supplier and
regarded as standard. No other units of receiver of a product.
measurement are included in this standard. This practice defines a technique for
(=ASTM D3228-08) establishing an Acceptance Limit (AL) and
Gr. A2 Assigned Test Value (ATV) to resolve the dispute

337
over a property conformance with specifi- cation SLS ASTM D3341:2021
by comparing the ATV to the AL. Standard test method for lead in gasoline—
This practice applies only to those test methods iodine monochloride method
which specifically state that the repeatability and Determines total lead in gasolines containing lead
reproducibility values conform to the definitions alkyls at concentrations between 0.026 g and 1.3
herein. g Pb/L, and 0.12 g and 6.0 g Pb/UK gal, 0.1 g and
The statistical principles and methodology 5.0 g Pb/US gal. The values stated in SI units are Page | 338
outlined in this practice can also be used to obtain to be regarded as standard. No other units of
an ATV for specification conformance decision measurement are included in this standard. The
when multiple results are obtained for the same preferred units are grams per litre although both
batch of product within a single laboratory. For gram per US gallon and grams per UK gallon are
this application, site precision (R’) as defined in acceptable due to their widespread use in the
Practice D6299 shall be used in lieu of test industry. Temperature is given in degrees
method published reproducibility (R). Fahrenheit and degrees Celsius in this test
This international standard was developed in method.(=ASTM D3341-16)
accor-dance with internationally recognized Gr. A1
principles on standard- ization established in the
Decision on Principles for the Development of SLS ASTM D3606: 2023
International Standards, Guides and Recom- Standard test method for determination of
mendations issued by the World Trade benzene and toluene in spark ignition fuels by
Organization Technical gas chromatography
Barriers to Trade (TBT) Committee. (First Revision)
(ASTM D3244 -21a) 1.3 This test method covers the quantitation
Gr. A3 in liquid volume percent of benzene and toluene
in finished motor and aviation spark ignition
SLS ASTM D3246: 2021 fuels by gas chromatography. This test method
Standard test method for sulfur in petroleum has two procedures: Procedure A uses capillary
gas by oxidative microcoulometry column gas chromatography and Procedure B
This test method covers determination of sulfur uses packed column gas chromatography.
in the range from 1.5 to 100 mg/kg (ppm by mass) Procedures A and B have separate precisions.
by weight in hydrocarbon products that are 1.4 The method has been evaluated for
gaseous at normal room tem- perature and benzene using a D6300-compliant
pressure. Interlaboratory Study (ILS), with the lowest and
(=ASTM D3246-15) highest ILS sample concentration means as
Gr. A2 follows: (1) Procedure A between 0.12 % and
5.2 % by volume and (2) Procedure B between
SLS ASTM D3335-85a (2005):2010 0.10 % and 5.0 % by volume.
Low concentrations of lead, cadmium, and 1.5 The method has been evaluated for
cobalt in paint by atomic absorption toluene using a D6300-compliant
spectroscopy Interlaboratory Study (ILS), with the lowest and
Covers the determination of lead2 contents highest ILS sample concentration means as
between 0.01 and 5 %, cadmium contents follows: (1) Procedure A between 0.4 % and
between 50 and 150 ppm (mg/kg), and cobalt 19.7 % by volume, and (2) Procedure B between
contents between 50 and 2000 ppm (mg/kg) 2.0 % and 20.0 % by volume.
present in the nonvolatile portion of liquid 1.6 For reporting, the lowest and highest
coatings or contained in dried films. This test concentration ranges for benzene and toluene
method is not applicable to the determination of for Procedure A of this test method per Practice
lead in samples containing antimony pigments D6300 see 13.2.
(low recoveries are obtained). 1.7 For reporting, the lowest and highest
(=ASTM D3335-85a (2005)) concentration ranges for benzene and toluene
Gr. A1

338
for Procedure B of this test method per Practice the concentra- tion ranges of 0.07 % to 5.96 %
D6300 see 25.2. by volume for benzene and
1.8 For benzene by Procedure A, the following 0.36 % to 20.64 % by volume for toluene as
oxygenated fuels are included in the working reported by Procedure A.
range: (1) ethanol up to 20 % by volume (E20); 1.13 The values stated in SI units are to be
(2) methanol up to 10 % by volume (M10). Fuels regarded as standard. The values given in
M85 and E85 were excluded. parentheses are for information Page | 339
1.9 For benzene by Procedure B the following only.(ASTM D3606-22)
oxygenated fuels are included in the working Gr. A4
range: (1) ethanol up to 20 % by volume (E20);
(2) methanol up to 10 % by volume (M10). Fuels SLS ASTM D3624-85a (2005):2010
M85 and E85 were excluded. Standard test method for low concentrations
1.10 For toluene by Procedure A the following of mercury in paint by atomic absorption
oxygenated fuels were included in the working spectroscopy
range: (1) ethanol up to 20 % by volume (E20); Covers the determination of the content of
(2) M85 and E85. mercury in the range between 10 and 1000 ppm
1.2 For toluene by Procedure B the following (mg/kg) present in liquid coatings, coatings
oxygenated vehicles, or in dried films obtained from
fuels are included in the working range: (1) previously coated substrates.
ethanol up to 20 % by volume (E20); (2) M85 (=ASTM D3624-85a (2005))
and E85. Gr. A1
1.3 Procedure A uses MIBK as the internal
standard. Procedure B uses sec-butanol as the SLS ASTM D3717-85a (2005):2010
internal standard. The use of Procedure B for Standard test method for low concentrations
fuels containing blended butanols requires that of antimony in paint by atomic absorption
sec-butanol be below the detection limit in the spectroscopy
fuels as sec-butanol is an internal standard. For Covers the determination of the content of
Procedure B, an alternative separation column set antimony in the range between 50 and 200 ppm
described in the annex (A2.3, Annex Approach (mg/kg) present in the solids of liquid coatings or
B) uses MEK as the internal standard when in dried films obtained from previously coated
butanols may be blended into gasolines. substrates. (=ASTM D3717-85a (2005))
1.4 This test method includes a between Gr. A1
method bias section for benzene based on
Practice D6708 bias assessment between Test SLS ASTM D3718-85a (2005):2010
Method D3606 Procedure B and Test Method Standard test method for low concentrations
D5769. It is intended to allow Test Method of chromium in paint by atomic absorption
D3606 Procedure B to be used as a possible spectroscopy
alternative to Test Method D5769. The Practice Covers the determination of the content of
D6708 derived benzene correlation equation is chromium (including chromium oxide) in the
applicable for benzene measurements in the range between 0.005 and 1.0 % present in the
reportable range from 0.06 % to 2.88 % by solids of liquid coatings or in dried films obtained
volume as reported by Test Method D3606 from previously coated substrates. The values
Procedure B (see 27.2.1). The correlation stated in SI units are to be regarded as the
complies with EPA’s Performance Based standard.
Measurement System (PBMS). (=ASTM D3718-85a (2005))
1.5 Correlation equations are included in the Gr. A1
between test methods bias section 14.2.1 of
Procedure A to convert Proce- dure A to the
Procedure B volume percent values for benzene
and toluene. The correlations are applicable in

339
SLS ASTM D3802-79(2005):2010 sample set that was used to determine the current
Standard test method for ball-pan hardness of precision statements of the method, since all
activated carbon samples evaluated at the time were analyzed at a
Covers a procedure for determining the ball-pan test temperature of 15 °C. Wax and highly viscous
hardness number of granular activated carbons. samples require a temperature cell operated at
For the purpose of this test, granular activated elevated temperatures necessary to ensure a
carbons are those having particles 90 % of which liquid test specimen is introduced for analysis. Page | 340
are larger than 80 mesh (180ìm) as determined by Consult instrument manufacturer instructions for
test method D 2862. The values stated in SI units appropriate guidance and precautions when
are to be regarded as the standard. attempting to analyze wax or highly viscous
(=ASTM D3802-79 (Reapproved 2005)) samples. Refer to the Precision and Bias section
Gr. A1 of the method and Note 9 for more detailed
information about the 1999 ILS that was
SLS ASTM D3910-07:2010 conducted.
Standard practices for design, testing and (ASTM D4052-22)
construction of slurry seal Gr. A2
Cover the design, testing, and construction of
mixtures for surface treatment of pavements. It is SLS ASTM D4057: 2022
written as a guide and should be used as such. Standard test method for standard practice
End-use specifications should be adapted to for manual sampling of petroleum and
conform to job and user requirements. petroleum products
(=ASTM D3910-07) (Second Revision)
Gr. A2 This practice covers procedures and
equipment for manually obtaining samples of
SLS ASTM D4052: 2022 liquid petroleum and petroleum products, crude
Standard test method for density, relative oils, and intermediate products from the sample
density, and api gravity of liquids by digital point into the primary container are described.
density meter Proce- dures are also included for the sampling of
(Second Revision) free water and other heavy components
This test method covers the determination of the associated with petroleum and petroleum
density, relative density, and API Gravity of products.
petroleum distillates and viscous oils that can be (ASTM D4057-22)
handled in a normal fashion as liquids at the Gr. A5
temperature of test, utilizing either manual or
automated sample injection equipment. Its SLS ASTM D4170: 2021
application is restricted to liquids with total Fretting wear protection by lubricating
vapor pressures (see Test Method D5191) greases
typically below 100 kPa and viscosities (see Test (First Revision)
Method D445 or D7042) typically below about This test method evaluates the fretting wear
15 000 mm2/s at the tempera- ture of test. The protection provided by lubricating greases.
total vapor pressure limitation however can be (=ASTM D4170-16)
extended to >100 kPa provided that it is first Gr. A2
ascertained that no bubbles form in the U-tube,
which can affect the density determination. SLS ASTM D4172:2022
Some examples of products that may be tested Standard test method for wear preventive
by this procedure include: gasoline and characteristics of lubricating fluid (four-ball
gasoline-oxygenate blends, diesel, jet, method)
basestocks, waxes, and lubricating oils.1.1.1 (Second Revision)
Waxes and highly viscous samples were not This test method covers a procedure for making
included in the 1999 interlaboratory study (ILS) a preliminary evaluation of the anti-wear
properties of fluid lubricants in sliding contact

340
 by means of the Four-Ball Wear Test Machine. SLS ASTM D4289: 2021
Evaluation of lubricating grease using the same Standard test method for elastomer
machine is detailed in Test Method D2266. The compatibility of lubricating greases and fluids
values stated in SI units are to be regarded as (First Revision)
standard. Because the equipment used in this This test method evaluates the compatibility of
test method is only available in kgf units, SI lubricat- ing greases and fluids with coupons cut
units in parentheses are for information only. from standard elasto- mer sheets (Practice Page | 341
This standard does not purport to address all D3182). Compatibility is evaluated by
of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its determining the changes in volume and
use. It is the responsibility of the user of this Durometer A hardness that occur when elastomer
standard to establish appro- priate safety, health, coupons are totally immersed in a lubricant
and environmental practices and deter- mine the sample for 70 h or for a duration as required by
applicability of regulatory limitations prior to the lubricant specification at either 100 °C or
use.This international standard was developed 150 °C or at a test temperature as required by the
in accor- dance with internationally recognized lubricant specification. Some lubricant
principles on standard- ization established in the specifications may require different elastomers
Decision on Principles for the Development of or test conditions, such as longer durations or
International Standards, Guides and Recom- lower or higher temperatures. In such instances,
mendations issued by the World Trade the repeatability and reproducibility values stated
Organization Technical Barriers to Trade (TBT) in Section 12 do not apply, and the user and
Committee. supplier should agree on acceptable limits of
(ASTM D4172-21) preci- sion. The scope of this test method now
Gr. A2 includes the evaluation of the elastomer
compatibility of both lubricating fluids and
SLS ASTM D4177: 2023 greases. Testing of fluids was not included in Test
Standard practice for Automatic sampling of Method D4289–95 and earlier versions. This test
petroleum and petroleum products method can also be used as a guide to evaluate the
(Second Revision) compatibility of greases with rubber products
This practice describes general procedures and not in standard sheet form (Practice D3183).
equip- The values stated in SI units are to be regarded
ment for automatically obtaining samples of as standard. No other units of measurement are
liquid petroleum and petroleum products, crude included in this standard. Exception—When
oils, and intermediate products from the sample listed, Durometer A units shall be regarded as
point into the primary container. This practice the standard. This standard does not purport to
also provides additional specific information address all of the safety concerns, if any,
about sample container selection, preparation, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of
and sample handling. If sam- pling is for the the user of this standard to establish appro-
precise determination of volatility, use Practice priate safety, health, and environmental practices
D5842 (API MPMS Chapter 8.4) in and deter- mine the applicability of regulatory
conjunction with this practice. For sample limitations prior to use. For specific warning
mixing and handling, refer to Practice D5854 statements, see 8.4 – 8.6. This international
(API MPMS Chapter 8.3). This practice does not standard was developed in accor- dance with
cover sampling of electrical insulating oils and internationally recognized principles on standard-
hydraulic fluids. ization established in the Decision on
(ASTM D4177-22e1) Principles for the Development of International
Gr. A5 Standards, Guides and Recom- mendations
issued by the World Trade Organization Technical
Barriers to Trade (TBT) Committee.
(ASTM D4289-21)
Gr. A2

341
SLS ASTM D4294: 2023 fundamental assumption in this test method is
Standard test method for sulfur in petroleum that the
and petroleum products by energy dispersive standard and sample matrices are well matched,
x-ray fluorescence spectrometry or that the matrix differences are accounted for
(First Revision) (see 6.2). Matrix mis- match can be caused by
This test method covers the determination of total C/H ratio differences between samples and
sulfur standards (see Section 6) or by the presence Page | 342
in petroleum and petroleum products that are of other heteroatoms.
single-phase and either liquid at ambient The values stated in SI units are to be
conditions, liquefiable with moderate heat, or regarded as standard. No other units of
soluble in hydrocarbon solvents. These materials measurement are included in this standard.
can include diesel fuel, jet fuel, kerosine, other This standard does not purport to address all
distillate oil, naphtha, residual oil, lubricating of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its
base oil, hydraulic oil, crude oil, unleaded use. It is the responsibility of the user of this
gasoline, gasoline-ethanol blends, biodiesel (see standard to establish appro- priate safety,
Note 2), and similar petroleum products. health, and environmental practices and deter-
NOTE 1—Oxygenated fuels with ethanol or mine the applicability of regulatory limitations
methanol contents exceed- ing the limits given in prior to use.
Table 1 can be dealt with using this test method, This international standard was developed in
but the precision and bias statements do not accor- dance with internationally recognized
apply (see Appendix X3). principles on standard- ization established in the
NOTE 2—For samples with high oxygen Decision on Principles for the Development of
contents (>3 % by weight) sample dilution as International Standards, Guides and Recom-
described in 1.3 or matrix matching must be mendations issued by the World Trade
performed to assure accurate results. Organization Technical Barriers to Trade (TBT)
Interlaboratory studies on precision revealed the Committee.
scope to be 17 mg ⁄kg to 4.6 % by mass. An (ASTM D4294-21)
estimate of this test method’s pooled limit of Gr. A2
quantitation (PLOQ) is 16.0 mg ⁄kg as calculated
by the procedures in Practice D6259. However, SLS ASTM D4402: 2023
because instrumentation covered by this test Standard test method for viscosity
method can vary in sensitivity, the applicability determination of asphalt at elevated
of the test method at sulfur concentrations temperatures using a rotational viscometer
below approximately 20 mg/kg must be deter- (First Revision)
mined on an individual basis. An estimate of This test method outlines a procedure for
the limit of detection is three times the measuring the apparent viscosity of asphalt from
reproducibility standard deviation, and an 40 to 260 °C [100 to 500 °F] using a rotational
estimate of the limit of quantitation2 is ten times viscometer and a temperature-controlled thermal
the reproducibility standard deviation. chamber for maintaining the test temperature.
Samples containing more than 4.6 % by mass The values stated in either SI units or cgs and
sulfur can be diluted to bring the sulfur inch- pound units are to be regarded separately
concentration of the diluted material within the as standard. The values stated in each system are
scope of this test method. Samples that are diluted not necessarily exact equiva- lents; therefore, to
can have higher errors than indicated in Section 17 ensure conformance with the standard, each
than non-diluted samples. system shall be used independently of the other,
Volatile samples (such as high vapor pressure and values from the two systems shall not be
gasolines or light hydrocarbons) may not meet combined.
the stated precision because of selective loss of This standard does not purport to address all
light materials during the analysis. of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its
use. It is the responsibility of the user of this
standard to establish appro- priate safety,

342
health, and environmental practices and deter- Exceptions:
mine the applicability of regulatory limitations • The roller follower shaft wear in Test
prior to use. See 10.6 for specific precautionary Method D5966 is in mils.
information. • The oil consumption in Test Method
This international standard was developed in D6750 is in grams per kilowatthour.
accor- dance with internationally recognized NOTE 1—The kWh unit is deprecated. The
principles on standard- ization established in the preferred SI unit is the joule (J); 1 kWh = 3.6 MJ. Page | 343
Decision on Principles for the Development of • The bearing wear in Test Method D6709
International Standards, Guides and Recom- is in grams and is described as weight loss, a
mendations issued by the World Trade non-SI term.
Organization Technical Barriers to Trade (TBT) • Some of the appendixes are verbatim
Committee. from other sources, and non-SI units are
(ASTM D4402/D4402M-23) included.
Gr. A1 This international standard was developed in
accor- dance with internationally recognized
SLS ASTM D4485: 2023 principles on standard- ization established in
Specification for performance of active api the Decision on Principles for the Development
service category engine oils of International Standards, Guides and Recom-
(Second Revision) mendations issued by the World Trade
This specification covers engine oils for light- Organization Technical Barriers to Trade (TBT)
duty and heavy-duty internal combustion engines Committee.
used under a variety of operating conditions in (ASTM D4485-22e1)
automobiles, trucks, vans, buses, and off- Gr. A5
highway farm, industrial, and construction
equipment . SLS ASTM D4530:2021
This specification is not intended to cover Standard test method for determination of
engine oil applications such as outboard motors, carbon residue (micro method)
snowmobiles, lawn mowers, motorcycles, Covers the determination of the amount of carbon
railroad locomotives, or oceangoing vessels.This residue formed after evaporation and pyrolysis of
specification is based on engine test results that petroleum materials under certain conditions and
generally have been correlated with results is intended to provide some indication of the
obtained on refer- ence oils in actual service relative coke forming tendency of such materials.
engines operating with gasoline or diesel fuel. As The test results are equivalent to the Conradson
it pertains to the API SL engine oil category, it is Carbon Residue test.
based on engine test results that generally have (=ASTM 4530-15(2020))
been correlated with results obtained on Gr. A2
reference oils run in gasoline engine Sequence
Tests that defined engine oil catego- ries prior to SLS ASTM D4541: 2023
2000. It should be recognized that not all aspects Standard test method for pull-off strength of
of engine oil performance are evaluated by the coatings using portable adhesion testers
engine tests in this specification. In addition, (Second Revision)
when assessing oil performance, it is desirable This test method covers a procedure for
that the oil be evaluated under actual operating evaluating the pull-off strength (commonly
conditions. referred to as adhesion) of a coating system
This specification includes bench and chemical from metal substrates. Pull-off strength of
tests that help evaluate some aspects of engine oil coatings from concrete is described in Test
performance not covered by the engine tests in Method D7234. This test offers two test
this specification. protocols. Protocol 1 (test to fracture) determines
The values stated in SI units are to be the greatest perpendicular force (in tension) that
regarded as standard. No other units of a surface area can bear before a plug of material
measurement are included in this standard. is detached. Protocol 2 (pass/fail) determines if

343
the coated surface remains intact at a defined This standard does not purport to address all
load criteria. Fracture will occur along the of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its
weakest plane within the system comprised of the use. It is the responsibility of the user of this
test fixture, glue, coating system, and substrate, standard to establish appro- priate safety,
and will be exposed by the fracture surface. This health, and environmental practices and deter-
test method maximizes tensile stress as mine the applicability of regulatory limitations
compared to the shear stress applied by other prior to use. Page | 344
methods, such as scratch or knife adhesion, and This international standard was developed in
results may not be comparable. NOTE 1—The accor- dance with internationally recognized
procedure in this standard was developed for principles on standard- ization established in the
metal substrates, but may be appropriate for other Decision on Principles for the Development of
rigid substrates such as plastic and wood. Factors International Standards, Guides and Recom-
such as loading rate and flexibility of the substrate mendations issued by the World Trade
must be addressed by the user/specifier. Organization Technical
NOTE 2—The procedure in this standard was Barriers to Trade (TBT) Committee.
developed for use on flat surfaces. The results (ASTM D4541-22)
could have greater variability with lower values Gr. A3
and averages for surfaces other than flat.
Pull-off strength measurements depend upon SLS ASTM D4607-94(2006):2010
material, instrumentation and test parameters. Standard test method for determination of
Results obtained by each test method may give iodine number of activated carbon
different results. Results should only be assessed Covers the determination of the relative
for each test method and not be compared with activation level of unused or reactivated carbons
other instruments. There are five instrument by adsorption of iodine from aqueous solution.
types, identified as Test Methods B-F. It is (=ASTM D4607-94 (Reapproved 2006))
imperative to identify the test method used when Gr. A2
reporting results.
NOTE 3—Method A, which appeared in SLS ASTM D4683-20:2020
previous versions of this standard, has been Test method for measuring viscosity of new
eliminated as its main use is for testing on and used engine oils at high shear rate and
concrete substrates (see Test Method D7234). high temperature by tapered bearing
This test method describes a class of apparatus simulator viscometer at 150 0c
known as portable pull-off adhesion testers.2 (First revision)
They are capable of apply- ing a concentric load Covers the laboratory determination of the
and counter load to a single surface so viscosity of engine oils at 150 °C and 1.0·106 s”1
that coatings can be tested even though only using a viscometer having a slightly tapered rotor
one side is accessible. Measurements are limited and stator called the Tapered Bearing Simulator
by the strength of adhe- sive bonds between the (TBS) Viscometer.
loading fixture and the specimen surface or the The Newtonian calibration oils used to establish
cohesive strengths of the glue, coating layers, this test method range from approximately 1.2
and substrate. mPa·s to 7.7 mPa·s at 150 °C. The precision has
This test can be destructive and spot repairs only been determined for the viscosity range 1.47
may be necessary.The values stated in either SI mPa·s to 5.09 mPa·s at 150 °C for the materials
units or inch-pound units are to be regarded listed in the precision section.
separately as standard. The values stated in each The non-Newtonian reference oil used to
system are not necessarily exact equivalents; establish the shear rate of 1.0·106 s”1 for this test
therefore, to ensure conformance with the method has a viscosity closely held to 3.55 mPa·s
standard, each system shall be used at 150 °C by using the absolute viscometry of the
independently of the other, and values from TBS.
the two systems shall not be combined.

344
Manual, semi-automated, and fully automated This test method is applicable for unused oils,
TBS viscometers were used in developing the sometimes referred to as fresh oils, designed for
precision statement for this test method. both light duty and heavy duty engine
Application to petroleum products such as base applications. It also has been shown to be suitable
oils and formulated engine oils was determined in for used diesel and gasoline engine oils.
preparing the viscometric information for this test The applicability to petroleum products other
method. than engine oils has not been determined. Page | 345
The values stated in SI units are to be regarded as The values stated in SI units are to be regarded as
standard. No other units of measurement are standard. No other units of measurement are
included in this standard. included in this standard.
This test method uses the milliPascal·second (=ASTM D4684-20a)
(mPa·s) as the unit of viscosity. This unit is Gr. A3
equivalent to the centipoise (cP).
(=ASTM D4683:20) SLS ASTM D4737: 2023
Gr. A3 Standard test method for calculated cetane
index by four variable equation
SLS ASTM D4684-20a:2020 (First Revision)
Standard test method for determination of The calculated Cetane Index by Four Variable
yield stress and apparent viscosity of engine Equation provides a means for estimating the
oils at low temperature ASTM cetane number (Test Method D613) of
(First revision) distillate fuels from density and distillation
Covers the measurement of the yield stress and recovery temperature measurements. The value
viscosity of engine oils after cooling at controlled computed from the equation is termed the
rates over a period exceeding 45 h to a final test Calculated Cetane Index by Four Variable
temperature between –10 °C and –40 °C. The Equation.
precision is stated for test temperatures from –40 The Calculated Cetane Index by Four Variable
°C to –15 °C. The viscosity measurements are Equation is not an optional method for expressing
made at a shear stress of 525 Pa over a shear rate ASTM cetane number. It is a supplementary tool
of 0.4 s–1 to 15 s–1. The viscosity as measured at for estimating cetane number when a result by
this shear stress was found to produce the best Test Method D613 is not available and if cetane
correlation between the temperature at which the improver is not used. As a supplementary tool,
viscosity reached a critical value and borderline the Calculated Cetane Index by Four Variable
pumping failure temperature in engines. equation must be used with due regard for its
This test method contain two procedures: limitations.Procedure A is to be used for
Procedure A incorporates several equipment and Specification D975, Grades No. 1–D S15, No. 1–
procedural modifications from Test Method D S500, No. 1–D S5000, No. 2–D S15, No. 2–D
D4684–02 that have shown to improve the S5000, and No. 4–D. This method for estimating
precision of the test, while Procedure B is cetane number was developed by Chevron
unchanged from Test Method D4684–02. Research Co.2 Procedure A is based on a data set
Additionally, Procedure A applies to those including a relatively small number of No. 1–D
instruments that utilize thermoelectric cooling fuels. Test Method D4737 Procedure A may be
technology or direct refrigeration technology of less applicable to No. 1–D S15, No. 1–D S500,
recent manufacture for instrument temperature and No. 1–D S5000 than to No. 2–D grade S5000
control. Procedure B can use the same or to No. 4–D fuels.Procedure A has been
instruments used in Procedure A or those cooled verified as applicable to Grade No. 2–D S15
by circulating methanol.
Procedure A of this test method has precision diesel fuels.3Procedure B is to be used for
stated for a yield range from less than 35 Pa to Specification D975, Grade No. 2–D S500.The
210 Pa and apparent viscosity range from 4300 test method “Calculated Cetane Index by Four
mPa·s to 270 000 mPa·s. The test procedure can Variable Equation” is particularly applicable to
determine higher yield stress and viscosity levels. Grade 1–D S5000, Grade No. 1–D S500, Grade

345
No. 2–D S5000 and Grade No. 2–D S500 diesel calibration of the apparatus. If it is so used, the
fuel oils containing straight-run and precision statement will no longer apply. The
cracked stocks, and their blends. It can also be precision has only been determined for the
used for heavier fuels with 90 % recovery points viscosity range 1.48 mPa·s to 5.07 mPa·s at 150
less than 382 °C and for fuels containing °C and from 4.9 mPa·s to 11.8 mPa·s at 100 °C
derivatives from oil sands and oil shale. for the materials listed in the precision section.
NOTE 1—Sxx is the designation for maximum A non-Newtonian reference oil is used to check Page | 346
sulfur level specified for the grade. For example, that the working conditions are correct. The exact
S500 grades are those with a maximum sulfur viscosity appropriate to each batch of this oil is
limit of 500 ppm (µg/g). established by testing on a number of instruments
Biodiesel blends are excluded from this test in different laboratories. The agreed value for this
method, because they were not part of the datasets reference oil may be obtained from the chairman
use to develop either Procedure A or B. of the Coordinating European Council (CEC)
The values stated in SI units are to be Surveillance Group for CEC L-36-90, or from the
regarded as standard. No other units of distributor.
measurement are included in this standard. Applicability to products other than engine oils
This standard does not purport to address all has not been determined in preparing this test
of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its method.
use. It is the responsibility of the user of this The values stated in SI units are to be regarded as
standard to establish appro- priate safety, standard. No other units of measurement are
health, and environmental practices and deter- included in this
mine the applicability of regulatory limitations standard except those noted below. Exception-
prior to use. This test method uses the SI unit millipascal-
This international standard was developed in second (mPa·s) as the unit of viscosity. (1 cP = 1
accor- dance with internationally recognized mPa·s.)
principles on standard- ization established in the (=ASTM D4741-21a)
Decision on Principles for the Development of Gr. A2
International Standards, Guides and Recom-
mendations issued by the World Trade SLS ASTM D4806: 2023
Organization Technical Barriers to Trade (TBT) Standard specification for denatured fuel
Committee. ethanol for blending with gasolines for use as
(ASTM D4737-21) automotive spark-ignition engine fuel
Gr. A2 (First Revision)
This specification covers nominally anhydrous
SLS ASTM D4741-20a:2021 dena-tured fuel ethanol intended to be blended
Standard test method for measuring viscosity with unleaded or leaded gasolines at 1 % to 15
at high temperature and high shear rate by % by volume for use as automo- tive spark-
tapered-plug viscometer ignition engine fuel covered by Specification
(First revision) D4814 as well as other fuel applications or
Covers the laboratory determination of the specifications involving ethanol. The
viscosity of oils at 150 °C and 1 × 106 s–1 and at significance of this specification is shown in
100 °C and 1 × 106 s–1, using high shear rate Appendix X1.
tapered-plug viscometer models BE/C or BS/C. Jurisdictions may vary in their regulatory
Newtonian calibration oils are used to adjust the requirements for the allowable or prohibited
working gap and for calibration of the apparatus. types of denaturants, chemical composition of
These calibration oils cover a range from the denaturant or concentration of denaturant
approximately 1.4 mPa·s to 5.9 mPa·s (cP) at 150 needed to denature the ethanol. The user is
°C and 4.2 mPa·s to 18.9 mPa·s (cP) at 100 °C. advised to check with the national and regional
This test method should not be used for regulatory agencies where the ethanol is
extrapolation to higher viscosities than those of denatured and used.
the Newtonian calibration oils used for

346
Specific regulatory requirements for denatured individual compounds are provided. At
fuel ethanol and acceptable denaturants from concentrations <0.20 % by mass, it is possible
various jurisdictions are given in Appendixes for that hydrocarbons may interfere with several
information. ethers and alco- hols. The reporting limit of 0.20
The values stated in SI units are to be % by mass was tested for gasolines containing
regarded as standard. a maximum of 10 % by volume olefins. It may be
Exception—Values given in parentheses are possible that for gasolines containing >10 % by Page | 347
provided for information only. Non-SI units are volume olefins, the interference may be >0.20 %
shown in the Appendix if they are in a direct by mass. Annex A1 gives a chromatogram
quotation from government regulations. In most showing the interference observed with a
cases, U.S. federal regulations specify non-SI gasoline containing 10 % by volume olefins.
units. This test method includes a relative bias
The following safety hazards caveat pertains only correlation for ethanol in spark-ignition engine
to the method modification in 8.7 of this fuels for the U.S. EPA regulations reporting
specification: This standard does not purport to based on Practice D6708 accuracy assess- ment
address all of the safety concerns, if any, between Test Method D4815 and Test Method
associated with its use. It is the responsibility of D5599 as a possible Test Method D4815
the user of this standard to establish appropriate alternative to Test Method D5599. The Practice
safety, health, and environ- mental practices and D6708 derived correlation equation is only
determine the applicability of regulatory applicable for ethanol in fuels in the
limitations prior to use.This international concentration range from 2.28 % to 14.42 % by
standard was developed in accor- dance with mass as measured by Test Method D4815. The
internationally recognized principles on applicable Test Method D5599 range for ethanol
standard- ization established in the Decision on is from 2.16 % to 14.39 % by mass as reported
Principles for the Development of International by Test Method D5599.
Standards, Guides and Recom- mendations Alcohol-based fuels, such as M-85 and E-85,
issued by the World Trade Organization MTBE product, ethanol product, and denatured
Technical Barriers to Trade (TBT) Committee. alcohol, are specifi-
(ASTM D4806-21a) cally excluded from this test method. The
Gr. A2 methanol content of
M-85 fuel is considered beyond the operating
SLS ASTM D4815: 2023 range of the system.
Standard test method for determination of Benzene, while detected, cannot be quantified
mtbe, etbe, tame, dipe, tertiary-amyl alcohol using this test method and shall be analyzed by
and c1 to c4 alcohols in gasoline by gas alternate methodology (see Test Method D3606).
chromatography The values stated in SI units are to be
(First Revision) regarded as standard. Alternate units, in common
This test method covers the determination of usage, are also provided to increase clarity and
ethers and alcohols in gasolines by gas aid the users of this test method.
chromatography. Specific com- pounds This standard does not purport to address all
determined are methyl tert-butylether (MTBE), of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its
ethyl tert-butylether (ETBE), tert- use. It is the responsibility of the user of this
amylmethylether (TAME), diiso- propylether standard to establish appro- priate safety,
(DIPE), methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, n- health, and environmental practices and deter-
propanol, isobutanol, tert-butanol, sec-butanol, mine the applicability of regulatory limitations
n-butanol, and tert-pentanol (tert- prior to use.
amylalcohol).Individual ethers are determined This international standard was developed in
from 0.20 % to 20.0 % by mass. Individual accor- dance with internationally recognized
alcohols are determined from 0.20 % to 12.0 % principles on standard- ization established in the
by mass. Equations used to convert to mass Decision on Principles for the Development of
percent oxygen and to volume percent of International Standards, Guides and Recom-

347
mendations issued by the World Trade SLS ASTM D5059:2021
Organization Technical Barriers to Trade (TBT) Standard test methods for lead and manganese
Committee. (ASTM D4815-22) in gasoline by x-ray fluorescence spectroscopy
Gr. A3 Cover the determination of lead and manganese
gasoline additives content by X-Ray
SLS ASTM D4951-14:2020 Fluorescence Spectroscopy (XRF). These test
Standard test method for determination of methods cover the determination of the total lead Page | 348
additive elements in lubricating oils by content of a gasoline within the following
inductively coupled plasma atomic emission concentration ranges: 0.010 g Pb D US gal to 5.0
Spectrometry g Pb D US gal 0.012 g Pb D UK gal to 6.0 g Pb
(First revision) D UK gal 0.0026 g Pb D L to 1.32 g Pb D L and
Covers the quantitative determination of barium, total manganese content of aviation gasoline
boron, calcium, copper, magnesium, within the concentration range of 25 mg Mn/L to
molybdenum, phosphorus, sulfur, and zinc in 250 mg Mn/L.(=ASTM D5059-21)
unused lubricating oils and additive packages. Gr. A2
The precision statements are valid for dilutions in
which the mass % sample in solvent is held SLS ASTM D5133-20a:2020
constant in the range of 1 % to 5 % by mass of Standard test method for low temperature,
oil. low shear rate, viscosity/ temperature
The precision tables define the concentration dependence of lubricating oils using a
ranges covered in the interlaboratory study. temperature-scanning technique
However, both lower and higher concentrations (First revision)
can be determined by this test method. Covers the measurement of the apparent viscosity
The low concentration limits are dependent on of engine oil at low temperatures.
the sensitivity of the ICP instrument and the A shear rate of approximately 0.2 s-1 is produced
dilution factor. The high concentration limits are at shear stresses below 100 Pa. Apparent
determined by the product of the maximum viscosity is measured continuously as the sample
concentration defined by the linear calibration is cooled at a rate of 1 °C D h over the range +5
curve and the sample dilution factor. °C to +40 °C, or to the temperature at which the
Sulfur can be determined if the instrument can viscosity exceeds 40 000 mPa·s (cP).
operate at a wavelength of 180 nm. The measurements resulting from this test
The values stated in SI units are to be regarded as method are viscosity, the maximum rate of
standard. No other units of measurement are viscosity increase (Gelation Index), and the
included in this standard. temperature at which the Gelation Index occurs.
(=ASTM D4951-14(2019)) Applicability to petroleum products other than
Gr. A2 engine oils has not been determined in preparing
this test method.
SLS ASTM D4952:2021 The values stated in SI units are to be regarded as
Standard test method for qualitative analysis standard. No other units of measurement are
for active sulfur species in fuels and solvents included in this standard.(=ASTM D5133-20a)
(doctor test) Gr. A3
Covers and is intended primarily for the detection
of mercaptans in motor fuel, kerosine, and similar SLS ASTM D5185-18:2020
petroleum products. This method may also Standard test method for multielement
provide information on hydrogen sulfide and determination of used and unused lubricating
elemental sulfur that may be present in these oils and base oils by inductively coupled
sample types. The values stated in SI units are to plasma atomic emission spectrometry (ICP-
be regarded as standard. No other units of AES)
measurement are included in this standard. Covers the determination of additive elements,
(=ASTM D D4952-12(2017)) wear metals, and contaminants in used and
Gr. A1 unused lubricating oils and base oils by

348
inductively coupled plasma atomic emission a vapor pressure between 7 kPa and 130 kPa (1.0
spectrometry (ICP-AES). The specific elements psi and 18.6 psi) at 37.8 °C (100 °F) at a vapor-
are listed in Table 1. (A) These wavelengths are to-liquid ratio of 4:1. Measurements are made on
only suggested and do not represent all possible liquid sample sizes in the range from 1 mL to 10
choices. mL. No account is made for dissolved water in
This test method covers the determination of the sample.
selected elements, listed in Table 1, in re-refined NOTE 1—The precision (see Section 16) Page | 349
and virgin base oils. using 1 L containers was determined in a 2003
For analysis of any element using wavelengths interlaboratory study (ILS);2 the precision using
below 190 nm, a vacuum or inert-gas optical path 250 mL containers was determined in a 2016
is required. The determination of sodium and
potassium is not possible on some instruments ILS.3
NOTE 2—Samples can also be tested at other
having a limited spectral range.
vapor-to-liquid ratios, temperatures, and
This test method uses oil-soluble metals for
pressures, but the precision and bias statements
calibration and does not purport to quantitatively
need not apply.
determine insoluble particulates. Analytical
NOTE 3—The ILS conducted in 1988, 1991,
results are particle size dependent, and low results
2003, and 2016 to determine the precision
are obtained for particles larger than a few
statements in Test Method D5191 did not include
micrometers.2
any crude oil in the sample sets. Test Method
Elements present at concentrations above the
D6377, as well as IP 481, have been shown to be
upper limit of the calibration curves can be
suitable for vapor pressure measurements of
determined with additional, appropriate dilutions
crude oils.
and with no degradation of precision.
1.1.1 Some gasoline-oxygenate blends may
For elements other than calcium, sulfur, and zinc,
show a haze when cooled to 0 °C to 1 °C. If a
the low limits listed in Table 2 and Table 3 were
haze is observed in 8.5, it shall be indicated in
estimated to be ten times the repeatability
the reporting of results. The precision and bias
standard deviation. For calcium, sulfur, and zinc,
statements for hazy samples have not been
the low limits represent the lowest concentrations
determined (see Note 15).
tested in the interlaboratory study.
1.2 This test method is suitable for calculation
(A) where: X = mean concentration, ìg/g.
of the dry vapor pressure equivalent (DVPE) of
The values stated in SI units are to be regarded as
gasoline and gasoline-
standard. No other units of measurement are
oxygenate blends by means of a correlation
included in this standard.
equation (see Eq 1
(ASTM D5185-18)
in 14.2). The calculated DVPE very closely
Gr. A2
approximates the dry vapor pressure that would
be obtained on the same material when tested by
SLS ASTM D5191: 2023
Test Method D4953.
Standard test method for vapor pressure of
1.3 The values stated in SI units are to be
petroleum products and liquid fuels (mini
regarded as standard. The values given in
method)
parentheses after SI units are provided for
(First Revision)
information only and are not considered standard.
1.1 This test method covers the use of
(ASTM D5191-22)
automated vapor
Gr. A2
pressure instruments to determine the total vapor
pressure exerted in vacuum by air-containing,
volatile, liquid petroleum products and liquid
fuels, including automotive spark-ignition fuels
with or without oxygenates and with ethanol
blends up to 85 % (volume fraction) (see Note 1).
This test method is suitable for testing samples
with boiling points above 0 °C (32 °F) that exert

349
SLS ASTM D5293-20:2020 SLS ASTM D5481:2021
Standard Test Method for Apparent Viscosity Standard test method for measuring apparent
of Engine Oils and Base Stocks Between –10 viscosity at high-temperature and high-shear
°C and –35 °C Using Cold-Cranking rate by multicell capillary viscometer
Simulator(First revision) (First revision)
Covers the laboratory determination of apparent Covers the laboratory determination of high-
viscosity of engine oils and base stocks by cold temperature high-shear(HTHS)viscosity of Page | 350
cranking simulator (CCS) at temperatures engine oils at a
between –10 °C and –35°C at shear stresses of temperatureof150°Cusingamulticellcapillaryvisc
approximately 50 000 Pa to 100 000 Pa and shear ometer containing pressure, temperature, and
rates of approximately 105 to 104 s–1 for timing instrumentation. The shear rate for this test
viscosities of approximately 900 mPa·s to 25000 method corresponds to an apparent shear
mPa·s. The range of an instrument is dependent rateatthewallof1.4millionreciprocalseconds (1.4
on the instrument model and software version ×106 s−1).3 This shear rate has been found to
installed. Apparent Cranking Viscosity results by decrease the discrepancy between this test
this method are related to engine-cranking method and other high- temperature high-
characteristics of engine oils. sheartestmethods3 (Test Methods D4683 and
A special procedure is provided for measurement D4741) used for engine oil specifications.
of highly viscoelastic oils in manual instruments. Viscosities are determined directly from
See Appendix X2. calibrations that have been established with
Procedures are provided for both manual and Newtonian oils with nominal
automated determination of the apparent viscositiesfrom1.4Pa·sto5.0mPa·sat150°C.The
viscosity of engine oils using the cold-cranking precisionhasonly been determined for the
simulator. viscosityrange1.45mPa·sand5.05mPa·s at 150°C
The values stated in SI units are to be regarded as for the materials listed in the precisionsection
standard. No other units of measurement are (=ASTM D5481- 21)
included in this standard.(=ASTM D5293-20) Gr. A2
Gr. A3
SLS ASTM D5580: 2023
SLS ASTM D5453:2021 Standard test method for determination of
Standard test method for determination of benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, p/m-xylene, o-
total sulfur in light hydrocarbons, spark xylene, c9 and heavier aromatics, and total
ignition engine fuel, diesel engine fuel, and aromatics in finished gasoline by gas
engine oil by ultraviolet fluorescence chromatography
Covers the determination of total sulfur in liquid (First revision)
hydrocarbons, boiling in the range from 1.11 This test method covers the determination
approximately 25 °C to 400 °C, with viscosities of benzene,toluene, ethylbenzene, the xylenes,
between approximately 0.2 cSt and 20 cSt C9 and heavier aromatics, and total aromatics in
(mm2/s) at room temperature. Three separate finished motor gasoline by gas chroma- tography.
interlaboratory studies (ILS) on precision, and 1.12 The aromatic hydrocarbons are separated
three other investigations that resulted in an without inter- ferences from other hydrocarbons
ASTM research report, have determined that this in finished gasoline. Non- aromatic
test method is applicable to naphthas, distillates, hydrocarbons having a boiling point greater
engine oil, ethanol, Fatty Acid Methyl Ester than n-dodecane may cause interferences with the
(FAME), and engine fuel such as gasoline, determination of the C9 and heavier aromatics.
oxygen enriched gasoline (ethanol blends, E-85, For the C8 aromatics, p-xylene and m-xylene co-
M-85, RFG), diesel, biodiesel, diesel/biodiesel
elute while ethylbenzene and o-xylene are
blends, and jet fuel. Samples containing 1.0 mg D
separated. The C9 and heavier aromatics are
kg to 8000 mg D kg total sulfur can be analyzed.
(=ASTM D5453-19a) determined as a single group.
Gr. A3

350
 1.13 This test method covers the following Test Method D5769. The Practice D6708 derived
concentration ranges, in liquid volume %, for the correlation equation for benzene is applicable in
preceding aromatics: benzene, 0.1 % to 5 %; the test method inclusive valid reporting
toluene, 1 % to 15 %; individual C8 aromatics, concentration ranges, as determined from
0.5 % to 10 %; total C9 and heavier aromatics, 5 Practice D6708 data set and precision working
% to 30 %, and total aromatics, 10 % to 80 %. limits of Test Method D5580, from 0.08 % to
1.14 Results are reported to the nearest 0.01 % by 2.34 % by volume as measured by Test Method Page | 351
either mass or by liquid volume. D5580.Many of the common alcohols and ethers
1.15 This test method includes a relative bias that are added to gasoline to reduce carbon
section for U.S. EPA spark-ignition engine fuel monoxide emissions and increase octane, do not
regulations reporting for ben- zene based on interfere with the analysis. Ethers such as methyl
Practice D6708 accuracy assessment between tert-butylether (MTBE), ethyl tert-butylether
Test Method D5580 and Test Method D3606 as a (ETBE), tert- amylmethylether (TAME), and
possible Test Method D5580 alternative to Test diisopropylether (DIPE) have been found to
Method D3606. The Practice D6708 derived elute from the precolumn with the nonaromatic
correlation equation is only applicable for fuels in hydrocarbons to vent. Other oxygenates,
the benzene concentration range from 0.0 % to including methanol and ethanol elute before
2.31 % by volume as measured by Test Method benzene and the aromatic hydrocar- bons. 1-
D5580. The applicable Test Method D3606 range Methylcyclopentene has also been found to elute
for benzene is from 0.0 % to 2.38 % by volume from the precolumn to vent and does not
as reported by Test Method D3606. interfere with benzene. (ASTM D5580-21)
1.16 This test method includes a relative bias Gr. A3
section for U.S. EPA spark-ignition engine fuel
regulations for total aromatics reporting based SLS ASTM D5501:2021
on Practice D6708 accuracy assessment be- Standard test method for determination of
tween Test Method D5580 and Test Method ethanol and methanol content in fuels
D5769 as a containing greater than 20 % ethanol by
possible Test Method D5580 alternative to Test gas chromatography
Method D5769. The Practice D6708 derived Covers the determination of the ethanol content
correlation equation(s) is only applicable for of hydrocarbon blends containing greater than 20
fuels in the total aromatic concentration range % ethanol. This method is applicable to denatured
from 5.4 % to 31.6 % by volume as measured fuel ethanol, ethanol fuel blends, and mid-level
by Test Method D5580 and a distillation ethanol blends. Ethanol is determined from 20 %
temperature T95, at which 95 % of the sample by mass to 100 % by mass and methanol is
determined from 0.01 % by mass to 0.6 % by
has evaporated, as measured by Test Method D86
mass. Equations used to convert these individual
is in the range of 149.1 °C to 196.6 °C (300.4 °F
alcohols from percent by mass to percent by
to 385.9 °F).
volume are provided.
1.6.1 The applicable Test Method D5769
(=ASTM D5501-20)
range for total aromatics is from 3.7 % to 29.4
Gr. A3
% by volume as reported by Test Method D5769
and the distillation temperature T95, at which
SLS ASTM D5800: 2023
95 % of the sample has evaporated, when tested Standard test method for evaporation loss of
according to Test Method D86 ranged from lubricating oils by the noack method
149.1 °C to 196.6 °C (300.4 °F to 385.9 °F). (First Revision)
1.6 This test method includes a relative bias This test method covers four procedures for
section for spark-ignition engine fuels determining
(gasolines) for benzene reporting based on the evaporation loss of lubricating oils
Practice D6708 accuracy assessment between (particularly engine oils). The evaporation
Test Method D5580 and Test Method D5769 measured is reported as percent total loss. The
as a possible Test Method D5580 alternative to test method relates to one set of operating

351
 conditions but may be readily adapted to other SLS ASTM D5966: 2023
conditions as required. Standard test method for evaluation of engine
1.2 Procedure B and Procedure D that are in oils for roller follower wear in light-duty diesel
the main section of the test method provide engine
equivalent results. Proce- dures A and C, which (First Revision)
are in Annex A1 and Annex A2, have equivalent 1.1 This engine lubricant test method is
results. It has been determined that Procedures commonly referred Page | 352
A and C show a slight bias when compared to to as the Roller Follower Wear Test. Its primary
Procedures B and result, roller follower shaft wear in the hydraulic
D. Procedures B and D give slightly higher valve lifter assembly, has been correlated with
results versus Procedures A and C on vehicles used in stop-and-go delivery service
formulated engine oils, while Proce- dures B and prior to 1993. It is one of the test methods
D give lower results versus Procedures A and C required to evaluate lubricants intended to
on basestocks. Thus, a correction factor is satisfy the API CG-4 perfor- mance category.
utilized to convert between the two sets of This test has also been referred to as the 6.2 L
Procedures based on the fluid type. Test.
1.1 The values stated in SI units are to be 1.2 The values stated in SI units are to be
regarded as standard. No other units of regarded as standard. No other units of
measurement are included in this standard. measurement are included in this standard.
1.2 This standard does not purport to 1.2.1 Exceptions—Where there is no direct SI
address all of the safety concerns, if any, equivalent, such as pipe fittings, thermocouple
associated with its use. It is the responsibility diameters, and NPT screw threads. Also, roller
of the user of this standard to establish appro- follower wear is measured in mils.
priate safety, health, and environmental 1.3 This standard does not purport to address
practices and deter- mine the applicability of all of the
regulatory limitations prior to use. safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It
1.3 This international standard was is the responsibility of the user of this standard
developed in accor- dance with internationally to establish appro- priate safety, health, and
recognized principles on standard- ization environmental practices and deter- mine the
established in the Decision on Principles for applicability of regulatory limitations prior to
the Development of International Standards, use.(ASTM D5966-22)
Guides and Recom- mendations issued by the Gr. A3
World Trade Organization Technical
Barriers to Trade (TBT) Committee. SLS ASTM D5967: 2023
. (ASTM D5800-21) Standard test method for evaluation of diesel
Gr. A4 engine oils in t-8 diesel engine
(First Revision)
SLS ASTM D5832-98(2008):2010 This test method covers an engine test
Standard test method for volatile matter procedure for
content of activated carbon samples evaluating diesel engine oils for performance
Covers the determination of the percentage of characteristics, including viscosity increase and
gaseous products, exclusive of moisture vapor, soot concentrations (loading).2 This test method
present in virgin and used activated carbons is commonly referred to as the Mack T-8.
which are released under specific conditions of 1.1 This test method also provides the procedure
the test. for running an extended length T-8 test,
(=ASTM D5832-98 (Reapproved2008)) which is commonly referred to as the T-8E
Gr. A1 and an abbreviated length test, which is
commonly referred to as T-8A. The
procedures for the T-8E and the T-8A are
identical to the T-8 with the exception of the

352
 items specifically listed in Annex A8 and SLS ASTM D6082: 2023
Annex A9 respectively. Additionally, the Standard test method for high temperature
procedure modifications listed in Annex A8 foaming characteristics of lubricating oils
and Annex A9 refer to the corresponding (Second Revision)
section of the T-8 procedure. 1.1 This test method covers the procedure for
1.2 The values stated in SI units are to be determining
regarded as standard. No other units of the foaming characteristics of lubricating oils Page | 353
measurement are included in this standard. (specifically transmission fluid and motor oil) at
1.3.1 Exceptions—Where there is no direct 150 °C.Foaming characteristics of lubricating
SI equivalent such as the units for screw oils at tempera- tures up to 93.5 °C are
threads, National Pipe Threads/ diameters, determined by Test Method D892 or IP 146.
tubing size, sole source equipment suppliers, and 1.2 The values stated in SI units are to
oil consumption in grams per kilowatt-hour. be regarded as standard.1.3.1 Exception—The
1.3 This standard does not purport to values given in parentheses are pro-
address all of the safety concerns, if any, vided for information only.
associated with its use. It is the responsibility (ASTM D6082-22)
of the user of this standard to establish appro- Gr. A2
priate safety, health, and environmental
practices and deter- mine the applicability of SLS ASTM D6278:2020
regulatory limitations prior to use. Standard Test Method for Shear Stability of
See Annex A6 for specific safety precautions. Polymer Containing Fluids Using a European
(ASTM D5967-21) Diesel Injector Apparatus
Gr. A4 Covers the evaluation of the shear stability of
polymer-containing fluids. The test method
SLS ASTM D5972: 2023 measures the percent viscosity loss at 100 °C of
Standard test method for freezing point of polymer-containing fluids when evaluated by a
aviation fuels (automatic phase transition diesel injector apparatus procedure that uses
method) European diesel injector test equipment. The
This test method covers the determination of the viscosity loss reflects polymer degradation due to
tem -perature below which solid hydrocarbon shear at the nozzle.(=ASTM D6278–20a)
crystals form in aviation turbine fuels. This test Gr. A2
method is designed to cover the temperature
SLS ASTM D6304:2021
range of −80 °C to 20 °C; however, 2003 Joint Standard test method for determination of
ASTM/IP Inter laboratory Cooperative Test water in petroleum products, lubricating oils,
Program mentioned in 12.4 has only and additives by coulometric karl fischer
demonstrated the test method with fuels having titration
freezing points in the range of −42 °C to −60 °C. Covers the direct determination of entrained
The values stated in SI units are to be water in petroleum products and hydrocarbons
using automated instrumentation. This test
regarded as standard. No other units of
method also covers the indirect analysis of water
measurement are included in this thermally removed from samples and swept with
standard.(ASTM D5972-23) dry inert gas into the Karl Fischer titration cell.
Gr. A2 Mercaptan, sulfide (S– or H2S), sulfur, and other
compounds are known to interfere with this test
method. The precision statement of this method
covers the nominal range of 20 mg D kg to 25 000
mg/kg for Procedure A, 30 mg D kg to 2100 mg
D kg for Procedure B, and 20 mg D kg to 360 mg
D kg for Procedure C. This test method is
intended for use with commercially available

353
coulometric Karl Fischer reagents and for the molecular weight, nonvolatile components that
determination of water in additives, lube oils, do not elute from the chromatographic column
base oils, automatic transmission fluids, under the test conditions. The calculation
hydrocarbon solvents, and other petroleum procedure used in this test method assumes that
products. By proper choice of the sample size, all of the sample elutes from the column and is
this test method may be used for the detected with uniform response. This assumption
determination of water from mg/kg to percent is not true for samples with nonvolatile additives, Page | 354
level concentrations. The values stated in SI units and application of this test method under such
are to be regarded as standard. No other units of conditions will yield results higher than expected.
measurement are included in this standard. For this reason, results by this test method are
(=ASTM D6304-20) reported as area percent of oil.
Gr. A2 The values stated in SI units are to be regarded as
standard. The values stated in inch-pound units
SLS ASTM D6385-99(2006):2010 are provided for information only.
Standard test method for determining acid (ASTM D6417-15(2019))
extractable content in activated carbon by Gr. A3
ashing
This test method is used to determine the acid SLS ASTM D6423:2021
extractable content of a sample of activated Standard test method for determination of
carbon. This test method presupposes the pHe of denatured fuel ethanol and ethanol fuel
existence of substances other than carbon to be blends
present with activated carbon but does not Covers a procedure to determine a measure of the
purport to address or identify those substances hydrogen ion activity of high ethanol content
which may be present. This test method should be fuels. These include denatured fuel ethanol and
applicable to any form in which activated carbon ethanol fuel blends. The test method is applicable
may exist. (=ASTM D6385-99 (Reapproved to denatured fuel ethanol and ethanol fuel blends
2006)) containing ethanol at 51 % by volume, or more.
Gr. A1 Hydrogen ion activity as measured in this test
method is defined as pHe. A pHe value for
SLS ASTM D6417-15:2020 alcohol solutions is not comparable to pH values
Standard Test Method for Estimation of of water solutions. The value of pHe measured
Engine Oil Volatility by Capillary Gas will depend somewhat on the fuel blend, the
Chromatography stirring rate, and the time the electrode is in the
Covers an estimation of the amount of engine oil fuel. The values stated in SI units are to be
volatilized at 371 °C (700 °F). regarded as standard. No other units of
This test method can also be used to estimate the measurement are included in this standard.
amount of oil volatilized at any temperature Hydrogen ion activity in water is expressed as pH
between 126 °C and 371 °C, if so desired. and hydrogen ion activity in ethanol is expressed
This test method is limited to samples having an as pHe.
initial boiling point (IBP) greater than 126 (=ASTM D6423-20a)
°C (259 °F) or the first calibration point and to Gr. A2
samples containing lubricant base oils with end
points less than 615 °C (1139 °F) or the last n- SLS ASTM D6521: 2023
paraffins in the calibration mixture. By using Standard practice for accelerated aging of
some instruments and columns, it is possible to asphalt binder using a pressurized aging vessel
extend the useful range of the test method. (pav)
This test method uses the principles of simulated (Second Revision)
distillation methodology.This test method may be 1.17 This practice covers the conditioning of
applied to both lubricant oil base stocks and asphalt binders
finished lubricants containing additive packages. to simulate accelerated aging (oxidation) by
These additive packages generally contain high means of pressur- ized air and elevated

354
 temperature. This is intended to simulate the standard to establish appro- priate safety, health,
changes in rheology which occur in asphalt and environmental practices and deter- mine the
binders during in-service oxidative aging, but applicability of regulatory limitations prior to
may not accurately simulate the relative rates of use.
aging. It is normally intended for use with 1.8 This international standard was
residue from Test Method D2872 (RTFOT), developed in accor- dance with internationally
which is designed to simulate plant aging. recognized principles on standard- ization Page | 355
NOTE 1—PAV conditioning has not been established in the Decision on Principles for the
validated for materials containing particulate Development of International Standards, Guides
materials. and Recom- mendations issued by the World
1.18 The aging of asphalt binders during Trade Organization Technical
service is affected by ambient temperature and Barriers to Trade (TBT) Committee.
by mixture-associated variables, such as the (ASTM D6521-22)
volumetric proportions of the mix, the Gr. A2
permeability of the mix, properties of the
aggregates, and possibly other factors. This SLS ASTM D6557: 2023
conditioning process is intended to provide an Standard test method for evaluation of rust
evaluation of the relative resistance of different preventive characteristics of automotive
asphalt binders to oxidative aging at selected engine oils
elevated aging temperatures and pressures, but (First Revision)
cannot account for mixture variables or provide This test method covers a Ball Rust Test (BRT)
the relative resistance to aging at in-service procedure for evaluating the anti-rust ability of
conditions. fluid lubricants. The procedure is particularly
1.19 The values stated in SI units are to be suitable for the evaluation of automotive engine
regarded as standard. No other units of oils under low-temperature, acidic service
measurement are included in this standard. conditions.
1.20 The text of this standard references notes (ASTM D6557–18e1)
and footnotes which provide explanatory Gr. A3
material. These notes and footnotes (excluding
those in tables and figures) shall not be SLS ASTM D6593: 2023
considered as requirements of the standard Standard test method for evaluation of
NOTE 2—The quality of the results produced automotive engine oils for inhibition of deposit
by this standard are dependent on the formation in a spark-ignition internal
competence of the personnel performing the combustion engine fueled with gasoline and
procedure and the capability, calibration, and operated under low-temperature, light-duty
maintenance of the equipment used. Agencies conditions
that meet the criteria of Specification D3666 (First Revision)
are generally considered capable of competent This test method covers and is commonly
and objective testing, sampling, inspection, referred to as the Sequence VG test,2 and it has
etc. Users of this standard are cautioned that been correlated with vehicles used in stop-and-
compliance with Specification D3666 alone go service prior to 1996, particularly with
does not completely ensure reliable results.
Reliable results depend on many factors; regard to sludge and varnish formation.3 It is
following the suggestions of Specification one of the test methods required to evaluate
D3666 or some similar acceptable guideline oils intended to satisfy the API SL performance
provides a category.
means of evaluating and controlling some of The values stated in SI units are to be regarded
those factors. as the standard. No other units of measurement
1.7 This standard does not purport to address are included in this standard.
all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with
its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this

355
Exception—Where there is no direct SI equivalent SLS ASTM D6681-17:2020
such as screw threads, national pipe Standard Test Method for Evaluation of
threads/diameters, tubing Engine Oils in a High Speed, Single-Cylinder
size, or specified single source equipment. Diesel Engine-Caterpillar 1P Test Procedure
(ASTM D6593–18e1) Covers and is required to evaluate the
Gr. A6 performance of engine oils intended to satisfy
certain American Petroleum Institute (API) C Page | 356
SLS ASTM D6594:2023 service categories (included in Specification
Standard test method for evaluation of D4485). It is performed in a laboratory using a
corrosiveness of diesel engine oil at 135 0c standardized high-speed, single-cylinder diesel
(First Revision) engine.4 Piston and ring groove deposit-forming
This test method covers testing diesel engine tendency and oil consumption is measured. The
lubricants piston, the rings, and the liner are also examined
to determine their tendency to corrode various for distress and the rings for mobility.
metals, specifi- cally alloys of lead and copper The values stated in SI units are to be regarded as
commonly used in cam followers and bearings. standard. No other units of measurement are
The values stated in SI units are to be included in this standard.
regarded as standard. No other units of (ASTM D6681-17)
measurement are included in this standard. Gr. A5
This standard does not purport to address all
of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its SLS ASTM D6709: 2022
use. It is the responsibility of the user of this Standard test method for evaluation of
standard to establish appro- priate safety, automotive engine oils in the sequence viii
health, and environmental practices and deter- spark-ignition engine
mine the applicability of regulatory limitations (clr oil test engine)
prior to use. (First Revision)
This international standard was developed in This test method covers the evaluation of
accor-dance with internationally recognized automotive engine oils (SAE grades 0W, 5W,
principles on standard- ization established in the 10W, 20, 30, 40, and 50, and multi-viscosity
Decision on Principles for the Development of grades) intended for use in spark-ignition
International Standards, Guides and Recom- gasoline engines. The test procedure is
mendations issued by the World Trade conducted using a carbureted, spark-ignition
Organization Technical Barriers to Trade (TBT) Cooperative Lubrication Research (CLR) Oil
Committee.(ASTM D6594 – 20e1) Test Engine (also referred to as the Sequence
Gr. A2 VIII test engine in this test method) run on
unleaded fuel. An oil is evaluated for its ability
SLS ASTM D6648:2018 to protect the engine and the oil from
Standard test method for determining the deterioration under high-temperature and severe
flexural creep stiffness of asphalt binder using service con- ditions. The test method can also
the bending beam rheometer (bbr) be used to evaluate the viscosity stability of
Covers the determination of the flexural-creep multi-viscosity-graded oils. Companion test
stiffness or compliance and m-value of asphalt methods used to evaluate engine oil performance
binders by means of a bending beam rheometer. for specification requirements are discussed in
It is applicable to material having flexural-creep the latest revision of Specification D4485.
stiffness values in the range of 20 MPa to 1 GPa (ASTM D6709-22)
(creep compliance values in the range of 50 nPa– Gr. A4
1 to 1 nPa–1) and can be used with unaged
material or with materials aged using aging
procedures.
(=ASTM D6648-08(2016))
Gr. A3

356
SLS ASTM D6723-12:2018 SLS ASTM D6751:2021
Determining the fracture properties of asphalt Standard specification for biodiesel fuel blend
binder in direct tension (dt) Covers the stock (b100) for middle distillate fuels
determination of the failure strain and failure Covers four grades of biodiesel (B100) for use as
stress of asphalt binders by means of a direct a blend component with middle distillate fuels.
tension test. It can be used with unaged material These grades are described as follows: Grade No.
(=ASTM D6723-12) 1-B S15-A special purpose biodiesel blendstock Page | 357
Gr. A3 intended for use in middle distillate fuel
applications which can be sensitive to the
SLS ASTM D6750: 2023 presence of partially reacted glycerides, including
Standard test methods for evaluation of engine those applications requiring good low
oils in a high-speed, single-cylinder diesel temperature operability, and also requiring a fuel
engine—1k procedure (0.4 % fuel sulfur) and blend component with 15 ppm sulfur
1n procedure (0.04 % fuel sulfur) (maximum). Grade No. 1-B S500—A special
(First Revision) purpose biodiesel blendstock intended for use in
These test methods cover the performance of middle distillate fuel applications which can be
engine oils sensitive to the presence of partially reacted
intended for use in certain diesel engines. They glycerides, including those applications requiring
are performed in a standardized high-speed, good low temperature operability, and also
single-cylinder diesel engine by either the 1K requiring a fuel blend component with 500 ppm
(0.4 % mass fuel sulfur) or 1N (0.04 % mass fuel sulfur (maximum). Grade No. 2-B S15—A
sulfur) procedure.3 The only difference in the two general purpose biodiesel blendstock intended for
test methods is the fuel used. Piston and ring use in middle distillate fuel applications that
groove deposit-forming tendency and oil require a fuel blend component with 15 ppm
consumption are measured. Also, the piston, the sulfur (maximum). Grade No. 2-B S500—A
rings, and the liner are examined for distress and general purpose biodiesel blendstock intended for
the rings for mobility. These test methods are use in middle distillate fuel applications that
required to evaluate oils intended to satisfy API require a fuel blend component with 500 ppm
service categories CF-4 and CH-4 for 1K, and sulfur (maximum). This specification prescribes
CG-4 for 1N of Specification D4485. the required properties of diesel fuels at the time
These test methods, although based on the and place of delivery. The specification
requirements may be applied at other points in the
original Caterpillar 1K/1N procedures,3 also production and distribution system when
embody TMC information letters issued before provided by agreement between the purchaser
these test methods were first published. These and the supplier. Nothing in this specification
test methods are subject to frequent change. shall preclude observance of federal, state, or
Until the next revision of these test methods, local regulations which may be more restrictive.
TMC will update changes in these test methods (=ASTM D6751-20a)
by the issuance of information letters which Gr. A3
shall be obtained from TMC (see Annex A1 –
Annex A4).The values stated in SI units are SLS ASTM D6794–20:2020
to be regarded as standard. No other units of Standard Test Method for Measuring the
measurement are included in this standard. Effect on Filterability of Engine Oils After
1.3.1 Exception—Where there is no direct SI Treatment with Various Amounts of Water
equivalent such as screw threads, national pipe and a Long (6 h) Heating Time
threads/diameters, tubing size, or single source Covers the determination of the tendency of an oil
equipment specified. Also Brake Specific Fuel to form a precipitate that can plug an oil filter. It
Consumption is measured in kilograms per simulates a problem that may be encountered in a
kilowatthour. new engine run for a short period of time,
(ASTM D6750 – 19e1) followed by a long period of storage with some
Gr. A6 water in the oil.

357
The values stated in SI units are to be regarded as SLS ASTM D6868-03:2018
standard. No other units of measurement are Labeling of end items that incorporate plastics
included in this standard. and polymers as coatings or additives with
(SLS ASTM D6794-20) paper and other substrates designed to be
Gr. A2 aerobically composted in municipal or
industrial facilities
SLS ASTM D6795-19a:2020 Covers end items that include plastics or Page | 358
Standard Test Method for Measuring the polymers where plastic film/ sheet or polymers
Effect on Filterability of Engine Oils After are incorporated (either through lamination,
Treatment with Water and Dry Ice and a extrusion or mixing) to substrates and the entire
Short (30 min) Heating Time end item is designed to be composted under
Covers the determination of the tendency of an oil aerobic conditions in municipal and industrial
to form a precipitate that can plug an oil filter. It composting facilities, where thermophilic
simulates a problem that may be encountered in a temperatures are achieved.
new engine run for a short period of time, (=ASTM D6868-17)
followed by a long period of storage with some Gr. A1
water in the oil.
The values stated in SI units are to be regarded as SLS ASTM D6891: 2023
standard. No other units of measurement are Standard test method for evaluation of
included in this standard. automotive engine oils in the sequence iva
(ASTM D6795-19a) spark-ignition engine
Gr. A2 (First Revision)
This test method measures the ability of
SLS ASTM D6837-13:2020 crankcase oil to control camshaft lobe wear for
Standard Test Method for Measurement of spark-ignition engines equipped with an
Effects of Automotive Engine Oils on Fuel overhead valve-train and sliding cam followers.
Economy of Passenger Cars and Light-Duty This test method is designed to simulate
Trucks in Sequence VIB Spark Ignition extended engine idling vehicle operation. The
Engine Sequence IVA Test Method uses a Nissan
Covers an engine test procedure for the KA24E engine. The primary result is camshaft
measurement of the effects of automotive engine lobe wear (measured at seven locations around
oils on the fuel economy of passenger cars and each of the twelve lobes). Secondary results
light-duty trucks with gross vehicle weight of include cam lobe nose wear and measurement
3856 kg or less. The tests are conducted on a of iron wear metal concentration in the used
dynamometer test stand using a specified spark- engine oil. Other determinations such as fuel
ignition engine with a displacement of 4.6-L. It dilution of crankcase oil, non-ferrous wear metal
applies to multiviscosity grade oils used in these concentrations, and total oil consumption, can be
applications. useful in the assessment of the validity of the test
This test method also provides for the running of results.2The values stated in SI units are to
an abbreviated length test that is referred to as the be regarded as standard. No other units of
VIBSJ. The procedure for VIBSJ is identical to measurement are included in this standard.
the Sequence VIB with the exception of the items Exceptions—Where there is no direct SI
specifically listed in Annex A13. The procedure equivalent such as pipe fittings, tubing, NPT
modifications listed in Annex A13 refer to the screw threads/diameters, or single source
corresponding section of the Sequence VIB test equipment specified.
method. This standard does not purport to address all
(ASTM D6837-13) of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its
Gr. A6 use. It is the responsibility of the user of this
standard to establish appro- priate safety,
health, and environmental practices and deter-

358
mine the applicability of regulatory limitations SLS ASTM D6930-04:2010
prior to use. See Annex A8 for specific safety Standard test method for settlement and
precautions. storage stability of emulsified asphalts.
This international standard was developed in Covers the ability of an emulsified asphalt to
accor- dance with internationally recognized remain as a uniform dispersion during storage. It
principles on standard- ization established in the is applicable to emulsified asphalts composed
Decision on Principles for the Development of principally of a semisolid or liquid asphaltic base, Page | 359
International Standards, Guides and Recom- water, and an emulsifying agent.
mendations issued by the World Trade (=ASTM D6930-04)
Organization Technical Barriers to Trade (TBT) Gr. A1
Committee.
(ASTM D6891 – 21e1) SLS ASTM D6933-08:2010
Gr. A5 Standard test method for oversized particles in
emulsified asphalts (sieve test)
SLS ASTM D6894-13:2020 Covers the degree to which an emulsified asphalt
Standard Test Method for Evaluation of may contain particles of asphalt or other discreet
Aeration Resistance of Engine Oils in Direct- solids retained on a 850- µm mesh sieve.
Injected Turbocharged Automotive Diesel (=ASTM D6933-08)
Engine Gr. A1
This test method was designed to evaluate an
engine oil’s resistance to aeration in automotive SLS ASTM D6935-04:2010
diesel engine service. It is commonly referred to Standard test method for determining cement
as the Engine Oil Aeration Test (EOAT). The test mixing of emulsified asphalt
is conducted using a specified 7.3 L, direct- Covers mixing test used to identify or classify a
injection, turbocharged diesel engine on a slow setting, SS or CSS, type of emulsion.
dynamometer test stand. This test method was (=ASTM D 6935-04)
developed as a replacement for Test Method Gr. A1
D892 after it was determined that this bench test
did not correlate with oil aeration in actual SLS ASTM D6936-09:2010
service. The EOAT was first included in API Standard test method for determining
Service Category CG-4 in 1995. demulsibility of emulsified asphalt
(ASTM D6894-13) This test method is applicable to both anionic and
Gr. A3 cationic emulsified asphalts of the RS and MS
type, measures the chemical breaking of the
SLS ASTM D6922-13(2018):2020 emulsified asphalt.
Standard Test Method for Determination of (=ASTM D6936-09)
Homogeneity and Miscibility in Automotive Gr. A1
Engine Oils
Covers the determination if an automotive engine SLS ASTM D6984: 2023
oil is homogeneous and will remain so, and if it Standard test method for evaluation of
is miscible with certain standard reference oils automotive engine oils in the sequence iiif,
after being submitted to a prescribed cycle of spark-ignition engine
temperature changes. This test method is very (First Revision)
similar to the homogeneity and miscibility test This test method covers an engine test
described in FED–STD–791/3470.1. procedure for evaluating automotive engine oils
(ASTM D6922–13(2018) for certain high-temperature performance
Gr. A1 characteristics, including oil thickening, varnish
deposition, oil consumption, as well as engine
wear. Such oils include both single viscosity
grade and multiviscosity grade oils that are used

359
in both spark-ignition, gasoline-fueled engines, SLS ASTM D6897
as well as in diesel engines. Standard test method for vapor pressure of
NOTE 1—Companion test methods used to liquefied petroleum gases (lpg) (expansion
evaluate engine oil perfor- mance for method)
specification requirements are discussed in SAE This test method covers the use of automatic
J304. vapor pressure instruments to determine the
The values stated in SI units are to be vapor pressure of lique- fied petroleum gas Page | 360
regarded as standard. No other units of products at a temperature of 37.8 °C, vapor to
measurement are included in this standard. liquid ratio of 0.5:1, and pressures from 200 kPa
Exceptions—The values stated in inches for ring to 1550 kPa on a sample volume of 3.33 mL.
gap measurements are to be regarded as standard, (=ASTM 2021 D6897-16)
and where there is no direct SI equivalent such as Gr. A2
screw threads, National Pipe Threads/diameters,
tubing size, or single source supply equipment SLS ASTM D7097-19:2020
specifications. Standard Test Method for Determination of
(ASTM D6984 – 18e1) Moderately High Temperature Piston
Gr. A5 Deposits by Thermo-Oxidation Engine Oil
Simulation Test -TEOST MHT
SLS ASTM D6987/D6987M-13a:2020 This test method covers the procedure to
Standard Test Method for Evaluation of Diesel determine the mass of deposit formed on a
Engine Oils in T-10 Exhaust Gas Recirculation specially constructed test rod exposed to
Diesel Engine repetitive passage of 8.5 g of engine oil over the
This test method is commonly referred to as the rod in a thin film under oxidative and catalytic
Mack T-10.2 This test method covers an engine conditions at 285 °C. The range of applicability
test procedure for evaluating diesel engine oils of the Moderately High Temperature Thermo-
for performance characteristics, including lead Oxidation Engine Test (TEOST MHT2) test
corrosion and wear of piston rings and cylinder method as derived from an interlaboratory study
liners. is approximately 10 mg to 100 mg. However,
This test method also provides the procedure for experience indicates that deposit values from 1
running an abbreviated length test, which is mg to 150 mg or greater may be obtained.
commonly referred to as the T-10A. The (ASTM D7097-19)
procedures for the T-10 and T-10A are identical Gr. A3
with the exception of the items specifically listed
in Annex A8. Additionally, the procedure SLS ASTM D7175-15:2018
modifications listed in Annex A8 refer to the Standard test method for determining the
corresponding section of the T-10 procedure. rheological properties of asphalt binder using
(ASTM D6987/D6987M-13a) a dynamic shear rheometer
Gr. A4 Covers the determination of the dynamic shear
modulus and phase angle of asphalt binders when
SLS ASTM D6997-04:2010 tested in dynamic (oscillatory) shear using
Stadard test method for distillation of parallel plate geometry. It is applicable to asphalt
emulsified asphalt binders having dynamic shear modulus values in
Covers the quantitative determination of residue the range from 100 Pa to 10 MPa.
and oil distillate in emulsified asphalts composed (=ASTM D7175-15)
principally of a semisolid or liquid asphaltic base, Gr. A3
water, and an emulsifying agent.
(=ASTM D6997-04)
Gr. A1

360
SLS ASTM D7320: 2023 ethanol samples containing between 0.55 mg ⁄kg
Standard test method for evaluation of and 20 mg ⁄kg of existent inorganic sulfate, 4.0
automotive engine oils in the sequence iiig, mg ⁄kg to 20 mg ⁄kg of potential inorganic sulfate,
spark-ignition engine and 0.75 mg ⁄kg to 50 mg ⁄kg of total inorganic
(First Revision) chlo- ride. 1.2 The values stated in SI units are to
This test method covers an engine test be regarded as standard. No other units of
procedure for evaluating automotive engine oils measurement are included in this standard. 1.3 Page | 361
for certain high-temperature performance This standard does not purport to address all of
characteristics, including oil thickening, varnish the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use.
deposition, oil consumption, as well as engine It is the responsibility of the user of this standard
wear. Such oils include both single viscosity to establish appro-priate safety, health, and
grade and multiviscosity grade oils that are used environmental practices and deter-mine the
in both spark-ignition, gasoline-fueled engines, applicability of regulatory limitations prior to
as well as in diesel engines. use. Material Safety Data Sheets are available for
Additionally, with nonmandatory reagents and materials. Review them for hazards
supplemental requirements, a IIIGA Test (Mini prior to usage 1.4 This international standard was
Rotary Viscometer and Cold Cranking Simulator developed in accor-dance with internationally
measurements), a IIIGVS Test (EOT viscosity recognized principles on standard-ization
increase measurement), or a IIIGB Test established in the Decision on Principles for the
(phosphorous retention measurement) can be Development of International Standards, Guides
conducted. These supplemental and Recom- mendations issued by the World
test procedures are contained in Appendix X1, Trade Organization Technical Barriers to Trade
Appendix X2, (TBT) Committee.
and Appendix X3, respectively. (ASTM D7328-23)
NOTE 1—Companion test methods used to Gr. A2
evaluate engine oil perfor- mance for
specification requirements are discussed in SAE SLS ASTM D7422: 2023
J304. Standard test method for evaluation of diesel
The values stated in SI units are to be engine oils in t-12 exhaust gas recirculation
regarded as standard. No other units of diesel engine
measurement are included in this standard. (First Revision)
Exception—Where there is no direct SI equivalent This test method covers an engine test
such as screw threads, national pipe procedure for
threads/diameters, and evaluating diesel engine oils for performance
tubing size. characteristics, including lead corrosion and wear
(ASTM D7320 – 18e1) of piston rings and cylinder liners in an engine
Gr. A5 equipped with exhaust gas recirculation and
running on ultra-low sulfur diesel fuel.2 This
SLS ASTM D7328: 2023 test method is commonly referred to as the Mack
Standard test method for determination of T-12.
existent and potential inorganic sulfate and This test method also provides the procedure for
total inorganic chloride in fuel ethanol by ion running an abbreviated length test, which is
chromatography using aqueous sample commonly referred to as the T-12A. The
injection procedures for the T-12 and T-12A are identical
(First Revision) with the exception of the items specifically listed
This test method covers an ion chromatographic in Annex A9. Additionally, the procedure
proce- dure for the determination of the existent modifications listed in Annex A9 refer to the
inorganic and potential sulfate and total inorganic corresponding section of the T-12 procedure.
chloride content in hydrous and anhydrous
denatured ethanol to be used in motor fuel
applications. It is intended for the analysis of

361
The values stated in SI units are to be conditions to evaluate oil performance with
regarded as standard. No other units of regard to valve train wear, top ring wear, sludge
measurement are included in this standard. deposits, and oil filter plugging in an EGR
Exception—Where there is no direct SI environment. This test method is commonly
equivalent, such as the units for screw threads, referred to as the Cummins ISM Test.2
National Pipe Threads/ diameters, tubing size, 1.2 The values stated in SI units are to be Page | 362
and single source supply equipment regarded as standard. No other units of
specifications. measurement are included in this standard. 1.2.1
This standard does not purport to address all Exception—The only exception is where there
of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its is no direct SI equivalent such as screw threads,
use. It is the responsibility of the user of this national pipe threads/diameters, tubing sizes, or
standard to establish appro- priate safety, where there is a sole source of supply equipment
health, and environmental practices and deter- specification.
mine the applicability of regulatory limitations 1.3 This standard does not purport to
prior to use. See Annex A6 for specific safety address all of the safety concerns, if any,
precautions. associated with its use. It is the responsibility of
This international standard was developed in the user of this standard to establish appro-
accor- dance with internationally recognized priate safety, health, and environmental
principles on standard- ization established in the practices and deter- mine the applicability of
Decision on Principles for the Development of regulatory limitations prior to use.
International Standards, Guides and See Annex A1 for general safety precautions.
Recommendations issued by the World Trade (ASTM D7468-22)
Organization Technical Gr. A4
Barriers to Trade (TBT) Committee.
(ASTM D7422 - 22) SLS ASTM D7553: 2023
Gr. A4 Standard test method for solubility of asphalt
materials in n-propyl bromide
SLS ASTM D7419: 2021 (First Revision)
Standard test method for determination of This test method covers the determination of the
total aromatics and total saturates in lube degree of solubility in n-propyl bromide of
basestocks by high performance liquid asphalt materials. It is intended to be a
chromatography (hplc) with refractive index replacement for Test Method D2042 specify- ing
detection a solvent that, like trichloroethylene, is safe in that
This test method covers the determination of total it has no flash point, and has similar solubilizing
aromatics and total saturates in additive-free lube characteristics to trichloroethylene, but it is not
basestocks using high performance liquid considered to be an ozone depleter banned by the
chromatography (HPLC) with refractive index Kyoto Protocol.
(RI) detection. This test method is applicable to NOTE 1—This method is not applicable to
samples containing total saturates in the tars and their distillation residues or highly
concentration range of 74.9 % to 100.0 % by mass cracked petroleum products. For methods
and aromatics in the concentra- tion range of 0.0 covering tars, pitches, and other highly cracked
% to 25.1 % by mass. The precision is expressed petroleum products, and the use of other solvents,
in terms of the total saturates see Test Methods D4, D2318, and D2764.
(=ASTM D7419-18) 1.1 The text of this standard references notes
Gr. A3 and footnotes which provide explanatory
material. These notes and footnotes (excluding
SLS ASTM D7468: 2022 those in tables and figures) shall not be
Standard test method for cummins ism test considered as requirements of the standard.
(First Revision)
The test method covers a heavy-duty diesel
engine test procedure conducted under high soot

362
 1.2 The values stated in SI units are to be 1.12 This standard does not purport to
regarded as standard. No other units of address all of the safety concerns, if any,
measurement are included in this standard. associated with its use. It is the responsibility
1.3 This standard does not purport to of the user of this standard to establish appro-
address all of the safety concerns, if any, priate safety, health, and environmental
associated with its use. It is the responsibility practices and deter- mine the applicability of
of the user of this standard to establish appro- regulatory limitations prior to use. Some Page | 363
priate safety, health, and environmental specific hazards statements are given in
practices and deter- mine the applicability of Section 7 on Hazards.
regulatory limitations prior to use. Specific 1.13 This international standard was
precaution statements are given in Section 7. developed in accor- dance with internationally
1.4 This international standard was recognized principles on standard- ization
developed in accor- dance with internationally established in the Decision on Principles for
recognized principles on standard- ization the Development of International Standards,
established in the Decision on Principles for Guides and Recom- mendations issued by the
the Development of International Standards, World Trade Organization Technical
Guides and Recom- mendations issued by the Barriers to Trade (TBT) Committee.
World Trade Organization Technical (ASTM D7795-15(2022) e1)
Barriers to Trade (TBT) Committee. Gr. A2
(ASTM D7553-15(2021))
Gr. A1 SLS ASTM E84-16:2016
Standard test method for surface burning
SLS ASTM D7795: 2023 characteristics of building materials
Standard test method for acidity in ethanol This test method determines the relative burning
and ethanol blends by titration behaviors of the material by observing the flame
(First Revision) spread along the specimen. This fire-test–
This test method covers the determination of response standard for the comparative surface
acidity as acetic acid (see Specification D4806) burning behavior of building materials is
in commonly available grades of denatured applicable to exposed surfaces such as walls and
ethanol, and ethanol blends with gasoline ceilings.
ranging from E95 to E30. This test method is (=ASTM E84-16)
used for determining low levels of acidity, below Gr. A4
200 mg ⁄kg (ppm mass), with the exclusion of
carbon dioxide. SLS ASTM E223-08:2010
• Procedure A—Developed specifically Standard test method for analysis of sulfuric
for measure- ment of acidity by potentiometric acid
titration. This is the referee method. The test method cover the analysis of sulfuric
• Procedure B—Developed specifically acid. The values stated in SI units are to be
for measure- ment of acidity by color end point regarded as standard.
titration. (=ASTM E 223-08)
1.9 The ethanol and ethanol blends may be Gr. A2
analyzed di- rectly by this test method without
any sample preparation. SLS ASTM A240: 2022
1.10 Review the current and appropriate Specification for chromium and chromium-
Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for nickel stainless steel plate, sheet, and strip for
detailed information concerning toxicity, first pressure vessels and for general applications
aid procedures, and safety precautions and Covers chromium, chromium-nickel, and
proper personal protective equipments. chromium-manganese-nickel stainless steel
1.11 The values stated in SI units are to be plate, sheet, and strip for pressure vessels and for
regarded as standard. No other units of general applications including architectural,
measurement are included in this standard. building, construction, and aesthetic applications.

363
1.2 The values stated in either SI units or inch- A knowledge of microbiological techniques is
pound units are to be regarded separately as required for these procedures.
standard. The values stated in each system may This test method may be used to evaluate topical
not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system antimicrobial handwash formulations.
shall be used independently of the other. Performance of this procedure requires the
Combining values from the two systems may knowledge of regulations pertaining to the
result in non-conformance with the standard protection of human subjects. Page | 364
(ASTM A240/A240M-22) (ASTM E1174-13)
Gr. A3 Gr. A2

SLS ASTM E1054-08(2013):2020 SLS ASTM E1676-12:2017

Standard Test Methods for Evaluation of Standard Guide for Conducting Laboratory
Inactivators of Antimicrobial Agents Soil Toxicity or Bioaccumulation Tests with
These test methods are used to determine the the Lumbricid Earthworm Eisenia Fetida and
effectiveness of procedures and agents for the Enchytraeid Potworm Enchytraeus albidus
inactivating (neutralizing, quenching) the Covers procedures for obtaining laboratory data
microbicidal properties of antimicrobial agents, to evaluate the adverse effects of contaminants
and to ensure that no components of the (for example, chemicals or biomolecules)
neutralizing procedures and agents, themselves, associated with soil to earthworms (Family
exert an inhibitory effect on microorganisms Lumbricidae) and potworms (Family
targeted for recovery. Enchytraeidae) from soil toxicity or
(ASTM E1054-08(2013)) bioaccumulation tests. The methods are designed
Gr. A2 to assess lethal or sublethal toxic effects on
earthworms or bioaccumulation of contaminants
SLS ASTM E1064:2021 in short-term tests (7 to 28 days) or on potworms
Standard test method for water in organic in short to long-term tests (14 to 42 days) in
liquids by coulometric karl fischer titration terrestrial systems. Soils to be tested may be (1)
Covers the determination of water from 0 to 2.0 reference soils or potentially toxic site soils; (2)
% mass in most liquid organic chemicals, with artificial, reference, or site soils spiked with
Karl Fischer reagent, using an automated compounds; (3) site soils diluted with reference
coulometric titration procedure. Use of this test soils; or (4) site or reference soils diluted with
method is not applicable for liquefied gas artificial soil. Test procedures are described for
products such as Liquid Petroleum Gas (LPG), the species Eisenia fetida (see Annex A1) and for
Butane, Propane, Liquid Natural Gas (LNG), etc. the species Enchytraeus albidus (see Annex A4).
The values stated in SI units are to be regarded as Methods described in this guide may also be
standard. No other units of measurement are useful for conducting soil toxicity tests with other
included in this standard. Review the current lumbricid and enchytraeid terrestrial species,
Safety Data Sheets (SDS) for detailed although modifications may be necessary.
information concerning toxicity, first-aid Modification of these procedures might be
procedures, handling, and safety precautions. justified by special needs. The results of tests
(=ASTM E1064-16) conducted using atypical procedures may not be
Gr. A2 comparable to results using this guide.
Comparison of results obtained using modified
SLS ASTM E1174-13:2020 and unmodified versions of these procedures
Standard Test Method for Evaluation of the might provide useful information concerning new
Effectiveness of Health Care Personnel concepts and procedures for conducting soil
Handwash Formulations toxicity and bioaccumulation tests with terrestrial
This test method is designed to determine the worms.The results from field-collected soils used
effectiveness of antimicrobial handwashing in toxicity tests to determine a spatial or temporal
agents for the reduction of transient microbial distribution of soil toxicity may be reported in
flora when used in a handwashing procedure. terms of the biological effects on survival or

364
sublethal endpoints (see Section 14). These Performance of this procedure requires the
procedures can be used with appropriate knowledge of regulations pertaining to the
modifications to conduct soil toxicity tests when protection of human subjects (see 21 CFR Parts
factors such as temperature, pH, and soil 50 and 56).This test method should be performed
characteristics (for example, particle size, organic by persons with training in microbiology, in
matter content, and clay content) are of interest or facilities designed and equipped for work with
when there is a need to test such materials as potentially infectious agents at biosafety level 2.2 Page | 365
sewage sludge and oils. These methods might (ASTM E2755-15)
also be useful for conducting bioaccumulation Gr. A2
tests.(ASTM E1676-12)
Gr. A4 SLS ASTM E2783-11(2016):2020
Standard Test Method for Assessment of
SLS ASTM E2315-16:2020 Antimicrobial Activity for Water Miscible
Standard Guide for Assessment of Compounds Using a Time-Kill Procedure
Antimicrobial Activity Using a Time-Kill Measures the changes of a population of aerobic
Procedure and anaerobic microorganisms within a specific
Covers an example of a method that measures the sampling time when tested against antimicrobial
changes in a population of aerobic test materials in vitro. The organisms used are
microorganisms within a specified sampling time standardized as to growth requirements and
when antimicrobial test materials are present. inoculum preparation and must grow under the
Several options for organism selection and conditions of the test. The primary purpose of this
growth, inoculum preparation, sampling times test method is to provide a set of standardized
and temperatures are provided. When the conditions and test organisms to facilitate
technique is performed as a specific test method, comparative assessments of antimicrobial
it is critical that the above mentioned variables materials miscible in aqueous systems. This test
have been standardized. Antimicrobial activity of method allows the option of using a test sample
specific materials, as measured by this technique, size of 10 mL or 100 mL.
may vary significantly depending on variables (ASTM E2783-11(2016))
selected. It is important to understand the Gr. A2
limitations of in vitro tests, especially
comparisons of results from tests performed with SLS ASTM E3058-16:2020
different parameters. As an example, test results Standard Test Method for Determining the
of microorganisms requiring growth supplements Residual Kill Activity of Hand Antiseptic
or special incubation conditions may not be Formulations
directly comparable to organisms evaluated Designed to determine the residual killing
without those stated conditions. Knowledge of activity of skin antiseptics against transient
microbiological techniques is required for this microbial skin flora on the hands .2 It may be
procedure.(ASTM E2315-16) used to evaluate products that are used with the
Gr. A2 aid of water and rinsed off and those that are used
without the aid of water and not rinsed off.
SLS ASTM E2755-15:2020 Performance of this procedure requires the
Standard Test Method for Determining the knowledge of regulations pertaining to the
Bacteria-Eliminating Effectiveness of protection of human subjects (see 21 CFR Parts
Healthcare Personnel Hand Rub 50 and 56). This test method should be performed
Formulations Using Hands of Adults by persons with training in microbiology, in
This test method is designed to determine the facilities designed and equipped for work with
activity of healthcare personnel hand rubs, (also potentially infectious agents at biosafety level 2.
known as hand rubs, hygienic hand rubs, hand (ASTM E3058-16)
sanitizers, or hand antiseptics) against transient Gr. A2
microbial skin flora on the hands after a single
application and after repeated applications.

365
SLS ASTM F1862/F1862M-17:2020 determined. The maximum filtration efficiency
Standard Test Method for Resistance of that can be determined by this method is 99.9 %.
Medical Face Masks to Penetration by This test method does not apply to all forms or
Synthetic Blood (Horizontal Projection of conditions of biological aerosol exposure. Users
Fixed Volume at a Known Velocity) of the test method should review modes for
This test method is used to evaluate the resistance worker exposure and assess the appropriateness
of medical face masks to penetration by the of the method for their specific applications. Page | 366
impact of a small volume (~2 mL) of a high- This test method evaluates medical face mask
velocity stream of synthetic blood. Medical face materials as an item of protective clothing but
mask pass/fail determinations are based on visual does not evaluate materials for regulatory
detection of synthetic blood penetration.This test approval as respirators. If respiratory protection
method does not apply to all forms or conditions for the wearer is needed, a NIOSH-certified
of blood-borne pathogen exposure. Users of the respirator should be used. Relatively high
test method must review modes for face exposure bacterial filtration efficiency measurements for a
and assess the appropriateness of this test method particular medical face mask material does not
for their specific application.This test method ensure that the wearer will be protected from
primarily addresses the performance of materials biological aerosols, since this test method
or certain material constructions used in medical primarily evaluates the performance of the
face masks. This test method does not address the composite materials used in the construction of
performance of the medical face mask’s design, the medical face mask and not its design, fit, or
construction, or interfaces or other factors with facial-sealing properties.(ASTM F2101-19)
the potential to affect the overall protection Gr. A2
offered by the medical face mask and its
operation (such as filtration efficiency and SLS ASTM F2299/F2299M-03(2017):2020
pressure drop). Procedures for measuring these Standard Test Method for Determining the
properties are contained in Test Method F2101 Initial Efficiency of Materials Used in Medical
and MIL-M-36954C.This test method does not Face Masks to Penetration by Particulates
address breathability of the medical face mask Using Latex Spheres
materials or any other properties affecting the Establishes procedures for measuring the initial
ease of breathing through the medical face mask. particle filtration efficiency of materials used in
This test method evaluates medical face masks as medical facemasks using monodispersed
an item of protective clothing. This test method aerosols.
does not evaluate the performance of medical This test method utilizes light scattering particle
face masks for airborne exposure pathways or in counting in the size range of 0.1 to 5.0 ìm and
the prevention of the penetration of aerosolized airflow test velocities of 0.5 to 25 cm/s.
body fluids deposited on the medical face mask. The test procedure measures filtration efficiency
(ASTM F1862 / F1862M-17)Gr. A4 by comparing the particle count in the feed stream
(upstream) to that in the filtrate (downstream).
SLS ASTM F2101-19:2020 The values stated in SI units or in other units shall
Standard Test Method for Evaluating the be regarded separately as standard. The values
Bacterial Filtration Efficiency (BFE) of stated in each system must be used independently
Medical Face Mask Materials, Using a of the other, without combining values in any
Biological Aerosol of Staphylococcus aureus way.(ASTM F2299/F2299M-03(2017))
This test method is used to measure the bacterial Gr. A2
filtration efficiency (BFE) of medical face mask
materials, employing a ratio of the upstream SLS ASTM G21-15:2016
bacterial challenge to downstream residual Standard Practice for Determining Resistance
concentration to determine filtration efficiency of of Synthetic Polymeric Materials to Fungi
medical face mask materials.This test method is a Covers determination of the effect of fungi on the
quantitative method that allows filtration properties of synthetic polymeric materials in the
efficiency for medical face mask materials to be form of molded and fabricated articles, tubes,

366
rods, sheets, and film materials. Changes in
optical, mechanical, and electrical properties may
be determined by the applicable ASTM methods.
The values stated in SI units are to be regarded as
the standard. The inch-pound units given in
parentheses are for information only.
(ASTM G21-15) Page | 367
Gr. A2

367
 Page | 368

EN standards adopted as
Sri Lanka Standards
SLS CEN TS 17702-1: 2023 SLS CEN TS 17708: 2023
Plant biostimulants - sampling and sample Plant biostimulants - preparation of sample
preparation : sampling for microbial analysis
This document specifies sampling plans and This document defines general rules for the
methods of representative sampling of plant aerobic preparation of the initial suspension and
biostimulants to obtain samples for physical, of dilutions for microbiological examinations of
chemical and biological analysis. It is applicable microbial plant biostimulants.This horizontal Page | 369
to the sampling of lots of plant biostimulants method might not be appropriate in very detail for
supplied or ready for supply to third parties, as certain products. In this case, different methods
such, or in smaller lots. It is also applicable to the which are specific to these products can be used
sampling of blends of fertilizing products where if necessary, for justified technical reasons.
plant biostimulants are main part of the blend. (CEN/TS 17708:2022)
Otherwise, deliverables of sampling relevant for Gr. E9
the main part of the blend apply. This document
is intended to be used by manufacturers, buyers SLS CEN TS 17709: 2023
and competent authorities to obtain samples prior Plant biostimulants - determination of
to transport and supply it to a laboratory for azotobacter spp.
testing. NOTE This document is applicable to the This document was developed to provide the
category of EU fertilizing product (plant methodology for the enumeration and
biostimulants) in the meaning of the Regulation determination of Azotobacter sp. in plant
(EU) 2019/1009. (CEN/TS 17702-1:2022) biostimulant products in accordance with the
Gr. E14 Regulation (EU) 2019/1009 of the European
Parliament and of the Council [1].
SLS CEN TS 17702-2: 2023 (CEN/TS 17709:2022)
Plant biostimulants - sampling and sample Gr. E7
preparation sample preparation SLS CEN/TS 17710: 2023
This document specifies methods for the
Plant biostimulants - detection of listeria
reduction and preparation of samples of non-
monocytogenes
microbial plant biostimulants including those This document provides a method for the
intended for determination of microbial detection of Listeria monocytogenes in microbial
pathogens and sets out the requirements for plant biostimulants for verifying that the
sample preparation reports. It specifies methods concentration of this human pathogen does not
for the preparation of test samples and test exceed the respective limits outlined in the EU
portions from laboratory samples of plant Regulation on Fertilising Products [1].
biostimulants for subsequent chemical, biological (CEN/TS 17710:2022)
or physical analysis. It is also applicable to the Gr. E12
sample preparation of blends of fertilizing
products where plant biostimulants are main part SLS CEN/TS 17711: 2023
of the blend. Otherwise, deliverables of sample
Plant biostimulants - sampling and sample
preparation relevant for the main pa rt of the
preparation part 1: sampling
blend apply. This document does not include This document specifies a horizontal method for
methods for the reduction and preparation of the detection of enteropathogenic Vibrio spp.,
samples of microbial plant biostimulants, which which causes human illness in or via the intestinal
will be covered by a different Technical tract [1]. The species detectable by the methods
Specification. NOTE This document is applicable specified include Vibrio parahaemolyticus,
to the category of EU fertilizing product (plant Vibrio cholerae and Vibrio vulnificus. It is
biostimulants) in the meaning of the Regulation applicable to the following: — microbial plant
(EU) 2019/1009. biostimulants. NOTE 1 The World Health
(CEN/TS 17702-2:2022) Organization (WHO) has identified that V.
Gr. E6
parahaemolyticus, V. cholerae and V. vulnificus (both in liquid and solid state). The qualitative
are the major contaminants of Vibrio spp. [1]. method described in this document is based on
(CEN/TS 17711:2022) the detection of Escherichia coli in a nonselective
Gr. E15 liquid medium (enrichment broth), followed by
isolation on a selective agar medium. Other
SLS CEN/TS 17712: 2023 methods can be appropriate, depending on the
Plant biostimulants - detection of level of detection required. NOTE For the Page | 370
staphylococcus aureus detection of Escherichia coli, subcultures can be
This document provides a method for verifying performed on non-selective culture media
that the pathogen Staphylococcus aureus is followed by suitable identification steps (e.g.
present in microbial plant biostimulants using identification kits). The quantitative
according to the limits outlined in the EU method described in this document uses a colony-
Regulation on Fertilising Products [2]. count technique at 44 °C on a solid medium
(CEN/TS 17712:2022) containing a chromogenic ingredient for
Gr. E7 detection of the enzyme ß-glucuronidase.
(CEN/TS 17716:2022)
SLS CEN/TS 17713: 2023 Gr. E10
Plant biostimulants - determination of
azospirillum spp. SLS CEN TS 17718: 2023
This document provides the methodology for the Plant biostimulants - determination of
enumeration and determination of Azospirillum rhizobium spp.
spp. in plant biostimulant products in accordance This document provides the methodology for the
to the Regulation of EU fertilizing products [1]. enumeration and determination of Rhizobium
(CEN/TS 17713: 2022) sp.,Mesorhizobium sp., Ensifer sp., or
Gr. E8 Bradyrhizobium sp. in plant biostimulant
products in accordance with the Regulation (EU)
2019/1009 of the European Parliament and of the
SLS CEN TS 17715: 2023 Council [1].
Plant biostimulants - detection of Shigella spp. (CEN/TS 17718:2022)
This document provides a method for verifying Gr. E8
that the pathogen Shigella spp. is not present in
microbial plant biostimulants in a concentration SLS CEN/TS 17717: 2023
that exceeds the respective limits outlined in the Plant biostimulants - detection of salmonella
EU Regulation on Fertilising Products. The spp.
detection method for Shigella pathogens is not This document describes a method for the
sensitive and q uantification is rarely performed. detection of Salmonella spp. in biostimulants of
Detection is usually performed using an the following Product Function Categories
enrichment medium followed by subculturing (PFCs) and Component Material Category
onto a variety of (CMC) of EU fertilizing products, as described in
selective media. the Regulation (EU) 2019/1009 of the European
(CEN/TS 17715:2022) Parliament and of the Council [1]:
Gr. E13 — PFC 6(A): Microbial plant biostimulant;
— PFC 6(B): Non-microbial plant biostimulant;
SLS CEN/TS 17716: 2023 — CMC 7: Microorganisms.
Plant biostimulants - determination of It requires three successive steps: a selective
Escherichia coli enrichment, an isolation on a chromogenic agar,
microorganism Escherichia coli in technical and and if positive a confirmation with a serological
formulated biostimulant products, both in liquid test (and if required, a selective media).
and solid state, and also the horizontal method for (CEN/TS 17717:2022)
the enumeration of ß-glucuronidase-positive Gr. E10
Escherichia coli in plant biostimulants products

370
SLS CEN/TS 17722: 2023
Plant biostimulants - determination of
mycorrhizal fungi
This document was developed to provide a
horizontal method for enumeration and
genera/species determination [1], [2], [3] of
mycorrhizal fungi in plant biostimulants products Page | 371
in accordance with the EU Fertilising Products
Regulation.
(CEN/TS 17722:2022)
Gr. E16

371
SLS EN 33:2021 SLS EN 196 Part 5:2016
WC pans and WC suites. Connecting Methods of testing cement - Pozzolanicity test
dimensions for pozzolanic cement
Specifies the connecting dimensions of WC pans Specifies the method of measuring the
and WC suites regardless of the materials used for pozzolanicity of pozzolanic cements conforming
their manufacture. This document does not apply to EN 197-1. This standard does not apply to
to siphonic action WC pans and WC suites. Portland pozzolana cements or to pozzolanas. Page | 372
(EN 33:2019) This method constitutes the reference procedure.
Gr. E6 (=EN 196-5:2011)
Gr. E6
SLS EN 40 Part 1:2017
Lighting columns- Definitions and terms SLS EN 196-6:2021
Definitions and terms Methods of testing cement. Determination of
Gives in the three languages English, French and fineness
German definitions and terms in the field of (First revision)
‘lighting columns’.(=EN 40-1:1991) Describes three methods of determining the
Gr. E5 fineness of cement. The sieving method serves
only to demonstrate the presence of coarse
SLS EN 40 Part 3 Section 2:2017 cement particles. This method is primarily suited
Lighting columns - Design and Verification - to checking and controlling the production
Verification by testing process. The air-jet sieving method measures the
Specifies the requirements for the verification of retention on sieving and is suitable for particles
the design of steel, aluminium, concrete and fibre which substantially pass a 2,0 mm test sieve. It
reinforced polymer composite lighting columns can be used to determine the particle size
by testing. It gives type tests and does not cover distribution of agglomerates of very fine
testing for quality control purposes. It applies to particles. This method can be used with test
lighting columns of nominal height (including sieves in a range of aperture sizes, e.g. 63 μm and
any bracket) not exceeding 20 m. Special 90 μm. The air permeability method (Blaine)
structural designs to permit the attachment of measures the specific surface area (surface area
signs, overhead wires, etc. are not covered by this related to mass) by comparison with a reference
standard. (=EN 40-3-2:2013) material sample. The determination of the
Gr. E7 specific surface area serves primarily to check the
consistency of the grinding process of one and the
SLS EN 40 Part 3 Section 3:2017 same plant.(=EN 196-6:2018)
Lighting columns - Design and Verification - Gr. E9
Verification by calculation
Specifies the requirements for the verification of
the design of lighting columns by calculation and SLS EN 365:2017
applies to lighting columns of nominal height Personal protective equipment against falls
(including any bracket) not exceeding 20 m. from a height - General requirements for
Special structural designs to permit the instructions for use, maintenance, periodic
attachment of signs, overhead wires, etc. are not examination, repair, marking and packaging
covered by this standard. The requirements for Specifies the minimum general requirements for
lighting columns made from materials other than instructions for use, maintenance, periodic
concrete, steel, aluminium or fibre reinforced examination, repair, marking and packaging of
polymer composite (for example wood, plastic PPE, which includes body holding devices, and
and cast iron) are not specifically covered in this other equipment used in conjunction with a body
standard. Fibre reinforced polymer composite holding device, to prevent falls, for access, egress
lighting columns are covered in this standard in and work positioning, to arrest falls and for
conjunction with EN 40-7. (=EN 40-3-3:2013) rescue.(=EN 365:2004)
Gr. E13 Gr. E6
SLS EN 413-2:2017 SLS EN 795:2017
Masonry cement – Test methods Personal fall protection equipment -Anchor
Describes reference and alternative test methods devices Personal fall protection equipment -
to be used when testing masonry cements to Anchor devices
assess their conformity to EN 413-1. It gives the Specifies requirements for performance and
tests on fresh mortar for consistence, water associated test methods for single-user anchor
retention and air content. In the event of a dispute, devices which are intended to be removable from Page | 373
only the reference methods are used the structure. These anchor devices incorporate
(=EN 413-2:2016) stationary or travelling (mobile) anchor points
Gr. E9 designed for the attachment of components of a
personal fall protection system in accordance
SLS EN 538:2016 with EN 363.
Clay roofing tiles for discontinuous laying – (=EN 795:2012)
flexural strength test Gr. E17
Describes the test method used to evaluate the
flexural strength of clay roofing tiles as defined SLS EN 932 Part 5:2016
in the standards SLS EN 1304. Other physical Tests for general properties of aggregates -
characteristics are dealt with by the standards Common equipment and calibration
SLS EN 539. Specifies general requirements for common
(=EN 538:1994) equipment, calibration and checking procedures
Gr. E6 and reagents for the testing of the properties of
aggregates.
SLS EN 539 Part 1:2016 (=EN 932-5:2012, AC:2014)
Clay roofing tiles for discontinuous laying - Gr. E13
determination of physical characteristics -
Impermeability test SLS EN 933 Part 1:2016
Describes two test methods for testing the Tests for geometrical properties of aggregates
impermeability to water of clay roof tiles and - Determination of particle size distribution -
fittings which can be considered as equivalent. sieving method
(=EN 539-1:2005) Describes the reference washing and dry sieving
Gr. E6 method used for type testing and in case of
dispute, for determination of the particle size
SLS EN 539 Part 2:2016 distribution of aggregates. For other purposes, in
Clay roofing tiles for discontinuous laying - particular factory production control, other
determination of physical characteristics - methods may be used, provided that an
Test for frost resistance appropriate working relationship with the
Specifies the test method for the determination of reference method has been established. It applies
frost resistance of clay roofing tiles and fittings. to all aggregates, including lightweight
(=EN 539-2:2013) aggregates, up to 90 mm nominal size, but
Gr. E9 excluding filler.
(=EN 933-1:2012)
SLS EN 772 Part 1:2017 Gr. E9
Methods of test for masonry units Methods of
test for masonry units - Determination of SLS EN 933 Part 8:2016
compressive strength Determination of Tests for geometrical properties of aggregates
compressive strength - Assessment of fines - sand equivalent test
Specifies a method for determining the Describes the reference method used for type
compressive strength of masonry units. testing and in case of dispute for the
(=EN 772-1:2011+A1: 2015) determination of the sand equivalent value of 0/2
Gr. E7 mm fraction (for 0/4 mm, see Annex A) in fine
aggregates or all-in aggregates. For other

373
purposes, in particular factory production control, admixtures intended for other types of concrete
other methods may be used provided that an such as semi-dry and earth moist mixes.
appropriate working relationship with the (=EN 934-2:2009+A1:2012)
reference method has been established. Gr. E12
(=EN 933-8:2012+A1:2015)
Gr. E10 SLS EN 934 Part 3:2016
Page | 374
Admixtures for concrete, mortar and grout -
SLS EN 933 Part 9:2016 Admixtures for masonry mortar - definitions,
Tests for geometrical properties of aggregates requirements, conformity and marking and
- Assessment of fines - methylene blue test labelling
Describes the reference method used for type Defines and specifies the requirements and
testing and in cases of dispute for the conformity criteria for admixtures for use in
determination of the methylene blue value of the cement based masonry mortar. It covers two
0/2 mm fraction in fine aggregates or all-in types of admixtures, long term retarding and air
aggregates (MB). It also describes the reference entraining/plasticising which are used in ready-
method for the determination of the methylene mixed and site made masonry mortars.
blue value of the 0/0.125 mm fraction (MBF). For (=EN 934-3:2009+A1:2012)
other purposes, in particular factory production Gr. E8
control, other methods may be used provided that
an appropriate working relationship with the SLS EN 934 Part 4:2016
suitable reference method has been established. Admixtures for concrete, mortar and grout -
(=EN 933-9:2009+A1:2013) Admixtures for grout for prestressing tendons
Gr. E8 - definitions, requirements, conformity,
marking and labelling
SLS EN 934 Part 1:2016 Defines and specifies requirements and
Admixtures for concrete, mortar and grout - conformity criteria for admixtures for the use in
Common requirements grouts for prestressing tendons according to EN
Specifies the common requirements for all 447. It covers admixtures for use in site1) mixed
admixtures covered by EN 934-2, EN 934-3, EN grout only.
934-4 and EN 934-5, which (=EN 934-4:2009)
contain the specific requirements for each type of Gr. E10
admixture. The requirements for corrosion
behaviour are not applicable to chloride based SLS EN 934 Part 5:2016
admixtures. Admixtures for concrete, mortar and grout -
(=EN 934-1:2008) Admixtures for sprayed concrete - definitions,
Gr. E5 requirements, conformity, marking and
labelling
SLS EN 934 Part 2:2016 Defines and specifies requirements and
Admixtures for concrete, mortar and grout - conformity for admixtures specifically intended
Concrete admixtures - definitions, for use in sprayed concrete. The types of
requirements, conformity, marking and admixtures covered are: set accelerating and non-
labelling alkaline set accelerating admixtures,consistence
Specifies definitions and requirements for control admixtures, bond improving admixtures.
admixtures for use in concrete. It covers (=EN 934-5:2007)
admixtures for plain, reinforced and prestressed Gr. E11
concrete which are used in site mixed, ready
mixed concrete and precast concrete. The
performance requirements in this standard apply
to admixtures used in concrete of normal
consistence. They may not be applicable to

374
SLS EN 934 Part 6:2016 SLS EN 1090 Part 2:2017
Admixtures for concrete, mortar and grout - Execution of steel structures and aluminium
Sampling, conformity control and evaluation structures - Technical requirements for steel
of conformity structures
Specifies procedures for sampling, conformity Specifies requirements for execution of structural
control and evaluation of conformity, for steelwork as structures or as manufactured
admixtures according to the series EN 934. components, produced from: hot rolled, structural Page | 375
(=EN 934-6:2001) steel products up to and including grade S690;
Gr. E5 cold formed components and sheeting up to and
including grades S700 !deleted text”; hot finished
SLS EN 1011 Part 2:2017 and cold formed austenitic, austenitic-ferritic and
Welding – Recommendations for welding of ferritic stainless steel products; hot finished and
metallic materials – Arc welding of ferritic cold formed structural hollow sections, including
steels standard range and custom-made rolled products
Gives guidance for manual, semi-mechanised, and hollow sections manufactured by welding.
mechanised and automatic arc welding of ferritic (=EN 1090-2:2008+A1:2011)
steels excluding ferritic stainless steels, in all Gr. E26
product forms.
(=EN 1011-2:2001/A1:2003) SLS EN 1090 Part 3:2017
Gr. E20 Execution of steel structures and aluminium
structures- Technical requirements for
SLS EN 1024:2016 aluminium structures
Clay roofing tiles for discontinuous laying - Specifies requirements for the execution of
determination of geometric characteristics aluminium structural components and structures
Specifies the methods for determining the made from rolled sheet, strip and plate,
geometric characteristics of clay tiles as defined extrusions, cold drawn rod, bar and tube,
in EN 1304, Clay roofing tiles and fittings - forgings, castings.
Product definitions and specifications. (=EN 1090-3:2008)
(=EN 1024:2012) Gr. E23
Gr. E9
SLS EN 1097 Part 6:2016
SLS EN 1090 Part 1:2017 Tests for mechanical and physical properties
Execution of steel structures and aluminium of aggregates - Determination of particle
structures - Requirements for conformity density and water absorption
assessment of structural components Specifies the reference methods used for type
Specifies requirements for conformity testing and in case of dispute, for the
assessment of performance characteristics for determination of particle density and water
structural steel and aluminium components as absorption of normal weight and lightweight
well as for kits placed on the market as aggregates. Other methods may be used for other
construction products. The conformity purposes, such as factory production control,
assessment covers the manufacturing provided that an appropriate working relationship
characteristics, and where appropriate the with the reference method has been established.
structural design characteristics. This standard For convenience, some of these other methods are
covers also the conformity assessment of steel also described in this standard.
components used in composite steel and concrete (=EN 1097-6:2013)
structures. Gr. E18
(=EN 1090-1:2009+A1:2011)
Gr. E17

375
SLS EN 1337 Part 1:2017 SLS EN 1744 Part 1:2016
Structural bearings – General design rules Tests for chemical properties of aggregates -
Applicable to structural bearings, whether used in Chemical analysis
bridges or in other structures. This standard does Specifies procedures for the chemical analysis of
not cover: bearings that transmit moments as a aggregates. It specifies the reference procedures
primary function; bearings that resist uplift; and, in certain cases, an alternative method which
bearings for moving bridges; concrete hinges; can be considered as giving equivalent results. Page | 376
seismic devices. (=EN 1337-1:2000) Unless otherwise stated, the test methods
Gr. E14 specified in this standard may be used for factory
production control, for audit tests or for type tests.
SLS EN 1337 Part 9:2017 This standard describes the reference methods
Structural bearings – Protection used for type testing and in cases of dispute (and
Deals with the measures to protect structural alternatives methods) for chemical analyses of
bearings from the effects of the environment and aggregates. For the purpose of type testing and in
other external influences which would reduce cases of dispute only the reference method should
their working life. (=EN 1337-9:1997) be used. For other purposes, in particular factory
Gr. E5 production control, other methods may be used
provided that an appropriate working relationship
SLS EN 1337-10:2017 with the reference method has been established.
Structural Bearings – Inspection and (=EN 1744-1:2009+A1:2012)
maintenance Gr. E20
Applies to the inspection and maintenance of
bearings designed in accordance with SLS EN SLS EN 1990:2012
1337-1, when used in the construction of bridges Eurocode - basis of structural design Eurocode
or structures requiring similar bearing systems. It - basis of structural design
presupposes the existence of guidelines for the Establishes principles and requirements for the
regular inspection of the whole structure during safety, serviceability and durability of structures,
its service life. It may also be used as appropriate describes the basis for their design and
for the inspection and maintenance of bearings verification and gives guidelines for related
designed and/or installed before the introduction aspects of structural reliability. This is intended
of this standard. This standard specifies the to be used in conjunction with EN 1991 to EN
aspects of each type of bearing that shall be 1990 for the structural design of buildings and
inspected and recorded. It does not specify civil engineering works, including geotechnical
permissible values. For these reference shall be aspects, structural fire design, situations
made to the relevant parts of this standard and to involving earthquakes, execution and temporary
the drawings and design calculations for the structures. This is applicable for the desing of
bearing and the structure. (=EN 1337-10:2003) structures where other materials or other actions
Gr. E9 outside the scope of EN 1991 to EN 1999 are
involved and applicable for the structural
SLS EN 1337 Part 11:2017 appraisal of existing construction, in developing
Structural bearings – Transport, storage and the design of repairs and alterations or in
installation assessing changes of use.
Applicable to the transport, storage and (=EN 1990:2002/A1:2005/AC:2010)
installation of bearings used in the construction of Gr. E24
bridges or of structures requiring comparable
bearing systems. SLS EN 1991 Part 1-1:2012
(=EN 1337-11:1997) Eurocode 1 - Action on structures - General
Gr. E8 actions densities, self - weight, imposed loads
for buildings
Gives design guidance and actions for the
structural design of buildings and civil

376
engineering works including some geotechnical m, unless otherwise specified. Annex A gives
aspects for the following subjects: Densities of information on design situations and load
construction materials and stored materials; Self arrangements to be used for different locations.
- weight of construction works; Imposed loads for Annex B gives shape coefficients to be used for
buildings. Section 4 and Annex A give nominal the treatment of exceptional snow drifts. Annex
values for densities of specific building materials, C gives characteristic values of snow load on the
additional materials for bridges and stored ground based on the results of work carried out Page | 377
materials. In addition for specific materials the under a contract specific to this Eurocode, to
angle of repose is provided. Section 5 provides DGIII / D3 of the European Commission. The
methods for the assessment of the characteristic objectives of this Annex are: to give information
values of self - weight of construction works. to National Competent Authorities to help them
Section 6 gives characteristic values of imposed to redraft and update their national maps; to help
loads for floors and roofs according to category to ensure that the established harmonised
of use in the following areas in buildings: procedures used to produce the maps in this
residential, social, commercial and Annex are used in the member states for treating
administration areas; garage and vehicle traffic their basic snow data. Annex D gives guidance
areas; areas for storage and industrial activities; for adjusting the ground snow loads according to
roofs; helicopter landing areas. the return period. Annex E gives information on
(=EN 1991-1-1:2002) the bulk weight density of snow.
Gr. E17 (=EN 1991-1-3:2003, AC:2009)
Gr. E20
SLS EN 1991 Part 1-2:2015
Eurocode 1 - Action on structures - General SLS EN 1991 Part 1-4:2014
actions - actions on structures exposed to fire Eurocode 1 - Action on structures - General
The methods given are applicable to buildings, actions - wind actions
with a fire load related to the building and its Gives guidance on the determination of natural
occupancy. It deals with thermal and mechanical wind actions for the structural design of building
actions on structures exposed to fire. It is intended and civil engineering works for each of the loaded
to be used in conjunction with the fire design areas under consideration. This includes the
Parts of prEN 1992 to prEN 1996 and prEN 1999 whole structure or parts of the structure or
which give rules for designing structures for fire elements attached to the structure, e. g.
resistance. This contains thermal actions related components, cladding units and their fixings,
to nominal and physically based thermal actions. safety and noise barriers. This Part is applicable
More data and models for physically based to: Buildings and civil engineering works with
thermal actions are given in annexes. This gives heights up to 200 m. See also (11); Bridges
general principles and application rules in having no span greater than 200 m, provided that
connection to thermal and mechanical actions to they satisfy the criteria for dynamic response, see
be used in conjunction with EN 1990, EN 1991- (11) and 8.2. Intended to predict characteristic
1-1, EN 1991-1-3 and EN 1991-1-4. The wind actions on land-based structures, their
assessment of the damage of a structure after a components and appendages.
fire, is not covered by the present document. (=EN 1991-1-4:2005, A1:2010, AC:2010)
(=EN 1991-1-2:2002) Gr. E25
Gr. E19
SLS EN 1991 Part 1-5:2014
SLS EN 1991 Part 1-3:2014 Eurocode 1 - Action on structures - General
Eurocode 1 - Action on structures - General actions - thermal actions
actions - Snow loads Gives principles and rules for calculating thermal
Gives guidance to determine the values of loads actions on buildings, bridges and other structures
due to snow to be used for the structural design of including their structural elements. Principles
buildings and civil engineering works. This Part needed for cladding and other appendages of
does not apply for sites at altitudes above 1 500 buildings are also provided. This Part describes

377
the changes in the temperature of structural (informative Annex C); internal explosions
elements. Characteristic values of thermal actions (informative Annex D). Rules on dust explosions
are presented for use in the design of structures in silos are given in EN 1991-4. Rules on impact
which are exposed to daily and seasonal climatic from vehicles travelling on the bridge deck are
changes. Structures not so exposed may not need given in EN 1991-2. EN 1991-1-7 does not
to be considered for thermal actions. Structures in specifically deal with accidental actions caused
which thermal actions are mainly a function of by external explosions, warfare and terrorist Page | 378
their use (e.g. cooling towers, silos, tanks, warm activities, or the residual stability of buildings or
and cold storage facilities, hot and cold services other civil engineering works damaged by
etc) are treated in Section 7. Chimneys are treated seismic action or fire, etc.
in EN 13084-1. (=EN 1991-1-7:2006, AC:2010)
(=EN 1991-1-5:2003, AC:2009) Gr. E21
Gr. E19
SLS EN 1991 Part 2:2014
SLS EN 1991 Part 1-6:2014 Eurocode 1 - Action on structures - Traffic
Eurocode 1 - Action on structures - General loads on bridges
actions - actions during execution Defines imposed loads (models and
Provides principles and general rules for the representative values) associated with road
determination of actions which should be taken traffic, pedestrian actions and rail traffic which
into include, when relevant, dynamic effects and
account during the execution of buildings and centrifugal, braking and acceleration actions and
civil engineering works. The following subjects actions for accidental design situations. Imposed
are dealt with in this part of EN 1991. Section 1: loads defined in EN 1991-2 are intended to be
General; Section 2: Classification of actions; used for the design of new bridges, including
Section 3: Design situations and limit states; piers, abutments, upstand walls, wing walls and
Section 4: Representation of actions; Annex A1: flank walls
Supplementary rules for buildings (normative); etc., and their foundations. The load models and
Annex A2: Supplementary rules for bridges values given in EN 1991-2 should be used for the
(normative); Annex B: Actions on structures design of retaining walls adjacent to roads and
during alteration, reconstruction or demolition railway lines.
(informative) (=EN 1991-2:2003, AC:2010)
(=EN 1991-1-6:2005, AC:2013) Gr. E25
Gr. E14
SLS EN 1991 Part 3:2015
SLS EN 1991 Part 1-7:2014 Eurocode 1 - Action on structures - Actions
Eurocode 1 - Action on structures - General induced by cranes and machinery
actions - accidental actions Specifies imposed loads (models and
Provides strategies and rules for safeguarding representative values) associated with cranes on
buildings and other civil engineering works runway beams and stationary machines which
against identifiable and unidentifiable accidental include, when relevant, dynamic effects and
actions. It defines: strategies based on identified braking, acceleration and accidental forces.
accidental actions; strategies based on limiting Section 1 defines common definitions and
the extent of localised failure. The following notations; Section 2 specifies actions induced by
subjects are dealt with definitions and symbols cranes on runways; Section 3 specifies actions
(Section 1); classification of actions (Section 2); induced by stationary machines.
design situations (Section 3); impact (Section 4); (=EN 1991-3:2006)
explosions (Section 5); design for consequences Gr. E18
of localised failure in buildings from an
unspecified cause (informative Annex A);
information on risk assessment (informative
Annex B); dynamic design for impact

378
SLS EN 1991 Part 4:2015 special types of civil engineering works (such as
Eurocode 1 - Action on structures - Silos and viaducts, bridges, dams, pressure vessels,
tanks offshore platforms or liquid - retaining
Provides general principles and actions for the structures); no - fines concrete and aerated
structural design of buildings and civil concrete components, and those made with heavy
engineering works including some geotechnical aggregate or containing structural steel sections
aspects and shall be used in conjunction with EN (see Eurocode 4 for composite steel concrete Page | 379
1990 and EN 1992-1999. Covers structural structures). (=EN 1992-1-1:2004)
design during execution and structural design for Gr. E27
temporary structures. It relates to all
circumstances in which a structure is required to SLS EN 1992 Part 1-2:2012
give adequate performance. It is not directly Eurocode 2 - Design of concrete structures -
intended for the structural appraisal of existing General rules - structural fire design
construction, in developing the design of repairs Eurocode 2 applies to the design of buildings and
and alterations or for assessing changes of use. It civil engineering works in concrete. It complies
does not completely cover special design with the principles and requirements for the
situations which require unusual reliability safety and serviceability of structures, the basis of
considerations such as nuclear structures for their desing and verification that are given in EN
which specified design procedures should be 1990- Basis of structural design. This is only
used.(=EN 1991-4:2006) concerned with reqirements for resistance,
Gr. E23 serviceability, durability and fire resistance
concrete structures. Other requirements, e.g.
SLS EN 1992 Part 1-1:2012 concerning thermal or sound insulation, are not
Eurocode 2 - Design of concrete structures - considered. This is intended to be used in
General rules and rules for buildings conjunction with : EN 1990, 1991, hEN’s for
Eurocode 2 applies to the design of buildings and construction products relevant for concrete
civil engineering works in plain, reinforced and structures; ENV 13670-1, EN 1998. This is
prestressed concrete. It complies with the subdivided in various parts: part 1-1, 1-2, 2 and
principles and requirements for the safety and 3. Part 1-2 of EN 1992 deals wilth the design of
serviceability of structures, the basis of their concrete structures for the accidental situation of
design and verification that are given in EN 1990: fire exposure and is intended to be used in
Basis of structural design. This is only concerned conjunction with EN 1992-1-1 and EN 1991-1-2.
with the requirements for resistance, This part 1-2 only indentifies differences from, or
serviceability, durability and fire resistance of supplements to, normal temperature design. It
concrete structures. Othe requirements, e. g. deals only with passive methods of fire
concerning thermal or sound insulation, are not protection. Active methods are not covered. This
considered. This is intended to be used in applies to concrete structures that are required to
conjunction with: EN 1990; 1991; hEN’s for fulfil certain functions when exposed to fire, in
Construction products relevant for concrete terms of: avoing premature collapse of the
structures; ENV 13670; EN 1997 and 1998. This structure (load bearing function); limiting fire
is subdivided into the following parts: part 1.1, spread (flame, hot gases, excessive heat) beyond
1.2, 2 and 3. Part 1-1 gives a general basis for the designated areas (separating function). This
design of structures in plain, reinforced and applies to structures, or parts of structures, that
prestressed concrete made with normal and light are within the scope of EN 1992-1-1 and are
weight aggregates together with specific rules for designed accordingly. However, it does not
buildings. Sections 1 and 2 pr ovide additional cover: structures with prestressing by external
clauses to those given in EN 1990 “Basis of tendons; shell structures.
structural design”. This part 1-1 does not cover: (=EN 1992-1-2:2004)
the use of plain reinforcement; resistance to fire; Gr. E22
particular aspects of special types of building
(such as tall buildings); particular aspects of

379
SLS EN 1992 Part 2:2014 safety and serviceability of structures, the basis of
Eurocode 2 - Design of concrete structures - their design and verification that are given in SLS
Concrete bridges - Design and detailing rules EN 1990 – Basis of structural design. SLS EN
Gives a basis for the design of bridges and parts 1993 is only concerned with requirements for
of bridges in plain, reinforced and prestressed resistance, serviceability, durability and fire
concrete made with normal and light weight resistance of steel structures. Other requirements,
aggregates.(=EN 1992-2:2005, AC:2008) e.g concerning thermal or sound insulation, are Page | 380
Gr. E22 not considered.(=EN 1993-1-2:2005, AC:2009)
Gr. E21
SLS EN 1992 Part 3:2012
Eurocode 2 - Design of concrete structures - SLS EN 1993 Part 1-3:2015
Liquid retaining and containment structures Eurocode 3 - Design of steel structures -
The scope of Eurocode 2 is defined in 1.1.1 of EN General rules - Supplementary rules for cold-
1992-1-1 and the scope of this Part of Eurocode formed members and sheeting
2 is defined in 1.1.2 Other Additional Parts of Gives design requirements for cold-formed thin
Eurocode 2 which are planned are indicated in gauge members and sheeting. It applies to cold-
1.1.3 of EN 1992-1-1; these will cover additional formed steel products made from coated or
technologies or applications, and will uncoated thin gauge hot or cold rolled sheet or
complement and supplement this Part. It has been strip, that have been cold-formed by such
necssary to introduce into EN 1992-3 a few processes as cold-rolled forming or press-
clauses which are not specific to liquid retaining braking. It may also be used for the design of
or containment structures and which strictly profiled steel sheeting for composite steel and
belong to Part 1-1. concrete slabs at the construction stage, see EN
These are deemed valid interpretations of Part 1- 1994. The execution of steel structures made of
1 and design complying with the requirements of cold-formed thin gauge members and sheeting is
EN 1992-3 are deemed to comply with the covered in EN 1090. Methods are also given for
principles of EN 1992 1-1.(=EN 1992-3-2006) stressed-skin design using steel sheeting as a
Gr. E11 structural diaphragm. It does not apply to cold-
formed circular and rectangular structural hollow
SLS EN 1993 Part 1-1:2014 sections supplied to EN 10219, for which
Eurocode 3 - Design of steel structures - reference should be made to EN 1993-1-1 and EN
General rules and rules for buildings 1993-1-8.(=EN 1993-1-3:2006, AC:2009)
Applies to the design of buildings and civil Gr. E24
engineering works in steel. It complies with the
principles and requirements for the safety and SLS EN 1993 Part 1-4:2015
serviceability of structures, the basis of their Eurocode 3 - Design of steel structures - General
design and verification that are given in EN 1990 rules - Supplementary rules for stainless steels
– Basis of structural design. This is concerned Gives supplementary provisions for the design of
only with requirements for resistance, buildings and civil engineering works that extend
serviceability, durability and fire resistance of and modify the application of EN 1993-1-1, EN
steel structures. Other requirements, e.g. 1993-1-3, EN 1993-1-5 and EN 1993-1-8 to
concerning thermal or sound insulation, are not austenitic, austenitic-ferritic and ferritic stainless
covered(=EN 1993-1-1:2005, AC:2009) steels.(=EN 1993-1-4:2006, A1:2015)
Gr. E23 Gr. E19

SLS EN 1993 Part 1-2:2016 SLS EN 1993 Part 1-5:2021

Eurocode 3 - Design of steel structures - Eurocode 3 - Design of steel structures - Plated
General rules –structural fire design structural elements
SLS EN 1993 applies to the design of buildings Gves design requirements of stiffened and
and civil engineering works in steel. It complies unstiffened plates which are subject to inplane
with the principles and requirements for the forces. Effects due to shear lag, in-plane load

380
introduction and plate buckling for I-section SLS EN 1993 Part 1-9:2014
girders and box girders are covered. Also covered Eurocode 3 - Design of steel structures -
are plated structural components subject to in- Fatigue
plane loads as in tanks and silos. The effects of Gives methods for the assessment of fatigue
out-of-plane loading are outside the scope of this resistance of members, connections and joints
document.(=EN 1993-1-5:2006+A2:2019) subjected to fatigue loading. These methods are
Gr. E20 derived from fatigue tests with large scale Page | 381
specimens, that include effects of geometrical
SLS EN 1993 Part 1-6:2015 and structural imperfections from material
Eurocode 3 - Design of steel structures - production and execution. The rules are
Strength and stability of shell structures applicable to structures where execution
Gives basic design rules for plated steel structures conforms with EN 1090. The assessment
that have the form of a shell of revolution. This is methods given in this part are applicable to all
intended for use in conjunction with EN 1993-1- grades of structural steels, stainless steels and
1, EN 1993-1-3, EN 1993-1-4, EN 1993-1-9 and unprotected weathering steels except where noted
the relevant application parts of EN 1993, which otherwise in the detail category tables. This part
include: Part 3.1 for towers and masts; Part 3.2 only applies to materials which conform to the
for chimneys; Part 4.1 for silos; Part 4.2 for tanks; toughness requirements of EN 1993-1-10.
Part 4.3 for pipelines. This defines the Fatigue assessment methods other than the DsR-
characteristic and design values of the resistance N methods as the notch strain method or fracture
of the structure. This Standard is concerned with mechanics methods and post fabrication
the requirements for design against the ultimate treatments to improve the fatigue strength other
limit states of: plastic limit; cyclic plasticity; than stress relief are not covered in this part.
buckling; fatigue.(=EN 1993-1-6:2007) (=EN 1993-1-9:2005, AC:2009)
Gr. E22 Gr. E16

SLS EN 1993 Part 1-7:2016 SLS EN 1993 Part 1-10:2016

Eurocode 3 - Design of steel structures - Plated Eurocode 3 - Design of steel structures -
structures subject to out of plane loading Material toughness and through-thickness
Provides basic design rules for the structural properties
design of unstiffened and stiffened plates which SLS EN 1993-1-10 contains design guidance for
form part of plated structures such as silos, tanks the selection of steel for fracture toughness and
or containers, that are loaded by out of plane for through thickness properties of welded
actions. It is intended to be used in conjunction elements where there is a significant risk of
with SLS EN 1993-1-1 and the relevant lamellar tearing during fabrication.
application standards. This document defines the (=EN 1993-1-10:2005, AC:2009)
design values of the resistances: the partial factor Gr. E8
for resistances may be taken from National
Annexes of the relevant application standards. SLS EN 1993 Part 1-11:2016
Recommended values are given in the relevant Eurocode 3 - Design of steel structures - Design
application standards.(=EN 1993-1-7:2007, of structures with tension components
AC:2009)Gr. E16 SLS EN 1993-1-11 gives design rules for
structures with tension components made of steel,
SLS EN 1993 Part 1-8:2014 which, due to their connections with the structure,
Eurocode 3 - Design of steel structures - Design are adjustable and replaceable see Table 1.1.
of joints (=EN 1993-1-11:2006, AC:2009)
Gives design methods for the design of joints Gr. E15
subject to predominantly static loading using
steel grades S235, S275, S355 and S460.
(=EN 1993-1-8:2005, AC:2009)
Gr. E25

381
SLS EN 1993 Part 1-12:2016 Information on the strength of such columns may
Eurocode 3 - Design of steel structures - be obtained from EN 40.
Additional rules for the extension of en 1993 (=EN 1993-3-1:2006, AC:2009)
up to steel grades S 700 Gr. E 22
This Standard SLS EN 1993-1-12, gives
additional rules for the extension of EN 1993 up SLS EN 1993 Part 3-2:2014
to steel grades S 700. Page | 382
Eurocode 3 - Design of steel structures -
(=EN 1993-1-12:2007, AC:2009) Towers, masts and chimneys – chimneys
Gr. E5 Applies to the structural design of vertical steel
chimneys of circular or conical section. It covers
SLS EN 1993 Part 2:2014 chimneys that are cantilevered, supported at
Eurocode 3 - Design of steel structures - Steel intermediate levels or guyed. The provisions in
Bridges this Part supplement those given in Part 1.1 of EN
Provides a general basis for the structural design 1993. This is concerned only with the
of steel bridges and steel parts of composite requirement for resistance (strength, stability and
bridges. It gives provisions that supplement, fatigue) of steel chimneys. For provisions
modify or supersede the equivalent provisions concerning aspects, such as chemical attack,
given in the various parts of EN 1993-1. The thermo-dynamical performance orthermal
design criteria for composite bridges are covered insulation see EN 13084-1. For the design of
in EN 1994-2. The design of high strength cables liners see EN 13084-6. Foundations in reinforced
and related parts are included in EN 1993-1-11. concrete for steel chimneys are covered in EN
This is concerned only with the resistance, 1992 and EN 1997. See also 4.7 and 5.4 of EN
serviceability and durability of bridge structures. 13084-1.
Other aspects of design are not considered. (=EN 1993-3-2:2006)
(=EN 1993-2:2006, AC:2009) Gr. E14
Gr. E23
SLS EN 1993 Part 4-1:2016
SLS EN 1993 Part 3-1:2014 Eurocode 3 - Design of steel structures - Silos
Eurocode 3 - Design of steel structures - Provides principles and application rules for the
Towers, masts and chimneys - Towers and structural design of steel silos of circular or
masts rectangular plan-form, being free standing or
Applies to the structural design of lattice towers supported. The provisions given in this Part
and guyed masts and to the structural design of supplement modify or supersede the equivalent
this type of structures supporting prismatic, provisions given in EN 1993-1.
cylindrical or other bluff elements. Provisions for (=EN 1993-4-1:2007AC:2009)
self-supporting and guyed cylindrical towers and Gr. E23
chimneys are given in Part 3.2 of EN 1993.
Provisions for the guys of guyed structures, SLS EN 1993 Part 4-2:2016
including guyed chimneys, are given in EN 1993- Eurocode 3 - Design of steel structures - Tanks
1-11 and supplemented in this Part. The Provides principles and application rules for the
provisions in this Part of EN 1993 supplement structural design of vertical cylindrical above
those given in Part 1. Where the applicability of a ground steel tanks for the storage of liquid
provision is limited, for practical reasons or due products with the following characteristics a)
to simplifications, its use is explained and the characteristic internal pressures above the liquid
limits of applicability are stated. This Part does level not less than “100mbar and not more than
not cover the design of polygonal and circular 500mbar 1) ; b) design metal temperature in the
lighting columns, which is covered in EN 40. range of “50ºC to +300ºC. For tanks constructed
Lattice polygonal towers are not covered in this using austenitic stainless steels, the
Part. Polygonal plated columns (monopoles) may design metal temperature may be in the range of
be designed using this Part for their loading. “165ºC to +300ºC. For fatigue loaded tanks, the
temperature should be limited to T < 150ºC; c)

382
maximum design liquid level not higher than the SLS EN 1994 Part 1-1:2015
top of the cylindrical shell. Eurocode 4 - Design of composite steel and
(=EN 1993-4-2:2007, AC:2009) concrete structures - General rules and rules
Gr. E19 for buildings
Applies to the design of composite structures and
SLS EN 1993 Part 4-3:2016 members for buildings and civil engineering
Eurocode 3 - Design of steel structures - works. It complies with the principles and Page | 383
Pipelines requirements for the safety and serviceability of
This Standard provides principles and application structures, the basis of (=EN 1994-1-1:2004)
rules for the structural design of cylindrical steel Gr. E23
pipelines for the transport of liquids or gases or SLS EN 1994 Part 1-2:2015
mixtures of liquids and gases at ambient Eurocode 4 - Design of composite steel and
temperatures, which are not treated by other concrete structures - General rules -
European standards covering particular Structural fire design
applications. 1994-1-1 and EN 1991-1-2. This Part 1-2 only
(=EN 1993-4-3:2007, AC:2009) identifies differences from, or supplements to,
Gr. E17 normal temperature design. Deals only with
passive methodsof fire protection. Active
SLS EN 1993 Part 5:2016 methods are not covered. Applies to composite
Eurocode 3 - Design of steel structures - Piling steel and concrete structures that are required to
Provides principles and application rules for the fulfil certain functions when exposed to fire, in
structural design of bearing piles and sheet piles terms of: avoiding premature collapse of the
made of steel. It also provides examples of structure (load bearing function); limiting fire
detailing for foundation and retaining wall spread (flame, hot gases, excessive heat) beyond
structures. The field of application includes: - designated areas (separating function).
steel piled foundations for civil engineering (=EN 1994-1-2:2005)
works on land and over water; - temporary or Gr. E23
permanent structures needed to carry out steel
piling work; - temporary or permanent retaining SLS EN 1994 Part 2:2017
structures composed of steel sheet piles, Eurocode 4 - Design of composite steen and
including all kinds of combined walls. concrete structures -General rules and rules
(=EN 1993-5:2007, AC:2009) for bridges
Gr. E 22 Eurocode 4 applies to the design of composite
structures and members for buildings and civil
SLS EN 1993 Part 6:2016 engineering works. It complies with t he
Eurocode 3 - Design of steel structures - Crane principles and requirements for the safety and
supporting structures serviceability of structures, the basis of their
Provides design rules for the structural design of design and verification that are given in EN 1990:
runway beams and other crane supporting 2002 – Basis of structural design. Eurocode 4 is
structures. The provisions given in Part 6 concerned only with requirements for resistance,
supplement, modify or supersede the equivalent serviceability, durability and fire resistance of
provisions given in EN 1993-1. It covers composite structures. Other requirements, e.g.
overhead crane runways inside buildings and concerning thermal or sound insulation, are not
outdoor crane runways, including runways for: a) considered (=EN 1994-2:2005, AC:2008)
overhead travelling cranes, either: supported on Gr. E22
top of the runway beams; underslung below the
runway beams; b) monorail hoist blocks.
(=EN 1993-6:2007, AC:2009)
Gr. E16

383
SLS EN 1995 Part 1-1:2015 safety and serviceability of structures, and the
Eurocode 5: Design of timber structures - basis of design and verification that are given in
General - Common rules and rules for EN 1990:2002. This is only concerned with
buildings requirements for mechanical resistance,
Applies to the design of buildings and civil serviceability, durability and fire resistance of
engineering works in timber (solid timber, sawn, timber structures. Other requirements, e.g
planed or in pole form, glued laminated timber or concerning thermal or sound insulation, are not Page | 384
wood-based structural products, e.g. LVL) or considered.(=EN 1995-2:2004)
wood-based panels jointed together with Gr. E13
adhesives or mechanical fasteners. It complies
with the principles and requirements for the SLS EN 1996 Part 1-1:2014
safety and serviceability of structures and the Eurocode 6: Design of masonry structures -
basis of design and verification given in EN General rules for reinforced and unreinforced
1990:2002. This is only concerned with masonry structures
requirements for mechanical resistance, Eurocode 6 applies to the design of buildings and
serviceability, durability and fire resistance of civil engineering works, or parts thereof, in
timber structures. Other requirements, e.g unreinforced, reinforced, prestressed and
concerning thermal or sound insulation, are not confined masonry; deals only with the
considered.(=EN 1995-1-1:2004) requirements for resistance, serviceability and
Gr. E24 durability of structures. Other requirements, for
example, concerning thermal or sound insulation,
SLS EN 1995 Part 1-2:2015 are not considered; Execution is covered to the
Eurocode 5: Design of timber structures - extent that is necessary to indicate the quality of
General - Structural fire design the construction materials and products that
Applies to the design of buildings and civil should be used and the standard of workmanship
engineering works in timber (solid timber, sawn, on site needed to comply with the assumptions
planed or in pole form, glued laminated timber or made in the design rules; It 6 does not cover the
wood-based structural products, e.g. LVL) or special requirements of seismic design.
wood-based panels jointed together with Provisions related to such requirements are given
adhesives or mechanical fasteners. It complies in Eurocode 8 which complements, and is
with the principles and requirements for the consistent with Eurocode 6; Numerical values of
safety and serviceability of structures and the the actions on buildings and civil engineering
basis of design and verification given in EN works to be taken into account in the design are
1990:2002. This is only concerned with not given in Eurocode 6. They are provided in
requirements for mechanical resistance, Eurocode 1.(=EN 1996-1-1:2005+A1:2012)
serviceability, durability and fire resistance of Gr. E23
timber structures. Other requirements, e.g
concerning thermal or sound insulation, are not SLS EN 1996 Part 1-2:2016
considered. (=EN 1995-1-2:2004) Eurocode 6: Design of masonry structures -
Gr. E20 General rules - structural fire design
This Standard deals with the design of masonry
SLS EN 1995 Part 2:2015 structures for the accidental situation of fire
Eurocode 5: Design of timber structures - exposure, and is intended to be used in
Bridges conjunction with SLS EN 1996-1-1, SLS EN
Applies to the design of buildings and civil 1996-2, 1996-3 and EN 1991-1-2. This part 1-2
engineering works in timber (solid timber, sawn, only identifies differences from, or supplements
planed or in pole form, glued laminated timber or to, normal temperature design.
wood-based structural products e.g. LVL) or (=EN 1996-1-2:2005, AC:2010)
wood-based panels jointed together with Gr. E24
adhesives or mechanical fasteners. It complies
with the principles and requirements for the

384
SLS EN 1996 Part 2:2014 requirements for strength, stability, serviceability
Eurocode 6: Design of masonry structures - and durability of structures. Other requirements,
Design considerations, selection of materials e.g. concerning thermal or sound insulation, are
and execution of masonry not considered(=EN 1997-1:2004, AC:2009)
The scope of Eurocode 6 for Masonry Structures Gr. E26
as given in 1.1.1 of EN 1996-1-1: 2005 applies
also to this EN 1996-2. EN 1996-2 gives basic SLS EN 1997 Part 2:2014 Page | 385
rules for the selection of materials and execution Eurocode 7: Geotechnical design - Ground
of masonry to enable it to comply with the design investigation and testing
assumptions of the other parts of Eurocode 6. EN 1997 is intended to be used in conjunction
With the exception of the items given in 1.1(3) P, with EN 1990:2002, which establishes the
the scope of Part 2 deals with ordinary aspects of principles and requirements for safety and
masonry design and execution including; the serviceability, describes the basis of design and
selection of masonry materials; factors affecting verification and gives guidelines for related
the performance and durability of masonry; aspects of structural reliability; applied to the
resistance of buildings to moisture penetration; geotechnical aspects of the design of buildings
storage, preparation and use of materials on site; and civil engineering works. It is subdivided into
the execution of masonry; masonry protection various separate parts (see 1.1.2); EN 1997 is
during execution.(=EN 1996-2:2006, AC:2009) concerned with the requirements for strength,
Gr. E16 stability, serviceability and durability of
structures. Other requirements, e.g. concerning
SLS EN 1996 Part 3:2014 thermal or sound insulation, are not considered.
Eurocode 6: Design of masonry structures - (=EN 1997-2:2007, AC:2010)
Simplified calculation methods for Gr. E26
unreinforced masonry structures
The scope of Eurocode 6 for Masonry Structures SLS EN 1998 Part 3:2014
as given in 1.1.1 of EN 1996-1-1:2005 applies Eurocode 8: Design of structures for
also to this EN 1996-3. Provides simplified earthquake resistance - Assessment and
calculation methods to facilitate the design of the retrofitting of buildings
following unreinforced masonry walls, subject to The scope of Eurocode 8 is defined in EN 1998-
certain conditions of application; walls subjected 1: 2004, 1.1.1 and the scope of this Standard is
to vertical loading and wind loading; walls defined in (2), (4) and (5). Additional parts of
subjected to concentrated loads; shear walls; Eurocode 8 are indicated in EN 1998-1: 2004,
basement walls subjected to lateral earth pressure 1.1.3. Provide criteria for the evaluation of the
and vertical loads; walls subjected to lateral loads seismic performance of existing individual
but not subjected to vertical loads. building structures; describe the approach in
(=EN 1996-3:2006, AC:2009) selecting necessary corrective measures; To set
Gr. E17 forth criteria for the design of retrofitting
measures (i.e. conception, structural analysis
SLS EN 1997 Part 1:2014 including intervention measures, final
Eurocode 7: Geotechnical design - General dimensioning of structural parts and their
rules connections to existing structural elements).
Intended to be used in conjunction with EN (=EN 1998-3:2005, AC:2010)
1990:2002, which establishes the principles and Gr. E22
requirements for safety and serviceability,
describes the basis of design and verification and SLS EN 1998 Part 4:2014
gives guidelines for related aspects of structural Eurocode 8: Design of structures for
reliability; applied to the geotechnical aspects of earthquake resistance - Silos, tanks and
the design of buildings and civil engineering pipelines
works. It is subdivided into various separate parts Defined in EN 1998-1: 2004, 1.1.1 and the scope
(see 1.1.2 and 1.1.3). This is concerned with the of this Standard is defined in this clause.

385
Additional parts of Eurocode 8 are indicated in to steel guyed masts are given in Sections 7 and
EN 1998-1: 2004, 1.1.3. This standard specifies 8, respectively. Requirements are also given for
principles and application rules for the seismic non-structural elements, such as antennae, the
design of the structural aspects of facilities liner material of chimneys and other equipment.
composed of above-ground and buried pipeline (=EN 1998-6:2005)
systems and of storage tanks of different types Gr. E18
and uses, as well as for independent items, such Page | 386
as for example single water towers serving a SLS EN 1999 Part 1-1:2016
specific purpose or groups of silos enclosing Design of aluminium structures - General
granular materials, etc(=EN 1998-4:2006) structural rules
Gr. E22 Applies to the design of buildings and civil
engineering and structural works in aluminium. It
SLS EN 1998 Part 5:2014 complies with the principles and requirements for
Eurocode 8: Design of structures for the safety and serviceability of structures, the
earthquake resistance - Foundations, basis of their design and verification that are
retaining structures and geotechnical aspects given in EN 1990 – Basis of structural design.
This Part of Eurocode 8 establishes the SLS EN 1999 is only concerned with
requirements, criteria, and rules for the siting and requirements for resistance, serviceability,
foundation soil of structures for earthquake durability and fire resistance of aluminium
resistance. It covers the design of different structures. Other requirements, e.g. concerning
foundation systems, the design of earth retaining thermal or sound insulation, are not considered.
structures and soil-structure interaction under (=EN 1999-1-1: 2007, A1:2009, A2: 2013)
seismic actions. As such it complements Gr. E28
Eurocode 7 which does not cover the special
requirements of seismic design. The provisions of SLS EN 1999 Part 1-2:2017
Part 5 apply to buildings (EN 1998-1), bridges Design of aluminium structures - Structural
(EN 1998-2), towers, masts and chimneys (EN fire designStructural fire design
1998-6), silos, tanks and pipelines (EN 1998-4). Applies to the design of buildings and civil
Specialised design requirements for the engineering works in aluminium. It complies
foundations of certain types of structures, when with the principles and requirements for the
necessary, shall be found in the relevant Parts of safety and serviceability of structures, the basis of
Eurocode 8.(=EN 1998-5:2004) their design and verification that are given in EN
Gr. E17 1990 – Basis of structural design. Only concerned
with requirements for resistance, serviceability,
SLS EN 1998 Part 6:2014 durability and fire resistance of aluminium
Eurocode 8: Design of structures for structures. Other requirements, e.g. concerning
earthquake resistance - Towers, masts and thermal or sound insulation, are not considered.
chimneys (=EN 1999-1-2:2007, AC: 2009)
The scope of Eurocode 8 is defined in EN 1998- Gr. E21
1:2004, 1.1.1 and the scope of this Standard is
defined in (2) to4). Additional parts of Eurocode SLS EN 1999 Part 1-3:2017
8 are indicated in EN 1998-1:2004, 1.1.3. EN Design of aluminium structures - Structures
1998-6 establishes requirements, criteria, and susceptible to fatigue. Structures susceptible to
rules for the design of tall slender structures: fatigue.
towers, including bell-towers, intake towers, Applies to the design of buildings and civil
radio and TV-towers, masts, chimneys (including engineering and structural works in aluminium. It
free-standing industrial chimneys) and complies with the principles and requirements for
lighthouses. Additional provisions specific to the safety and serviceability of structures, the
reinforced concrete and to steel chimneys are basis of their design and verification that are
given in Sections 5 and 6, respectively. given in EN 1990 – Basis of structural design.
Additional provisions specific to steel towers and Only concerned with requirements for resistance,

386
serviceability, durability and fire resistance of main properties into corrosion resisting steels,
aluminium structures. Other requirements, e.g. heat resisting steels and creep resisting steels.
concerning thermal or sound insulation, are not (=EN 10088-1:2014)
considered.(EN 1999-1-3:2007, A1:2011) Gr. E20
Gr. E23
SLS EN 12811 Part 1:2016
Page | 387
SLS EN 1999 Part 1-4:2017 Temporary works equipment - Scaffolds –
Design of aluminium structures - Cold formed performance requirements and general design
structural sheeting Specifies performance requirements and methods
Gives design requirements for cold-formed of structural and general design for access and
trapezoidal aluminium sheeting. It applies to working scaffolds, referred to from hereon as
cold-formed aluminium products made from hot working scaffolds. Requirements given are for
rolled or cold rolled sheet or strip that have been scaffold structures, which rely on the adjacent
cold-formed by such processes as cold-rolled structures for stability. In general these
forming or press-breaking. The execution of requirements also apply to other types of working
aluminium structures made of cold-formed scaffolds. Normal requirements are set down, but
sheeting is covered in EN 1090-3. cold-formed there is also provision for special cases. This
sheeting is covered in EN 1090-3. standard also specifies structural design rules
(=EN 1999-1-4:2007, A1 :2011, AC:2009) when certain materials are used and general rules
Gr. E20 for prefabricated equipment.
(=EN 12811-1:2003)
SLS EN 1999 Part 1-5:2017 Gr. E17
Design of aluminium structures - Shell
structures SLS EN 12811 Part 2:2016
Applies to the design of buildings and civil Temporary works equipment - Information
engineering and structural works in aluminium. It on materials
complies with the principles and requirements for Provides guidance on where to find information
the safety and serviceability of structures, the on materials often used in temporary works. It
basis of their design and verification that are draws attention to a number of points that a
given in EN 1990 – Basis of structural design. designer should take into account. The
Only concerned with requirements for resistance, information given is limited to commonly used
serviceability, durability and fire resistance of steel, aluminium alloys, cast iron, timber and
aluminium structures. Other requirements, e.g. timber based materials. Requirements are also
concerning thermal or sound insulation, are not given for welding, for limiting corrosion and
considered.(=EN 1999-1-5:2007, AC:2009) other deterioration.(=EN 12811-2:2004)
Gr. E20 Gr. E9

SLS EN 10049:2017 SLS EN 12811 Part 3:2016

Measurement of roughness average Ra and Temporary works equipment - Load testing
peak count RPc on metallic flat products Specifies rules for load testing, documentation
Defines the measurement conditions for surface and evaluation of test results in the field of non
roughness parameters of metallic flat products, mechanical temporary work items.
both uncoated (cold and hot rolled pickled steel) (=EN 12811-3:2002)
and coated with metallic coatings (e.g. zinc, Gr. E15
aluminium, tin, chromium)(=EN 10049:2013)
Gr. E6 SLS EN 12811 Part 4:2016
Temporary works equipment - Protection
SLS EN 10088-1:2017 fans for scaffolds -performance requirements
Stainless steels – List of stainless steels and product design
Lists the chemical composition of stainless steels, Specifies product requirements, methods of
which are subdivided in accordance with their structural and general design and tests for

387
protection fans for scaffolds to protect workers as SLS EN 12878:2017
well as members of public from objects that may Pigments for the colouring of building
fall off the outside edge of scaffolds being used materials based on cement and/or lime-
close to where they are working or passing by. specifications and methods of test
(=EN 12811-4:2013) Specifies the requirements and the methods of
Gr. E11 test for pigments for use in the colouring of
building materials based on cement and Page | 388
SLS CEN/TS 17776: 2023 cement/lime combinations.
Organic and organo-mineral fertilizers - (=EN 12878:2014)
Determination of the total organic carbon Gr. E14
(TOC) content by dry combustion
This document is applicable to fertilizing SLS EN 12916:2021
products, which are classified as PFC 1(A) and Petroleum products. Determination of
PFC 1(B) or the PFC 1(A) and PFC 1(B) aromatic hydrocarbon types in middle
component in PFC 7 of Regulation (EU) distillates. High performance liquid
2019/1009 [5]. However, the present method was chromatography method with refractive index
not validated for blends.This document specifies detection
a method for the determination of total organic Specifies a test method for the determination of
carbon (TOC) by elemental analysis using dry the content of mono-aromatic, di-aromatic and
combustion. The method is applicable to organic tri+-aromatic hydrocarbons in diesel fuels,
and organo-mineral fertilizers containing more paraffinic diesel fuels and petroleum distillates.
than 1 g carbon per kg of dry matter (0,1 %), with This document defines two procedures, A and B.
the exclusion of organo-mineral fertilizers (=EN 12916:2019)
containing urea-formaldehyde polymers as long Gr. E10
as there is no method available to assess carbon
in urea-formaldehyde polymers. SLS EN 13501 Part 1:2016
(CEN/TS 17776: 2022) Fire classification of construction products
and building elements - Classification using
SLS CEN/TS 17780: 2023 data from reaction to fire tests
Organic, organo-mineral and inorganic Provides the reaction to fire classification
fertilizers - Detection of Salmonella spp. procedure for all construction products, including
This document is applicable to fertilizing products incorporated within building elements.
products, which are classified as PFC 1(A) and Products are considered in relation to their end
PFC 1(B) or the PFC 1(A) and PFC 1(B) use application. This document applies to three
component in PFC 7 of Regulation (EU) categories, which are treated separately in this
2019/1009 [1]. However, the present method was standard: construction products, excluding
not validated for blends. This document specifies floorings and linear pipe thermal insulation
a method for the detection of Salmonella spp. in products; floorings; linear pipe thermal insulation
organic, organo-mineral and inorganic fertilizers. products.
The method is based on EN ISO 6579-1 and its (=EN 13501-1:2007+A1:2009)
validated alternative methods for the detection of Gr. E19
Salmonella spp. in food and feeding stuff. It
requires three successive steps: A selective SLS EN 13501 Part 5:2016
enrichment, an isolation on a chromogenic agar, Fire classification of construction products
and if positive a confirmation with a serological and building elements - Classification using
test (and if required, a selective m edia). data from external fire exposure to roofs tests
(CEN/TS 17780: 2022) Provides the reaction to fire classification
procedure for all construction products, including
products incorporated within building elements.
Products are considered in relation to their end
use application. This document applies to three

388
categories, which are treated separately in this approx. 20 % (V/V) to approx. 50 % (V/V).
European Standard: construction products, Principally, higher FAME contents can also be
excluding floorings and linear pipe thermal analysed if diluted; however, no precision data
insulation products; floorings; linear pipe thermal for results outside the specified range is available
insulation products. at present.
(=EN 13501:2005+A1:2009) (=EN 14078:2014)
Gr. E15 Gr. E8 Page | 389

SLS EN 13618:2021 SLS EN 15057:2016

Flexible hose assemblies in drinking water Fiber cement profiled sheets – impact
installations - functional requirements and test resistance test method
methods Specifies a soft body impact test method for fibre-
Specifies the requirements and test methods for cement profiled sheets for roofing. This Standard
materials, dimensions and function for flexible applies to fibre-cement profiled sheets
hose assemblies for drinking water installations, conforming to EN 494 and of length greater than
braided or not, designed for use with drinking or equal to 1,04 m. It applies only to products as
water with an allowable maximum operating delivered.
pressure (PMA) of 1 MPa and maximum (=EN 15057:2006)
operating temperature 70 °C to connect sanitary Gr. E9
tap ware, heaters and similar appliances.
(=EN 13618:20216) SLS EN 15837:2021
Gr. E13 Ethanol as a blending component for petrol.
Determination of phosphorus, copper and
SLS EN 13639:2021 sulfur content.
Determination of total organic carbon in Direct method by inductively coupled plasma
limestone optical emission spectrometry (icp oes)
(First revision) Specifies an inductively coupled plasma optical
Specifies methods for the determination of the emission spectrometry (ICP OES) method for the
total organic carbon content (TOC) in limestone. direct determination of elements content in
NOTE This method covers the determination of ethanol, namely phosphorus in the range (0,13 to
TOC in < 1 %. The standard describes the 1,90) mg/kg, copper in the range (0,050 to 0,300)
reference method and alternative methods that mg/kg, and sulfur in the range (2,0 to 15,0)
can be considered to be equivalent. mg/kg.
(=EN 13639:2017) (=EN 15837:2009)
Gr. E13 Gr. E6

SLS EN 14078:2021 SLS EN 50395:2015

Liquid petroleum products. Determination of Electrical test methods for low voltage energy
fatty acid methyl ester (fame) content in cables
middle distillates. Infrared spectrometry Contains electrical test methods required for the
method testing of harmonized low voltage energy cables,
Specifies a test method for the determination of especially those rated at up to and including
Fatty Acid Methyl Ester (FAME) content in 450/750 V. Dictates the tests which need to be
diesel fuel or domestic heating fuel by mid performed on the relevant cable type. It also
infrared spectrometry, which applies to FAME specifies whether the specific test is type test (T),
contents of the three measurement ranges as a sample test (S) or a routine test (R) for the
follows: — range A: for FAME contents ranging particular cable type. The requirements to be met
from approx. 0,05 % (V/V) to approx. 3 % (V/V); during or after the test are specified for the
— range B: for FAME contents ranging from particular cable type in the relevant cable
approx. 3 % (V/V) to approx. 20 % (V/V); — standard. However, some test requirements are
range C: for FAME contents ranging from obvious and universal, such as the fact that no

389
breakdown shall occur during voltage tests, and NA to SLS EN 1991 Part 1-1:2013
these are stated in the particular test method. Test Sri Lanka national annex to Eurocode 1:
methods for use specifically in utility power Actions on structures - General actions-
cables are not covered by this EuropeanStandard. densities, self-weight, imposed loads for
They can be found in HD 605. Test methods for buildings
use specifically in communications cables are the This National Annex gives Sri Lanka decisions
responsibility of the Technical Committee for the Nationally Determined Parameters Page | 390
CENELEC TC 46X, Communication cables. At described in the sub clauses of SLS EN 1991-1-
present such test methods are given in EN 50289 1:2012
series.(=EN 50395:2005, A1:2 011) 5 pages, Gr.3
Gr.EC
NA to SLS EN 1991 Part 1-4:2019
SLS EN 50396:2015 Sri Lanka national annex to Eurocode 1:
Non electrical test methods for low voltage Actions on structures - General actions - wind
energy cables actions
Contains non-electrical test methods required for (First revision)
the testing of harmonized low voltage energy This National Annex gives Sri Lanka decisions
cables, especially those rated at up to and for the Nationally Determined Parameters
including 450/750 V. Dictates the tests which described in the following sub clauses of SLS EN
need to be performed on the relevant cable type. 1991-1-4:2014
It also specifies whether the specific test is a type 30 pages, Gr.9
test (T), a sample test (S) or a routine test (R) for
the particular cable type. The requirements to be NA to SLS EN 1991 Part 1-6:2018
met during or after the test are specified for the Sri Lanka national annex to Eurocode 1:
particular cable type in the relevant cable Actions on structures - General actions –
standard. However, some test requirements are actions during execution
obvious and universal, such as the fact that no This National Annexe gives the Sri Lanka
cracks shall occur during ozone test, and these are decisions for the Nationally Determined
stated in the particular test method. Test methods Parameters described in the following sub clauses
for use specifically in utility power cables are not of SLS EN 1991-1-6:2014
covered by this EN. They can be found in HD 11 pages Gr.5
605. Test methods for use specifically in
communications cables are the responsibility of NA to SLS EN 1991 Part 1-7:2018
CENELEC TC 46X. At present such test methods Sri Lanka national annex to Eurocode 1:
are given in EN 50289 (series).(=EN 50396: Actions on structures - General actions –
2005, A1:2011) accidental actions
Gr. EF This National Annexe gives the Sri Lanka
decisions for the Nationally Determined
NA to SLS EN 1990:2018 Parameters described in the following sub clauses
Sri Lanka National Annexe (informative) to of SLS EN 1991-1-7:2014
Eurocode - basis of structural design 13 pages, Gr.7
Decisions for the Nationally Determined
Parameters described in the sub clauses of SLS NA to SLS EN 1991 Part 4:2018
EN 1990: 2012 Sri Lanka national annex to Eurocode 1:
23 pages, Gr.11 Actions on structures - Silos and tanks
This National Annexe gives the Sri Lanka
determined Parameters described in the following
sub clauses of SLS EN 1991-4:2015.
10 pages, Gr.6

390
NA to SLS EN 1992 Part 1-1:2013 NA to SLS EN 1993 Part 1-2:2018
Sri Lanka national annex to Eurocode 2: Sri Lanka National Annex To Eurocode 3:
design of concrete structures - General rules Design of Steel Structures - General rules-
and rules for buildings structural fire design
This National Annexe gives the Sri Lanka This National Annexe gives the Sri Lanka
decisions for the Nationally Determined Determined Parameters described in the sub-
Parameters described in the sub clauses of SLS clauses of SLS EN 1993-1-2:2016. Page | 391
EN 1992-1-1:2012 4 pages Gr.2
AMD No.1 (AMD 522:2019)
17 pages Gr.8 NA to SLS EN 1993 Part 1-3:2018
Sri Lanka National Annex To Eurocode 3:
NA to SLS EN 1992 Part 1-2:2013 Design of Steel Structures - General rules-
Sri Lanka national annex to Eurocode 2: supplementary rules for cold-formed
design of concrete structures - General rules – members and sheeting
structural fire design This National Annexe gives the Sri Lanka
This National Annexe gives the Sri Lanka Determined Parameters described in the sub-
decisions for the Nationally Determined clauses of SLS EN 1993-1-3:2015.
Parameters described in the following subclasses 6 pages, Gr.3
of SLS EN 1992-1-1:2013
5 pages Gr.3 NA to SLS EN 1993 Part 1-4:2018
Sri Lanka National Annex To Eurocode 3:
NA to SLS EN 1992 Part 2:2016 Design of Steel Structures - General rules-
Sri Lanka national annex to Eurocode 2: supplementary rules for stainless steels
design of concrete structures - Concrete This National Annexe gives the Sri Lanka
bridges - design and detailing rules Determined Parameters described in the sub-
This National Annexe gives the Sri Lanka clauses of SLS EN 1993-1-4:2015
decisions for the Nationally Determined 6 pages, Gr.3
Parameters described in the following sub clauses
of SLS EN 1992-2:2014; NA to SLS EN 1993 Part 1-5:2017
10 pages, Gr.5 Sri Lanka National Annex To Eurocode 3:
Design of Steel Structures - Plated structural
NA to SLS EN 1992 Part 3:2016 elements
Sri Lanka national annex to Eurocode 2: This National Annex gives the Sri Lanka
design of concrete structures - Liquid decisions for the Nationally Determined
retaining and containment structures Parameters described in the sub-clauses of SLS
The Sri Lanka decisions for the Nationally EN 1993-1-5:2016
Determined Parameters described in the sub 6 pages Gr.2
clauses of SLS EN 1992-3:2012.
4 pages, Gr.2 NA to SLS EN 1993 Part 1-8:2017
Sri Lanka National Annex To Eurocode 3:
NA to SLS EN 1993 Part 1-1:2017 Design of Steel Structures - Design of joints
Sri Lanka National Annex To Eurocode 3: This National Annex gives the Sri Lanka
Design of Steel Structures - General rules and decisions for the National Determined
rules for buildings Parameters described in the sub clauses of SLS
This National Annex gives the Sri Lanka EN 1993-1-8:2014
decisions for the Nationally Determined 6 pages, Gr.2
Parameters described in the sub-clauses of SLS
EN 1993-1-1:2014
9 pages, Gr.3

391
NA to SLS EN 1993 Part 1-9:2017 This National Annexe gives the Sri Lanka
Sri Lanka National Annex To Eurocode 3: Determined Parameters described in the sub-
Design of Steel Structures - Fatigue clauses of SLS EN 1993-5: 2016.
This National Annex gives the Sri Lanka 8 pagers, Gr.4
decisions for the National Determined
Parameters described in the clauses and sub NA to SLS EN 1993 Part 6:2018
clauses of SLS EN 1993-1-9:2014 Page | 392
Sri Lanka National Annex To Eurocode 3:
7 pages, Gr.3 Design of Steel Structures - Crane supporting
structures
NA to SLS EN 1993 Part 1-10:2017 This National Annexe gives the Sri Lanka
Sri Lanka National Annex To Eurocode 3: Determined Parameters described in the sub-
Design of Steel Structures - Material clauses of SLS EN 1993-6:2016.
toughness and through-thickness properties 6 pagers, Gr.3
This National Annex gives the decisions for the
National Determined Parameters described in the NA to SLS EN 1991- Part 1-2 :2021
clauses and sub clauses of SLS EN 1993-1- National Annex (Informative) To Eurocode 1,
10:2016 Actions On Structures - General Actions -
6 pages, Gr.2 Actions On Structures Exposed To Fire
This National Annex gives:
NA to SLS EN 1993 Part 1-11:2018 a) the Sri Lanka decisions for the Nationally
Sri Lanka National Annex To Eurocode 3: Determined Parameters described in the
Design of Steel Structures - Design of following sub clauses of SLS EN 1991-1-2:
structures with tension components 2015:
This National Annexe gives the Sri Lanka - 2.4 (4)
Determined Parameters described in the sub- - 3.1 (10)
clauses of SLS EN 1993-1-11:2016 - 3.3.1.2 (1)
8 pagers, Gr.4 - 3.3.1.3 (1)
- 3.3.2 (2)
NA to SLS EN 1993 Part 1-12:2018 - 4.2.2 (2)
Sri Lanka National Annex To Eurocode 3: - 4.3.1 (2)
Design of Steel Structures - Additional rules
for the extension of EN 1993 up to steel grades b) the Sri Lanka decisions on the status of SLS
S 700 EN 1991-1-2:2015 informative annexes.
This National Annexe gives the Sri Lanka Gr.3
Determined Parameters described in the sub-
clauses of SLS EN 1993-1-12:2016. NA to SLS EN 1991- Part 2 :2021
4 pagers, Gr.2 National Annex To Eurocode 1: Actions On
Structures - Traffic Loads On
NA to SLS EN 1993 Part 3-1:2018 Bridges
Sri Lanka National Annex To Eurocode 3:
Design of Steel Structures - Towers, masts
and chimneys – towers and masts
This National Annexe gives the Sri Lanka
Determined Parameters described in the clauses
and sub clauses of SLS EN 1993-3-1:2014
17 pagers, Gr.9

NA to SLS EN 1993 Part 5:2018

Sri Lanka National Annex To Eurocode 3:
Design of Steel Structures - Piling

392
 Page | 393

IEC standards adopted as

Sri Lanka Standards
SLS IEC 60034-1: 2022 SLS IEC 60034-5: 2022
Rotating electrical machines part 1: rating and Rotating electrical machines : degrees of
performance protection provided by the integral design of
(First Revision) rotating electrical machines (ip code) -
Applicable to all rotating electrical machines, classification
except rotating electrical machines for rail and (First Revision)
road vehicles, which are covered by the IEC applies to the classification of degrees of Page | 394
60349 series of standards. Machines within the protection provided by enclosures for rotating
scope of this document may also be subject to electrical machines. It defines the requirements
superseding, modifying or additional for protective enclosures that are in all other
requirements in other standards, for example, IEC respects suitable for their intended use and which,
60079 and IEC 60092 from the point of view of materials and
(IEC 60034-1:2022) workmanship, ensure that the properties dealt
Gr. IW with in this document are maintained under
normal conditions of use. This document does not
SLS IEC 60034-2-1: 2022 specify degrees of protection against mechanical
Rotating electrical machines : standard damage of the machine, or conditions such as
methods for determining losses and efficiency moisture (produced for example by
from tests (excluding machines for traction condensation), corrosive dust and vapour, fungus
vehicles) or vermin.
(First Revision) (=IEC 60034-5:2020)
Intended to establish methods of determining Gr. IM
efficiencies from tests, and also to specify
methods of obtaining specific losses. This SLS IEC 60034 Part 6:2009
standard applies to d.c. machines and to a.c. Rotating electrical machines - Methods of
synchronous and induction machines of all sizes cooling (IC Code)
within the scope of IEC 60034-1. Identifies the circuit arrangements and the
(IEC 60034-2-1:2014) methods of movement of the coolant in rotating
Gr. IX electrical machines, classifies the methods of
cooling and gives a designation system for them.
SLS IEC 60034 Part 2 A:2009 The designation of the method of cooling consists
Rotating electrical machines - Methods for of the letters “IC”, followed by numerals and
determining losses and efficiency of rotating letters representing the circuit arrangement, the
electrical machines from tests (excluding coolant and the method of movement of the
machines for traction vehicles) Measurement coolant.
of losses by the calorimetric method (=IEC 60034-6:1991)
This standard can be used to determination the Gr. IK
efficiency of electrical rotating machinery either
by the determination of the total losses on load, SLS IEC 60034-7: 2022
or by the determination of the segregated losses Rotating electrical machines : classification of
and hence the conventional total loss by types of construction, mounting arrangements
summation of the segregated losses. Depending and terminal box position (im code)
upon the circumstances, calorimetric (First Revision)
measurements may be made either by measuring specifies the IM Code, a classification of types of
the quantity and rise in temperature of the cooling construction, mounting arrangements and the
medium (direct method.), or by calibration of the terminal box position of rotating electrical
rise in temperature of the cooling medium. machines. Two systems of classification are
(=IEC 60034-2A:1974) provided as follows: – Code I (see Clause 4): An
Gr. IK alpha-numeric designation applicable to
machines with endshield bearing(s) and only one
shaft extension. – Code II (see Clause 5): An all-
numeric designation applicable to a wider range incorporated into the stator windings or placed in
of types of machines including types covered by other suitable positions in induction machines in
Code I. The type of machine not covered by Code order to protect them against serious damage due
II is fully described in words. to thermal overloads. It applies to single-speed
(=IEC 60034-7:2020) three-phase 50 Hz or 60 Hz cage induction
Gr. IM motors in accordance with IEC 60034-1 and IEC
60034-12 that:• have a rated voltage up to 1 000 Page | 395
SLS IEC 60034-8: 2022 V;• are intended for direct-on-line or star-delta
Rotating electrical machines : terminal starting.Not included are:• direct protection of the
markings and direction of rotation rotor winding; the methods of protection only
(First Revision) protect rotor windings indirectly; for large motors
applies to a.c. and d.c. machines and specifies a) (particularly 2 pole motors) and for motors
rules for the identification of winding connection starting large inertia loads, special attention is
points; b) marking of winding terminals; c) given to rotor heating both when starting and
direction of rotation; d) relationship between especially after a "trip" has occurred;• the
terminal markings and direction of rotation; e) protection of bearings and other mechanical
terminal marking of auxiliary devices; f) parts; • the protection methods to be used for
connection diagrams of machines for common particular applications
applications. Turbine-type synchronous (IEC 60034-11:2020)
machines are excluded from this standard. Gr. IF
(IEC 60034-8:2014)
Gr. IQ SLS IEC 60034-12: 2022
Rotating electrical machines : starting
SLS IEC 60034 Part 9:2009 performance of single - speed three-phase cage
Rotating electrical machines - Noise limits nduction motors
Specifies test methods for the determination of (First Revision)
sound power level of rotating electrical specifies the parameters for eight designs of
machine.It also specifies maximum A-weighted starting performance of
sound power levels for factory acceptance testing single-speed three-phase 50 Hz or 60 Hz cage
of network-supplied, rotating electrical machines induction motors in accordance with
in accordance with lEC 60034-1, having methods IEC 60034-1 that:
of cooling according to lEC 60034-6 and degrees – have a rated voltage up to 1 000 V;
of protection according to lEC 60034-5, and – are intended for direct-on-line or star-delta
having the following characteristics: standard starting;
design, either a.c. or d.c., without additional – are rated on the basis of duty type S1;
special electrical, mechanical, or acoustical – are constructed to any degree of protection and
modifications intended to reduce the sound power explosion protection.
level; rated output from 1 kW (or kVA) up to and This document also applies to dual voltage
including 5 500 kW (or kVA); rated speed not motors provided that the flux saturation level is
greater than 3 750 min–1. provides guidance for the same for both voltages. The values of torque,
the determination of noise levels for a.c. cage apparent power and current given in this
induction motors supplied by converters. document are limiting values (that is, minimum
(=IEC 60034-9:2007) or maximum without tolerance). NOTE 1 It is not
Gr. IH expected that all manufacturers will produce
machines for all eight designs. The selection of
SLS IEC 60034-11: 2022 any specific design in accordance with this
Rotating electrical machines part 11 : thermal document will be a matter of agreement between
protection the manufacturer and the purchaser.
(First Revision) (IEC 60034-12:2016)
specifies requirements relating to the use of Gr. IF
thermal protectors and thermal detectors

395
SLS IEC 60034-14: 2022 SLS IEC 60034 Part 18 Section 21:2009
Rotating electrical machines : mechanical Rotating electrical machines – Functional
vibration of certain machines with shaft evaluation of insulation systems - Test
heights 56 mm and higher – measurement, procedures for wire wound windings –
evaluation and limits of vibration severity thermal evaluation and classification
(First Revision) Gives test procedures for the thermal evaluation
Specifies the factory acceptance vibration test and classification of insulation systems used or Page | 396
procedures and vibration limits for certain proposed for use in wire-wound alternating
electrical machines under specified conditions, current (a.c.) or direct current (d.c.) rotating
when uncoupled from any load or prime mover. electrical machines. The test procedures are
It is applicable to DC and three-phase AC comparative in that the performance of a
machines, with shaft heights 56 mm and higher candidate insulation system is compared to that of
and a rated output up to 50 MW, at operational a reference insulation system with proven service
speeds from 120 min–1 up to and including 15 experience.
000 min–1. This document is not applicable to (=IEC 60034-18-21:1992)
machines mounted in situ (on site), three-phase Gr. IT
commutator motors, single-phase machines,
three-phase machines operated on single-phase SLS IEC 60034 Part 18 Section 22:2009
systems, vertical waterpower generators, turbine Rotating electrical machines - Functional
generators greater than 20 MW and machines evaluation of insulation systems - Test
with magnetic bearings or series-wound procedures for wire wound windings –
machines Classification of changes and insulation
(=IEC 60034-14:2018) component substitutions
Gr. IJ Gives test procedures for the thermal evaluation
and classification of changes and insulation
SLS IEC 60034-15: 2022 component substitution in insulation systems
For rotating electrical machines: impulse used or proposed for use in a proven insulation
voltage withstand levels of form-wound stator system used in wire-wound windings. The test
coils for rotating a.c. machines procedures are comparative in that the
(First Revision) performance of a candidate system is compared
Machines incorporating form-wound stator coils. to that of a reference system which has previously
It specifies the test procedures and voltages to be been proved by experience or has been evaluated
applied to the main and interturn insulation of by one of the procedures given in 60034-18-21
sample coils. and to which the change or substitution is
(IEC 60034-15:2009) intended.
Gr. IF (=IEC 60034-18-22:2000)
Gr. IG
SLS IEC 60034 Part 18 Section 1:2009
Rotating electrical machines - Functional SLS IEC 60034 Part 18 Section 31:2009
evaluation of insulation systems for rotating Rotating electrical machines – Functional
electrical machines - General guidelines evaluation of insulation systems - Test
Describes procedures for functional evaluation of procedures for form-wound windings –
electrical insulation systems used or proposed to Thermal evaluation and classification of
be used in rotating electrical machines within the insulation systems used in machines up to and
scope of IEC 34-1, and the classification of those including 50 MVA and 15 kV
insulation systems. This standard provides Gives test procedures for the thermal evaluation
general guidelines for such procedures and clas and classification of insulation systems used or
sification principles. proposed for use in a.c. or d.c. rotating electrical
(=IEC 60034-18-1:1992) machines up to and including 50 MVA and 15 kV
Gr. IP using form-wound windings. The test procedures
are comparative in that the performance of a

396
candidate insulation system is compared to that of duty on a.c. motors are listed for various shaft
a reference insulation system with proven service diameters.
experience.(=IEC 60034-18-31:1992) (=IEC 60072-1:1991)
Gr. IM Gr. IV

SLS IEC 60034 Part 18 Section 33:2009 SLS IEC 60072 Part 2:2009
Page | 397
Rotating electrical machines – Functional Dimensions and output series for rotating
evaluation of insulation - Test procedures for electrical machines - Frame numbers 355 to
form-wound windings – Multifactor 1000 and flange numbers 1180 to 2360
functional evaluation – endurance under Relates to all kinds of rotating electrical machines
combined thermal and electrical stresses of with a horizontal shaft, and with any one of three
insulation systems used in machines up to and specific types of foot mounting - i.e. machines
including 50 MVA and 15 kV with feet down, machines with feet up, and
Describes test procedures for evaluation of machines for which the bed-plate is an integral
multifactor endurance of insulation systems in part - and with mounting flange for which the
those cases where both thermal and electrical shaft height in the feet down version is between
ageing factors are significant. The procedures are 355 mm and 1000 mm and pitch circle diameter
intended for insulation systems used, or proposed of fixing holes between 1180 and 2 360 mm.
to be used, in a.c. electrical machines using form- (=IEC 60072-2:1990)
wound windings up to and including 50 MVA Gr. IH
and 15 kV. The test procedures are comparative
in nature, so that the performance of a candidate SLS IEC 60072 Part 3:2009
insulation system is compared to that of a Dimensions and output series for rotating
reference insulation system with proven standard electrical machines - Small built-in motors -
experience. The evaluation described in this flange numbers BF10 to BF50
technical report does not include stress grading. Applies to small built-in motors such as those
(=IEC 60034-18-33:1995) usually intended for use in control devices.
Gr. IL (=IEC 60072-3:1994)
Gr. IB
SLS IEC 60034 Part 26:2009
Rotating electrical machines - Effects of SLS IEC TR 60083: 2021
unbalanced voltages on the performance of Plugs and socket outlets for domestic and
three-phase cage induction motors similar general use standardized in member
Describes the effects of unbalanced voltages on countries of iec
the performance of three-phase cage induction This technical report is to give general
motors.(=IEC 60034-26:2006) information about the systems of plugs and
Gr. IF socket-outlets for household and similar purposes
which are used in the IEC countries. The report
SLS IEC 60072 Part 1:2009 only contains National Systems which are
Dimensions and output series for rotating commonly used in homes and offices. It is
electrical machines - Frame numbers 56 to 400 therefore limited to systems for a.c. with a rated
and flange numbers 55 to 1080 voltage above 50 V but not exceeding 440 V,
Covers the majority of rotating electrical intended for household and similar purposes,
machines for industrial purposes within the either indoors or outdoors. The report only
dimension range : Foot-mounted - shaft-heights contains systems for which standard sheets have
56 mm to 400 mm and Flange-mounted - pitch been published in a National Standard, which
circle diameter of flange : 55 mm to 1080 mm. It may be a National Standard of the country itself
also gives tables of fixing dimensions, shaft or any other IEC member country.
extension dimensions and output powers. (=IEC TR 60083: 2015)
Maximum permissible torques for continuous Gr. IAC

397
SLS IEC 60331-1: 2021 SLS IEC 60331-3: 2022
Test for electric cables under fire conditions - Test for electric cables under fire conditions -
circuit integrity-part 1: test methods for fire circuit integrity-part 3: test methods for fire
with shock at a temperature of at least 8300c with shock at a temperature of at least 8300c
for cables of rated voltage up to and including for cables of rated voltage up to and including
0.6/1.0 kv and with an overall diameter 0.6/1.0 kv tested in a metal enclosure
exceeding 20mm. Specifies the test method for cables which are Page | 398
specifies the test method for cables which are required to maintain circuit integrity when tested
required to maintain circuit integrity when in a metal enclosure and when subject to fire and
subject to fire and mechanical shock under mechanical shock under specified conditions
specified conditions. This document is applicable (=IEC 60331-3:2018)
to cables of rated voltage not exceeding 600 V/1 Gr. IM
000 V, including those of rated voltage below 80
V, metallic data and telecom cables and optical SLS IEC 60332-3 SEC 10: 2021
fibre cables. It is intended for use when testing Tests on electric and optical fibre cables under
cables of greater than 20 mm overall diameter. fire conditions - part 3-10: test for vertical
Cables of smaller diameter are intended to be flame spread of vertically mounted bunched
tested using the apparatus, procedure and wires or cables – apparatus
requirements of IEC 60331-2. This document Apparatus and its arrangement and calibration for
includes details for the specific point of failure, methods of test for the assessment of vertical
continuity checking arrangement, test sample, flame spread of vertically-mounted bunched
test procedure and test report relevant to electric wires or cables, electrical or optical, under
power and control cables with rated voltage up to defined conditions.
and including 600 V/1 000 V. Details for the (=IEC 60332-3-10: 2018)
specific point of failure, continuity checking Gr. IL
arrangement, test sample, test procedure and test
report relevant to metallic data and telecom SLS IEC 60332-3 SEC 21: 2021
cables and optical fibre cables are not given by Tests on electric and optical fibre cables under
IEC 60331-1. Although the scope is restricted to fire conditions - part 3-21: test for vertical
cables with rated voltage up to and including flame spread of vertically-mounted bunched
0,6/1,0 kV, the procedure can be used, with the wires or cables – category a f/r
agreement of the manufacturer and the purchaser, covers category A F/R for methods of test for the
for cables with rated voltage up to and including assessment of vertical flame spread of vertically-
1,8/3 (3,3) kV, provided that suitable fuses are mounted bunched wires or cables, under defined
used. (=IEC 60331-1:2018) conditions. (=IEC 603332-3-21: 2018)
Gr. IN Gr. IG

SLS IEC 60331-2: 2022

Test for electric cables under fire conditions - SLS IEC 60332 PART 3 SEC. 22: 2021
circuit integrity-part 2: test methods for fire Tests on electric and optical fibre cables under
with shock at a temperature of at least 8300c fire conditions - part 3-22: test for vertical
for cables of rated voltage up to and including flame spread of vertically-mounted bunched
0.6/1.0 kv and with an overall diameter not wires or cables – category a
exceeding 20mm. Covers category A for methods of test for the
Specifies the test method for cables which are assessment of vertical flame spread of vertically
required to maintain circuit integrity when mounted bunched wires or cables, electrical or
subject to fire and mechanical shock under optical, under defined conditions
specified conditions (=IEC 60331-2:2018) (=IEC 60332-3-22:2018)
Gr. IM Gr. IG

398
SLS IEC 60332 PART 3 SEC. 23: 2021 SLS IEC 60754 PART 2: 2021
Tests on electric and optical fibre cables under Tests on gases evolved during combustion of
fire conditions -: test for vertical flame spread materials from cables -: determination of
of vertically-mounted bunched wires or cables acidity (by ph measurement) and conductivity
– category b specifies the apparatus and procedure for the
Covers category B for methods of test for the determination of the potential corrosivity of gases
assessment of vertical flame spread of vertically- evolved during the combustion of materials taken Page | 399
mounted bunched wires or cables, electrical or from electric or optical fibre cable constructions
optical, under defined conditions. by measuring the acidity (pH) and conductivity of
(=IEC 60332-3-23:2018) an aqueous solution resulting from the gases
Gr. IG evolved during the combustion.
(=IEC 60754-2:2019)
SLS IEC 60332 PART 3 SEC. 24: 2021 Gr. IK
Tests on electric and optical fibre cables under
fire conditions - part 3-24: test for vertical SLS IEC 60754 PART 3: 2021
flame spread of vertically-mounted bunched Tests on gases evolved during combustion of
wires or cables – category c materials from cables - part 3: measurement
Covers category C for methods of test for the of low level halogen content by ion
assessment of vertical flame spread of vertically chromatography.
mounted bunched wires or cables, electrical or Specifies the apparatus and procedure for the
optical, under defined conditions. (=IEC 60332- measurement of the amount of halogens evolved
3-24: 2018) during the combustion of materials taken from
Gr. IG electric or optical fibre cable constructions.
=(IEC 60754-3:2018)
SLS IEC 60332-3-25: 2021 Gr. IL
Tests on electric and optical fibre cables under
fire conditions -: test for vertical flame spread SLS IEC 61034 PART 1: 2021
of vertically-mounted bunched wires or cables Measurement of smoke density of cables
– category d burning under defined conditions - part 1: test
Covers category D for methods of test for the apparatus
assessment of vertical flame spread of vertically provides details of the test apparatus to be used
mounted bunched wires or cables, electrical or for measuring smoke emission when electric or
optical, under defined conditions. optical fibre cables are burnt under defined
(=IEC 60332-3-25:2018) conditions, for example,a few cables burnt
Gr. IG horizontally. The light transmittance (lt) under
flaming combustion and smouldering conditions
SLS IEC 60754 PART 1: 2021 can be used as a means of comparing different
Tests on gases evolved during combustion of cables or complying with specific requirements.
materials from cables - part 1: determination =(IEC 61034-1:2019)
of the halogen acid gas content Gr. IG
specifies the apparatus and procedure for the
determination of the amount of halogen acid gas, SLS IEC 61034 PART 2: 2021
other than hydrofluoric acid, evolved during the Measurement of smoke density of cables
combustion of burning under defined conditions - part 2: test
compounds based on halogenated polymers and procedure and requirements
compounds containing halogenated additives provides details of the test procedure to be
taken from electric or optical fibre cable employed for the measurement of the density of
constructions smoke emitted from cables burning under defined
(=IEC 60754-1:2019) conditions. It describes the means of preparing
Gr. IK and assembling cables for test, the method of

399
burning the cables, and gives recommended SLS IEC 60811 Part 203:2014
requirements for evaluating test results Electric and optical fibre cables test methods
=(IEC 61034-2:2019) for non-metallic materials - General tests–
Gr. IJ measurement of thickness of overall
dimensions
SLS IEC 60364 PART 6:2018 Gives the methods for measuring overall
Low voltage electrical Installation - dimensions and is applicable to all types of cable, Page | 400
Verification circular and flat.(=IEC 60811-203:2012)
Requirements for initial and periodic verification Gr. ID
of an electrical installation.
(=IEC 60364-6:2016) SLS IEC 60811 Part 301:2014
Gr. IU Electric and optical fibre cables test methods
for non-metallic materials - Electrical tests –
SLS IEC 60811 Part 100:2014 measurement of the permittivity at 23 º C of
Electric and optical fibre cables test methods filling compounds
for non-metallic materials - General Gives the procedure to determine the permittivity
Describes general requirements and at 23 °C which typically applies to filling
considerations that are applicable to all the test compounds used for optical cables,
methods given in the particular parts, unless communication cables and optical fibre cables.
otherwise specified. (=IEC 60811-301:2012)
(=IEC 60811-100:2012) Gr. ID
Gr. IF
SLS IEC 60811 Part 302:2014
SLS IEC 60811 Part 201:2014 Electric and optical fibre cables test methods
Electric and optical fibre cables test methods for non-metallic materials - Electrical tests–
for non-metallic materials - General tests– measurement of the d. c. resistivity at 23 º C
measurement of insulation thickness and 100 º C of filling compounds
Gives the methods for measuring the insulation Gives the procedure to examine the d.c.
thicknesses which apply to the most common resistivity at 23 °C and 100 °C which typically
types of insulating compounds (cross-linked, applies to filling compounds used for
PVC, PE, PP, etc.). communication cables and optical fibre cables.
(=IEC 60811-201:2012) (=IEC 60811-302:2012)
Gr. IF Gr. ID

SLS IEC 60811 Part 202:2014 SLS IEC 60811 Part 401:2014
Electric and optical fibre cables test methods Electric and optical fibre cables test methods
for non-metallic materials - General tests– for non-metallic materials - Miscellaneous
measurement of thickness of non-metallic tests–thermal ageing methods-ageing in an air
sheath oven
Gives the methods for measuring thicknesses of Specifies the procedure for ageing in an air oven,
non-metallic sheath which apply to the most which typically applies to crosslinked and
common types of sheathing compounds (cross- thermoplastic compounds used for insulating and
linked, PVC, PE, PP, etc.). sheathing materials.(=IEC 60811-401:2012)
(=IEC 60811-202:2012) Gr. IK
Gr. IF
SLS IEC 60811 Part 402:2014
Electric and optical fibre cables test methods
for non-metallic materials - Miscellaneous
tests–water absorption tests
Describes water absorption tests which typically
apply to crosslinked and thermoplastic

400
compounds used for insulating and sheathing
materials.(=IEC 60811-402:2012) SLS IEC 60811 Part 407:2014
Gr. IE Electric and optical fibre cables test methods
for non-metallic materials - Miscellaneous
SLS IEC 60811 Part 403:2014 tests –measurement of mass increase of
Electric and optical fibre cables test methods polyethylene and polypropylene compounds
for non-metallic materials - Miscellaneous Gives the procedure to examine possible Page | 401
tests–ozone resistance test on cross - linked interaction between insulation material and
compounds filling compound of filled cable.
Specifies the method for the ozone resistance test, (=IEC 60811-407:2012)
which typically applies to cross-linked Gr. ID
compounds.
(=IEC 60811-403:2012) SLS IEC 60811 Part 408:2014
Gr. IF Electric and optical fibre cables test methods
for non-metallic materials - Miscellaneous
SLS IEC 60811 Part 404:2014 tests–long-term stability test of polyethylene
Electric and optical fibre cables test methods and polypropylene compounds
for non-metallic materials - Miscellaneous Gives the procedure to establish as to whether or
tests – mineral oil immersion tests for sheaths not the quality of a cable’s components will be
Specifies the method for a mineral oil immersion satisfactory over the proposed life of a
test, which typically applies to cross-linked communication cable. This test is considered
compounds used for sheathing materials. only as a material selection test to ensure that the
(=IEC 60811-404:2012) chosen materials are satisfactory for the intended
Gr. ID life of the cable. The test duration makes the test
unsuitable for routine quality control testing.
SLS IEC 60811 Part 405:2014 (=IEC 60811-408:2012)
Electric and optical fibre cables test methods Gr. IE
for non-metallic materials - Miscellaneous
tests–thermal stability test for PVC insulations SLS IEC 60811 Part 409:2014
and PVC sheaths Electric and optical fibre cables test methods
Specifies the procedure for the thermal stability for non-metallic materials - Miscellaneous
test which applies to PVC compounds. tests–loss off mass test for thermoplastic
(=IEC 60811-405:2012) insulations and sheaths
Gr. ID Gives the procedure for measuring the loss of
mass which normally applies to PVC insulations
SLS IEC 60811 Part 406:2014 and sheaths.(=IEC 60811-409:2012)
Electric and optical fibre cables test methods Gr. IG
for non-metallic materials - Miscellaneous
tests – resistance to stress cracking of SLS IEC 60811 Part 410:2014
polyethylene and polypropylene compounds Electric and optical fibre cables test methods
Gives the procedure for evaluating the resistance for non-metallic materials - Miscellaneous
to stress cracking of polyethylene and tests–test methods for copper–catalyze
polypropylene compounds which are typically oxidative degradation of polyolefin insulated
used for communication and optical fibre cables. conductors.
(=IEC 60811-406:2012) Gives the procedure for copper-catalyzed
Gr. IH oxidative degradation of a polyolefin, which is
typically used for insulation in communication
cables. Full test conditions, such as temperature,
duration, etc. and full test requirements are not
specified in this standard.(=IEC 60811-
410:2012)Gr. IF

401
SLS IEC 60811 Part 411:2014
Electric and optical fibre cables test methods SLS IEC 60811 Part 504:2014
for non-metallic materials - Miscellaneous Electric and optical fibre cables test methods
tests–Low-temperature brittleness of filling for non-metallic materials - Mechanical tests–
compounds bending tests at low temperature for insulation
Gives the procedure to evaluate lower and sheaths
temperature brittleness which typically applies to Gives the procedure for performing bending tests Page | 402
filling compounds used for communication and at low temperature on extruded insulations and
optical fibre cables. sheaths.
(=IEC 60811-411:2012) (=IEC 60811-504:2012)
Gr. ID Gr. IE

SLS IEC 60811 Part 412:2014 SLS IEC 60811 Part 505:2014
Electric and optical fibre cables test methods Electric and optical fibre cables test methods
for non-metallic materials - Miscellaneous for non-metallic materials - Mechanical tests –
tests– thermal ageing methods-ageing in an air elongation at low temperature for insulations
bomb and sheaths
Gives the procedure for ageing in an air bomb, Gives the procedure for performing elongation
which typically applies to crosslinked and tests at low temperature on extruded insulations
thermoplastic compounds used for insulating and and sheaths.
sheathing materials.(=IEC 60811-412:2012) (=IEC 60811-505:2012)
Gr. IE Gr. IF

SLS IEC 60811 Part 501:2014 SLS IEC 60811 Part 506:2014
Electric and optical fibre cables test methods Electric and optical fibre cables test methods
for non-metallic materials - Mechanical tests– for non-metallic materials - Mechanical tests–
tests for determining the mechanical impact test at low temperature for insulations
properties of insulating and sheathing and sheaths
compounds Gives the procedure for performing impact tests
Gives the procedure for determining the at low temperature on extruded insulations and
mechanical properties, which typically applies to sheaths.
cross-linked and thermoplastic compounds used (=IEC 60811-506:2012)
for insulating and sheathing materials. Gr. IE
(=IEC 60811-501:2012)
Gr. IH SLS IEC 60811 Part 507:2014
Electric and optical fibre cables test methods
SLS IEC 60811 Part 502:2014 for non-metallic materials - Mechanical tests –
Electric and optical fibre cables test methods hot set test for cross-linked materials
for non-metallic materials - Mechanical tests– Gives the procedure for the hot set test, which
shrinkage test for insulations typically applies to cross-linkable compounds
Gives the test method for the shrinkage for used for insulating and sheathing materials.
insulations.(=IEC 60811-502:2012) (=IEC 60811-507:2012)
Gr. ID Gr. IE

SLS IEC 60811 Part 503:2014 SLS IEC 60811 Part 508:2014
Electric and optical fibre cables test methods Electric and optical fibre cables test methods
for non-metallic materials - Mechanical tests– for non-metallic materials - Mechanical tests–
shrinkage test for sheaths pressure test at high temperature for
Gives the test method for the shrinkage for insulation and sheaths
sheaths.(=IEC 60811-503:2012) Gives the procedure for a pressure test at high
Gr. ID temperature, which typically applies to

402
thermoplastic compounds used for insulating and SLS IEC 60811 Part 512:2014
sheathing materials. The method is principally Electric and optical fibre cables test methods
intended for thermoplastic materials, but may be for non-metallic materials - Mechanical tests –
used for cross-linked materials when specifically methods specific to polyethylene and
required by the relevant cable standard. The test polypropylene compounds - tensile strength
method is not recommended for thicknesses and elongation at break after conditioning at
below 0,7 mm.(=IEC 60811-508:2012) Page | 403
elevated temperature
Gr. IJ Describes the procedure for testing tensile
strength and elongation at break after
SLS IEC 60811 Part 509:2014 conditioning at elevated temperature. It is
Electric and optical fibre cables test methods specific to polyethylene and polypropylene
for non-metallic materials - Mechanical tests – compounds. This test is intended for samples
test for resistance of insulations and sheaths to from filled cables, of polyolefin insulations with
cracking (heat shock test) a wall thickness of more than 0,8 mm and for
Gives the procedure for the test for resistance of polyolefin sheaths in direct contact with filling
insulations and sheaths to cracking at an elevated compound.
temperature.(=IEC 60811-509:2012) (=IEC 60811-512:2012)
Gr.IF Gr. ID

SLS IEC 60811 Part 510:2014 SLS IEC 60811 Part 513:2014
Electric and optical fibre cables test methods Electric and optical fibre cables test methods
for non-metallic materials - Mechanical tests– for non-metallic materials - Mechanical tests–
methods specific to polyethylene and methods specific to polyethylene and
polypropylene compounds-wrapping test after polypropylene compounds-Wrapping test
thermal ageing in air after conditioning
Specifies the test method for a wrapping test after Gives procedures for a wrapping test after
thermal ageing in air. This test method applies conditioning at elevated temperature. This test
specifically to polyolefin insulation in method applies specifically to polyethylene and
communication cables. This test is intended for polypropylene insulation. This test is intended for
polyolefin insulations of unfilled cables and of samples from filled cables of polyolefin
dry cores for filled cables, where the insulation insulation having a wall thickness of less than or
has a wall thickness of less than or equal to 0,8 equal to 0.8 mm.(=IEC 60811-513:2012)
mm.(=IEC 60811-510:2012) Gr. ID
Gr. ID
SLS IEC 60811 Part 601:2014
SLS IEC 60811 Part 511:2014 Electric and optical fibre cables test methods
Electric and optical fibre cables test methods for non-metallic materials - Physical tests–
for non-metallic materials - Mechanical tests – measurement of the drop point of filling
measurement of the melt flow index of compounds
polyethylene compounds Specifies the test procedure for measuring the
Describes the procedure for the measurement of drop point of filling compounds.
the melt flow index for polyethylene compounds. (=IEC 60811-601:2012)
(=IEC 60811-511:2012) Gr. IG
Gr. IF
SLS IEC 60811 Part 602:2014
Electric and optical fibre cables test methods
for non-metallic materials - Physical tests–
separation of oil in filling compounds
Gives the test methods for separation of oil in
filling compounds.(=IEC 60811-602:2012)
Gr. IE

403
SLS IEC 60811 Part 603:2014 and PP compounds, including cellular
Electric and optical fibre cables test methods compounds and foam skin for insulation.
for non-metallic materials - Physical tests – (=IEC 60811-607:2012)
measurement of total acid number of filling Gr. ID
compounds
Gives the test methods to examine the filling SLS IEC 60904-1: 2022
compound for corrosive elements. Page | 404
Photovoltaic devices: measurement of
(=IEC 60811-603:2012) photovoltaic current-voltage characteristics
Gr. IE Procedures for the measurement of current-
voltage characteristics (I-V curves) of
SLS IEC 60811 Part 604:2014 photovoltaic (PV) devices in natural or simulated
Electric and optical fibre cables test methods sunlight. These procedures are applicable to a
for non-metallic materials - Physical tests – single PV solar cell, a sub-assembly of PV solar
measurement of absence of corrosive cells, or a PV module. They are applicable to
components in filling compounds single-junction mono-facial PV devices. For
Indicates the effect of the filling compound when other device types, reference is made to the
in contact with the metallic parts of the cable. respective documents, in particular for multi-
(=IEC 60811-604:2012) junction devices to IEC 60904-1-1 and for
Gr. ID bifacial devices to IEC TS 60904-1-2.
Additionally informative annexes are provided
SLS IEC 60811 Part 605:2014 concerning area measurement of PV devices
Electric and optical fibre cables test methods (Annex A), PV devices with capacitance (Annex
for non-metallic materials - Physical tests– B), measurement of dark current-voltage
measurement of carbon black and/or mineral characteristics (dark I-V curves) (Annex C) and
filler in polyethylene compounds effects of spatial non-uniformity of irradiance
Describes the test methods for measuring the (Annex D).
content of carbon black added for UV (IEC 60904-1:2020)
stabilization of polyethylene and polyolefin Gr. IQ
compounds. These methods are not suitable for
halogenated compounds. SLS IEC 60904-1-1: 2022
(=IEC 60811-605:2012) Photovoltaic devices: measurement of current-
Gr. IE voltage characteristics of multi-junction
photovoltaic (pv) devices
SLS IEC 60811 Part 606:2014 Describes procedures for the measurement of the
Electric and optical fibre cables test methods current-voltage characteristics of multi-junction
for non-metallic materials - Physical tests– photovoltaic devices in natural or simulated
methods of determining the density sunlight. It is applicable to single PV cells, sub-
Describes the methods for determining the assemblies of such cells or entire PV modules. It
density for the most common types of insulating is principally intended for non-concentrating
and sheathing compounds (cross-linked, PVC, devices, but parts may be applicable also to
PE, PP, etc.). concentrating multi-junction PV devices. An
(=IEC 60811-606:2012) essential prerequisite is the spectral responsivity
Gr. IE of the multi-junction devices, whose
measurement is covered by IEC 60904-8-1. The
SLS IEC 60811 Part 607:2014 requirements for measurement of current-voltage
Electric and optical fibre cables test methods characteristics of single-junction PV devices are
for non-metallic materials - Physical tests–test covered by IEC 60904-1 whereas this document
for the assessment of carbon black dispersion describes the additional requirements for the
in polyethylene and polypropylene. measurement of current-voltage characteristics of
Specifies test methods for carbon black multi-junction PV devices. This document may
dispersion that are applicable specifically to PE be applicable to PV devices designed for use

404
under concentrated irradiation if they are SLS IEC 60904 PART 3:2022
measured without the optics for concentration Photovoltaic devices: measurement principles
and irradiated using direct normal irradiance and for terrestrial photovoltaic (pv) solar devices
a mismatch correction with respect to a direct with reference spectral irradiance data
normal reference spectral irradiance distribution Applies to the following photovoltaic devices for
is performed. The reference spectral irradiance terrestrial applications: – solar cells with or
distribution is provided in IEC 60904-3 without a protective cover; – sub-assemblies of Page | 405
(IEC 60904-1-1:2017) solar cells; – modules; and – systems. NOTE The
Gr. IG term “test specimen” is used to denote any of
these devices. The principles contained in this
SLS IEC TS 60904-1-2: 2022 document cover testing in both natural and
Photovoltaic devices: measurement of current- simulated sunlight. Photovoltaic conversion is
voltage characteristics of bifacial photovoltaic spectrally selective due to the nature of the
(pv) devices semiconductor materials used in PV solar cells
Describes procedures for the measurement of the and modules. To compare the relative
current-voltage (I-V) characteristics of bifacial performance of different PV devices and
photovoltaic evices in natural or simulated materials a reference standard solar spectral
sunlight. It is applicable to single PV cells, sub- distribution is necessary. This document includes
assemblies of such cells or entire PV odules. The such a reference solar spectral irradiance
requirements for measurement of I-V distribution. This document also describes basic
characteristics of standard (monofacial) PV measurement principles for determining the
devices are covered by IEC 60904-1, whereas this electrical output of PV devices. The principles
document describes the additional requirements given in this document are designed to relate the
for the measurement of I-V characteristics of performance rating of PV devices to a common
bifacial PV devices. This document may be reference terrestrial solar spectral irradiance
applicable to PV devices designed for use under distribution. The reference terrestrial solar
concentrated irradiation if they are measured spectral irradiance distribution is given in this
without the optics for concentration, and document in order to classify solar simulators
irradiated using direct normal irradiance and a according to the spectral performance
mismatch correction with respect to a direct requirements contained in IEC 60904-9.
normal reference spectrum is performed. (IEC 60904-3:2019)
(IEC TS 60904-1-2:2019) Gr.IU
Gr. IJ
SLS IEC 60904 PART 4: 2022
SLS IEC 60904-2: 2022 Photovoltaic devices : photovoltaic reference
Photovoltaic devices: requirements for devices – procedures for establishing
photovoltaic reference devices calibration traceability
Gives requirements for the classification, sets the requirements for calibration procedures
selection, packaging, marking,calibration and intended to establish the traceability of
care of photovoltaic reference devices. This photovoltaic (PV) reference devices to SI units as
standard covers photovoltaic reference devices required by IEC 60904-2. This document applies
used to determine the electrical performance of to PV reference devices that are used to measure
photovoltaic cells, modules and arrays under the irradiance of natural or simulated sunlight for
natural and simulated sunlight. It does not cover the purpose of quantifying the performance of PV
photovoltaic reference devices for use under devices. The use of a PV reference device is
concentrated sunlight (IEC 60904-2:2015) required in many standards concerning PV (e.g.
Gr. IJ IEC 60904-1 and IEC 60904-3). This document
has been written with single-junction PV
reference devices in mind, in particular
crystalline silicon, but it is sufficiently general to

405
include other single-junction technologies. (IEC PV device has a wavelength-dependent spectral
60904-4:2019) responsivity, its performance is significantly
Gr. IN affected by the spectral distribution of the
incident radiation, which in natural sunlight
SLS IEC 60904 - 5: 2022 varies with several factors such as location,
Photovoltaic devices : determination of the weather, time of year, time of day, orientation of
equivalent cell temperature (ect) of the receiving surface, etc., and with a solar Page | 406
photovoltaic (pv) devices by the open-circuit simulator varies with its type and conditions. If
voltage method the irradiance is measured with a thermopile-type
Describes the preferred method for determining radiometer (that is not spectrally selective) or
the equivalent cell temperature (ECT) of PV with a PV reference device (IEC 60904-2), the
devices (cells, modules and arrays of one type of spectral irradiance distribution of the incoming
module), for the purposes of comparing their light must be known to make the necessary
thermal characteristics, determining NOCT corrections to obtain the performance of the PV
(nominal operating cell temperature) or device under the reference spectral irradiance
alternatively NMOT (nominal module operating distribution defined in IEC 60904-3. If a
temperature), and translating measured I-V reference PV device or a thermopile type detector
characteristics to other temperatures. This is used to measure the irradiance, then, following
standard applies to linear devices with the procedure given in this document, it is
logarithmic VOC dependence on irradiance and possible to calculate the spectral mismatch
in stable conditions. It may be used for all correction necessary to obtain the short-circuit
technologies but one has to verify that there is no current of the device under test under the
preconditioning effect influencing the reference spectral irradiance distribution in IEC
measurement. 60904-3 or any other reference spectrum. If the
(IEC 60904-5:2011) reference PV device has the same relative spectral
Gr. IF responsivity as the device under test then the
reference device automatically takes into account
SLS IEC 60904 - 7: 2022 deviations of the measured spectral irradiance
Photovoltaic devices : computation of the distribution from the reference spectral irradiance
spectral mismatch correction for distribution, and no further correction of spectral
measurements of photovoltaic devices mismatch errors is necessary. In this case,
Describes the procedure for correcting the location and weather conditions are not critical
spectral mismatch error introduced in the testing when the reference device method is used for
of a photovoltaic device, caused by the mismatch performance measurements under natural
between the test spectrum and the reference sunlight. Also, for identical relative SRs, the
spectrum (e.g. AM1.5 spectrum) and by the spectral classification of the simulator is not
mismatch between the spectral responsivities critical for measurements with solar simulators. If
(SR) of the reference device and of the device the performance of a PV device is measured using
under test and therewith reduce the systematic a known spectral irradiance distribution,
uncertainty. This procedure is valid for single- its short-circuit current at any other spectral
junction devices but the principle may be irradiance distribution can be computed using the
extended to cover multi-junction devices. The spectral responsivity of the PV device under test.
purpose of this document is to give guidelines for (IEC 60904-7:2019)
the correction of the spectral mismatch error, Gr. IF
should there be a spectral mismatch between the
test spectrum and the reference spectrum as well SLS IEC 60904 PART 8: 2022
as between the reference device SR and the Photovoltaic devices : measurement of
device under test SR. The calculated spectral spectral responsivity of a photovoltaic (pv)
mismatch correction is only valid for the specific device
combination of test and reference devices Specifies the requirements for the measurement
measured with a particular test spectrum. Since a of the spectral responsivity of both linear and

406
non-linear hotovoltaic devices. It is only 60904 provides the definitions of and means for
applicable to singlejunction devices. The spectral determining simulator classifications at the
responsivity of a photovoltaic device is used in required irradiance levels used for electrical
cell development and cell analysis, as it provides stabilization and characterisation of PV devices.
a measure of recombination and other processes This document is applicable for solar simulators
occurring inside the semiconductor or cell used in PV test and calibration laboratories and in
material system. The spectral responsivity of a manufacturing lines of solar cells and PV Page | 407
photovoltaic device is used for the correction of modules. The A+ category is primarily intended
the spectral mismatch if a PV device is calibrated for calibration laboratories and is not considered
in a setup where the measurement spectrum is necessary for power measurements in PV
different from the reference spectral irradiance manufacturing and in qualification testing. Class
data given in IEC 60904-3 and a reference device A+ has been introduced because it allows for
with a different spectral responsivity to the device reduction in the uncertainty of secondary
under test is used. This procedure is given in IEC reference device calibration, which is usually
60904-7. (IEC 60904-8:2014) performed in a calibration laboratory.
Gr. IL Measurement uncertainty in PV production lines
will directly benefit from a lower uncertainty of
SLS IEC 60904- 8- 1: 2022 calibration, because production line
Photovoltaic devices: measurement of spectral measurements are performed using secondary
responsivity of multi-junction photovoltaic reference devices. In the case of PV performance
(pv) devices measurements, using a solar simulator of a
Gives guidance for the measurement of the particular class does not eliminate the need to
spectral responsivity (SR) of multi-junction quantify the influence of the simulator on the
photovoltaic devices. It is principally intended for measurement by making spectral mismatch
non-concentrating devices, but parts may be corrections and analysing the influences of spatial
applicable also to concentrating multi-junction non-uniformity of irradiance in the test plane and
PV devices. The SR is required for analysis of temporal stability of irradiance on that
measured current-voltage characteristics of measurement. Test reports for PV devices tested
multi-junction PV devices as described in IEC with the simulator report the class of simulator
60904-1-1. The requirements for measurement of used for the measurement and the method used to
SR of single-junction PV devices are covered by quantify the simulator’s effect on the results. The
IEC 60904-8, whereas this document describes purpose of this document is to define
the additional requirements for the measurement classifications of solar simulators for use in
of SR of multi-junction PV devices. This indoor measurements of terrestrial photovoltaic
document only considers the measurement of SR devices. Solar simulators are classified as A+, A,
of individual junction layers within a two- B or C based on criteria of spectral distribution
terminal multi-junction device. This document match, irradiance non-uniformity in the test plane
may be applicable to PV devices designed for use and temporal instability of irradiance. This
under concentrated Irradiation if they are document provides the required methodologies
measured without the optics for concentration. for determining the classification of solar
(IEC 60904-8-1:2017) simulators in each of the categories. A solar
Gr. IG simulator which does not meet the minimum
requirements of class C cannot be classified
SLS IEC 60904 -9: 2022 according to this document (IEC 60904-9:2020)
Photovoltaic devices : classification of solar Gr. IN
simulator characteristics
Devices require the use of specific classes of solar SLS IEC 60904- 10: 2022
simulators deemed appropriate for specific tests. Photovoltaic devices: methods of linear
Solar simulators can be either used for dependence and linearity measurements
performance measurements of PV devices or Describes the procedures used to measure the
endurance irradiation tests. This part of IEC dependence of any electrical parameter (Y) of a

407
photovoltaic (PV) device with respect to a test (IEC 60904-13:2018) Gr. IR
parameter (X) and to determine the degree at
which this dependence is close to an ideal linear
(straight-line) function. It also gives guidance on
how to consider deviations from the ideal linear SLS IEC 60904 PART 14: 2022
dependence and in general on how to deal with Photovoltaic devices : guidelines for
non-linearity’s of PV device electrical Page | 408
production line measurements of single-
parameters. Typical device parameters are the junction pv module maximum power output
short-circuit current ISC, the open-circuit voltage and reporting at standard test conditions
VOC and the maximum power Pmax. Typical test Guidelines for measurements of the maximum
parameters are the temperature T and the power (Pmax) output of single-junction
irradiance G. However, the same principles photovoltaic (PV) modules and for reporting at
described in this document can be applied to any standard test conditions (STC) in industrial
other test parameter with proper adjustment of the production line settings. Such measurements
procedure used to vary the parameter itself. typically: • Record current-voltage (I-V) data
Performance evaluations of PV modules and while illuminating the module with a solar
systems, as well as performance translations from simulator; • Are performed on 100 % of
one set of temperature and irradiance to another, manufactured modules, in order to determine
frequently rely on the use of linear equations (see whether they meet nameplate requirements for
for example IEC 60891, IEC 61853-1, IEC 61829 various bins spanning different power output
and IEC 61724-1). This document lays down the levels. This type of measurement is widespread
requirements for linear dependence test methods, and performed in high volume by PV module
data analysis and acceptance limits of results to manufacturers worldwide. As it is desirable to
ensure that these linear equations will give have consistent measurement practices across the
satisfactory results. Such requirements prescribe industry, this document describes the following
also the range of the temperature and irradiance features of such measurements: • Essential
over which the linear equations may be used. This elements, in order to provide common
document gives also a procedure on how to understanding; • Common issues or
correct for deviations of the short-circuit current complications; • Sources of error and uncertainty,
ISC from the ideal linear dependence on including recommendations to minimize them.
irradiance (linearity) for PV devices, regardless Understanding of Pmax measurement
of whether they are classified linear or non-linear uncertainties is expected to be useful in
according to the limits set in 9.7. The impact of application of other IEC documents, such as IEC
spectral irradiance distribution and spectral 61215-1 and IEC 62941, where Pmax tolerances
mismatch is considered for measurements using and uncertainties must be determined. Whenever
solar simulators as well as under natural sunlight. possible, this document references specific IEC
(IEC 60904-10:2020) documents covering topics in more detail. Where
Gr. IN no such documents exist, this document provides
guidance and recommendations based on other
SLS IEC 60904- 13: 2022 publications relevant to the PV industry.
Photovoltaic devices : electroluminescence of (IEC 60904-14:2020)
photovoltaic modules Gr. IN
Specifies methods to: a) capture
electroluminescence images of photovoltaic SLS IEC 61347 Part 1:2009
modules, b) process images to obtain metrics Lamp controlgear - General and safety
about the images taken in quantitative terms, and requirements
c) provide guidance to qualitatively interpret the Specifies general and safety requirements for
images for features in the image that are lamp controlgear for use on d.c. supplies up to
observed. This document is applicable to PV 250 V and/or a.c. supplies up to 1 000 V at 50 Hz
modules measured with a power supply that or 60 Hz. This standard also covers lamp
places the cells in the modules in forward bias. controlgear for lamps which are not yet

408
standardized. Tests dealt with in this standard are SLS IEC 62941: 2021
type tests. Requirements for testing individual terrestrial photovoltaic (pv) modules – quality
lamp controlgear during production are not system for pv module manufacturing
included.(=IEC 61347-1:2007) Applicable to organizations manufacturing
Gr. IV photovoltaic (PV) modules certified to IEC
61215 series and IEC 62108 for design
SLS IEC 62446 Part 1:2017 qualification and type approval and IEC 61730 Page | 409
Photovoltaic (pv) systems -requirements for for safety qualification and type approval. The
testing, documentation and maintenance - design qualification and type
Grid connected systems, documentation, approval of PV modules depend on appropriate
commissioning tests and inspection. methods for product and process design, as well
Defines the information and documentation as appropriate control of materials and processes
required to be handed over to a customer used to manufacture the product. This document
following the installation of a grid connected PV lays out best practices for product design,
system. It also describes the commissioning tests, manufacturing processes, and selection and
inspection criteria and documentation expected to control of materials used in the manufacture of
verify the safe installation and correct operation PV modules that have met the requirements of
of the system. It can also be used for periodic IEC 61215 series, IEC 61730, or IEC 62108.
retesting. This standard is written for grid These standards also form the basis for factory
connected PV systems that do not utilize energy audit criteria of such sites by various certifying
storage (e.g. batteries) or hybrid systems (=IEC and auditory bodies
62446–1:2016) (IEC 62941:2019)
Gr. IR Gr. IM

SLS IEC 62548:2018 SLS IEC TS 62915: 2021

Photovoltaic (pv) arrays – design Photovoltaic (pv) modules – type approval,
requirements design and safety qualification- retesting
The object of this document is to address the This document sets forth a uniform approach to
design safety requirements arising from the maintain type approval, design and safety
particular characteristics of photovoltaic systems. qualification of terrestrial PV modules that have
Direct current systems, and PV arrays in undergone, or will undergo modification from
particular, pose some hazards in addition to those their originally assessed design.
derived from conventional AC power systems, (IEC TS 62915:2018)
including the ability to produce and sustain Gr. IQ
electrical arcs with currents that are not greater
than normal operating currents. SLS IEC/ISO 31010:2016
(=IEC 62548:2016) Risk management – risk assessment
Gr. IV techniques
This Standard is a supporting standard for ISO
SLS IEC 62623:2017 31000 and provides guidance on selection and
Desktop and notebook computers - application of systematic techniques for risk
measurement of energy consumption assessment. Risk assessment carried out in
Covers personal computing products. It applies to accordance with this standard contributes to other
desktop and notebook computers as defined in 4.1 risk management activities.
that are marketed as final products and that are The application of a range of techniques is
hereafter referred to as the equipment under test introduced, with specific references to other
(EUT) or product. international standards where the concept and
(=IEC 62623:2012) application of techniques are described in greater
Gr. IS detail.
This standard is not intended for certification,
regulatory or contractual use.

409
This standard does not provide specific criteria
for identifying the need for risk analysis, nor does
it specify the type of risk analysis method that is
required for a particular application.
(=IEC/ ISO 31010:2009)
Gr. IAA
Page | 410

410
 Page | 411

ISO standards adopted as

Sri Lanka Standards
SLS ISO 7 Part 1: 2023 rubber hardness degrees (IRHD). The methods
Pipe threads where pressure-tight joints are cover the hardness range from 10 IRHD to 100
made on the threads - part 1: dimensions, IRHD.
tolerances and designation These methods differ primarily in the diameter
This part of IS0 7 specifies the requirements for of the indenting ball and the magnitude of the
thread form, dimensions, tolerances and indenting force, these being chosen to suit the
designation for jointing pipe threads, sizes 1 /I6 particular application. The range of Page | 412
to 6 inclusive, for joints made pressure-tight by applicability of each method is indicated in
the mating of the threads. These threads are taper Figure 1.
external, parallel internal or taper internal and are This document does not specify a method for
intended for use with pipes suitable for threading the determination of hardness by a pocket
and for valves, fittings or other pipeline hardness meter, which is described in ISO 48-
equipment interconnected by threaded joints. An 5.
appropriate jointing medium should be used on This document specifies the following four
the thread to ensure pressure-tight joints. methods for the determination of standard
(ISO 7-1:1994) hardness.
Gr. D Method N (normal test) is appropriate for
rubbers with a hardness in the range 35 IRHD to
SLS ISO 36: 2022 85 IRHD, but can also be used for hardnesses in
Rubber vulcanized or thermoplastics — the range 30 IRHD to 95 IRHD.
determination of adhesion to textile fabrics Method H (high-hardness test) is appropriate for
Specifies a method of test for measuring the force rubbers with a hardness in the range 85 IRHD
required to separate, by stripping, two plies of to 100 IRHD.
fabric bonded with rubber, or a rubber layer and Method L (low-hardness test) is appropriate for
a fabric ply bonded together. The method is rubbers with a hardness in the range 10 IRHD
applicable when the ply surfaces are to 35 IRHD.
approximately plane or when they are in the form Method M (microtest) is essentially a scaled-
of a cylinder having an internal diameter greater down version of the normal test method N,
than approximately 50 mm. The method is not permittings appropriate for rubbers with a
applicable when the ply surfaces contain sharp hardness in the range 35 IRHD to 85 IRHD, but
bends, angles or other gross irregularities which can also be used for hardnesses in the range 30
cannot be excluded when cutting out test pieces. IRHD to 95 IRHD.
This document does not apply to coated fabrics, (ISO 48-2:2018)
which are tested in accordance with ISO 2411, or Gr. L
textile conveyor belts, which are tested in
accordance with ISO 252 SLS ISO 75-1: 2023
=ISO 36:2020 Plastics — determination of temperature of
Gr. D deflection under load-part 1: general test
method
SLS ISO 48-2: 2023 This document gives a general test method for the
Rubber, vulcanized or thermoplastic — determination of the temperature of deflection
determination of hardness — part 2: hardness under load (flexural stress under three-point
between 10 irhd and 100 irhd loading) of plastics. Different types of test
This document specifies four methods for specimen and different constant loads are defined
the determination of the hardness of to suit different types of material. 1.2 ISO 75-2
vulcanized or gives specific requirements for plastics
thermoplastic rubbers on flat surfaces (including filled plastics and fibre-reinforced
(standard-hardness methods) and four methods plastics in which the fibre length, prior to
for the determination of the apparent hardness processing, is up to 7,5 mm) and ebonite, while
of curved surfaces (apparent-hardness methods). ISO 75-3 gives specific requirements for high-
The hardness is expressed in international strength thermosetting laminates and long-fibre-
reinforced plastics in which the fibre length, prior SLS ISO 177:2017
to processing, is greater than 7,5 mm. 1.3 The Ditermination of migration of plasticizers
methods specified are suitable for assessing the from plastics.
relative behaviour of different types of material at Specifies a method for the determination of the
elevated temperature under load at a specified tendency of plasticizers to migrate from plastics
rate of temperature increase. The results obtained in which they are contained into other materials
do not necessarily represent maximum applicable or other plastics when they are brought into close Page | 413
temperatures because, in practice, essential contactSpecifies a method for the determination
factors, such as time, loading conditions and of the tendency of plasticizers to migrate from
nominal surface stress, can differ from the test plastics in which they are contained into other
conditions. True comparability of data can only materials or other plastics when they are brought
be achieved for materials having the same room- into close contact(=ISO 177:2016)
temperature flexural modulus. 1.4 The methods Gr. C
specify preferred dimensions for the test
specimens. 1.5 Data obtained using the test SLS ISO 178:2021
methods described are not intended to be used to Plastics - determination of flexural properties
predict actual end-use performance. The data are (First revision)
not intended for design analysis or prediction of Specifies a method for determining the flexural
the endurance of materials at elevated properties of rigid and semi-rigid plastics under
temperatures. 1.6 This method is commonly defined conditions. A preferred test specimen is
known as the heat deflection temperature or heat defined, but parameters are included for
distortion temperature (HDT) test, although there alternative specimen sizes for use where
is no official document using this designation. appropriate. A range of test speeds is included.
(ISO 75-1:2020) The method is used to investigate the flexural
Gr. E behaviour of the test specimens and to determine
the flexural strength, flexural modulus and other
SLS ISO 105 G04:2018 aspects of the flexural stress/strain relationship
Textiles-test for colour fastness - colour under the conditions defined. It applies to a freely
fastness to nitrogen oxides in the atmosphere supported beam, loaded at midspan (three-point
at high humidities loading test). The method is suitable for use with
Specifies a method for determining the resistance the following range of materials: —
of the colour of textiles to the action of nitrogen thermoplastic moulding, extrusion and casting
oxide in the atmosphere at elevated temperatures materials, including filled and reinforced
and high relative humidities. compounds in addition to unfilled types; rigid
(=ISO 105 G04:2016) thermoplastics sheets; - thermosetting moulding
Gr. D materials, including filled and reinforced
compounds; thermosetting sheets
SLS ISO 137:2017 (=ISO 178:2019) Gr. M
Wool - determination of fibre diameter -
projection microscope method SLS ISO 180: 2023
Specifies the procedure and the measurement Plastics — determination of izod impact
conditions for the determination of the wool fibre strength
diameter using a projection microscope. The This document specifies a method for
method is suitable for wool fibres in any form and determining the Izod impact strength of plastics
also for other fibres of reasonably circular under defined conditions. A number of different
crosssection. types of specimen and test configurations are
(=ISO 137:2015) defined. Different test parameters are specified
Gr. F according to the type of material, the type of test
specimen and the type of notch. 1.2 The method
is used to investigate the behaviour of specified
types of specimen under the impact conditions

413
defined and for estimating the brittleness or SLS ISO 187: 2023
toughness of specimens within the limitations Paper, board and pulps — standard
inherent in the test conditions. 1.3 The method is atmosphere for conditioning and testing and
suitable for use with the following range of procedure for monitoring the atmosphere and
materials: — rigid thermoplastic moulding and conditioning of samples
extrusion materials, including filled and This document specifies the standard
reinforced compounds in addition to unfilled atmospheres for conditioning and testing pulp, Page | 414
types; rigid thermoplastics sheets; — rigid paper and board, the conditioning procedure and
thermosetting moulding materials, including the procedures for measuring the temperature and
filled and reinforced compounds; rigid relative humidity
thermosetting sheets, including laminates; — (ISO 187:2022)
fibre-reinforced thermosetting and thermoplastic Gr. D
composites incorporating unidirectional or non-
unidirectional reinforcements such as mat, SLS ISO 216: 2023
woven fabrics, woven rovings, chopped strands, Writing paper and certain classes of printed
combination and hybrid reinforcements, rovings matter — trimmed sizes — a and b series, and
and milled fibres and sheet made from indication of machine direction
preimpregnated materials (prepregs); — This International Standard specifies the trimmed
thermotropic liquid-crystal polymers. 1.4 The sizes of writing paper and certain classes of
method is not normally suitable for use with rigid printed matter. It applies to trimmed sizes of
cellular materials and sandwich structures paper for administrative, commercial and
containing cellular material. Notched specimens technical use, and also to certain classes of
are also not normally used for long-fibre- printed matter, such as forms, catalogues, etc. It
reinforced composites or thermotropic liquid- does not necessarily apply to newspapers,
crystal polymers. 1.5 The method is suited to the published books, posters or other special items
use of specimens which can be either moulded to which may be the subject of separate
the chosen dimensions, machined from the International Standards. This International
central portion of a standard multipurpose test Standard also specifies the method for the
specimen (see ISO 20753) or machined from indication of the machine direction for trimmed
finished or semi-finished products such as sheets. NOTE In some countries, particularly in
mouldings, laminates and extruded or cast sheet. North America, different sizes of cut-size office
1.6 The method specifies preferred dimensions papers are commonly used. For these paper sizes,
for the test specimen. Tests which are carried out refer to Reference [1] in the Bibliography.
on specimens of different dimensions or with (ISO 216:2007)
different notches, or specimens which are Gr. E
prepared under different conditions, may produce
results which are not comparable. Other factors, SLS ISO 228-1: 2023
such as the energy capacity of the apparatus, its Pipe threads where pressure-tight joints are
impact velocity and the conditioning of the not made on the threads - part 1: dimensions,
specimens can also influence the results. tolerances and designation
Consequently, when comparative data are This part of ISO 228 specifies the requirements
required, these factors are to be carefully for thread form, dimensions, tolerances and
controlled and recorded. 1.7 The method is not designation for fastening pipe threads, thread
intended to be used as a source of data for design sizes 1/16 to 6 inclusive. Both internal and
calculations. Information on the typical external threads are parallel threads, intended for
behaviour of a material can be obtained, however, the mechanical assembly of the component parts
by testing at different temperatures, by varying of fittings, cocks and valves, accessories, etc.
the notch radius and/or the thickness and by These threads are not suitable as jointing threads
testing specimens prepared under different where a pressure-tight joint is made on the thread.
conditions. (ISO 180:2019) If assemblies with such threads must be made
Gr. G pressure-tight, this should be effected by

414
compressing two tightening surfaces outside the thermoplastics in the preparation of compression-
threads, and by interposing an appropriate seal. moulded test specimens, and sheets from which
(ISO 228-1:2000) test specimens can be machined or stamped.
Gr. D NOTE In order to obtain mouldings in a
reproducible state, the main steps of the
SLS ISO 262: 2023 procedure, including eight different cooling
Iso general purpose metric screw threads — methods, are standardized. For each material, the Page | 415
selected sizes for screws, bolts and nuts required moulding temperature and cooling
This International Standard specifies selected methods are given in the appropriate International
sizes for screws, bolts and nuts in the diameter Standard for the material or as agreed between the
range from 1 mm to 64 mm of ISO general interested parties. This document is not
purpose metric screw threads (M) having basic applicable to reinforced thermoplastics
profile according to ISO 68-1. These selected (ISO 293:2023)
sizes are recommended also for general Gr. D
engineering use. These screw threads are selected
from ISO 261. For thread designations see ISO SLS ISO 301: 2023
965-1. Zinc alloy ingots intended for castings
(ISO 262:1998) This International Standard specifies the
Gr. A designations, chemical compositions, marking
and other requirements for zinc alloys, in ingots
SLS ISO 287:2020 (or liquid form), produced for foundry purposes.
Paper and board - determination of moisture (ISO 301:2006)
content of a lotoven Drying method Gr. D
specifies an oven-drying method for the
determination of the moisture content of a lot of SLS ISO 374-1:2020
paper and board, describing how the test pieces Protective gloves against dangerous chemicals
are drawn from the lot, is performed at the time and micro-organisms - terminology and
of sampling. performance requirements for chemical
(=ISO 287: 2017) Specifies the requirements for protective gloves
Gr. E intended to protect the user against dangerous
chemicals and defines terms to be used.
SLS ISO 289-2: 2022 (=ISO 374-1: 2016)
Rubber, unvulcanized — determination using Gr. D
a shearing-disc viscometer — part 2:
determination of pre-vulcanization SLS ISO 374 Part 2:2020
characteristics Protective gloves against dangerous chemicals
Specifies a method for determining the pre- and micro-organisms - determination of
vulcanization characteristics of compounded resistance to penetration
rubber.The pre-vulcanization characteristics specifies a test method for the penetration
determined by this method provide a means of resistance of gloves that protect against
estimating how long compounded rubber can be dangerous chemicals and/or micro-organisms.
maintained at high temperatures and remain (=ISO 374 Part 2:2019)
processable Gr. K
= ISO 289-2:2020
Gr. E SLS ISO 374-5: 2020
Protective gloves against dangerous chemicals
SLS ISO 293: 2023 and Micro-organisms - Terminology and
Plastics - compression moulding of test performance requirements for micro-
specimens of thermoplastic materials organisms risks
This document specifies the general principles specifies the requirements and test methods for
and the procedures to be followed with protective gloves intended to protect the user

415
against micro-organisms. NOTE If other SLS ISO 520:2017
protection features is to be needed, e.g. chemical Method of test for determination of the mass
risks, mechanical risks, thermal risks, of 1000 grains in cereals and pulses
electrostatic dissipation etc., the appropriate Specifies a method for the determination of the
specific performance standard is to be used in mass of 1 000 grains of cereals and pulses. It is
addition. Further information on protective applicable to all species of cereals and pulses with
gloves standards can be found in the EN 420 the exception of seed lots for sowing purposes. Page | 416
(=ISO 374-5: 2016) (=ISO 520:2010)
Gr. H Gr. E

SLS ISO 390:2016 SLS ISO 527 Part 1: 2023

Products in fibre-reinforced cement - Plastics — determination of tensile properties
sampling and inspection — part 1: general principles
Establishes rules for batching, sampling and (First Revision)
inspection of fibre-reinforced cement products. This document specifies the general principles for
These rules apply to all acceptance tests. In determining the tensile properties of plastics
certain cases they may also apply to type tests but and plastic composites under defined conditions.
the sampling scheme for type tests will usually be Several different types of test specimen are
specified in the product Standards. These rules defined to
form a uniform method for determining whether suit different types of material which are detailed
consignments of fibre-reinforced cement in subsequent parts of ISO 527.
products tan be considered as conforming to 1.2 The methods are used to investigate the
relevant product Standards. tensile behaviour of the test specimens and for
(=ISO 390:1993) determining
Gr. J the tensile strength, tensile modulus and other
aspects of the tensile stress/strain relationship
SLS ISO 489: 2023 under the
Plastics - determination of refractive index conditions defined.
This document specifies two test methods for 1.3 The methods are selectively suitable for use
determining the refractive index of plastics, with the following materials:
namely: — Method A: a refractometric method — rigid and semi-rigid moulding, extrusion and
for measuring the refractive index of moulded cast thermoplastic materials, including filled and
parts, cast or xtruded sheet or film, by means of a reinforced compounds in addition to unfilled
refractometer. It is applicable not only to types; rigid and semi-rigid thermoplastics sheets
isotropic transparent, translucent, coloured or and films;
opaque materials but also to anisotropic — rigid and semi-rigid thermosetting moulding
materials. — Method B: an immersion method materials, including filled and reinforced
(making use of the Becke line phenomenon) for compounds;
determining the refractive index of powdered or rigid and semi-rigid thermosetting sheets,
granulated transparent materials by means of a including laminates;
microscope. Monochromatic light, in general, is — fibre-reinforced thermosets and thermoplastic
used to avoid dispersion effects. NOTE The composites incorporating unidirectional or
refractive index is a fundamental property which nonunidirectional
can be used for checking purity and composition, reinforcements, such as mat, woven fabrics,
for the identification of materials and for the woven rovings, chopped strands,
design of optical parts. The change in refractive combination and hybrid reinforcement, rovings
index with temperature can give an indication of and milled fibres; sheet made from pre-
transition points of materials. impregnated
(ISO 489:2022) materials (prepregs);
Gr. F — thermotropic liquid crystal polymers.

416
The methods are not normally suitable for use SLS ISO 734: 2023
with rigid cellular materials, for which ISO 1926 Oilseed meals - determination of oil content -
is used, extraction method with hexane (or light
or for sandwich structures containing cellular petroleum)
materials (ISO 527-1: 2019) This document specifies a method for the
Gr. M determination of the hexane extract (or light-
petroleum extract), called “oil content”, of meals Page | 417
SLS ISO 527 Part 2:2011 (excluding compounded products) obtained by
Plastics - determination of tensile properties - the extraction of oil from oilseeds by pressure or
Test conditions for moulding and extrusion solvents. (ISO 734:2023)
plastics Gr. D
Specifies the test conditions for determining the
tensile properties of moulding and extrusion SLS ISO 874:2017
plastics, based upon the general principles given Fresh fruits and vegetables sampling
in SLS ISO 527-1. (=ISO 527-2:1993) Specifies a method of sampling fresh fruits and
Gr. C vegetables, forming the subject of international
trade, with a view to determining the quality or
SLS ISO 679:2011 particular characteristics of the goods.
Test method for cements - Determination of (=ISO 874:1980)
strength Gr. B
Specifies a method of determining the
compressive and, optionally, the flexural strength SLS ISO 1167 Part 1:2013
of cement mortar containing one part by mass of Thermoplastics pipes, fittings and assemblies
cement, three parts by mass of ISO standard sand for the conveyance of fluids - determination of
and one half part of water. The method applies to the resistance to internal pressure - General
common cements and to other cements and method
materials, the standards for which call up this Specifies a general test method for determining
method. It might not apply to other cement types the resistance to internal hydrostatic pressure at a
that have a very short initial setting time. It also given temperature of thermoplastics pipes,
describes the equipment and procedure, and fittings and piping systems for the transport of
specifies the method used for validation testing of fluids. The method accommodates water-in-
ISO standard sands and of alternative equipment water, water-in-air and water-in-liquid tests
and procedures.(=ISO 679:2009) (=ISO 1167-1:2006)
Gr. N Gr. D

SLS ISO 712:2017 SLS ISO 1167 Part 2:2013

Method of test for determination of moisture Thermoplastics pipes, fittings and assemblies
content in cereals and derived products – for the conveyance of fluids - determination of
reference method the resistance to internal pressure -
Specifies a routine reference method for the Preparation of pipe test pieces
determination of the moisture content of cereals Specifies the dimensions and method for
and cereal products and applies to wheat, rice preparation of extruded, or injection-moulded
(paddy, husked and milled), barley, millet tubular, test pieces used to determine the
(Panicum miliaceum), rye, oats, triticale, resistance of thermoplastics pipes to internal
sorghum in the form of grains, milled grains, hydrostatic pressure according to SLS ISO 1167-
semolina or flour. The method is not applicable 1.(=ISO 1167-2:2006)
to maize and pulses. Gr. B
(=ISO 712:2009)
Gr. H

417
SLS ISO 1183 Part 1:2013 to sheet, wire and woven or welded mesh
Plastics - methods of determining the density products that are continuously hot dip galvanized,
of non-cellular plastics - Immersion method, tube and pipe that are hot dip galvanized in
liquid pyknometer method and titration automatic plants and hot dip galvanized products
method (e.g. fasteners) for which specific standards exist
Specifies three methods for the determination of and which might include additional requirements
the density of non-cellular plastics in the form of or requirements which are different from those of Page | 418
void-free moulded or extruded objects, as well as this standard.
powders, flakes and granules. Method A: (=ISO 1461:2009)
Immersion method, for solid plastics (except for Gr. H
powders) in void-free form. Method B: Liquid
pyknometer method, for particles, powders, SLS ISO 1675: 2023
flakes, granules or small pieces of finished parts. Plastics - liquid resins - determination of
Method C: Titration method, for plastics in any density by the pycnometer method
void-free form. This document specifies a method for the
(=ISO 1183-1:2012) determination of the density of liquid resins using
Gr. E a pycnometer. (ISO 1675:2022)
Gr. B
SLS ISO/TR 1391: 2021
Security and resilience — urban resilience — SLS ISO 1856:2017
framework and principles Method of test for Flexible cellular polymeric
Describes a framework and principles that are materials - Determination of fatigue
coherent with the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable compression set
Development, including the New Urban Agenda, Specifies three methods for determining the
Paris Agreement and Sendai Framework, that can compression set of flexible cellular materials. At
be applied to enhance urban resilience. This present, this standard applies only to latex and
document proposes the use of metrics and models polyurethane foams of thickness greater than 2
as the framework upon which to structure urban mm. Specifies three methods for determining the
resilience to assist local authorities and other compression set of flexible cellular materials. At
urban stakeholder’s efforts to build more resilient present, this standard applies only to latex and
human settlements. This document is primarily polyurethane foams of thickness greater than 2
intended for use by organizations with mm.
responsibility for urban governance. However, it (=ISO 1856:2000)
is equally applicable to all types and sizes of Gr. B
organizations that represent the community of
stakeholders noted above, and in particular those SLS ISO 1871:2017
organizations that have a role in urban planning, Guidelines for the determination of nitrogen in
development and management processes in urban food and feed products by the kjeldahl method
areas around the world provides general guidelines for the determination
(ISO/TR 22370:2020) of nitrogen by the Kjeldahl method. It applies to
Gr. N food and feed products containing nitrogenous
compounds that can be directly determined by the
SLS ISO 1461:2017 Kjeldahl method.
Hot dip galvanized coatings on fabricated iron (=ISO 1871:2009)
and steel articles - specifications and test Gr. D
methods
Specifies the general properties of coatings and
test methods for coatings applied by dipping
fabricated iron and steel articles (including
certain castings) in a zinc melt (containing not
more than 2 % of other metals). It does not apply

418
SLS ISO 1998-1:2021 SLS ISO 1998-3:2021
Petroleum industry - terminology - raw Petroleum industry - terminology -
materials and products exploration and production
Consists of a list of equivalent terms, in use in the Consists of a list of equivalent terms, in use in the
petroleum industry to indicate raw materials or petroleum industry to indicate properties of
petroleum products, together with the petroleum products and test methods, together
corresponding definitions. SLS ISO 1998 is with the corresponding definitions. SLS ISO Page | 419
intended to cover the purposes of the part of the 1998 is intended to cover the purposes of the part
petroleum industry dealing with crude oils and of the petroleum industry dealing with crude oils
petroleum products, that means all related and petroleum products, that means all related
operations arising from the production field to the operations arising from the production field to the
final user. It is not intended to cover either final user. It is not intended to cover either
petroleum equipment, or any operation in the petroleum equipment, or any operation in the
field. However, some pieces of equipment or field. However, some pieces of equipment or
some operations of exploration and production some operations of exploration and production
are defined. The corresponding terms were are defined. The corresponding terms were
introduced only when they appear in a definition introduced only when they appear in a definition
of a product or process and when their definition of a product or process and when their definition
was found necessary for understanding or for was found necessary for understanding or for
avoiding any ambiguity. avoiding any ambiguity.
(=ISO 1998-1:1998) (=ISO 1998-3:1998)
Gr. M Gr. B

SLS ISO 1998-2:2021 SLS ISO 1998-4:2021

Petroleum industry - terminology - properties Petroleum industry - terminology - refining
and tests Consists of a list of equivalent terms, in use in the
Consists of a list of equivalent terms, in use in the petroleum industry to indicate properties of
petroleum industry to indicate properties of petroleum products and test methods, together
petroleum products and test methods, together with the corresponding definitions. SLS ISO
with the corresponding definitions. SLS ISO 1998 is intended to cover the purposes of the part
1998 is intended to cover the purposes of the part of the petroleum industry dealing with crude oils
of the petroleum industry dealing with crude oils and petroleum products, that means all related
and petroleum products, that means all related operations arising from the production field to the
operations arising from the production field to the final user. It is not intended to cover either
final user. It is not intended to cover either petroleum equipment, or any operation in the
petroleum equipment, or any operation in the field. However, some pieces of equipment or
field. However, some pieces of equipment or some operations of exploration and production
some operations of exploration and production are defined. The corresponding terms were
are defined. The corresponding terms were introduced only when they appear in a definition
introduced only when they appear in a definition of a product or process and when their definition
of a product or process and when their definition was found necessary for understanding or for
was found necessary for understanding or for avoiding any ambiguity.
avoiding any ambiguity. (=ISO 1998-4:1998)
(=ISO 1998-2:1998) Gr. G
Gr. L
SLS ISO 1998-5:2021
Petroleum industry - terminology - transport,
storage, distribution
Consists of a list of equivalent terms, in use in the
petroleum industry to indicate properties of
petroleum products and test methods, together

419
with the corresponding definitions. SLS ISO production field to the final user. It is not intended
1998 is intended to cover the purposes of the part to cover either petroleum equipment, or any
of the petroleum industry dealing with crude oils operation in the field. However, some pieces of
and petroleum products, that means all related equipment or some operations of exploration and
operations arising from the production field to the production are defined. The corresponding terms
final user. It is not intended to cover either were introduced only when they appear in a
petroleum equipment, or any operation in the definition of a product or process and when their Page | 420
field. However, some pieces of equipment or definition was found necessary for understanding
some operations of exploration and production or for avoiding any ambiguity.
are defined. The corresponding terms were (=ISO 1998-7:1998)
introduced only when they appear in a definition Gr. C
of a product or process and when their definition
was found necessary for understanding or for SLS ISO 1998-99:2021
avoiding any ambiguity. Petroleum industry - terminology - general
(=ISO 1998-5:1998) and index
Gr. G Gives a list of equivalent terms in use in the
petroleum industry, accompanied by the
SLS ISO 1998-6:2021 corresponding definitions in the two languages. It
Petroleum industry - terminology – was compiled to serve an evident need for a ready
measurement form of reference document. It therefore does not
Consists of a list of equivalent terms, in use in the include all the possible terms, those terms of
petroleum industry to indicate properties of which significance is unambiguous being
petroleum products and test methods, together excluded. SLS ISO 1998 is intended to cover the
with the corresponding definitions. SLS ISO purposes of the part of petroleum industry dealing
1998 is intended to cover the purposes of the part with crude oils and petroleum products, that
of the petroleum industry dealing with crude oils means all related operations arising from the
and petroleum products, that means all related production field to the final user. It is not intended
operations arising from the production field to the to cover either petroleum equipment, or any
final user. It is not intended to cover either operation in the field. However, some pieces of
petroleum equipment, or any operation in the equipment or some operations of exploration and
field. However, some pieces of equipment or production are defined. The corresponding terms
some operations of exploration and production were introduced only when they appear in a
are defined. The corresponding terms were definition of a product or process and when their
introduced only when they appear in a definition definition was found necessary for understanding
of a product or process and when their definition or for avoiding any ambiguity.
was found necessary for understanding or for (=ISO 1998-99:2000)
avoiding any ambiguity. Gr. H
(=ISO 1998-6:2000)
Gr. T SLS ISO 2302: 2022
Isobutene –isoprene rubber (iir) — evaluation
SLS ISO 1998-7:2021 procedure
Petroleum industry - terminology - Specifies:
miscellaneous terms — the physical and chemical tests on raw rubbers,
Consists of a list of equivalent terms, with the and
corresponding definitions, in use in the petroleum — the standardized materials, a standardized test
industry and that are not definitely relevant to one formulation, equipment, and processing methods
of the six categories of other parts of this for evaluating the vulcanization characteristics of
Standard. SLS ISO 1998 is intended to cover the all types of isobutene-isoprene rubber (IIR).
purposes of the part of the petroleum industry (ISO 2302:2020)
dealing with crude oils and petroleum products, Gr. F
that means all related operations arising from the

420
SLS ISO/TR 21506: 2023 of dispute, heated liquid is used as the reference.
Project, programme and portfolio This International Standard is applicable to all
management — vocabulary thermoplastics pipes with smooth internal and
This document defines terms used in the field of external walls of constant cross-section. It is not
project, programme and portfolio management. It applicable to non-smooth structured-wall
can be used by any type of organization, thermoplastics pipes. The parameters appropriate
including public or private, and any size or sector, to the pipe material and recommendations for the Page | 421
as well as any type of project, programme or maximum levels of reversion as a function of the
portfolio in terms of complexity, size or duration. pipe material are given in Annex A.
(ISO/TR 21506:2018) (=ISO 2505:2005)
Gr. C Gr. C
SLS ISO 2403: 2022 SLS ISO 2507 Part 1:2013
Textiles – cotton fibres – determination of Thermoplastics pipes and fittings - vicat
micronaire value softening temperature - General test method
Specifies a method of determining the micronaire Specifies a general method for determining the
value of loose disorientated cotton Vicat softening temperature of thermoplastics
fibres taken from bales, laps and slivers, or other pipes and fittings. This method is applicable only
sources of lint cotton. to thermoplastics materials for which it is
(ISO 2403:2021) possible to measure the temperature at which
Gr. E their rate of softening becomes rapid.
(=ISO 2507-1:1995)
SLS ISO 2440:2017 Gr. B
Flexible and rigid cellular polymeric materials
- accelerated ageing tests SLS ISO 2528:2020
Specifies, for flexible and rigid cellular Sheet materials - Determination of water
polymeric materials, laboratory procedures vapour transmission rate (WVTR) -
which are intended to imitate the effects of gravimetric (dish) method
naturally occurring reactions such as oxidation or Specifies a method for the determination of the
hydrolysis by humidity. The physical properties water vapour transmission rate (often erroneously
of interest are measured before and after the called “permeability”) of sheet materials. This
application of the specified treatments. Test method is not generally recommended for use if
conditions are only given for open cellular latex, the transmission rate is expected to be less than 1
both open- and closed-cell polyurethane foams, g/m2 per day or for materials thicker than 3 mm.
and closed-cell polyolefin foams. Conditions for In such cases the method specified in ISO 9932 is
other materials will be added as required. The preferred. The method cannot be applied to film
effect of the ageing procedures on any of the materials that are damaged by hot wax or that
physical properties of the material may be shrink to an appreciable extent under the test
examined, but those normally tested are either the conditions used. For some purposes it may be
elongation and tensile properties, or the necessary to determine the transmission rate of
compression or indentation hardness properties. creased material; a procedure for this is given in
(=ISO 2440:1997) Annex A.(ISO2528:2017)
Gr. D Gr. H
SLS ISO 2505:2013 SLS ISO 2719: 2023
Thermoplastics pipes and fittings – Determination of flash point — pensky-
longitudinal reversion - test method and martens closed cup method
parameters This International Standard describes three
specifies a method for determining the procedures, A, B and C, using the Pensky-
longitudinal reversion of thermoplastics pipes, to Martens closed cup tester, for determining the
be carried out in either a liquid or in air. In case flash point of combustible liquids, liquids with

421
suspended solids, liquids that tend to form a difficulty level for hiking and trekking route
surface film under the test conditions, biodiesel classification. This document applies to hiking
and other liquids in the temperature range of 40 and trekking activities that are offered as tourism
°C to 370 °C. products. Tourism product design involves a
(ISO 2719:2016) product planning and development phase that is
Gr. L not subject to this document. Some tourism
products include hiking and/or trekking activities Page | 422
SLS ISO/TR 2822 Part 3:2018 together with other tourism services (e.g.
Leather - raw cattle hides and calf skins - transfers, meals, lodging), but this document
guidelines for grading on the basis of defects applies only to hiking and trekking activities, the
Provides guidelines for the grading of raw cattle additional tourism services being excluded from
hides and calf skins based on visible defects. the scope. This document is applicable to any
(=ISO/TR 2822-3:2017) kind of adventure tourism activity provider that
Gr. E offers tourism products consisting of hiking
and/or trekking activities
SLS ISO 2859 Part 1:2016 (ISO 3021:2023)
Sampling procedures for inspection by Gr. N
attributes - Sampling schemes indexed by
acceptance quality limit (AQL) for lot-by-lot SLS ISO 3104: 2023
inspection Petroleum products — transparent and
Specifies an acceptance sampling system for opaque liquids — determination of kinematic
inspection by attributes. It is indexed in terms of viscosity and calculation of dynamic viscosity
the acceptance quality limit (AQL). This document specifies Procedure A, using
(=ISO 2859-1:1999) manual glass viscometers, and Procedure B,
Gr. X using glass capillary viscometers in an automated
assembly, for the determination of the kinematic
SLS ISO 3016: 2023 viscosity, ν, of liquid petroleum products, both
Petroleum and related products from natural transparent and opaque, by measuring the time
or synthetic sources — determination of pour for a volume of liquid to flow under gravity
point through a calibrated glass capillary viscometer.
This document specifies a method for the The dynamic viscosity, η, is obtained by
determination of the pour point of petroleum multiplying the measured kinematic viscosity by
products. A separate procedure suitable for the the density, ρ, of the liquid. The range of
determination of the lower pour point of fuel oils, kinematic viscosities covered in this test method
heavy lubricant base stock, and products is from 0,2 mm2/s to 300 000 mm2/s over the
containing residual fuel components is also temperature range –20 °C to +150 °C.
described. The procedure described in this (ISO 3104:2020)
document is not suitable for crude oils. Gr. M
(ISO 3016:2019)
Gr. F SLS ISO 3114:2013
Unplasticized polyvinyl chloride (pvc) pipes
SLS ISO 3021: 2023 for potable water supply – extractability of
Adventure tourism — hiking and trekking lead and tin – test method
activities — requirements and Specifies a method of test for the determination
of the extractability of certain stabilizers of
recommendations
This document establishes requirements for unplasticized PVC in order to verify that the
adventure tourism involving hiking and trekking extracted quantities do not exceed a certain
activities, relating to the safety of participants, concentration.(=ISO 3114:1977)
leaders and assistants. This document also Gr. A
establishes criteria relating to characteristics and

422
SLS ISO 3126:2013 flexible cellular materials based on rubber latex
Plastics piping systems - plastic components - or polyurethane used in load-bearing upholstery.
determination of dimensions The method is applicable both to standard size
Specifies methods for measurement and/or test pieces cut from slabstock material and to
determination of the dimensions of plastics pipes shaped components. Specifies a method for the
and fittings and the accuracy of the measurement. determination of loss in thickness and loss in
It specifies procedures for measuring angles, hardness of flexible cellular materials intended Page | 423
diameters, lengths, squareness and wall for use in load-bearing applications such as
thicknesses for the purposes of checking upholstery. It provides a means of assessing the
conformity to geometric limits. service performance of flexible cellular materials
(=ISO 3126:2005) based on rubber latex or polyurethane used in
Gr. K load-bearing upholstery. The method is
applicable both to standard size test pieces cut
SLS ISO 3163: 2022 from slabstock material and to shaped
Adventure tourism — vocabulary components. (=ISO 3385:2014)
Establishes the terms commonly used in various Gr. G
types of adventure tourism activities, including
terms related to safety and services SLS ISO 3402: 2023
(ISO 3163:2022) Tobacco and tobacco products — atmosphere
Gr. C for conditioning and testing
This document specifies the atmosphere for the
SLS ISO 3210:2021 conditioning and testing of samples of tobacco
Anodizing of aluminium and its alloys – and tobacco products. It is primarily applicable to
Assessment of quality of sealed anodic cigarettes; however, if not specified differently in
oxidation coatings by measurement of the loss other ISO standards, it can also be applied to
of mass after immersion in phosphoric acid / tobacco, other tobacco products, and materials
chromic acid solution used in the manufacture of tobacco products for
Specifies methods of assessing the quality of which prior conditioning is necessary. Standards
sealed anodic oxidation coatings on aluminium for the conditioning and testing of other forms of
and its alloys by measurement of the loss of mass tobacco, tobacco products, and materials can
after immersion in phosphoric acid/chromic acid refer to all or part of this document.
solution. This Standard consists of the following (ISO 3402:2023)
two methods. Method 1 is applicable to anodic Gr. B
oxidation coatings intended for decorative or
protective purposes or where resistance to SLS ISO 3509:2020
staining is important. Method 2 is applicable to Coffee and coffee products- vocabulary
anodic oxidation coatings intended for Defines the most commonly used terms relating
architectural purposes. For less severe to coffee and its products.
applications, Method 1 may be more suitable. (=ISO 3509:2005)
(=ISO 3210:2017) Gr. L
Gr. D
SLS ISO 3534 PART 1: 2023
SLS ISO 3385:2017 Statistics — vocabulary and symbols : general
Method of test for Flexible cellular polymeric statistical terms and terms used in probability
materials - Determination of fatigue by This part of ISO 3534 defines general statistical
constant -load pounding terms and terms used in probability which may be
Specifies a method for the determination of loss used in the drafting of other International
in thickness and loss in hardness of flexible Standards. In addition, it defines symbols for a
cellular materials intended for use in load-bearing limited number of these terms. The terms are
applications such as upholstery. It provides a classified as: a) general statistical terms (Clause
means of assessing the service performance of 1); b) terms used in probability (Clause 2). Annex

423
A gives a list of symbols and abbreviations SLS ISO 3534 Part 3: 2023
recommended to be used for this part of ISO Statistics — vocabulary and symbols : design
3534. The entries in this part of ISO 3534 are of experiments
arranged in association with concept diagrams This part of ISO 3534 defines the terms used in
provided as Annexes B and C. the field of design of experiments and may be
(ISO 3534-1:2006) used in the drafting of other International
Gr. Y Standards. More specifically, it defines terms Page | 424
used in the field of design of experiments for
SLS ISO 3534 Part 2:2023 which the response variable is one-dimensional
Statistics — vocabulary and symbols : applied and continuous and for which the expectation of
statistics the response variable is linear in the parameters.
This part of ISO 3534 defines applied statistics The terms with regard to the statistical analysis
terms, and expresses them in a conceptual are based on the assumption that the error term
framework in accordance with ISO normative follows a normal distribution with constant
terminology practice. Term entries are arranged variance.
thematically. An alphabetical index is provided. (ISO 3534-3:2013)
Standardized symbols and abbreviations are Gr. X
defined. It has been recognized that the
acceptance of applied statistics as a means to SLS ISO 3675: 2023
improving the effectiveness and efficiency of Crude petroleum and liquid petroleum
organizations has been hampered by the products — laboratory determination of
complexity and confusion introduced by density — hydrometer method
conflicting designation and usage of terms, This International Standard specifies a method
definitions, abbreviations and symbols. The two for the laboratory determination, using a glass
principal purposes of this part of ISO 3534 are, hydrometer, of the density at 15 °C of crude
specifically, to establish a common vocabulary petroleum, liquid petroleum products, and
for use throughout ISO/TC 69 standards, together mixtures of petroleum and non- petroleum
with the broader intent to enhance the products normally handled as liquids and having
preciseness, clarity and cohesiveness in the a Reid vapour pressure (RVP) of 100 kPa or less.
usage/application of applied statistics generally. This International Standard is suitable for
The mathematical level has deliberately been determining the density of mobile transparent
kept to a low level in order for the content to be liquids. It can also be used for viscous liquids by
made readily comprehensible to the widest carrying out the determinations at temperatures
possible readership. ISO 3534-1 and ISO 3534-2 above ambient using a suitable liquid bath for
are intended to be compatible. However, ISO temperature control. It can also be used for
3534-1, on terms used in probability and opaque liquids by reading the hydrometer scale
statistics, is foundational; so, by necessity, it is where the top of the meniscus meets the stem of
presented at a more sophisticated mathematical the hydrometer and applying a correction from
level than ISO 3534-2. As users of this part of table 1 (see 11.2). Since hydrometers are
ISO 3534 on applied statistics may occasionally calibrated to read correctly at the specified
consult ISO 3534-1 for certain terms, copious temperature, scale readings made at other
notes and examples in ISO 3534-1 follow temperatures are only hydrometer readings and
selected terms providing colloquial explanations not values of density at these other temperatures.
of formal terms. (ISO 3675:1998)
(ISO 3534-2:2006) Gr. E
Gr. Z

424
SLS ISO 3726:2020 petroleum products, bitumens, tars and products
Instant coffee - Determination of loss in mass derived from these materials, excluding
at 70 oc under reduced pressure emulsions, by the distillation method. The
Described in this International Standard, a specific products considered during the
temperature of 70 OC and an absolute pressure of development of this test method are listed in
5 000 Pa are used, since higher temperatures may Table 3. This International Standard may be used
Cause decomposition of carbohydrates normally to determine water content in excess of 25 %. Page | 425
present in instant coffee, resulting in the However, no precision data has been determined
formation of water as a reaction product. at levels greater than 25 %. Volatile water-soluble
The drying period of 16 h has been Chosen material, if present, is measured as water.
because tests on instant coffees representative of (ISO 3733:1999)
those on the market demonstrated that no further Gr. G
loss in mass occurred when the drying period was
extended. SLS ISO/TS 3736 - 2: 2023
(=ISO 3726:1983) Digital Fitting — Service Process — :
Gr. L Customized Clothing Online And Offline
This document describes a service process
SLS ISO 3727 Part 1:2020 applicable to the distribution of customized
Butter-Determination of moisture, non-fat clothing using a virtual human body, virtual
solids and fat contents – Determination of garment and fitting. This document provides
moisture content (reference method) guidance to service providers, including online
Specifies the reference method for the and offline retailers and 3D shopping platform
determination of the moisture content of butter. developers to set up a service process for the
(=ISO 3727-1:2001) distribution of customized clothing using a virtual
Gr. C human body, virtual garment and fitting. This
document does not specify software functions,
SLS ISO 3727 PART 2:2020 algorithms and commercialization related to the
Butter - Determination of moisture, non-fat simulation.
solids and fat contents – Determination of non- (ISO/TS 3736 - 2:2022)
fat solids content (reference method) Gr. F
Specifies the reference method for the
determination of the non-fat solids content of SLS ISO 3864 Part 1:2021
butter. Graphical symbols - safety colours and safety
(=ISO 3727-2:2001) signs
Gr. C Establishes the safety identification colours and
design principles for safety signs and safety
SLS ISO 3727-3:2020 markings to be used in workplaces and in public
Butter- determination of moisture, non-fat areas for the purpose of accident prevention, fire
solids and fat contents – calculation of fat protection, health hazard information and
content emergency evacuation. It also establishes the
Specifies a method for the calculation of the fat basic principles to be applied when developing
content of butter. standards containing safety signs.
(=ISO 3727-3:2003) This part of SLS ISO 3864 is applicable to all
Gr. A locations where safety issues related to people
need to be addressed. However, it is not
SLS ISO 3733: 2023 applicable to the signalling used for guiding rail,
Petroleum products and bituminous materials road, river, maritime and air traffic and, generally
— determination of water — distillation speaking, to those sectors subject to a regulation
method which may differ.(ISO 3864-1:2011)
This International Standard specifies a method Gr. J
for determination of water up to 25 % in

425
SLS ISO 3864 Part 2:2021 The physical requirements that safety signs have
Graphical symbols - Safety colours and safety to meet are primarily related to daytime colour
signs - design principles for product safety and normally lit environments. This part of SLS
labels ISO 3864 also includes the colorimetric
Establishes additional principles to SLS ISO requirements and test methods for safety signs
3864-1 for the design of safety labels for and phosphorescent material which also operate
products, i.e. any items manufactured and offered in unlit environments. Page | 426
for sale in the normal course of commerce, This part of SLS ISO 3864 is applicable to all
including but not limited to consumer products locations where safety issues related to people
and industrial equipment. The purpose of a need to be addressed. However, it is not
product safety label is to alert persons to a applicable to signalling used for guiding rail,
specific hazard and to identify how the hazard can road, river, maritime and air traffic and, generally
be avoided. speaking, to those sectors subject to a regulation
This document is applicable to all products in all that may differ.
industries where safety-related questions can be The colorimetric and photometric properties of
posed. However, it is not applicable to safety retroreflective safety signs, retroreflective
labels used for chemicals, for the transport of materials combined with fluorescent or
dangerous substances and preparations and - in phosphorescent materials, or luminous safety
those sectors subject to legal regulations which signs activated by a radioactive source are not
differ from certain provisions of this document. specified in this part of SLS ISO 3864.
The design principles incorporated in this (ISO 3864 -4:2011)
document are intended to be used by all ISO Gr. L
Technical Committees and anyone designing
product safety labels in the development of SLS ISO 3918: 2023
product safety label standards for their industries Milking machine installations — vocabulary
or services.(=ISO 3864 -2:2016) This International Standard defines terms to use
Gr. K in research work, official regulations, design,
manufacture, installation and use of milking
SLS ISO 3864 Part 3:2021 machines for cows, water buffaloes, sheep, goats
Graphical symbols - Safety colours and safety or other mammals used for milk production
signs - design principles for graphical symbols (ISO 3918:2007)
for use in safety signs Gr. Q
Gives principles, criteria and guidance for the
design of graphical symbols for use in safety SLS ISO 3951 Part 1:2016
signs as defined in SLS ISO 3864-1, and for the Sampling procedures for inspection by
safety sign element of product safety labels as variables - Single sampling plans indexed by
defined in SLS ISO 3864-2. acceptance quality limit (AQL) for lot-by-lot
(ISO 3864 -3:2012) inspection for a single quality characteristic
Gr. P and a single AQL
Primarily designed for use under the following
SLS ISO 3864 Part 4:2021 conditions: where the inspection procedure is to
Graphical symbols - Safety colours and safety be applied to a continuing series of lots of discrete
signs - colorimetric and photometric products all supplied by one producer using one
properties of safety sign materials production pro cess; where only a single quality
Establishes the colorimetric and photometric characteristic, x, of these products is taken into
requirements and test methods for the colours of consideration, which must be measurable on a
safety signs to be used in workplaces and public continuous scale; where production is stable
areas. It provides the colorimetric and (under statistical control) and the quality
photometric specifications for the named safety characteristic, x, is distributed according to a
and contrast colours prescribed in SLS ISO 3864- normal distribution or a close approximation to
1. the normal distribution; where a contract or

426
standard defines a lower specification limit, L, an SLS ISO 3951 Part 4:2016
upper specification limit, U, or both. Sampling procedures for inspection by
(=ISO 3951-1:2013) variables - Procedures for assessment of
Gr.X declared quality levels
Establishes sampling plans and procedures by
SLS ISO 3951 Part 2:2016 variables that can be used to assess whether the
Sampling procedures for inspection by quality level of an entity (lot, process, etc.) Page | 427
variables - General specification for single conforms to a declared value.
sampling plans indexed by acceptance quality (=ISO 3951-4:2011)
limit (AQL) for lot-by-lot inspection of Gr. M
independent quality characteristics
Primarily designed for use under the following SLS ISO 3951 Part 5:2016
conditions where Sampling procedures for inspection by
a) the inspection procedure is to be applied to a variables - Sequential sampling plans indexed
continuing series of lots of discrete products all by acceptance quality limit (AQL) for
supplied by one producer using one production inspection by variables (known standard
process. deviation)
b) the quality characteristics of the items of Specifies a system of sequential sampling plans
product are measurable on a continuous scale; (schemes) for lot-by-lot inspection by variables.
c) the measurement error is negligible. However, The schemes are indexed in terms of a preferred
procedures are also provided in Clause 9 and series of acceptance quality limit (AQL) values,
Annex P for accommodating measurement error ranging from 0.01 to 10, which are defined in
when it has a non-negligible standard deviation; terms of percent nonconforming items.
d) production is stable (under statistical control) (=ISO 3951-5:2006)
and the quality characteristics are distributed, at Gr. R
least to a close approximation, according to
normal distributions; SLS ISO/TR 3985: 2022
e) in the case of multiple quality characteristics, Biotechnology - data publication - preliminary
the characteristics are independent, or almost considerations and concepts
independent, of one another; Reviews best practices that:
f) a contract or standard defines a lower a) respect the existing standardization efforts of
specification limit, L, an upper specification life sciences research communities;
limit, U, or both on each of the quality b) normalize key aspects of data description
characteristics. particularly at the level of the biology being
(=ISO 3951-2:2013) studied (and shared) across the life sciences
Gr.X communities;
c) ensure that data are “findable” and useable by
SLS ISO 3951 Part 3:2016 other researchers; and
Sampling procedures for inspection by d) provide guidance and metrics for assessing the
variables - Double sampling schemes indexed applicability of a particular data sharing plan.
by acceptance quality limit (AQL) for lot-by- This document is applicable to domains in life
lot inspection sciences including biotechnology, genomics
Specifies an acceptance sampling system of (including massively parallel nucleotide
double sampling schemes for inspection by sequencing, metagenomics, epigenomics and
variables for percent nonconforming. It is functional genomics), transcriptomics,
indexed in terms of - the acceptance quality limit translatomics, proteomics, metabolomics,
(AQL). lipidomics, glycomics, enzymology,
(=ISO 3951-3:2007) immunochemistry, life science imaging,
Gr. Y synthetic biology, systems biology, systems
medicine and related fields (ISO/TR 3985:2021)
Gr. K

427
SLS ISO 4112:2018 in this document. This document is applicable to
Method of test for determination of the textile products include woven, knitted and
temperature of cereals and pulses stored in nonwoven fabrics, fibres, yarns, braids, etc.
bulk (ISO 4333:2022)
Gives guidance on the measurement of the Gr. K
temperature of grain stored in silos or any other
bulk store.(=ISO 4112:1990) SLS ISO 4465: 2023 Page | 428
Gr. B Textiles – animal welfare in the supply chain –
general requirements for the production,
SLS ISO 4136:2015 preparation and traceability of angora rabbit
Destructive tests on welds in metallic materials fibre, including ethical claims and supporting
– transverse tensile test information
Specifies the sizes of test specimen and the This document specifies requirements for the
procedure for carrying out transverse tensile tests management of farmed Angora rabbits in
in order to determine the tensile strength and the accordance with animal welfare principles. This
location of fracture of a welded butt joint. This document applies to the management and control
standard applies to metallic materials in all forms of critical activities in Angora rabbit farming,
of product with joints made by any fusion including accommodation, reproduction, feed
welding process. (=ISO 4136:2012) and nutrients, health, fibre collection, ethical
Gr. E claims and supporting information.
(ISO 4465:2022) Gr. K
SLS ISO 4257:2021 SLS ISO 4484 Part 1: 2023
Liquefied petroleum gases - method of Textiles and textile products — microplastics
sampling from textile sources —: determination of
This International Standard specifies the material loss from fabrics during washing
procedure to be used for obtaining samples of This document describes a method for
unrefrigerated liquefied petroleum gases (LPG). systematically collecting material loss from
It is suitable for sampling from bulk containers, fabrics under laundering test conditions to
to provide samples for laboratory testing of achieve comparable and accurate results. There is
products covered by ISO 9162. no direct correlation to material loss during
(=ISO 4257:2001) domestic and commercial laundering. The
Gr. D method is designed to assess material loss of all
types. (ISO 4484-1:2023)
SLS ISO 4333: 2023 Gr. F
Textiles — determination of reduction activity
of specific proteins derived from pollen, mite SLS ISO 4531: 2023
and other sources on textile products Vitreous and porcelain enamels — release
This document specifies a test method for the from enamelled articles in contact with food —
determination of reduction activity of textile methods of test and limits
products against specific proteins which shows This document specifies a simulating method of
antigen-antibody reaction. This document only test for determination of the release of metal-ions
specifies the reduction activity against those from enamelled articles, which are intended to
proteins on the surface of textile products. It does come into contact with food. This document also
not specify a testing method to evaluate the specifies limits for the release of metal-ions from
allergenic reaction against human beings. enamelled articles, which are intended to come
Specific proteins which show antigen-antibody into contact with food. This document is
reaction are proteins derived from pollen, mite applicable to enamelled articles, including tanks
and other sources. Other specific proteins can be and vessels, which are intended to be used for the
used after appropriate validation described in this preparation, cooking, serving and storage of food.
document. Enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ISO 4531:2022)
is used to quantify the amount of those proteins Gr. E

428
SLS ISO 4589-1:2023 SLS ISO 4589-3:2023
Plastics - determination of burning behaviour Plastics - determination of burning behaviour
by oxygen index – part -1: general by oxygen index – part -3: elevated -
requirements temperature test
Specifies the general requirements for the oxygen Specifies methods for determining the minimum
index (OI) test which are further described in ISO volume fraction of oxygen, in a mixture with Page | 429
4589-2 and ISO 4589-3 as follows: nitrogen, that will support combustion of small
— ISO 4589-2 describes a method for vertical test specimens under specified test
determining the minimum volume fraction of conditions over a range of temperatures between
oxygen in a mixture 25 °C and 150 °C. The range of temperatures is
of oxygen and nitrogen introduced at 23 °C ± 2 typically between 40 °C and 150 °C. The results
°C that will just support combustion of a material are defined as temperature index values at the test
under specified test conditions; temperature, which is typical of the practical
— ISO 4589-3 describes methods of carrying out temperature that a plastic material can experience
the same determination over a range of in an overheated service situation. Methods are
temperatures provided for testing materials that are self-
typically between 25 °C and 150 °C (although supporting at the test temperature in the form of
temperatures up to 400 °C can be used). vertical bars or sheet up to 10,5 mm thick.
(ISO 4589-1:2017) However, they are not applicable to form V which
Gr. C requires a supporting frame as defined in ISO
4589-2:2017, Table 2. These methods are suitable
SLS ISO 4589-2: 2023 for solid, laminated or cellular materials
Plastics - determination of burning behaviour characterized by an apparent density 100 kg/m3
by oxygen index – part -2: ambient- or higher. The methods are also applicable to
temperature test some cellular materials having an apparent
Specifies methods for determining the minimum density of less than 100 kg/m3. A method is
volume fraction of oxygen, in admixture with provided for testing flexible sheet or film
nitrogen, that will support combustion of small materials while supported vertically. This
vertical test specimens under specified test document also includes a method (see Annex A)
conditions. The results are defined as oxygen for determining the temperature at which the OI
index (OI) values. Methods are provided for of small vertical test specimens in air is 20,9 %
testing materials that are self-supporting in the under specified test conditions. The temperature
form of vertical bars or sheets up to 10,5 mm at which this occurs is defined as the flammability
thick. These methods are suitable for solid, temperature (FT) and the method is limited to the
laminated or cellular materials characterized by determination of temperatures less than 400 °C.
an apparent density 100 kg/m3 or greater. The The method is not applicable to materials having
methods might also be applicable to some cellular an OI of <20,9 %.
materials having an apparent density of less than (ISO 4589-3:2017)
100 kg/m3. A method is provided for testing Gr. K
flexible sheets or film materials while supported
vertically. For comparative purposes, a procedure SLS ISO 4628 Part 1:2018
is provided for determining whether or not the OI Paints and varnishes - evaluation of
of a material lies above some specified minimum degradation of coatings - designation of
value. (ISO 4589-2:2017) quantity and size of defects, and of intensity of
Gr. N uniform changes in appearance - general
introduction and designation system
Defines a system for designating the quantity and
size of defects and the intensity of changes in
appearance of coatings and outlines the general
principles of the system used throughout ISO

429
4628. This system is intended to be used, in speaking, is a specific mineralization rate,
particular, for defects caused by ageing and implying the assessment of the conversion of
weathering, and for uniform changes, for organic carbon into CO2 but neglecting biomass
example yellowing. formation) is expressed as amount of carbon
(=ISO 4628-1:2016) mineralized into CO2, per unit time, per unit area.
Gr. B The method described in this document does not
provide information on the ultimate aerobic Page | 430
SLS ISO 4985: 2023 biodegradability of the tested samples.
Milk and milk products - determination of Biodegradability criteria for plastic materials
alkaline phosphatase activity - fluorimetric under mesophilic conditions are provided for
microplate method example by ISO 23517, and ISO 22403. The
This document specifies a fluorimetric method described in this document shall be used
microplate method for the determination of to determine the DT50 only when the plastic
alkaline phosphatase (ALP, EC 3.1.3.1)[5] material is proven to be intrinsically
activity in raw and heat-treated whole milk, semi- biodegradable using suitable standard
skimmed milk, skimmed milk, cream, flavoured specifications such as ISO 23517 and ISO 22403.
milks and cheeses. This method is applicable to Furthermore, the biodegradation rate determined
milk and milk-based drinks from cows, sheep and on plastic materials whose ultimat e
goats. Although the method was not tested in biodegradation has not been proven, shall not be
milk from other species, it can also be applicable considered as a specific characteristic of the
to milk from other species with a similar whole material. This document only considers the
composition to cow, sheep or goat milk, such as evolution of CO2 as direct measurement of
milk from buffalo and camelids. It is also mineralization of the tested sample. The method
applicable to milk powder after reconstitution and described in this document may be applied also to
soft, semi-hard and hard cheeses provided that the solid materials used as a reference. This
mould is only on the surface of the cheese and not document is not applicable for “marine, soil and
also in the inner part (e.g. blue veined cheeses). freshwater biodegradable” claims of
For large hard cheeses, specific conditions of biodegradable plastic materials. For such
sampling apply purposes, see relevant product standards if
(ISO TS 4985:2023) available. NOTE Although results can indicate
Gr. L that the tested plastic materials and polymers will
biodegrade under the specified test conditions at
SLS ISO 5058 Part 1:2022 a certain specific aerobic biodegradation rate or
Biotechnology - genome editing : vocabulary DT50, the results of any laboratory exposure are
defines terms related to genome editing not directly applicable to environmental
technology.This document is applicable to compartments including soil, marine
general use of genome editing across species environments and limnic areas at the actual site
(=ISO 5058-1:2021) of use or leakage.
Gr. C (ISO 5148:2022)
Gr. H
SLS ISO 5148: 2023
Plastics - determination of specific aerobic SLS ISO 5231: 2023
biodegradation rate of solid plastic materials Extended farm management information
and disappearance time (dt50) under systems data interface (efdi) — concept and
mesophilic laboratory test conditions guidelines
This document specifies a method to determine This document specifies an extensible
the specific aerobic biodegradation rate of solid, communication system concept and defines rules
nonwater soluble plastic materials under for adding new functionalities to cover specific
mesophilic conditions. NOTE The specific use cases. (ISO 5231:2022)
aerobic biodegradation rate (which, strictly Gr. P

430
SLS ISO 5402-1:2018 SLS ISO 5636 Part 5:2018
Leather – determination of flex resistance - Paper and board – determination of air
flexometer method permeance (medium range) - gurley method
Specifies a method for determining the wet or dry Specifies the Gurley method for determining the
flex resistance of leather and finishes applied to air permeance of paper and board using an air
leather. It is applicable to all types of flexible resistance tester, the Gurley apparatus. It is
leather below 3.0 mm in thickness. applicable to papers and boards which have air Page | 431
(=ISO 5402-1:2017) permeances between 0,1 ìm/(PaÅ”s) and 100
Gr. D ìm/(PaÅ”s) when tested with the Gurley
apparatus. It is unsuitable for rough-surfaced
SLS ISO 5633:2018 materials, which cannot be securely clamped to
Paper and board – determination of resistance avoid leakage.
to water penetration (=ISO 5636-5:2013)
Specifies a method for the determination of the Gr. F
resistance of paper and board to water penetration SLS ISO 5636 Part 6:2018
under standard conditions. Paper and board – determination of air
(=ISO 5633:1983) permeance (medium range) - Oken method
Gr. A Specifies the Oken method for determining the
air permeance and air resistance of paper and
SLS ISO 5636 Part 3:2018 board. There is no limitation on the measuring
Paper and board – determination of air range of air permeance or air resistance of papers
permeance (medium range) - bendtsen method and boards. It is unsuitable for rough-surfaced
Specifies the Bendtsen method for determining materials, which cannot be securely clamped to
the air permeance of paper and board using the avoid leakage.
Bendtsen apparatus. It is applicable to papers and (=ISO 5636-6:2015)
boards which have air permeances between 0,35 Gr. G
ìm/(Pa·s) and 15 ìm /(Pa·s) when tested with the
Bendtsen apparatus. It is unsuitable for rough- SLS ISO/ PAS 5643: 2021
surfaced materials which cannot be securely Tourism and related services – requirements
clamped to avoid leakage. and guidelines to reduce the spread of covid-
(=ISO 5636-3: 2013) 19 in the tourism industry
Gr. G Establishes requirements and recommendations
for tourist organizations to prevent the spread of
SLS ISO 5636 Part 4:2018 coronavirus SARS-CoV-2 in order to protect
Paper and board – determination of air their employees’ health from COVID-19 and to
permeance (medium range) - sheffield method provide safer tourist services and products to
Specifies the Sheffield method for determining tourists and residents(ISO/ PAS 5643:2021)
the air permeance of paper and board using the Gr. T
Sheffield apparatus. It is applicable to papers and
boards which have air permeances between 0,02 SLS ISO 5647: 2022
ìm/(Pa·s) and 25ìm / (Pa·s) when tested with the Paper and board determination of titanium
Sheffield apparatus. It is unsuitable for rough- dioxide content
surfaced materials, which cannot be securely Specifies a method for determining titanium
clamped to avoid leakage. dioxide content in all kinds of paper and board, in
(=ISO 5636-4: 2013) particular coated or filled products. It comprises
Gr. G two procedures for the final determination of
titanium, one of them relying on
spectrophotometry and the other on flame atomic
absorption spectrophotometry. (=ISO 5647:2019)
Gr. C

431
SLS ISO 5677: 2023 buffaloes, sheep and goats where animals are
Testing and characterization of mechanically milked with pulsation created by vacuum, and
recycled polypropylene (pp) and polyethylene where milk is, at least partly, transported with the
(pe) for intended use in different plastics help of airflow. Some clauses are not applicable
processing techniques to all types of milking machines. The qualitative
This document specifies test methods for requirements also apply to installations for
assessing important properties of mechanically milking other mammals used for milk production. Page | 432
recycled polypropylene [PP (REC)] and (ISO 5707:2007)
polyethylene [PE (REC)] in granular or pellet Gr. T
form for use in onventional plastics processing
techniques. General guidance is provided for SLS ISO 5725 Part 1: 2023
determining the characteristics of PP (REC) and Accuracy (trueness and precision) of
PE (REC), which can be used at 100 % or in a measurement methods and results: general
proportion with standard (virgin) material grades principles and definitions
available for processing on machines such as The purpose of IS0 5725 is as follows: a) to
injection moulding, blow moulding, types of outline the general principles to be understood
extrusion techniques, etc. This document intends when assessing accuracy (trueness and precision)
to help plastics processors and end users who of measurement methods and results, and in ap-
intend to use recyclates with agreement on plications, and to establish practical estimations
product specifications, as applicable. Country of the various measures by experiment (IS0 5725-
specific health and food-safety and environment I) I b) to provide a basic method for estimating
related regulations for use of plastics recyclates the two extreme measures of the precision of
are not in the scope of this document. Mixture of measure-ment methods by experiment (IS0 5725-
recyclates of PP and PE is not in the scope of this 2); c) to provide a procedure for obtaining
document. intermediate measures of precision, giving the
(ISO 5677:2023) circumstances in which they apply and methods
Gr. C for estimating them (IS0 5725-3); d) to provide
basic methods for the determination of the
SLS ISO 5682 Part 1:2018 trueness of a measurement method (IS0 5725-4);
Spraying equipment - test methods for sprayer e) to provide some alternatives to the basic meth-
Nozzles ods, given in IS0 5725-2 and IS0 5725-4, for de-
Specifies test methods to assess the performance termining the precisior measurement methods fo
of sprayer nozzles with the exception of droplet cumstances (IS0 5725-5); and trueness of * use
characteristics. Applicable tests by nozzle type under certain cir-f) to present some practica I
are described in an informative annex as a guide, applications of these measures of trueness and
but this is not required for use of this document. precision (IS0 5725-6). I.2 This part of IS0 5725
(=ISO 5682-1:2017) is concerned exclusively with measurement
Gr. Q methods which yield measure-ments on a
continuous scale and give a single value as the
SLS ISO 5707: 2023 test result, although this single value may be the
Milking machine installations — construction outcome of a calculation from a set of observa-
and performance tions. It defines values which describe, in
This International Standard specifies the quantitative terms, the ability of a measurement
minimum performance and information method to give a correct result (trueness) or to
requirements and certain dimensional replicate a given result (precision). Thus there is
requirements for satisfactory functioning of an implication that exactly the same thing is being
milking machines for milking and cleaning. It measured, in exactly the same way, and that the
also specifies minimum requirements for measurement process is un-der control. This part
materials, design, manufacture and installation. of IS0 5725 may be applied to a very wide range
This International Standard is applicable to of materials, including liquids, powders and solid
milking machines for milking cows, water objects, manufactured or naturally occurring,

432
provided that due consideration is given to any defined in ISO 5725-1;
heterogeneity of the material. b) when the materials to be used are
(ISO 5725-1:1994) homogeneous, or when the effects of
Gr. J heterogeneity can be
included in the precision values; and
SLS ISO 5725 Part 2: 2023 c) when the use of a balanced uniform-level
layout is acceptable. Page | 433
Accuracy (trueness and precision) of
measurement methods and results : basic 1.6 The same approach can be used to make a
method for the determination of repeatability preliminary estimate of precision for
and reproducibility of a standard measurement
measurement method methods which have not reached standardization
This document or are not in routine use.
— amplifies the general principles for designing (ISO 5725-2:2019)
experiments for the numerical estimation of the Gr. V
precision of measurement methods by means of a
collaborative interlaboratory experiment; SLS ISO 5725 part 3: 2023
— provides a detailed practical description of the Accuracy (trueness and precision) of
basic method for routine use in estimating the measurement methods and results :
precision of measurement methods; intermediate measures of the precision of a
— provides guidance to all personnel concerned standard measurement method
with designing, performing or analysing the This part of IS0 5725 specifies four intermedi-ate
results precision measures due to changes in observation
of the tests for estimating precision. conditions (time, calibration, operator and
NOTE Modifications to this basic method for equipment) within a laboratory. These
particular purposes are given in other parts of ISO intermediate measures can be established by an
5725. experiment within a specific laboratory or by an
It is concerned exclusively with measurement interlaboratory experiment. Furthermore, this
methods which yield measurements on a part of IS0 5725 a) b) d d) discusses the
continuous scale and give a single value as the implications of the definitions of in-termediate
test result, although this single value can be the precision measures; presents guidance on the
outcome of a calculation from a set of interpretation and appli-cation of the estimates of
observations. intermediate precision measures in practical
It assumes that in the design and performance of situations; does not provide any measure of the
the precision experiment, all the principles as laid errors in estimating intermediate precision
down in ISO 5725-1 are observed. The basic measures; does not concern itself with
method uses the same number of test results in determining the trueness of the measurement
each laboratory, with each laboratory analysing method itself, but does discuss the connections
the same levels of test sample; i.e. a balanced between trueness and measurement conditions.
uniform-level experiment. The basic method (ISO 5725-3:1994)
applies to procedures that have been standardized Gr. M
and are in regular use in a number of laboratories.
The statistical model of ISO 5725-1:1994, Clause SLS ISO 5725 Part 4: 2023
5, is accepted as a suitable basis for the Accuracy (trueness and precision) of
interpretation and analysis of the test results, the measurement methods and results - basic
distribution of which is approximately normal. methods for the determination of the trueness
The basic method, as described in this document, of a standard measurement method
(usually) estimates the precision of a This document— specifies basic methods for
measurement method: estimating the bias of a measurement method and
a) when it is required to determine the the laboratory bias when a measurement method
repeatability and reproducibility standard is applied; — provides a practical approach of a
deviations as basic method for routine use in estimating the

433
bias of measurement methods and laboratory SLS ISO 6107: 2023
bias; — provides a brief guidance to all personnel Water quality- vocabulary
concerned with designing, performing or This document defines terms used in certain
analysing the results of the measurements for fields of water quality characterization.
estimating bias. It is concerned exclusively with (ISO 6107:2021)
measurement methods which yield measurements Gr. C
on a continuous scale and give a single value as Page | 434
the measurement result, although the single value SLS ISO 6245: 2023
can be the outcome of a calculation from a set of Petroleum products — determination of ash
observations. This document applies when the This International Standard specifies a method
measurement method has been standardized and for the determination of the ash content of
all measurements are carried out according to that petroleum products, such as distillate and residual
measurement method. NOTE In ISO/IEC Guide fuel oils, crude petroleum, lubricating oils, waxes
99:2007(VIM), “measurement procedure” (2.6) and other petroleum products, in which any ash-
is an analogous term related to the term forming constituents present are normally
“measurement method” used in this document. considered to be undesirable impurities or
This document applies only if an accepted contaminants. Ash can result from oil-soluble or
reference value can be established to substitute water-soluble metallic compounds or from
the true extraneous solids such as dirt and rust. The
value by using the value, for example: method is applicable to products having ash
— of a suitable reference material; contents in the range 0,001 % (m/m) to 0,180 %
— of a suitable measurement standard; (m/m), but does not apply to products which
— referring to a suitable measurement method; contain ash-forming additives, including certain
— of a suitable prepared known sample. phosphorus compounds. The analysis of unused
This document applies only to the cases where it or used lubricating oils containing additives, used
is sufficient to estimate bias on one property at a engine crankcase oils, lubricating oils containing
time. It is not applicable if the bias in the lead, or certain non-hydrocarbon diesel fuels,
measurement of one property is affected by the should be determined using ISO 39871), which
level of any other property (i.e. it does not includes a step to produce sulfated ash of higher
consider interferences by any influencing melting point. (ISO 6245:2001)
quantity). Comparison of the trueness of two- Gr. C
measurement methods is considered in ISO 5725-
6. (ISO 5725-4:2020) SLS ISO 6259-1: 2023
Gr. M Thermoplastics pipes - determination of
tensile properties - part 1: general test method
SLS ISO 5817:2015 (First revision)
Welding - fusion - welded joints in steel, nickel, specifies a method of determining the tensile
titanium and their alloys (beam welding properties of thermoplastics pipes, including the
excluded) – quality levels for imperfections following properties: — stress at yield; —
Provides quality levels of imperfections in elongation at break. This part of ISO 6259 is
fusion-welded joints (except for beam welding) applicable to all types of thermoplastics pipe,
in all types of steel, nickel, titanium and their regardless of their intended use.
alloys. It applies to material thickness > 0.5 mm. (ISO 6259-1:2015)
It covers fully penetrated butt welds and all fillet Gr. E
welds. (=ISO 5817:2014)
Gr. N

434
SLS ISO 6259-2: 2023 sheeting of both flexible and rigid materials,
Thermoplastics pipes - determination of provided that the material is not so rigid that
tensile properties - Part 2: pipes made of brittle fracture occurs during the test, or so
unplasticized poly(vinyl chloride) (pvc-u), deformable, in an irreversible way, that the
oriented unplasticized poly(vinyl chloride) energy used in the deformation of the specimen
(pvc-o), chlorinated poly(vinyl chloride) (pvc- legs is significant (i.e. is not negligible) with
c) and high-impact poly(vinyl chloride) (pvc- respect to the energy used in tearing. The method Page | 435
hi) may not be suitable for determining the tear
(First revision) properties of cellular sheet and film.
This document specifies a method for (=ISO 6383-1:2015)
determining the tensile properties of pipes made Gr. C
of unplasticized poly(vinyl chloride) (PVC-U),
oriented unplasticized poly(vinyl chloride) SLS ISO 6383 Part 2:2021
(PVC-O), chlorinated poly(vinyl chloride) (PVC- Plastics Film and sheeting - Determination of
C) and high-impact poly(vinyl chloride) (PVC- tear resistance - Elmendorf method
HI, PVC-M or PVC-A), and in particular the Specifies a method of determining the force
following properties: required to propagate a tear through a specified
— the stress at yield and stress at break; distance and from a specified slit, cut in a test
— the elongation at break. specimen of thin flexible plastic sheeting or film,
NOTE The general method of test for the under specified conditions of loading.
determination of the tensile properties of The upper limit of thickness that can be tested
thermoplastics pipes is given in ISO 6259-1.This depends on the tearing force of the material in
document also gives, for information purposes relation to the capacity of the testing machine.
only, the corresponding basic specifications in Materials that can be tested according to this
Annexes A, B, C and D. method include flexible poly (vinyl chloride)
(ISO 6259-2:2020) (PVC) and polyolefin films, but variable
Gr. F elongation and oblique tearing effects on the
more extensible films may cause poor
SLS ISO 6259-3: 2023 reproducibility of test results. This method may
Thermoplastics pipes - determination of not be suitable for testing more rigid materials
tensile properties - : polyolefin pipes such as rigid PVC, nylon and polyester films.
specifies a method of determining the tensile The tear resistance test specified by this method
properties of polyolefin (polyethylene, cross- is applied to specimens cut from semi-finished
linked polyethylene, polypropylene, and and finished products. The test is suitable for the
polybutene) pipes, and the following properties: control of production and manufactured products
— the stress at yield; — the elongation at break. as well as for acceptance or rejection testing
This part of ISO 6259 also gives the under specifications for semi-finished and
corresponding basic specifications in Annexes A finished products, provided that it has been
to D for information purposes only. demonstrated that the data for a particular
(ISO 6259-3:2015) material are acceptably reproducible.
Gr. E There is no direct linear relationship between
tearing force and specimen thickness. Data from
SLS ISO 6383 Part 1:2021 this method are expressed as tearing force in
Plastics - film and sheeting - determination of newtons, with specimen thickness also reported.
tear resistance part 1: trouser tear method Only data obtained at the same thickness should
Specifies a method of determining the tear be compared because sets of data from specimens
resistance of plastic film or sheet less than 1 mm of dissimilar thickness are generally not
thick, in the form of standard trouser-shaped test comparable.(=ISO 6383-2:1983)
specimens, tested under defined conditions of Gr. C
pre-treatment, temperature, humidity, and speed
of testing. The method is applicable to film and

435
SLS ISO 6486-1: 2023 at minimal pressure, of spray droplets up to
Test method for the determination of lead- coalescence or occasional small drips; b)
release and cadmium-release from ceramic contamination by a single low-volume splash or
ware, glass-ceramic ware and glass dinner low-pressure jet, allowing sufficient time to
ware in contact with food : test method divest the clothing or take other action as
(First Revision) necessary to eliminate any hazard to the wearer
This document specifies a test method for the from chemical retained by the protective Page | 436
release of lead and cadmium from ceramic ware, garment, or, in circumstances where pressure is
glass ceramic ware and glass dinnerware intended applied to liquid contaminants on the surface of
to be used in contact with food, but excluding the clothing material, as a result of natural
vitreous and porcelain enamel articles (covered movements of the wearer (flexing of
by ISO 4531). This document is applicable to contaminated areas of clothing at arms, knees,
ceramic ware, glass ceramic ware and glass shoulders) and contact with contaminated
dinnerware which is intended to be used for the surfaces (e.g. walking through sprayed foliage).
preparation, cooking, serving and storage of food (=ISO 6530:2005)
and beverages, excluding all articles used in food Gr. D
manufacturing industries or in which food is sold.
(ISO 6486-1:2019) SLS ISO 6540: 2021
Gr. M Determination of moisture content in maize
(First Revision)
SLS ISO 6486-2: 2023 specifies two methods:
Ceramic ware, glass-ceramic ware and glass — a reference method for the determination of
dinnerware in contact with food — release of the moisture content of maize grains and ground
lead and cadmium — part 2: permissible whole maize, groats, grits and maize flour
limits — a routine method for the evaluation of the
This part of ISO 6486 specifies permissible limits moisture content of maize in whole grains,
for the release of lead and cadmium from ceramic The latter is not suitable for use for experts’
ware, glass- ceramic ware and glass dinnerware reports, or for calibration or checking of humidity
intended to be used in contact with food, but meters,because of its significant bias to the
excluding porcelain enamel articles. This part of reference method (see (=ISO 6540:2021)
ISO 6486 is applicable to ceramic ware, glass- Gr. M
ceramic ware and glass dinnerware which is
intended to be used for the preparation, cooking, SLS ISO 6557 Part 1: 2023
serving and storage of food and beverages, Fruits, vegetables and derived products –
excluding articles used in food manufacturing determination of ascorbic acid content–
industries or those in which food is sold. reference method
(ISO 6486-2: 1999 (Confirmed in 2020)) This part of ISO 6557 specifies the reference
Gr. C method, using molecular fluorescence
spectrometry, for the determination of the
SLS ISO 6530:2020 combined ascorbic and dehydroascorbic acid
Protective clothing - protection against liquid content of fruits, vegetables and derived products.
chemicals -test method for resistance of (ISO 6557-1:1986)
materials to penetration by liquids Gr. A
Specifies a test method for the measurement of
indices of penetration, absorption and repellency SLS ISO 6557 Part 2: 2023
for protective clothing materials against liquid Fruits, vegetables and derived products –
chemicals, mainly chemicals of low determination of ascorbic acid content –
volatility.Two levels of the potential performance routine methods
of materials are assessed by this method of testing This part of IS0 6557 specifies two routine
to meet with possible requirements for protection methods for the determination of the ascorbic
against a) deposition on the surface of a material, acid content’) of fruits, vegetables and derived

436
products : method A: 2,6- SLS ISO 6647-2: 2023
dichlorophenolindophenol titrimetric method; Rice - determination of amylose content -:
method B : 2,6-dichlorophenolindophenol spectrophotometric routine method without
spectrometric method after extraction with defatting procedure and with calibration from
xylene. Method A can only be used in the absence rice standards
of certain interferences (see 2.6). Method B is This document specifies two simplified routine
applicable to derived fruit and vegetable products methods for the determination of the amylose Page | 437
in strongly coloured solutions. mass fraction of milled rice, non-parboiled. The
(ISO 6557-2: 1984) main difference between the two methods is the
Gr. B dispersion procedure: method A specifies hot
dispersion, and method B specifies cold
SLS ISO 6588 Part 2:2020 dispersion. Both methods are applicable to rice
Paper, board and pulps - determination of ph with an amylose mass fraction higher than 5 %.
of aqueous extracts - hot extraction (ISO 6647-2:2020)
Specifies a method for the determination of the Gr. F
pH-value defined by the electrolytes extractable
by hot water from a sample of paper, board or SLS ISO 6690: 2023
pulp. (=ISO 6588-2:2020) Milking machine installations — mechanical
Gr. D tests
This International Standard specifies mechanical
SLS ISO 6646: 2023 tests for milking machine installations in order to
Rice - determination of the potential milling verify compliance of an installation or component
yield from paddy and from husked rice with the requirements of ISO 5707. It also
This International Standard specifies a laboratory stipulates the accuracy requirements for the
method for the determination of the yield of measuring instruments. This International
husked rice obtained from paddy or parboiled Standard is applicable for testing new
paddy (Oryza sativa L.), and for the installations and for periodic checking of
determination of the yield of milled head rice installations for efficiency of operation.
obtained from paddy or parboiled paddy, or from Alternative test methods may be applicable if
husked rice or husked parboiled rice. This they can be shown to achieve comparable results.
International Standard is only applicable to Test procedures described in Annex A are
abrasive milling equipment (ISO 6646:2011) primarily for testing in the laboratory. An
Gr. E example of a field test procedure which can
reduce the time and effort involved in testing is
SLS ISO 6647-1: 2023 given in Annex C and a corresponding test report
Rice - determination of amylose content in Annex D.
spectrophotometric method with a defatting (ISO 6690:2007)
procedure by methanol and with calibration Gr. R
solutions of potato amylose and waxy rice
amylopectin SLS ISO 7002:2017
This document specifies a reference method for Agricultural food products - layout for a
the determination of the amylose content of standard method of sampling from a lot
milled rice,non-parboiled. The method is Establishes a general layout for standard methods
applicable to rice with an amylose mass fraction of sampling from lots of agricultural products. It
higher than 5 %.This document can also be used gives only generai rules for drafting standard
for husked rice, maize, millet and other cereals if methods of sampling. Establishes a general
the extension of this scope has been validated by layout for standard methods of sampling from
the user. (ISO 6647-1: 2020) lots of agricultural products. It gives only generai
Gr. F rules for drafting standard methods of sampling.
(=ISO 7002:1986)
Gr. J

437
SLS ISO 7010:2021 glass flatware, and all articles used in food
Graphical symbols - Safety colours and safety manufacturing industries or those in which food
signs - registered safety signs is sold.
Prescribes safety signs for the purposes of (ISO 7086-2: 2000 (Confirmed in 2020))
accident prevention, fire protection, health hazard Gr. C
information and emergency evacuation.
The shape and colour of each safety sign are SLS ISO 7124: 2023 Page | 438
according to SLS ISO 3864-1 and the design of Eggs and egg products — determination of
the graphical symbols is according to SLS ISO fipronil and metabolites residues — liquid
3864-3. chromatography tandem mass spectrometry
Applicable to all locations where safety issues method
related to people need to be addressed. However, This document specifies a liquid chromatography
it is not applicable to the signalling used for tandem mass spectrometry method (LC-MS/MS)
guiding rail, road, river, maritime and air traffic for the determination of fipronil and metabolites
and, in general, to those sectors subject to a (including fipronil-desulfinyl, fipronil-sulfide
regulation which may differ with regard to certain and fipronil-sulfone) residues in eggs and egg
points of this document and of the SLS ISO 3864 products. (ISO 7124:2023)
series.Specifies the safety sign originals that can Gr. G
be scaled for reproduction and application
purposes. SLS ISO 7173:2012
(=ISO 7010:2019) Furniture – chairs and stools determination of
Gr. Z strength and durability
Describes test methods for determining the
SLS ISO 7086-1: 2023 strength and durability of all types of chairs, easy
Glass hollowware in contact with food — chairs and stools. Assessment of ageing and
release of lead and cadmium —part 1:test degradation and tests for reclining or tilted chairs
method in the reclined or tilted position are not included.
This document specifies a test method for the The tests are designed to be applied to an article
release of lead and cadmium from glass of furniture that is fully assembled and ready for
hollowware that is intended to be used in contact use.(=ISO 7173:1989)
with food. This document is applicable to glass Gr. K
hollowware intended for use in the preparation,
cooking, serving and storage of food and SLS ISO 7174 Part 1:2012
beverages, excluding glass ceramic ware and Furniture – chairs – determination of stability
glass flatware. This document is also applicable - upright chairs and stools
to glass articles used for packaging in the food Describes methods for determining the stability
industry of all types of upright chairs, stools and pouffes.
(ISO 7086-1:2019) It does not apply to settees and other multiple
Gr. M seating, not to reclining chairs when they are
reclined, chairs with tilting mechanisms when
SLS ISO 7086-2: 2023 they are tilted, nor to swivelling or rocking chairs.
Glass hollowware in contact with food — The methods are, however,
release of lead and cadmium: permissible applicable to testing chairs with reclining, tilting
limits and adjustable beck-angle mechanisms when
This part of ISO 7086 specifies permissible limits these are used as upright chairs.
for the release of lead and cadmium from glass (=ISO 7174-1:1988)
hollowware that is intended to be used in contact Gr.C
with food. This part of ISO 7086 is applicable to
glass hollowware intended for use in the
preparation, cooking, serving and storage of food
and beverages, excluding glass ceramic ware,

438
 required appearance or texture of the finished
SLS ISO 7304-1:2020 work.
Durum wheat semolina and alimentary pasta- (=ISO 7599:2010)
estimation of cooking quality of alimentary Gr. L
pasta by sensory analysis - reference method
Sets out a method for estimation by sensory SLS ISO/TR 7620:2018
analysis of the cooking quality of alimentary Page | 439
Rubber materials - chemical resistance
pasta. Estimation takes place through the describes a classification system for the reporting
evaluation of the following:(=ISO 7304-1:2016) and tabulation of the chemical resistance of
Gr. E rubber materials. It also provide guidance on the
testing and evaluation of rubber with particular
SLS ISO 7304-2:2020 reference to test chemicals described in a number
Alimentary pasta produced from durum of ISO standards.(=ISO/ TR 7620:2005)
wheat semolina-estimation of cooking quality Gr. Q
by sensory analysis - routine method
specifies a method for assessing, by sensory SLS ISO 7686:2013
analysis, the quality of cooked alimentary pasta Plastics pipes and fittings - determination of
in the form of long, solid strands (e.g. spaghetti) opacity
or short, hollow strands (e.g. macaroni) produced Specifies a method for the determination of the
from durum wheat semolina, expressed in terms opacity of plastics pipes and fittings.
of the starch release, liveliness and firmness (=ISO 7686:2005)
characteristics (i.e. texture) of the pasta. It does Gr. B
not apply to pasta in the form of small strands
usually consumed in soups.(=ISO 7304-2:2008) SLS ISO 7714:2020
Gr. F Agricultural irrigation equipment -
volumetric valves - general requirements and
SLS ISO 7563: 2023 test methods
Fresh fruits and vegetables - vocabulary Specifies general requirements and test methods
This International Standard defines the terms for volumetric valves able to automatically
most frequently used in the context of fresh fruits deliver preset quantities of water. It is applicable
and vegetables. NOTE — The terms are listed in to valves actuated by pipeline pressure and flow
two categories in English alphabetical order. alone, and which do not need any other, external,
English and French indexes are included for source of energy. (=ISO 7714:2018)
reference purposes.(ISO 7563:1998) Gr. G
Gr. L
SLS ISO 7765-2: 2023
SLS ISO 7599:2010 Plastics film and sheeting - determination of
Anodizing of aluminium and its alloys - impact resistance by the free-falling dart
general specifications for anodic oxide method : instrumented puncture test
coatings on aluminium This document specifies a test method for the
This standard lays down a method for specifying determination of puncture impact properties of a
decorative and protective anodic oxidation plastic film using instruments for measuring force
coatings on aluminium (including aluminium- and deflection. It is applicable if a force-
based alloys). It defines the characteristic deflection or forcetime diagram, recorded at
properties of anodic oxidation coatings, lists nominally constant striker velocity, is required
methods of test for checking the characteristic for detailed characterization of the impact
properties, provides minimum performance behaviour. This test method is also required when
requirements, and gives information on the a small number of test specimens are available,
grades of aluminium suitable for anodizing and and the staircase method described in the ISO
the importance of pretreatment to ensure the 7765-1 cannot be applied. The test method is
applicable to films of up to 1 mm thickness and

439
makes it possible to compare impact-penetration SLS ISO 8000-1: 2022
forces, biaxial deformabilities and energy- Data Quality – Part 1: Overview
absorption capacities of films. Also, the transition Provides an overview of the ISO 8000 series.
region between brittle and tough behaviour of the The following are within the scope of this
film under the conditions of testing can be document:
determined by varying the temperature or the — stating the scope of the ISO 8000 series as a
penetration velocity or the relative humidity[1]. whole; Page | 440
(ISO 7765-2:2022) — establishing the principles of information and
Gr. H data quality;
— describing the path to data quality;
SLS ISO 7971 Part 1:2018 — describing the structure of the ISO 8000 series;
Method of test for determination of bulk — providing a summary of the content of each
density in cereals - reference method part in the ISO 8000 series;
Specifies the reference method for the — establishing the relationship of the ISO 8000
determination of bulk density, called “mass per series to other international standards.
hectolitre”, of cereals as grain. ISO 8000-1:2022
(=ISO 7971-1:2009) Gr. K
Gr. D
SLS ISO 8000- 2: 2022
SLS ISO 7971 - 2: 2021 Data quality – part 2: vocabulary
Determination of bulk density in cereals : defines terms relating to data quality used in the
method of traceability for measuring ISO 8000 series of parts
instruments through reference to the (=ISO 8000-2:2020 & AMD 1:2021)
international standard instrument Gr. C
specifies a test method for ensuring the SLS ISO/TS 8000-82: 2022
traceability of bulk density, called “mass per Data quality - part 81: data quality
hectolitre”, measuring instruments through assessment: profiling
reference to standard measurement instruments. Describes how data rules apply to various types
The mass per hectolitre is of commercial of data. Such rules exist to sustain
importance for grain cereals. Several types of the integrity and reliability of data by capturing
instruments with varying performances exist for requirements into a form that can be processed by
measuring it databases and other information systems.
=(ISO 7971-2:2019) The following are within the scope of this
Gr. L document:
— fundamental concepts of data rules;
SLS ISO 7971-3: 2021 — key characteristics of data rules for common
Method of test for determination of bulk types of data, where these types are identifier,
density in cereals routine method currency
(First Revision) value, quantity, date or time, rate, free‑text entry,
Specifies a routine method for the determination code and key;
of bulk density, called “mass per hectolitre”, of — how data profiling contributes to formulating
cereals as grain using manual or automatic, effective data rules.
mechanical, electric or electronic mass per The following is outside the scope of this
hectolitre measuring instruments. document:
=(ISO 7971-3:2019) — specific rules for specific sets of data.
Gr. H This document can be used in conjunction with or
independently of standards for quality
management
systems.
ISO/TS 8000-82:2022
Gr. D

440
 data. These requirements supplement those of
SLS ISO/TS 8000- 81: 2022 ISO 8000-110.
Data Quality - Part 81: Data Quality The following are within the scope of this
Assessment: Profiling document:
Specifies a procedure for data profiling to — the syntax and semantics of quality identifiers
generate the foundation for performing data to allow the unambiguous identification of the
quality assessment. This profiling is applicable to owner of the identifier and any restrictions on the Page | 441
data sets that are either originally in a structure of use of the identifier;
tables and columns or are the output from a — the principles of resolving quality identifiers
transformation to create such a structure. to the data set they represent;
NOTE 1 Data profiling is applicable to all types — the characteristics that define quality
of database technology. identifiers.
The following are within the scope of this The following are outside the scope of this
document: document:
— performing structure analysis to determine — the methods used for the creation of
data element concepts; identifiers;
— performing column analysis to identify — the syntax of the query and of the response
relevant data elements, including statistics about used in the resolution of identifiers;
a data set; — the methods used for the resolution of
— performing relationship analysis to identify identifiers.
dependencies in a data set. (=ISO 8000-115:2018)
The following are outside the scope of this Gr. C
document:
— methods for extracting and sampling data to be SLS ISO 8000 PART 116: 2022
profiled from a data set; Data quality – part 116: master data:
— deriving data rules; exchange of quality identifiers: application for
— measuring the extent of nonconformities in a iso 8000 – 115 to authoritative legal entity
data set. identifiers
ISO/TS 8000-81:2021 specifies the requirements for representing
Gr. F authoritative legal entity identifiers (ALEI).
These requirements supplement those of ISO
SLS ISO 8000- 110: 2022 8000-115.The following are within the scope of
Data quality – part 110: master data: this document:— the requirements for the prefix
exchange of characteristic data: syntax, element, a single sub-domain element and the
semantic encoding, and conformance to data identifier element to represent authoritative legal
specification entity identifiers.=(ISO 8000-116:2019)
specifies requirements for the exchange of Gr. B
messages that contain master data consisting of
characteristic data. These requirements can be SLS ISO 8000 - 51: 2023
checked by computer. The messages are suitable Data quality - part 51: data governance:
for exchange between organizations and between exchange of data policy statements
systems. (=ISO 8000-110:2021) This document specifies requirements that
Gr. K support the exchange of data governance policy
statements and automated conformance testing of
SLS ISO 8000 -115: 2022 data sets to the data specifications referenced by
Data quality – part 115: master data: policy statements. The following are within the
exchange of quality identifiers: syntactic, scope of this document: — requirements for the
semantic and resolution requirements syntax and semantics of identifiers for
specifies the requirements for the quality organizations issuing data governance policy
identifiers that form part of an exchange of master statements;— requirements for the syntax and
semantics of identifiers for data governance

441
policy statements;— data specifications — requirements for the processes of creating the
referenced by data governance policy statements, content of off‑ledger data sets;
where those specificationsare computer — requirements for the processes of creating
processable. The following are outside the scope immutable data sets.
of this document:— general processes, roles and (ISO 8000 - 117:2023)
responsibilities for performing data governance; Gr. D
EXAMPLE An approach to data governance is Page | 442
covered by ISO/IEC 38505-1 and ISO/IEC TR SLS ISO 8106:2021
38505-2.— requirements for the syntax and Glass containers - determination of capacity
semantics of data specifications referenced by a by gravimetric method - Test method
data governancepolicy statement; Specifies a gravimetric method for determining
— requirements for the syntax and semantics of the capacity of glass containers and their
data governance policy statements;— methods compliance with specification limits.
used for the creation of data governance policy (=ISO 8106:2004)
statements;— methods used for measuring Gr. C
conformance with the requirements referenced by
data governance policy statements;— methods SLS ISO 8124-2: 2023
used for monitoring conformance with the Safety of toys — part 2: flammability
requirements referenced by data governance This document specifies the categories of
policy statements. flammable materials that are prohibited in all
(ISO 8000 - 51:2023) toys, and requirements concerning flammability
Gr. D of certain toys when they are subjected to a small
source of ignition. The test methods described in
SLS ISO 8000 - 117: 2023 Clause 5 are used for the purposes of determining
Data quality - part 117: application of iso the flammability of toys under the particular test
8000-115 to identifiers in distributed ledgers conditions specified. The test results thus
including blockchains obtained cannot be considered as providing an
This document specifies requirements for using overall indication of the potential fire hazard of
identifiers in distributed ledgers including toys or materials when subjected to other sources
blockchains. These requirements supplement of ignition.
those of ISO 8000-115.The following are within (ISO 8124-2:2023)
the scope of this document: Gr. N
— requirements for each identifier in distributed
ledgers including blockchains, where the ledger SLS ISO 8124 Part 3:2022
enables supply chains to exchange transaction Safety of toys - Migration of certain elements
data; Specifies maximum acceptable levels and
— requirements for the off‑ledger data set that is methods of sampling and extraction prior to
referenced by an identifier in a distributed ledger; analysis for the migration of the elements
— off-ledger data sets that consist only of antimony, arsenic, barium, cadmium, chromium,
property-value tuples, where each tuple is the lead, mercury and selenium from toy materials
result of and from parts of toys.
semantic encoding. (=ISO 8124-3:2022)
The following are outside the scope of this Gr. N
document:
— requirements for implementing distributed SLS ISO 8124 Part 5:2018
ledger technology including blockchains; Safety of toys - determination of total
— requirements for technology to ensure concentration of certain elements in toys
immutability of data sets; Specifies methods of sampling and digestion
— requirements for the processes of creating prior to analysis of the total concentration of the
identifiers; elements antimony, arsenic, barium, cadmium,

442
chromium, lead, mercury, and selenium from toy dioxide-generating experimental sets and
materials and from parts of toys. supplementary sets.
(=ISO 8124-5:2015) This document also specifies requirements for
Gr.H marking, a contents list, instructions for use, eye
protection and the equipment intended for
SLS ISO 8124-6: 2023 carrying out the experiments. This document
Safety of toys determination of certain does not apply to combined sets, for example a Page | 443
phthalate esters in toys and children's combination of a chemistry set and a crystal-
products growing set. (ISO 8124-10:2023)
(First Revision) Gr. M
This document specifies a method for the
determination of di-iso-butyl phthalate (DIBP), SLS ISO 8124-11: 2023
di-n-butyl phthalate (DBP), benzylbutyl Safety of toys : chemical toys (sets) other than
phthalate (BBP), bis-(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate experimental sets
(DEHP), di-n-octyl phthalate (DNOP), di-iso- This document specifies requirements and test
nonylphthalate (DINP) and di-iso-decyl phthalate methods for the substances and materials used in
(DIDP) (as specified in Annex A) in toys and chemical toys (sets) other than experimental sets.
children’s products. This document is applicable These substances and mixtures are:
to toys and children’s products which are made of — those classified as dangerous by the Globally
plastics, textiles, coatings and liquids. This Harmonized System of Classification and
document has been validated for Labelling of Chemicals (GHS);
polyvinylchloride (PVC) plastics, polyurethane — substances and mixtures which in excessive
(PU) plastics and some representative paint amounts could harm the health of the children
coatings (see Annex B). It might also be using
applicable to other phthalate esters and other them and which are not classified as dangerous
product materials provided that adequate by the GHS; and
validation is demonstrated. — any other chemical substance(s) and
(ISO 8124-6:2018) mixture(s) delivered with the chemical toy.
Gr. P Additionally, requirements are specified for
markings, warnings, safety rules, contents lists,
SLS ISO 8124-10: 2023 instructions for use and first aid information.
Safety of toys — part 10: experimental sets for This document applies to:
chemistry and related activities — plaster of Paris (gypsum) moulding sets;
This document specifies requirements for the — oven-hardening plasticised PVC modelling
maximum amount and, in some cases, the clay sets;
maximum concentration of certain substances — polystyrene granules sets;
and mixtures used in experimental sets for — embedding sets;
chemistry and related activities. These substances — adhesives, paints, lacquers, varnishes, thinners
and mixtures are: — those classified as dangerous and cleaning agents (solvents) supplied or
by the Globally Harmonized System of recommended in model sets.
Classification and Labelling of (ISO 8124-11:2019)
Chemicals (GHS);[3] — substances and mixtures Gr. V
which in excessive amounts could harm the
health of the children using them and which are SLS ISO 8157: 2023
not classified as dangerous by the GHS; — any Fertilizers, soil conditioners and beneficial
other chemical substance(s) and mixture(s) substances — vocabulary
delivered with the experimental set. This This document defines terms relating to
document applies to experimental sets for fertilizers, soil improvers, growing media,
chemistry and related activities, including inhibitors and plant bio-stimulants.
chemistry sets, crystal-growing sets, carbon- (ISO 8157:2022)
Gr. C

443
SLS ISO 8196 Part 1: 2023 SLS ISO 8254 Part 2:2017
Milk- definition and evaluation of the overall Method of testing of paper and board for
accuracy of alternative methods of milk specular gloss - 75º gloss with parellel beam
analysis analytical attributes of alternative (Din method)
methods Specifies a photometric test method for the
This part of ISO 8196|IDF 128 specifies various assessment of visual gloss by means of a
performance characteristics that constitute and reflectometer value measured at an angle of 75°. Page | 444
serve to characterize the overall accuracy of an It is applicable to plane paper and board surfaces
analytical method. It furthermore establishes of gloss levels below 65, measured according to
general principles for the design of experiments this standard.(=ISO 8254-2:2016)
and gives guidelines for the procedures to be used Gr. F
to evaluate these characteristics quantitatively.
(ISO 8196-1:2009) SLS ISO 8254 Part 3:2017
Gr. G Method of testing of paper and board for
specular gloss - 20º gloss with a converging
SLS ISO 8196 part 2: 2023 beam (Tappi method)
Milk - definition and evaluation of the overall Specifies a method for measuring the specular
accuracy of alternative methods of milk gloss of paper and board at an angle of 20° to the
analysis : calibration and quality control in the normal to the paper surface. It is applicable
dairy laboratory chiefly to highly glossy surfaces, such as cast-
This part of ISO 8196|IDF 128 gives guidelines coated, lacquered, highly varnished or waxed
for the calibration of instruments and quality papers and high-gloss ink films.
control procedures for milk analysis in dairy (=ISO 8254-3:2016)
laboratories. Gr. E
(ISO 8196-2:2009)
Gr. M SLS ISO 8391-1: 2023
Ceramic cookware in contact with food —
SLS ISO 8196 part 3: 2023 release of lead and cadmium — part 1: method
Milk- definition and evaluation of the overall of test
accuracy of alternative methods of milk (ISO 8391-1: 1986 (Confirmed in 2017))
analysis : protocol for the evaluation and Gr. B
validation of alternative quantitative methods
of milk analysis SLS ISO 8391-2: 2023
This document is also applicable for the Ceramic cookware in contact with food —
validation of new alternative methods where,due release of lead and cadmium — part 2:
to a limited number of operational instruments, permissible limits
the execution of an interlaboratory study and ISO This part sf ISO 8391 specifies the permissible
8196-1 | IDF 128-1 is not feasible. The protocol limits for the release of lead and Cadmium by
is applicable to milk parameters such as, for ceramic cookware intended for use in contact
example, fat, protein, lactose, urea and somatic with food. (ISO 8391-2: 1986 (Confirmed in
cells in milk. It can also be extended to other 2017))
parameters. This document also establishes the Gr. B
general principles of a procedure for granting
international approvals for the performance of the SLS ISO 8559 Part 1:2018
alternative methods. These principles are based Size designation of clothes - Anthropometric
on the validation protocol defined in this definitions for body measurement
document. (ISO 8196-3:2022) Provides a description of anthropometric
Gr. R measurements that can be used as a basis for the
creation of physical and digital anthropometric
databases. The list of measurements specified in
this document is intended to serve as a guide for

444
practitioners in the field of clothing who are readership. This methodology is applicable to
required to apply their knowledge to select various sets of body dimensions. It can be useful
population market segments and to create size to determine
and shape profiles for the development of all intervals for the size designation as described in
garment types and their equivalent fit ISO 8559-2. Values in the tables in this document
mannequins. The list provides a guide for how to are examples.
take anthropometric measurements, as well as Garment dimensions are not included in this Page | 445
give information to clothing product document. It is necessary to use a general
development teams and fit mannequin approach providing inbuilt flexibility, in order to
manufacturers on the principles of measurement keep the whole sizing system capable of adapting
and their underlying anatomical and to changes (e.g. demographic criteria), because
anthropometrical bases. body shape and proportions for any one targeted
(=ISO 8559-1:2017) population group differ significantly.
Gr. W (ISO 8559-3:2018)
Gr. L
SLS ISO 8559 Part 2:2018
Size designation of clothes - Primary and SLS ISO 8754: 2023
secondary dimension indicators Petroleum products — determination of sulfur
Specifies primary and secondary dimensions for content — energy-dispersive x-ray
specified types of garments to be used in fluorescence spectrometry
combination with SLS ISO 8559-1 This International Standard specifies a method
(anthropometric definitions for body for the determination of the sulfur content of
measurement). The primary aim of this document petroleum products, such as naphthas, unleaded
is to establish a size designation system that can motor gasolines, middle distillates, residual fuel
be used by manufacturers and retailers to indicate oils, base lubricating oils and components. The
to consumers (in a simple, direct and meaningful method is applicable to products having sulfur
manner) the body dimensions of the person that contents in the range 0,03 % (m/m) to 5,00 %
the garment is intended to fit. Provided that the (m/m). NOTE For the purposes of this
size of the person’s body. International Standard, the term "% (m/m)" is
(=ISO 8559-2:2017) used to represent the mass fraction of a material.
Gr.M Heavy metal additives, such as lead alkyls, may
interfere with the determination. Elements such
SLS ISO 8559 Part 3: 2023 as silicon, phosphorus, calcium, oxygen,
Size designation of clothes — : methodology potassium, zinc, molybdenum, barium and
for the creation of body measurement tables halogens interfere, if present in concentrations of
and intervals more than a few hundred milligrams per
This document describes the principles of the kilogram. Some modern instruments allow the
establishment of tables for body measurements, analyst to compensate for matrix and spectral
defines the categories of tables (related to interferences by spectra deconvolution and inter-
intervals), and lists the population groups element correction by multiple regression. For
(infants, girls, boys, children, women, men) and samples varying in composition of aromatic
sub-groups to be used for developing ready-to- hydrocarbons and paraffinic hydrocarbons, the
wear garments. The body measurement tables ratio of carbon to hydrocarbon in a sample (C/H
and intervals are mainly used by the clothing ratio) may also interfere with the determination,
sector to make the development of well-fitting when the ratio of the sample differs by one or
products easier and more accurate. The described more from that of the reference materials from
methodology is mainly based on the application which the calibration is obtained
of statistical analysis, using body dimension data. (ISO 8754:2003)
The statistical level has deliberately been kept to Gr. D
a low level in order for the content to be made
readily comprehensible to the widest possible

445
SLS ISO 8791 Part 1: 2022 SLS ISO/TS 9002:2016
Paper and board - determination of Quality management systems – guidelines for
roughness/ smoothness (air leak methods) -: the application of ISO 9001:2015
general method Provides guidance on the intent of the
Specifies basic requirements and operating requirements in ISO 9001:2015, with examples
procedures for determining the roughness/ of possible steps an organization can take to meet
smoothness of Paper and board by air leak the requirements. This document does not Page | 446
methods. prescribe mandatory approaches to
(=ISO 8791-1:1986 Reaffirmed in 2018) implementation, or provide any preferred method
Gr. A of interpretation.(=ISO/TS 9002:2016)
Gr. RT
SLS ISO 8791 Part 2: 2022
Paper and board - determination of SLS ISO 9004:2018
roughness/ smoothness (air leak methods) -: Quality management - Quality of an
bendtsen method organization - Guidance to achieve sustained
Specifies a method for the determination of the success
roughness of paper and board using the Bendtsen (Fourth edition)
apparatus (=ISO 8791-2:2013) Gives guidelines for enhancing an organization’s
Gr. H ability to achieve sustained success. It is
consistent with the quality management
SLS ISO 9000:2015 principles given in ISO 9000:2015 and provides
Quality management systems - fundamentals a self-assessment tool to review the extent to
and vocabulary which the organization has adopted the concepts
Describes the fundamental concepts and in this document. This document is applicable to
principles of quality management which are any organization, regardless of its size, type and
universally applicable to organizations. It also activity (=ISO 9004:2018)
specifies the terms and definitions that apply to Gr. UW
all quality management and quality management
system standards.(=ISO 9000:2015) SLS ISO 9184 Part 1: 2023
Gr. UW Paper, board and pulps — fibre furnish
analysis — : general method
SLS ISO 9001:2015 This document specifies the general procedure
Quality management systems - requirements for fibre furnish analysis of paper, board and
Specifies requirements for a quality management pulps. It is applicable to all kinds of pulps and to
system when an organization: needs to most papers and boards, including those
demonstrate its ability to consistently provide containing more than one kind of fibre, taking
products and services that meet customer and into account different pulping processes. This
applicable statutory and regulatory requirements, method is less suitable for heavily impregnated or
and aims to enhance customer satisfaction highly coloured papers and boards, which cannot
through the effective application of the system, be dispersed or decoloured without affecting the
including processes for improvement of the structure or the staining reactions of the
system and the assurance of conformity to fibres. (ISO 9184-1:2023)
customer and applicable statutory and regulatory Gr. F
requirements. All the requirements of this
standard are generic and are intended to be
applicable to any organization, regardless of its
type or size, or the products and services it
provides. (=ISO 9001:2015)
Gr. NQ

446
SLS ISO 9184 Part 2: 2023 (except dissolving grade pulps). In kraft pulps,
Paper, board and pulps - fibre furnish analysis the colour differente is sufficient; in sulfite pulps
– : staining guide it is somewhat weaker, although in most cases
This part of ISO 9184 is a guide for choosing the sufficient for counting. e) Differentiation of
appropriate staining tests for the Performance of bleached straw and esparto pulps in softwood
fibre furnish analysis of Paper, board and pulps. pulps. The colour differente is distinct.
(ISO 9184-2:1990) (ISO 9184-4:1990) Page | 447
Gr. A Gr. B

SLS ISO 9184 Part 3: 2023 SLS ISO 9184 Part 5: 2023
Paper, board and pulps - fibre furnish analysis Paper, board and pulps - fibre furnish analysis
– : herzberg staining test – : lofton-merritt staining test (modification of
This patt of ISO 9184 specifies the preparation, wisbar)
use and colour reactions of Herzberg stain in fibre This part of ISO 9184 specifies the preparation,
furnish analysis. lt should be used in conjunction use and colour reactions of Lofton-Merritt stain
with ISO 9184-1 and, if necessary, with other in fibre furnish analysis. It should be used in
staining tests defined in ISO 9184-2. The conjunction with ISO 9184-1 and, if necessary,
Herzberg staining test is applicable to the with other staining tests defined in ISO 9184-2.
qualitative and quantitative differentiation The Lofton-Merritt staining test is applicable to
between Chemical, mechanical and rag pulps. the qualitative and quantitative differentiation of
The stain also permits the qualitative the fol-lowing pulps: - unbleached and bleached
identification of semi- Chemical pulp as weil as softwood Chemical pulps; - unbleached kraft and
the differentiation between regenerated cellulose sulfite in softwood pulps; - unbleached semi-
fibres (viscose, etc.) and synthetic fibres. Chemical kraft and sulfite pulps.
(ISO 9184-3:1990) (ISO 9184-5:1990)
Gr. B Gr. B

SLS ISO 9184 Part 4: 2023

Paper, board and pulps - fibre furnish analysis SLS ISO 9184 Part 6: 2023
– : graff “c” staining test Paper, board and pulps - fibre furnish analysis
This part of ISO 9184 specifies the preparation, – : determination of fibre coarseness
use and colour reactions of Graff YY stain in fibre This part of IS0 9184 specifies a method for the
furnish analysis. It should be used in conjunction determination of fibre coarseness, which is a fibre
with ISO 9184-1 and, if necessary, with other property characterizing pulp. The weight factor
staining tests defined in ISO 9184-2. The field of (determined in accordance with IS0 9184-7) used
application of Graff “C” stain is very Iarge; it in the fibre furnish analysis of paper, board and
allows the identification of almost all the pulp can be calculated from the fibre coarseness.
common papermaking fibres. However, this is This method is applicable to pulps with relatively
based upon very minute differentes in the shade intact fibres, such as chemical and semichemical
and strength of the colours, and accordingly calls pulps. It does not apply to mechanical and
for a great deal of training and experience. In chemimechanical pulps or highly beaten
practice, the main applications of the Graff “C” chemical or semichemical pulps.
stain are as follows: a) Differentiation of (ISO 9184-6:1994)
Chemical, semi-Chemical and mechanical pulps. Gr. B
b) Differentiation of bleached kraft and sulfite in SLS ISO 9184-7: 2023
softwood pulps. Generally, the colour differente
Paper, board and pulps - fibre furnish analysis
is sufficient for counting the fibres. c) – determination of weight factor
Differentiation of kraf?. and sulfite in hardwood This part of IS0 9184 specifies two methods for
pulps. The differente in colour is more obvious in determining the weight factor of fibres used in the
unbleached than in bleached pulps. d) fibre furnish analysis of paper, board and pulp. In
Differentiation of softwood and hardwood pnlps

447
this part of IS0 9184, the weight factor is obtained SLS ISO 9364:2021
either by a comparison method or by calculating Steel sheet, 55 % aluminium-zinc alloy- coated
from the fibre coarseness. This part of IS0 9184 by the continuous hot-dip process, of
is applicable to all kinds of fibres of pulps from commercial, drawing and structural qualities
unmixed wood species. In this context, it means (First Revision)
pulps which do not contain more than 5 % of This document is applicable to the requirements
other fibres with an essentially different weight for steel sheet, in coils and cut lengths, metallic- Page | 448
factor (see IS0 9184-1 :I 990, annex A). coated by the continuous hot-dip process with 55
(ISO 9184-7:1994) % aluminium-zinc alloy coating.The product is
Gr. B intended for applications requiring the corrosion
characteristics of aluminium coupled with those
SLS ISO 9227:2017 of zinc, or heat resistance, or both.The steel sheet
Corrosion tests in artificial atmospheres – salt is produced in a number of quality designations
spray tests and grades, coating mass, surface treatments and
(First revision) coating finish conditions designed to be
Specifies the apparatus, the reagents and the compatible with differing application
procedure to be used in conducting the neutral requirements.(=ISO 9364:2017)
salt spray (NSS), acetic acid salt spray (AASS) Gr. H
and copper-accelerated acetic acid salt spray
(CASS) tests for assessment of the corrosion SLS ISO TR 9527:2006
resistance of metallic materials, with or without Design guidelines – building construction
permanent or temporary corrosion protection. It needs of differently abled People in buildings
also describes the method employed to evaluate This standard provides guidance on good practice
the corrosivity of the test cabinet environment. It in the design of buildings to anticipate and
does not specify the dimensions or types of test overcome restrictions that prevent differently
specimens, the exposure period to be used for a abled people making full use of premises and
particular product, or the interpretation of results. their surroundings It covers a wide range of
Such details are provided in the appropriate impairments and use of a built environment by
product specifications. The salt spray tests are differently abled people. (= ISO TR 9527:1994)
particularly useful for detecting discontinuities, Gr.M
such as pores and other defects, in certain
metallic, organic, anodic oxide and conversion SLS ISO 9597:2011
coatings.(=ISO 9227:2017) Test methods for cements - Determination of
Gr. J setting time and soundness
Specifies the methods for determining standard
SLS ISO 9357:2018 consistence, setting times and soundness of
Methods of test for determination of tank cements. The method applies to common cements
nominal volume and filling hole diameter in and to other cements and materials, the standards
agricultural sprayers for which call up this method. it might not apply
Specifies values for the nominal volume of tanks to other cement types that have a very short initial
and dimensions of the filling hole of agricultural setting time. The method is used for assessing
sprayers. lt applies to hand-held, mounted, trailed whether the setting time and soundness of a
of self propelled equipment with tanks without cement is in conformity with its specification. It
overpressure for crop protection. lt also gives describes the referrence method and allows the
indications for scale between marks for the use of alternative procedures and equipment, as
contents gauge(=ISO 9357:1990) Gr. A indicated, provided that they have been calibrated
against the reference methods. (=ISO 9597:2008)
Gr. F

448
SLS ISO 9606 Part 1:2015 SLS ISO 9852:2013
Qualification testing of welders – fusion Unplasticized poly (vinyl chloride) pipes -
welding- Steels dichloromethane resistance at specified
Specifies the requirements for qualification temperature (DCMT) test method
testing of welders for fusion welding of steels. It Specifies a method for determining the resistance
provides a set of technical rules for a systematic of unplasticized poly (vinyl chloride) (PVC-U)
qualification test of the welder, and enables such pipes to dichloromethane at a specified Page | 449
qualifications to be uniformly accepted temperature (DCMT). It is applicable to all PVC-
independently of the type of product, location and U pipes, irrespective of their intended use. The
examiner or examining body. The welding method can be used as a rapid means of quality
processes referred to in this standard include control during manufacture.
those fusion-welding processes which are (=ISO 9852:2007)
designated as manual or partly mechanized Gr. F
welding. It does not cover fully mechanized and
automated welding processes. SLS ISO 9867: 2023
(=ISO 9606-1:2012) Textiles — evaluation of the wrinkle recovery
Gr. Q of fabrics — Appearance method
This document specifies a method for evaluating
SLS ISO 9644:2020 the appearance of textile fabrics after induced
Agricultural irrigation equipment — test wrinkling.This document is applicable to all
method for pressure losses in irrigation valves kinds of textile fabrics
Applies to manually-activated valves only (=ISO 9867:2022)
Specifies a test method for determining the Gr. L
pressure loss in agricultural irrigation valves
under steady-state conditions when water flows SLS ISO 9895: 2022
through them. The scope and accuracy of the Paper and board determination of
valve performance specifications presented will compressive strength — short-span test
assist agricultural irrigation system designers in specifies a method for determining the
comparing pressure losses through various types compressive strength in the machine and cross-
of valves.The measurement of pressure losses directions of paper and board using a short-span
provides a means for determining the relationship compressive tester. It is intended for papers and
between pressure loss and flow rate through the boards used for the manufacture of containers and
valve. This document also describes the method boxes. (=ISO 9895:2008)
of reporting pertinent test data. No attempt is Gr. D
made to define product use, design or
applications. The test method is suitable for SLS ISO 10001:2016
valves with equal inlet and outlet nominal sizes. Quality management - customer satisfaction -
(=ISO 9644:2018) Guidelines for codes of conduct for
Gr. K organizations
Provides guidance for planning, designing,
SLS ISO 9712:2020 developing, implementing, maintaining and
Non-destructive testing qualification and improving customer satisfaction codes of
certification of NDT personnel conduct. This Standard is applicable to product
Specifies requirements for principles for the related codes containing promises made to
qualification and certification of personnel who customers by an organization concerning its
perform industrial non-destructive testing (NDT). behaviour.
(=ISO 9712:2012) (= ISO 10001:2007)
Gr. P Gr.KM

449
SLS ISO 10002: 2023 plans. This standard is applicable to quality plans
Quality management- customer satisfaction- for a process, product, project or contract, any
guidelines for complaints handling in product category (hardware, software, processed
rganizations materials and services) and any industry. It is
(Second Revision) focused primarily on product realization and is
This document gives guidelines for the process of not a guide to organizational quality management
complaints handling related to products and system planning. This is a guidance document Page | 450
services within an organization, including and is not intended to be used for certification or
planning, design, development, operation, registration purposes.(=ISO 10005:2005)
maintenance and improvement. The complaints- Gr. NQ
handling process described is suitable for use as SLS ISO 10006:2003
one of the processes of an overall quality Quality management systems - guidelines for
management system. quality management in projects
(ISO 10002:2018) Gives guidance on the application of quality
Gr. P management in projects. It is applicable to
projects of varying complexity, small or large, of
SLS ISO 10003:2016 short or long duration, in different environments,
Quality management – customer satisfaction and irrespective of the kind of product or process
guidelines for dispute resolution external to involved.
organization (=ISO 10006:2003)
Provides guidance for an organization to plan, Gr. NQ
design, develop, operate, maintain and improve
an effective and efficient dispute-resolution SLS ISO 10008: 2022
process for complaints that have not been Quality management - customer satisfaction -
resolved by the organization. This Standard is guidelines for business-to-consumer electronic
applicable to: complaints relating to the commerce transactions
organization’s products intended for, or required Guidance on planning, designing, developing,
by, customers, the complaints handling process or implementing, maintaining and improving an
dispute-resolution process and resolutions of effective and efficient business-to-consumer
disputes arising from domestic or cross border electronic commerce transaction (B2C ECT)
business activities. system within an organization. It is applicable to
(=ISO 10003:2007) any organization engaged in, or planning to be
Gr. RT engaged in, a B2C ECT, regardless of size, type
and activity. The focus of this document is on
SLS ISO 10004:2016 organizations that directly offer and provide
Quality management – customer satisfaction products and services to consumers. This
guidelines for monitoring and measuring document aims to enable organizations to set up
Provides guidance in defining and implementing a fair, effective, efficient, transparent and secure
processes to monitor and measure customer B2C ECT system, in order to enhance consumers’
satisfaction. This Standard is intended for use by confidence in B2C ECTs and increase the
organizations regardless of type, size or product satisfaction of consumers. It is aimed at B2C
provided and focus is on customers external to the ECTs concerning consumers as a sub-set of
organization. customers. The guidance given in this document
(=ISO 10004:2012) can complement an organization’s quality
Gr. NQ management system
ISO 10008:2022
SLS ISO 10005:2005 Gr. Q
Quality management systems - guidelines for
quality plans
Provides guidelines for the development, review,
acceptance, application and revision of quality

450
SLS ISO 10012: 2023 SLS ISO 10019:2005
Measurement management systems — Guidelines for the selection of quality
requirements for easurement processes and management system consultants and use of
measuring equipment their services
This International Standard specifies generic Provides guidance for the selection of quality
requirements and provides guidance for the management system consultants and the use of
management of measurement processes and their services. It is intended to assist Page | 451
metrological confirmation of measuring organizations when selecting a quality
equipment used to support and demonstrate management system consultant. It gives guidance
compliance with metrological requirements. It on the process for evaluating the competence of a
specifies the quality management requirements of quality management system consultant and
a measurement management system that can be provides confidence that the organization’s needs
used by an organization performing and expectations for the consultant’s services will
measurements as part of the overall management be met.
system, and to ensure metrological requirements (=ISO 10019:2005)
are met. This International Standard is not 13 pages, Gr GJ
intended to be used as a requisite for
demonstrating conformance with ISO 9001, ISO SLS ISO 10231:2014
14001 or any other standard. Interested parties Motorcycle tyres - test methods for verifying
can agree to use this International Standard as an tyre capabilities
input for satisfying measurement management Specifies test methods for verifying the
system requirements in certification activities. capabilities of tyres for motorcycles. It is not
This International Standard is not intended as a applicable to tyres with a speed capability below
substitute for, or as an addition to, the 130 km/h. It is applicable only to road tyres with
requirements of ISO/IEC 17025 speed symbols P and above. The test methods
(ISO 10012:2003) presented in this standard are not intended for
Gr. K gradation of tyre performance or quality levels.
This is also applicable to all motorcycle tyres.
SLS ISO/TR 10014:2021 (=ISO 10231:2003)
Quality management - guidelines for realizing Gr. F
financial and economic benefits
Provides guidelines for realizing financial and SLS ISO 10286:2020
economic benefits from the application of the Gas cylinders - terminology
ISO 9000 quality management principles. It Gives the terminology for ISO/TC 58 standards
provides examples of achievable benefits and intended to be used under regulations for the
identifies management methods and tools that are transport of dangerous goods that are based on the
available to assist with the achievement of those UN Model Regulations. Variations from the
benefits. terminology are permissible to comply with other
(=ISO/TR 10014:2021) regulations such as for stationary
Gr.K (=ISO 10286:2015)
Gr. C
SLS ISO/TR 10017:2003
Quality management guidance on statistical SLS ISO 10290: 2023
techniques for ISO 9001:2000 Textiles — cotton yarns — basis for
Provides guidance on the selection of appropriate specification
statistical techniquies that may be useful to an This document specifies criteria, with relevant
organization in developing, implementing, test methods, to be applied in describing single
maintaining and improving a quality spun grey cotton yarns. These yarns are widely
management system in compliance with ISO used in international trade.
9001. (=ISO/TR 10017:2003) (ISO 10290:2018)
26 Pages, Gr. KM Gr. C

451
SLS ISO 10307-2: 2023 SLS ISO 10370: 2023
Petroleum products — total sediment in Petroleum products — determination of
residual fuel oils — part 2: determination carbon residue — micro method
using standard procedures for ageing This International Standard specifies a method
This part of ISO10307 specifies two for the determination of the amount of carbon
procedures— A (thermal) and B (chemical) — residue, in the range 0,10 % (m/m) to 30,0 %
for the accelerated ageing of residual fuel oils. (m/m), left after evaporation and pyrolysis of Page | 452
When combined with the hot filtration method petroleum products under specified conditions.
specified in ISO10307-1, these procedures permit (ISO 10370:2014)
the prediction of fuel oil stability, as affected by Gr. E
sedimentation, during storage and handling of the
fuel oils. NOTEFor the purposes of this SLS ISO 10545 Part 1:2019
International Standard, the terms “” and “” are Ceramic tiles - Sampling and basis for
used to represent mass and volume fractions of a acceptance
material, respectively. These expressions are Specifies rules for batching, sampling, inspection
deprecated under the International System and and acceptance/rejection of ceramic tiles.
according to ISO31-0, Quantities and units— (=ISO 10545-1:1995)
Part0: General principles, which specifies that Gr.C
mass and volume fractions be expressed as “mass
fraction of xx%” (symbol ) and “volume fraction SLS ISO 10545 Part 2:2019
of xx%” (symbol ). Test methods for Ceramic tiles -
(ISO 10307-2:2009) Determination-of dimension and surface
Gr. C quality
Specifies methods for determining the
SLS ISO 10318-1: 2021 dimensional characteristics (length, width,
Geosynthetics - part 1: terms and definitions thickness, straightness of sides, rectangularity,
define terms related to functions, products, surface flatness) and the surface quality of
properties, and other terms used in EN and ISO ceramic tiles. (=ISO 10545-2:2019)
geosynthetics International Standards. Gr. G
Definitions of terms not included in this part of
ISO 10318 can be found in the International SLS ISO 10545 Part 3:2019
Standards describing appropriate test methods. Test methods for Ceramic tiles -
(=ISO 10318-1:2015) Determination of water absorption, apparent
Gr. C porosity, apparent relative density and bulk
density
SLS ISO 10318-2: 2021 Specifies methods for determining water
Geosynthetics - part 2 - symbols and absorption, apparent porosity, apparent relative
pictograms density and bulk density of ceramic tiles.
Define property symbols, graphical symbols, and (=ISO 10545-3:2018)
pictograms used in EN and ISO geosynthetics Gr. D
standards. Definitions of particular or specific
symbols and pictograms terms not included in SLS ISO 10545 Part 4:2019
this this part of ISO 10318 can be found in the Test methods for Ceramic tiles -
International Standards describing appropriate Determination of modulus of rupture and
test methods. breaking strength
(=ISO 10318-2:2015) Specifies a test method for determining the
Gr. D modulus of rupture and breaking strength of all
ceramic tiles. (=ISO 10545-4:2019)
Gr. D

452
SLS ISO 10545 Part 5:2013 SLS ISO 10545 Part 11:2013
Ceramic tiles - Determination of impact Ceramic tiles - Determination of crazing
resistance by measurement of coefficient of resistance for glazed tiles
restitution Defines a test method for determining the crazing
Specifies a test method for determining the resistance of all glazed ceramic tiles except when
impact resistance of ceramic tiles by measuring the crazing is an inherent decorative feature of the
the coefficient of restitution. product.(=ISO 10545-11:1994) Page | 453
(=ISO 10545-5:1996) Gr. B
Gr. D
SLS ISO 10545 Part 12:2013
SLS ISO 10545 Part 6:2013 Ceramic tiles - Determination of frost
Ceramic tiles - Determination of resistance to resistance
deep abrasion for unglazed tiles Specifies a method for determining the frost
Specifies a test method for determining the resistance of all ceramic tiles intended for use in
resistance to deep abrasion of all unglazed freezing conditions in the presence of water.
ceramic tiles used for floor coverings. (=ISO 10545-12:1995)
(=ISO 10545-6:2010) Gr. A
Gr. B
SLS ISO 10545 Part 13:2019
SLS ISO 10545 Part 7:2013 Test methods for Ceramic tiles -
Ceramic tiles - Determination of resistance to Determination of chemical resistance
surface abrasion for glazed tiles Specifies a test method for determining the
Specifies a method for determining the resistance chemical resistance of ceramic tiles at room
to surface abrasion of all glazed ceramic tiles temperature. The method is applicable to all types
used for floor covering.(=ISO 10545-7:1996) of ceramic tiles.(=ISO 10545-13:2016)
Gr. D Gr. E

SLS ISO 10545 Part 8:2019 SLS ISO 10545 Part 14:2019
Test methods for Ceramic tiles - Test methods for Ceramic tiles -
Determination of linear thermal expansion Determination of resistance to stains
Defines a test method for determining the Specifies a method for determining the resistance
coefficient of linear thermal expansion of ceramic to stains of the proper surface of ceramic tiles.
tiles.(=ISO 10545-8:2014) (=ISO 10545-14:2015)
Gr. A Gr. D

SLS ISO 10545 Part 9:2013 SLS ISO 10545 Part 15:2013
Ceramic tiles - Determination of resistance to Ceramic tiles - Determination of lead and
thermal shock cadmium given off by glazed tiles
Specifies a test method for determining the Specifies a method for the determination of lead
resistance to thermal shock of all ceramic tiles and cadmium given off by the glaze of ceramic
under normal conditions of use. tiles.(=ISO 10545-15:1995)
(=ISO 10545-9:2013) Gr. B
Gr. B
SLS ISO 10545 Part 16:2013
SLS ISO 10545 Part 10:2013 Ceramic tiles - Determination of small colour
Ceramic tiles - Determination of moisture differences
expansion Describes a method for utilizing colour
Specifies a method for determining the moisture measuring instruments for quantifying the small
expansion of ceramic tiles. colour differences between plain coloured
(=ISO 10545-10:1995) ceramic tiles, which are designed to be of uniform
Gr. B and consistent colour. It permits the specification

453
of a maximum acceptable value, which depends SLS ISO 11114 Part 2: 2020
only on the closeness of match and not on the Gas cylinders - compatibility of cylinder and
nature of the colour difference. This is not valve materials with gas contents - non -
applicable to colour variations produced for metallic materials
artistic purposes.(=ISO 10545-16:2010) Guidance in the selection and evaluation of
Gr. C compatibility between non-metallic materials for
gas cylinders and valves and the gas contents. It Page | 454
SLS ISO 10988:2018 also covers bundles, tubes and pressure drums.
Method of test for knapsack motorized air- This part of iso 11114 can be helpful for
assisted sprayers composite and laminated materials used for gas
Specifies the requirements, test methods and cylinders. It does not cover the subject
minimum performance limits for knapsack completely and is intended to give guidance only
motorized air-blast (twin-fluid) sprayers and air- in evaluating the compatibility of gas/material
assisted centrifugal sprayers as defined in ISO combinations.
5681. (=ISO 11114-2:2013)
(=ISO 10988: 2011) Gr. G
Gr. K
SLS ISO 11117:2021
SLS ISO 11107: 2022 Gas cylinders - valve protection caps and
Recreational diving services — requirements guards - design, construction and tests
for training programmes on enriched air (First revision)
nitrox (ean) diving Specifies the requirements for valve protection
Specifies the level of competence required of a caps and valve guards used on cylinders for
scuba diver in order to be awarded an enriched air liquefied, dissolved or compressed gases. Valve
nitrox (EAN) diver certification by a training protection caps and valve guards are some of the
organization. This International Standard also options available to protect cylinder valves,
specifies the conditions under which training is to including valves with integral pressure regulators
be provided, which supplement the general (VIPRs) during transport.This document is
requirements for recreational diving services applicable to valve protection caps and valve
specified in ISO 24803. guards which inherently provide the primary
(ISO 11107:2009) protection of a cylinder valve. It can also be used
Gr. C to test other equipment (e.g., handling devices)
attached to cylinder packages, even in cases
SLS ISO 11114 Part 1:2020 where the cylinder valve is inherently able to
Gas cylinders - compatibility of cylinder and withstand damage without release of the
valve materials with Gas contents - metallic content.This document excludes protection
materials devices for cylinders with a water capacity of 5 l
Provides requirements for the selection of safe or less and cylinders whereby the protection
combinations of metallic cylinder and valve device is fixed by means of lugs welded or brazed
materials and cylinder gas content. The to the cylinder, or is welded or brazed directly to
compatibility data given is related to single gases the cylinder. This document does not cover valve
and to gas mixtures. Seamless metallic, welded protection for breathing apparatus cylinders.
metallic and composite gas cylinders and their (=ISO 11117:2019)
valves, used to contain compressed, liquefied and Gr. J
dissolved gases are considered.
(=ISO 11114-1:2020) SLS ISO 11121: 2021.
Gr. T Recreational diving services - requirements
for introductory programmes to scuba diving
specifies minimum programme content
requirements for training organizations for
introductory scuba experiences in recreational

454
scuba diving. Under no conditions are these SLS ISO 11267: 2023
requirements considered to be a standard for the Soil quality - inhibition of reproduction of
training and qualification of scuba divers. This collembola (Folsomia candida) by soil
document applies to programmes that include contaminants
participants being taken into an open water This document specifies one of the methods
environment. It does not apply to programmes for evaluating the habitat function of soils and Page | 455
that are exclusively conducted in a confined determining effects of soil contaminants and
water environment (e.g. swimming pools). This substances on the reproduction of Folsomia
document also specifies the conditions under candida Willem by dermal and alimentary
which this service is to be provided, which uptake. This document also provides
supplement the general requirements for information on how to use this method for
recreational diving services specified in ISO testing substances under temperate
24803. (=ISO 11121:2017) conditions. The chronic test described is
Gr. D applicable to soils and soil materials of
unknown quality, e.g. from contaminated sites,
SLS ISO 11133:2017
amended soils, soils after remediation,
Microbiology of food, animal feed and water – industrial, agricultural or other sites of
preparation, production, storage and
concern and waste materials.
performance testing of culture media
The method is not applicable to volatile
Defines terms related to quality assurance of
substances, i.e. substances for which H
culture media and specifies the requirements for
(Henry's constant) or the air/water partition
the preparation of culture media intended for the
coefficient is greater than 1, or for which the
microbiological analysis of food, animal feed,
and samples from the food or feed production vapour pressure exceeds 300 Pa at 25 °C.
environment as well as all kinds of water intended (ISO 11267:2023)
for consumption or used in food production. Gr. R
These requirements are applicable to all
categories of culture media prepared for use in SLS ISO 11292:2020
laboratories performing microbiological Instant coffee- determination of free and total
analyses. It also sets criteria and describes carbohydrate contents- method using high-
methods for the performance testing of culture performance anion- exchange
media. (=ISO 11133:2014) chromatography
AMD No 1 (AMD 584:2023) Specifies a method for the determination of free
AMD No 2 (AMD 585:2023) and total carbohydrate contents in instant coffee
Gr.X using high-performance anionexchange
chromatography. In particular, it determines the
SLS ISO 11265:2021 content of individual monosaccharides, sucrose
Soil quality - determination of the specific and mannitol.(=ISO 11292:1995)
electrical conductivity Gr. H
Specifies an instrumental method for the routine
determination of the specific electrical SLS ISO 11357-1: 2023
conductivity in an aqueous extract of soil. The Plastics - differential scanning calorimetry
determination is carried out to obtain an (dsc) : general principles
indication of the content of water-soluble The ISO 11357 series specifies several
electrolytes in a soil. This Standard is applicable differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) methods
to all types of air-dried soil samples. for the thermal
(=ISO 11265:1994) analysis of polymers and polymer blends, such as
Gr. B — thermoplastics (polymers, moulding
compounds and other moulding materials, with or
without fillers, fibres or reinforcements),

455
— thermosets (uncured or cured materials, with SLS ISO 11363 Part 2:2021
or without fillers, fibres or reinforcements), and Gas cylinders - 17e and 25e taper threads for
— elastomers (with or without fillers, fibres or connection of valves to Gas cylinders:
reinforcements). The ISO 11357 series is inspection gauges
applicable for the observation and measurement Specifies types, dimensions and principles of use
of various properties of, and of gauges, to be used in conjunction with the taper
phenomena associated with, the above- threads specified in ISO 11363-1 (i.e. 17E and Page | 456
mentioned materials, such as 25E threads).
— physical transitions (glass transition, phase It provides examples of calculations for thread
transitions such as melting and crystallization, gauge dimensions on the large end diameter
polymorphic transitions, etc.), (Annex A) and draws attention to the limitations
— chemical reactions (polymerization, of the gauging system specified (Annex B).
crosslinking and curing of elastomers and (=ISO 11363-2:2017)
thermosets, etc.), Gr. K
— the stability to oxidation, and
— the heat capacity. SLS ISO 11545:2020
This document specifies a number of general Agricultural irrigation equipment - Centre-
aspects of differential scanning calorimetry, such pivot and moving lateral irrigation machines
as the with sprayer or sprinkler nozzles -
principle and the apparatus, sampling, calibration Determination of uniformity of water
and general aspects of the procedure and test distribution
report Specifies an in-field method for determining the
common to all parts. uniformity of water distribution in the field from
Details on performing specific methods are given Centre-pivot and moving lateral irrigation
in subsequent parts of the ISO 11357 series (see machines equipped with sprayer or sprinkler
Foreword).(ISO 11357-1:2023) nozzles.
Gr. Q The calculation of the coefficient of uniformity is
also specified. This Standard is applicable to
SLS ISO 11359-1: 2023 agricultural irrigation machines for which the
Plastics - thermomechanical analysis (tma) water application device is more than 1,5 m above
general principles the soil surface and for which the water
This document specifies the general conditions distribution from successive devices overlaps. It
for the thermomechanical analysis of is not applicable to the evaluation of centre-pivot
thermoplastics and thermosetting materials, filled irrigation machines equipped with various corner
or unfilled, in the form of sheet or moulded parts. arm application devices.
Thermomechanical analysis consists of the (=ISO 11545:2009)
determination of deformations of a test specimen Gr.H
under constant load as a function of temperature
and/or time.(ISO 11359-1:2023) SLS ISO 11556: 2023
Gr. D Paper and board — determination of curl
using a single vertically suspended test piece
SLS ISO 11363 Part 1:2021 This International Standard gives a procedure for
Gas cylinders - 17e and 25e taper threads for determining the curl of paper and board using a
connection of valves to Gas cylinders : vertically suspended test piece, and defines the
specifications terms used in curl measurement. This
Specifies dimensions and tolerances for taper International Standard may be used to measure
screw threads of nominal diameter 17,4 mm any curl when the curl formed approximates
(designated as 17E) and 25,8 mm (designated as the arc of a circle; the curl is stable enough to
25E) used for the connection of valves to gas remain constant during the time required to cut
cylinders.(= ISO 11363-1:2018) the test pieces and make the measurement. This
Gr. E primarily includes curl in paper or board as

456
received or after exposure to a constant climatic semi-mounted, towed or self-propelled
condition, such as a test room or print shop. implements. Its purpose is to standardize the
NOTE 1 The choice of conditioning climate and method and format of transfer of data between
conditioning time depends on the purpose of the sensors, actuators, control elements, and
testing. NOTE 2 For papers coated on one side or information-storage and -display units, whether
gummed-label papers, a period of at least 24 h, mounted on, or part of, the tractor or implement.
after production, should be allowed to permit the It is intended to provide open system interconnect Page | 457
paper to stabilize before any curl tests are done (OSI) for electronic systems used by agricultural
(ISO 11556:2005) and forestry equipment. This part of ISO 11783
Gr. F gives a general overview of ISO 11783. For ISO
11783 application developers, the content of this
SLS ISO 11734:2017 electronic database provides the current listing of
Water quality - evaluation of the “ultimate” the ISO 11783-1 address assignments, identity
anaerobic biodegradability of organic assignments, and parameter definitions which
compounds in digested sludge - method by have been assigned and which are officially
measurement of the Biogas production registered by SAE J1939.
Specifies a screening method for the evaluation (ISO 11783-1:2017)
of the biodegradability of organic compounds at Gr. K
a given concentration by anaerobic
microorganisms. The method applies to organic SLS ISO 11783-2: 2023
compounds with a known carbon content and Tractors and machinery for agriculture and
which are soluble in water; poorly soluble in forestry — serial control and communications
water, provided that a method of exact dosing is data network : physical layer
applicable, not inhibitory to the test ISO 11783 specifies a serial data network for
microorganisms at the concentration chosen for control and communications on forestry or
the test and inhibitory effects can be determined agricultural tractors and mounted, semi-mounted,
in separate tests or by an additional inhibition towed or self-propelled implements. Its purpose
assay is to standardize the method and format of
(=ISO 11734:1995) transfer of data between sensors, actuators,
Gr. G control elements, and information- storage and -
display units, whether mounted on, or part of, the
SLS ISO 11737 Part 1:2020 tractor or implement. ISO 11783 also provides an
Sterilization of health care products - open interconnect system for on-board electronic
microbiological methods - determination of a systems used by agriculture and forestry
population of microorganisms on products equipment. It is intended to enable electronic
Specifies requirements and provides guidance on control units (ECUs) to communicate with each
the enumeration and microbial characterization other, providing a standardized system. This
of the population of viable microorganisms on or document defines and describes the network’s
in a health care product, component, raw material 250 kbit/s, twisted, non-shielded, quad-cable
or package. physical layer and an alternative cable and
(=ISO 11737-1:2018) architecture named twisted pair physical layer
Gr. T (TPPL) based on a 250 kbit/s, un-shielded,
twisted pair cable network layer which is fully
SLS ISO 11783 Part 1: 2023 backward compatible to twisted quad based
Tractors and machinery for agriculture and machines and devices. NOTE Where not
forestry — serial control and communications differently specified, requirements are valid for
data network part 1: general standard for both twisted quad and TPPL.
mobile data communication (ISO 11783-2:2019)
ISO 11783 as a whole specifies a serial data Gr. V
network for control and communications on
forestry or agricultural tractors and mounted,

457
SLS ISO 11817:2020 temperature in Order to minimize uncertainties
Roasted ground coffee - determination of due to the use of generalized tables.
moisture content-karl fischer method (ISO 12185:1996)
(reference method) Gr. E
Specifies a method for the determination of
moisture content of roasted ground coffee by the SLS ISO 12236:2017
Karl Fischer titration method. Since it is precise, Geosynthetics - static puncture test (CBR test) Page | 458
it is suitable as a reference method. Withdrawn (See SLS 1406-7)
(=ISO 11817:1994)
Gr. C
SLS ISO 12402-7: 2022
SLS ISO 11930:2021 Personal flotation devices — materials and
Cosmetics - microbiology - evaluation of the components — safety requirements and test
antimicrobial protection of a cosmetic product methods
Specifies a procedure for the interpretation of Specifies the minimum requirements for the
data generated by the preservation efficacy test or construction and performance of materials and
by the microbiological risk assessment, or both, components of personal flotation devices, as well
when evaluating the overall antimicrobial as the relevant test methods
protection of a cosmetic product. It comprises:- a ISO 12402-7: 2020
preservation efficacy test;- a procedure for Gr. W
evaluating the overall antimicrobial protection of
a cosmetic product that is not considered low risk, SLS ISO 12402-8: 2022
based on a risk assessment described in ISO Personal flotation devices — accessories —
29621. The preservation efficacy test is a safety requirements and test methods
reference method to evaluate the preservation of specifies the safety requirements and test
a cosmetic formulation. It is applicable to methods for accessories used for personal
cosmetic products in the marketplace. flotation devices (PFDs).
(=ISO 11930:2019) ISO 12402-8:2020
Gr. L Gr. H

SLS ISO 12185:2023 SLS ISO 12402-9: 2022

Crude petroleum and petroleum products - Personal flotation devices — evaluation
determination of density - oscillating u-tube Specifies the processes for evaluation of personal
method flotation devices for fulfilment of the
This International Standard specifies a method requirements in ISO 12402-2:2020 to ISO 12402-
for the determination, using an oscillating U-tube 6:2020, with which this document is intended to
density meter, of the density of crude Petroleum be used.
and related products within the range 600 kg/m3 ISO 12402-9:2020
to 1 100 kg/m3 which tan be handled as Single- Gr. X
Phase liquids at the test temperature and pressure.
This International Standard is applicable to SLS ISO 12439:2016
liquids of any vapour pressure as long as suitable Mixing water for concrete
precautions are taken to ensure that they remain Specifies the requirements for water that is
in Single Phase with no loss of light ends and suitable for making concrete in accordance with
subsequent changes in composition and density ISO 22965 (all parts) and describes methods for
during both the Sample handling and the density assessing its suitability.
determination. NOTE 1 If the determined density (=ISO 12439:2010)
is to be converted to a density at some reference (Supersedies SLS 522)
temperature using Petroleum measurement Gr. G
tables, the determination should be carried out at
a temperature as close as possible to the reference

458
SLS ISO 12468 Part 1:2016 to carry out chromatographic analyses on a given
External exposure of roofs to fire - Test sample, or samples. Standard defines validation
method criteria with which analytical results obtained
Specifies a test method to determine the from the analysis of cosmetic products should
resistance of roofs to external exposure to fire. comply in order to give confidence in
This method evaluates the behaviour of the roof performance, reliability and quality of the final
when exposed to three types of burning brands result. It sets out an analytical approach that can Page | 459
combined with wind and with or without heat be used by a single laboratory to carry out
radiation, concerning the fire spread across the chromatographic analyses on a given sample, or
external surface of the roof, the fire spread within samples.
the roof, the fire penetration, and the production (=ISO 12787:2011)
of flaming droplets or debris falling through the Gr.H
roof, from the underside of the roof, or from the
exposed surface. SLS ISO 12812-1: 2023
(=ISO 12468-1:2013) Core banking - mobile financial services - part
Gr.M 1: general framework
Defines the general framework of mobile
SLS ISO 12468 Part 2:2016 financial services (payment and banking services
External exposure of roofs to fire - involving a mobile device), with a focus on: a) a
Classification of roofs set of definitions commonly agreed by the
This Standard establishes the classification of international financial industry; b) the
roofs tested in accordance with SLS ISO 12468- opportunities offered by mobile devices for the
1. Performance criteria are established with development of such services; c) the promotion
respect to fire penetration or openings external of an environment that reduces or minimizes
fire spread and falling of flaming droplets or obstacles for mobile financial service providers
debris.(=ISO 12468-2:2013) who wish to provide a sustainable and reliable
Gr.C service to a wide range of customers (persons and
businesses), while ensuring that customers’
SLS ISO 12572:2016 interests are protected; d) the different types of
Hygrothermal performance of building mobile financial services accessed through a
materials and products -determination of mobile device including mobile proximate
water vapour transmission properties payments, mobile remote payments and mobile
Specifies a method based on cup tests for banking, which are detailed in other parts of ISO
determining the water vapour permeance of 12812; e) the mobile financial services
building products and the water vapour supporting technologies; f) the stakeholders
permeability of building materials under involved in the mobile payment ecosystems. This
isothermal conditions. Different sets of test document includes the following informative
conditions are specified. annexes: — an overview of other standardization
(=ISO 12572:2001) initiatives in mobile financial services (Annex
Gr. N A); — a description of possible mobile payment
business models (Annex B); — a description of
SLS ISO 12787:2017 typical payment instruments which may be used
Cosmetics-analytical methods- validation (Annex C). (ISO 12812-1:2017)
criteria for analytical results using Gr. Q
chromatographic techniques
Standard defines validation criteria with which SLS ISO/TS 12812-2: 2023
analytical results obtained from the analysis of Core banking - mobile financial services - part
cosmetic products should comply in order to give 2: security and data protection for mobile
confidence in performance, reliability and quality financial services
of the final result. It sets out an analytical Describes and specifies a framework for the
approach that can be used by a single laboratory management of the security of MFS. It

459
includes the different scenarios regarding the issuance of
— a generic model for the design of the security the secure element when present (see Clause 6),
policy, the different roles for the management of the
— a minimum set of security requirements, application lifecycle and the domains of
— recommended cryptographic protocols and responsibilities (see Clause 7). It also specifies
mechanisms for mobile device authentication, functions and processes in the application
financial lifecycle management (see Clause 8) and Page | 460
message secure exchange and external describes scenarios of service models and roles of
authentication, including the following: actors (see Clause 9).
a) point-to-point aspects to consider for MFS; (ISO/TS 12812-3:2017)
b) end-to-end aspects to consider; Gr. F
c) security certification aspects;
d) generation of mobile digital signatures; SLS ISO/TS 12812-4: 2023
— interoperability issues for the secure Core banking - mobile financial services – Part
certification of MFS, 4: mobile payments-to-persons
— recommendations for the protection of Provides comprehensive requirements and
sensitive data, recommendations, as well as specific use cases
— guidelines for the implementation of national for implementation of interoperable mobile
laws and regulations (e.g. anti-money laundering payments-to-persons. The emphasis is placed on
and the principles governing the operational
combating the funding of terrorism (AML/CFT), functioning of mobile payments-topersons
and systems and processes, as well as the presentation
— security management considerations. of the underlying technical, organizational,
In order to avoid the duplication of business, legal and policy issues, leveraging
standardization work already performed by other legacy infrastructures of existing payment
organizations, instruments (see ISO 12812-1:2017, Annex C).
this document will reference other International This document includes the following items:
Standards as required. In this respect, users of this a) requirements applicable to mobile payments-
document are directed to materials developed and to-persons;
published by ISO/TC 68/SC 2 and ISO/IEC JTC b) recommendations regarding mechanisms
1/SC 27. (ISO/TS 12812-2:2017) involved in the operation of interoperable mobile
Gr. U payments-to-persons;
c) a description of the different use cases for
SLS ISO/TS 12812-3: 2023 mobile payments-to-persons;
Core banking - mobile financial services - part d) a generic interoperability model for the
3: financial application lifecycle management provision of different mobile payments-to-
Specifies the interoperable lifecycle management persons;
of applications used in mobile financial services. e) recommendations for the technical
As defined in ISO 12812-1, an application is a set implementation of the generic architectures for
of software modules and/or data needed to the mobile
provide functionality for a mobile financial payments-to-persons program;
service. This document deals with different types f) recommendations for mobile remittances;
of applications which is the term used to cover g) use cases with the corresponding transaction
authentication, banking and payment flows;
applications, as well as credentials. Clause 5 h) discussion of the financial inclusion of
describes the basic principles required, or to be unbanked and underbanked persons (Annex A);
considered, for the application lifecycle i) some legal aspects to consider for mobile
management. Because several implementations payments-to-persons (Annex B).
are possible with impacts on the lifecycle, this (ISO/TS 12812-4:2017)
document describes the different architectures for Gr. R
the location of the application and the impacts of

460
SLS ISO/TS 12812-5: 2023 MFSP, the consumer (or business) is the
Core banking - mobile financial services - part customer of the MFSP. Nevertheless, this
5: mobile payments to businesses document will use the term “consumer.”
Focuses on mechanisms by which a person (ISO/TS 12812-5:2017)
(“consumer”, “payer” or “business”) uses a Gr. U
mobile device to initiate a payment to a business
entity (“merchant” or “payee”). Such a payment SLS ISO 12830: 2022 Page | 461
may use the traditional merchant point of Paper, board, pulps and cellulose
interaction (POI) system, where the manner of nanomaterials determination of acid-soluble
settling the payment follows well-established magnesium, calcium, manganese, iron,
merchant services paradigms. Additionally, there copper, sodium and potassium
are other ways specifies the procedure for the determination of
for a consumer to make a payment to a merchant, acid-soluble magnesium, calcium, manganese,
using the mobile device to initiate, authorize and iron, copper, sodium and potassium by atomic
process transactions outside of traditional absorption spectrometry (AAS) or by inductively
payment networks using secure payment coupled plasma emission spectrometry (ICP/ES).
instruments. The acid-soluble element comprises the acid-
Accordingly, this document supports both “push” soluble part of the incineration residue, i.e. that
and “pull” payments (i.e. transactions that are part of the ignition residue obtained after
pushed or transmitted from a mobile device into incineration which is soluble in hydrochloric acid
a POI or pulled or received into a mobile device or nitric acid. In cases where the residue is
or POI), which are initiated and/or confirmed by completely soluble, the result obtained by the
a consumer to purchase goods and or services, procedure specified in this document is a measure
including proximate payments, remote secure of the total amount of each element in the sample.
server payments, as well as mobile payments that (=ISO 12830:2019)
leverage other technologies [e.g. cloud Gr. K
computing, quick response (“QR”) codes,
biometrics, geo-location and other methods to SLS ISO 12937:2021
authenticate and authorize the transaction]. One Petroleum products - determination of water -
of the most important aspects of the MFS coulometric karl fischer titration method
environment is mobile payments to businesses. Specifies a method for the direct determination of
There are many ways a consumer, or a business water in petroleum products boiling below 390
as a consumer, can make a payment to a °C. It covers the mass fraction range 0,003 %
merchant. ISO 12812 provides a comprehensive (m/m) to 0,100 % (m/m). It is not applicable to
standard for using the mechanisms involved in products containing ketones or to residual fuel
mobilizing the transfer of funds regardless of who oils. This International Standard may be
is involved in the process. This document is applicable to lubricating base oils. However, the
intended to be used by potential implementers of precision has not been established for these
mobile retail payment solutions, while ISO materials. The precision given in clause 12 is
12812-4 is intended for potential implementers of based upon data obtained using dual-cell, dual-
solutions for mobile payments to persons. NOTE electrolyte systems.
ISO 12812-1:2017, 5.4 explains the differences in (=ISO 12937:2000)
the use of these terms. As such, the ISO 12812 Gr. F
(all parts) seeks to support all possible
technologies and is not designed to highlight or SLS ISO 12944 Part 1:2021
endorse specific technologies in the competitive Paints and varnishes – corrosion protection of
marketplace. Although this document deals with steel structures by protective paint systems -
mobile payments made by a consumer or a General introduction
business acting as a consumer, which transactions (First Revision)
are subject to a variety of consumer protection Deals with the corrosion protection of steel
requirements, in terms of the relationship to the structures by protective paint systems. It covers

461
only the corrosion-protective function of paint SLS ISO 12944 Part 4:2021
systems. Other protective functions, like the Paints and varnishes – corrosion protection of
protection against microorganisms (marine steel structures by protective paint systems -
fouling, bacteria, fungi, etc.), chemicals (acids, Types of surface and surface preparation
alkalis, organic solvents, gases, etc. mechanical (First Revision)
action (abrasion, etc.) and fire are not covered by Deals with the following types of surfaces of steel
this standard. structures consisting of carbon or low-alloy steel, Page | 462
(=ISO 12944-1:2017) and their preparation: uncoated surfaces; surfaces
Gr.E thermally sprayed with zinc, aluminium or their
alloys;hot-dip-galvanized surfaces; zinc-
SLS ISO 12944 Part 2:2021 electroplated surfaces; sherardized surfaces;
Paints and varnishes – corrosion protection of surfaces painted with prefabrication primer; other
steel structures by protective paint systems - painted surfaces.
Classification of environments (=ISO 12944-4:2017)
(First Revision) Gr. K
Deals with the classification of the principal
environments to which steel structures are SLS ISO 12944 Part 5:2021
exposed, and the corrosivity of these Paints and varnishes – corrosion protection of
environments. It defines atmospheric-corrosivity steel structures by protective paint systems -
categories, based on mass loss (or thickness loss) Protective paint systems
by standard specimens, and describes typical (First Revision)
natural atmospheric environments to which steel Describes the types of paint and paint system
structures are exposed, giving advice on the commonly used for corrosion protection of steel
estimation of the corrosivity’, describes different structures. It also provides guidance for the
categories of environment for structures selection of paint systems available for different
immersed in water or buried in soil and gives environments and different surface preparation
information on some special corrosion stresses grades, and the durability grade to be expected.
that may cause a significant increase in corrosion The durability of paint systems is classified in
rate or place higher demands on the performance terms of low, medium and high.
of the protective paint system. (=ISO 12944-5:2019)
(=ISO 12944-2:2017) Gr. L
Gr. F
SLS ISO 12944 Part 6:2021
SLS ISO 12944 Part 3:2021 Paints and varnishes – corrosion protection of
Paints and varnishes – corrosion protection of steel structures by protective paint systems -
steel structures by protective paint systems - Laboratory performance test methods
Design considerations (First Revision)
(First Revision) Specifies laboratory test methods and test
Deals with the basic criteria for the design of steel conditions for the assessment of paint systems for
structures to be coated by protective paint the corrosion protection of steel structures. The
systems in order to avoid premature corrosion test results are to be considered as an aid in the
and degradation of the coating or the structure. It selection of suitable paint systems and not as
gives examples of appropriate and inappropriate exact information for determining durability. It
design, indicating how problems of application, covers protective paint systems designed for
inspection and maintenance of paint systems can application to uncoated steel, hot-dipgalvanized
be avoided. Design measures which facilitate steel and steel surfaces with thermally sprayed
handling and transport of the steel structures are zinc coatings. (=ISO 12944-6:2018)
also considered. Gr. F
(=ISO 12944-3:2017)
Gr. G

462
SLS ISO 12944 Part 7:2021 SLS ISO 13007 Part 4:2019
Paints and varnishes – corrosion protection of Test methods for ceramic tile grouts
steel structures by protective paint systems - (First revision)
Execution and supervision of paint work Specifies methods for determining characteristics
(First Revision) for grouts used in the installation of ceramic tiles.
Deals with the execution and supervision of paint (=ISO 13007-4:2013)
work on steel structures in the workshop or on Gr. L Page | 463
site. It does not apply to the preparation of
surfaces to be painted (see ISO 12944-4) and the SLS ISO 13009:2021
supervision of such work, the application of Tourism and related services - requirements
metallic coatings and pre-treatment methods such and recommendations for beach operation
as phosphating and chromating and paint Establishes general requirements and
application methods such as dipping, powder recommendations for beach operators that offer
coating or coil coating. tourist and visitor services. It provides guidance
(=ISO 12944-7:2017) for both beach operators and users regarding the
Gr. E delivery of sustainable management and
planning, beach ownership, sustainable
SLS ISO 12944 Part 8:2021 infrastructure and service provision needs,
Paints and varnishes – corrosion protection of including beach safety, information and
steel structures by protective paint systems - communication, cleaning and waste removal.
Development of specifications for new work This Standard is applicable to beaches during the
and maintenance bathing season.
(First Revision) (=ISO 13009:2015)
Deals with the development of specifications for Gr. Q
corrosion protection of steel structures, using
protective paint systems. It relates to new work SLS ISO/ TS 13136: 2020
and maintenance in the workshop or on site and Microbiology of food and animal feed real-
is also applicable to the corrosion protection of time polymerase Chain reaction (pcr)- based
individual components. It concerns the corrosion method for the detection of foodborne
protection of steel structures exposed to different Pathogens– horizontal method for the
corrosion stresses by environments such as detection of Shiga toxin-producing escherichia
indoors, open-air and immersion in water or coil (stec) and the Determination of o157, o26,
burial in soil, as well as special stresses, The need o103 and o145 serogroups
for different durability ranges is considered. Steel This Technical Specification describes the
surfaces that have been hot-dip-galvanized, identification of Shiga toxin-producing
metal-sprayed, zinc-electroplated or sherardized, Escherichia coli (STEC) by means of the
and previously painted steel surfaces, are also detection of the following genes: a) the major
covered by this standard virulence genes of STEC, stx and eae (References
(=ISO 12944-8:2017) [2][3]); b) the genes associated with the
Gr. Q serogroups O157, O111, O26, O103, and O145
(References [3][4]). In any case, when one or
SLS ISO 13007 Part 2:2019 both of the stx genes is/are detected, the isolation
Test methods for ceramic tile adhesives of the strain is attempted. The isolation of STEC
(First revision) from samples positive for the presence of the
Specifies methods for determining characteristics genes specifying the serogroups in the scope of
for adhesives used in the installation of ceramic this method can be facilitated by using serogroup-
tiles. specific enrichment techniques (e.g.
(=ISO 13007-2:2013) immunomagnetic separation, IMS). The protocol
Gr.M uses real-time PCR as the reference technology
for detection of the virulence and
serogroupassociated genes. This Technical

463
Specification is applicable to: 1) products cells, in both raw and chemically preserved milk,
intended for human consumption and the feeding using fluoro-opto-electronic somatic cell
of animals; 2) environmental samples in the area counters in which either a rotating disc technique
of food production and food handling; 3) or flow cytometry is applied in the counting
environmental samples in the area of primary section. The guidance is applicable to the
production. counting of somatic cells in raw cow milk. The
(ISO/TS 13136:2012) guidance is also applicable to raw milk of other Page | 464
Gr. L species, such as goat, sheep and buffalo, if the
specified prerequisites are met
SLS ISO 13289: 2021. (ISO 13366-2:2006)
Recreational diving services - requirements Gr. G
for the conduct of snorkelling excursions
specifies minimum requirements for service SLS ISO 13485:2021
providers offering supervised recreational Medical devices – quality management
snorkelling excursions. This International systems requirements for regulatory purposes
Standard applies to activities that will include Specifies requirements for a quality management
participants being taken into an open water system where an organization needs to
environment. It does not apply to activities that demonstrate its ability to provide medical devices
are exclusively conducted in a confined water and related services that consistently meet
environment, e.g.pools. This International customer and applicable regulatory requirements.
Standard also specifies particular conditions Such organizations can be involved in one or
under which the service is provided, in addition more stages of the life-cycle, including design
to the general requirements for recreational and development, production, storage and
diving service provision specified in ISO 24803. distribution, installation, or servicing of a medical
(=ISO 13289:2011) device and design and development or provision
Gr. E of associated activities (e.g. technical support).
This Standard can also be used by suppliers or
SLS ISO 13366 Part 1: 2023 external parties that provide product, including
Milk – enumeration of somatic cells : quality management system-related services to
microscopic method (reference method) such organizations. Requirements of this
This part of ISO 13366|IDF 148 specifies a Standard are applicable to organizations
microscopic method (reference method) for the regardless of their size and regardless of their
counting of somatic cells in both raw and type except where explicitly stated. Wherever
chemically preserved milk. This part of ISO requirements are specified as applying to medical
13366|IDF 148 is applicable for the counting of devices, the requirements apply equally to
somatic cells in cows' milk, provided that the associated services as supplied by the
eventually mentioned prerequisites are met. This organization. The processes required by this
method is suitable for preparing standard test Standard that are applicable to the organization,
samples and determining reference method but are not performed by the organization, are the
values that are required for calibrating responsibility of the organization and are
mechanized and automated cell-counting accounted for in the organization’s quality
methods. management system by monitoring, maintaining,
(ISO 13366-1:2008, Corrigendum 1:2009) and controlling the processes. If applicable
Gr. J regulatory requirements permit exclusions of
design and development controls, this can be used
SLS ISO 13366 Part 2: 2023 as a justification for their exclusion from the
Milk – enumeration of somatic cells : guidance quality management system. These regulatory
on the operation of fluoro-opto-electronic requirements can provide alternative approaches
counters that are to be addressed in the quality
This part of ISO 13366⎪IDF 148 gives guidance management system. It is the responsibility of the
on the operating conditions for counting somatic organization to ensure that claims of conformity

464
to this Standard reflect any exclusion of design above windforce 9 on the Beaufort scale and
and development controls. If any requirement in extreme sea conditions or rogue waves
Clauses 6, 7 or 8 of this Standard is not applicable (ISO 13687-1:2017)
due to the activities undertaken by the Gr. G
organization or the nature of the medical device
for which the quality management system is SLS ISO 13687 Part 2: 2022
Page | 465
applied, the organization does not need to include Tourism and related services — yacht
such a requirement in its quality management harbours — minimum requirements for
system. For any clause that is determined to be intermediate service level harbours
not applicable, the organization records the Establishes minimum requirements for
justification as described in 4.2.2. commercial and non-commercial harbours for
(=ISO/TS 13485:2016) leisure craft in order to define the intermediate
Gr. R level to deliver services to the boating community
for all types of recreational boating activities,
SLS ISO 13528: 2023 excluding the standardization of sports activities.
Statistical methods for use in proficiency The scope does not cover specifics of boat yards,
testing by interlaboratory comparison dry stacks, dry-docking areas, dry storages, fuel
(First Revision) stations and nearby beaches. This document does
This document provides detailed descriptions of not cover risks in case of abnormal weather
statistical methods for proficiency testing conditions above windforce 9 on the Beaufort
providers to use to design proficiency testing scale and extreme sea conditions or rogue waves.
schemes and to analyse the data obtained from (ISO 13687-2:2017)
those schemes. This document provides Gr. E
recommendations on the interpretation of
proficiency testing data by participants in such SLS ISO 13732 Part 1:2018
proficiency testing schemes and by accreditation Ergonomics of the thermal environment -
bodies. The procedures in this document can be methods for the assessment of human
applied to demonstrate that the measurement responses to contact with surfaces - hot
results obtained by laboratories, inspection surfaces
bodies, and individuals meet specified criteria for Provides temperature threshold values for burns
acceptable performance. This document is that occur when human skin is in contact with a
applicable to proficiency testing where the results hot solid surface. It also describes methods for the
reported are either quantitative measurements or assessment of the risks of burning, when humans
qualitative observations on test items. could or might touch hot surfaces with their
(ISO 13528:2022) unprotected skin.
Gr. X (=ISO 13732-1:2006)
Gr. R
SLS ISO 13687 Part 1: 2022
Tourism and related services — yacht SLS ISO 13787:2016
harbours — minimum requirements for basic Thermal insulation products for building
service level harbours equipment and industrial installations -
establishes minimum requirements for determination of declared thermal
commercial and non-commercial harbours for conductivity
leisure craft in order to define the basic level to Establishes the procedure for the determination
deliver services to the boating community for all and verification of the declared thermal
types of recreational boating activities, excluding conductivity as a function of temperature of
the standardization of sports activities. The scope thermal insulating materials and products used
does not cover specifics of boat yards, dry stacks, for the insulation of building equipment and
dry-docking areas, dry storages, fuel stations and industrial installations.
nearby beaches. This document does not cover (=ISO 13787:2003)
risks in case of abnormal weather conditions Gr. K

465
SLS ISO TS 13811:2021 aspects of its activities, products and services that
Tourism and related services - guidelines on the organization determines it can either control
developing Environmental specifications for or influence considering a life cycle perspective.
accommodation Establishments It does not state specific environmental
Provides guidelines for developing specifications performance criteria. Claims of conformity to
aimed at reducing the negative impacts and this standard, however, are not acceptable unless
increasing the positive impacts of all its requirements are incorporated into an Page | 466
accommodation establishments on the organization’s environmental management
environment. This Technical Specification does system and fulfilled without exclusion.
not apply to campsites. (=ISO 14001:2015)
(=ISO/TS 13811:2015) Gr. NQ
Gr. D
SLS ISO 14004:2016
SLS ISO 13914: 2023 Environmental management systems -
Soil, treated biowaste and sludge — General guidelines on implementation
determination of dioxins and furans and Provides guidance for an organization on the
dioxin-like polychlorinated biphenyls by gas establishment, implementation, maintenance and
chromatography with high resolution mass improvement of a robust, credible and reliable
selective detection (HR GC-MS) environmental management system. The
This document specifies a method for guidance provided is intended for an organization
quantitative determination of 17 2,3,7,8-chlorine seeking to manage its environmental
substituted dibenzo-p-dioxins and dibenzofurans responsibilities in a systematic manner that
and dioxin-like polychlorinated biphenyls in contributes to the environmental pillar of
sludge, treated biowaste and soil using liquid sustainability. This Standard helps an
column chromatographic clean-up methods and organization achieve the intended outcomes of its
GC/HRMS. (ISO 13914:2023) environmental management system, which
Gr. R provides value for the environment, the
organization itself and interested parties.
SLS ISO 13943: 2022 Consistent with the organization’s environmental
Fire Safety - Vocabulary policy, the intended outcomes of an
Defines terminology relating to fire safety as used environmental management system include:
in ISO and IEC fire standards enhancement of environmental performance;
(=ISO 13943:2017) fulfilment of compliance obligations;
Gr. C achievement of environmental objectives. The
guidance in this Standard can help an
SLS ISO 14001:2015 (S) organization to enhance its environmental
Environmental management systems - performance, and enables the elements of the
requirements with guidance for use environmental management system to be
Specifies the requirements for an environmental integrated into its core business process.
management system that an organization can use (=ISO 14004:2016)
to enhance its environmental performance. This Gr. UW
is intended for use by an organization seeking to
manage its environmental responsibilities in a SLS ISO 14005:2016
systematic manner that contributes to the Environmental management systems –
environmental pillar of sustainability. Helps an guideline for the phased implementation of an
organization achieve the intended outcomes of its environmental management system, including
environmental management system, which the use of environmental evaluation
provide value for the environment, the Provides guidance for all organizations, but
organization itself and interested parties. It is particularly small- and medium-sized enterprises
applicable to any organization, regardless of size, (SMEs), on the phased development,
type and nature, and applies to the environmental implementation, maintenance and improvement

466
of an environmental management system. It also SLS ISO 14016: 2022
includes advice on the integration and use of Environmental management - guidelines on
environmental performance evaluation the assurance of environmental reports
techniques. This Standard is applicable to any Gives principles and guidelines for assuring the
organization, regardless of its level of environmental information an organization
development, the nature of the activities includes in its environmental reports.
undertaken or the location at which they occur. (=ISO 14016:2020) Page | 467
(=ISO 14005:2010) Gr. M
Gr. UW
SLS ISO 14017: 2022
SLS ISO 14006:2016 Environmental management — requirements
Environmental management systems – with guidance for verification and validation
guideline for incorporating eco design of water statements
Provides guidelines to assist organizations in Specifies principles, requirements and guidelines
establishing, documenting, implementing, for the verification and validation of water
maintaining and continually improving their statements. It is applicable to organizational,
management of ecodesign as part of an product and project water statement verification
environmental management system (EMS). This and validation, and can also be used to provide
International Standard is intended to be used by confidence in reported water information on a
those organizations that have implemented an local, regional or national level. This document is
EMS in accordance with ISO 14001, but can help programme neutral. If a programme is applicable,
in integrating ecodesign in other management requirements of that programme are additional to
systems. The guidelines are applicable to any the requirements of this document.
organization regardless of its size or activity. This (ISO 14017:2022)
standard applies to those product-related Gr. V
environmental aspects that the organization can
control and those it can influence. This standard SLS ISO 14020:2019
does not establish by itself specific environmental Environmental labels and declaration -
performance criteria, and is not intended for general principles
certification purposes.(=ISO 14006:2011) Sstablishes guiding principles for the
Gr. NQ development and use of environmental labels and
declarations. It is intended that other applicable
SLS ISO 14015: 2022 standards in the ISO 14020 series be used in
Environmental management — guidelines for conjunction with this International Standard.
environmental due diligence assessment (=ISO 14020:2000)Gr.C
Gives guidance on how to conduct an
environmental due diligence (EDD) assessment SLS ISO 14021:2019
through a systematic process of identifying Environmental labels and declarations - self
environmental aspects, issues and conditions as declared Environmental claims (type ll
well as determining, if appropriate, their business environmental labelling)
consequences. This document does not provide Specifies requirements for self-declared
guidance on how to conduct other types of environmental claims, including statements,
environmental assessment, such as: symbols and graphics, regarding products. It
a) Environmental audits; further describes selected terms commonly used
b) Environmental impact assessments; in environmental claims and gives qualifications
c) Environmental performance, efficiency, or for their use. This Standard also describes a
reliability assessment; general evaluation and verification methodology
d) Intrusive environmental investigations and for self-declared environmental claims and
remediation (ISO 14015:2022) specific evaluation and verification methods for
Gr. M the selected claims in this International Standard.
(=ISO 14021:2016)Gr. N

467
SLS ISO 14024:2019 SLS ISO 14026:2021
Environmental labels and declarations – type Environmental labels and declarations –
1 environmental labelling – principles and principles, requirements and guidelines for
procedures communication of foot print information
Establishes the principles and procedures for Provides principles, requirements and guidelines
developing Type I environmental labelling for footprint communications for products
programmes, including the selection of product addressing areas of concern relating to the Page | 468
categories, product environmental criteria and environment. This document also provides
product function characteristics, and for assessing requirements and guidelines for footprint
and demonstrating compliance. This document communication programmes, as well as
also establishes the certification procedures for requirements for verification procedures. This
awarding the label. (=ISO 14024:2018) document does not address the quantification of a
Gr. G footprint, nor does it address the communication
of footprints that are not related to the
SLS ISO 14025:2021 environment, e.g. footprints addressing social or
Environmental labels and declarations - type economic issues. In particular, footprint
III environmental declarations – principals communications relating to the economic and
and procedures social dimensions of sustainable development are
Establishes the principles and specifies the outside the scope of this document. Footprint
procedures for developing Type III communications relating to organizations are also
environmental declaration programmes and Type outside the scope of this document
III environmental declarations. It specifically (=ISO 14026:2017)Gr. J
establishes the use of the SLS ISO 14040 series
of standards in the development of Type III SLS ISO/TS 14027:2021
environmental declaration programmes and Type Environmental labels and declarations –
III environmental declarations. This Standard development of product category rules
establishes principles for the use of Provides principles, requirements and guidelines
environmental information, in addition to those for developing, reviewing, registering and
given in SLS ISO 14020. Type III environmental updating PCR within a Type III environmental
declarations as described in this International declaration or footprint communication
Standard are primarily intended for use in programme based on life cycle assessment (LCA)
business-to-business communication, but their according to SLS ISO 14040 and SLS ISO 14044
use in business-to-consumer communication as well as SLS ISO 14025, ISO 14046 and SLS
under certain conditions is not precluded. This ISO/TS 14067. It also provides guidance on how
Standard does not override, or in any way change, to address and integrate additional environmental
legally required environmental information, information, whether or not it is based on LCA in
claims or labelling, or any other applicable legal a coherent and scientifically sound manner
requirements. This Standard does not include according to SLS ISO 14025(=ISO / TS
sector-specific provisions, which may be dealt 14027:2017)Gr. K
with in other ISO documents. It is intended that
sector-specific provisions in other ISO SLS ISO 14030-3:2022
documents related to Type III environmental Environmental performance evaluation —
declarations be based on and use the principles green debt Instruments —: taxonomy
and procedures of this International Standard. Defines a taxonomy of eligible investment
(=ISO 14025:2006) categories for designation as green debt
Gr. M instruments, including bonds and loans. This
document categorizes economic sectors and
establishes criteria for determining the eligibility
of projects, assets and supporting expenditures.
ISO 14030-3:2022
Gr. Z

468
SLS ISO 14031: 2021 cycle interpretation phase, e) reporting and
Environmental management - environmental critical review of the LCA, f) limitations of the
performance Evaluation – guidelines LCA, relationship between the LCA phases, and
Gives guidelines for the design and use of h) conditions for use of value choices and
environmental performance evaluation (EPE) optional elements. This Standard covers life cycle
within an organization. It is applicable to all assessment (LCA) studies and life cycle
organizations, regardless of type, size, location inventory (LCI) studies. Page | 469
and complexity. (=SLS ISO 14044:2006)
This document does not establish environmental Gr. RT
performance levels. It is not intended for use for
the establishment of any other environmental SLS ISO 14046:2021
management system (EMS) conformity Environmental management - water footprint
requirements. - principles, requirements and guidelines
The guidance in this document can be used to Specifies principles, requirements and guidelines
support an organization’s own approach to EPE related to water footprint assessment of products,
including its commitments to compliance with processes and organizations based on life cycle
legal and other requirements, the prevention of assessment (LCA). This International Standard
pollution and continual improvement, among provides principles, requirements and guidelines
others.(=ISO 14031:2021) for con-ducting and reporting a water footprint
Gr. S assessment as a stand-alone assessment, or as part
of a more comprehensive environmental
SLS ISO 14040:2006 assessment. Only air and soil emissions that
Environmental management – life cycle impact water quality are included in the
assessment – principles and frame work assessment, and not all air and soil emissions are
Describes the principles and framework for life included. The result of a water footprint
cycle assessment (LCA) including the goal and assessment is a single value or a profile of impact
scope definition of the LCA, the life cycle indica-tor results. Whereas reporting is within the
inventory analysis (LCI) phase, the life cycle scope of this International Standard,
impact assessment (LCIA) phase, the life cycle communication of water footprint results, for
interpretation phase, reporting and critical review example in the form of labels or declarations, is
of the LCA, limitations of the LCA, relationship outside the scope of this International Standard.
between the LCA phases, and conditions for use (ISO 14046:2014)
of value choices and optional elements.This Gr. Q
Standard covers life cycle assessment (LCA)
studies and life cycle inventory (LCI) studies. It SLS ISO 14063:2007
does not describe the LCA technique in detail, nor Environmental management - environmental
does it specify methodologies for the individual communication - guidelines and examples
phases of the LCA. It is not intended for Gives guidance to an organization on general
contractual or regulatory purposes or registration principles, policy, strategy and activities relating
and certification. to both internal and external environmental
(=ISO 14040:2018) communication. It utilizes proven and well-
Gr.KM established approaches for communication,
adapted to the specific conditions that exist in
SLS ISO 14044:2006 environmental communication. It is applicable to
Environmental management - life cycle all organizations regardless of their size, type,
assessment - requirements and guidelines location, structure, activities, products and
Specifies requirements and provides guidelines services, and whether or not they have an
for life cycle assessment (LCA) including the environmental management system in place. This
goal and scope definition of the LCA, the life is not intended for use as a specification standard
cycle inventory analysis (LCI) phase, the life for certification or registration purposes or for the
cycle impact assessment (LCIA) phase, d) the life establishment of any other environmental

469
management system conformity requirements. It SLS ISO 14064-3:2021
can be used in combination with any of the ISO Greenhouse gases - Specification with
14000 series of standards, or on its own. guidance for the verification and validation of
(=ISO 14063:2007) greenhouse gas statements
Gr. NQ Specifies principles and requirements and
provides guidance for verifying and validating
SLS ISO 14064-1:2021 greenhouse gas (GHG) statements. It is Page | 470
Greenhouse gases - Specification with applicable to organization, project and product
guidance at the organization level for GHG statements.
quantification and reporting of greenhouse The ISO 14060 family of standards is GHG
gas emissions and removals programme neutral. If a GHG programme is
Specifies principles and requirements at the applicable, requirements of that GHG programme
organization level for the quantification and are additional to the requirements of the ISO
reporting of greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions 14060 family of standards.
and removals. It includes requirements for the (=ISO 14064-3:2019)
design, development, management, reporting and Gr. U
verification of an organization’s GHG inventory.
The ISO 14064 series is GHG programme SLS ISO 14065:2021
neutral. If a GHG programme is applicable, General principles and requirements for
requirements of that GHG programme are bodies validating and verifying environmental
additional to the requirements of the ISO 14064 information
series. Specifies principles and requirements for bodies
(=ISO 14064-1:2018) performing validation and verification of
Gr. T environmental information statements. Any
programme requirements related to bodies are
SLS ISO 14064-2:2021 additional to the requirements of this document.
Greenhouse gases - Specification with This document is a sector application of SLS
guidance at the project level for ISO/IEC 17029:2021, which contains general
quantification, monitoring and reporting of principles and requirements for the competence,
greenhouse gas emission reductions or consistent operation and impartiality of bodies
removal enhancements performing validation/verification as conformity
Specifies principles and requirements and assessment activities. This document includes
provides guidance at the project level for the sector-specific requirements in addition to the
quantification, monitoring and reporting of requirements of ISO ISO/IEC 17029:2021.
activities intended to cause greenhouse gas (=ISO 14065:2020)
(GHG) emission reductions or removal Gr. P
enhancements. It includes requirements for
planning a GHG project, identifying and SLS ISO 14067:2021
selecting GHG sources, sinks and reservoirs Green house gases – carbon footprint of
(SSRs) relevant to the project and baseline products – requirements and guidelines for
scenario, monitoring, quantifying, documenting qualification
and reporting GHG project performance and Specifies principles, requirements and guidelines
managing data quality. for the quantification and reporting of the carbon
The ISO 14060 family of standards is GHG footprint of a product (CFP), in a manner
programme neutral. If a GHG programme is consistent with International Standards on life
applicable, the requirements of that GHG cycle assessment (LCA) (SLS ISO 14040 and
programme are additional to the requirements of ISO ISO 14044). Requirements and guidelines
the ISO 14060 family of standards. for the quantification of a partial CFP are also
(=ISO 14064-2:2019) specified. This document is applicable to CFP
Gr.M studies, the results of which provide the basis for
different applications (see Clause 4). This

470
document addresses only a single impact SLS ISO 14097:2021
category: climate change. Carbon offsetting and Greenhouse gas management and related
communication of CFP or partial CFP activities - framework including principles
information are outside the scope of this and requirements for assessing and reporting
document.(=ISO 14067:2018) investments and financing activities related to
Gr. T climate change
SLS ISO/TS 14071:2021 Specifies a general framework, including Page | 471
Environmental management-lift cycle principles, requirements and guidance for
assessment – critical review process and assessing, measuring, monitoring and reporting
reviews competencies: additional on investments and financing activities in relation
requirements and guidelines to SLS ISO to climate change and the transition into a low-
14044:2006 carbon economy. The assessment includes the
Provides additional specifications to SLS ISO following items: - low-carbon transition
14040:2006 and SLS ISO 14044:2006. It pathways, adaptation pathways, and climate
provides requirements and guidelines for goals; - achievement of climate goals in the real
conducting a critical review of any type of LCA economy, i.e. mitigation (greenhouse gas
study and the competencies required for the emissions) and adaptation (resilience); - climate
review. change.To support the financier’s assessment of
This Technical Specification provides: -details of the impact of investment and lending decisions,
a critical review process, including clarification this document provides guidance for the financier
with regard to SLS ISO 14044:2006; - guidelines on how to: - transition pathways of investees;This
to deliver the required critical review process, document is applicable to financiers, i.e.
linked to the goal of the life cycle assessment investors and lenders. It guides their reporting
(LCA) and its intended use; - content and activities to the following third parties:
deliverables of the critical review process; - shareholders, clients, policymakers, financial
guidelines to improve the consistency, supervisory authorities and non-governmental
transparency, efficiency and credibility of the organizations.(ISO 14097:2021)
critical review process; - the required Gr. S
competencies for the reviewer(s) (internal,
external and panel member); - the required SLS ISO 14245:2012
competencies to be represented by the panel as a Gas cylinders – specifications and testing of
whole.(=ISO 14071:2014) LPG cylinder valves – self-closing
Gr. F Specifies the requirements for design,
specification and type testing for dedicated LPG
SLS ISO 14091:2021 self – closing cylinder valves specifically for use
Adaptation to climate change - guidelines on with transportable refillable LPG cylinders from
vulnerability, Impacts and risk assessment 0, 5 l up to 150 l water capacity. It includes
gives guidelines for assessing the risks related to references to associated equipment for vapour or
the potential impacts of climate change. It liquid service.
describes how to understand vulnerability and (=ISO 14245:2006)
how to develop and implement a sound risk Gr. K
assessment in the context of climate change. It
can be used for assessing both present and future SLS ISO 14362 Part 1:2017
climate change risks.Risk assessment according Textiles - methods for determination of certain
to this document provides a basis for climate aromatic amines derived from azo colorants -
change adaptation planning, implementation, and Detection of the use of certain azo colorants
monitoring and evaluation for any organization, accessible with and without extracting the
regardless of size, type and nature. fibres
(ISO 14091:2021) Describes a method to detect the use of certain
Gr. R azo colorants that may not be used in the
manufacture or treatment of certain commodities

471
made of textile fibres and that are accessible to SLS ISO 14461 Part 2:2019
reducing agent with and without extraction. The Milk and milk products – quality control in
method is relevant for all coloured textiles, e.g. microbiological Laboratories – determination
dyed, printed and coated textiles. of the reliability of colony counts of parallel
(=ISO 14362-1:2017) paltes and subsquent dilution steps
Gr. P Describes a routine procedure for the evaluation
of results of the enumeration of microorganisms Page | 472
SLS ISO 14362 Part 3:2017 using colony-count methods with subsequent 10-
Textiles - methods for determination of certain fold dilution steps and one plate or two parallel
aromatic amines derived from azo colorants - plates within each dilution step.
Detection of the use of certain azo colorants, (=ISO 14461-2:2005)
which may release 4-aminoazobenzene Gr. J
Describes a special procedure to detect the use, in
commodities, of certain azo colorants, which may SLS ISO 14501: 2023
release 4-aminoazobenzene, and that are Milk and milk powder — determination of
accessible to reducing agent without extraction, aflatoxin m1 content — clean-up by
particularly concerning textiles made of cellulose immunoaffinity chromatography and
and protein fibres (e.g. cotton, viscose, wool, Determination by high-performance liquid
silk), and accessible by extracting the fibres (e.g. chromatography
polyester or imitation leather). This document specifies a method for the
The procedure also detects 4-aminoazobenzene determination of aflatoxin M1 content in milk and
(Solvent Yellow 1), which is already available as milk powder. The lowest level of validation is
free amine in commodities without reducing pre- 0,08 μg/kg for whole milk powder, i.e. 0,008 μg/l
treatment. for reconstituted liquid milk. The limit of
(=ISO 14362-3:2017) detection (LOD) is 0,05 μg/kg for milk powder
Gr. H and 0,005 μg/kg for liquid milk. The limit of
quantification (LOQ) is 0,1 μg/kg for milk
SLS ISO 14389:2023 powder and 0,01 μg/kg for liquid milk. The
Textiles — Determination Of The Phthalate method is also applicable to low-fat milk,
Content — Tetrahydrofuran Method skimmed milk, low-fat milk powder and
This document specifies a method of determining skimmed milk powder.
phthalates in textiles with gas chromatography– (ISO 14501:2021)
mass spectrometry (GC-MS).This document is Gr. F
applicable to textile products where there is a risk
of the presence of some phthalates. SLS ISO 14557: 2022
(=ISO 14389:2022) Firefighting hoses - rubber and plastics
Gr. L suction hoses and hose assemblies
Establishes the requirements and test methods for
SLS ISO 14461 Part 1:2019 rubber and plastics suction hoses for fire-fighting
Milk and milk products – quality control in purposes. These hoses can also be used manually
microbiological Laboratories - analyst to supply unpressurized water to the pump or for
performance assessment for colony counts water discharge. NOTE All pressures are
Describes a procedure for testing the performance expressed in megapascals and in bar (1 MPa = 10
of the colony-count technique within a laboratory bar).Additional requirements are specified for
by establishing the within-laboratory variability hose assemblies, that is, hoses with couplings
of its technique and identifying those steps that already fitted,where this is carried out by the hose
are associated with excessive variability. manufacturer (see Clause 8). Type A (rubber)
(=ISO 14461-1:2005) hoses are intended for use at a minimum
Gr. Q temperature of −20 °C and Type B

472
(thermoplastics) hoses are intended for use at a solvent mixture. The method is applicable to
minimum temperature of −10 °C. products having vanadium contents in the range 5
(ISO 14557:2021) mg/kg to 1 000 mg/kg, and nickel contents in the
Gr. J range 5 mg/kg to 100 mg/kg, although precision
data have only been determined up to 100 mg/kg
SLS ISO 14596: 2023 for vanadium and 60 mg/kg for nickel; higher
Petroleum products — determination of sulfur contents may be determined by appropriate Page | 473
content — wavelength-dispersive x-ray dilution. Barium at concentrations above
fluorescence spectrometry approximately 300 mg/kg interferes with the
This International Standard specifies a method determination of vanadium, and iron at
for the determination of the sulfur content of concentrations above approximately 500 mg/kg
liquid petroleum products, additives for interferes with the determination of nickel. Other
petroleum products, and semi-solid and solid elements at concentrations above approximately
petroleum products that are either liquefied by 500 mg/kg may affect precision and accuracy due
moderate heating or soluble in organic solvents to spectral line overlap or absorption. 2
(see 4.1) of negligible or accurately known sulfur Normative references The following standards
content. The method is applicable to products or contain
additives having sulfur contents in the range (IS0 14597:1997)
0,001 % (m/m) to 2,50 % (m/m); higher contents Gr. D
can be determined by appropriate dilution. Other
elements do not interfere at concentrations SLS ISO 14674: 2023
anticipated in the materials subject to this Milk and milk powder — determination of
analysis. NOTE For the purposes of this aflatoxin m1 content — clean-up by
International Standard, the term “% (m/m)” is immunoaffinity chromatography and
used to represent the mass fraction of a material. determination by thin-layer chromatography
High concentrations of phosphorus or chlorine This International Standard specifies a method
[typically above 3 % (m/m)] can cause bias in the for the determination of the aflatoxin M1 (AFM1)
sulfur result by absorbing Zr-Lα and S-Kα to content of milk and milk powder by a method
different extents. It is necessary in these cases to including a clean-up step using immunoaffinity
carry out studies to determine whether this chromatography followed by a thin-layer
potential interference is significant. When larger chromatography (IAC-TLC). The method is
amounts of molybdenum are present (typically applicable to raw milk, low fat or skimmed liquid
above 50 mg/kg to 100 mg/kg), increased milk and milk powder. The lowest quantity of
background radiation and spectral overlap with AFM1 that can commonly be determined is 2 ng,
the sulfur signal can occur. It is necessary in these which corresponds to a limit of quantification
cases to inspect the relevant spectral regions, for close to 0,10 μg/l for liquid milk or dissolved
example, to investigate the significance of this milk powder (for a spot of 20 μl).
potential source of bias. (ISO 14674:2005)
(ISO 14596:2007) Gr. F
Gr. D
SLS ISO 14713 Part 1:2017
SLS ISO 14597: 2023 Zinc coatings - Guidelines and
Petroleum products - determination of recommendations for the protection against
vanadium and nickel content - wavelength- corrosion iron and steel in
dispersive x-ray fluorescence spectrometry structures - General principles of design and
This International Standard specifies a method corrosion resistance
for the determination of vanadium and nickel in (First revision)
liquid petroleum products. It may also be applied Provides guidelines and recommendations
to semi-solid and solid petroleum products that regarding the general principles of design which
are either liquefied by moderate heating or are appropriate for articles to be zinc coated for
completely soluble in the specified organic corrosion protection and the level of corrosion

473
resistance provided by zinc coatings applied to content of animal feeding stuffs including those
iron or steel articles, exposed to a variety of containing citrus pulp. The lower limit of
environment. Provides guidelines and determination is 1 mg/kg. NOTE 1This
recommendations regarding the general International Standard may be applicable for the
principles of design which are appropriate for determination of the aflatoxin B1 content of a
articles to be zinc coated for corrosion protection number of raw materials and straight feeding
and the level of corrosion resistance provided by stuffs such as corn gluten, groundnut, palm Page | 474
zinc coatings applied to iron or steel articles, kernel, copra, citrus pulp, tapioca, soya bean, rice
exposed to a variety of environment. bran, pollard, rape seed, niger seed and cotton
(=ISO 14713-1:2017) seed (see references [1] and [2]). These materials
Gr. J were, however, not included in the collaborative
testing of the method. NOTE 2This International
SLS ISO 14713-2:2021 Standard may also be applicable for the
Zinc coatings - guidelines and determination of the content of the sum of the
recommendations for the protection against aflatoxins B1, B2, G1 and G2. However, the
corrosion of iron and steel in structures - hot method has not been validated for this parameter
dip galvanizing by collaborative testing.
(First revision) (ISO 14718:1998)
Guidelines and recommendations for the general Gr. H
principles of design appropriate to articles to be
hot dip galvanized after fabrication (e.g. in SLS ISO 14732:2015
accordance with SLS ISO 1461) for the corrosion Welding personnel - qualification testing of
protection of, for example, articles that have been welding operators and weld setters for
manufactured in accordance with EN 1090-2. mechanized and automatic welding of metallic
(ISO 14713-2:2019) materials
Gr. L Specifies requirements for qualification of
welding operators and also weld setters for
SLS ISO 14713 Part 3:2017 mechanized and automatic welding. This
Zinc coatings - Guidelines and Standard does not apply to personnel exclusively
recommendations for the protection against performing loading or unloading of the automatic
corrosion iron and steel in structures - welding unit. This Standard is applicable when
Sherardizing qualification testing of welding operators and
(First revision) weld setters is required by the contract or by the
Provides guidelines and recommendations application standard.
regarding the general principles of design that are (=ISO 14732:2013)
appropriate for articles to be sherardized for Gr. G
corrosion protection. Provides guidelines and
recommendations regarding the general SLS ISO 14785: 2021
principles of design that are appropriate for Tourist information offices - tourist
articles to be sherardized for corrosion protection. information and reception services -
(=ISO 14713-3:2017) requirements
Gr. D Establishes minimum quality requirements for
services provided by tourist information offices
SLS ISO 14718:2023 (TIO) of any type and size, whether publicly or
Animal feeding stuffs - determination of privately operated, in order to satisfy visitors’
aflatoxin b1 content of mixed feeding stuffs - expectations.
method using high-performance liquid (=ISO 14785:2014)
chromatography Gr. F
This International Standard specifies a high-
performance liquid chromatographic (HPLC)
method for the determination of aflatoxin B1

474
SLS ISO 14820-1: 2022 declarations. The methods specified in this
Fertilizers and liming materials — sampling document are not applicable to obtain samples for
and sample reparation : sampling physical size analysis or for chemical analysis
Specifies sampling plans and methods of which may be altered by particle granulometric
representative sampling of fertilizers and liming segregation. This document is applicable to
materials to obtain samples for physical and single nutrient fertilizers, to uniform complex
chemical analysis, from packages and containers fertilizers and to milled or granulated fertilizers Page | 475
up to and including 1000 kg, from fluid products and liming materials. The methods described in
and from fertilizers in bulk provided the product this document are not suitable for sampling other
is in motion. It is applicable to the sampling of types of fertilizer, for example blended fertilizers
lots of fertilizer or liming material supplied or (=ISO 14820-3:2020 )
ready for supply to third parties, as such, or in Gr. F
smaller lots, each of which would be subject to
local, national or regional legislation. Where SLS ISO 14851:2017
legislation so requires, samples are taken in Determination of the ultimate aerobic
accordance with this part of ISO biodegradability of plastic materials in an
14820. aqueous medium method by measuring the
(=ISO 14820-1:2016) oxygen demand in a closed respirometer
Gr. T Specifies a method, by measuring the oxygen
demand in a closed respirometer, for the
SLS ISO 14820 Part 2: 2022 determination of the degree of aerobic
Fertilizers and liming materials — sampling biodegradability of plastic materials, including
and sample reparation : sample preparation those containing formulation additives. This
Specifies methods for the reduction and standard do not necessarily correspond to the
preparation of samples of fertilizers and liming optimum conditions allowing maximum
materials and sets out the requirements for biodegradation to occur, but the standard is
sample preparation reports. It also specifies designed to determine the potential
methods for the preparation of test samples and biodegradability of plastic materials or give an
test portions from laboratory samples of fertilizer indication of their biodegradability in natural
for subsequent chemical or physical analysis. It environments.
does not cover the preparation of samples for (=ISO 14851:1999)
certain physical tests which require test portions Gr. L
of more than 2 kg. It is applicable to all fertilizers.
(=ISO 14820-2:2016) SLS ISO 14852: 2022
Gr. D Determination of the ultimate aerobic
biodegradability of plastic materials in an
SLS ISO 14820 Part 3: 2022 aqueous medium – method by analysis of
Fertilizers and liming materials — sampling evolved carbon dioxide
and sample reparation : sampling of static (First Revision)
heaps Specifies a method, by measuring the amount of
applicable to the sampling of mineral fertilizers carbon dioxide evolved, for the determination of
and liming materials supplied or ready for supply the degree of aerobic biodegradability of plastic
to third parties, as a lot or in smaller lots, where materials, including those containing formulation
such supply or readiness for supply is subject to additives. The test material is exposed in a
legal requirements. This document specifies synthetic medium under standardized laboratory
plans and methods of sampling of a lot of solid conditions to an inoculum from activated sludge
fertilizer or liming material, if sampling in motion under aerobic conditions. The conditions used in
is not possible, to obtain samples from bulk static this document do not necessarily correspond to
heaps in order to ascertain compliance with legal the optimum conditions allowing maximum
requirements, in particular in relation to the biodegradation to occur, but this test method is
accuracy of compulsory or permitted statutory designed to measure the biodegradation of plastic

475
materials and give an indication of their potential always correspond to the optimum conditions for
biodegradability. The method enables the the maximum degree of biodegradation to occur.
assessment of the biodegradation to be improved (=ISO 14855-1:2012)
by calculating a carbon balance (optional, see Gr. K
Annex C). The method applies to the following
materials:— natural and/or synthetic polymers, SLS ISO 14855 Part 2:2017
copolymers or mixtures thereof;— plastic Page | 476
Determination of the ultimate aerobic
materials which contain additives such as biodegradability of plastic materials under
plasticizers, colorants or other compounds;— controlled composting conditions method by
water-soluble polymers;— materials which, analysis of evolved carbon dioxide -
under the test conditions, do not inhibit the Gravimetric measurement of carbon dioxide
microorganisms present in the inoculum. evolved in a laboratory scale test
Inhibitory effects can be determined using an Specifies a method for determining the ultimate
inhibition control or by another appropriate aerobic biodegradability of plastic materials
method (see, for example, ISO 8192[1]). If the under controlled composting conditions by
test material is inhibitory to the inoculum, a lower gravimetric measurement of the amount of
test concentration, another inoculum or a pre- carbon dioxide evolved. The method is designed
exposed inoculum can be used. to yield an optimum rate of biodegradation by
(ISO 14852:2021) adjusting the humidity, aeration and temperature
Gr. K of the composting vessel.
(=ISO 14855-2:2007)
SLS ISO 14853:2017 Gr. H
Plastics - determination of the ultimate
anaerobic biodegradation of plastic materials SLS ISO 14899: 2023
in an aqueous system - method by Plastics - polyols for use in the production of
measurement of biogas production polyurethanes - determination of basicity
Specifies a method for the determination of the This document specifies a method for the
ultimate anaerobic biodegradability of plastics by measurement of trace amounts of basic materials
anaerobic microorganisms. The conditions present in polyether polyols used in the
described in this Standard do not necessarily production of polyurethanes. It is important to
correspond to the optimum conditions for the know the trace amount of basicity in a polyol to
maximum degree of biodegradation to occur. prevent gelation of the reaction mass during the
(=ISO 14853:2016) production of polyurethane prepolymers. It is
Gr. N also useful to control the basicity in polyols used
for polyurethane production to assure consistent
SLS ISO 14855 Part 1:2017 and reproducible reaction behaviour. This
Determination of the ultimate aerobic method is suitable for quality control, as a
biodegradability of plastic materials under specification test and for research. The applicable
controlled composting conditions - method by range is 0 μg to 50 μg/g, expressed as KOH. The
analysis of evolved carbon dioxide - General method is not applicable to amine-based polyols.
method The values can be reported as CPR (controlled
Specifies a method for the determination of the polymerization rate) units.
ultimate aerobic biodegradability of plastics, (ISO 14899:2022)
based on organic compounds, under controlled Gr. C
composting conditions by measurement of the
amount of carbon dioxide evolved and the degree SLS ISO 14968: 2023
of disintegration of the plastic at the end of the Paper and board — cut-size office paper —
test. This method is designed to simulate typical measurement of curl in a pack of sheets
aerobic composting conditions for the organic This document specifies a method for the
fraction of solid mixed municipal waste. The measurement of curl in cut-size office papers.
conditions described in this standard may not The test method is typically used in evaluating

476
papers of the type described in ISO 216. This SLS ISO 15161:2001
method is limited to papers with a maximum Guidelines on the application of ISO
dimension of 300 mm in both directions.The 9001:2000 for the food and drink industry
measurement can be made on papers as received, (withdrawn)
after conditioning, or after processing in a copier
or printing device. SLS ISO 15189:2022
Page | 477
(ISO 14968:2022) Medical laboratories – requirements for
Gr. E quality and competence
(Fourth revision)
SLS ISO 15105 Part 1:2021 Specifies requirements for quality and
Plastics - film and sheeting - determination of competence in medical laboratories which can be
gas - transmission rate - differential - pressure used by medical laboratories in developing their
methods quality management systems and assessing their
Specifies two methods for determining the gas own competence. It can also be used for
transmission rate of single-layer plastic film or confirming or recognizing the competence of
sheet and multi-layer structures under a medical laboratories by laboratory customers,
differential pressure. One method uses a pressure regulating authorities and accreditation bodies.
sensor, the other a gas chromatograph, to measure (=ISO 15189:2022)
the amount of gas which permeates through a test Gr. V
specimen.(=ISO 15105-1:2007) SLS ISO 15190:2021
Gr. F Medical laboratories - requirements for safety
Specifies requirements for safe practices in the
SLS ISO 15105 Part 2:2021 medical laboratory (herein after referred to as
Plastics - film and sheeting - determination of “the laboratory”).(=ISO 15190:2020)
gas -transmission rate - equal - pressure Gr. W
method
Specifies a method for the determination of the SLS ISO 15194: 2022
gas-transmission rate of any plastic material in In vitro diagnostic medical devices —
the form of film, sheeting, laminate, co-extruded measurement of quantities in samples of
material or flexible plastic-coated material. biological origin -requirements for certified
Specific examples, currently in use, of the reference materials and the content of
method are described in the annexes. supporting documentation
(=ISO 15105-2:2003) Specifies requirements for certified reference
Gr. H materials and the content of their supporting
documentation, in order for them to be considered
SLS ISO 15141: 2021 of higher metrological order in accordance with
Cereals and cereal products — determination ISO 17511. It is applicable to certified reference
of ochratoxin a — high performance liquid materials classifiable as primary measurement
chromatographic method with standards, secondary measurement standards and
immunoaffinity column cleanup and international conventional calibrators that
fluorescence detection function either as calibrators or trueness control
Specifies a high performance liquid materials. This International Standard also
chromatographic method with immunoaffinity provides requirements on how to collect data for
column cleanup for the determination of value determination and how to present the
ochratoxin A in cereals and cereal products assigned value and its measurement uncertainty
(=ISO 15141:2018) =(ISO 15194:2009)
Gr. F Gr. H

477
SLS ISO 15216 Part 1: 2022 presented in this standard are intended to be of
Microbiology of the food chain - horizontal general applicability.
method for determination of hepatitis a virus (=ISO 15270:2008)
and norovirus using real time RT-PCR - Gr. G
method for quantification
Specifies a method for the quantification of levels SLS ISO 15392: 2022
of HAV and norovirus genogroup I (GI) and II Page | 478
Sustainability in buildings and civil
(GII) RNA, from test samples of foodstuffs (soft engineering works — general principles
fruit, leaf, stem and bulb vegetables, bottled General principles for the contribution of
water, BMS) or food surfaces. Following buildings, civil engineering works and other
liberation of viruses from the test sample, viral types of construction works (hereinafter referred
RNA is then extracted by lysis with guanidine to collectively as construction works) to
thiocyanate and adsorption on silica. Target sustainable development. It is based on the
sequences within the viral RNA are amplified and concept of sustainable development as it applies
detected by real-time RT-PCR. This method is to the life cycle of construction works, from
not validated for detection of the target viruses in inception to the end-of-life.
other foodstuffs (including multicomponent (=ISO 15392:2019)
foodstuffs), or any other matrices, nor for the Gr. M
detection of other viruses in foodstuffs, food
surfaces or other matrices. SLS ISO 15496:2019
(=ISO 15216-1:2017 with AMD 1:2021) Textiles – measurement of water vapour
Gr. T permeability of textiles for the purpose of
quality control
SLS ISO 15245 Part 1:2021 Describes a comparatively simple method for
Gas cylinders - parallel threads for connection testing the water vapour permeability of textiles
of valves to Gas cylinders: specification that will provide the manufacturer with a clearly
This document specifies definitions, dimensions recognized method for quality control within the
and tolerances of parallel screw threads of M30 x plant. (=ISO 15496:2018)
2, M25 x 2 and M18 x 1,5, for the connection of Gr. G
valves to medical and industrial gas cylinders.
(=ISO 15245-1:2021) SLS ISO 15614 Part 1:2015
Gr. D Specification and qualification of welding
procedures for metallic materials - welding
SLS ISO 15270:2018 procedure test - Arc and gas welding of steels
Plastics - guidelines for the recovery and and arc welding of nickel and nickel alloys
recycling of plastics waste Specifies how a preliminary welding procedure
Provides guidance for the development of specification is qualified by welding procedure
standards and specifications covering plastics tests. This standard defines the conditions for the
waste recovery, including recycling and execution of welding procedure tests and the
establishes the different options for the recovery range of qualification for welding procedures for
of plastics waste arising from pre-consumer and all practical welding operations within the range
post-consumer sources as illustrated of variables listed in the standard.
diagrammatically in Annex A of the standard. (=ISO 15614-1:2004)
The standard also establishes the quality Gr. P
requirements that should be considered in all
steps of the recovery process, and provides SLS ISO 15671: 2023
general recommendations for inclusion in Rubber and rubber products —
material standards, test standards and product determination of total sulfur content using an
specifications. Consequently, the process stages, automatic analyser
requirements, recommendations and terminology This document specifies an instrumental
(automatic analyser) method for the

478
determination of total sulfur in rubber and rubber accuracy standards are still being met. This part
products. of ISO 15886 does not address the specific
(ISO 15671:2023) performance testing required for sprinklers
Gr. C intended for use in frost protection. This part of
ISO 15886 does not address the topic of drop
SLS ISO 15886 Part 1:2020 spectrum measurement and characterization and
Agricultural irrigation equipment - sprinklers the related questions of soil compaction, spray Page | 479
-Definition of terms and classification drift, evaporative losses, etc., all of which can be
Defines terms related to irrigation sprinklers and considerations in the design of sprinkler irrigation
specifies the classification of sprinklers systems. To apply this part of ISO 15886 for
according to the following categories: physical evaluating irrigation coverage, all sprinklers must
factors; characteristics of the water spray; the be identical and arranged in a fixed repeating
mechanism for operation and water distribution; geometric pattern. This part of the standard does
the mechanism for sealing; the intended use; not apply to moving systems. This part of ISO
additional functions incorporated into the 15886 applies to part-circle sprinklers provided
sprinkler. The scope is intentionally broad to that the testing agency can satisfy questions of
cover the widest possible range of sprinkler potential anomalies in performance parameters.
construction, performance, and intended-use Annex A addresses the procedures for the
alternatives. characterization of sprinkler pattern uniformity.
(=ISO 15886-4:2019) Annex B addresses testing part-circle sprinklers.
Gr. E (=ISO 15886-3:2012)
Gr. J
SLS ISO 15886 Part 3:2020
Agricultural irrigation equipment - sprinklers SLS ISO 15886 Part 4:2020
- Characterization of distribution and test Irrigation equipment - irrigation sprinklers -
methods test methods for durability
Specifies the conditions and methods used for Specifies the conditions and methods for testing
testing and characterizing the water distribution the durability of rotating sprinklers for irrigation.
patterns of irrigation sprinklers. The term The term sprinkler is used here in a broad generic
sprinkler is used in this standard in a broad sense and is meant to cover a wide variety of
generic sense and is meant to cover a wide variety products as classified in ISO 15886-1, which
of products as classified by ISO 15886-1. The applies to all irrigation sprinkler classifications
specific performance measurements addressed having both static parts and moving parts during
include distribution uniformity, wetted radius, operation, as defined by the manufacturer. For
and water jet trajectory height. This standard any given sprinkler, a wide range of nozzle
applies to all irrigation sprinkler classifications configurations, operating conditions, and
for which these three performance measurements adjustments generates at least a theoretical need
are required to verify the design objectives as for a correspondingly large number of tests.
defined by the manufacturer. This part of ISO Testing agencies and manufacturers can use
15886 deals both with indoor and outdoor tests interpolation techniques to reduce the number of
and with radial and full grid tests. It is organized actual test runs, provided accuracy standards are
so as to deal with conditions common to all tests still being met. (=ISO 15886-4:2019)
first and then with conditions unique to indoor Gr. E
testing only and finally with conditions unique to
outdoor testing only. For any given sprinkler, a SLS ISO 15985:2017
wide range of nozzle configurations, operating Plastics - determination of the ultimate
conditions, and adjustments generate at least a anaerobic Biodegradation under high - solids
theoretical need for a correspondingly large anaerobic - digestion Conditions - method by
number of tests. Testing agencies and analysis of released biogas
manufacturers may use interpolation techniques Specifies a method for the evaluation of the
to reduce the number of actual test runs provided ultimate anaerobic biodegradability of plastics

479
based on organic compounds under high-solids the design and application of emergency escape
anaerobic-digestion conditions by measurement route lighting.This document is intended, by
of evolved biogas at the end of the test. This collaboration and coordination, to be used by all
method is designed to simulate typical anaerobic other Technical Committees within ISO and IEC
digestion conditions for the organic fraction of charged with developing SWGS for their specific
mixed municipal solid waste. The test material is requirements. This document is not to be used for
exposed in a laboratory test to a methanogenic ships falling under regulations of the Page | 480
inoculum derived from anaerobic digesters International Maritime Organization (IMO).
operating only on pretreated household waste. (ISO 16069:2017)
The anaerobic decomposition takes place under Gr. R
highsolids (more than 20 % total solids) and static
non-mixed conditions. The test method is SLS ISO/TS 16095:2019
designed to yield the percentage of carbon in the Reclaimed rubber derived from products
test material and its rate of conversion to evolved containing mainly natural rubber - evaluation
carbon dioxide and methane (biogas). procedure
(=ISO 15985:2014) Specification defines - the physical and chemical
Gr. E tests on raw reclaimed natural rubber, and - the
standard materials, standard test formulations,
SLS ISO 16002:2018 equipment, and processing methods for
Method of test for the detection of infestation evaluating the vulcanization characteristics, and
in stored cereals and pulses by trapping of live the mechanical properties of reclaimed natural
invertebrates rubber (=ISO /TS 16095:2014)
Describes methods for the detection by trapping Gr.C
of live invertebrates in cereal grains and pulses
stored in bags or in bulk. SLS ISO 16128 Part 1:2017
(=ISO 16002:2004) Guidelines on technical definitions and
Gr. G criteria for natural and organic cosmetic
ingredients and products - definitions for
SLS ISO 16069:2021 ingredients
Graphical symbols - Safety signs - Safety way Provides guidelines on definitions for natural and
guidance systems (SWGS) organic cosmetic ingredients. In addition to
Describes the principles governing the design and natural and organic ingredients, other ingredient
application of visual components used to create a categories which may be necessary for natural
safety way guidance system (SWGS). and organic product development are defined
This document contains general principles valid with associated restrictions. It does not address
both for electrically powered and for product communication (e.g. claims and
phosphorescent components. Special information labelling), human safety, environmental safety
which is related to the type of component is given and socio-economic considerations (e.g. fair
to assist in defining the environment of use, trade), and the characteristics of packaging
choice of material, layout, installation and materials or regulatory requirements applicable
maintenance of SWGS.This document does not for cosmetics
cover risk assessment. Applications with (=ISO 16128-1:2016)
different risks to the occupants typically require Gr. F
different layouts and types of SWGS. The
specific application and exact final design of SLS ISO 16128-2:2021
SWGS is entrusted to those persons responsible Guidelines on technical definitions and
for this task.This document also does not include criteria for natural and organic cosmetic
the special considerations of possible tactile or ingredients and products Part 2: criteria for
audible components of SWGS, nor does it include ingredients and products
requirements for high mounted components of This document describes approaches to calculate
the emergency escape route lighting, especially natural, natural origin, organic and organic origin

480
indexes that apply to the ingredient categories SLS ISO 16140 - 4: 2021
defined in ISO 16128-1. This document also Microbiology of the food chain – method
offers a framework to determine the natural, validation - : protocol for method validation
natural origin, organic and organic origin content in a single laboratory
of products based on the ingredient Specifies the general principles and the technical
characterization. Neither ISO 16128-1 nor this protocols for single-laboratory validation of
document addresses product communication (e.g. methods for microbiology in the food chain. The Page | 481
claims and labelling), human safety, protocols in this document only validate the
environmental safety, socio-economic method for the laboratory conducting the study
considerations (e.g. fair trade), characteristics of (=ISO 16140-4:2020)
packaging materials or regulatory requirements Gr. T
applicable for cosmetics.
(=ISO 16128-2:2017) SLS ISO 16140 - 5: 2021
Gr. G Microbiology of the food chain – method
validation : protocol for factorial
SLS ISO 16140- 1: 2021 interlaboratory validation for non-
Microbiology of the food chain – method proprietary method
validation : vocabulary Specifies the general principles and the technical
Defines general terms and definitions relating to protocols (based on orthogonal,factorial studies)
method validation of microbiology in the food for the validation of non-proprietary methods for
chain. microbiology of the food chain
(=ISO 16140-1:2016) (=ISO 16140-5:2020)
Gr. C Gr. Q

SLS ISO 16140 - 2: 2021 SLS ISO 16140 - 6: 2021

Microbiology of the food chain – method Microbiology of the food chain – method
validation protocol for the validation of validation
alternative (proprietary) methods against a Part 6: protocol for the validation of
reference method alternative methods for microbiological
Specifies the general principle and the technical confirmation and typing procedures
protocol for the validation of alternative, mostly Specifies the general principle and the technical
proprietary, methods for microbiology in the food protocol for the validation of alternative
chain. Validation studies according to this part of confirmation methods for microbiology in the
ISO 16140 are intended to be performed by food chain. This document compares the result of
organizations involved in method validation. the alternative confirmation method against the
(=ISO 16140-2:2016) confirmation procedure of a reference method or,
Gr. V if needed, a reference confirmation method
(=ISO 16140–6:2019)
SLS ISO 16140 - 3: 2021 Gr. M
Microbiology of the food chain – method
validation : protocol for the verification of SLS ISO/TR 16218:2021
reference methods and validated alternative Packaging and the environment - processes for
methods in a single laboratory chemical recovery
Specifies the protocol for the verification of Several processes for chemical recovery of used
reference methods and validated alternative packaging are considered to be material
methods for implementation in the user recycling. The focus of this Technical Report is
laboratory for used packaging, although the processes
(=ISO 16140-3:2021) described are not specific for used packaging and
Gr. V can be used for recovery of other materials of
same type. Processes for chemical recovery of
used packaging are applicable for plastic

481
packaging or biomass-based packaging, which SLS ISO 16322-2: 2022
might be interpreted in two different ways:- Textiles – determination of spirality after
processes to recover valuable chemical laundering - woven and knitted fabrics
substances by chemical treatment of used Specifies three procedures (diagonal marking,
packaging, for example, to recover monomers of inverted-T marking and mock-garment marking)
polyethylene terephthalate (PET) by hydrolysis, to measure the spirality or torque of woven and
glycolysis or methanolysis, to recover oil by knitted fabrics after domestic laundering. The Page | 482
catalytic reaction or pyrolysis, to recover results obtained from different procedures will
valuable gases such as hydrogen by gasification, not always be comparable. This document is not
to recover coke, oil and gasses by cokefaction; - intended to measure the spirality of fabrics as
processes to directly substitute used packaging manufactured, but rather the spirality after
for natural resources without chemical laundering. (
pretreatment, for example, flakes of used plastic (ISO 16322-2:2021)
packaging may use in blast furnace in the place of Gr. G
coke as a reducing agent. Examples and key
characteristics of chemical recovery processes SLS ISO 16322-3: 2022
are given in Annexes A to E. Textiles – determination of spirality after
(=ISO/TR 16218:2013) laundering - woven and knitted garments
Gr. F Specifies procedures to measure the spirality or
torque of woven and knitted garments after
SLS ISO 16260:2018 domestic laundering. The results obtained from
Paper and board - determination of internal different procedures might not be comparable.
bond strength This document is not intended to measure the
Describes a method to measure the energy spirality of garments as manufactured, but rather
required to rapidly delaminate a test piece of the spirality after domestic laundering.
paper or board. Rupture of the test piece in the (ISO 16322-3:2021)
“Z” or thickness direction is initiated by a Gr. D
pendulum having a defined mass, moving at a
defined velocity. SLS ISO 16373 Part 1:2017
(=ISO 16260:2016) Textiles - dyestuffs - General principles of
Gr. H testing Coloured textiles for dyestuff
identification
SLS ISO 16322-1: 2022 Gives the definition of the colourant classes and
Textiles — determination of spirality after the relationship to textile fibres and some
laundering — percentage of wale spirality procedures to identify qualitatively the colourant
change in knitted garments class used in textile material.
Specifies a method of measuring the percentage (=ISO 16373-1:2015)
of wale spirality change in weft- knitted jersey Gr. J
garments produced on knitting machines,
following laundering. The results obtained from SLS ISO 16373 Part 3:2017
different procedures may not be comparable. The Textiles - dyestuffs - Method for determination
change in spirality is calculated from of certain carcinogenic dyestuffs (method
measurements on knitted garments before and using triethylamine/methanol)
after laundering. Specifies a method for the detection and
ISO 16322-1:2005 quantitative determination of the presence of
Gr. B carcinogenic dyestuffs as listed in the standard in
dyed, printed or coated textile products by
chromatographic analysis of their extracts.
(=ISO 16373-3:2014)
Gr. N

482
SLS ISO 16387: 2023 SLS ISO 16678: 2022
Soil quality — effects of contaminants on Guidelines for interoperable object
enchytraeidae (enchytraeus sp.) identification and related authentication
Determination of effects on reproduction systems to deter counterfeiting and illicit trade
This document specifies one of the methods for Describes framework for identification and
evaluating the habitat function of soils and authentication systems. It provides
determining effects of soil contaminants and recommendations and best practice guidance that Page | 483
substances on the reproduction of Enchytraeus include — consequences and guidance of —
sp. by dermal and alimentary uptake in a chronic management and verification of identifiers, —
test. It is applicable to soils and soil materials of physical expression of identifiers, and —
unknown quality, for example, from participants’ due diligence. — vetting of all
contaminated sites, amended soils, soils after participants within the system, — relationship
remediation, agricultural or other sites under between the unique identifier and possible
concern and waste materials. This document authentication elements related to it, — questions
provides information on how to use this method that deal with the identification of the inspector
for testing substances under temperate and any authorized access to privileged
conditions. The method is not applicable to information about the object, and — inspector
substances, for which the air/soil partition access history (logs). Accordingly, this
coefficient is greater than 1, or to substances for International Standard establishes a framework
which the vapour pressure exceeds 300 Pa at 25 and outlines functional units used to achieve
°C. trustworthiness and interoperability of such
(ISO 16387:2023) systems. This International Standard does not
Gr. L specify any specific technical solutions, but
instead describes processes, functions, and
SLS ISO 16476: 2022 functional units using a generic model to
Reference materials — establishing and illustrate what solutions have in common. Object
expressing metrological traceability of identification systems can incorporate other
quantity values assigned to reference functions and features such as supply chain
materials traceability, quality traceability, marketing
Specifies further, the general principles of activities, and others, but these aspects are out of
establishing traceability of measurement results scope of this International Standard.
laid down in the Joint BIPM, OIML, ILAC and (ISO 16678:2014)
ISO Declaration on Metrological Traceability [1], Gr. M
in particular for values assigned to (certified)
reference materials SLS ISO/IEC 17000: 2023
(=ISO/ TR 16476:2016) Conformity assessment - vocabulary and
Gr. L general principles
This document specifies general terms and
SLS ISO 16577: 2023 definitions relating to conformity assessment
Molecular biomarker analysis — vocabulary (including the accreditation of conformity
for molecular biomarker analytical methods assessment bodies) and to the use of conformity
in agriculture and food production assessment to facilitate trade. The general
This document defines terms for horizontal principles of conformity assessment and a
methods for molecular biomarker analysis in description of the functional approach to
agriculture and food production. conformity assessment are provided in Annex A.
(ISO 16577:2022e1) Conformity assessment interacts with other fields
Gr. C such as management systems, metrology,
standardization and statistics. The boundaries of
conformity assessment are not defined in this
document. (ISO/IEC 17000:2020)
Gr. L

483
SLS ISO/IEC 17011:2018 SLS ISO/IEC TS 17021-9:2021
Conformity assessment – requirements for Conformity assessment - requirements for
accreditation bodies accrediting conformity bodies providing audit and certification of
assessment bodies management systems - competence
Specifies requirements for the competence, requirements for auditing and certification of
consistent operation and impartiality of anti-bribery management systems
accreditation bodies assessing and accrediting This document complements the existing Page | 484
conformity assessment bodies. requirements of SLS ISO/IEC 17021-1. It
(ISO/IEC 17011:2017) includes specific competence requirements for
Gr. NQ personnel involved in the certification process for
anti-bribery management systems (ABMS)
SLS ISO/IEC 17020:2018 (=ISO/IEC TS 17021-9:2016)
Conformity assessment - requirements for the Gr. C
operation of various types of bodies
performing inspection SLS ISO/IEC TS 17021-10:2021
Contains requirements for the competence of Conformity assessment - Requirements for
bodies performing inspection and for the bodies providing audit and certification of
impartiality and consistency of their inspection management systems -competence
activities. requirements for auditing and certification of
(=ISO/IEC 17020:2012) occupational health and safety management
Gr. GJ systems
Specifies additional competence requirements for
SLS ISO/IEC 17021 Part 1:2018 personnel involved in the audit and certification
Conformity assessment - requirements for process for an occupational health and safety
bodies providing audit and certification of (OH&S) management system and complements
management systems - requirements the existing requirements of SLS ISO/IEC 17021-
Requirements for the competence, consistency 1. Three types of personnel and certification
and impartiality of bodies providing audit and functions are defined: - auditors; - personnel
certification of all types of management systems reviewing audit reports and making certification
(=ISO/IEC 17021-1:2015) decisions; - other personnel.
Gr. RT (=ISO/IEC TS 17021–10:2018)
Gr. E
SLS ISO/IEC TS 17021 Part 7: 2022
Conformity assessment - requirements for SLS ISO/IEC TS 17023:2018
bodies providing audit and certification of Conformity assessment - Guidelines for
management systems - part 7: competence determining the Duration of management
requirements for auditing and certification of system Certification audits
road traffic safety management systems Provides guidelines for determining the duration
Specification complements the existing of management system certification audits, to the
requirements of ISO/IEC 17021:2011. It includes bodies providing audit and certification of
specific competence requirements for personnel management systems and to those that develop
involved in the certification process for road and maintain certification schemes.
traffic safety (RTS) management systems (=ISO/IEC 17023:2013)
(=ISO/IEC TS 17021-7: 2014) Gr.DF
Gr. C
SLS ISO/ IEC 17024:2018
Conformity assessment – general
requirements for bodies operating
certification of persons
specifies the general requirements for the peer
assessment process to be carried out by

484
agreement groups of accreditation bodies or SLS ISO/IEC 17030:2019
conformity assessment bodies. It addresses the Conformity assessment - General
structure and operation of the agreement group requirements for third-party marks of
only insofar as they relate to the peer assessment conformity
process provides general requirements for third-party
(=ISO/ IEC 17024:2012) marks of conformity, including their issue and
Gr. L use.(=ISO/IEC TS 17030:2003) Page | 485
Gr. C
SLS ISO/IEC 17025:2018
General requirements for the competence of SLS ISO 17034:2019
testing and calibration laboratories General requirements for the competence of
Specifies the general requirements for the reference material producers
competence, impartiality and consistent Specifies general requirements for the
operation of laboratories. It is applicable to all competence and consistent operation of reference
organizations performing laboratory activities, material producers. This International Standard
regardless of the number of personnel. sets out the requirements in accordance with
Laboratory customers, regulatory authorities, which reference materials are produced. It is
organizations and schemes using peer- intended to be used as part of the general quality
assessment, accreditation bodies, and others use assurance procedures of the reference material
this document in confirming or recognizing the producer. This International Standard covers the
competence of laboratories. production of all reference materials, including
(=ISO/IEC 17025:2017) certified reference materials
Gr. NQ (=ISO 17034:2016)
Gr. M
SLS ISO/IEC TS 17027:2018
Conformity assessment - vocabulary related to SLS ISO/IEC 17040:2018
Competence of persons used for certification Conformity assessment – general
of persons requirements for peer assessment of
Specifies terms and definitions related to the conformity assessment bodies and
competence of persons used in the field of Accreditation bodies
certification of persons, in order to establish a Specifies the general requirements for the peer
common vocabulary. These terms and definitions assessment process to be carried out by
can also be used as applicable in other documents agreement groups of accreditation bodies or
specifying competence of persons, such as conformity assessment bodies. It addresses the
regulations, standards, certification schemes, structure and operation of the agreement group
research, training, licensing and registration. only insofar as they relate to the peer assessment
(=ISO/IEC TS 17027:2014) process
Gr. F (=ISO/IEC 17040:2005)
Gr. G
SLS ISO/IEC 17029:2021
Conformity assessment – general principles SLS ISO/IEC 17043: 2023
and requirements for validation and Conformity assessment - general requirements
verification bodies for the competence of proficiency testing
Contains general principles and requirements for providers
the competence, consistent operation and This document specifies general requirements for
impartiality of bodies performing the competence and impartiality of proficiency
validation/verification as conformity assessment testing (PT) providers and consistent operation of
activities.(ISO/IEC 17029:2019) all proficiency testing schemes. This document
Gr.P can be used as a basis for specific technical
requirements for particular fields of
application.Users of proficiency testing schemes,

485
regulatory authorities, organizations and schemes rubber types are given in Annexes B to M: natural
using peerassessment, accreditation bodies and rubber (NR), styrene butadiene rubber (SBR),
others can use these requirements in confirming nitrile rubber (NBR), hydrogenated nitrile rubber
or recognizing the competence of proficiency (HNBR), nitrile rubber mixed with PVC
testing providers (NBR/PVC), chloroprene rubber (CR), ethylene
(ISO/IEC 17043:2023) acrylic rubber (AEM), fluorocarbon rubber
Gr. R (FKM), silicone rubber (VMQ), epichlorohydrin Page | 486
rubber (ECO) and ethylene propylene rubber
SLS ISO/IEC 17050 Part 1:2019 (EPM and EPDM). In cases of mixed rubber
Conformity assessment - supplier’s polymers, the main polymer in the rubber
declaration of conformity - general material gives the name of the rubber type.
requirements (ISO/TR 17051:2020)
Specifies general requirements for a supplier’s Gr. R
declaration of conformity in cases where it is
desirable, or necessary, that conformity of an
object to the specified requirements be attested, SLS ISO/IEC 17065:2019
irrespective of the sector involved. For the Conformity assessment - requirements for
purposes of this part of ISO/IEC 17050, the object bodies certifying products, processes and
of a declaration of conformity can be a product, services
process, management system, person or body Contains requirements for the competence,
(=ISO/IEC 17050-1:2004) consistent operation and impartiality of product,
Gr. C process and service certification bodies.
Certification bodies operating to this
SLS ISO IEC 17050 Part 2:2019 International Standard need not offer all types of
Conformity Assessment - supplier’s products, processes and services certification.
declaration of conformity - supporting Certification of products, processes and services
documents is a third-party conformity assessment activity
Specifies general requirements for supporting (see SLS ISO/IEC 17000:2004, definition 5.5).
documentation to substantiate a supplier’s (=ISO 17065:2012)
declaration of conformity, as described in Gr. N
ISO/IEC 17050-1. The object of a declaration of
conformity can be a product, process, SLS ISO/IEC 17067:2019
management system, person or body. Conformity assessment- fundamentals of
(=ISO/IEC 17050-2:2004) product Certification and guidelines for
Gr. A product certification schemes
Describes the fundamentals of product
SLS ISO/TR 17051: 2022 certification and provides guidelines for
Rubber, vulcanized — guidelines for material understanding, developing, operating or
specification maintaining certification schemes for products,
Guidelines for the specification of vulcanized processes and services.
rubber based on the properties of individual It is intended for use by all with an interest in
rubber types. This document helps users of rubber product certification, and especially by
products, who are not rubber experts, to create a certification scheme owners.
specification for the rubber materials they wish to (=ISO /IEC 17067:2013)
use. It also describes a designation system to Gr. G
enable a line call-cut code to be devised for each
specification. Since the properties of rubber
depend on the type of rubber, such as
composition, some rubbers are classified into
several types and organized by hardness.
Representative specifications for the following

486
SLS ISO 17075 Part 1:2018 SLS ISO 17200: 2023
Leather – chemical determination of Nanotechnology – nanoparticles in powder
chromium (vi) content in leather - form – characteristics and measurements
Colorimetric method This document specifies the fundamental
Specifies a method for determining characteristics to be measured of a sample of
chromium(VI) in solutions leached from leather engineered nanoparticles in powder form to
under defined conditions. The method described determine the size, the chemical content and the Page | 487
is suitable to quantify the chromium(VI) content surface area. This document also specifies
in leathers down to 3 mg/kg. This document is measurement methods for determining each of
applicable to all leather types. the characteristics. It is intended to facilitate
(=ISO 17075-1:2017) communication among consumers, regulators
Gr. F and industries with the necessary characteristics.
It excludes characteristics that pertain to specific
SLS ISO 17075 Part 2:2018 industrial applications of nanoparticles in powder
Leather – chemical determination of form and detailed measurement protocols, as well
chromium (vi) content in leather - as characteristics related to health, safety and
Chromatographic method environmental issues
Specifies a method for determining (ISO 17200:2020)
chromium(VI) in solutions leached from leather Gr. D
under defined conditions. The method described
is suitable to quantify the chromium(VI) content SLS ISO 17232:2018
in leathers down to 3 mg/kg. This document is Leather – physical and mechanical tests
applicable to all leather types. determination of heat resistance of patent
(=ISO 17075-2:2017) leather
Gr.H Specifies two methods for determining the heat
resistance of patent leather.Method A makes use
SLS ISO/TR 17098:2021 of a modified lastometer, while Method B uses
Packaging material recycling - report on the “Zwik” apparatus. Both methods are
substances and materials which may impede applicable to patent leathers for all end uses.
recycling (=ISO 17232:2017)
Provides a non-exhaustive overview of Gr. D
substances and materials that may cause a
sustained impediment to recycling activities and SLS ISO 17233:2018
is intended to assist in the assessment Leather – physical and mechanical tests
requirements set out in SLS. It describes determination of cold crack temperature of
substances or materials ich cause problems or surface coatings
inhibit the recycling process, or which have a Specifies a method for determining the cold crack
negative influence on the quality of recycled temperature of surface coatings applied to
material, where technical solutions are not leather. It is applicable to all leathers which have
expected to be developed in the near future. These a surface coating and which can be easily flexed.
examples are, however, qualified by the fact that (=ISO 17233:2017)
the recycling operations can vary regionally, that Gr. E
technology is constantly changing, and that the
use to which the recycled material is put will also SLS ISO /TR 17276:2017
determine whether the presence of such Cosmetics-Analytical Approach for screening
substances and materials is a problem. and quantification methods for heavy metals
(=ISO/TR 17098:2013) in cosmetics
Gr. H Introduces most common and typical analytical
approaches for screening and quantification of
heavy metals of general interest at both raw
material and finished product level. It covers

487
techniques from traditional colourimetric reference system component, ideally to RMPs
reaction, which can be executed without and certified reference materials (CRMs).
expensive instrument to the high-end one, like (=ISO 17511:2020)
that of inductively coupled plasma- Gr. U
massspectrometry (ICP-MS), which allows
detection of elements at ?g/kg level. Thus, it SLS ISO 17516:2017
covers the advantages and disadvantages of each Page | 488
Cosmetics - microbiological limits
analytical technique so that a suitable approach Applicable for all cosmetics and assists interested
can be chosen (=ISO/TR 17276:2014) parties in the assessment of the microbiological
Gr J quality of the products. Microbiological testing
does not need to be performed on those products
SLS ISO 17322: 2023 considered to be microbiologically low risk.
Fertilizers and soil conditioners — analytical (=ISO 17516:2014)
methods for sulfur coated urea (scu) Gr.C
This International Standard specifies general
requirements, sampling and preparation of test SLS ISO 17636 Part 1:2015
sample,marking and labelling, packaging, Non-destructive testing of welds –
transport, and storage for SCU. radiographic testing - X - and gamma-ray
(ISO 17322:2015) techniques with film
Gr. T Specifies techniques of radiographic examination
of fusion welded joints in metallic materials using
SLS ISO 17375: 2023 industrial radiographic film techniques. Applies
Animal feeding stuffs - determination of to the joints of plates and pipes and covers other
aflatoxin b1 cylindrical bodies such as tubes, penstocks, boiler
This International Standard specifies a method drums, and pressure vessels. does not specify
for the determination of aflatoxin B1 in animal acceptance levels for any of the indications found
feeding stuffs using high-performance liquid on the radiographs.(=ISO 17636-1:2013)
chromatography with post-column Gr. P
derivatization. It is applicable to animal feeding
stuffs with a fat content of up to 50 %. The limit SLS ISO 17637:2015
of quantification of this method has been Non-destructive testing of welds - visual
demonstrated to be better than 0,5 μg/kg for testing of fusion-welded joints
aflatoxin B1 for a signal-to-noise ratio of 6. Covers the visual testing of fusion welds in
(ISO 17375:2006) metallic materials. It may also be applied to visual
Gr. F testing of the joint prior to welding.
(=ISO 17637:2003)
SLS ISO 17511: 2022 Gr. E
In vitro diagnostic medical devices —
requirements for establishing metrological SLS ISO 17639:2015
traceability of values assigned to calibrators, Destructive tests on welds in metallic materials
trueness control materials and human samples - macroscopic and microscopic examination of
Specifies technical requirements and welds
documentation necessary to establish Gives recommendations for specimen
metrological traceability of values assigned to preparation, test procedures and their main
calibrators, trueness control materials and human objectives for macroscopic and microscopic
samples for quantities measured by IVD MDs. examination.
The human samples are those intended to be (=ISO 17639:2003)
measured, as specified for each IVD MD. Gr. E
Metrological traceability of values for quantities
in human samples extends to the highest available

488
SLS ISO 17680: 2022 (=ISO 17696:2004)
Tourism and related services - Gr.C
thalassotherapy - service requirements
Standard establishes the requirements for the SLS ISO 17697:2019
provision of services in thalassotherapy centres Footwear – test methods for uppers, lining and
using marine environment’s beneficial effects insocks seam strength
with curative or preventive purposes, aiming at Specifies two test methods for determining the Page | 489
ensuring — Good quality services responding to seam strength of uppers, lining or insocks,
customer’s implicit and explicit needs, — The irrespective of the material, in order to assess the
respectful use of the thalassotherapy concept, — suitability for the end use.
Very specifically, the implementation of hygiene (=ISO 17697:2016)
and safety principles, and — The comfort to the Gr. E
customers. This International Standard does not
deal with the therapeutic virtues supposed to be SLS ISO 17698:2019
offered by thalassotherapy nor does it cover Footwear – test methods for uppers –
decisions that correspond to the medical delamination resistance
profession. This International Standard does not Specifies a test method for determining the
apply to accommodation nor to catering services. delamination resistance of uppers made from
It is understood that all national legal obligations coated material, in order to assess the suitability
especially regarding hygiene, health, consumers, for the end use.
and employees are to be fulfilled by the (=ISO 17698:2016)
thalassotherapy centre (ISO 17680:2015) Gr. D
Gr. K

SLS ISO 17694:2019 SLS ISO 17699:2019

Footwear - test methods for uppers and lining Footwear – test methods for uppers and lining
– flex resistance water vapour permeability and absorption
Specifies a test method for determining the flex Specifies two test methods for assessing,
resistance of uppers and linings irrespective of respectively, the water vapour permeability and
the material in order to assess the suitability for the water vapour absorption of uppers or
the end use. complete upper assembly irrespective of the
(=ISO 17694:2016) material, in order to assess the suitability for the
Gr. C end use.
(=ISO 17699:2003)
SLS ISO 17695:2019 Gr. E
Footwear - test methods for uppers -
deformability SLS ISO 17700:2019
Specifies a test method for determining Footwear - test methods for upper components
deformability of uppers or complete upper and insocks - colour fastness to rubbing and
assembly, irrespective of the material, in order to bleeding
assess the suitability for the end use. This document specifies three test methods
(=ISO 17695:2004) (method A, method B and method C) for
Gr. B assessing the degree of transfer of a material’s
surface colour during dry or wet rubbing and a
SLS ISO 17696:2019 method (method D) for determining the
Footwear - test methods for uppers, linings likelihood of colour bleeding.
and insocks tear strength (=ISO 17700:2019)
Specifies a test method for assessing the tear Gr. H
strength of upper, linings and insocks or complete
upper assembly, irrespective of material, in order
to assess the suitability for the end use

489
SLS ISO 17701:2019 include terms related to graphical symbols for
Footwear – test methods for uppers, lining and diagrams [technical product documentation (tpd)
insocks – colour migration symbols]. The definitions are intended to serve as
Specifies a test method for determining the a basis for consideration by those concerned with
propensity of a material to cause discolouration producing new, or revising existing standards.
of another material when stored in close contact. The terms are presented in English alphabetical
This method is applicable to all materials which order.(=ISO 17724:2003) Page | 490
are used in intimate contact to adhesives which Gr. G
are used to bond them.
(=ISO 17701:2016) SLS ISO/TS 17919:2020
Gr. B Microbiology of food, animal feed and
environmental samples – polymerase chain
SLS ISO 17704:2019 reaction (pcr) for the detection of food borne
Footwear-test methods for uppers, linings and pathogens – detection of botulinum type a, b, e
insocks -abrasion resistance and f Neurotoxin-producing clostridia
specifies a test method for determining the Specification specifies a horizontal method for
resistanceof uppers, linings and insocks the molecular detection of clostridia carrying
irrespective of the material, to wet and dry botulinum neurotoxin A, B, E, and F genes by a
abrasion, in order to assess the suitability for the PCR method. This method detects the genes and
end use. not the toxins, therefore a positive result does not
(=ISO 17704:2004) necessarily mean the presence of these toxins in
Gr. D the sample investigated. This Technical
Specification is applicable to products for human
SLS ISO 17706:2019 consumption, animal feed, and environmental
Footwear – test methods for uppers – tensile samples.(=ISO/TS 17919:2013)
strength and elongation Gr. T
Specifies a test method for determining the force
required to break a test specimen from uppers SLS ISO 17925:2018
irrespective of the material, in order to asses the Zinc and/or aluminium based coatings on steel
suitability for the end use. – determination of coating mass per unit area
(=ISO 17706:2003) and chemical composition - gravimetry,
Gr. C inductively coupled plasma atomic emission
spectrometry and flame atomic absorption
SLS ISO 17707:2019 spectrometry
Footwear - test methods for outsoles - flex Specifies methods of determining the coating
resistance mass per unit area by gravimetry and chemical
Specifies a method for determining the flex composition on one side-surface of zinc- and/or
resistance of outsoles. This method is intended to aluminium-based coatings on steel by means of
assess the effect of sole materials and surface inductively coupled plasma atomic emission
patterns on cut growth. This method is applied to spectrometric or flame atomic absorption
outsoles that, in accordance with the test spectrometry. For example, this test method
mentioned in Clause 6, have a maximum applies for zinc and/or aluminium based coatings
longitudinal rigidity of 30 N. on steel such as galvanize (hot dip and
(=ISO 17707:2005) electrolytic), galvaneal (hot-dip), zinc-nickel
Gr. D electrolytic, zinc-5 % aluminium coating (hot-
dip) and zinc - 55 % aluminium coating (hot-dip).
SLS ISO 17724:2021 Galvanizing gives a pure zinc coating.
Graphical symbols – vocabulary Galvanealling gives a zinc-iron alloyed coating.
Defines terms relating to graphical symbols, Zinc-nickel electrolytic methods give zinc-nickel
principally symbols for public information and alloyed coatings. This method is applicable to
use on equipment and safety signs. It does not zinc contents between 40 % (mass fraction) and

490
100 % (mass fraction); aluminium contents SLS ISO 18118: 2023
between 0,02 % (mass fraction) and 60 % (mass Surface chemical analysis — auger electron
fraction); nickel contents between 7 % (mass spectroscopy and x-ray photoelectron
fraction) and 20 % (mass fraction); iron contents spectroscopy — guide to the use of
between 0,2 % (mass fraction) and 20 % (mass experimentally determined relative sensitivity
fraction); silicon contents between 0,2 % (mass factors for the quantitative analysis of
fraction) and 10 % (mass fraction); lead contents Page | 491
homogeneous materials
between 0,005 % (mass fraction) and 2 % (mass This International Standard gives guidance on the
fraction). For example, the applicable elements measurement and use of experimentally
for these products are as follows: galvanizing is determined relative sensitivity factors for the
specified for iron and aluminium; galvanealling quantitative analysis of homogeneous materials
is specified for zinc, iron and aluminium; zinc- by Auger electron spectroscopy and X-ray
nickel electrolytic methods are specified for zinc, photoelectron spectroscopy.
iron and nickel; zinc-5 % aluminium coating is (ISO 18118:2015)
specified for zinc, iron, aluminium and silicon; Gr. M
zinc-55 % aluminium is specified for zinc, iron,
aluminium and silicon. SLS ISO 18163: 2023
(=ISO 17925:2004) Clothing — digital fittings — vocabulary and
Gr. M terminology used for the virtual garment
This International Standard defines the terms that
SLS ISO 18065:2021 are commonly used for the digital fitting system.
Tourism and related services — tourist The digital fitting system includes virtual fabric,
services for public use provided by natural virtual fabric properties, virtual garment pattern,
protected areas authorities — requirements virtual garment pattern properties, virtual sewing
Establishes the requirements for tourist services line, virtual garment, and virtual garment
provided directly by NPAA in order to satisfy simulation of a virtual garment on a virtual
visitors while giving priority to the NPA human body model for fit assessment.
conservation objectives, excluding the marine (ISO 18163:2016)
protected areas Gr. H
(= ISO 18065:2021)
Gr. G SLS ISO 18185-4: 2023
Freight containers - electronic seals - part 4:
SLS ISO 18074:2017 data protection
Textiles - identification of some animal fibres Specifies requirements for the data protection,
by dna analysis method – cashmere, wool, yak device authentication and conformance
and their blend capabilities of electronic seals for communication
Specifies a testing method for DNA analysis of to and from a seal and its associated reader. These
some animal fibres to identify cashmere, wool, capabilities include the accessibility,
yak, and their blends by using extraction, confidentiality, data integrity, authentication and
amplification by the polymerase chain reaction non-repudiation of stored data. The protection of
(PCR) method and DNA detection processes. this information is provided through a radio-
This Standard is applicable to cashmere, yak, and communications interface providing seal
wool and their blends as a qualitative method. identification and a method to determine whether
(=ISO 18074:2015) a freight container’s seal has been opened. This
Gr. L part of ISO 18185 specifies a freight container
seal identification system, with an associated
system for verifying the accuracy of use, having:
⎯ a seal status identification system; ⎯ a battery
status indicator; ⎯ a unique Seal Identifier
including the identification of the manufacturer;
⎯ a seal (tag) type. This part of ISO 18185 is

491
intended for use in conjunction with the other SLS ISO 18373 Part 1:2013
parts of ISO 18185. This part of ISO 18185 is Rigid pvc pipes- differential scanning
designed to facilitate electronic device calorimetry (DSC) method - Measurement of
authentication. For mechanical seals, the seal the processing temperature
manufacturer is able to determine the authenticity Specifies a method for the determination of the
of the device if and when necessary, e.g. to processing temperature of rigid PVC pipe
determine the unauthorized opening of the seal. samples based on the measurement of the thermal Page | 492
There are electronic authentication methods history using differential scanning calorimetry
which can provide similar validation without (DSC) and is suitable for all types of rigid PVC
visual inspection. This part of ISO 18185 pipes.(=ISO 18373-1:2007)
provides only the guidelines for those methods. Gr. F
This part of ISO 18185 applies to all electronic
seals used on freight containers covered by SLS ISO 18415:2018
International Standards ISO 668, ISO 1496-1 to Cosmetics - microbiology - detection of
ISO 1496-5 and ISO 8323 and should, wherever specified and non-specified microorganisms
appropriate and practicable, also be applied to Gives general guidelines for the detection and
freight containers other than those covered by identification of specified microorganisms in
these International Standards cosmetic products as well as for the detection and
(ISO 18185-4:2007) identification of other kinds of aerobic
Gr. E mesophilic non-specified microorganisms in
cosmetic products.
SLS ISO 18264: 2023 Microorganisms considered as specified in this
Textile slings — lifting slings for general document might differ from country to country
purpose lifting operations made from fibre according to national practices or regulations.
ropes — high modulus polyethylene (HMPE) Most of them considered as specified
This document specifies the requirements related microorganisms include one or more of the
to safety, including methods of rating and testing following species: Pseudomonas aeruginosa,
sling constructions made from fibre ropes. It is Escherichia coli, Staphylococcus aureus and
applicable to ropes made of high modulus Candida albicans. In order to ensure product
polyethylene (HMPE) fibre having a minimum quality and safety for consumers
reference number of 12 and a maximum reference (=ISO 18415:2017)
number of 72.The fibre rope slings covered by Gr. K
this document are intended for general-purpose
lifting operations only,i.e. when used for lifting SLS ISO 18447: 2022
objects, materials or goods which require no Tea — determination of theaflavins in black
deviations from the requirements,design factors, tea method using high performance liquid
or work load limits specified. This document does chromatography
not cover slings used for the lifting of persons, This document specifies a high performance
potentially dangerous materials such as molten liquid chromatography (HPLC) or ultra-high
metal and acids, glass sheets, fissile materials, performance liquid chromatography (UHPLC)
nuclear reactors and special (non-routine and method for the determination of content of the
engineered) lifting operations. This document can four major theaflavins of tea. It is applicable to
be used as a reference for lifting slings made with both leaf and instant black and oolong teas. The
HMPE fibres to be used in special lifting method is currently not validated for ready-to-
operations. drink (RTD) beverages.
(SLS ISO 18264:2022) (ISO 18447:2021)
Gr. P Gr. K

492
SLS ISO 18449: 2022 soils, sampling, radioactivity and its
Green tea — vocabulary measurement;— describe the origins of the
Defines terms for classifying and assessing green radioactivity in soils;— define the main
tea for commerce. objectives of the study of radioactivity in soil
(ISO 18449:2021) samples;
Gr C — present the principles of studies of soil
radioactivity;— identify the analytical and Page | 493
SLS ISO 18513:2021 procedural requirements when measuring
Tourism services - hotels and other types of radioactivity in soil.This document is applicable
tourism accommodation – vocabulary if radionuclide measurements for the purpose of
Defines terms used in the tourism industry in radiation protection are to be made in the
relation to the various types of tourism following cases:
accommodation and their related services. — initial characterization of radioactivity in the
(=ISO 18513:2021) environment;
Gr. C — routine surveillance of the impact of nuclear
installations or of the evolution of the general
SLS ISO 18589 Part 1: 2023 territory;
Measurement of radioactivity in the — investigations of accident and incident
environment – soil : general guidelines and situations;
definitions — planning and surveillance of remedial action;
This document specifies the general requirements — decommissioning of installations or clearance
to carry out radionuclides tests, including of materials.
sampling of soil including rock from bedrock and (ISO 18589-1: 2019)
ore as well as of construction materials and Gr. G
products, pottery, etc. using NORM or those from
technological processes involving
Technologically Enhanced Naturally Occurring SLS ISO 18589 Part 2: 2023
Radioactive Materials (TENORM) e.g. the Measurement of radioactivity in the
mining and processing of mineral sands or environment – soil: guidance for the selection
phosphate fertilizer production and use. For of the sampling strategy, sampling and
simplification, the term “soil” used in this pretreatment of samples
document covers the set of elements mentioned This document specifies the general
above. This document is addressed to people requirements, based on ISO 11074 and ISO/IEC
responsible for determining the radioactivity 17025, for all steps in the planning (desk study
present in soils for the purpose of radiation and area reconnaissance) of the sampling and the
protection. This concerns soils from gardens and preparation of samples for testing. It includes the
farmland, urban or industrial sites, as well as soil selection of the sampling strategy, the outline of
not affected by human activities. This document the sampling plan, the presentation of general
is applicable to all laboratories regardless of the sampling methods and equipment, as well as the
number of personnel or the extent of the scope of methodology of the pretreatment of samples
testing activities. When a laboratory does not adapted to the measurements of the activity of
undertake one or more of the activities covered radionuclides in soil including granular materials
by this document, such as planning, sampling or of mineral origin which contain NORM or
testing, the requirements of those clauses do not artificial radionuclides, such as sludge, sediment,
apply. This document is to be used in conjunction construction debris, solid waste of different type
with other parts of ISO 18589 that outline the and materials from technologically enhanced
setting up of programmes and sampling naturally occurring radioactive materials
techniques, methods of general processing of (mining, coal combustion, phosphate fertilizer
samples in the laboratory and also methods for production etc.). For simplification, the term
measuring the radioactivity in soil. Its purpose is “soil” used in this document covers the set of
the following:— define the main terms relating to elements mentioned above. This document is

493
addressed to the people responsible for boxes. These boxes are based on the modular area
determining the radioactivity present in soil for 600 mm × 400 mm, 600 mm × 500 mm, 550 mm
the purpose of radiation protection. It is × 366 mm and subdivisions of them.
applicable to soil from gardens, farmland, urban, (=ISO 18616-2:2016)
or industrial sites, as well as soil not affected by Gr. E
human activities. This document is applicable to
all laboratories regardless of the number of SLS ISO 18782:2017 Page | 494
personnel or the range of the testing performed. Textiles – determination of dynamic
When a laboratory does not undertake one or hygroscopic heat Generation
more of the activities covered by this document, Specifies a test method for the determination of
such as planning, sampling, test or calibration, the hygroscopic heat generated by flowing low then
corresponding requirements do not apply. high humidity air on one side of a surface. It is
(ISO 18589-2:2022) applicable to all kinds of sheet shaped textile
Gr. N materials.
(=ISO 18782:2015)
SLS ISO 18600:2017 Gr.H
Textile machinery and accessories - web roller
cards - terms and definitions SLS ISO 18787:2020
Defines terms of the card with a web-forming Method of test for determination of water
method using staple fibres for non-woven activity in food and animal feeding stuffs
machinery. Principles and specifies requirements for the
(=ISO 18600:2015) methods of determining water activity (aw) of
Gr. D food products for human consumption and animal
feed within a measurement range of 0 to 1.The
SLS ISO 18616-1:2021 measurement principles are based on the dew-
Transport packaging – Reusable, rigid plastic point measurement or on the determination of the
distribution boxes Part 1: general purpose change in electrical conductivity of an electrolyte
application or in the permittivity of a polymer.The method
Specifies the four main types of reusable, rigid does not apply to products stored below their
plastic distribution boxes for general purpose freezing point (equivalent to the temperature at
application in the fields of handling, transport, which ice crystals appear in the product), neither
storage and display of products in distribution to products corresponding to a water-in-fat
systems from the point of manufacture to the emulsion, nor to crystal products such assugars,
point of retail services:a) rigid parallelepipedic salt or minerals.For products containing volatile
and rectangular boxes (stackable boxes); b) compounds, such as alcohols, specific equipment
foldable boxes; c) nestable boxes; d) nestable and adaptations may be necessary to apply the
stackable boxes. These boxes are based on the method. (=ISO 18787:2017)
modular area 600 mm × 400 mm, 600 mm × 500 (Supersedes SLS ISO 21807:2017)
mm, 550 mm × 366 mm and subdivisions of Gr. E
them. This document defines the main types of
rigid plastic distribution boxes, dimensions, SLS ISO 18788: 2022
safety, designation, marking and labeling. Management system for private security
(=ISO 18616-1:2016) operations — requirements with guidance for
Gr. H use
provides a framework for establishing,
SLS ISO 18616-2:2021 implementing, operating, monitoring, reviewing,
Transport packaging - reusable, rigid plastic maintaining and improving the management of
distribution boxes - general specifications for security operations. It provides the principles and
testing requirements for a security operations
Specifies the test methods for handling and management system (SOMS). This International
managing reusable, rigid plastic distribution Standard provides a business and risk

494
management framework for organizations these parts are defined separately from those on
conducting or contracting security operations and other parts of the body. This part of ISO 18825 is
related activities and functions while intended for developers of virtual garment
demonstrating: a) conduct of professional systems. Although this part of ISO 18825 does
security operations to meet the requirements of not aim at users of virtual human body in online
clients and other stakeholders; b) accountability communication, the improved reliability of
to law and respect for human rights; c) virtual human body will benefit them. Page | 495
consistency with voluntary commitments to (ISO 18825-2:2016)
which it subscribes. This International Standard Gr. S
also provides a means for organizations and those
who utilize security services to demonstrate SLS ISO 18861: 2022
commitment to the relevant legal obligations, as Cosmetics— sun protection test methods —
well as to the good practices provided in the percentage of water resistance
Montreux Document on Pertinent International Specifies a procedure for evaluating the water
Legal Obligations and Good Practices for States resistance retention percentage, by comparing the
related to Operations of Private Military and sun protection factor (SPF) before water
Security Companies during Armed Conflict, and immersion (hereafter referred to as the “static”
conformance with the principles and SPF) and after a fixed period of water immersion
commitments outlined in the International Code (hereafter referred to as the “wet” SPF). (ISO
of Conduct for Private Security Service Providers 18861:2020)
(ICoC). This International Standard is Gr. F
specifically aimed at any organization operating
in circumstances where governance may be weak SLS ISO 18862:2019
and the rule of law undermined due to human or Coffee and coffee products - determination of
naturally caused events. acrylamide - methods using HPLC-MS/MS
(ISO 18788:2015 ) and GC-MS after derivatization
Gr. X Specifies methods for the determination of
acrylamide in coffee and coffee products by
SLS ISO 18794:2019 extraction with water, clean-up by solid-phase
Coffee- sensory analysis vocabulary extraction and determination by HPLC-MS/MS
Defines terms relating to coffee sensory analysis. and GCMS. It was validated in a method
This document covers definitions applicable to validation study on roasted coffee, soluble coffee,
green, roasted and ground coffee, coffee extracts coffee substitutes and coffee products with ranges
and soluble coffee(=ISO 18794:2018) from 53 ìg/kg to 612,1 ìg/kg.
Gr.C (=ISO 18862:2016)
Gr. K
SLS ISO 18825 Part 2: 2023
Clothing — digital fittings — part 2: SLS ISO/ TS 18867:2020
vocabulary and terminology used for Microbiology of the food chain – polymerase
attributes of the virtual human body chain reaction (pcr) for the detection of food -
This part of ISO borne pathogens – detection of pathogenic
18825 defines the terms used to describe the yersinia enterocolitica and yersinia
virtual human body which is used in virtual pseudotuberculosis
garment systems. Specifically, virtual body Specification specifies two horizontal methods
landmarks and virtual body dimensions are for detection of the pathogenic bioserotypes of Y.
described. This part of ISO 18825 mainly deals enterocolitica and one for detection of Y.
with vocabulary and terminology of essential pseudotuberculosis by using real-time PCRbased
virtual body dimensions of the virtual torso, arm, methods. The described methods allow for the
leg, head, face, hands and bones and joints of detection of the two pathogens in enrichments
virtual human body. Since there are many body and allow the isolation of colonies. Y. pestis, the
landmarks on the head and hand, landmarks on causative agent of bubonic and pneumonic plague

495
harbours a variant of the ail gene as well and will include the individual(s) managing the audit
be detected by the same primer/probe set as Y. programme, auditors and audit teams. It is
pseudotuberculosis. However, Y. pestis is applicable to all organizations that need to plan
normally not associated with food. This and conduct internal or external audits of
Technical Specification is applicable to products management systems or manage an audit
for human consumption, animal feeding stuffs, programme. The application of this document to
and environmental samples. other types of audits is possible, provided that Page | 496
(=ISO/TS 18867:2015) special consideration is given to the specific
Gr. P competence needed.(=ISO 19011:2018)
Gr. RT
SLS ISO 18889: 2020
Protective gloves for pesticide operators and SLS ISO 19095-5: 2023
re-entry workers - performance requirements Plastics - evaluation of the adhesion interface
Performance, classification, and labelling performance in plastic-metal assemblies :
requirements for gloves worn by operators and fracture energy
re-entry workers handling pesticide products to This document specifies a method of testing the
protect the hands or hands and forearms against adhesion in plastic-metal joints produced by
contact with those products. Gloves covered by several techniques: adhesive bonding, direct
this document include gloves made with joining of thermoplastics by injection or
elastomeric and polymeric materials in the areas compression moulding, or other methods. More
that provide protection (=ISO 18889: 2019) specifically this testing method provides a
Gr. F measure of the joint resistance to fracture in the
SLS ISO 18890:2019 region between plastic and metal adherends. This
Clothing - standard method of garment method can only be used for comparing
measurement adhesives, surface treatments, bonding conditions
Defines the main measurement points and and effects of environmental conditions. The
describes the method used to measure garment results cannot be used for engineering design
dimensions. Additional measurement points can purposes. (ISO 19095-5:2023)
be determined between interested parties Gr. F
(=ISO 18890: 2018)
Gr. U SLS ISO 19223:2020
Lung ventilators and related equipment -
SLS ISO 18896:2019 vocabulary and semantics
Footwear - test methods for shanks - Establishes a vocabulary of terms and semantics
longitudinal stiffness for all fields of respiratory care involving
Specifies a method for assessing the stiffness in mechanical ventilation, such as intensive-care
the longitudinal direction of steel shanks used for ventilation, anaesthesia ventilation, emergency
the reinforcement of the waist region of women’s and transport ventilation and home-care
shoes and of some men’s and children’s shoes. ventilation, including sleep-apnoea breathing-
(=ISO 18896:2018) therapy equipment. It is applicable - in lung
Gr. B ventilator and breathing-therapy device
standards, - in health informatics standards, - for
SLS ISO 19011:2018 labelling on medical electrical equipment and
Guidelines for auditing management systems medical electrical systems, - in medical electrical
(First Revision) equipment and medical electrical system
Provides guidance on auditing management instructions for use and accompanying
systems, including the principles of auditing, documents, - for medical electrical equipment
managing an audit programme and conducting and medical electrical systems interoperability,
management system audits, as well as guidance and - in electronic health records.
on the evaluation of competence of individuals (=ISO 19223:2019)
involved in the audit process. These activities Gr. C

496
SLS ISO 19272:2018 applied to other solid materials. This test method
Low alloyed steel - determination of C, Si, Mn, is a simulation under laboratory conditions of the
P, S, Cr, Ni, Al, Ti and Cu - Glow discharge habitat found in different seawater/ sediment-
optical emission spectrometry (routine areas in the sea, e.g. in a benthic zone where
method) sunlight reaches the ocean floor (photic zone)
Specifies a glow discharge optical emission that, in marine science, is called sublittoral zone
spectrometric (GD-OES) method for The determination of biodegradation of plastic Page | 497
determination of the mass fraction Carbon, materials and other solid materials buried in
Silicon, Manganese, Phosphorus, Sulfur, marine sediment is outside the scope of this
Chromium, Nickel, Aluminium, Titanium and document (ISO 19679:2020)
Copper in low alloyed steels. Gr. F
(=ISO 19272:2015)
Gr. P SLS ISO 19706: 2022
Guidelines for assessing the fire threat to
SLS ISO 19343:2018 people
Microbiology of the food chain - detection and Standard is intended to serve as general
quantification of histamine in fish and fishery guidelines for the assessment of the fire threat to
Products - HPLC method people. It encompasses the development,
Specifies a high performance liquid evaluation and use of relevant quantitative
chromatography (HPLC) method to analyse information for use in fire hazard and risk
histamine in fish and fishery products (fish assessment. This information, generally obtained
sauces, fish maturated by enzyme in brine, etc.) from fire-incidence investigation, fire statistics,
intended for human consumption. real-scale fire tests and from physical fire models,
(=ISO 19343:2017) is intended for use in conjunction with
Gr. G computational models for analysis of the
initiation and development of fire, fire spread,
SLS ISO 19563:2017 smoke formation and movement, chemical
Determination of theanine in tea and instant species generation, transport and decay, and
tea in solid form using high – performance people movement, as well as fire detection and
liquid chromatography suppression [ISO/TR 13387 (all parts)]. Aspects
Specifies a high-performance liquid of the methodology described in this International
chromatographic (HPLC) method for the Standard are further amplified in ISO 13571 and
determination of theanine content in tea ISO 13344.This International Standard is
(Camellia sinensis). It is applicable to both tea intended to facilitate addressing the
and instant tea samples. Separation of L- and D- consequences of a single, acute human exposure
theanine is not possible using this method; to fire effluent. This International Standard does
however, the L-enantiomer is the major form in not address other effects of the heat, gases and
tea. (=ISO 19563:2017) aerosols, such as effects on electronic equipment
Gr. G and effects of frequent, multiple environmental
exposures of people, which are of importance in
SLS ISO 19679: 2022 fire safety design.
Plastics - determination of aerobic (ISO 19706:2011)
biodegradation of non-floating plastic Gr. F
materials in a seawater/sediment interface -
method by analysis of evolved carbon dioxide SLS ISO 19749: 2023
specifies a test method to determine the degree Nanotechnologies – measurements of particle
and rate of aerobic biodegradation of plastic size and shape distributions by scanning
materials when settled on marine sandy sediment electron microscopy
at the interface between seawater and the This document specifies methods of determining
seafloor, by measuring the evolved carbon nanoparticle size and shape distributions by
dioxide (CO2). This test method can also be acquiring and evaluating scanning electron

497
microscope images and by obtaining and and improvement of services through effective
reporting accurate results. NOTE 1 This implementation and operation of an SMS; f) an
document applies to particles with a lower size organization or other party performing
limit that depends on the required uncertainty and conformity assessments against the requirements
on the suitable performance of the SEM, which is specified in this document; g) a provider of
to be proven first -according to the requirements training or advice in service management.
described in this document. (=ISO/IEC 20000-1:2018) Page | 498
(ISO 19749:2021) Gr. P
Gr. W
SLS ISO/IEC 20000-2:2021
SLS ISO 19932 Part 2:2018 Information technology – service management
Knapsack sprayers - test methods - guidance on the application of service
Specifies test methods for the verification of management systems
requirements of ISO 19932-1 for knapsack Provides guidance on the application of a service
sprayers carried on the back or shoulder of the management system (SMS) based on ISO/IEC
operator for use with plant protection products. 20000-1. It provides examples and
(=ISO 19932-2:2013) recommendations to enable organizations to
Gr. L interpret and apply ISO/IEC 20000-1, including
references to other parts of ISO/IEC 20000 and
SLS ISO/IEC 19770-1: 2023 other relevant standards.(ISO/IEC 20000-2: 2019
Information technology - it asset management and AMD 1: 2020) Gr. V
- part 1: it asset management systems -
requirements SLS ISO/IEC 20000-3:2021
This document specifies requirements for an IT Information technology – service management
asset management system within the context of - guidance on scope definition and
the organization. This document can be applied to applicability of ISO/IEC 20000-1
all types of IT assets and by all types and sizes of Guidance on the scope definition and
organizations (ISO/IEC 19770-1:2017) applicability to the requirements specified in
Gr. R ISO/IEC 20000-1. This document can assist in
establishing whether ISO/IEC 20000-1 is
SLS ISO/IEC 20000-1:2021 applicable to an organization’s circumstances. It
Information technology – service management illustrates how the scope of an SMS can be
- service management system requirements defined, irrespective of whether the organization
Specifies requirements for an organization to has experience of defining the scope of other
establish, implement, maintain and continually management systems.The guidance in this
improve a service management system (SMS). document can assist an organization in planning
The requirements specified in this document and preparing for a conformity assessment
include the planning, design, transition, delivery against ISO/IEC 20000-1. Annex A contains
and improvement of services to meet the service examples of possible scope statements for an
requirements and deliver value. This document SMS. The examples given use a series of
can be used by: a) a customer seeking services scenarios for organizations ranging from very
and requiring assurance regarding the quality of simple to complex service supply chains. This
those services; b) a customer requiring a document can be used by personnel responsible
consistent approach to the service lifecycle by all for planning the implementation of an SMS, as
its service providers, including those in a supply well as assessors and consultants. It supplements
chain; c) an organization to demonstrate its the guidance on the application of an SMS given
capability for the planning, design, transition, in ISO/IEC 20000-2.Requirements for bodies
delivery and improvement of services; d) an providing audit and certification of an SMS can
organization to monitor, measure and review its be found in ISO/IEC 20000-6 which recommends
SMS and the services;e) an organization to the use of this document.(ISO/IEC 20000-
improve the planning, design, transition, delivery 3:2019)Gr. N

498
SLS ISO/IEC 20000-6:2021 improved sustainability throughout the entire
Information technology – service management event management cycle.
– requirements for bodies providing audit and (=ISO 20121:2012)
certification of service management systems Gr. S
Specifies requirements and provides guidance
for certification bodies providing audit and SLS ISO 20251:2018
Page | 499
certification of an SMS in accordance with Textile floor covering – water impermeability
ISO/IEC 20000-1. It does not change the test
requirements specified in ISO/IEC 20000-1. This Specifies a laboratory test method for
document can also be used by accreditation determining the water impermeability of textile
bodies for ccreditation of certification bodies. A floor coverings.This method cannot be used to
certification body providing SMS certification is characterize a wall-to-wall installation of textile
expected to be able to demonstrate fulfilment of floor covering tiles. (=ISO 20251:2016)
the requirements specified in this document, in Gr. B
addition to the requirements in ISO/IEC 17021-1. SLS ISO 20346: 2023
(=ISO/IEC 20000-6:2017) Personal protective equipment – protective
Gr. G footwear
This document specifies basic and additional
SLS ISO/IEC 20000-10:2021 (optional) requirements for protective footwear
Information technology – service management used for general purpose. It includes, for
- concept and vocabulary example, mechanical risks, slip resistance,
Describes the core concepts of ISO/IEC 20000 thermal risks, ergonomic behaviour. It includes,
(all parts), identifying how the different parts for example, mechanical risks, slip resistance,
support ISO/IEC 20000-1:2018 as well as the thermal risks, ergonomic behaviour. It also
relationships between ISO/IEC 20000-1 and specifies requirements for protective footwear
other International Standards and Technical equipped with customized insocks, customized
Reports. This document also includes the protective footwear or individual manufactured
terminology used in all parts of ISO/IEC 20000, customized protective footwear. This standard
so that organizations and individuals can interpret does not cover the property of high visibility
the concepts correctly.This document can be used because of interaction with the clothing (e.g.
by:a) organizations seeking to understand the trousers cover the footwear) and work area
terms and definitions to support the use of conditions (e.g. dirt, mud). Special risks are
ISO/IEC 20000 (all parts);b) organizations covered by complementary job-related standards
looking for guidance on how to use the different (e.g. footwear for firefighters, electrical
parts of ISO/IEC 20000 to achieve their goal; insulating footwear, protection against chain saw
c) organizations that wish to understand how injuries, protection against chemicals and molten
ISO/IEC 20000 (all parts) can be used in metal splash, protection for motorcycle riders).
combination with other International Standards; (ISO 20346:2021)
d) practitioners, auditors and other parties who Gr. S
wish to gain an understanding of ISO/IEC 20000
(all parts). (ISO/IEC 20000-10:2018) SLS ISO 20347: 2023
Gr. N Personal protective equipment – occupational
footwear
SLS ISO 20121:2016 This document specifies basic and additional
Event sustainability management systems – (optional) requirements for occupational
requirements with guidance for use footwear used for general purpose. It includes, for
Specifies requirements for an event sustainability example, mechanical risks, slip resistance,
management system for any type of event or thermal risks, ergonomic behaviour. It also
event-related activity, and provides guidance on specifies requirements for occupational footwear
conforming to those requirements. This Standard equipped with customized insocks, customized
has been designed to address the management of occupational footwear or individual

499
manufactured customized occupational footwear. mammalian and non-mammalian (e.g. bacteria,
This standard does not cover the property of high yeast) cells. This document is not intended for
visibility because of interaction with the clothing counting of cells while in a tissue section or a
(e.g. trousers cover the footwear) and work area biomaterial matrix . Several sector/application-
conditions (e.g. dirt, mud). Special risks are specific international and national standards for
covered by complementary job-related standards cell counting currently exist. When applicable,
(e.g. footwear for firefighters, electrical the user can consult existing standards when Page | 500
insulating footwear, protection against chain saw operating within their scope (specific
injuries, protection against chemicals and against measurement techniques and/or applications).
molten metal splash, protection for motorcycle (ISO 20391-1:2018)
riders). (ISO 20347:2021) Gr. H
Gr. R
SLS ISO 20391 Part 2: 2022
SLS ISO 20387: 2022 Biotechnology - cell counting : experimental
Biotechnology - Biobanking - General design and statistical analysis to quantify
Requirements For Biobanking counting method performance
This document specifies general requirements for This document provides a method for evaluating
the competence, impartiality and consistent aspects of the quality of a cell counting
operation of biobanks including quality control measurement process for a specific cell
requirements to ensure biological material and preparation through a set of quality indicators
data collections of appropriate quality. This derived from a dilution series experimental
document is applicable to all organizations design and statistical analysis. The quality
performing biobanking, including biobanking of indicators are based on repeatability of the
biological material from multicellular organisms measurement and the degree to which the results
(e.g. human, animal, fungus and plant) and conform to an ideal proportional response to
microorganisms for research and development. dilution. This method is applicable to total,
Biobank users, regulatory authorities, differential, direct and indirect cell counting
organizations and schemes using peer- measurement processes, provided that the
assessment, accreditation bodies, and others can measurement process meets the criteria of the
also use this document in confirming or experimental design (e.g. cells are suspended in a
recognizing the competence of biobanks. This solution). This method is most suitable during
document does not apply to biological material cell counting method development, optimization,
intended for food/feed production, laboratories validation, evaluation and/or verification of cell
undertaking analysis for food/feed production, counting measurement processes. This method is
and/or therapeutic use. (ISO 20387:2018) especially applicable in cases where an
Gr. R appropriate reference material to assess accuracy
is not readily available. This method does not
SLS ISO 20391 Part 1: 2022 directly provide the accuracy of the cell count.
Biotechnology - cell counting - part 1: This method is primarily applicable to eukaryotic
general guidance on cell counting methods cells. (ISO 20391-2:2019)
This document defines terms related to cell Gr. U
counting for biotechnology. It describes counting
of cells in suspension (generally cell SLS ISO 20395: 2022
concentration) and cells adhered to a substrate Biotechnology — requirements for evaluating
(generally area density of cells). It provides key the performance of quantification methods for
considerations for general counting methods nucleic acid target sequences — qpcr and dpcr
(including total and differential counting, and provides generic requirements for evaluating the
direct and indirect counting) as well as for performance and ensuring the quality of methods
method selection, measurement process, and data used for the quantification of specific nucleic acid
analysis and reporting. This document is sequences (targets). This document is applicable
applicable to the counting of all cell types – to the quantification of DNA (deoxyribonucleic

500
acid) and RNA (ribonucleic acid) target (e.g. food or clinical applications where specific
sequences using either digital (dPCR) or matrix issues can arise).
quantitative real-time PCR (qPCR) amplification (ISO 20395:2019)
technologies. It applies to target sequences Gr. T
present in nucleic acid molecules including
doublestranded DNA (dsDNA) such as genomic SLS ISO 20397 -2: 2022
DNA (gDNA) and plasmid DNA, single stranded Page | 501
Biotechnology - massively parallel sequencing
DNA (ssDNA), complementary DNA (cDNA), part 2 - quality evaluation of sequencing data
and single stranded RNA (ssRNA) including Specifies general requirements and
ribosomal RNA (rRNA), messenger RNA recommendations for quality assessments and
(mRNA), and long and short non-coding RNA control of massively parallel sequencing (MPS)
[microRNAs (miRNAs) and short interfering data. It covers post raw data generation
RNAs (siRNAs)], as well as double-stranded procedures, sequencing alignments, and variant
RNA (dsRNA). This document applies to nucleic calling. This document also gives general
acids derived from biological sources such as guidelines for validation and documentation of
viruses, prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells, cell- MPS data. This document does not apply to any
free biological fluids (e.g. plasma or cell media) processes related to de novo assembly.
or in vitro sources [e.g. oligonucleotides, (ISO 20397–2:2021)
synthetic gene constructs and in vitro transcribed Gr. L
(IVT) RNA]. This document is not applicable to
quantification of very short DNA SLS ISO/TS 20399 -1: 2022
oligonucleotides (<50 bases). This document Biotechnology — ancillary materials present
covers: — analytical design including during the production of cellular therapeutic
quantification strategies (nucleic acid copy products : general requirements
number quantification using a calibration curve (ISO/TS 20399-1:2018)
as in qPCR or through molecular counting as in Withdrawn
dPCR, quantification relative to an independent
sample and ratio measurements) and use of
controls; SLS ISO/TS 20399 Part 2: 2022
— quantification of total nucleic acid mass Biotechnology — ancillary materials present
concentration and quality control of a nucleic during the production of cellular therapeutic
acid sample including assessment of nucleic acid products : best practice guidance for ancillary
quality (purity and integrity); material suppliers
— PCR assay design, optimization, in silico and Withdrawn
in vitro specificity testing; — data quality control
and analysis including acceptance criteria, SLS ISO/ TS 20399 -3: 2022
threshold setting and normalization; Biotechnology — ancillary materials present
— method validation (precision, linearity, limit during the production of cellular therapeutic
of quantification, limit of detection, trueness and products : best practice guidance for ancillary
robustness) with specific requirements for qPCR material users
and dPCR; Withdrawn
— approaches to establishing metrological
traceability and estimating measurement SLS ISO 20399: 2023
uncertainty. This document does not provide Biotechnology – ancillary materials present
requirements or acceptance criteria for the during the Production of cellular therapeutic
sampling of biological materials or processing of products and gene therapy
biological samples (i.e. collection, preservation, Products
transportation, storage, treatment and nucleic This document specifies requirements and gives
acid extraction). Nor does it provide requirements guidance to suppliers and users of ancillary
and acceptance criteria for specific applications materials (AMs) to improve the consistency and
quality of AMs of biological (human and animal)

501
and chemical origin used in the production of coffee; roasted coffee; soluble coffee, regular and
cellular therapeutic products and gene therapy decaffeinated; and mixed instant coffee products
products for human use. This document is (e. g. coffee/chicory mix or cappuccino-type
applicable to materials that are used for cell coffee drink).
processing and that come into contact with the (=ISO 20481:2008)
active substance and that do not intentionally Gr. F
form part of the final cell and gene therapy Page | 502
product. EXAMPLE 1 Reagents, anticoagulants, SLS ISO 20494 : 2022
cytokines, growth factors, enzymes, antibodies, Paper - requirements for stability for general
serum (human or bovine), buffered solutions, graphic applications
culture media, dishes (coated with biological Specifies the requirements for the stability of
material), beads (coated with biological paper for general graphic applications. It is
material), cryoprotectants (agents for applicable to all types of uncoated, coated and
cryopreservation), activation agents/reagents, filled papers.
non-mammalian cell (e.g. insect cell, bacterial (=ISO 20494:2017)
cell), plasmid, viral vector. This document does Gr. G
not apply to materials that are not used for cell
processing, materials that do not come into SLS ISO 20588: 2023
contact with the active substance, or materials Animal feeding stuffs - vocabulary
that intentionally form part of the final cell and This document defines terms relating to animal
gene therapy product. EXAMPLE 2 Cells that are feeding stuffs
either starting materials, intermediates or final (ISO 20588:2019)
form of a cellular therapeutic product, feeder Gr. C
cells, additives used post bioprocessing,
scaffolds, non-biological consumables (e.g. SLS ISO 20647:2020
beads, dishes, tissue culture flasks, bags, tubing, Infant formula and adult nutritional –
pipettes, needles), other plasticware that come determination of total iodine – inductively
into contact with the cell or tissue, apparatus, coupled plasma mass spectrometry (ICP-MS)
instruments Specifies a method for the quantitative
(ISO 20399:2022) determination of total iodine in infant formula
Gr. P and adult nutritional formula. [1] The method is
applicable to the measurement of total iodine in
SLS ISO 20400: 2022 infant formula and adult nutritional formula from
Sustainable procurement - guidance 0,5 ìg/100g to 1 500 ìg/100g reconstituted final
provides guidance to organizations, independent product and for ready-to-feed products from 2,5
of their activity or size, on integrating ìg/100 g to 1 000 ìg/100 g using ICP-MS.
sustainability within procurement, as described in (=ISO 20647:2015)
ISO 26000. It is intended for stakeholders Gr. G
involved in, or impacted by, procurement
decisions and processes. SLS ISO/TS 20658:2021
(=ISO 20400:2017) Medical laboratories - requirements for
Gr. U collection, transport, receipt and handling of
samples
SLS ISO 20481:2020 Specifies requirements and good practice
Coffee and coffee products -Determination of recommendations for the collection, transport,
the caffeine content using high performance receipt and handling of samples intended for
liquid chromatography (HPLC) reference medical laboratory examinations. This document
method is applicable to medical laboratories and other
Specifies a high performance liquid medical services involved in laboratory pre-
chromatography (HPLC) method for the examination processes that include the
determination of the caffeine content of: green examination request, patient preparation and

502
identification, sample collection, transport, and manual data capture. This document is
receipt and storage. It may also be applicable to applicable to many domains in biotechnology and
some biobanks. This document does not apply to the life sciences including, but not limited to:
blood and blood products intended for basic/applied research in all domains of the life
transfusion. sciences, and industrial, medical, agricultural, or
(=ISO/TS 20658:2017) environmental biotechnology (excluding for
Gr. Q diagnostic or therapeutic purposes), as well as Page | 503
methodology-driven domains, such as genomics
SLS ISO 20688-1:2022 (including massive parallel
Biotechnology - nucleic acid synthesis part 1: sequencing,metagenomics, epigenomics and
requirements for the production and quality functional genomics), transcriptomics,
control of synthesized oligonucleotides translatomics, proteomics, metabolomics,
Specifies minimum requirements for the lipidomics, glycomics, enzymology,
production and quality control of synthesized immunochemistry, synthetic biology, systems
oligonucleotides (nominally up to 250 bases). biology, systems medicine and related fields.
This document also describes general quality (ISO 20691:2022)
attributes for synthesized oligonucleotides as Gr. U
well as common methods for evaluating quality
attributes. SLS ISO 20754: 2023
(ISO 20688-1:2020) Textiles — man-made fibres — determination
Gr. N of shape factors in cross section
This document specifies methods for the
SLS ISO 20691: 2023 determination of shape factors in the cross-
Biotechnology — requirements for data section of manmade fibres.
formatting and Description in the life sciences (ISO 20754:2018)
This document specifies requirements for the Gr. E
consistent formatting and documentation of data
and SLS ISO 20819-1: 2022
corresponding metadata (i.e. data describing the Plastics – wood plastic recycled composites
data and its context) in the life sciences, including (wprc) specification
biotechnology, and biomedical, as well as non- Specifies the types and proportions of raw
human biological research and development. It materials to be used for wood-plastic recycled
provides guidance on rendering data in the life composites (hereafter referred to as WPRC). It
sciences findable, accessible, interoperable and also specifies the health and safety requirements
reusable (F-A-I-R). This document is applicable for WPRC and the methods to test these
to manual or computational workflows that properties.This document is applicable to WPRC
systematically capture, record or integrate data which are primarily used as building materials.
and corresponding metadata in the life sciences (ISO 20819-1:2020)
for other purposes. This document provides Gr. G
formatting requirements for both primary
experimental or procedural data obtained SLS ISO 20819-2:2023
manually and machine derived data. This Plastics - wood-plastic recycled composites
document also describes requirements for storing, (wprc) : test methods
sharing, accessing, interoperability and reuse of This document defines the test methods for
data and corresponding metadata in the life fundamental physical properties and durability
sciences. This document specifies requirements required for wood-plastic recycled composites
for large quantities of data systematically (hereinafter called WPRC) stipulated in ISO
obtained from automated high throughput 20819-1. (ISO 20819-2:2023)
workflows in the life sciences, as well as Gr. K
requirements for large-scale and small-scale data
sets obtained by other life science technologies

503
 covers the general requirements for the specific
SLS ISO/TS 20836:2020 amplification of target nucleic acid sequences and
Microbiology of food, animal feeding stuffs – the detection and confirmation of the identity of
polymerase chain reaction (PCR) for the the amplified nucleic acid sequence. Guidelines,
detection of food – borne pathogens – minimum requirements and performance
performance testing for thermal cyclers characteristics described in this International
Specification provides basic requirements for the Standard are intended to ensure that comparable Page | 504
installation, performance and maintenance of and reproducible results are obtained in different
thermal cyclers. Although thermal cyclers are laboratories.This International Standard has been
robust technical equipment, they do require established for food-borne pathogens in or
regular maintenance. Their cooling/heating isolated from food and feed matrices, but can also
elements, either Peltier or other technology, have be applied to other matrices, for example
a limited lifetime. Proper functioning of the environmental samples, or to the detection of
cooling/heating element depends both on the other microorganisms under investigation.
quality of the cooling/heating devices and proper (=ISO 20838:2006)
use and care.In addition to outlining the Gr. D
requirement for a defined maintenance
programme, procedures are described for the SLS ISO 20863:2019
determination of thermal cycler performance by Footwear – test methods for stiffeners and
biochemical or physical methods (see Annexes A toepuffs – bondability
and B). Specifies a method for the determination of the
(ISO/TS 20836:2005) bondability of heat activated and solvent
Gr. G activated stiffeners and toepuffs to upper and
lining materials
SLS ISO 20837:2020 (=ISO 20863:2018)
Microbiology of food, animal feeding stuffs – Gr.C
polymerase chain reaction (pcr) for the
detection of food – borne pathogens – SLS ISO 20866:2019
requirements for sample preparation for Footwear - test methods for insoles -
qualitative detection delamination resistance
Provides Criteria and Examples For Sample Specifies a test method for the determination of
Preparation In Order To Obtain Pcrcompatible the delamination resistance of insoles,
Samples Or Nucleic Acids Of Suitable Quality irrespective of the material
and Quantity For PCR. It Provides A Description (=ISO 20866:2018)
Of The General Principles Involved. References Gr. B
To Standards Concerning The Enrichment Of
Microorganisms Are Given In Annex A, And A SLS ISO 20867:2019
Detailed Method For DNA Extraction Is Given In Footwear -test methods for insoles - heel pin
Annex B. holding strength
(=ISO 20837:2006) specifies a method to determine the ability of an
Gr. D insole component to hold a heel pin and to
prevent its head from being pulled through the
SLS ISO 20838:2020 insole component. The method is applicable to
Microbiology of food and animal feeding stuffs insoles used in the seat of footwear with inside
– polymerase chain reaction (PCR) for the attached heels, and also to seat components where
detection of food – borne pathogens – outside heel attachments are used and the heel pin
requirements for amplification and detection is clenched.
for qualitative methods (=ISO 20867:2018)
Provides the overall framework for qualitative Gr. B
methods for the detection of foodborne pathogens
using the polymerase chain reaction (PCR). It

504
SLS ISO 20868:2019 SLS ISO 20876:2019
Footwear - test methods for insoles - abrasion Footwear – test methods for insoles -resistance
resistance to stitch tear.
specifies a test method to determine the abrasion Describes a method for evaluating the ability of
resistance of insoles, irrespective of the material an insole, irrespective of the material, to hold
(=ISO 20868:2001) stitches, or to take clenched metal fastenings. The
Gr. C method has become accepted as a general quality Page | 505
criterion for insole materials even where
SLS ISO 20871:2019 attachment is by means of adhesives.
Footwear – test methods for outsoles – (=ISO 20876:2018)
abrasion resistance Gr. B
Specifies a method for the determination of the
abrasion resistance for outsoles, irrespective of SLS ISO/IEC 20924: 2023
the material. Information technology - internet of things
(=ISO 20871:2018) (iot) - vocabulary
Gr. D This document provides a definition of Internet of
Things along with a set of terms and definitions.
SLS ISO 20872:2019 This document is a terminology foundation for
Footwear – test methods for outsoles – tear the Internet of Things
strength (ISO/IEC 20924:2021)
Specifies a method for the determination of the Gr. E
tear strength of outsoles, irrespective of the
material, using trouser test pieces.
(=ISO 20872:2018) SLS ISO 20932-1: 2021
Gr. C Textiles — determination of the elasticity of
fabrics — part 1 - strip tests
SLS ISO 20873:2019 Describes the methods of test using strips of
Footwear – test methods for outsoles – fabric in straight strip form or as loops, which can
dimensional stability be used to measure elasticity and related
Specifies a method for determining the linear properties of fabrics, excluding narrow fabrics
shrinkage after heating of test specimens (=ISO 20932-1:2018)
prepared from outsoles. (=ISO 20873:2018) Gr. J
Gr. B
SLS ISO 20932-2: 2021
SLS ISO 20874:2019 Textiles — determination of the elasticity of
Footwear – test methods for outsoles needle fabrics — multiaxial tests
tear strength Specifies the test methods which can be used to
Specifies a method for the determination of the measure elasticity and related properties of
needle tear strength for outsoles, irrespective of fabrics when they undergo a deformation of their
the material.(=ISO 20874:2018) surface. Two methods are specified: a dynamic
Gr. B method (method A) and a static method (method
B). This document does not apply to narrow
SLS ISO 20875:2019 fabrics
Footwear – test methods for outsoles – (=ISO 20932-2:2018)
determination of split tear strength and Gr. J
delamination resistance
Specifies a method for the determination of the SLS ISO 20932-3: 2021
split tear strength and delamination resistance for Textiles — determination of the elasticity of
outsoles.(=ISO 20875:2018) fabrics — part 3 – narrow fabrics
Gr. C Specifies the test methods which can be used to
measure the elasticity and related properties of

505
narrow fabrics. Two methods are itemized: one to support the acquisition and development of
for the purpose of product quality assurance competence through teaching, learning or
(method A) and the other for product research; aims to enhance satisfaction of learners,
performance when in use (method B) other beneficiaries and staff through the effective
(=ISO 20932-3:2018) application of its EOMS, including processes for
Gr. H improvement of the system and assurance of
conformity to the requirements of learners and Page | 506
SLS ISO 20947 Part 1: 2023 other beneficiaries.
Performance evaluation protocol for digital (=ISO 21001:2018)
fitting systems — part 1: accuracy of virtual Gr. UW
human body representation
This document focuses on the method of SLS ISO 21101:2017
quantifying the differences in body dimensions Adventure tourism safety managment systems
and visualizing shape differences between the requirements
human body and a virtual human body model. Outlines the requirements of a safety
This document provides a performance management system for adventure tourism
evaluation protocol for virtual human body activity providers.This standard can be used by
representation systems, which create virtual all types and sizes of providers operatingin
human body (including virtual fit mannequin) different geographic, cultural and social
models based on 3D body scan data and/or body environments.
dimensions data of a human body. The required (=ISO 21101:2014)
accuracy of a virtual human body depends on the Gr. L
purpose and use of the digital fitting system.
(ISO 20947-1:2021) SLS ISO 21103: 2022
Gr. T Adventure tourism — information for
participants
SLS ISO/ TS 20914: 2022 Specifies minimum requirements for information
Medical laboratories – practical guidance for to be provided to participants before, during and
the estimation of measurement uncertainity after adventure tourism activities. This
Provides practical guidance for the estimation International Standard can be used by all types
and expression of the measurement uncertainty and sizes of providers operating in different
(MU) of quantitative measurand values produced geographic, cultural and social environments.
by medical laboratories. Quantitative measurand ISO 21103:2014
values produced near the medical decision Gr. C
threshold by point-of-care testing systems are
also included in this scope. This document also SLS ISO 21263:2023
applies to the estimation of MU for results Slow-release fertilizers determination of the
produced by qualitative (nominal) methods release of the nutrients — method for coated
which include a measurement step. It is not fertilizers
recommende that estimates of MU be routinely This document specifies a method for the
reported with patient test results, but should be determination of the slow release properties of
available on request. (=ISO/ TS 20914:2019) nutrients from coated fertilizers. pH-dependent
Gr. W hydrolysis and degradation by biological or
microbial mechanisms are excluded. The
SLS ISO 21001:2018 specified method is only applicable to products
Educational organizations – management releasing any nutrients by means of a non-
systems for educational organizations – biological process (i.e. those where the nutrients
requirements with guidance for use are released by a physical mechanism). Microbial
Specifies requirements for a management system attack on the coating (e.g. sulfur coated
for educational organizations (EOMS) when such fertilizers) and the consequences thereof are not
an organization: needs to demonstrate its ability measurable by the technique described. This

506
method involves a lengthy process which may not "audit" refers to an examination of an entity’s
be appropriate for day to day testing purposes. financial and financial related records in order to
Accelerated methods can be used provided they check that they are fairly presented. This
are correlated with this document. An example of document is applicable to the bridging of
such an accelerated method is described in Annex understanding among auditors, auditees, software
B. Regression analysis can also be used for this developers and IT professionals, and creating a
purpose (ISO 21263:2017) mechanism for expressing the information, Page | 507
Gr. E common to accounting, in a manner independent
. of accounting and ERP systems. This document
SLS ISO 21322: 2022 serves as a foundation for local data extraction
Cosmetics — microbiology — testing of efforts in the areas of general ledger, accounts
impregnated or coated wipes or masks receivable, sales, accounts payable, purchase,
gives guidance for the enumeration and/or inventory, and property, plant and equipment.
detection of microorganisms present in a (ISO 21378:2019)
cosmetic product that is impregnated or coated Gr. AA
onto a substrate (i.e. wipes and masks) where
sampling and microbiological influence of the SLS ISO/ TR 21386: 2023
manufactured product presents particular Nanotechnologies — Considerations For The
challenges in terms of microbiological sampling Measurement Of Nano-Objects And Their
and testing. The principle of this document can Aggregates And Agglomerates (Noaa) In
also be applied to test similar products (e.g. Environmental Matrices
cushion, impregnated sponge, etc.) or applicators This document provides some considerations for
(e.g. brush, puff, sponge, etc.) with modification the collection of environmental samples to be
of the procedure as appropriate. analysed for manufactured NOAA,
(ISO 21322:2020) considerations to distinguish manufactured
Gr. M NOAA from background levels of naturally
occurring nanoscale particles of the same
SLS ISO 21363: 2023 composition, and preparation procedures to aid in
Nanotechnologies — measurements of particle the quantification of manufactured NM in
size and shape distributions by transmission environmental matrices.
electron microscopy (ISO/ TR 21386:2019)
This document specifies how to capture, measure Gr. M
and analyse transmission electron microscopy
images to obtain particle size and shape
distributions in the nanoscale. This document SLS ISO 21392:2022
broadly is applicable to nano-objects as well as to Cosmetics — analytical methods —
particles with sizes larger than 100 nm. The exact measurement of traces of heavy metals in
working range of the method depends on the cosmetic finished products using icp/ms
required uncertainty and on the performance of technique
the transmission electron microscope. These Provides a method for quantification of trace
elements can be evaluated according to the levels of heavy metals in cosmetic products. This
requirements described in this document. document refers only to chromium, cobalt,
(ISO 21363:2020) nickel, arsenic, cadmium, antimony and lead. The
Gr. X methodology can apply to other elements,
however, it is the responsibility of the analyst to
SLS ISO 21378: 2021 demonstrate that it fits that purpose.
Audit data collection (ISO 21392:2021)
This document establishes common definitions of Gr. P
accounting data elements and provides the
information necessary to extract relevant audit SLS ISO 21401: 2021
data.NOTE For the purpose of this document,

507
Tourism and related services – sustainability — the subsequent coating of materials such as
management system for accomodation biomaterials onto nano-object-assembled layers;
establishments - requirements — specific health and safety requirements
Specifies environmental, social and economic during manufacturing;
requirements to implement a sustainability — the experimental conditions of
management system in accommodation electrochemical sensing;
establishments in the tourism sector. This — the packaging, labelling, expiratory dates and Page | 508
document applies to the aspects that can be transport of nano-object-enhanced
controlled by the accommodation establishments electrochemical electrodes
and over which they can exert influence. (ISO/ TS 21412:2020)
(ISO 21401:2018) Gr. L
Gr. N

SLS ISO 21406: 2022 SLS ISO 21415 Part 1:2018

Tourism and related services yacht harbours – Wheat and wheat flour - gluten content -
essential requirements for luxury harbours determination of wet gluten by a manual
Establishes minimum requirements for method
commercial and non-commercial harbours for Specifies a manual washing out method for the
yachts (defined for the purposes of this document determination of the wet gluten content of wheat
in 3.24) to deliver luxury facilities and services to flour (Triticum aestivum L. and Triticum durum
the yachting community. It details the Desf.). This method is directly applicable to flour.
requirements for a luxury yacht harbour to be It is also applicable to semolina and wheat after
considered a luxury facility, providing grinding, if their particle size distribution meets
exceptional levels of customer service to meet the the specification given in Table B.1.
user’s needs in a time-efficient way. This (=ISO 21415-1:2006)
document does not cover specifics of yards, dry Gr. E
stacks, dry-docking areas, dry storages, fuel
stations or nearby beaches. This document does SLS ISO 21415 Part 2:2018
not cover risks in case of abnormal weather Wheat and wheat flour – gluten content -
conditions above wind force 9 on the Beaufort determination of wet gluten and gluten index
scale, extreme sea conditions or rogue waves by mechanical means
(=ISO 21406:2020) Specifies a method for determining the content of
Gr. K wet gluten and the gluten index for wheat flours
(Triticum aestivum L. and Triticum durum Desf.)
SLS ISO/ TS 21412: 2023 by mechanical means. This method is directly
Nanotechnologies — nano-object-assembled applicable to flours. It also applies to common
layers for electrochemical bio-sensing and durum wheat after grinding, if their particular
applications — specification of characteristics size distribution meets the specification given in
and measurement methods Table B.1.(=ISO 21415-2:2015)
This document specifies the characteristics to be Gr. H
measured of nano-object-assembled layers on
electrodes by means of a solution process and of SLS ISO 21415 Part 3:2018
nano-objects constituting the layers for Wheat and wheat flour gluten content -
electrochemical applications such as nano- determination of dry gluten from wet gluten
biosensor or diagnosis applications. It also by an oven drying
provides measurement methods for determining Specifies a method for the determination of the
the characteristics. dry gluten content from wet gluten obtained as
It does not apply to: specified in either SLS ISO 21415-1 or SLS ISO
— the requirements of nanostructures by top- 21415-2. In this method, dry gluten is obtained
down nanomanufacturing; from wet gluten by drying in an oven. The

508
method can also be used to determine the profession. This document does not apply to
moisture content of the wet gluten. thalassotherapy centres or wellness spa centres.
(=ISO 21415-3:2006) (=ISO 21426:2018)
Gr. C Gr. N

SLS ISO 21415 Part 4:2018 SLS ISO 21500: 2023

Page | 509
Method wheat and wheat flourgluten content - Project, programme and portfolio
determination of dry gluten from wet gluten management - context and concepts
by a rapid drying method This document specifies the organizational
Specifies a rapid method for the determination of context and underlying concepts for undertaking
the dry gluten content from wet gluten obtained project, programme and portfolio management. It
as specified in either SLS ISO 21415-1 or SLS also provides guidance for organizations to adopt
ISO 21415-2. The method can also be used to or improve project, programme and portfolio
determine the moisture content of the wet gluten. management using the standards prepared by
(=ISO 21415- 4:2006) ISO/TC 258.This document is applicable to most
Gr. C organizations, including public and private
organizations and it is not dependent on the size
SLS ISO 21416: 2021 and type of the organization. It is also applicable
Recreational diving services – requirements to any project, programme and portfolio,
and guidance on environmentally sustainable regardless of complexity, size or duration.
practices in recreational diving Further guidance on project, programme and
Specifies requirements for service providers with portfolio management, and the governance
regard to responsible practices for the provision thereof, is given in ISO 21502, ISO 21503, ISO
of their services. This document applies, but is 21504 and ISO 21505.
not limited, to recreational-diving-related (ISO 21500:2021)Gr. F
activities, for example:— scuba diving;
— snorkelling;— free diving (breath hold SLS ISO 21502: 2023
diving).(ISO 21416:2019) Project, programme and portfolio
Gr. D management - guidance on project
management
SLS ISO 21417: 2021 This document gives guidelines for project
Recreational diving services – requirements management. It is applicable to any organization,
for training on environmental awareness for including public, private and charitable, as well
recreational divers as to any type of project, regardless of purpose,
Specifies requirements for training programmes delivery approaches, life cycle model used,
designed to educate participants in environmental complexity, size, cost or duration. NOTE
awareness and sustainable environmental Delivery approach can be any method or process
practices in recreational diving activities. The suited to the type of outputs, such as predictive,
training programmes consist of theory and an incremental, iterative, adaptive or hybrid,
optional practical training segment water session. including agile approaches. This document
(ISO 21417:2019) provides high-level descriptions of practices that
Gr. D are considered to work well and produce good
results within the context of project management.
SLS ISO 21426:2021 This document does not provide guidance on the
Tourism and related services - medical spas - management of programmes or portfolios. Topics
service requirements relating to general management are addressed
Specifies requirements for the provision of only within the context of project management.
quality services at medical spas which use natural (ISO 21502:2020)
healing waters (except sea water) and other Gr. U.
natural resources. This document does not cover
decisions that correspond to the medical

509
SLS ISO 21503: 2023 projects and other related work”. This document
Project, programme and portfolio is intended for governing bodies and executive
management - guidance on programme and senior management who influence, impact or
management make decisions regarding the governance of
This document gives guidance on programme projects, programmes and portfolios. It is also
management. It is applicable to any type of intended to provide guidance to those who direct
organization including public or private and any projects, programmes and portfolios, such as Page | 510
size or sector, as well as any type of programme sponsors, steering committees, portfolio owners
in terms of complexity. This document provides and the project management office. It also can be
high-level descriptions of relevant terms, used by project, programme and portfolio
definitions, concepts, prerequisites and practices, managers, as well as stakeholders involved in the
including roles and responsibilities that form development and implementation of projects,
good practice in programme management. It does programmes and portfolios. Other audiences who
not provide guidance on processes, methods and can have an interest in this topic include those
tools advising, informing, assisting or working within
(=ISO 21503:2022) projects, programmes and portfolios.
Gr. J (ISO 21505:2017, (Confirmed in 2022)
Gr. K
SLS ISO 21504: 2023
Project, programme and portfolio SLS ISO 21508: 2023
management - guidance on portfolio Earned value management in project and
management programme management
This document gives guidance on the principles This document provides guidance for practices of
of project and programme portfolio management. earned value management in project and
This document is relevant to any type of programme management. It is applicable to any
organization including public or private and any type of organization including public or private
size organization or sector. The guidance and any size or sector, as well as any type of
presented in this document is intended to be project or programme in terms of complexity,
adapted to suit the specific environment of each size or duration. This document provides the
project and programme portfolio. This document following:
does not provide guidance on project a) terms and definitions;
management, programme management, or other b) descriptions of the purpose and benefits of
specific types of portfolio management (such as earned value management;
financial portfolio management). c) the integration and relationship with project or
(ISO 21504:2022) programme management;
Gr. H d) an overview of the processes and process
descriptions;
SLS ISO 21505: 2023 e) basic requirements for an earned value
Project, programme and portfolio management system;
management - guidance on governance f) use of an earned value management system.
This document describes the context in which the It does not provide guidance on the use of specific
governance of projects, programmes and processes, methods or tools in the practice of
portfolios is conducted and provides guidance for earned value management.
the governance of projects, programmes and (ISO 21508:2018)
portfolios. This document can also be used for Gr. M
assessment, assurance or verification of the
governance function for projects, programmes or SLS ISO 21511: 2023
portfolios. NOTE Throughout this document, the Work breakdown structures for project and
term “portfolio” is used to mean “project and programme management
programme portfolio” and the term “programme” This document provides guidance for work
is used to mean a “programme of interrelated breakdown structures for organizations

510
undertaking project or programme management. This document specifies a procedure for the
It is applicable to any type of organization detection of a DNA sequence present in a
including public or private and any size of genetically
organization or sector, as well as any type of modified linseed (Linum usitatissimum) line
project and programme in terms of complexity, (event FP967, also named as “CDC Triffid”). For
size or duration.This document provides relevant this purpose,extracted DNA is used in a real-time
terms and definitions, concepts, characteristics, PCR and the genetic modification (GM) is Page | 511
benefits, uses, integration and relationships specifically detected by amplification of a 105 bp
related to work breakdown structures. It does not DNA sequence representing the transition
provide guidance on the use of processes, between the nopaline synthase gene terminator
methods or tools in the practice of developing and (Tnos) from Agrobacterium tumefaciens and the
using a work breakdown structure. dihydrofolate reductase gene (dfrA1) from a
(ISO 21511:2018) Class 1 integron of Escherichia coli. The method
Gr. L described is applicable for the analysis of DNA
extracted from foodstuffs. It can also be suitable
SLS ISO 21569: 2023 for the analysis of DNA extracted from other
Foodstuffs - methods of analysis for the products such as feedstuffs and seeds. The
detection of genetically modified organisms application of this method requires the extraction
and derived products - qualitative nucleic acid of an adequate amount of amplifiable DNA from
based methods the relevant matrix for the purpose of analysis.
This International Standard describes the (ISO/TS 21569-2:2021)
procedure to qualitatively detect genetically Gr. E
modified organisms (GMOs) and derived
products by analysing the nucleic acids extracted SLS ISO 21569 Part 3: 2023
from the sample under study. The main focus is Horizontal methods for molecular biomarker
on polymerase chain reaction (PCR) based analysis — methods of analysis for the
amplification methods. It gives general detection of genetically modified organisms
requirements for the specific detection and and derived products part 3: construct-
identification of target nucleic acid sequences specific real-time pcr method for detection of
(DNA) and for the confirmation of the identity of p35s-pat-sequence for screening for
the amplified DNA sequence. Guidelines, genetically modified organisms
minimum requirements and performance criteria This document describes a procedure for the
laid down in this International Standard are detection of the DNA transition sequence
intended to ensure that comparable, accurate and between the 35S promotor (P35S) from
reproducible results are obtained in different Cauliflower mosaic virus and a modified
laboratories. This International Standard has been phoshinothricin-acetyltransferase gene (pat)
established for food matrices, but could also be from Streptomyces viridochromogenes. The
applied to other matrices (e.g. feed and plant P35S-pat c onstruct i s f requently f ound i n g
samples from the environment). Specific enetically modified plants with tolerance for
examples of methods are provided in Annexes A phosphinothricin-containing herbicides. The
to D. P35S-pat construct specific method is based on a
(ISO 21569: 2005, ISO 21569 AMD 1:2013) real-time PCR and can be used for qualitative and
Gr. AA quantitative screening purposes. For
identification and quantification of a specific
SLS ISO 21569 Part 2: 2023 event, a follow-up analysis can be carried out.
Molecular biomarker analysis — methods of This document is applicable to the analysis of
analysis for the detection of genetically DNA extracted from foodstuffs. It can also be
modified organisms and derived products part suitab for the analysis of DNA extracted from
2: construct-specific real-time pcr method for other products such as feedstuffs and seeds. The
detection of event fp967 in linseed and linseed application of this method requires the extraction
products

511
of an adequate quantity and quality of amplifiable Part 5: real-time pcr based screening method
DNA from the relevant matrix for the detection of the fmv promoter (p-fmv)
(ISO/TS 21569-3:2020) dna sequence
Gr. G This document specifies a procedure for the
detection of a DNA sequence used in genetically
SLS ISO/TS 21569 Part 4: 2023 modified (GM) plants by means of a real-time
Horizontal methods for molecular biomarker PCR (polymerase chain reaction). The method Page | 512
analysis —methods of analysis for the detects a 78 base pairs long segment of the
detection of genetically modified organisms Figwort mosaic virus 34S promoter DNA
and derived products part 4: real-time pcr sequence. This segment in some GM plants is
based screening methods for the detection of indicated as FMV promoter (P-FMV) and in
the p-nos and p-nos-nptii dna sequences other GM plants as FMV enhancer (E-FMV). The
This document specifies a procedure for the method was developed and validated for the
detection of a DNA sequence of the promoter analysis of DNA extracted from foodstuffs. It
region of the nopaline synthase gene (P-nos) may be suitable also for analysis of other products
from Agrobacterium tumefaciens and a procedure such as feedstuffs and seeds. The procedure
for the detection of the DNA transition sequence requires the extraction of an adequate quantity
between P-nos and the neomycin- and quality of amplifiable DNA from the test
phosphotransferase gene (nptII) from the Tn5 sample. The DNA sequence amplified by the P-
transposon of Escherichia coli K12. The nos- FMV element-specific method can be detected in
promoter and the P-nos-nptII-construct are samples which contain DNA of the naturally
frequently found in genetically modified plants. occurring Figwort mosaic virus. For this reason,
The P-nos and P-nos-nptII specific methods are it is necessary to confirm a positive screening
based on realtime PCR and can be used for result. Further analyses are required using
qualitative screening purposes. For identification construct-specific or event specific methods.
and quantification of a specific genetically (ISO/TS 21569-5:2016)
modified plant (event) a follow-up analysis has to Gr. E
be carried out. The methods described are
applicable for the analysis of DNA extracted SLS ISO/TS 21569 Part 6: 2023
from foodstuffs. They may also be suitable for the horizontal methods for molecular biomarker
analysis of DNA extracted from other products analysis —methods of analysis for the
such as feedstuffs and seeds. The application of detection of genetically modified organisms
these methods requires the extraction of an and derived products part 6: real-time pcr
adequate amount of amplifiable DNA from the based screening methods for the detection of
relevant matrix. The DNA sequence amplified by cry1ab/ac and pubi-cry dna sequences
the P-nos element-specific method can be This document specifies a procedure for the
detected in samples which contain DNA of the detection of a DNA sequence of the modified
naturally occurring Ti-plasmid of A. tumefaciens. cry1Ab/Ac gene and a procedure for the detection
For this reason, it is necessary to confirm a of the DNA transition sequence between the
positive screening result. Further analyses are maize ubiquitin promoter (Pubi) and the
required using construct-specific or event cry1Ab/Ac gene. The modified cry1Ab/Ac gene
specific methods. and the Pubi-cry construct are frequently found
(ISO/TS 21569-4:2016) in genetically modified Bt plants. Both detection
Gr. E methods are based on real-time PCR and can be
used for qualitative screening purposes. For
SLS ISO 21569 Part 5: 2023 identification and quantification of a specific
Horizontal methods for molecular biomarker genetically modified plant (event) a follow-up
analysis —methods of analysis for the analysis has to be carried out. This document is
detection of genetically modified organisms applicable for the analysis of DNA extracted
and derived products from foodstuffs. It may also be suitable for the
analysis of DNA extracted from other products

512
such as feedstuffs and seeds. The application of Rhizobium radiobacter Ti plasmid DNA, or both,
these methods requires the extraction of an in a test sample.
adequate amount of amplifiable DNA from the (ISO/TS 21569-7:2022)
relevant matrix. Gr. F
(ISO/TS 21569-6:2016)
Gr. E SLS ISO 21570: 2023
Foodstuffs — methods of analysis for the Page | 513
SLS ISO/TS 21569 Part 7: 2023 detection of genetically modified organisms
Horizontal methods for molecular biomarker and derived products — quantitative nucleic
analysis — methods of analysis for the acid based methods
detection of genetically modified organisms This International Standard provides the overall
and derived products part 7: real-time pcr framework of quantitative methods for the
based methods for the detection of camv and detection of genetically modified organisms
agrobacterium ti-plasmid derived dna (GMOs) in foodstuffs, using the polymerase
sequences chain reaction (PCR). It defines general
This document specifies a procedure for the requirements for the specific amplification of
detection of a DNA sequence of the open reading DNA target sequences, in order to quantify the
frame five (ORF V) from cauliflower mosaic relative GMO-derived DNA content and to
virus (CaMV) and a procedure for the detection confirm the identity of the amplified DNA
of the DNA sequence of the nopaline synthase sequence. Guidelines, minimum requirements
(nos) gene from tumour-inducing (Ti) plasmids and performance criteria laid down in this
of phytopathogenic Rhizobium radiobacter International Standard are intended to ensure that
(formerly named Agrobacterium tumefaciens). comparable, accurate and reproducible results are
The procedures can be used in the context of obtained in different laboratories. This
screening for genetically modified crop/plants International Standard has been established for
and their derived products to further clarify a food matrices, but is also applicable to other
positive PCR result for a specific promoter or matrices, e.g. feed and plant samples from the
terminator of CaMV (P-35S, T-35S), or both, and environment. Specific examples of methods are
the nos gene (P-nos, T-nos), respectively. The provided in Annexes A to D
methods specified in this document will detect (ISO 21570: 2005, ISO 21570:2005 AMD
and identify naturally occurring CaMV or 1:2013, Cor 1:2006)
Rhizobium radiobacter (Ti plasmid) DNA, or Gr. Y
both, if present in the sample in the absence of a
genetically modified plant event containing the SLS ISO 21571: 2023
specified target sequences. Both methods are Foodstuffs — methods of analysis for the
based on the real-time polymerase chain reaction detection of genetically modified organisms
(PCR) and are applicable for the analysis of DNA and derived products — nucleic acid
extracted from foodstuffs and other products such extraction
as feedstuffs and seeds/grains. The application of This International Standard provides general
the methods requires the extraction of an requirements and specific methods for DNA
adequate amount of amplifiable DNA from the extraction/purification and quantitation. These
relevant matrix. With appropriate calibration methods are described in Annexes A and B. This
material, the CaMV ORF V or nos copy number, International Standard has been established for
or both, can be estimated and compared, food matrices, but could also be applicable to
respectively, with the estimated copy number for other matrices, such as grains and feed. It has
the promoter (P-35S, P-nos) or the terminator (T- been designed as an integral part of nucleic-acid-
35S, T-nos) sequences, or both. Thereby, based analytical methods, in particular ISO
conclusions are possible about the presence of an 21569 on qualitative analytical methods, and ISO
unknown genetically modified organism (GMO) 21570 on quantitative analytical methods.
in addition to any detected CaMV DNA or (ISO 21571:2005, ISO 21571 AMD 1:2013)
Gr. U

513
 general requirements of preparation and cooking
SLS ISO 21572: 2023 in the kitchen and other back office spaces are not
Foodstuffs — molecular biomarker analysis included in this document.
— immunochemical methods for the detection (ISO 21621:2021)
and quantification of proteins Gr. J
This document specifies performance criteria for
immunochemical methods for the detection SLS ISO/ TR 21624: 2023 Page | 514
and/or quantification of a specific protein or Nanotechnologies — Considerations For In
protein(s) of interest [POI(s)] in a specified Vitro Studies Of Airborne Nano‐Objects And
matrix. Their Aggregates And Agglomerates (NOAA)
The methods discussed are applicable to the This document provides some considerations for
analysis of proteins from a variety of sample the collection of environmental samples to be
types. Some uses for these methods include, but analysed for manufactured NOAA,
are not limited to, analysing proteins involved in considerations to distinguish manufactured
crop and food production, food processing, food NOAA from background levels of naturally
marketing, food safety, biotechnology or disease occurring nanoscale particles of the same
indexing. (ISO 21572:2019) composition, and preparation procedures to aid in
Gr. M the quantification of manufactured NM in
environmental matrices.
SLS ISO 21620: 2022 (ISO/ TR 21624:2020)
Tourism and related services-heritage hotels – Gr. N
equiptment and service requirements
Establishes the requirements and SLS ISO/ TS 21633: 2023
recommendations related to the equipment and Label-Free Impedance Technology To Assess
services applicable to heritage hotels in order to The Toxicity Of Nanomaterials In Vitro
provide quality services in a traditional style. This This document describes a methodology of a
document emphasizes the harmonization of the label free and real-time detection for non-
equipment, furniture and service provision style invasive
with the historical period to which the heritage monitoring of cell-based assays to assess
hotel belongs. It does not deal with the equipment toxicity of nanomaterials to eukaryotic and
or services of other types of hotels. prokaryotic cells.
ISO 21620:2021 (ISO/TS 21633:2021)
Gr. G Gr. M

SLS ISO 21621: 2022

Tourism and related services traditional SLS ISO 21678: 2022
restaurants- visual aspects, decorations and Sustainability in buildings and civil
services engineering works — indicators and
Establishes requirements and recommendations benchmarks — principles, requirements and
related to the environment and the service guidelines
provision of traditional restaurants, which belong defines principles, requirements and guidelines
to a specific cuisine and custom of a specific for the development and use of benchmarks when
country or area. This document specifies physical assessing the economic, social and/or
features of traditional restaurants (visual environmental performance of buildings and civil
specifications for buildings, furniture and ngineering works by using sustainability
decoration), elements related to the specific indicators
cuisine and customs of serving food as well as =(ISO 21678:2020)
staff requirements (clothing, behaviour, Gr. H
language) that affect the traditional style and
quality of the service. Requirements related to the SLS ISO 21703:2021
technical characteristics of the buildings and

514
Surface active agents - microbiology - competence of MRCs in data management and
microbiological test methods for liquid hand publication (=ISO 21710:2020)
dishwashing Gr. M
Provides microbiological test methods for
enumeration and detection of aerobic mesophilic SLS ISO 21807:2017
bacteria, detection of Escherichia coli and Method of test for determination of water
Pseudomonas aeruginosa in liquid hand Page | 515
activity in food and animal feeding stuffs
dishwashing. (Supersed by SLS ISO 18787:2020)
(=ISO 21703:2019)
Gr. K SLS ISO 21899: 2022
Biotechnology - biobanking - general
SLS ISO 21709: 2022 requirements for the validation and
Biotechnology - biobanking - process and verification of processing methods for
quality requirements for establishment, biological material in biobanks
maintenance and characterization of specifies the validation and verification
mammalian cell lines requirements applicable to a biobank to be able to
Specifies process and quality requirements for the demonstrate that it operates its processing of
biobanking of mammalian (including human) cell biological materials with validated and/or
lines. It describes requirements for the verified methods that are fit for purpose.This
fundamental procedures of the biobank handling document is intended for use in the
cell lines, such as establishment, reception, implementation and validation of processing
identification, propagation, preservation, storage, methods for biological materials. This document
quality control, and distribution of cell lines. This covers method validation and verification for the
document can be used by organizations production of all biological materials. This
performing biobanking activities with document does not apply to biological material
mammalian cell lines used for research and intended for food/feed production, laboratories
development, biobank users, organizations and undertaking food/feed analysis, and/or
schemes using peerassessment and accreditation therapeutic use. Reference material production is
bodies. This document does not apply to not covered in this document. For the production
biological material intended for therapeutic use. requirements for reference materials, see ISO
(ISO 21709:2020) 17034. (=ISO 21899:2020)
Gr. L Gr. L

SLS ISO 21710:2022 SLS ISO 21929 - 1: 2022

Biotechnology - specification on data Sustainability in building construction —
management and publication in microbial sustainability indicators — part 1: framework
resource centers for the development of indicators and a core
specifies requirements for data management and set of indicators for buildings
publication in microbial resource centres (MRCs) establishes a core set of indicators to take into
to enable consistent formatting, and a quality account in the use and development of
control workflow to improve the overall quality sustainability indicators for assessing the
of data. It also provides recommendations for sustainability performance of new or existing
MRCs to improve data sharing and integration of buildings, related to their design, construction,
microbial material and associated data. This operation, maintenance, refurbishment and end of
document is intended to facilitate procedures life. Together, the core set of indicators provides
such as accessioning, acquisition, authentication, measures to express the contribution of a
preservation, storage, and distribution, and can be building(s) to sustainability and sustainable
used by MRCs, regulatory authorities, development. These indicators represent aspects
organizations, and schemes using peer- of buildings that impact on areas of protection
assessment to confirm or recognize the related to sustainability and sustainable
development (=ISO 21929-1:2011)

515
Gr. R characteristics, aspects and impacts of new or
existing buildings. These relate to the building’s
SLS ISO/TS 21929 - 2: 2022 design, production of construction products,
Sustainability in building construction — materials and components, construction,
sustainability indicators — part 2: framework operation, maintenance and refurbishment and
for the development of indicators for civil end-of-life processes .This document is
engineering works applicable to the assessment of the building (or Page | 516
Establishes a list of aspects and impacts which part thereof) and the external works within its site
should be taken as the basis for the development (curtilage).NOTE The assessment of
of sustainability indicators for assessing the environmental, social and economic aspects
sustainability performance of new or existing related to the location of the building, such as
civil engineering works, related to their design, those resulting from transportation of the users,
construction, operation, maintenance, can extend beyond the area of the building site.
refurbishment and end-of-life. Together, the This document does not set benchmarks or levels
indicators developed from this list of aspects and of performance relative to environmental, social
impacts provide measures to express the and economic impacts and aspects. (ISO 21931-
contribution of a civil engineering works to 1:2022) Gr. U
sustainability and sustainable development. The SLS ISO 21931-2: 2022
developed indicators should represent aspects of Sustainability in buildings and civil
civil engineering works that impact on issues of engineering works — framework for methods
concern related to sustainability and sustainable of assessment of the environmental, social and
development (=ISO/TS 21929-2:2015) economic performance of construction works
Gr. Q as a basis for sustainability assessment — part
2: civil engineering works
SLS ISO 21930: 2022 Provides a general framework for improving the
Sustainability in buildings and civil ngineering quality and comparability of methods for
works — core rules for environmental product assessing the contribution of civil engineering
declarations of construction products and works and their related external works to
services sustainable development based on a life cycle
provides the principles, specifications and approach. This document aims to bridge the gap
requirements to develop an environmental between regional and national methods for the
product declaration (EPD) for construction assessment of the sustainability performance of
products and services, construction elements and civil engineering works by providing a common
integrated technical systems used in any type of framework for their expression This document
construction works. (=ISO 21930:2017) identifies and describes issues to be taken into
Gr.W account in the development and use of methods
for the assessment of the sustainability
SLS ISO 21931-1:2022 performance for all types of civil engineering
Sustainability in building construction — works, both new and existing, and it is relevant
framework for methods of assessment of the for the assessment of the environmental, social
environmental performance of construction and economic performance of both new and
works —: buildings existing civil engineering works over their entire
Provides a general framework for improving the life cycle. The object of assessment in this
quality and comparability of methods for document is the civil engineering works itself and
assessing the environmental, social and economic its area of influence. NOTE 1 For example, the
performance of construction works, and their assessment includes any local civil engineering
combination as a basis for the sustainability works beyond the immediate area of the civil
assessment of buildings. It identifies and engineering works; the transportation of the users
describes issues to be taken into account in the of the civil engineering works; and the use and
development and use of methods of assessment of exploitation of the civil engineering works itself.
the environmental, social and economic Assessments can be undertaken either for the

516
whole civil engineering works, for a part of the chemical and physical testing methods for the
civil engineering works, or for a combination of identification and quantification of plastics are
several civil engineering works. This document described. This document gives
excludes environmental, social and economic risk recommendations for three steps necessary for
assessment, but the results of a risk assessment the standardization of methods towards
can be taken into consideration. This document is harmonized procedures for sampling, sample
intended to be used in conjunction with, and preparation and analysis. This document does not Page | 517
following the principles set out in, ISO 15392 and apply indoor and health related aspects.
the ISO 14000 family of International Standards. (=ISO/TR 21960:2020)
The evaluation of technical and functional Gr. S
performance of the civil engineering works is
outside the scope of this document, but the SLS ISO 21973: 2022
technical and functional characteristics are Biotechnology — general requirements for
considered within this framework by reference to transportation of cells for therapeutic use
the functional equivalent. The functional This document specifies general requirements
equivalent takes into account the technical and and reviews the points to consider for the
functional requirements and forms the basis for transportation of cells for therapeutic use,
comparisons of the results of the assessment. including storage during transportation.
Assessment methods that consider only one or Transportation starts from the transfer of the
two of the three dimensions of sustainability are packaged cells by the sender to the transportation
outside the scope of this document. This service provider and ends when the package is
document does not set benchmarks or levels of delivered to the receiver at its destination. This
performance relative to environmental, social and document does not apply to transportation of cells
economic aspects and impacts.NOTE 2 Valuation within one facility. This document includes the
methods, levels, classes or benchmarks can be development of a transportation plan including
prescribed in the requirements for environmental, verification and validation, communication
social and economic performance in the client’s between the client and the transportation service
brief, construction regulations, national provider, and associated documentation. This
standards, national codes of practice, civil document does not specify particular conditions
engineering works assessment and certification for transportation such as specification for
schemes, etc. The rules for methods of shipping container, ambient temperature control,
assessment to consider in the assessment of etc.
environmental, social and economic aspects of (ISO 21973:2020)
operation practices are included within this Gr. K
framework, and the consequences of decisions or
actions that influence the environmental, social SLS ISO/ TS 21975: 2023
and economic performance of the object of Nanotechnologies — Polymeric
assessment are identified so that they can be taken Nanocomposite Films For Food Packaging
into account. With Barrier Properties — Specification Of
(ISO 21931-2:2019) Characteristics And Measurement Methods
Gr. M This document specifies characteristics
including barrier properties to be measured of
SLS ISO/TR 21960:2021 polymeric
Plastics - environmental aspects - state of nanocomposite films used for improving food
knowledge and methodologies packaging. The barrier properties cover gas
Document summarizes current scientific (oxygen),
literature on the occurrence of macroplastics and water vapour transmission and UV-Vis light
microplastics, in the environment and biota. It transparency. This document also describes the
gives an overview of testing methods, including relevant measurement methods. This document
sampling from various environmental matrix, addresses neither safety and health issues related
sample preparation and analysis. Further, to the food packaging nor environmental aspects.

517
(ISO/ TS 21975:2020) cleaning and disinfectants, packaging materials
Gr. K and other food contact materials.
This document allows any organization,
including small and/or less developed
SLS ISO 22000:2018 organizations (e.g. a small farm, a small packer-
Food safety management systems - distributor, a small retail or food service outlet) to
requirements for any organization in the food implement externally- developed elements in Page | 518
chain their FSMS.Internal and/or external resources can
Specifies requirements for a food safety be used to meet the requirements of this
management system (FSMS) to enable an document.
organization that is directly or indirectly involved (=ISO 22000:2018)
in the food chain: Specifies requirements for a Gr RT
food safety management system (FSMS) to
enable an organization that is directly or SLS ISO/ TS 22002 Part 1:2014
indirectly involved in the food chain: Prerequisite programmes on food safety -
a) to plan, implement, operate, maintain and Food manufacturing
update a FSMS providing products and services Specifies requirements for establishing,
that are safe, in accordance with their intended implementing and maintaining prerequisite
use; a) to plan, implement, operate, maintain and programmes (PRP) to assist in controlling food
update a FSMS providing products and services safety hazards. This is applicable to all
that are safe, in accordance with their intended organizations, regardless of size or complexity,
use; which are involved in the manufacturing step of
b) to demonstrate compliance with applicable the food chain and wish to implement PRP in
statutory and regulatory food safety such a way as to address the requirements
requirements; specified in ISO 22000. This is neither designed
c) to evaluate and assess mutually agreed nor intended for use in other parts of the food
customer food safety requirements and to supply chain.
demonstrate conformity with them; (= ISO/TS 22002 -1:2009)
d) to effectively communicate food safety issues Gr. KM
to interested parties within the food chain;
e) to ensure that the organization conforms to its SLS ISO/ TS 22002 Part 2:2014
stated food safety policy; Prerequisite programmes on food safety -
f) to demonstrate conformity to relevant Catering
interested parties; Specifies the requirements for the design,
g) to seek certification or registration of its FSMS implementation, and maintenance of prerequisite
by an external organization, or make a self- programmes (PRPs) to assist in controlling food
assessment or self-declaration of conformity to safety hazards in catering. This is applicable to all
this document. organizations which are involved in the
All requirements of this document are generic processing, preparation, distribution, transport,
and are intended to be applicable to all and serving of food and meals and wish to
organizations in the food chain, regardless of size implement PRPs in accordance with the
and complexity. Organizations that are directly or requirements specified in ISO 22000:2005. The
indirectly involved include, but are not limited to, scope includes catering, air catering, railway
feed producers, animal food producers, catering, banquets, among others, in central and
harvesters of wild plants and animals, farmers, satellite units, school and industry dining rooms,
producers of ingredients, food manufacturers, hospitals and healthcare facilities, hotels,
retailers, and organizations providing food restaurants, coffee shops, food services, and food
services, catering services, cleaning and stores. Users of catering can belong to vulnerable
sanitation services, transportation, storage and groups, such as children, elderly and/or ill people.
distribution services, suppliers of equipment, In some countries, the term “food services” is
used synonymously with catering.

518
(= ISO/TS 22002- 2:2013) SLS ISO/ TS 22002-5: 2023
Gr. GJ Prerequisite Programmes On Food Safety -
Transport And Storage
SLS ISO/ TS 22002 Part 3:2014 This document specifies requirements for
Prerequisite programmes on food safety - establishing, implementing and maintaining
Farming prerequisite
Specifies requirements and guidelines for the programmes (PRPs) for transport and storage in Page | 519
design, implementation, and documentation of the food chain to assist in controlling food safety
prerequisite programmes (PRPs) that maintain a hazards. This document is applicable to all
hygienic environment and assist in controlling organizations, regardless of size or complexity,
food safety hazards in the food chain. This is that are involved in transport and storage
applicable to all organizations (including activities across the food supply chain and that
individual farms or groups of farms), regardless wish to implement PRPs in such a way as to
of size or complexity, which are involved in address the requirements specified in ISO 22000.
farming steps of the food chain and wish to This document is neither designed nor intended
implement PRPs in accordance with ISO for use in other parts of the food supply chain or
22000.This is applicable to the farming of crops in isolation. In this document, transport and
(e.g. cereals, fruits, vegetables), living farm storage is aligned with ISO/TS 22003:2013,
animals (e.g. cattle, poultry, pigs, fish) and the Annex A, Category G. This document includes
handling of their products (e.g. milk, eggs). all food and feed products and food packaging
(= ISO/ TS 22002- 3:2011) and packaging materials. Live animals are
Gr. KM excluded from the scope of this document except
when intended for direct consumption, e.g.
SLS ISO/ TS 22002 Part 4:2014 molluscs, crustaceans and live fish.
Prerequisite programmes on food safety - (ISO/ TS 22002-5:2019)
Food packaging manufacturing Gr. H
Specifies requirements for establishing,
implementing and maintaining prerequisite SLS ISO/TS 22002 Part 6:2019
programmes (PRPs) to assist in controlling food Prerequisite programmes on food safety - feed
safety hazards in the manufacture of food and animal food production
packaging. This is applicable to all organizations, Specification specifies requirements for
regardless of size or complexities that establishing, implementing and maintaining
manufacture food packaging and/or intermediate prerequisite programmes (PRPs) to assist in
products. This specification is not designed or controlling feed safety hazards in feed and animal
intended for use in other parts or activities of the food and in materials intended for use in the
food supply chain. Food packaging production of feed and animal food. Feed safety
manufacturing organizations are diverse in hazards in this context relate to attributes that
nature, and not all of the requirements specified have a potential to affect adversely animal and/or
in this specification apply to an individual human health.
organization. Each organization is required to (=ISO/TS 22002-6:2016)
conduct a documented food safety hazard Gr. G
analysis that includes each requirement. This is
not a Management system Standard, and is SLS ISO 22003-1: 2023
intended to be used by food packaging Food safety – requirements for bodies
manufacturing organizations wishing to providing audit and certification of food safety
implement PRPs in such a way as to address the management systems
requirements specified in ISO 22000. This is This document specifies the requirements for the
intended to be used in conjunction with ISO audit and certification of a food safety
22000.(= ISO/ TS 22002- 4:2013) management system (FSMS) complying with the
Gr. GJ requirements given in ISO 22000 (or other
specified FSMS requirements). It also provides

519
the necessary information and confidence to accepted principles of food safety (e.g. CODEX
customers about the way certification of their General Principles of Food Hygiene[8]) and
suppliers has been granted. Certification of includes management system elements. This
FSMS is a third-party conformity assessment document does not apply to certifications that are
activity (as described in ISO/IEC 17000:2020, solely based on product testing (e.g. performed
4.3), and bodies performing this activity are third- by an organization applying ISO/IEC 17025) or
party conformity assessment bodies. NOTE 1 In inspection (e.g. performed by an organization Page | 520
this document, the terms “product” and “service” applying ISO/IEC 17020) and does not apply to
are used separately (in contrast with the definition ISO/IEC 17065-based food safety schemes that
of “product” given in ISO/IEC 17000). NOTE 2 do not include both internationally accepted
This document can be used as a criteria document principles of food safety and management system
for the accreditation or peer assessment of elements. It also provides the necessary
certification bodies which seek to be recognized information and confidence to customers about
as being competent to certify that an FSMS the way certification of their suppliers has been
complies with ISO 22000 or other sets of granted. Certification of FSS is a third-party
specified FSMS requirements. It is also intended conformity assessment activity (as described in
to be used as a criteria document by regulatory ISO/IEC 17000:2020, 4.3) and bodies performing
authorities and industry consortia which engage this activity are third-party conformity
in direct recognition of certification bodies to assessment bodies. (ISO 22003-2: 2022)
certify that an FSMS complies with ISO 22000. Gr. P
Some of its requirements can also be useful to
other parties involved in the conformity SLS ISO 22004:2015
assessment of such certification bodies, and in the Food safety management systems – Guidance
conformity assessment of bodies that undertake on the application of SLS ISO 22000
to certify the compliance of FSMS with criteria (First revision)
additional to, or other than, those in ISO 22000. Provides generic advice on the application of ISO
FSMS certification does not attest to the safety or 22000. Does not create, alter or replace any of the
fitness of the products of an organization within requirements in SLS ISO 22000.(=ISO
the food chain. However, an FSMS requires an 22004:2014)
organization to meet all applicable food-safety- Gr. NQ
related statutory and regulatory requirements
through its management system. NOTE 3 SLS ISO 22005:2014
Certification of an FSMS according to ISO 22000 Traceability in the feed and food chain –
is a management system certification, not a general principles and basic requirements for
product certification. Other FSMS users can use system design and implementation
the concepts and requirements of this document Gives the principles and specifies basic
provided that the requirements are adapted as requirements for the design and implementation
necessary. (ISO 22003-1:2022) of a feed and food traceability system. It can be
Gr. M applied by an organization operating at any step
in the feed and food chain. It is intended to be
SLS ISO 22003-2: 2023 flexible enough to allow feed organizations and
Food safety – requirements for bodies food organizations to achieve identified
providing evaluation and certification of objectives. The traceability system is a technical
products, processes and services, including an tool to assist an organization to conform with its
audit of the food safety system defined objectives and is applicable when
This document is supplemental to ISO/IEC necessary to determine the history, or location of
17065. It specifies the rules applicable for the a product or its relevant components.
audit of a food safety system (FSS) and (=ISO 22005:2007)
certification of products, processes and services Gr. DF
complying with requirements of a certification
scheme that is based on the internationally

520
SLS ISO 22006: 2022
Quality management systems - guidelines for SLS ISO/ TS 22082: 2023
the application of iso 9001:2008 to crop Nanotechnologies — Assessment Of
production Nanomaterial Toxicity Using Dechorionated
Gives guidelines to assist crop producers in the Zebrafish Embryo
adoption of ISO 9001:2008[1] for crop This document specifies a method for rapidly
production processes. The term “crop” includes assessing nanomaterial toxicity (fish early life Page | 521
seasonal crops (such as grains, pulses, oilseeds, stage,
spices, fruit and vegetables), row-planted crops 0 HPF to 120 HPF). It includes information on the
that are cultivated, perennial crops that are importance of acellular chorion removal, detailed
managed over a period of time, and wild crops chorion removal procedures, and a complete
that are not formally planted or managed. protocol for the toxicity assessment of
Horticultural crops provide an even broader range nanomaterials
of types from annual and perennial fruits, using dechorionated zebrafish embryos. The
vegetables, and ornamental flowering plants, to focus of this document is on testing nanomaterial
perennial shrubs and trees, and root crops. These toxicity
diverse crops require a broad range of planting, (ISO/TS 22082:2020)
cultivating, pest control, and harvesting methods Gr. G
and practices. Decisions regarding planting,
growing, and harvesting activities can be similar,
although specific steps can be quite different SLS ISO 22117: 2022
when considering the range of crops. This Microbiology of the food chain specific
International Standard gives guidelines on the use requirements and guidance for proficiency
and application of ISO 9001:2008[1] to the testing by interlaboratory comparison
establishment and management of a quality Requirements and gives guidelines for the
management system (QMS) by an organization organization of proficiency testing (PT) schemes
involved in crop production. This International for microbiological examinations of a) foods and
Standard is not intended to change, add or reduce beverages,b) feeding animals,c) environmental
the requirements of ISO 9001:2008[1], nor is it samples from food and feed production and
intended for certification. Further down the handling, and d) primary production stages.
supply chain, in manufacturing processes, the This document is also applicable to the
language of ISO 9001:2008[1], ISO 15161[4], or microbiological examination of water where
ISO 22000[6] is considered more appropriate. water is either used in food production or is
The need for an ISO 9001:2008[1]-based system regarded as a food in national legislation.This
containing agricultural terminology became document relates to the technical organization
apparent due to difficulties in the interpretation of and implementation of PT schemes, as well as the
the language of ISO 9001:2008[1] for crop statistical treatment of results of microbiological
production applications =(ISO 22006:2009) examinations. This document is designed for use
Gr. V with ISO/IEC 17043 and ISO 13528, and deals
only with areas where specific or additional
SLS ISO/ TR 22019: 2023 details are necessary for PT schemes dealing with
Nanotechnologies — Considerations For microbiological examinations for the areas
Performing Toxicokinetic Studies With specified in the first paragraph.
Nanomaterials (ISO 22117:2019)
This document describes the background and Gr. L
principles for toxicokinetic studies relevant for
Nanomaterials. SLS ISO 22118:2020
(ISO/ TR 22019:2019) Microbiology of food and animal feeding stuffs
Gr. U – polymerase chain reaction (PCR) for the
detection and quantification of food – borne
pathogens – performance characteristics

521
Specifies minimum requirements of performance
characteristics for the detection of nucleic acid
sequences (DNA or RNA) by molecular methods. SLS ISO 22195 Part 2: 2023
This International Standard applies to the Textiles — determination of index ingredient
detection of food-borne pathogens in foodstuffs from coloured textile — part 2: turmeric
and isolates obtained from them using molecular This document specifies a test method which
detection methods based on the polymerase chain determines the index ingredient of chemicals in Page | 522
reaction (PCR). (=ISO 22118:2011) coloured fabric with turmeric.
Gr. E (ISO 22195-2:2023)
Gr. E
SLS ISO 22119:2020
Microbiology of food and animal feeding stuffs SLS ISO/ TS 22292: 2023
– real –time polymerase chain reaction (PCR) Nanotechnologies — 3d Image Reconstruction
for the detection of food - borne pathogens – Of Rod-Supported Nano-Objects Using
general requirements and definitions Transmission Electron Microscopy
Defines terms for the detection of food-borne This document provides guidance for sample
pathogens in foodstuffs, and isolates obtained preparation, data acquisition by transmission
from them, using the polymerase chain reaction electron
(PCR). This International Standard also specifies microscopy, data processing, and three-
requirements for the amplification and detection dimensional image reconstruction to measure
of nucleic acid sequences (DNA or RNA after size and shape parameters of nano-objects on rod-
reverse transcription) by real-time PCR. shaped supports. The method is applicable to
(=ISO 22119:2011) samples dispersed on or within an electron-
Gr. F transparent rod-shaped support.
(ISO/TS 22292:2021)
SLS ISO 22174:2020 Gr. S
Microbiology of food and animal feeding
stuffs– polymerase chain reaction (PCR) for SLS ISO/ TR 22293: 2023
the detection of food borne pathogens – Evaluation Of Methods For Assessing The
general requirements and definitions Release Of Nanomaterials From Commercial,
Standard gives the general requirements for the in
Nanomaterial-Containing Polymer
vitro amplification of nucleic acid sequences
Composites
(DNA or RNA). It is applicable to the testing of This document reviews and evaluates the utility
foodstuffs and isolates obtained from foodstuffs of available methods to assess material released
for food-borne pathogens using the polymerase from commercial polymer composites in support
chain reaction (PCR). The minimum of product use and safety decisions, and describes
requirements laid down in this International what revised or additional methods are needed.
Standard are intended to ensure thatcomparable The document is not focused on describing
and reproducible results are obtained in different methods per se; rather the goal is to describe
laboratories. information that is appropriate for consideration
(=ISO 22174:2005) in the selection of methods to support decision-
Gr. F making.
(ISO/ TR 22293:2021)
SLS ISO 22195 Part 1: 2023 Gr. V
Textiles — determination of index ingredient
from coloured textile — : madder
This document specifies a test method which SLS ISO 22300:2013
determines the index ingredient of chemicals in Societal security – terminology
coloured fabric with madder. Contains terms and definitions applicable to
(ISO 22195-1:2023) societal security to establish a common
Gr. E understanding so that consistent terms are used.

522
(= ISO 22300:2012) interoperability, subsets or a limited number only
Gr. F of these standards are called. Since video-
surveillance recording often includes taking
SLS ISO 22301:2021 records of citizens, requirements re
Security and resilience - business continuity lating to privacy, use of the records and their
management systems - requirements disposal are also considered. Based on the above
(First revision) mentioned technical standards, the following Page | 523
Specifies requirements to implement, maintain format components are covered: —
and improve a management system to protect Video; —
against, reduce the likelihood of the occurrence Audio; —
of, prepare for, respond to and recover from Metadata: —
disruptions when they arise. The requirements Descriptive (location, camera identifier, etc.) —
specified in this document are generic and Dynamic (date, time, pan, tilt, zoom,
intended to be applicable to all organizations, or identification results, etc.) —
parts thereof, regardless of type, size and nature Encapsulation/packaging for the output file; —
of the organization. The extent of application of Data/access security and integrity; — Provisions
these requirements depends on the organization’s for privacy; — Informative data regarding the
operating environment and complexity. This presentation to users =ISO 22311:2012
document is applicable to all types and sizes of Gr. N
organizations that: a) implement, maintain and
improve a BCMS; b) seek to ensure conformity SLS ISO 22315: 2022
with stated business continuity policy; c) need to Societal security — mass evacuation —
be able to continue to deliver products and guidelines for planning
services at an acceptable predefined capacity Provides guidelines for mass evacuation planning
during a disruption; d) seek to enhance their in terms of establishing, implementing,
resilience through the effective application of the monitoring, evaluating, reviewing and improving
BCMS. This document can be used to assess an preparedness. It establishes a framework for each
organization’s ability to meet its own business activity in mass evacuation planning for all
continuity needs and obligations. identified hazards. It will help organizations to
(=ISO 22301:2019) develop plans that are evidence-based and that
Gr. L can be evaluated for their effectiveness. This
International Standard is intended for use by
SLS ISO 22311: 2022 organizations with responsibility for, or
Societal security — video - surveillance — involvement in, part or all of the planning for
export interoperability mass evacuation. It is applicable to all types and
Standard is mainly for societal security purposes sizes of organizations that are involved in the
and specifies a common output file format that planning for mass evacuation, such as local,
can be extracted from the video-surveillance regional, and national governments; statutory
contents collection systems (stand alone bodies; international and non-governmental
machines or large scale systems) by an organizations; businesses; and public and social
exchangeable data storage media or through a groups. This International Standard covers
network to allow end-users to access digital planning for mass evacuation in order to gain a
video-surveillance contents and perform their more effective response during the actual
necessary processing. The means of exchange are evacuation. It will assist organizations to meet
not part of this International Standard. This their obligation of saving human life and
common output file format relies on a reducing suffering. This International Standard
combination of several technical standards that does not cover activities to stabilize the affected
individually are not restrictive enough to provide area after an evacuation, protect property and
the requested interoperability. These standards preserve the environment.
are formally referenced to avoid duplications or (=ISO 22315:2014)
divergence. When appropriate to improve the Gr. M

523
 Security and resilience - emergency
SLS ISO 22316: 2022 management - guidelines for incident
Security and resilience — organizational management
resilience — principles and attributes (First Revision)
Guidance to enhance organizational resilience for Gives guidelines for incident management,
any size or type of organization. It is not specific including — principles that communicate the
to any industry or sector. This document can be value and explain the purpose of incident Page | 524
applied throughout the life of an management, — basic components of incident
organization.This document does not promote management including process and structure,
uniformity in approach across all organizations, which focus on roles and responsibilities, tasks
as specific objectives and initiatives are tailored and management of resources, and — working
to suit an individual organization’s needs together through joint direction and cooperation.
(=ISO 22316:2017) This document is applicable to any organization
Gr. E involved in responding to incidents of any type
and scale. This document is applicable to any
SLS ISO 22319: 2022 organization with one organizational structure as
Security and resilience — community well as for two or more organizations that choose
resilience — guidelines for planning the to work together while continuing to use their
involvement of spontaneous volunteers own organizational structure or to use a combined
Guidelines for planning the involvement of organizational structure.
spontaneous volunteers (SVs) in incident (=ISO 22320:2018)
response and recovery. It is intended to help Gr. K
organizations to establish a plan to consider
whether, how and when SVs can provide relief to SLS ISO 22322: 2022
a coordinated response and recovery for all Societal security — emergency management
identified hazards. It helps identify issues to — guidelines for public warning
ensure the plan is risk-based and can be shown to Provides guidelines for developing, managing,
prioritize the safety of SVs, the public they seek and implementing public warning before, during,
to assist and incident response staff. This and after incidents. This International Standard is
document is intended for use by organizations applicable to any organization responsible for
with responsibility for, or involvement in, part or public warning. It is applicable at all levels, from
all of the planning for working with SVs. It is local up to international. Before planning and
applicable to all types and sizes of organizations implementing the public warning system, risks
that are involved in the planning for, and and consequences of potential hazards are
management of, SVs (e.g. local, regional, and assessed. This process is not part of this
national governments, statutory bodies, International Standard.
international and non-governmental (=ISO 22322:2015)
organizations, businesses and public and Gr. F
community groups). The range of tasks
performed by SVs can require only basic SLS ISO 22324: 2022
planning (e.g. for people who are first on the Societal security — emergency management
scene), or a plan that is more complex (e.g. for — guidelines for colour-coded alerts
people who travel to the affected area to Provides guidelines for the use of colour codes to
volunteer). Coordinating the participation of inform people at risk as well as first response
volunteers who are affiliated to voluntary or personnel about danger and to express the
professional organizations to provide relief is not severity of a situation. It is applicable to all types
within the scope of this document of hazard in any location. This International
(=ISO 22319:2017) Standard does not cover the method for
Gr. H displaying colour codes, detailed ergonomic
considerations related with viewing displays, or
SLS ISO 22320: 2022 safety signs covered by ISO 3864-1.

524
(=ISO 22324:2015 ) applicable to communities vulnerable to
Gr. F tsunamis, without taking secondary/indirect
effects into consideration.
SLS ISO 22325: 2022 (ISO 22328-3:2023)
Security and resilience — emergency Gr. H
management — guidelines for capability
Page | 525
assessment SLS ISO/TR 22351: 2022
Guidelines for an organization in assessing its Societal security - emergency management -
emergency management capability. It includes message structure for exchange of information
— an assessment model with a hierarchy of four describes a message structure for the exchange of
levels; information between organizations involved in
— eight indicators; emergency management. An organization can
— an assessment process, explaining how to ingest the received information, based on the
plan, collect, analyse and report. message structure, in its own operational picture.
This document is intended to be used by The structured message is called Emergency
organizations responsible and accountable for Management Shared Information (EMSI). This
emergency management. Each organization’s Technical Report describes the message structure
context can involve a mix of prevention, built in order to facilitate interoperability between
mitigation, reparedness, response and recovery existing and new information systems. The
activities. intended audience of this Technical Report is
(=ISO 22325:2016) control room engineers, information systems
Gr. F designers and decision makers in emergency
management.
SLS ISO 22328-1: 2023 (=ISO/TR 22351:2015)
Security and resilience - emergency Gr. X
management - part 1: general guidelines for
the implementation of a community-based SLS ISO 22367:2021
disaster early warning system Medical laboratories - Application of risk
This document gives guidelines for the management to medical laboratories
implementation of a community-based disaster Specifies a process for a medical laboratory to
early warning system (EWS). It describes the identify and manage the risks to patients,
methods and procedures to be implemented and laboratory workers and service providers that are
provides examples. This document is applicable associated with medical laboratory examinations.
to communities vulnerable to disasters, without The process includes identifying, estimating,
taking secondary/indirect effects into evaluating, controlling and monitoring the risks.
consideration The requirements of this document are applicable
(ISO 22328-1:2020) to all aspects of the examinations and services of
Gr. G a medical laboratory, including the pre-
examination and post-examination aspects,
SLS ISO 22328-3: 2023 examinations, accurate transmission of test
Security and resilience - emergency results into the electronic medical record and
management - part 3: guidelines for the other technical and management processes
implementation of a community-based early described in SLS ISO 15189. This document does
warning system for tsunamis not specify acceptable levels of risk. This
This document gives guidelines for the document does not apply to risks from post-
implementation of a community-based disaster examination clinical decisions made by
early warning system (EWS) for tsunamis. It healthcare providers. This document does not
complements the generic guidelines in ISO apply to the management of risks affecting
22328-1[5]. It describes the methods, procedures, medical laboratory enterprises that are addressed
implementation measures and activities by SLS ISO 31000, such as business, economic,
specifically related to tsunamis. This document is legal, and regulatory risks.

525
(=ISO 22367:2020) Gr. E
Gr. X
SLS ISO 22396: 2021
SLS ISO 22392: 2021 Security and Resilience — Community
Security and resilience — community Resilience — Guidelines For Information
resilience — guidelines for conducting peer Exchange Between Organizations
reviews Gives guidelines for information exchange. It Page | 526
Gives guidelines for organizations to design, includes principles, a framework and a process
organize, conduct, receive feedback from and for information exchange. It identifies
learn from a peer review of their disaster risk mechanisms for information exchange that allow
reduction (DRR) policies and practices. It is also a participating organization to learn from others’
applicable to other community resilience experiences, mistakes and successes. It can be
activities. It is intended for use by organizations used to guide the maintenance of the information
with the responsibility for, or involvement in, exchange arrangement in order to increase
managing such activities including policy and commitment and engagement. It provides
preparedness, response and recovery operations, measures that enhance the ability of participating
and designing preventative measures (e.g. for the organizations to cope with disruption risk. This
effects of environmental changes such as those document is applicable to private and public
from climate change). It is applicable to all types, organizations that require guidance on
structures and sizes of organizations, such as establishing the conditions to support information
local, regional and national governments, exchange. This document does not apply to
statutory bodies, non-governmental technical aspects but focuses on methodology
organizations, businesses, and public and issues. (ISO 22396:2020)
community groups. It is applicable before or after Gr. G
an incident or exercise. (ISO 22392:2020)
Gr. Q SLS ISO 22397:2022
Societal security - guidelines for establishing
SLS ISO 22395: 2021 partnering Arrangements
Security and resilience — community Standard provides guidelines for establishing
resilience — guidelines for supporting partnering arrangements among organizations to
vulnerable persons in an emergency manage multiple relationships for events
Gives guidelines for organizations to identify, impacting on societal security. It incorporates
involve, communicate with and support principles and describes the process for planning,
individuals who are the most vulnerable to developing, implementing and reviewing
natural and human-induced (both intentional and partnering arrangements. This International
unintentional) emergencies. It also includes Standard is applicable to all organizations
guidelines for continually improving the regardless of type, size and nature of activity
provision of support to vulnerable persons in an whether in or between the private, public, or not-
emergency. It is intended for use by organizations for-profit sectors. (=ISO 22397 :2014
with the responsibility for, or involvement in, part (Confirmed in 2019))
or all of the planning for working with vulnerable Gr. G
persons in an emergency. It is applicable to all
types and sizes of organizations involved in SLS ISO 22403: 2022
emergency preparation, response and recovery Plastics - assessment of the intrinsic
activities, such as local, regional and national biodegradability of materials exposed to
governments; statutory bodies; international and marine inocula under mesophilic aerobic
non-governmental organizations; businesses; and laboratory conditions - test methods and
public and community groups. The focus of this requirements
document is on vulnerable individuals and their Specifies test methods and criteria for showing
needs in relation to an emergency intrinsic biodegradability in marine environments
(ISO 22395:2018) of virgin plastic materials and polymers without

526
any preliminary environmental exposure or pre- Gr. N
treatment. Test methods applied in this document
are carried out at temperatures in the mesophilic SLS ISO 22525:2021
range under aerobic conditions and are aimed to Tourism and related services - medical
show ultimate biodegradability, i.e. conversion tourism - service requirements
into carbon dioxide, water and biomass. This Establishes the requirements and
document neither assesses the constituents, such recommendations for facilitators and healthcare Page | 527
as regulated metals or substances hazardous to providers in medical tourism. This document
the environment, nor potential ecotoxic effects intends to ensure quality service provision for
but intrinsic biodegradability only. These aspects tourists in order to meet the expectations of
will be considered in a separate standard covering tourists travelling for medical reasons as a
the overall environmental impact of products primary motivation. This document does not
intentionally or accidentally released in the apply to thalassotherapy centres, medical spas or
marine environment. This document does not wellness spas.
cover the performance of products made from (=ISO 22525:2020)
biodegradable plastic materials and Gr. K
biodegradable polymers. Lifetime and
biodegradation rates in the sea of products made SLS ISO 22578: 2022
with biodegradable plastic materials are generally Graphical symbols — safety colours and safety
affected by the specific environmental conditions signs — natural disaster safety way guidance
and by thickness and shape. Although results system
might indicate that the tested plastic materials and Specifies the principles governing the design and
polymers biodegrade under the specified test application of signs and plans used to create a
conditions at a certain rate, the results of any natural disaster safety way guidance system to
laboratory exposure cannot be directly help people evacuate to safe areas or places of
extrapolated to marine environments at the actual refuge in case of natural disasters (e.g. tsunamis,
site of use or leakage. This document is not floods, debris flows, steep slope failures,
applicable for “marine biodegradable” claims of landslides, tornados, large-scale fires, active
biodegradable plastic materialls. For such volcanoes). This document provides guidance on
purpose, see relevant product standards, if the selection and use of safety signs conforming
available. The testing scheme specified in this to ISO 7010, public information symbols
document does not provide sufficient information conforming to ISO 7001, and text on evacuation
for determining the specific biodegradation rate route signs, places of refuge signs and evacuation
(i.e. the rate per available surface area) of the plan signs for information related to one or more
material under testing. For such purpose, see particular natural disasters. Guidance on the
relevant standards about specific biodegradation design, location, mounting positions and
rate, if available. (ISO 22403:2020) maintenance of the sign components of a natural
Gr. C disaster safety way guidance system is also
SLS ISO 22483:2021 provided. This document does not apply to the
Tourism and related services - hotels - service determination of the need for natural disaster
requirements safety way guidance. This document assumes that
Establishes quality requirements and the risk assessment or requirements of an
recommendations for hotels regarding staff, enforcing authority have established the need for
service, events, entertainment activities, safety such natural disaster safety way guidance
and security, maintenance, cleanliness, supply systems. This document is not applicable to the
management and guest satisfaction. The particular hazards of high winds, snow
requirements are applicable regardless of their avalanches, earthquakes or hurricanes, which
classification and category, and whether the cause the natural disasters covered in this
services are provided directly by internal staff or document. This document is applicable to safety
by a subcontractor. way guidance from natural disasters from the
(=ISO 22483:2020) outside of buildings to safe areas. ISO 16069 is

527
applicable to safety way guidance within a penetration by a splash of synthetic blood. This
building to the emergency exit(s). International Standard primarily addresses the
(ISO 22578:2022) performance of materials or certain material
Gr. P constructions used in medical face masks. This
test method does not address the performance of
SLS ISO 22608: 2022 the medical face mask’s design, construction,
Protective clothing - protection against liquid interfaces or other factors which may affect the Page | 528
chemicals — measurement of repellency, overall protection offered by the medical face
retention, and penetration of liquid pesticide mask and its operation (such as filtration
formulations through protective clothing efficiency and pressure drop
materials (=ISO 22609:2004)
Specifies a test method to measure the repellency, Gr. J
retention and penetration of a known volume of
liquid pesticide when applied to a protective
clothing material. No external hydrostatic or
mechanical pressure is applied to the test
specimen during or after the application of the
liquid pesticide. The degree of contamination SLS ISO 22649:2019
depends on numerous factors such as the type of Footwear - test methods for insoles and
exposure, application technique, and pesticide insocks – water absorption and desorption
formulation. As the level of exposure can vary Specifies two test methods for determining the
considerably, this method is designed to rate the water absorption and desorption of insoles and
relative performance of personal protective insocks, irrespective of the material
equipment (PPE) materials at two levels of (=ISO 22649: 2016)
contamination. Low level of contamination is Gr. D
achieved by applying 0,1 ml of liquid formulation
and high level by applying 0,2 ml. This test SLS ISO 22650:2019
method does not measure the resistance to Footwear - test methods for whole shoe - heel
permeation or degradation. This test method is attachment
suitable for field strength and concentrated Specifies a method for the determination of the
pesticide formulations. This method heel attachment of footwear. It applies to
may not be suitable for testing protective clothing woman’s medium and high heeled footwear.
materials against volatile pesticide formulations. This test method measures three related wear
This document is applicable to the evaluation of properties: the rigidity of the shoe backpart
materials that are new or those that have during normal walking;
undergone treatment such as laundering or the amount of permanent deformation of the
simulated abrasion. Details of the treatment shall backpart caused by a fairly large force applied to
be reported. This test method can also be used to the heel in a backward direction; the force
determine the resistance provided by protective required to detach the heel.
clothing materials against penetration of new (ISO 22650:2018)
pesticide formulations. Gr. D
(ISO 22608:2021)
Gr. H SLS ISO 22651:2019
Footwear - test methods for insoles -
SLS ISO 22609:2020 dimensional stability
Clothing for protection against infectious Specifies a method for the determination of the
agents — medical face masks - testmethod for dimensional stability of insoles, irrespective of
resistance against penetration by synthetic the material, after immersion in water.
blood (fixed volume, horizontally projected) (=ISO 22651:2002)
Describes a laboratory test method for measuring Gr. C
the resistance of medical face masks to

528
SLS ISO 22652:2019 signs, or to traffic signs for use on the public
Footwear - test methods for insoles, lining and highway. Examples are given for illustrative
insocks - perspiration resistance purposes only and do not constitute requirements
Specifies a method for the determination of the for particular public information symbols.
ageing of insoles, lining or insocks, caused by (ISO 22727:2007, (Confirmed in 2013))
human sweat. Gr. M
(=ISO 22652:2002) Page | 529
Gr. C SLS ISO/TR 22758: 2022
Biotechnology – biobanking - implementation
SLS ISO 22654:2019 guide for iso 20387
Footwear - test methods for outsoles - tensile Guidance to biobanks on how to implement the
strength and elongation quality management, management, and technical
Specifies a method for the determination of the requirements of ISO 20387. It expands on aspects
tensile strength and elongation of outsoles. of ISO 20387 and provides examples for
(=ISO 22654:2002) illustration purposes. The aim of this document is
Gr. D to assist biobanks to address competency of
personnel and appropriate quality of biological
SLS ISO 22716:2017 material and data collections. This document is
Guidelines on good manufacturing practices equally applicable to newly established and
for cosmetics existing biobanks. This document is applicable to
Gives guidelines for the production, control, all organizations performing biobanking,
storage and shipment of cosmetic products. These including biobanking of biological material from
guidelines cover the quality aspects of the multicellular organisms (e.g., human, animal,
product, but as a whole do not cover safety fungus and plant) and microorganisms for
aspects for the personnel engaged in the plant, nor research and development. This document does
do they cover aspects of protection of the not apply to biological material intended for
environment. Safety and environmental aspects feed/food production, laboratories undertaking
are inherent responsibilities of the company and analysis for food/feed production and/or
could be governed by local legislation and therapeutic use.
regulation. These guidelines are not applicable to (ISO/TR 22758:2020)
research and development activities and Gr. L
distribution of finished products.
(=ISO 22716:2007) SLS ISO 22766:2021
Gr. KM Plastics - determination of the degree of
disintegration of plastic materials in marine
SLS ISO 22727: 2022 habitats under real field conditions
Graphical symbols - creation and design of Specifies test methods for the determination of
public information symbols - requirements the degree of disintegration of plastic materials
Standard specifies requirements for the creation exposed to marine habitats under real field
and design of public information symbols. It conditions. The marine areas under investigation
specifies requirements for the design of public are the sandy sublittoral and the sandy eulittoral
information symbols for submission for zone where plastic materials can either be placed
registration as approved public information intentionally (e.g. biodegradable fishing nets) or
symbols, including line width, the use of end up as litter due to irresponsible human
graphical symbol elements and how to indicate behaviour. This depends on their physical
negation. It also specifies templates to be used in characteristics, form and size of the materials,
the design of public information symbols. It is for and on water currents and tidal movements. This
use by all those involved in the commissioning document specifies the general requirements of
and the creation and design of public information the apparatus, and the procedures for using the
symbols. This International Standard is not test methods described. The determination of the
applicable to safety signs, including fire safety level of disintegration of plastic materials

529
exposed to pelagic zones such as the sea surface comprises guidance. When applying the guidance
or the water column above the seafloor are not to a particular application, legal advice
within the scope of this document. This document appropriate to that application can be sought.
is not suitable for the assessment of disintegration National privacy and data protection
caused by heat or light exposure. The described requirements vary substantially and can change
field test is a disintegration test and not a relatively quickly. Whereas this International
biodegradation test. Therefore, it cannot be used Standard in general encompasses the more Page | 530
for demonstrating biodegradation or for making stringent of international and national
unqualified claims such as “biodegradable in requirements it nevertheless comprises a
marine environment” and similar. minimum. Some countries/jurisdictions may
(=ISO 22766:2020) have some more stringent and particular
Gr. J requirements. (ISO 22857:2013)
Gr. U

SLS ISO 22857: 2023 SLS ISO 22870:2021

Health informatics - guidelines on data Point of care testing (poct) – requirements for
protection to facilitate trans-border flows of quality and competence
personal health data Gives specific requirements applicable to point-
Standard provides guidance on data protection of-care testing and is intended to be used in
requirements to facilitate the transfer of personal conjunction with SLS ISO 15189. The
health data across national or jurisdictional requirements of this document apply when POCT
borders. It does not require the harmonization of is carried out in a hospital, clinic and by a
existing national or jurisdictional standards, healthcare organization providing ambulatory
legislation or regulations. It is normative only in care. This document can be applied to
respect of international or trans-jurisdictional transcutaneous measurements, the analysis of
exchange of personal health data. However it can expired air, and in vivo monitoring of
be informative with respect to the protection of physiological parameters. Patient self-testing in a
health information within national/jurisdictional home or community setting is excluded, but
boundaries and provide assistance to national or elements of this document can be applicable.
jurisdictional bodies involved in the development (=ISO 22870:2016)
and implementation of data protection principles. Gr. F
This International Standard covers both the data
protection principles that apply to international or SLS ISO 22876: 2022
trans-jurisdictional transfers and the security Tourism and related services — bareboat
policy which an organization adopts to ensure charter supplementary charter services and
compliance with those principles. Where a experiences
multilateral treaty between a number of countries Establishes the minimum requirements for
has been agreed (e.g. the EU Data Protection supplementary charter services and experiences
Directive), the terms of that treaty will take offered by a charter provider. It is applicable to
precedence. This International Standard aims to any individual or organization which offers such
facilitate international and trans-jurisdictional additional services. This document excludes
health-related applications involving the transfer bareboats that: — do not have living
of personal health data. It seeks to provide the accommodation; — are only hired as
means by which health data relating to data accommodation and are not permitted to leave
subjects, such as patients, will be adequately their mooring/berth. This document does not
protected when sent to, and processed in, another establish the construction requirements for
country/jurisdiction. This International Standard equipment provided (ISO 22876:2021)
does not provide definitive legal advice but Gr. F

530
 quality attributes for a cellular therapeutic
SLS ISO 22886: 2021 product. This document is applicable to cellular
Healthcare organization management - starting materials (including those for tissue
vocabulary engineered products) and intermediates of
Defines terms used in healthcare organization cellular therapeutic products. This document is
management (ISO 22886:2020) not applicable to tissues used in transplantation
Gr. C Page | 531
(ISO 23033:2021)
Gr. Q
SLS ISO 22958: 2022
Textiles water resistance – rain tests - SLS ISO 23036-1:2022
exposure to a horizontal water spray Microbiology of the food chain — methods for
Specifies a test for measuring the resistance of the detection of anisakidae l3 larvae in fish and
fabrics to the penetration of water by impact. It fishery products : uv-press method
can be used to predict the probable rain Specifies a method for the detection of
penetration resistance of textile fabrics. This Anisakidae L3 larvae commonly found in marine
document is applicable to any textile fabric, and anadromous fishes. The method is applicable
whether or not it has been given a water-resistant to fresh fish and/or frozen fish, as well as lightly
or water-repellent finish. It is especially suitable processed fish products, such as marinated, salted
for measuring apparel fabrics. Testing at different or cold smoked. This method is applicable to
intensities of water impact gives a complete quantifying parasitic infections by estimating the
picture of the penetration resistance of a single number of parasites in the fish musculature. This
fabric or combination of fabrics. The test is method does not apply to determining the species
particularly suitable when measuring highly or genotype of detected parasites. Final
water-resistant fabrics with low amounts of water identification is made by morphological and/or
penetration (SO 22958:2021) molecular methods (=ISO 23036- 1:2021)
Gr. D Gr. E

SLS ISO 22992-2: 2021 SLS ISO 23036-2: 2022

Textiles — determination of certain Microbiology of the food chain — methods for
preservatives — part 2 - determination of the detection of anisakidae l3 larvae in fish and
triclosan residues method using Lc-ms/ms fishery products — part 2: artificial digestion
specifies a method for determination of triclosan method
residues in textiles by high performance liquid Specifies a method for the detection of
chromatography — tandem mass spectrometry Anisakidae L3 larvae commonly found in
(HPLC-MS/MS). This method is applicable to all marinem and anadromous fishes. The method is
kinds of textile products (=ISO 22992-2:2020) applicable to fresh fish and/or frozen fish, as well
Gr. C as lightly processed fish products, such as
marinated, salted or smoked. It is also suitable for
SLS ISO 23033: 2022 visceral organs as a confirmatory method for a
Biotechnology — analytical methods — visual inspection scheme. The artificial digestion
general requirements and considerations for method[4][5][6] is applicable to quantifying
the testing and characterization of cellular parasitic infections by estimating the number of
therapeutic products parasites in the fish musculature and, when
This document provides general requirements applied to fresh fish or lightly processed fish
for the testing of cellular therapeutic products products (never frozen before processing),
intended for human use. This document also determining the viability of Anisakidae L3,
provides considerations for the characterization which can be present. This method does not apply
of cellular therapeutic products, including to determining the species or genotype of
approaches to select and design analytical detected parasites. Final identification is made by
methods that are fit for purpose. Such morphological and/or molecular methods.
considerations can be used to establish critical (ISO 230362-2: 2021)

531
Gr. E (=ISO 23412:2020)
Gr. Q
SLS ISO/TS 23105: 2022
Biotechnology - biobanking - requirements for SLS ISO/TS 23565: 2022
the biobanking of plant biological material for Biotechnology - bioprocessing - general
research and development requirements and considerations for
Specifies requirements for the collection, Page | 532
equipment systems used in the manufacturing
preparation, preservation, transportation, storage, of cells for therapeutic use
distribution and disposal of plant biological Specifies minimum requirements and general
materials and associated data. This document is considerations for equipment, consisting of
applicable only to biological material that can be hardware, software and consumables, used in the
used for further processing of biomolecules, e.g. manufacturing of cells for therapeutic use. This
nucleic acids, proteins and metabolites. This includes equipment for processing cells for
document is applicable to all organizations therapeutic use starting from cell
performing plant biobanking for research and isolation/selection, expansion, washing and
development. volume reduction, from cell finish through to
(ISO/ TS 23105:2021) cryopreservation for the storage of cells for
Gr. K therapeutic use. This document gives guidance on
the design, use and maintenance of equipment
SLS ISO 23405: 2022 and equipment systems to both suppliers and
Tourism and related services sustainable users from aspects including the target parties, i.e.
tourism – principles, vocabulary and model supplier or user, and phase of involved task, i.e.
Specifies the fundamental concepts and design, use or maintenance. This document is
principles of, and a model for, sustainable applicable to any unit operation system that is
tourism. This document is applicable to private used, alone or in combination, for the
and public organizations and destinations, manufacturing of cells for therapeutic use,
regardless of their size and location, plus other meeting user requirements. It is applicable to
interested parties engaged in sustainable tourism devices used for the purpose of monitoring
development (=ISO 23405:2022) equipment status. It does not apply to:
Gr. E — processing equipment for cells for therapeutic
use used at the point of care;
SLS ISO 23412: 2021 — devices used for analytical purposes;
Indirect, temperature-controlled refrigerated — biosafety cabinets, general cell culture
delivery services — land transport of parcels equipment (such as CO2 incubators, etc.), and
with intermediate transfer software to
specifies requirements for the provision and control multiple equipment systems or multiple
operation of indirect, temperature controlled unit operations (ISO/TS 23565:2021)
refrigerated delivery services for refrigerated Gr. J
parcels which contain temperature-sensitive
goods (including foods) in land transportation. It SLS ISO 23592:2022
includes all refrigerated delivery service stages Service excellence – principles and model
from acceptance (receipt) of a chilled or frozen This document specifies service excellence
parcel from the delivery service user to its terminology, principles and model to achieve
delivery at the designated destination, including outstanding customer experience and sustainable
intermediate transfer of the refrigerated parcels customer delight. It does not focus on the
between refrigerated vehicles or container and via provision of basic customer service but on the
a geographical routing system. This document provision of excellent service. This document
also includes requirements for resources, applies to all organizations delivering services,
operations and communications to delivery such as commercial organizations, public
service users. It is intended for application by services and not-for-profit organizations
refrigerated delivery service providers. (ISO 23592:2021)
532
Gr. L methods. This guideline does not cover the
validation of residue analysis by HPLC, UHPLC
SLS ISO 23601:2022 or LC-MS/MS. This document is intended to be
Safety identification — escape and evacuation useful for manufacturers of screening test kits,
plan signs laboratories validating screening methods or
Establishes design principles for displayed tests, competent authorities and dairies or end
escape plans that contain information relevant to users of reagents or tests for the detection of Page | 533
fire safety, escape, evacuation and rescue of the veterinary drug residues in milk products. This
facility's occupants. These plans may also be used document facilitates and improves the validation
by intervention forces in case of emergency. and verification of screening methods. The goals
These plans are intended to be displayed as signs of this document are a harmonization in
in public areas and workplaces. This document is validation of methods or test kits in order for all
not intended to cover the plans to be used by stakeholders to have full trust in the result of
external safety services nor detailed professional residue screening and to limit the overlap and
technical drawings for use by specialists multiplication of validation work in different
(ISO 23601:2020) laboratories by sharing the validation results
Gr. G generated by an independent laboratory.
Furthermore, a harmonized validation and
SLS ISO 23674: 2023 verification procedure allows for comparison of
Cosmetics — analytical methods — direct the performance of different screening methods.
determination of traces of mercury in This document does not imply that all end users
cosmetics by thermal decomposition and are bound to perform all verification work
atomic absorption spectrometry (mercury proposed. The verification of the correct use of
analyser) reagents/kits for the detection of antimicrobials is
This document specifies an analytical procedure not part of the scope of this document.
for direct determination of traces of mercury in (ISO TS 23758:2021)
finished cosmetic products by thermal Gr. Q
decomposition – atomic absorption spectrometry
(mercury analyser).This document aims to SLS ISO 23794: 2023
provide a procedure of quantification of mercury Rubber, vulcanized or thermoplastic —
traces in cosmetic products that consumers can be abrasion testing — guidance
exposed to in their usage. This method describes This document provides guidance on the
the determination of mercury traces in cosmetics determination of the abrasion resistance of
by direct solid analysis with no need of prior vulcanized and thermoplastic rubbers. It covers
digestion. Total mercury (both inorganic and both solid and loose abrasives. The guidelines
organic species) can be quantified either in solid given are intended to assist in the selection of an
or liquid samples. appropriate test method and appropriate test
(ISO 23674:2022) conditions for evaluating a material and assessing
Gr. H its suitability for a product subject to abrasion.
Factors influencing the correlation between
SLS ISO TS 23758: 2023 laboratory abrasion testing and product
Guidelines for the validation of qualitative performance are considered, but, for example this
screening methods for the Detection of document is not concerned with wear tests
residues of veterinary drugs in milk and milk developed for specific finished rubber products,
products for example, trailer tests for tyres.
This document describes general workflows and (ISO 23794:2023)
protocols for the validation and the verification of Gr. H
qualitative screening tests for the detection of SLS ISO 23821: 2023
residues of veterinary drugs in liquid milk (raw, Cosmetics — analytical methods —
pasteurized, UHT and reconstituted milk powders determination of traces of mercury in
and whey protein extracts) including biological cosmetics by atomic absorbtion spectrometry

533
(aas) cold vapour technology after pressure This document provides guidance on how
digestion organizations that develop, produce, deploy or
This document specifies a method for use products, systems and services that utilize
determination of mercury in cosmetics by means artificial intelligence (AI) can manage risk
of cold vapour atomic absorption spectrometry specifically related to AI. The guidance also aims
(AAS) with a prior pressure digestion. to assist organizations to integrate risk
(ISO 23821:2022) management into their AI-related activities and Page | 534
Gr. H functions. It moreover describes processes for the
effective implementation and integration of AI
SLS ISO 23832: 2022 risk management. The application of this
Plastics - test methods for determination of guidance can be customized to any organization
degradation rate and disintegration degree of and its context
plastic materials exposed to marine (ISO 23894:2023)
environmental matrices under laboratory Gr. M
conditions
Specifies test methods for the measurement of the SLS ISO 23906-1: 2023
physical degradation of samples made with Cigarettes – Determination Of
plastics materials when exposed to marine Benzo[A]Pyrene In Cigarette Mainstream
environmental matrices under aerobic conditions Smoke With An Intense Smoking Regime
at laboratory scale. This document is not suitable Using Gc/ Ms – Method Using Methanol As
for the assessment of degradation caused by heat Extraction Solvent
(thermo-degradation) or light exposure (photo- This document specifies a method for the
degradation). determination of benzo[a]pyrene (B[a]P) in the
(ISO 23832:2021) total particulate matter (TPM) of cigarette
Gr. H mainstream smoke using gas
chromatography/mass spectrometry (GC-MS)
SLS ISO/TR 23891:2021 with methanol as extraction solvent. This method
Plastics - recycling and recovery - necessity of is specified using ISO 20778 smoking
standards parameters. NOTE An alternative method for the
Gives a brief overview of the current (2019) determination of B[a]P is specified in ISO 23906-
situation in plastic recycling systems, relevant 2 with a different clean-up using cyclohexane
existing standards and short description of solvent and a shorter total analytical time.
different recycling techniques. It aims to identify (ISO 23906-1:2020)
the necessity of standards in the plastics recycling Gr. F
system and give direction for the adoption of
regional standards and/or the development of new SLS ISO 23906-2: 2023
and existing standards. This document addresses cigarettes – determination of benzo[a]pyrene
various recycling options, with focus on, but not in cigarette mainstream smoke with an
limited to, mechanical recycling, chemical and/or intense smoking regime using gc/ ms –
feedstock recycling and the corresponding method using cyclohexane as extraction
preparatory activities. This document excludes solvent
organic recycling (also designated as biological This document specifies a method for the
recycling) and energy recovery. determination of benzo[a]pyrene (B[a]P) in the
(=ISO/TR 23891:2020) total particulate matter of cigarette mainstream
Gr. M smoke with an intense smoking regime using gas
chromatography/mass spectrometry (GC/MS)
with cyclohexane as extraction solvent. This
SLS ISO 23894: 2023 method is specified using ISO 20778 smoking
Information technology - artificial intelligence parameters. An alternative method for the
- guidance on risk management determination of B[a]P is specified in ISO 23906-

534
1, with a different clean-up using methanol indication of the potential biodegradability of
solvent.(ISO 23906-2:2023) plastic materials.(ISO 23977-2:2020)
Gr. E Gr. F

SLS ISO 23910:2018 SLS ISO 24040: 2023

Leather – physical and mechanical tests Textiles — determination of certain
Page | 535
measurement of stitch tear resistance benzotriazole compounds
Specifies a method for determining the stitch tear This document specifies a method for
resistance of leather. It can be used on all leathers determining the amount of certain benzotriazole
but is particularly suitable for leathers over 1,2 compounds (UV- 320, UV-327, UV-328, UV-
mm in thickness. 350) in textiles by using liquid chromatography-
(=ISO 23910:2017) tandem mass spectrometry (LC-MS/MS) or
Gr. B liquid chromatography-diode array detector (LC-
DAD) or gas chromatography with mass
SLS ISO 23977 Part 1: 2022 spectrometry (GC-MS).The method is applicable
Plastics - determination of the aerobic to all kinds of textile materials (fibres and
biodegradation of plastic materials exposed to fabrics). (ISO 24040:2022)
seawater : method by analysis of evolved Gr. F
carbon dioxide
Specifies a laboratory test method for SLS ISO 24100: 2023
determining the degree and rate of the aerobic Intelligent transport systems - basic principles
biodegradation level of plastic materials. for personal data protection in probe vehicle
Biodegradation is determined by measuring the information services
CO2 evolved from plastic materials when Standard states the basic rules to be observed by
exposed to seawater sampled from coastal areas service providers who handle personal data in
under laboratory conditions. The conditions probe vehicle information services. This
described in this document might not always International Standard is aimed at protecting the
correspond to the optimum conditions for the personal data as well as the intrinsic rights and
maximum degree of biodegradation, however this interests of probe data senders, i.e., owners and
test method is designed to give an indication of drivers of vehicles fitted with in-vehicle probe
the potential biodegradability of plastic materials. systems.(ISO 24100:2010)
(ISO 23977-1:2020) Gr. L
Gr. H
SLS ISO 24114:2020
SLS ISO 23977 Part 2: 2022 Instant coffee criteria for authenticity
Plastics - determination of the aerobic Specifies criteria for authenticity of soluble
biodegradation of plastic materials exposed to (instant) coffee (=ISO 24114: 2011)
seawater : method by measuring the oxygen Gr. B
demand in closed respirometer
Specifies a laboratory test method for SLS ISO 24276: 2023
determining the degree and rate of the aerobic Foodstuffs — methods of analysis for the
biodegradation level of plastic materials. detection of genetically modified organisms
Biodegradation of plastic materials is determined and derived products — general requirements
by measuring the oxygen demand in a closed and definitions
respirometer when exposed to seawater sampled This International Standard specifies how to use
from coastal areas under laboratory conditions. the standards for sampling strategies (EN/TS
The conditions described in this document might 21568), nucleic acid extraction (ISO 21571),
not always correspond to the optimum conditions qualitative nucleic acid analysis (ISO 21569),
forthe maximum degree of biodegradation, quantitative nucleic acid analysis (ISO 21570)
however this test method is designed to give an and protein-based methods (ISO 21572), and
explains their relationship in the analysis of

535
genetically modified organisms in foodstuffs. It Cosmetics — sun protection test methods — in
contains general definitions, requirements and vivo determination of the sun protection factor
guidelines for laboratory set-up, method (spf)
validation requirements, description of methods This document specifies a method for the in vivo
and test reports. It has been established for food determination of the sun protection factor (SPF)
matrices, but could also be applied to other of sunscreen products. It is applicable to products
matrices (e.g. seeds, feed and plant samples from that contain any component able to absorb, reflect Page | 536
the environment). (ISO 24276:2006, ISO or scatter ultraviolet (UV) rays and which are
24276:2006 AMD 1:2013) intended to be placed in contact with human skin.
Gr. M This document provides a basis for the evaluation
of sunscreen products for the protection of human
SLS ISO 24281: 2022 skin against erythema induced by solar ultraviolet
Textiles - biaxial tensile properties of woven rays (ISO 24444:2019 & AMD 1:2022)
fabric — determination of maximum force Gr. U
and elongation at maximum force using the
grab method SLS ISO 24461: 2023
specifies a procedure to determine the maximum Textiles – anti-mosquito performance test
force and elongation at maximum force of textiles method using the attractive blood feeding
woven fabrics using a grab method in the biaxial apparatus
testing machine. The method is mainly applicable This document specifies a method for evaluating
to woven textile fabrics, including fabrics which the function of reducing mosquito contact and
exhibit stretch characteristics imparted by the blood feeding through the anti-mosquito fabric
presence of an elastomeric fibre, mechanical, or regardless of whether chemicals are treated or
chemical treatment. It can be applicable to fabrics not. It provides the test method for evaluating this
produced by other techniques. It is not applicable function without using human or animal as blood
to geotextiles[4], nonwovens[3], coated feeding sources. In addition, this document is
fabrics[5], textile-glass woven fabrics[2], and only concerned with evaluation of anti-mosquito
fabrics made from carbon fibres or polyolefin performance, and not concerned with evaluation
tape yarns. The method is restricted to the use of of preventive method of diseases caused by anti-
constant rate of extension (CRE) testing mosquito performance. (ISO 24461:2022)
machines to the same axis. (ISO 24281:2021) Gr. H
Gr. F
SLS ISO TS 24498: 2023
SLS ISO 24442: 2023 Paper, Board And Pulps — Estimation Of
Cosmetics — sun protection test methods — in Uncertainty For Test Methods By
vivo determination of sunscreen uva Interlaboratory Comparisons
protection This document presents guidelines for a
This document specifies a method for the in vivo methodology for the estimation of the uncertainty
determination of UVA protection factor of methods for testing lignins and kraft liquors,
(UVAPF) of sunscreen products. It is applicable pulps, paper, board, cellulosic nanomaterials, as
to products that contain any component able to well as products thereof containing any portion of
absorb, reflect or scatter ultraviolet (UV) rays and recycled material or material intended for
which are intended to be placed in contact with recycling.
human skin. This document provides a basis for (ISO 24498:2022)
the evaluation of sunscreen products for the Gr. F
protection of human skin against UVA radiation
induced by solar ultraviolet rays.
(ISO 24442:2022) SLS ISO 24584: 2023
Gr. U Textiles – smart textiles - test method for sheet
resistance of conductive textiles using non-
SLS ISO 24444: 2023 contact type

536
This document describes the measurement for the specifies the competencies required of a scuba
determination of the sheet resistance of diver in order to obtain a scuba diver qualification
conductive textile structures or conductive from a training organization attesting that he/she
structures by using eddy current technology in has met or exceeded scuba diver level 3 (“Dive
reflection mode setup/ arrangement. It is leader”), and specifies evaluation criteria for
applicable to conductive textile structures or these competencies. It also specifies the
conductive structures intended for application conditions under which training is provided, in Page | 537
in/to textiles in the form of sheets (woven fabric, addition to the general requirements for
knitted fabric, nonwoven, coated fabric) where recreational diving service provision in
the area is formed by intersecting surfaces having accordance with ISO 24803. This part of ISO
conductive textile material. It is also applicable to 24801 applies to training and evaluation in
multilayer structures containing both insulating recreational scuba diving.
and conductive layers. (ISO 24584:2022) (=ISO 24801-3:2014)
Gr. F Gr. F
SLS ISO 24801-1:2021 SLS ISO 24802-1:2021
Recreational diving services- requirements for Recreational diving services - requirements
the training of scuba divers part 1: level 1- for the training of scuba instructors Part 1:
supervised diver level 1
Specifies the competencies required of a scuba Specifies the competencies required of a scuba
diver in order to obtain a scuba diver qualification instructor in order to obtain a scuba instructor
from a training organization attesting that he/she qualification from a training organization
has met or exceeded scuba diver level 1 attesting that he/she has met or exceeded scuba
(“Supervised diver”), and specifies evaluation instructor level 1, and specifies evaluation criteria
criteria for these competencies. for these competencies.(=ISO 24802-1: 2014)
(=ISO 24801-1:2014) Gr. E
Gr. E
SLS ISO 24802-2:2021
SLS ISO 24801 Part 2: 2021 Recreational diving services requirements for
Recreational diving services - requirements the training of scuba instructors Part 2: level 2
for the training of recreational scuba divers - Specifies the competencies required of a scuba
autonomous diver instructor in order to obtain a scuba instructor
specifies the competencies required of a scuba qualification from a training organization
diver in order to obtain a scuba diver qualification attesting that he/she has met or exceeded scuba
from a training organization attesting that he/she instructor level 2, and specifies evaluation criteria
has met or exceeded scuba diver level 2 for these competencies. (=ISO 24802-2:2014)
(“Autonomous diver”), and specifies evaluation Gr. E
criteria for these competencies. It also specifies
the conditions under which training is provided, SLS ISO 24804: 2022
in addition to the general requirements for Recreational diving services — requirements
recreational diving service provision in for rebreather diver training — no-
accordance with ISO 24803. This part of ISO decompression diving
24801 applies to training and evaluation in Specifies requirements for rebreather diver
recreational scuba diving training programmes which provide the
(=ISO 24801-2:2014) competencies required to perform dives with a
Gr. H rebreather to a maximum depth of 30 m that do
not require mandatory decompression stops using
SLS ISO 24801 Part 3: 2021 a nitrox breathing gas. This document specifies
Recreational diving services - requirements evaluation criteria for these competencies. This
for the training of recreational scuba divers - document specifies the requirements under which
dive leader training is provided, in addition to the general

537
requirements for recreational diving service rather than prescribing a specific process. It is
provision in accordance with ISO 24803 intended to be used in conjunction with existing
(ISO 24804:2022) International Standards, including the standards
Gr. H of the ISO 9241 series and the SQuaRE
documents.
SLS ISO 24805: 2022 (ISO/TR 25060:2023)
Page | 538
Recreational diving services — requirements Gr. K
for rebreather diver training —
decompression diving to 45 m SLS ISO 25550: 2022
Specifies requirements for rebreather diver Ageing societies - general requirements and
training programmes which provide the guidelines for an age - inclusive workforce
competencies required to perform dives with a Provides requirements and guidelines to achieve
rebreather to 40 m using a nitrox breathing an age-inclusive workforce, which has the
mixture or to 45 m using a trimix breathing potential of adding value for organizations,
mixture, requiring mandatory decompression workers, communities and other stakeholders.
stops. This document specifies evaluation criteria This document enables organizations and other
for these competencies. This document specifies stakeholders to develop, implement, maintain and
the requirements under which training is support an age-inclusive workforce. It provides
provided, in addition to the general requirements opportunities for older workers, working internal
for recreational diving service provision in or external to the organization, to be productive.
accordance with ISO 24803 (ISO 24805:2022) This document is applicable to all organizations
Gr. K regardless of type or size, and to all work
arrangements and all forms of relationships
SLS ISO/TR 25060: 2023 between organizations and workers. While
Systems and software engineering - systems organizations need to be inclusive of all workers
and software quality requirements and regardless of age, these requirements and
evaluation (square) - general framework for guidelines focus specifically on older workers.
common industry format (cif) for usability- (=ISO 25550:2022)
related information Gr. T
This document describes information items
enabling systematic human-centred design for SLS ISO 25551: 2022
interactive systems. Some of these information Ageing societies — general requirements and
items are elaborated by separate International guidelines for carer-inclusive organizations
Standards, named the Common Industry Format Specifies requirements and provides guidelines
(CIF) for usability-related information. This for an organizational program for working carers
document provides the framework of information providing care to: — adult care recipients (e.g.
items, including definitions and the content for adults with cognitive, sensory, physical, and
each information item. invisible disabilities, adults with chronic or
This document includes the following: episodic conditions and older dependents); —
— the intended users of the information items; long-term childcare recipients (e.g. due to chronic
— consistent terminology; illness or permanent cognitive, sensory or
— the high-level content structure to be used for physical disability or injury). This document is
documenting each information item. applicable to any organization, regardless of size,
The information items are intended to be used as sector or community setting (i.e. urban, rural or
part of system-level documentation resulting remote). This document can be used in
from development processes such as those in ISO conjunction with an organization’s management
9241-210, ISO 9241-220 and ISO/IEC JTC 1/SC systems, human resource programs, and/or
7 process standards (e.g. ISO/IEC/IEEE 15288, equity, diversity and inclusion programs, or on its
ISO/IEC/IEEE 29148). This document focuses own in the absence of a formal workplace
on those information items needed for design, program to support working carers.
development and evaluation of usable systems, (=ISO 25551:2021)

538
Gr. L communicators, language planners, subject field
experts, and terminology management system
SLS ISO 26000:2010 developers. This document describes a maximum
Guidance on social responsibility Guidance on approach, i.e. terminology database design for
social responsibility distributed, multilingual terminology
Provides guidance to all types of organizations, management. It can also be used for designing
regardless of their size or location, on: concepts, smaller solutions Page | 539
terms and definitions related to social (ISO 26162-1:2019)
responsibility; the background, trends and Gr. K
characteristics of social responsibility; principles
and practices relating to social responsibility; the
core subjects and issues of social responsibility;
integrating, implementing and promoting socially
responsible behaviour throughout the
organization and, through its policies and
practices, within its sphere of influence; SLS ISO 26162-2: 2023
identifying and engaging with stakeholders; and Management of terminology resources -
communicating commitments, performance and terminology databases - software
other information related to social responsibility. This document specifies essential features of
(=ISO 26000:2010) terminology management systems, regardless of
Gr. XAA specific software engineering paradigms, user
interface and user assistance design principles,
SLS ISO/ TS 26030: 2023 and specific data models. These features enable
Social responsibility and sustainable maximum efficiency and quality in terminology
development – guidance on using ISO 26000: work and, thus, support creating, processing, and
2010 in the food chain using high quality terminology. The intended
Provides guidance on using ISO 26000:2010 in audiences of this document are software
the food chain by focusing on the major aspects engineers/developers as well as terminologists,
from its seven core subjects, namely technical communicators, translators,
organizational governance, human rights, labour interpreters, language planners, and subject field
practices,Environment, fair operating practices, experts. This document describes all features
consumer issues and community involvement needed for recording, editing, maintaining,
and development The main objective is to help exchanging, and presenting terminological data.
organizations in the food chain, regardless of Term extraction features used to identify new
their size or location, to draw up a list of terms are out of the scope of this document.
recommendations and move towards a more (ISO 26162:2019)
socially responsible behaviour Gr. F
(ISO/ TS 26030:2019)
Gr. R SLS ISO 26162-3:2023
Management of terminology resources -
SLS ISO 26162-1:2023 terminology databases - part 3: content
Management of terminology resources - This document specifies content-related aspects
terminology databases - part 1: design of terminology database maintenance. It gives
This document specifies general, i.e. guidance on the content of terminological data
implementation- and use-case-independent collections, with emphasis on data quality
terminology database design principles to enable evaluation. This document gives guidance for
maximum efficiency and quality in terminology modellers of concept entries who need to ensure
work. Thus, this document supports creating, interoperability and high-quality content. It aims
processing, and using high quality terminology. to ensure that terminological data collections
The intended audiences of this document are themselves meet high standards for design
terminologists, translators, interpreters, technical conformity with standards such as ISO 12620-1

539
and ISO 16642, data accuracy and performance. Information security, cybersecurity and
It outlines principles for assuring data quality (see privacy protection — information security
ISO 9001) and evaluating terminological data controls (First Revision)
collections for purposes of continuous Provides a reference set of generic information
improvement. This approach contrasts that of security controls including implementation
ISO 23185:2009, which focuses on the usability guidance. This document is designed to be used
of existing terminology resources. This document by organizations: a) within the context of an Page | 540
does not apply to the management of text corpora information security management system (ISMS)
or to term extraction tools. based on ISO/IEC 27001; b) for implementing
(ISO 26162-3:2023) information security controls based on
Gr. L internationally recognized best practices; c) for
developing organization-specific information
security management guidelines
(ISO/IEC 27002:2022)
Gr. AA
SLS ISO/IEC 27000:2021
Information technology - Security techniques - SLS ISO/IEC 27003:2021
Information security management systems - Information technology — Security
Overview and vocabulary techniques — Information security
provides the overview of information security management systems — Guidance
management systems, and terms and definitions provides explanation and guidance on ISO/IEC
commonly used in the ISMS family of standards. 27001:2013.
This International Standard is applicable to all (=ISO/IEC 27003:2017)
types and sizes of organization (e.g. commercial Gr. S
enterprises, government agencies, not-for-profit
organizations).(=ISO/IEC 27000:2018) SLS ISO/IEC 27004:2021
Gr. P Information technology — Security
techniques — Information security
SLS ISO/IEC 27001: 2022 management — Monitoring, measurement,
Information security, cybersecurity and analysis and evaluation
privacy protection - information security Provides guidelines intended to assist
management systems – requirements organizations in evaluating the information
(Second Revision) security performance and the effectiveness of an
Specifies the requirements for establishing, information security management system in order
implementing, maintaining and continually to fulfil the requirements of ISO/IEC
improving an information security management 27001:2013, 9.1. It establishes: a) the monitoring
system within the context of the organization. and measurement of information security
This document also includes requirements for the performance;
assessment and treatment of information security b) the monitoring and measurement of the
risks tailored to the needs of the organization. The effectiveness of an information security
requirements set out in this document are generic management system (ISMS) including its
and are intended to be applicable to all processes and controls; c) the analysis and
organizations, regardless of type, size or nature. evaluation of the results of monitoring and
Excluding any of the requirements specified in measurement.This document is applicable to all
Clauses 4 to 10 is not acceptable when an types and sizes of organizations.
organization claims conformity to this document. (=ISO/IEC 27004:2016)
(ISO/IEC 27001:2022) Gr. U
Gr.K
SLS ISO/IEC 27005: 2022
SLS ISO/IEC 27002: 2022

540
Information security, cybersecurity and This document is applicable to those needing to
privacy protection - information security understand or conduct internal or external audits
management systems – requirements of an ISMS or to manage an ISMS audit
(Second Revision) programme.
Provides guidance to assist organizations to: (ISO/IEC 27007:2020)
— fulfil the requirements of ISO/IEC 27001 Gr. R
concerning actions to address information Page | 541
security risks; SLS ISO/IEC TS 27008:2021
— perform information security risk Information technology, security technique
management activities, specifically information guidelines for the assessment of information
security risk assessment and treatment.This security controls
document is applicable to all organizations, Provides guidance on reviewing and assessing the
regardless of type, size or sector implementation and operation of information
(ISO/IEC 27005:2022) security controls, including the technical
Gr. V assessment of information system controls, in
compliance with an organization's established
information security requirements including
technical compliance against assessment criteria
SLS ISO/IEC 27006:2021 based on the information security requirements
Information technology – security techniques established by the organization.This document
– requirements for bodies providing audit and offers guidance on how to review and assess
certification of information security information security controls being managed
management systems through an Information Security Management
Specifies requirements and provides guidance for System specified by ISO/IEC 27001.It is
bodies providing audit and certification of an applicable to all types and sizes of organizations,
information security management system including public and private companies,
(ISMS), in addition to the requirements contained government entities, and not-for-profit
within SLS ISO/IEC 17021-1 and SLS ISO/IEC organizations conducting information security
27001. It is primarily intended to support the reviews and technical compliance checks.
accreditation of certification bodies providing (ISO/IEC TS 27008:2019)
ISMS certification. The requirements contained Gr. X
in this International Standard need to be
demonstrated in terms of competence and SLS ISO/IEC 27009:2021
reliability by any body providing ISMS Information technology, cybersecurity and
certification, and the guidance contained in this privacy protection – sector-specific
International Standard provides additional application of ISO/IEC 27001 – requirements
interpretation of these requirements for any body Specifies the requirements for creating sector-
providing ISMS certification specific standards that extend ISO/IEC 27001,
(=ISO/IEC 27006:2015, /Amd 1:2020) and complement or amend ISO/IEC 27002 to
Gr. Q support a specific sector (domain, application
area or market).
SLS ISO/IEC 27007:2021 This document explains how to:
Information technology, cybersecurity and — include requirements in addition to those in
privacy protection – guidelines for ISO/IEC 27001,
information security management system — refine or interpret any of the ISO/IEC 27001
auditing requirements,
Provides guidance on managing an information — include controls in addition to those of
security management system (ISMS) audit ISO/IEC 27001:2013, Annex A and ISO/IEC
programme, on conducting audits, and on the 27002,
competence of ISMS auditors, in addition to the — modify any of the controls of ISO/IEC
guidance contained in ISO 19011. 27001:2013, Annex A and ISO/IEC 27002,

541
— add guidance to or modify the guidance of Standard will allow telecommunications
ISO/IEC 27002. organizations to meet baseline information
This document specifies that additional or refined security management requirements of
requirements do not invalidate the requirements confidentiality, integrity, availability and any
in ISO/IEC 27001. other relevant security property.
(ISO/IEC 27009:2020) (ISO/IEC 27011:2016)
Gr. J Gr. P Page | 542

SLS ISO/IEC 27010: 2023 SLS ISO/IEC 27013: 2023

Information technology - security techniques - Information security, cybersecurity and
information security management for inter - privacy protection - guidance on the
sector and inter-organizational integrated implementation of ISO/IEC 27001
communications and ISO/IEC 20000-1
Standard provides guidelines in addition to the This document gives guidance on the integrated
guidance given in the ISO/IEC 27000 family of implementation of ISO/IEC 27001 and ISO/IEC
standards for implementing information security 20000-1 for organizations intending to:
management within information sharing a) implement ISO/IEC 27001 when ISO/IEC
communities. This International Standard 20000-1 is already implemented, or vice versa;
provides controls and guidance specifically b) implement both ISO/IEC 27001 and ISO/IEC
relating to initiating, implementing, maintaining, 20000-1 together; or c) integrate existing
and improving information security in inter- management systems based on ISO/IEC 27001
organizational and inter- sector communications. and ISO/IEC 20000-1. This document focuses
It provides guidelines and general principles on exclusively on the integrated implementation of
how the specified requirements can be met using an information security
established messaging and other technical management system (ISMS) as specified in
methods. This International Standard is ISO/IEC 27001 and a service management
applicable to all forms of exchange and sharing system (SMS) as specified in ISO/IEC 20000-1.
of sensitive information, both public and private, (ISO/IEC 27013:2021)
nationally and internationally, within the same Gr. U
industry or market sector or between sectors. In
particular, it may be applicable to information SLS ISO/IEC 27014: 2023
exchanges and sharing relating to the provision, Information security, cybersecurity and
maintenance and protection of an organization’s privacy protection - governance of
or nation state’s critical infrastructure. It is information security
designed to support the creation of trust when This Recommendation | International Standard
exchanging and sharing sensitive information, provides guidance on concepts, objectives and
thereby encouraging the international growth of processes for the governance of information
information sharing communities. security, by which organizations can evaluate,
(ISO/IEC 27010:2015) direct, monitor and communicate the information
Gr. P securityrelated processes within the
organization.The intended audience for this
SLS ISO/IEC 27011: 2023 document is: • governing body and top
Information technology - security techniques - management; • those who are responsible for
code of practice for information security evaluating, directing and monitoring an
controls based on ISO/IEC 27002 for information security management system (ISMS)
telecommunications organizations based on ISO/IEC 27001; • those responsible for
The scope of this Recommendation | International information security management that takes place
Standard is to define guidelines supporting the outside the scope of an ISMS based on ISO/IEC
implementation of information security controls 27001, but within the scope of governance. This
in telecommunications organizations. The Recommendation | International Standard is
adoption of this Recommendation International applicable to all types and sizes of organizations.

542
All references to an ISMS in this document apply This document establishes commonly accepted
to an ISMS based on ISO/IEC 27001. This control objectives, controls and guidelines for
Recommendation | International Standard implementing measures to protect Personally
focuses on the three types of ISMS organizations Identifiable Information (PII) in line with the
given in Annex B. However, it can also be used privacy principles in ISO/IEC 29100 for the
by other types of organizations. public cloud computing environment. In
(ISO/IEC 27014:2020) particular, this document specifies guidelines Page | 543
Gr. G based on ISO/IEC 27002, taking into
consideration the regulatory requirements for the
SLS ISO/IEC TR 27016: 2023 protection of PII which can be applicable within
Information technology - security techniques - the context of the information security risk
information security management - environment(s) of a provider of public cloud
organizational economics services. This document is applicable to all types
This Technical Report provides guidelines on and sizes of organizations, including public and
how an organization can make decisions to private companies, government entities and not-
protect information and understand the economic for-profit organizations, which provide
consequences of these decisions in the context of information processing services as PII processors
competing requirements for resources. This via cloud computing under contract to other
Technical Report is applicable to all types and organizations. The guidelines in this document
sizes of organizations and provides information can also be relevant to organizations acting as PII
to enable economic decisions in information controllers. However, PII controllers can be
security management by top management who subject to additional PII protection legislation,
have responsibility for information security regulations and obligations, not applying to PII
decisions. processors. This document is not intended to
(ISO/IEC TR 27016:2014) cover such additional obligations
Gr. P (ISO/IEC 27018:2019)
Gr. L
SLS ISO/IEC 27017: 2023
Information technology - security techniques - SLS ISO/IEC 27019: 2023
code of practice for information security Information technology - security techniques -
controls based on Iso/iec 27002 for cloud information security controls for the energy
services utility industry
This Recommendation | International Standard This document provides guidance based on
gives guidelines for information security controls ISO/IEC 27002:2013 applied to process control
applicable to the provision and use of cloud systems used by the energy utility industry for
services by providing: controlling and monitoring the production or
– additional implementation guidance for generation, transmission, storage and distribution
relevant controls specified in ISO/IEC 27002; of electric power, gas, oil and heat, and for the
– additional controls with implementation control of associated supporting processes. This
guidance that specifically relate to cloud services. includes in particular the following: — central
This Recommendation | International Standard and distributed process control, monitoring and
provides controls and implementation guidance automation technology as well as information
for both cloud service providers and cloud service systems used for their operation, such as
customers. (ISO/IEC 27017:2015) programming and parameterization devices; —
Gr. P digital controllers and automation components
such as control and field devices or
SLS ISO/IEC 27018: 2023 Programmable Logic Controllers (PLCs),
Information technology - security techniques - including digital sensor and actuator elements; —
code of practice for protection of personally all further supporting information systems used in
identifiable information (PII) in public clouds the process control domain, e.g. for
acting as pii processors supplementary data visualization tasks and for

543
controlling, monitoring, data archiving, historian SLS ISO/IEC TS 27022: 2023
logging, reporting and documentation purposes; Information technology - guidance on
— communication technology used in the process information security management system
control domain, e.g. networks, telemetry, processes
telecontrol applications and remote control This document defines a process reference model
technology; — Advanced Metering Infrastructure (PRM) for the domain of information security
(AMI) components, e.g. smart meters; — management, which is meeting the criteria Page | 544
measurement devices, e.g. for emission values; defined in ISO/IEC 33004 for process reference
— digital protection and safety systems, e.g. models (see Annex A). It is intended to guide
protection relays, safety PLCs, emergency users of ISO/IEC 27001 to: — incorporate the
governor mechanisms; — energy management process approach as described by ISO/IEC
systems, e.g. of Distributed Energy Resources 27000:2018, 4.3, within the ISMS; — be aligned
(DER), electric charging infrastructures, in to all the work done within other standards of the
private households, residential buildings or ISO/IEC 27000 family from the perspective of
industrial customer installations; — distributed the operation of ISMS processes — support users
components of smart grid environments, e.g. in in the operation of an ISMS – this document is
energy grids, in private households, residential complementing the requirements oriented
buildings or industrial customer installations; perspective of ISO/IEC 27003 with an
— all software, firmware and applications operational, process-oriented point of view.
installed on above-mentioned systems, e.g. DMS (ISO/IEC TS 27022:2021)
(Distribution Management System) applications Gr. S
or OMS (Outage Management System); — any
premises housing the above-mentioned SLS ISO/IEC 27031: 2023
equipment and systems; — remote maintenance Information technology - security techniques -
systems for above-mentioned systems. This guidelines for information and
document does not apply to the process control communication technology readiness for
domain of nuclear facilities. This domain is business continuity
covered by IEC 62645. This document also This International Standard describes the
includes a requirement to adapt the risk concepts and principles of information and
assessment and treatment processes described in communication technology (ICT) readiness for
ISO/IEC 27001:2013 to the energy utility business continuity, and provides a framework of
industry-sector–specific guidance provided in methods and processes to identify and specify all
this document. (ISO/IEC 27019:2017) aspects (such as performance criteria, design, and
Gr. Q implementation) for improving an organization's
ICT readiness to ensure business continuity. It
SLS ISO/IEC 27021: 2023 applies to any organization (private,
Information technology - security techniques - governmental, and non-governmental,
competence requirements for information irrespective of size) developing its ICT readiness
security management systems professionals for business continuity (IRBC) program, and
This document specifies the requirements of requiring its ICT services/infrastructures to be
competence for ISMS professionals leading or ready to support business operations in the event
involved in establishing, implementing, of emerging events and incidents, and related
maintaining and continually improving one or disruptions, that could affect continuity
more information security management system (including security) of critical business functions.
processes that conforms to ISO/IEC 27001 It also enables an organization to measure
(ISO/IEC 27021:2017) performance parameters that correlate to its IRBC
Gr. L in a consistent and recognized manner. The scope
of this International Standard encompasses all
events and incidents (including security related)
that could have an impact on ICT infrastructure
and systems. It includes and extends the practices

544
of information security incident handling and network security requirements based on that
management and ICT readiness planning and analysis, —
services. (ISO/IEC 27031:2011) provides an overview of the controls that support
Gr. R network technical security architectures and
related technical controls, as well as those non-
SLS ISO/IEC 27032: 2023 technical controls and technical controls that are
applicable not just to networks, — Page | 545
Information technology - security techniques -
guidelines for cybersecurity introduces how to achieve good quality network
This document provides: technical security architectures, and the risk,
— an explanation of the relationship between design and control aspects associated with typical
Internet security, web security, network security network scenarios and network “technology”
and areas (which are dealt with in detail in subsequent
cybersecurity; parts of ISO/IEC
— an overview of Internet security; 27033), and briefly addresses the issues
— identification of interested parties and a associated with implementing and operating
description of their roles in Internet security; network security controls, and the on-going
— high-level guidance for addressing common monitoring and reviewing of their
Internet security issues. implementation. Overall, it provides an overview
This document is intended for organizations that of this International Standard and a “road map” to
use the Internet. all other parts.
(ISO/IEC 27032:2012) (ISO/IEC 27033-1:2015)
Gr. N Gr. T
SLS ISO/IEC 27033-1: 2023
Information technology - security techniques - SLS ISO/IEC 27033-2: 2023
network security - part 1: overview and Information technology - security techniques -
concepts network security - part 2: guidelines for the
This part of ISO/IEC 27033 provides an overview design and implementation of network
of network security and related definitions. It security
defines and describes the concepts associated This part of ISO/IEC 27033 gives guidelines for
with, and provides management guidance on, organizations to plan, design, implement and
network security. (Network security applies to document network security.
the security of devices, security of management (ISO/IEC 27033-2:2012)
activities related to the devices, Gr. N
applications/services, and end-users, in addition
to security of the information being transferred SLS ISO/IEC 27033-3: 2023
across the communication links.) It is relevant to Information technology - security techniques -
anyone involved in owning, operating or using a network security - part 3: reference
network. This includes senior managers and other networking scenarios - threats, design
non-technical managers or users, in addition to techniques and control issues
managers and administrators who have specific This part of ISO/IEC 27033 describes the threats,
responsibilities for information security and/or design techniques and control issues associated
network security, network operation, or who are with reference network scenarios. For each
responsible for an organization’s overall security scenario, it provides detailed guidance on the
program and security policy development. It is security threats and the security design
also relevant to anyone involved in the planning, techniques and controls required to mitigate the
design and implementation of the architectural associated risks. Where relevant, it includes
aspects of network security. This part of ISO/IEC references to ISO/IEC 27033-4 to ISO/IEC
27033 also includes the following: — 27033-6 to avoid duplicating the content of those
provides guidance on how to identify and analyse documents. The information in this part of
network security risks and the definition of ISO/IEC 27033 is for use when reviewing
technical security architecture/design options and

545
when selecting and documenting the preferred Gr. G
technical security architecture/design and related
security controls, in accordance with ISO/IEC SLS ISO/IEC 27033-6: 2023
27033-2. The particular information selected Information technology - security techniques -
(together with information selected from network security – part 6: securing wireless ip
ISO/IEC 27033-4 to ISO/IEC 27033-6) will network access
depend on the characteristics of the network This part of ISO/IEC 27033 describes the threats, Page | 546
environment under review, i.e. the particular security requirements, security control and design
network scenario(s) and ‘technology’ topic(s) techniques associated with wireless networks. It
concerned. Overall, this part of ISO/IEC 27033 provides guidelines for the selection,
will aid considerably the comprehensive implementation and monitoring of the technical
definition and implementation of security for any controls necessary to provide secure
organization's network environment. communications using wireless networks. The
(ISO/IEC 27033-3:2010) information in this part of ISO/IEC 27033 is
Gr. P intended to be used when reviewing or selecting
technical security architecture/design options that
SLS ISO/IEC 27033-4: 2023 involve the use of wireless network in accordance
Security techniques - network security - part with ISO/IEC 27033-2. Overall, ISO/IEC 27033-
4: securing communications between 6 will aid considerably the comprehensive
networks using security gateways definition and implementation of security for any
This part of ISO/IEC 27033 gives guidance for organization’s wireless network environment. It
securing communications between networks is aimed at users and implementers who are
using security gateways (firewall, application responsible for the implementation and
firewall, Intrusion Protection System, etc.) in maintenance of the technical controls necessary
accordance with a documented information to provide secure wireless networks.
security policy of the security gateways, (ISO/IEC 27033-6:2016)
including: a) identifying and analysing network Gr. M
security threats associated with security
gateways; b) defining network security SLS ISO/IEC 27034-1: 2023
requirements for security gateways based on Information technology - security techniques -
threat analysis; c) using techniques for design application security - part 1: overview and
and implementation to address the threats and concepts
control aspects associated with typical network ISO/IEC 27034 provides guidance to assist
scenarios; and d) addressing issues associated organizations in integrating security into the
with implementing, operating, monitoring and processes used for managing their applications.
reviewing network security gateway controls. This part of ISO/IEC 27034 presents an overview
(ISO/IEC 27033-4:2014) of application security. It introduces definitions,
Gr. L concepts, principles and processes involved in
application security. ISO/IEC 27034 is applicable
SLS ISO/IEC 27033-5: 2023 to in-house developed applications, applications
Information technology - security techniques - acquired from third parties, and where the
network security - part 5: securing development or the operation of the application is
communications across networks using virtual outsourced.
private networks (vpns) (ISO/IEC 27034-1:2011)
This part of ISO/IEC 27033 gives guidelines for Gr. V
the selection, implementation, and monitoring of
the technical controls necessary to provide
network security using Virtual Private Network
(VPN) connections to interconnect networks and
connect remote users to networks.
(ISO/IEC 27033-5: 2013 )

546
SLS ISO/IEC 27034-2: 2023 the audience is encouraged to create their own
Information technology - security techniques - ASCs to assure the application security.
application security - part 2: organization (ISO/IEC 27034-6:2016)
normative framework Gr. V
This part of ISO/IEC 27034 provides a detailed
description of the Organization Normative SLS ISO/IEC 27034-7: 2023
Framework and provides guidance to Information technology - security techniques - Page | 547
organizations for its implementation. application security - part 7: assurance
(ISO/IEC 27034-2:2015) prediction framework
Gr. U This document describes the minimum
requirements when the required activities
SLS ISO/IEC 27034-3: 2023 specified by an Application Security Control
Information technology - security techniques - (ASC) are replaced with a Prediction Application
application security - part 3: application Security Rationale (PASR). The ASC mapped to
security management process a PASR define the Expected Level of Trust for a
This document provides a detailed description subsequent application. In the context of an
and implementation guidance for the Application Expected Level of Trust, there is always an
Security Management Process. original application where the project team
(ISO/IEC 27034-3:2018) performed the activities of the indicated ASC to
Gr. T achieve an Actual Level of Trust. The use of
Prediction Application Security Rationales
SLS ISO/IEC 27034-5: 2023 (PASRs), defined by this document, is applicable
Information technology - security techniques - to project teams which have a defined
application security - part 5: protocols and Application Normative Framework (ANF) and an
application security controls data structure original application with an Actual Level of
This document outlines and explains the minimal Trust. Predictions relative to aggregation of
set of essential attributes of ASCs and details the multiple components or the history of the
activities and roles of the Application Security developer in relation to other applications is
Life Cycle Reference Model (ASLCRM). outside the scope of this document.
(ISO/IEC 27034-5:2017) (ISO/IEC 27034-7:2018)
Gr. Q Gr. N
SLS ISO/IEC TS 27034-5-1: 2023 SLS ISO/IEC 27035-1: 2023
Information technology - security techniques - Information technology - information security
application security - part 5-1: protocols and incident management - part 1: principles and
application security controls data structure, process
xml schemas This document is the foundation of the ISO/IEC
This document defines XML Schemas that 27035 series. It presents basic concepts,
implement the minimal set of information principles and process with key activities of
requirements and essential attributes of ASCs and information security incident management,
the activities and roles of the Application which provide a structured approach to preparing
Security Life Cycle Reference Model for, detecting, reporting, assessing, and
(ASLCRM) from ISO/IEC 27034-5. responding to incidents, and applying lessons
(ISO/IEC TS 27034-5-1:2018) learned. The guidance on the information security
Gr. K incident management process and its key
activities given in this document are generic and
SLS ISO/IEC 27034-6: 2023 intended to be applicable to all organizations,
Information technology - security techniques - regardless of type, size or nature. Organizations
application security - part 6: case studies can adjust the guidance according to their type,
This document provides usage examples of ASCs size and nature of business in relation to the
for specific applications.Herein specified ASCs information security risk situation. This
are provided for explanation purposes only and

547
document is also applicable to external SLS ISO/IEC 27035-3: 2023
organizations providing information security Information technology - information security
incident management services. incident management - part 3: guidelines for
(ISO/IEC 27035-1:2023) ict incident response operations
Gr. Q This document gives guidelines for information
security incident response in ICT security
SLS ISO/IEC 27035-2: 2023 operations. This document does this by firstly Page | 548
Information technology - information security covering the operational aspects in ICT security
incident management - part 2: guidelines to operations from a people, processes and
plan and prepare for incident response technology perspective. It then further focuses on
This document provides guidelines to plan and information security incident response in ICT
prepare for incident response and to learn lessons security operations including information
from incident response. The guidelines are based security incident detection, reporting, triage,
on the “plan and prepare” and “learn lessons” analysis, response, containment, eradication,
phases of the information security incident recovery and conclusion. This document is not
management phases model presented in ISO/IEC concerned with non-ICT incident response
27035-1:2023, 5.2 and 5.6.The major points operations such as loss of paper-based
within the “plan and prepare” phase include: documents. This document is based on the
— information security incident management “Detection and reporting” phase, the
policy and commitment of top management; “Assessment and decision” phase and the
— information security policies, including those “Responses” phase of the “Information security
relating to risk management, updated at both incident management phases” model presented in
organizational level and system, service and ISO/IEC 27035-1:2016. The principles given in
network levels; this document are generic and intended to be
— information security incident management applicable to all organizations, regardless of type,
plan; size or nature. Organizations can adjust the
— Incident Management Team (IMT) provisions given in this document according to
establishment; their type, size and nature of business in relation
— establishing relationships and connections to the information security risk situation.This
with internal and external organizations; document is also applicable to external
— technical and other support (including organizations providing information security
organizational and operational support); incident management services
— information security incident management (ISO/IEC 27035-3:2020)
awareness briefings and training. Gr.
The “learn lessons” phase includes:
— identifying areas for improvement; SLS ISO/IEC 27036-1: 2023
— identifying and making necessary Cybersecurity - supplier relationships - part 1:
improvements; overview and concepts
— Incident Response Team (IRT) evaluation. This document is an introductory part of ISO/IEC
The guidance given in this document is generic 27036. It provides an overview of the guidance
and intended to be applicable to all organizations, intended to assist organizations in securing their
regardless of type, size or nature. Organizations information and information systems within the
can adjust the guidance given in this document context of supplier relationships. It also
according to their type, size and nature of introduces concepts that are described in detail in
business in relation to the information security the other parts of ISO/IEC 27036. This document
risk situation. This document is also applicable to addresses perspectives of both acquirers and
external organizations providing information suppliers.
security incident management services. (ISO/IEC 27036-1:2021)
(ISO/IEC 27035-2:2023) Gr. F
Gr. U

548
SLS ISO/IEC 27036-2: 2023 SLS ISO/IEC 27037: 2023
Cybersecurity - supplier relationships -part 2: Information technology - security techniques -
requirements guidelines for identification, collection,
This document specifies fundamental acquisition and preservation of digital
information security requirements for defining, evidence
implementing, operating, monitoring, reviewing, This International Standard provides guidelines
maintaining and improving supplier and acquirer for specific activities in handling digital Page | 549
relationships. These requirements cover any evidence, which are identification, collection,
procurement and supply of products and services, acquisition and preservation of digital evidence
such as manufacturing or assembly, business that may be of evidential value. This
process procurement, software and hardware International Standard provides guidance to
components, knowledge process procurement, individuals with respect to common situations
build-operate-transfer and cloud computing encountered throughout the digital evidence
services. This document is applicable to all handling process and assists organizations in their
organizations, regardless of type, size and nature. disciplinary procedures and in facilitating the
To meet the requirements, it is expected that an exchange of potential digital evidence between
organization has internally implemented a jurisdictions. (ISO/IEC 27037:2012)
number of foundational processes or is actively Gr. R
planning to do so. These processes include, but
are not limited to: business management, risk SLS ISO/IEC 27038: 2023
management, operational and human resources Information technology - security techniques -
management, and information security. specification for digital redaction
(ISO/IEC 27036-2:2022) This International Standard specifies
Gr. R characteristics of techniques for performing
digital redaction on digital documents. This
SLS ISO/IEC 27036-4: 2023 International Standard also specifies
Cybersecurity - supplier relationships - part 4: requirements for software redaction tools and
guidelines for security of cloud services methods of testing that digital redaction has been
This document provides cloud service customers securely completed. This International Standard
and cloud service providers with guidance on does not include the redaction of information
a) gaining visibility into the information security from databases.
risks associated with the use of cloud services and (ISO/IEC 27038:2014)
managing those risks effectively, and b) Gr. E
responding to risks specific to the acquisition or
provision of cloud services that can have an SLS ISO/IEC 27039: 2023
information security impact on organizations Information technology - security techniques -
using these services. This document does not selection, deployment and operations of
include business continuity intrusion detection and prevention systems
management/resiliency issues involved with the (idps)
cloud service. ISO/IEC 27031 addresses business This International Standard provides guidelines
continuity. This document does not provide to assist organizations in preparing to deploy
guidance on how a cloud service provider should intrusion detection and prevention systems
implement, manage and operate information (IDPS). In particular, it addresses the selection,
security. Guidance on those can be found in deployment, and operations of IDPS. It also
ISO/IEC 27002 and ISO/IEC 27017. The scope provides background information from which
of this document is to define guidelines these guidelines are derived.
supporting the implementation of information (ISO/IEC 27039:2015)
security management for the use of cloud Gr.T
services.
(ISO/IEC 27036-4:2016)
Gr. L

549
SLS ISO/IEC 27041: 2023 Standard provides a common framework, for the
Information technology - security techniques - analytical and interpretational elements of
guidance on assuring suitability and adequacy information systems security incident handling,
of incident investigative method which can be used to assist in the implementation
This International Standard provides guidance on of new methods and provide a minimum common
mechanisms for ensuring that methods and standard for digital evidence produced from such
processes used in the investigation of information activities. Page | 550
security incidents are “fit for purpose”. It (ISO/IEC 27042:2015)
encapsulates best practice on defining Gr. G
requirements, describing methods, and providing
evidence that implementations of methods can be SLS ISO/IEC 27043: 2023
shown to satisfy requirements. It includes Information technology - security techniques -
consideration of how vendor and third-party incident investigation principles and processes
testing can be used to assist this assurance This International Standard provides guidelines
process. based on idealized models for common incident
(ISO/IEC 27041:2015) investigation processes across various incident
Gr. J investigation scenarios involving digital
evidence. This includes processes from pre-
SLS ISO/IEC 27042: 2023 incident preparation through investigation
Information technology - security techniques - closure, as well as any general advice and caveats
guidelines for the analysis and interpretation on such processes. The guidelines describe
of digital evidence processes and principles applicable to various
This International Standard provides guidance on kinds of investigations, including, but not limited
the analysis and interpretation of digital evidence to, unauthorized access, data corruption, system
in a manner which addresses issues of continuity, crashes, or corporate breaches of information
validity, reproducibility, and repeatability. It security, as well as any other digital investigation.
encapsulates best practice for selection, design, In summary, this International Standard provides
and implementation of analytical processes and a general overview of all incident investigation
recording sufficient information to allow such principles and processes without prescribing
processes to be subjected to independent scrutiny particular details within each of the investigation
when required. It provides guidance on principles and processes covered in this
appropriate mechanisms for demonstrating International Standard. Many other relevant
proficiency and competence of the investigative International Standards, where referenced in this
team. Analysis and interpretation of digital International Standard, provide more detailed
evidence can be a complex process. In some content of specific investigation principles and
circumstances, there can be several methods processes. (ISO/IEC 27043:2015)
which could be applied and members of the Gr. P
investigative team will be required to justify their
selection of a particular process and show how it SLS ISO/IEC 27050-1: 2023
is equivalent to another process used by other Information technology - electronic discovery
investigators. In other circumstances, - part 1: overview and concepts
investigators may have to devise new methods for Electronic discovery is the process of discovering
examining digital evidence which has not pertinent Electronically Stored Information (ESI)
previously been considered and should be able to or data by one or more parties involved in an
show that the method produced is “fit for investigation or litigation, or similar proceeding.
purpose”. Application of a particular method can This document provides an overview of
influence the interpretation of digital evidence electronic discovery. In addition, it defines
processed by that method. The available digital related terms and describes the concepts,
evidence can influence the selection of methods including, but not limited to, identification,
for further analysis of digital evidence which has preservation, collection, processing, review,
already been acquired. This International analysis, and production of ESI. This document

550
also identifies other relevant standards (e.g. SLS ISO/IEC 27050-4: 2023
ISO/IEC 27037) and how they relate to, and Information technology - electronic discovery
interact with, electronic discovery activities. This - part 4: technical readiness
document is relevant to both non-technical and This document provides guidance on the ways an
technical personnel involved in some or all of the organization can plan and prepare for, and
electronic discovery activities. implement, electronic discovery from the
(ISO/IEC 27050-1:2019) perspective of both technology and processes. Page | 551
Gr. K This document provides guidance on proactive
measures that can help enable effective and
SLS ISO/IEC 27050-2: 2023 appropriate electronic discovery and processes.
Information technology - electronic discovery This document is relevant to both non-technical
- part 2: guidance for governance and and technical personnel involved in some or all of
management of electronic discovery the electronic discovery activities.
This document provides guidance for technical (ISO/IEC 27050-4:2021)
and non-technical personnel at senior Gr. N
management levels within an organization,
including those with responsibility for SLS ISO/IEC 27099: 2022
compliance with statuary and regulatory Information technology - public key
requirements, and industry standards. It describes infrastructure - practices and policy
how such personnel can identify and take framework
ownership of risks related to electronic discovery, This document sets out a framework of
set policy and achieve compliance with requirements to manage information security for
corresponding external and internal Public key infrastructure (PKI) trust service
requirements. It also suggests how to produce providers through certificate policies, certificate
such policies in a form which can inform process practice statements, and, where applicable, their
control. Furthermore, it provides guidance on internal underpinning by an information security
how to implement and control electronic management system (ISMS). The framework of
discovery in accordance with the policies. requirements includes the assessment and
(ISO/IEC 27050-2:2018) treatment of information security risks, tailored to
Gr. E meet the agreed service requirements of its users
as specified through the certificate policy. This
SLS ISO/IEC 27050-3: 2023 document is also intended to help trust service
Information technology - electronic discovery providers to support multiple certificate policies.
– part 3: code of practice for electronic This document addresses the life cycle of public
discovery key certificates that are used for digital
This document provides requirements and signatures, authentication, or key establishment
recommendations on activities in electronic for data encryption. It does not address
discovery, including, but not limited to, authentication methods, non-repudiation
identification, preservation, collection, requirements, or key management protocols
processing, review, analysis and production of based on the use of public key certificates. For the
electronically stored information (ESI). In purposes of this document, the term “certificate”
addition, this document specifies relevant refers to public key certificates. This document is
measures that span the lifecycle of the ESI from not applicable to attribute certificates. This
its initial creation through to final disposition. document uses concepts and requirements of an
This document is relevant to both non-technical ISMS as defined in the ISO/IEC 27000 family of
and technical personnel involved in some or all of standards. It uses the code of practice for
the electronic discovery activities. It is important information security controls as defined in
to note that the user is expected to be aware of ISO/IEC 27002. Specific PKI requirements (e.g.
any applicable jurisdictional requirements. certificate content, identity proofing, certificate
(ISO/IEC 27050-3:2020) revocation handling) are not addressed directly
Gr. N by an ISMS such as defined by ISO/IEC 27001

551
[26]. The use of an ISMS or equivalent is adapted SLS ISO/IEC 27557: 2023
to the application of PKI service equirements Information security, cybersecurity and
specified in the certificate policy as described in privacy protection - application of iso 31000:
this document. A PKI trust service provider is a 2018 for organizational privacy risk
special class of trust service for the use of public management
key certificates. This document draws a This document provides guidelines for
distinction between PKI systems used in closed, organizational privacy risk management, Page | 552
open and contractual environments. This extended from ISO 31000:2018. This document
document is intended to facilitate the provides guidance to organizations for
implementation of operational, baseline controls integrating risks related to the processing of
and practices in a contractual environment. While personally identifiable information (PII) as part
the focus of this document is on the contractual of an organizational privacy risk management
environment, application of this document to programme. It distinguishes between the impact
open or closed environments is not specifically that processing PII can have on an individual with
precluded.( ISO/IEC 27099:2022) consequences for organizations (e.g. reputational
Gr. X damage). It also provides guidance for
incorporating the following into the overall
SLS ISO/IEC TS 27100: 2023 organizational risk assessment:
Information technology - cybersecurity - — organizational consequences of adverse
overview and concepts privacy impacts on individuals; and
This document provides an overview of — organizational consequences of privacy events
cybersecurity. that damage the organization (e.g. by harming its
This document: reputation) without causing any adverse privacy
— describes cybersecurity and relevant concepts, impacts to individuals.
including how it is related to and different from This document assists in the implementation of a
information security; risk-based privacy program which can be
— establishes the context of cybersecurity; integrated in the overall risk management of the
— does not cover all terms and definitions organization. This document is applicable to all
applicable to cybersecurity; and types and sizes of organizations processing PII or
— does not limit other standards in defining new developing products and services that can be used
cybersecurity-related terms for use. to process PII, including public and private
This document is applicable to all types and sizes companies, government entities, and non-profit
of organization (e.g. commercial enterprises, organizations.
government agencies, not-for-profit (ISO/IEC 27557:2022)
organizations). Gr. K
(ISO/IEC TS 27100:2020)
Gr. J SLS ISO/IEC 27701: 2022
Security techniques - extension to ISO/IEC
SLS ISO/IEC 27400: 2023 27001 and ISO/IEC 27002 for privacy
Cybersecurity - iot security and privacy – information management - requirements and
guidelines guidelines
Provides guidelines on risks, principles and Specifies requirements and provides guidance for
controls for security and privacy of Internet of establishing, implementing, maintaining and
Things (IoT) solutions continually improving a Privacy Information
(ISO/IEC 27400:2022) Management System (PIMS) in the form of an
Gr. S extension to ISO/IEC 27001 and ISO/IEC 27002
for privacy management within the context of the
organization. This document specifies PIMS-
related requirements and provides guidance for
PII controllers and PII processors holding
responsibility and accountability for PII

552
processing. This document is applicable to all Neutrality with respect to implementing
types and sizes of organizations, including public technologies is an important feature. Security
and private companies, government entities and technology is still undergoing rapid development
not-for-profit organizations, which are PII and the pace of that change is now measured in
controllers and/or PII processors processing PII months rather than years. By contrast, while
within an ISMS subject to periodic review, International
(ISO/IEC 27701:2019 ) Standards are expected on the whole to remain Page | 553
Gr. V valid for years. Just as importantly, technological
neutrality leaves vendors and service providers
SLS ISO 27799: 2023 free to suggest new or developing technologies
Health informatics - information security that meet the necessary requirements that this
management in health using iso/iec 27002 International Standard describes.
This International Standard gives guidelines for (ISO 27799:2016)
organizational information security standards and Gr. X
information security management practices
including the selection, implementation and SLS ISO 28000: 2022
management of controls taking into consideration Security an resilience - security management
the organization’s information security risk systems - requirements
environment(s). This International Standard Specifies requirements for a security
defines guidelines to support the interpretation management system, including aspects relevant
and implementation in health informatics of to the supply chain. This document is applicable
ISO/IEC 27002 and is a companion to that to all types and sizes of organizations (e.g.
International Standard.4) This International commercial enterprises, government or other
Standard provides implementation guidance for public agencies and non-profit organizations)
the controls described in ISO/IEC 27002 and which intend to establish, implement,maintain
supplements them where necessary, so that they and improve a security management system. It
can be effectively used for managing health provides a holistic and common approach and is
information security. By implementing this not industry or sector specific (=ISO
International Standard, healthcare organizations 28000:2022)
and other custodians of health information will be Gr. K
able to ensure a minimum requisite level of
security that is appropriate to their organization’s SLS ISO 28001: 2022
circumstances and that will maintain the Security management systems for the supply
confidentiality, integrity and availability of chain - best practices for implementing supply
personal health information in their care. This chain security, assessments and plans -
International Standard applies to health requirements and guidance
information in all its aspects, whatever form the Standard provides requirements and guidance for
information takes (words and numbers, sound organizations in international supply chains to ⎯
recordings, drawings, video, and medical develop and implement supply chain security
images), whatever means are used to store it processes; ⎯ establish and document a minimum
(printing or writing on paper or storage level of security within a supply chain(s) or
electronically), and whatever means are used to segment of a supply chain; ⎯ assist in meeting the
transmit it (by hand, through fax, over computer applicable authorized economic operator (AEO)
networks, or by post), as the information is criteria set forth in the World Customs
always be appropriately protected. This Organization Framework of Standards and
International Standard and ISO/IEC 27002 taken conforming national supply chain security
together define what is required in terms of programmes.
information security in healthcare, they do not (=ISO 28001:2007 (Confirmed in 2021))
define how these requirements are to be met. That Gr. N
is to say, to the fullest extent possible, this
International Standard is technology-neutral.

553
SLS ISO 28002: 2022 (=ISO 28004-1:2007)
Security management systems for the supply Gr. U
chain - development of resilience in the supply
chain - requirements with guidance for use SLS ISO 28004 Part 2: 2022
Standard specifies requirements for a resilience Security management systems for the supply
management policy in the supply chain to enable chain - guidelines for the implementation of
an organization to develop and implement Page | 554
ISO 28000 : guidelines for adopting iso 28000
policies, objectives, and programs, taking into for use in medium and small seaport
account ⎯ legal, regulatory and other operations
requirements to which the organization Identifies supply chain risk and threat scenarios,
subscribes, ⎯ information about significant risks, procedures for conducting risks/threat
hazards and threats that may have consequences assessments, and evaluation criteria for
to the organization, its stakeholders, and on its measuring conformance and effectiveness of the
supply chain, ⎯ protection of its assets and documented security plans in accordance with
processes, and ⎯ management of disruptive ISO 28000 and the ISO 28004 series
incidents. This International Standard applies to implementation guidelines. An output of this
risks that the organization identifies as those it effort will be a level of confidence rating system
can control, influence, or reduce, as well as those based on the quality of the security management
it cannot anticipate. It does not itself state specific plans and procedures implemented by the seaport
performance criteria(=ISO 28002:2011) to safeguard the security and ensure continuity of
Gr. U operations of the supply chain cargo being
processed by the seaport. The rating system will
SLS ISO 28003: 2022 be used as a means of identifying a measurable
Security management systems for the supply level of confidence (on a scale of 1 to 5) that the
chain - requirements for bodies providing seaport security operations are in conformance
audit and certification of supply chain security with ISO 28000 for protecting the integrity of the
management systems supply chain.
Standard contains principles and requirements for (=ISO 28004-2:2014)
bodies providing the audit and certification of Gr. L
supply chain security management systems
according to management system specifications SLS ISO 28004 part 3: 2022
and standards such as ISO 28000. It defines the Security management systems for the supply
minimum requirements of a certification body chain - guidelines for the implementation of iso
and its associated auditors, recognizing the 28000 : additional specific guidance for
unique need for confidentiality when auditing and adopting iso 28000 for use by medium and
certifying/registering a client organization small businesses (other than marine ports)
(=ISO 28003:2007) developed to supplement ISO 28004-1 by
Gr. S providing additional guidance to medium and
small businesses (other than marine ports) that
SLS ISO 28004 Part 1: 2022 wish to adopt ISO 28000. The additional
Security management systems for the supply guidance in this part of ISO 28004, while
chain - guidelines for the implementation of amplifying the general guidance provided in the
part 1: general principles main body of ISO 28004-1, does not conflict with
Standard provides generic advice on the the general guidance, nor does it amend ISO
application of ISO 28000:2007, Specification for 28000
security management systems for the supply (=ISO 28004 -3:2014)
chain. It explains the underlying principles of Gr. H
ISO 28000 and describes the intent, typical
inputs, processes and typical outputs, for each
requirement of ISO 28000. This is to aid the
understanding and implementation of ISO 28000.

554
SLS ISO 28004 part 4: 2022 design, construction, inspection and updating that
Ecurity management systems for the supply comprise an information index signs used in
chain - guidelines for the implementation of iso public places. This document is applicable to the
28000 : additional specific guidance on design and use of information index signs used in
implementing iso 28000 if compliance with iso public places such as bus and railway stations,
28001 is a management objective airports, shopping centres, stores, hospitals,
provides additional guidance for organizations exhibition halls, sporting and entertainment Page | 555
adopting ISO 28000 that also wish to incorporate complexes, urban areas, parks, gardens and
the Best Practices identified in ISO 28001 as a countryside, public attractions, museums and
management objective on their international commercial office buildings. The design and use
supply chains. The Best Practices in ISO 28001 of information index signs in working areas can
both help organizations establish and document also use the content of this document for
levels of security within an international supply reference. This document is not applicable to
chain and facilitate validation in national those sectors (for example, traffic signs on a
Authorized Economic Operator (AEO) public highway) which are subject to regulations
programmes that are designed in accordance with or specified design principles. However, in a
the World Customs Organization (WCO) given public environment or within a wayfinding
Framework of Standards. and signing design brief, where there is
(=ISO 28004-4:2014) sometimes a need for public information to be
Gr. C associated with other messaging, many of the
principles contained in this document can be
SLS ISO 28564-1: 2022 relevant in the planning of a coordinated scheme.
Public information guidance systems - part 1: (ISO 28564-3:2019)
design principles and element requirements Gr. K
for location plans, maps and diagrams
Specifies requirements and principles for the SLS ISO 29001: 2022
design and application of location plans,maps and Petroleum, petrochemical and natural gas
diagrams used in public areas and workplaces to industries -sector-specific quality
assist users to understand the environment, locate management systems - requirements for
facilities and determine appropriate routes to product and service supply organizations
reach those facilities. These location plans, maps Specifies requirements for a quality management
and diagrams are referred to as location plans in system when an organization: a) needs to
this part of ISO 28564. Location plans are demonstrate its ability to consistently provide
intended for use in, for example, shopping products and services that meet customer and
centres, stores, hospitals, bus and train stations, applicable statutory and regulatory requirements,
airports, sporting and entertainment complexes, and b) aims to enhance customer satisfaction
urban areas, parks, gardens and countryside, through the effective application of the system,
public attractions, museums and office including processes for improvement of the
complexes. This part of ISO 28564 is not system and the assurance of conformity to
applicable to the design of escape plans, nor does customer and applicable statutory and regulatory
it cover the design of directional and location requirements. All the requirements of this
wayfinding signs. International Standard are generic and are
(ISO 28564 Part 1:2010, (Confirmed in 2018)) intended to be applicable to any organization,
Gr. K regardless of its type or size, or the products and
services it provides.
SLS ISO 28564 -3: 2022 (=ISO 29001:2020)
Public information guidance systems - part 3: Gr. U
guidelines for the design and use of
information index signs
Specifies requirements and gives a range of
guidelines for various stages of preparation,

555
SLS ISO/IEC 29128-1: 2023 SLS ISO 29991: 2021
Information security, cybersecurity and Language-learning services - requirements
privacy protection - verification of Specifies requirements for language-learning
cryptographic protocols - part 1: framework services. These include any language learning
This document establishes a framework for the services that are addressed to language learners
verification of cryptographic protocol themselves as well as to interested parties who are
specifications according to academic and acquiring the services for the benefit of learners. Page | 556
industry best practices The key features of any such service are that the
(ISO/IEC 29128-1:2023) goals of learning are defined and evaluated, and
Gr. H that it involves interaction with the learner. The
instruction may be delivered face-to-face, be
SLS ISO 29581 Part 1:2011 mediated by technology or be a blend of both. In
Test methods for cements - analysis by wet cases where the language-learning services are
chemistry provided by an organization that delivers
Specifies the methods for the analysis of cement products (goods and services) or other learning
by wet chemistry. Gives the reference methods services in addition to language-learning
and , in certain cases, an alternative method that services, this document only applies to language-
can be considered to be equivalent. In the case of learning services.
a dispute, only the reference methods are used. It (ISO 29991:2020)
also describes methods that apply principally to Gr. G
cements, but which can also be applied to their
constituent materials. They can also be applied SLS ISO 29992: 2021
to other materials, the standards for which call up Assessment of outcomes of learning services –
these methods. guidance
(=ISO 29581-1:2009) Guidance on the planning, development,
Gr. T implementation and review of assessments of the
outcomes [knowledge, competence,
SLS ISO 29581 Part 2:2011 performance] of learning services. It is intended
Test methods for cements - Chemical analysis for use by organizations providing learning
by x-ray fluorescence services and organizations selecting, using or
Describes a performance-based method for the developing assessments. This document is
chemical analysis of cement for SiO2, Al2O3, applicable to the development and use of
Fe2O3, CaO, MgO, SO3, K2O, Na2O, TiO2, assessments for the measurement of individual
P2O5, Mn2O3, SrO, Cl and Br using X-ray learners’ outcomes and the use of assessments for
fluorescence(XRF). It can be applied to other determinations of learner progress The document
relevant elements when adequate calibrations does not apply to the direct evaluation of
have been established. Describes an alternative programs of instruction or the evaluation of
method for analyses of cement for conformity learning service providers. It also excludes the
and information purposes, based on beads of technology requirements for the delivery of
fused sample and analytical validation using assessments
certified reference materials, together with (ISO 29992:2018)
performance criteria. A method based on pressed Gr. H
pellets of unfused sample can be considered as
equivalent, providing that the analytical SLS ISO 29993:2021
performance satisfies the same criteria. Learning services outside formal education -
(=ISO 29581-2:2010) service requirements
Gr. P Specifies requirements for learning services
outside formal education, including all types of
life-long learning (e.g. vocational training and in-
company training, either outsourced or in-house).
These include any learning services provided by

556
a learning service provider (LSP) that are SLS ISO/IEC 30141: 2023
addressed to learners themselves, as well as to Internet of things (iot) - reference architecture
sponsors who are acquiring the services on behalf This document specifies a general IoT Reference
of the learners. The key features of these kinds of Architecture in terms of defining system
services are that the goals of learning are defined characteristics, a Conceptual Model, a Reference
and the services are evaluated, and that they Model and architecture views for IoT.
involve interaction with the learner. The learning (ISO/IEC 30141:2018) Page | 557
can be face-to-face, mediated by technology, or a Gr. X
blend of both.In cases where the learning service
provider is part of an organization that delivers SLS ISO/IEC 30161-1: 2023
products (i.e. goods and services) in addition to Internet of things (iot) - requirements of iot
learning services, this document only applies to data exchange platform for various iot services
learning services.This document is not aimed at - part 1: general requirements and
schools, colleges and universities providing architecture
learning services as part of a formal education This document specifies requirements for an
system, but it can be useful to them as a tool for Internet of Things (IoT) data exchange platform
reflection and self-evaluation. for various services in the technology areas of: •
(=ISO 29993:2017) the middleware components of communication
Gr. E networks allowing the co-existence of IoT
services with legacy services; • the end-points
SLS ISO 29994: 2021 performance across the communication networks
Education and learning services — among the IoT and legacy services; • the IoT
requirements for distance learning specific functions and functionalities allowing
Specifies requirements for distance learning the efficient deployment of IoT services; • the IoT
services not specified in ISO 29993.It is service communication networks’ framework and
applicable to any distance learning services that infrastructure; and • the IoT service
are addressed to learners themselves as well as to implementation guideline for the IoT data
sponsors who are acquiring the services on behalf exchange platform.
of the learners. In cases where the distance (ISO/IEC 30161-1:2020)
learning services are provided by an organization Gr. N
that delivers other methods of learning services, SLS ISO/IEC 30161-2: 2023
this document only applies to distance learning
Internet of things (iot) - data exchange
services
platform for iot services - part 2: transport
(ISO 29994:2021)
interoperability between nodal points
Gr. D This part of ISO/IEC 30161 specifies the
following items for the transport interoperability
SLS ISO 29995: 2021 between nodal points in the IoT data exchange
Education and learning services - vocabulary platform (IoT DEP):
Document for the terms and definitions of – requirements;
ISO/TC 232, Education and Learning services. – functional blocks;
This document is intended to provide a reference – operation mechanism.
for standards users and developers, as well as to (ISO/IEC 30161-2:2023)
facilitate communication and common Gr. K
understanding of the terms within the field of
education and learning services and the scope of SLS ISO 30302: 2022
ISO/TC 232. Information and documentation —
(ISO 29995:2021) management systems for records — guidelines
Gr. C for implementation
Gives guidance for the implementation of an
MSR in accordance with ISO 30301.This
document is intended to be used in conjunction

557
with ISO 30301. It describes the activities to be structure of the document suite and then reference
undertaken when designing, implementing and the appropriate elements of the suite for the
monitoring an MSR. This document is intended context in which they propose to conduct an
to be used by any organization, or across assessment.
organizations, implementing an MSR. It is (ISO/IEC 33001:2015)
applicable to all types of organization (e.g. Gr. K
commercial enterprises, government agencies, Page | 558
nonprofit organizations) of all sizes. This SLS ISO/IEC TS 33010: 2023
document is intended to be used by those Information technology - process assessment -
responsible for leading the implementation and guidance for performing process assessments
maintenance of the MSR. It can also help top This document provides an overview of process
management in making decisions on the assessment and interprets the requirements of
establishment, scope and implementation of ISO/IEC 33002 and ISO/IEC 33004 through the
management systems in their organization provision of guidance on the selection and use of
(ISO 30302:2022) assessment models, documented assessment
Gr. Q processes, and instruments or tools for
assessment.Process assessment is applicable in
SLS ISO 31000:2018 the following circumstances: a) by or on behalf of
Risk management – guidelines an organization with the objective of
Provides guidelines on managing risk faced by understanding the state of its own processes for
organizations. The application of these guidelines process improvement; b) by or on behalf of an
can be customized to any organization and its organization with the objective of determining
context. It alsoprovides a common approach to the suitability of its own processes for a particular
managing any type of risk and is not industry or requirement or class of requirements; c) by or on
sector specific and can be used throughout the life behalf of one organization with the objective of
of the organization and can be applied to any determining the suitability of another
activity, including decision-making at all levels. organization's processes for a particular contract
(=ISO 31000:2018) or class of contracts. (ISO/IEC TS 33010:2023)
Gr. H Gr. L

SLS ISO/IEC 33001: 2023 SLS ISO 34101-1: 2023

Information technology - process assessment - Sustainable and traceable cocoa :
concepts and terminology requirements for cocoa sustainability
This International Standard provides a repository management systems
for key terminology relating to process This document specifies high-level requirements
assessment. It gives overall information on the for management systems for sustainable cocoa
concepts of process assessment, the application bean production, including post-harvest
of process assessment for evaluating the processes, if applicable, and traceability of the
achievement of process quality characteristics, sustainably produced cocoa beans within the
and the application of the results of process organization producing the cocoa beans. NOTE 1
assessment to the conduct of process Post-harvest processes include pod-breaking,
management. This International Standard fermentation, drying, sorting, packing, transport
provides an introduction to the ISO/IEC 330xx and storage of cocoa beans.
family of standards for process assessment; it Only organizations that fulfil both the cocoa
describes how the parts of the family of standards sustainability management system requirements
for process assessment fit together and provides of either this document or ISO 34101-4:2019,
guidance for their selection and use. It explains Annex A or B, and the performance requirements
the requirements contained within the suite and of ISO 34101-2 can claim their cocoa beans have
their applicability to performing assessments. been sustainably produced
Readers of this International Standard should (ISO 34101-1:2019)
familiarize themselves with the terminology and Gr. R

558
SLS ISO 34101-2: 2023 cocoa bean producing organizations and cocoa
Sustainable and traceable cocoa : supply chain actors. It is to be used jointly with
requirements for performance (related to ISO 34101-1, ISO 34101-2 and/or ISO 34101-3.
economic, social and environmental aspects) This document also specifies the requirements for
This document specifies performance cocoa sustainability management systems:
requirements related to economic, social and — at entry level, see Annex A;
environmental aspects for sustainable cocoa bean — at medium level, see Annex B. Page | 559
production, including post-harvest processes, if NOTE ISO 34101-1 specifies the requirements
applicable. NOTE Post-harvest processes for cocoa sustainability management systems at
include pod-breaking, fermentation, drying, high level.
sorting, packing, transport and storage of cocoa Only organizations that fulfil both the cocoa
beans. Only organizations that fulfil both the sustainability management system requirements
cocoa sustainability management system of either ISO 34101-1 or Annex A or B, and the
requirements of either ISO 34101-1 or ISO performance requirements of ISO 34101-2 can
34101-4:2019, Annex A or B, and the claim their cocoa beans have been sustainably
performance requirements of this document can produced. (ISO 34101-4:2019)
claim their cocoa beans have been sustainably Gr. N
produced. (ISO 34101-2:2019)
Gr. R SLS ISO 35001:2022
Biorisk management for laboratories and
SLS ISO 34101-3: 2023 other related organizations
Sustainable and traceable cocoa : Defines a process to identify, assess, control, and
requirements for traceability monitor the risks associated with hazardous
This document specifies basic requirements for biological materials. This document is applicable
the design and implementation of traceability to any laboratory or other organization ,that
systems within the cocoa supply chain for works with, stores, transports, and/or disposes of
sustainably produced cocoa beans and cocoa hazardous biological materials. This document is
products derived from sustainably produced intended to complement existing International
cocoa beans that conform to ISO 34101-2 and Standards for laboratories
either ISO 34101-1 or ISO 34101-4:2019, Annex (=ISO 35001: 2019)
A or B, as described in the Introduction. This Gr.M
document also specifies administrative
requirements for a mass balance system whereby SLS ISO 37000: 2022
cocoa conforming to this document can be used Governance of organizations – guidance
together with nonconforming cocoa and which Gives guidance on the governance of
provides the necessary traceability within a organizations. It provides principles and key
manufacturing process. This document specifies aspects of practices to guide governing bodies
requirements for traceability of sustainably and governing groups on how to meet their
produced cocoa from an organization that is responsibilities so that the organizations they
sustainably producing cocoa beans to the point of govern can fulfil their purpose. It is also intended
exit from the manufacturer of the final retail for stakeholders involved in, or impacted by, the
product. This document does not apply to a credit organization and its governance. It is applicable
system. (ISO 34101-3:2019) to all organizations regardless of type, size,
Gr. L location, structure or purpose.
(=ISO 37000:2021)
SLS ISO 34101-4: 2023 Gr. R
Sustainable and traceable cocoa :
requirements for certification schemes
This document specifies requirements for
certification schemes for sustainable and
traceable cocoa, including the certification of

559
SLS ISO 37001:2020 ISO/TS 37101:2017
Anti – bribery management systems – Sustainable development in communities -
requirements with guidance for use management system for sustainable
Specifies requirements and provides guidance for development - requirements with guidance for
establishing, implementing, maintaining, use
reviewing and improving an anti-bribery Establishes requirements for a management
management system. The system can be stand- system for sustainable development in Page | 560
alone or can be integrated into an overall communities, including cities, using a holistic
management system. This document addresses approach, with a view to ensuring consistency
the following in relation to the organization’s with the sustainable development policy of
activities: - bribery in the public, private and not- communities.
for-profit sectors; - bribery by the organization; - (=ISO/TS 37101:2016)
bribery by the organization’s personnel acting on Gr. P
the organization’s behalf or for its benefit; -
bribery by the organization’s business associates SLS ISO 37108: 2022
acting on the organization’s behalf or for its Sustainable cities and communities —
benefit; - bribery of the organization; - bribery of business districts — guidance for practical
the organization’s personnel in relation to the local implementation of ISO 37101
organization’s activities; - bribery of the Provides guidance on how to implement and
organization’s business associates in relation to maintain a management system for sustainable
the organization’s activities; - direct and indirect development in cities and communities according
bribery (e.g. a bribe offered or accepted through to ISO 37101 in the context of a business district.
or by a third party).(=ISO 37001:2016) This document defines the business district and
Gr. RT presents the procedure to follow to establish and
implement a sustainable development policy and
SLS ISO 37002: 2022 continuous improvement initiative for the
Whistleblowing Management Systems – duration of the business district’s lifecycle. This
Guidelines document identifies the general principles of
Gives guidelines for establishing, implementing sustainable development management and how to
and maintaining an effective apply them in a business district, within both new
whistleblowing management system based on the developments and in operations to upgrade and
principles of trust, impartiality and protection in renovate existing ones. It relates to all interested
the parties and all stages of the business district
following four steps: lifecycle, including planning, design,
a) receiving reports of wrongdoing; construction, operation, maintenance and
b) assessing reports of wrongdoing; renovation. This document is intended to serve as
c) addressing reports of wrongdoing; the basis for assessing and improving economic,
d) concluding whistleblowing cases. social, environmental, infrastructure, and
The guidelines of this document are generic and governance outcomes and to provide guidance for
intended to be applicable to all organizations, conducting comparative analyses for business
regardless of type, size, nature of activity, and districts. (ISO 37108:2022)
whether in the public, private or not-for profit Gr. U
sectors.The extent of application of these
guidelines depends on the factors specified in 4.1, SLS ISO 37110: 2022
4.2 and 4.3. The Whistleblowing management Sustainable cities and communities -
system can be stand-alone or can be used as part management requirements and
of an overall management system recommendations for open data for smart
(=ISO 37002:2021) cities and communities - overview and general
Gr. Q principles
Provides an overview and general principles,
including requirements and recommendations,

560
for open data management for sustainable cities Community infrastructures include, but are not
and communities. It is intended to be used as a limited to, energy, water, transportation, waste,
base document for open data management and ICT. The principles and requirements of this
framework standards Technical Specification are applicable to
(ISO 37110:2022) communities of any size sharing geographic areas
Gr. D that are planning, commissioning, managing, and
assessing all or any element of its community Page | 561
SLS ISO 37122: 2021 infrastructures. However, the selection and the
Sustainable cities and communities — importance of metrics or (key) performance
indicators forSmart cities indicators of community infrastructures is a result
Specifies and establishes definitions and of the application of this Technical Specification
methodologies for a set of indicators for smart and depends on the characteristics of each
cities. As accelerating improvements in city community.(=ISO/TS 37151:2015)
services and quality of life is fundamental to the Gr. U
definition of a smart city, this document, in
conjunction with ISO 37120, is intended to SLS ISO 37301: 2022
provide a complete set of Compliance management systems –
indicators to measure progress towards a smart requirements with guidance for use
city (=ISO 37122:2019) Specifies requirements and provides guidelines
Gr. X for establishing, developing, implementing,
evaluating, maintaining and improving an
SLS ISO 37123: 2021 effective compliance management system within
Sustainable cities and communities — an organization. This document is applicable to
indicators for resilient cities all types of organizations regardless of the type,
Defines and establishes definitions and size and nature of the activity, as well as whether
methodologies for a set of indicators on resilience the organization is from the public, private or
in cities. This document is applicable to any city, non-profit sector. All requirements specified in
municipality or local government that undertakes this document that refer to a governing body
to measure its performance in a comparable and apply to top management in cases where an
verifiable manner, irrespective of size or location. organization does not have a governing body as a
Maintaining enhancing and accelerating progress separate function. (=ISO 37301:2021)
towards improved city services and quality of life Gr. R
is fundamental to the definition of a resilient city,
so this document is intended to be implemented SLS ISO 39001:2021
in conjunction with ISO 37120. This document Road traffic safety (RTS) management
follows the principles set out in ISO 37101, and systems – requirements with guidance for use
can be used in conjunction with this and other Specifies requirements for a road traffic safety
strategic frameworks. (RTS) management system to enable an
(=ISO 37123:2019) organization that interacts with the road traffic
Gr. X system to reduce death and serious injuries
related to road traffic crashes which it can
SLS ISO/TS 37151:2019 influence. The requirements in this International
Smart community infrastructures – principles Standard include development and
and requirements for performance metrics implementation of an appropriate RTS policy,
Gives principles and specifies requirements for development of RTS objectives and action plans,
the definition, identification, optimization, and which take into account legal and other
harmonization of community infrastructure requirements to which the organization
performance metrics, and gives subscribes, and information about elements and
recommendations for analysis, including criteria related to RTS that the organization
smartness, interoperability, synergy, resilience, identifies as those which it can control and those
safety, and security of community infrastructures. which it can influence.

561
This Standard is applicable to any organization, SLS ISO 41011:2018
regardless of type, size and product or service Facility management – vocabulary
provided, that wishes to a) improve RTS Defines terms used in facility management
performance, b) establish, implement, maintain standards.
and improve an RTS management system, c) (=ISO 41011: 2017)
assure itself of conformity with its stated RTS Gr. AC
policy, and d) demonstrate conformity with this Page | 562
International Standard. SLS ISO 42500: 2022
(=ISO 39001:2012) Sharing economy – general principles
Gr. R Provides general sharing economy principles.It is
intended to be used by all types and sizes of
SLS ISO 39002: 2022 organization (e.g. commercial enterprises,
Road traffic safety — good practices for government agencies, not-for-profit
implementing commuting safety management organizations).
Provides guidelines for good practices that can be (=ISO 42500:2021)
adopted by organizations for the implementation Gr. C
of commuting safety management. These
practices are intended to reduce the number of SLS ISO 44001: 2023
fatalities and serious injuries, the severity of Collaborative business relationship
injuries, and further to minimize damage to management systems - requirements and
property and economic loss due to road crashes. framework
This document is applicable to any organization This document specifies requirements for the
to help it protect commuters including vulnerable effective identification, development and
road users (VRU) through the adoption of a management of collaborative business
proactive approach to manage commuting risks. relationships within or between organizations.
This document is also applicable to commercial This document is applicable to private and public
transport organizations including fleet operators, organizations of all sizes, from large
as well as schools. multinational corporations and government
=ISO 39002:2020 organizations, to non-profit organizations and
Gr. N micro/small businesses. Application of this
document can be on several different levels, e.g.
SLS ISO 41001:2018 — a single application (including operating unit,
Facility management – management systems – operating division, single project or programme,
requirements with guidance for use mergers and acquisitions); — an individual
Specifies the requirements for a facility relationship (including one-to-one relationships,
management (FM) system when an organization: alliance, partnership, business customers, joint
a) needs to demonstrate effective and efficient venture); — multiple identified relationships
delivery of FM that supports the objectives of the (including multiple partner alliances, consortia,
demand organization; joint ventures, networks, extended enterprise
b) aims to consistently meet the needs of arrangements and end-to-end supply chains); —
interested parties and applicable requirements; full application organization-wide for all
c) aims to be sustainable in a globally- identified relationship types
competitive environment. (ISO 44001:2017, (Confirmed in 2022))
Specified in this document are non-sector specific Gr. U .
and intended to be applicable to all organizations,
or parts thereof, whether public or private sector, SLS ISO 44002: 2023
and regardless of the type, size and nature of the Collaborative business relationship
organization or geographical location. management systems - guidelines on the
(ISO 41001:2018) implementation of iso 44001
Gr. RT This document gives guidelines for organizations
on implementing ISO 44001 (see Figure 3) in

562
order to achieve successful collaborative business SLS ISO 45001:2018
relationships, as well as helping organizations use Occupational health and safety management
and implement the framework specification systems – requirements with guidance for use
effectively. This document explains what is Specifies requirements for an occupational health
intended by each requirement of ISO 44001, why and safety (OH&S) management system, and
each is important, and recommends approaches to gives guidance for its use, to enable organizations
take for their practical implementation. How to to provide safe and healthy workplaces by Page | 563
meet the requirements is individually evaluated preventing work-related injury and ill health, as
and applied in the context of each organization well as by proactively improving its OH&S
(ISO 44002:2019) performance. It also applicable to any
Gr. W organization that wishes to establish, implement
and maintain an OH&S management system to
SLS ISO 44003: 2023 improve occupational health and safety, eliminate
Collaborative business relationship hazards and minimize OH&S risks (including
management - guidelines for micro, small and system deficiencies), take advantage of OH&S
medium-sized enterprises on the opportunities, and address OH&S management
implementation of the fundamental principles system nonconformities associated with its
This document gives guidelines for micro, small activities.(=ISO 45001:2018)
and medium-sized enterprises (MSMEs) to use Gr. RT
the twelve principles of collaborative business
relationships given in ISO/TR 44000 to improve SLS ISO 45002: 2023
their collaborative capability. This document is Occupational health and safety management –
applicable to MSMEs regardless of what they do, general guidelines for the implementation of
where they are, their operating environment, iso 45001:2018
culture, social capital and objectives. NOTE The Gives guidance on the establishment,
definition of an MSME varies widely. This implementation, maintenance and continual
document is intended for the use of any improvement of an occupational health and safety
organization that identifies or is identified as an (OH&S) management system that can help
MSME. (ISO 44003:2021) organizations conform to ISO 45001:2018.
Gr. J NOTE 1 While the guidance in this document is
consistent with the ISO 45001:2018 OH&S
SLS ISO 44004: 2023 management system model, it is not intended to
Collaborative business relationship provide interpretations of the requirements in ISO
management - guidelines for large 45001. NOTE 2 The use of the term “should” in
organizations seeking collaboration with this document does not weaken any of the
micro, small and medium-sized enterprises requirements in ISO 45001:2018 or add new
(MSMES) requirements. NOTE 3 For most of the clauses in
This document gives guidance for large this document, there are real-life cases on how
organizations seeking to engage micro, small and different types of organizations have
mediumsized enterprises (MSMEs) within their implemented the requirements. These are not
collaborative relationship programmes. intended to suggest the only or best way to do
It uses the 12 collaborative relationship this, but to describe one way this was done by an
management principles given in ISO 44001. organization.
(ISO 44004:2021) (ISO 45002:2023)
Gr. E Gr. V

563
SLS ISO 45003: 2022 types and sizes that use water. It is focused on
Occupational health and safety management – end-use consumers. This document is applicable
psychological and safety at work – guidelines to any organization that wishes to: a) achieve the
for managing psychosocial risk efficient use of water through the ‘reduce, replace
Guidelines for managing psychosocial risk within or reuse’ approach; b) establish, implement and
an occupational health and safety (OH&S) maintain water efficiency; c) continually improve
management system based on ISO 45001. It water efficiency.This document specifies Page | 564
enables organizations to prevent workrelated requirements and contains guidance for its use
injury and ill health of their workers and other regarding organizational water use. It includes
interested parties, and to promote well-being at monitoring, measurement, documentation,
work. (=ISO 45003:2021) reporting, design and procurement practices for
Gr. L equipment, systems, processes and personnel
training that contribute to water efficiency
SLS ISO/PAS 45005:2021 management. (ISO 46001:2019)
Occupational health and safety management – Gr. R
general guidelines for safe working during the
covid-19 pandemic SLS ISO 50001:2019
Guidelines for organizations on how to manage Energy management systems – requirements
the risks arising from COVID-19 to protect work- with guidance for use
related health, safety and well-being. Specifies requirements for establishing,
This document is applicable to organizations of implementing, maintaining and improving an
all sizes and sectors, including those that: energy management system, whose purpose is to
a) have been operating throughout the pandemic; enable an organization to follow a systematic
b) are resuming or planning to resume operations approach in achieving continual improvement of
following full or partial closure; energy performance, including energy efficiency,
c) are re-occupying workplaces that have been energy use and consumption. Specifies
fully or partially closed; requirements applicable to energy use and
d) are new and planning to operate for the first consumption, including measurement,
time. documentation and reporting, design and
This document also provides guidance relating to procurement practices for equipment, systems,
the protection of workers of all types (e.g. processes and personnel that contribute to energy
workers employed by the organization, workers performance. Applies to all variables affecting
of external providers, contractors, self-employed energy performance that can be monitored and
individuals, agency workers, older workers, influenced by the organization. This standard
workers with a disability and first responders), does not prescribe specific performance criteria
and other relevant interested parties (e.g. visitors with respect to energy.
to a workplace, including members of the public). (=ISO 50001:2018)
This document is not intended to provide Gr. NQ.
guidance on how to implement specific infection
control protocols in clinical, healthcare and other SLS ISO 50003:2021
settings. Energy management systems - requirements
(ISO/PAS 45005:2020) for bodies providing audit and certification of
Gr. R energy management system
Specifies requirements for competence,
SLS ISO 46001: 2022 consistency and impartiality in the auditing and
Water efficiency management systems - certification of ISO 50001 energy management
requirements with guidance for use systems (EnMS) for bodies providing these
Specifies requirements and contains guidance for services. In order to ensure the effectiveness of
its use in establishing, implementing and EnMS auditing, this document addresses the
maintaining a water efficiency management auditing process, the competence requirements
system. It is applicable to organizations of all for the personnel involved in the certificati on

564
process for EnMS, the audit time and multi-site management system (EnMS) or any other system
sampling. for energy management. It can be used to identify
(ISO 50003:2021) areas for improvement or to identify areas in
Gr. Q which improvement has taken place. This
document is applicable to any organization or
SLS ISO 50004:2021 association (e.g. national energy authorities,
Energy management systems - guidance for energy intensive industries implementing Page | 565
the implementation, maintenance and advanced energy management to small and
improvement of an ISO 50001 energy medium enterprises) regardless of its type, size or
management system complexity, etc. This document does not apply to
Gives practical guidelines and examples for countries, regions or cities. This document does
establishing, implementing, maintaining and not provide an interpretation of or modify the
improving an energy management system requirements of ISO 50001:2018.
(EnMS) in accordance with the systematic (ISO/TS 50011:2023)
approach of ISO 50001:2018. The guidance in Gr. N
this document is applicable to any organization.
This document does not provide guidance on how SLS ISO 52000-1: 2023
to develop an integrated management system. Energy performance of buildings -
While the guidance in this document is consistent overarching epb assessment : general
with the requirements of ISO 50001:2018, it does framework and procedures
not provide interpretations of those requirements. This document establishes a systematic,
(ISO 50004:2020) comprehensive and modular structure for
Gr. R assessing the energy performance of new and
existing buildings (EPB) in a holistic way. It is
SLS ISO 50009:2021 applicable to the assessment of overall energy use
Energy management systems - guidance for of a building, by measurement or calculation, and
implementing a common energy management the calculation of energy performance in terms of
system in multiple organizations primary energy or other energy-related metrics. It
Guidelines for establishing, implementing, takes into account the specific possibilities and
maintaining and improving a common energy limitations for the different applications, such as
management system (EnMS) for multiple building design, new buildings ‘as built’, and
organizations. This document follows the general existing buildings in the use phase as well as
structure used in ISO 50001:2018. renovation. (ISO 52000-1:2017)
(ISO 50009:2021) Gr. Z
Gr. N
SLS ISO TR 52000-2: 2023
SLS ISO/TS 50011: 2023 Energy performance of buildings -
Energy management systems - assessing overarching epb assessment : explanation and
energy management using iso 50001: 2018 justification of iso 52000-1
This document gives guidance based on ISO This document refers to the overarching EPB-
50001:2018 to measure the status of energy standard, ISO 52000-1[1]. It contains information
management in an organization. The to support the correct understanding, use and
measurement results are described by using three national implementation of ISO 52000-1. This
scores: structure management score (SMS), includes:— explanation on the procedures and
operation management score (OMS) and target background information and justification of the
achievement score (TAS). This document choices that have been made; — reporting on
presents methodologies on how the basic and validation of calculation procedures given in the
advanced scores can be calculated. This standard; — explanation for the user and for
document is applicable to organizations that are national standards writers involved with
considering implementation, are implementing or implementation of the set of EPB standards,
have implemented an ISO 50001:2018 energy including detailed examples.

565
(ISO TR 52000-2:2017) use profiles; — detailed methods to assess the
Gr. AA effect of these functions on a given building.
(ISO 52120-1:2021) Gr. X
SLS ISO 52000-3: 2023 SLS ISO 56000: 2023
Energy performance of buildings - Innovation management — fundamentals and
overarching epb assessment : general vocabulary
principles for determination and reporting of Provides the vocabulary, fundamental concepts Page | 566
primary energy factors (pef) and co2 emission and principles of innovation management and its
coefficients systematic implementation. It is applicable to: a)
This document provides a transparent framework organizations implementing an innovation
for reporting on the choices related to the management system or performing innovation
procedure to determine primary energy factors management assessments; b) organizations that
(PEFs) and CO2 emission coefficients for energy need to improve their ability to effectively
delivered to and exported from the buildings as manage innovation activities; c) users, customers
described in ISO 52000-1. It does not include and other relevant interested parties (e.g.
considerations on other topics, e.g. nuclear waste, suppliers, partners, funding organizations,
atmospheric particulate matter, deforestation, investors, universities and public authorities)
food and bioenergy competition, depletion of raw seeking confidence in the innovation capabilities
material resources, depletion of the soil. This of an organization; d) organizations and
document specifies the choices to be made to interested parties seeking to improve
calculate the PEFs and CO2 emission coefficients communication through a common
related to different energy carriers. PEFs and understanding of the vocabulary used in
CO2 emission coefficients for exported energy innovation management; e) providers of training
can be different from those chosen for delivered in, assessment of, or consultancy for, innovation
energy. This document is primarily intended for management and innovation management
supporting and complementing ISO 52000-1 as systems; f) developers of innovation management
the latter requires values for the PEFs and CO2 and related standards. 1.2 This document is
emission coefficients to complete the EPB intended to be applicable to: a) all types of
calculation, however it can also be used for other organizations, regardless of type, sector,
applications. (ISO 52000-3:2023) maturity-level or size; b) all types of innovations,
Gr. R e.g. product, service, process, model and method,
ranging from incremental to radical;c) all types of
SLS ISO 52120-1: 2022 approaches, e.g. internal and open innovation,
Energy performance of buildings — user-, market-, technology- and designdriven
contribution of building automation, controls innovation activities. This document specifies the
and building management —part 1: general terms and definitions applicable to all innovation
framework and procedures management and innovation management system
Specifies:— a structured list of control, building standards developed by ISO/TC 279.
automation and technical building management (ISO 56000:2020)
functions which contribute to the energy Gr. R
performance of buildings; functions have been
categorized and structured according to building SLS ISO 56002: 2023
disciplines and building automation and control Innovation management - innovation
(BAC); — a method to define minimum management system — guidance
requirements or any specification regarding the An organization’s ability to innovate is
control, building automation and technical recognized as a key factor for sustained growth,
building management functions contributing to economic
energy efficiency of a building to be implemented Viability, increased well-being, and the
in building of different complexities; — a factor- development of society.The innovation
based method to get a first estimation of the effect capabilities of an organization include the ability
of these functions on typical buildings types and to understand and respond to changing conditions

566
of its context, to pursue new opportunities, and to innovation effectively;
leverage the knowledge and creativity of people — interested parties seeking to improve
within the organization, and in collaboration with communication through a common
external interested parties. An organization can understanding of
innovate more effectively and efficiently if all Innovation Management (IM), via an assessment;
necessary activities and other interrelated or — providers of training, assessment, or advice in
interacting elements are managed as a system. An IM; Page | 567
innovation management system guides the — developers of related standards;
organization to determine its innovation vision, — academics interested in research related to
strategy, policy, and objectives, and to establish IMA.
the support and processes needed to achieve the Further, this document is intended to be
intended outcomes. The potential benefits of applicable to:
implementing an innovation management system — all types of organizations, regardless of sector,
in accordance with this document are: age, size, or country;
a) increased ability to manage uncertainty; — all approaches to IM regardless of their level
b) increased growth, revenues, profitability, and of sophistication, and complexity;
competitiveness; — all modalities of managing innovation whether
c) reduced costs and waste, and increased centralized or decentralized;
productivity and resource efficiency; — all ways to innovate, e.g. internal,
d) improved sustainability and resilience; collaborative, open, user-, market- or technology-
e) increased satisfaction of users, customers, driven innovation;
citizens, and other interested parties; — all types of innovation such as product,
f) sustained renewal of the portfolio of offerings; service, process, business model, organizational
g) engaged and empowered people in the innovation
organization; from incremental to radical.
h) increased ability to attract partners, (ISO/TR 56004:2019)
collaborators, and funding; Gr. P
i) enhanced reputation and valuation of the
organization; SLS ISO/PAS 50010: 2023
j) facilitated compliance with regulations and Energy management and energy savings –
other relevant requirements. guidance for net zero energy in operations
(ISO 56002:2019) using an iso 50001 energy management system
Gr. M Gives guidance on the use of an energy
management system (EnMS) in accordance with
SLS ISO/TR 56004: 2023 ISO 50001:2018 to achieve net zero energy
Innovation management assessment - (NZE), and supports the achievement of net zero
guidance carbon (NZC) and other sustainability goals. It
Document will help the user understand why it is describes how to establish an enhanced EnMS
beneficial to carry out an Innovation designed to achieve: a) improvement of
Management operational and maintenance practices based on
Assessment (IMA), what to assess, how to carry NZE principles; b) integration of renewable
out the IMA, and thus maximize the resulting energy into operations and maintenance; c)
benefits, which are universally applicable to: planning for facilities, systems, equipment or
— organizations seeking sustained success in processes to implement NZE and NZC. This
their innovation activities; document does not apply to technologies, design
— organizations performing IMAs; or construction. The technical specification of
— users and other interested parties (e.g. passive, active or renewable energy for NZE or
customers, suppliers, partners, funding NZC is also not included because of different
organizations, regional conditions by countries.
universities and public authorities) seeking (ISO/PAS 50010:2023)
confidence in an organization’s ability to manage Gr. M

567
SLS ISO 56005: 2023
Innovation management - tools and methods
for intellectual property management -
guidance
Efficient management of IP is key to support the
process of innovation, is essential for Page | 568
organizations' growth and protection, and is their
engine for competitiveness. This document
proposes guidelines for supporting the role of IP
within innovation management. It aims to address
the following issues concerning IP management
at strategic and operational levels: — Creating an
IP strategy to support innovation in an
organization; — Establishing systematic IP
management within the innovation processes; —
Applying consistent IP tools and methods in
support of efficient IP management. This
document can be used for any type of innovation
activities and initiatives.
(ISO 56005:2020)
Gr. Q

568
 Page | 569

Other standards adopted as

Sri Lanka Standards
SLS HD 308 S2:2018 SLS SA 8000:2012
Harmonization document identification of Social accountability 8000
cores in cables and flexible cords (First revision)
This Harmonization Document applies to the The intent of SA 8000 is to provide a standard
identification of cores of rigid and flexible cables based on international human rights norms and
and cords for which the rated voltage does not national labour laws that will protect and
exceed the upper limit of Voltage Band II empower all personnel within a company’s scope Page | 570
(according to HD 193) of control and influence, who produce products
(HS 308 S2:2001) or provide services for that company, including
Gr. EA 3 personnel employed by the company itself, as
well as by its suppliers/subcontractors, sub-
SLS HD 361 S3:2018 suppliers, and home workers.
Harmonization document system for cable SA8000 is verifiable through an evidenced-based
designation process. Its requirements apply universally,
This Harmonization Document details a regardless of a company’s size, geographic
designation system for harmonised power cables location. or industry sector.
and cords, of rated voltage up to and including (=SA8000:2008)
450/750V. Only harmonised types of cable or Gr.5
cord (or Recognised National Types).
(HS 361 S3: 1999, HS 361 S3A1: 2006)
Gr. CE

SLS IWA 2:2007

Quality Management systems guidelines for
the application of ISO 9001:2000 in education
(First revision)
This International workshop agreement provides
guidance for a quality management system in
educational organizations. The guidelines
contained within this International workshop
agreement do not to, change or otherwise modify
the requirements of ISO 9001:2000, and are not
intended for use in contracts for conformity
assessment or for certification.
(=IWA 2:2007)
Gr.17

SLS OHSAS 18001:2007

Occupational health and safety management
systems – requirements
This Occupational Health and Safety Assessment
Series (OHSAS) Standard specifies requirements
for an occupational health and safety (OH&S)
management system, to enable an organization to
control its OH&S risks and improve its OH&S
performance. It does not state specific OH&S
performance criteria, nor does it give detailed
specifications for the design of a management
system.
(=OHSAS 18001:2007)
Gr.20

570
 Page | 571

List of Codes of Hygienic Practice

Codes of Hygienic Practice for
Aquaculture, products of SLS 1005
Aromatic plants (dried) SLS 1327
Biscuit manufacturing and bakery units SLS 965
Bottled drinking water SLS 1211
Page | 572
Canned foods SLS 873
Catering establishments SLS 956
Cephalopods SLS 1018
Dairy industries SLS 872
Desiccated coconut SLS 142
Dried aromatic plants SLS1327
Fish
dried salted SLS 1017
fresh SLS 974
frozen SLS 975
salted SLS 1017
Food hygiene SLS 143
Fruit and vegetable products, manufacture of SLS 209
Lobsters and prawns, processing of SLS 208
Meat products , processed SLS 1065
Molluscan shell fish SLS 1004
Natural mineral water, collecting, processing
and marketing of SLS 1021
Packaged drinking water SLS 1211
Poultry, processing of SLS 892
Processed meat products SLS 1065
Products of aquaculture SLS 1005
Spices and other dried aromatic plants SLS 1327
Street foods, sales & preparation of SLS 1451
Supermarkets SLS 1432
Tea, storage, blending, packaging and
transport of SLS 1315-3
Water
bottled (packaged) drinking SLS 1211
natural mineral SLS 1021

572
 Page | 573

573
 Page | 574

List of Codes of Practice

Agricultural produce, fumigation of SLS 973
Agro pesticides, packaging of SLS 1314
Animal feed production & feeding SLS 1505
Anthuriums, harvesting and handling of SLS 367
Application of pesticides SLS 1465
Page | 575
Asbestos-cement corrugated sheets
fixing, installation of SLS 876
Basic training & testing of manual metal arc
welder SLS 887
Betel leaves
harvesting , handling, packaging of SLS 454
Biogas systems, design & construction SLS 1292
Canning of fish SLS 902
Cashew nuts, processing of SLS 1003
Child development centres (CDC) SLS 1491
Cleaning of metals SLS 322
Containers, plastic, non food products SLS 1443
Crabs SLS 1213
Design and construction of
micro hydropower systems SLS 1311
septic tanks SLS 745
Domestic biogas systems SLS 1292-1
Electrical installations SLS 703
Eectroplating SLS 658
Cleaning of metals SLS 322
mechanical polishing of metals for SLS 450
Fertilizers, bagged, handling & storage of SLS 544
Fibre extraction in the coir industry SLS 1493
Fish, canning of SLS 902
Food and animal feeding stuffs SLS 393
food hygiene SLS 143
Food samples, handling of
for microbiological analysis SLS 393
foods, labeling of prepackaged SLS 467
foods, low-acid & acidified low-acid
manufacture/canning of SLS 873
Fruits and vegetables, fresh SLS 1412
harvesting and handling of , SLS 1040
embul bananas for exports SLS1040-2
pineapples for exports SLS 1040-1
rambutan SLS1040-3
Fumigation of agricultural produce SLS 973
Good animal feed production & feeding SLS 1505

575
HACCP SLS 1266
Harvesting and handling of
anthuriums SLS 367
fresh fruits & vegetables SLS 1040
Harvesting, handling, packaging of
Page | 576
betel leaves SLS 454
orchids SLS 410
Hot-drip galvanizing of iron, steel SLS 482
Hides & skins
curing & preservation of SLS 1013
flaying of SLS 1014
Imported construction timber
identification grading & marking of SLS 1170
Information security controlsSLS ISO/IEC 27002
Information security management system
security techniques SLS ISO/IEC 27002
Incense sticks SLS 1441
Labelling of prepackaged foods SLS 467
Laying of in-situ terrazzo finish SLS 408
Lobsters and prawns, packaging of SLS 972
LPG, transport, storage and handling of SLS 1196
Manufacture/canning of low-acid and
acidified low-acid foods SLS 873
Manufacture of plastic containers SLS 1444
Metal arc welder, manual
training and testing SLS 887
Metals, cleaning of SLS 322
Micro hydropower systems,
design & construction SLS 1311
Microbiological examination of
food and animal feeding stuffs SLS 393
Natural rubber latex in drums,
packaging of SLS 323
Non-destructive testing
qualification & certification of SLS 996
Orchids, harvesting, handling & packaging of
SLS 410
Packaged goods, target qualify setting
and controlling net contents of SLS 925
Packaging of
agro pesticides for retail markets SLS1314
lobsters & prawns SLS 972
natural rubber latex in drums SLS 323

576
 paper and board SLS 1416
pesticides SLS 754
Paddy and rice, storage of SLS 686
Paddy, parboiling of SLS 1002
Paper and board
Page | 577
packaging of SLS 1416
storage of SLS 1415
Paper, recycling of SLS 1433
Pesticides, agro for retail market SLS 1314
Pesticides, application of SLS 1465
Plastic containers,
manufacture of SLS 1444
non food products SLS 1443
Plastics, recycling of SLS 1263
Pneumatic tyres, retreading SLS 254
Prepackaged foods, packaging of SLS 467
Ready-to-eat fresh pre-cut fruits &
vegetables SLS 1412-2
Recycling of paper SLS 1433
Refrigeration SLS 1337
Retreading pneumatic tyres SLS 254
Road marking materials, thermoplastics SLS 1378
Security techniques, information technology
SLS ISO/IEC 27002
Septic tanks, design and construction of SLS 745
Sprout production SLS 1412-3
Storage of paper & board SLS 1415
Tea industry SLS 1315
Television broadcasting, reception of SLS 771
Terrazzo finish, laying of in-situ SLS 408
Timber
seasoning of SLS 159
imported construction SLS 1170
Time, writing SLS 289
Transport, storage and handling of LPG SLS1196

577
 Page | 578

Glossaries
Architectural and building drawings SLS 499 Textile fibres SLS 370
Building industry SLS 131 Textile fibres, natural SLS 1483
Chemical products for industrial use SLS 1281 Textured filament yarns in textiles SLS 1368
Copper & copper alloys Thermoplastic flexible film SLS 1418-2
materials SLS 782-1 Tissue paper and tissue products SLS 1394
Tyre industry SLS 900 Page | 579
unwrought products SLS 782-2
Electroplating and related processes SLS 689
Fire, associated with SLS 642
Fishing nets SLS 156
Freight containers SLS 425
Fuel filters for diesel engines SLS 981-1
Geosynthetics SLS 1395
Leather SLS 1015
Metrology SLS 979
Nanotechnologies
carbon nano-objects SLS 12000-3
core terms SLS 12000-2
diagnostics & therapoutics for healthcare
SLS 12000-7
nano/bio interface SLS 12000-5
nano-objects-nanoparticle, nanofiber and
nanoplate SLS 12000-1
nanostructured materials SLS 12000-4
Non-destructive testing SLS 909
Natural textile fires SLS 1483
Packaging SLS 1471
Paints SLS 489
Pallets for materials handlings SLS 422
Paper sacks SLS 1418
Petroleum SLS 653
Plastics SLS 616
Quality management SLS 1073-2
Road marking materials, thermoplastic SLS 1378
Ropes and cordages SLS 657
Rubber industry SLS 968
Sacks
paper SLS 1418-1
thermoplastic flexible film SLS 1418-2
Sampling of chemical products for
individual use SLS 1281
Sensory evaluation of food SLS 904
Standardization and quality managementSLS 1073
Tea terms SLS 71
 Page | 580

Vocabularies
Bank telecommunication
fund transfer messages SLS 1045-1
Colour measurement
colour fastness of textiles SLS 1387-7
Page | 581
Knitted fabrics SLS 1300, SLS 1301
Knitting-basic concepts SLS 1299
Morphology of textile fibres & yarns SLS 1358
Nanotechnologies SLS 12000-2 to 5 and 7
Safety glasses for road vehicles SLS 842
Sensory analysis of food SLS 904
Statistical vocabulary and symbols SLS 421
Textile fibres and yarns, morphology of SLS 1358
Textiles, commercial of consignments SLS 17-1
Textured filament yarns in textiles SLS 1369
Woven fabrics, description of defects SLS 1361
 Page | 582

Guidelines for
Auditing management systems SLS ISO 19011
Construction of corrugated fiberboard boxes
for packaging pineapples SLS 1124
Cosmetic industry, training & GMP SLS 1402
Cosmetic products (finished products) risk
Page | 583
assessment and microbiology low risk SLS1403
Design, building construction needs of
differentlyabled people SLS ISO/TR 9527
Documentation of computer, information
processing SLS 1114
Earth blocks, production, design and
construction of SLS 1382-3
Environmental management systems
auditing SLS ISO 19011
communication SLS ISO 14063
life cycle assessment SLS ISO 14044
performance evaluation SLS ISO 14031
principles, systems and support techniques
SLS ISO 14004
Food and beverage, vegetarian claims in SLS 1460
GMP for cosmetic industry, general training
SLS 1402
Grading of wet salted raw hides & skins SLS 1019
HACCP system, application of SLS 1173
Hides & skins grading SLS 1019
Identification of wrap and weft directions in
woven fabrics SLS 1366
Kala Oya basins SLS 1284
Microbiological test methods SLS 516
Quality management in projects SLS ISO 10006
Quality management system
auditing SLS ISO 19011
complaints handling in organizations
SLS ISO 10002
ISO 9001:2000 in education SLS IWA 2
quality plans SLS ISO 10005
realizing financial and economic benefits
SLS ISO 10014
selection of consultants SLS ISO 10019
statistical techniques for ISO 9001:2000
SLS ISO 10017
Sensory analysis of food
selection/ training/ monitoring
selected assessors SLS 1484 - 3
Vegetarian claims in food and beverage SLS 1460
Water quality, surface and ground
designated uses of river basins SLS 1284
Woven fabrics, identification of wrap and weft
directions SLS 1366
Page | 584

584
Page | 585